Tổ CH Ứ C KÌ T H I

Scanned and optimized by Tuấn Tú Computer Services

Date: 2018.10.27

TUYỂ N TẬ P ĐÈ THI
In-house use only
Lưu hành nội bộ
OLYMPIC
3® ỉhá ng 4 , lần thú* XX III - 20 17
 BAN TỔ CHỨC KÌ T HI

TUYỂ N TỘP ĐỂ THI

OLYMPIC
30 THÁNG 4 LẦN THỨ XXIII - 2017

TIẾNG ANH

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

 NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI
16 Hàn g Chuối - Hai Bà Trưng - Hà Nội
Điện thoại: Biên tập: (04) 397148 96;
Quản lý xu ất bản: (04) 3 972880 6; Tổng biên tập: (04) 39715011
Fax: (04) 3 9729436
* * *

Ch ịu tr á ch nh iệ m x u ấ t bả n:
Giá m đốc - Tổn g biên tập: TS. PHẠM TH Ị TRÂM

Biê n tập xu ất bán: PHA N HẢI NHƯ

Biề n tập chu yên ngà nh: DƯƠNG THƯ TRANG

Sử a bài: NHÀ SÁCH HỔN G ÂN

Ch ế bả n: NHÀ SÁCH HỒN G ÂN

Tr ìn h bày bìa: NHÀ SÁCH HỔN G ÂN

Đối tác liên kế t xu ất bản:

NHÀ SÁCH HỒNG ÂN
20C Ngu yễn Th ị Min h Kha i - Q1 - TP . Hồ Chí Min h
N h à sá c h H ồ n g  n g iữ b ản qu yề n cô n g bô tá c p h ẩ m

SÁCH LIÊN KẾ I

TUYỂN TẬP ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC 30 THÁNG 4 LẦN THỨ XXIII - 2017

TIẾNG ANH

Mã số: 2L - 1192PT2017
In 1.000 cuốn, khổ 16 X 24c m tại Công ti cổ phần Văn hóa Văn Lang.
Địa chỉ: số 6 Nguyễn Trung Trực - P5 - Q. Bình Thạnh - TP. Hồ Chí Minh
Số xác nhận đăng ký xuất bản: 3223- 2017/CXB, IPH /07—320/ĐHQGHN, ngày 22/9/2017.
Quyết định xuất bản số: 1223LK -XH /QĐ - NXBĐHQGHN, ngày 26/9/2017
In xong và nộp lưu chiểu năm 2017 .
 Mỗi năm cứ vào dịp tháng 4, tháng kỉ niệm Miền Nam hoàn toàn giải
phóng, đất nước thống nhất, các em học sinh giỏi lớp 10 và 11 của các trường
THPT chuyên và không chuyên của các tỉnh miền Nam, miền Trung và Tây
Nguyên lại nô nức tham dự kì thi OLYMPIC TRUYỀN THỐNG 30/4. Kì thi
lần đầu được tổ chức vào năm học 1994-1995 theo sáng kiến của Trường THPT
Chuyên Lê Hồng Phong Thành phố Hồ Chí Minh. Từ đó đến nay kì thi đã được
tô chức liên tục với quy mô ngày càng lớn, chất lượng ngày càng cao.
Tháng 4 năm 2017, kì thi OLYMPIC TRUYỀN THỐNG 30/4 LÀN
THỨ XXIII được long trọng tổ chức tại Trường THPT Chuyên Lê Hồng
Phong Th ành phố Hồ Chí Minh. Kì thi năm nay có quy mô rất lớn, gồm 2592
thí sinh của 65 trườ ng thuộc 33 tỉnh thành, tham gia tranh tài đủ 10 môn thi:
Toán, Lí, Hóa, Sinh, Tin học, Ngữ văn, Sử, Địa, Tiếng A nh và Tiếng Pháp.

Sau khi thi Ban tổ chức đã tập hợp, sắp xếp lại bộ đề chính thức và các
đề thi đề nghị của các tr ường tham dự. Đây là một tư liệu có giá trị, rất cần
thiết cho quý thầy cô và các em học sinh tham khảo trong quá trình giảng dạy
và học tập. Ban tổ chức đã phối hợp với Nhà sách Hồng Ân Thàn h phố
Hồ Chí Min h xuất bản bộ sách: TUYÊN TẬP ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC 30/4 LÀN
THỨ XXIII - 2017. Bộ sách gồm 10 tập, mỗi tập là một môn thi. Trong mỗi
tập sách gồm có 2 phần chính: Phần I là đề thi chính thức và đề thi đề nghị
khối 10, 11; Phần II là đáp án đề thi chính thức và đề thi đề nghị khối 10, 11.

Chúng tôi xin trân trọng giới thiệu bộ sách: “TUYẾN TẬP ĐỀ THI
OLYMPIC 30/4 LẦN THỨ XXIII - 2017” với quý độc giả. Hi vọng rằng
đây là những tập tư liệu có giá trị giúp cho quý thầy cô và các em học sinh
trong công tác bồi dưỡng học sinh giỏi và trong việc tự học tập, tự rèn luyện.
Chúc quý thầy cô và các em học sinh đạt nhiều thành công.

Ban tổ chức

3
Phần I
Đ Ề T HI OLYM PIC TRU YỀN T H ốN G 3 0 / 4
LẦ N THỨ X XIII - NĂM 2 0 1 7

ILÓT* 1 0 1
H H H H Ệ đềchímithức
. MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 P T S ) | f i r I f f ‘í

I. PH ONOL OGY (5PTS)

Choose the wor d whose underlined pa rt is pron oun ced differen tly from the others.
1. A. deco y B. perishable c . benzene D. supreme
2. A. m ayor B. quay c . prayer D. layer
3. A. m ahout B. foul c . poultry D. drought
4. A. hombre B. hauteur c . heirloom D. haulage
5. A. sim ile B. anemone c . acne D. acquies ce
Choo se th e w ord whi ch is stress ed diffe rentl y fr om the othe r three.
6. A. xenop hobia B. salmonberry c . palindrome D. moderator
7. A. horo scope B. mahogany c. de plorable D. prerequis ite
8. A. interchange B. infamous c. contributory D. under current
9. A. cu lminate J B. negligence c . diplomat D. intrig uing
10. A. viticulture B. concertina c . preferential D. misbeg otten
II. WORD CHOICE (5 PTS)
Choo se th e bes t optio ns to c omplete the follo wi ng sentenc es.
11. Because of the unfortunate , y our order was not dispatche d by the
date r equested. ‘ ' '< '
A. hi ndrance B. oversight c. negligence D. transgr ession
12. Failing to submit the proposal on time was __ _______for Tom .
A. a nail in the coffin B. a real kick in the pants
c. a shot in the dark D. an open and shu t case
13. Be careful not t o ________ your fing er with tha t needle.
A. prick B. bite c. scratch D. sting
14. The ju ry _____ her complime nts on her excellen t know ledge of the subject.
A. paid B. gave c. made D. said
15. His new yac ht is cer tainly a n ________ display o f his wealth.
A. ost entatious B. ossified c. intuitive D. elusiv e
16 .1 don ’t need any medicine. I’m as right a s _____.
A. cloud s B. rays c. rain D. a haz e

5
17. T he y co nti nu ed fig hti ng d esp ite a ll t he _ _ _ _ _ the y me t w ith. ., .
A. am en iti es B. pro per tie s c . lia bil itie s D. a dv ers itie s
18. I ap pe ale d to a ll _______ peo ple to sup por t m e a nd 1 was suc ces sfu l.
A. sam e-m ind ed B. t ho ug ht- sha rin g
c. fa mi lia r-t hin kin g D. lik e-m ind ed
19. H e see me d ver y qu iet , but it wo uld be a m ista ke t o _______ his inte llig enc e.
A. de va lue B. dep rec ate c. und err ate D. min im ize
20. Wit h a l l______ res pec t, I th ink y ou r c om me nts a re ver y sho rt-s igh ted .
A. an tic ipa ted B. due c. lim ited D. firm
III. G RAM MAR AND STRUCTU RES (5PTS)
Choose the best o ptions to com plete th e foll owi ng se ntences.
21. Yo ur id ea s, ___ , se em unu sua l t o me.
A. as her s B. like her s , V
c. sim ila r a s hers D. dif fer en t th an hers
22. It is m ov ed t ha t th e cam pai gn fun ds at once .
A. to rai
raissee - b e lau nch ed B. rais e - to be laun che d
c. rai se - l aun che d D. t o rais e - is lau nch ed
23. A ne w ge ne rat ion o f pe rfo rm ers , tho se wh o by now h ad bec om e a
house hold name , ho ned th eir skills before followi ng the same path onto telev ision
A. no less ta len ted t han B. a lon g wit h tal ent ed as
c. to ge th er w ith tal ent ed as D. h avi ng mo re tal ent ed than
24. - . . , h e rem ain ed opt imi stic . ’ ■ <"•*; * if • »
A. Th ou gh bad ly wo un ded he w as B. Bad ly wo un ded a s he was
c. As he wa s bad ly wo und ed D. A s bad ly wo un ded he was
25. At th e dee p bot tom o f At lan tic _
A. lied the T itan ic B. did the T ita nic lie
c. lay the T itan ic D. had the Tit ani c lain
26. He fin all y ag re ed ,______ rel uct ant ly, to hel p US.
A. alb eit . B. som eho w or oth er
c. in all like lih oo d > '■ D. no net hel ess :»
27. Ch arl ie •' < a s pee ch at the end o f the last ter m, but he d id n’t.
A. wa s t o hav e giv en B. is to giv e c. wer e to give'" D. was to b e giv en
28. _____ cir cli ng th e glo be fas ter tha n Jule s Ve rn e’s fic tion al Phi lea s Fog g.
A. A pio ne er jour na lis t, Ne llie B ly ’s ex plo its incl ude d
B. Al so inc lud ed In the e xpl oit s o f Nel lie Bly, a p ion ee r jou rn ali st, w as
c. Th e ex plo its o f Ne llie Bly , a pi on ee r jou rn ali st, incl ude d
D. Th e pio ne er jo ur na lis t’s e xp loi ts o f Nel lie Bly incl ude d
29. He pau sed , afr aid l est h e ______ too m uch. ' . . . ,
A. di dn ’t sa y B. say c. has s aid D. ha dn ’t b een s ay ing

6
30. W e___ ______ you the money you needed but you didn ’t tell US.
A. co uld have lent B. should have lent
c. could lend D. were able to
IV. PHR ASA L VERBS AND PREPO SITIO NS (5 PTS)
31. Jun ior hospita l d octors are thr ow n______ at the deep end in their first jobs.
A. in B. away c . to D. with
32. I was _____ the impression that you liked Indian food.
A. at B. on c. wit h D. un der
33. Gove rnme nts sh ou ld_______ international laws aga inst t errorism .
A. bring up B. bring about c. bring in D. brin g back
34. ____ _ of the financial crisis, all they could do was hold on and hope that
thing s would improve. ,
A. A t the bottom B. At the height c. On the top D. In th e end
35. I cou ldn ’t decid e w hat to wr ite a bout, when I sud de nly _____ upon t he idea
of doing someth ing on the wr iter’s block.
A. th ough t B. chanced c. hit D. arrived
36. Jane got the jo b ______ virtue of her greater exp erience.
A. w ith B. on c. by D. for
37. I see a lot o f young pe ople with this new hairstyle. It seems to b e ______.
A. p iling up B. bringing off c. coming of f D. catch ing on
38. Be car eful! The yo ung horse h asn’t been
A. broke n in B. got round c. taken over D. set up
39. Theo ries about the c auses of bird flu have c ha ng ed __ ’ _ the light o f recent
researc h. '
A. on B. in c. to i'i» D. with
40. Jane man aged to e ke _______ her studen t loan till the en d o f the year.
A. of f B. out c. in . D. through
V. G UIDE D CLOZE 1 (5PTS)
Re ad the te xt be low a nd decid e which answer best fi ls each space.
Work ing to (4 1) ______ through with my uni versity years did, in (42) _ ___ ,
prepa re me for life aft er g raduation. I’ve nev er been lazing (4 3) _____ and have
alread y cram med as much into each day as I could. I guess I’ve always been
someo ne who takes things in their str ide and snapped up any opportu nity that has
come my way. Looking back, I feel a great (4 4 )__________ of self-respec t for
finish ing my studies without (4 5) ______ with any debts but I’ll admit it w asn ’t
always plain sailing. Not until I scraped through my first-y ear exams did I
realize the (4 6 )______ of time managemen t. I think persona lity has played a
huge role in my success, (4 7) ________ . I’ve alwa ys taken pleas ure in wh ateve r
I do, whet her it’s for wo rk o r play. Sometimes people are surpris ed at my ability
to solve proble m (4 8) ______and wonder where my en ergy come s from. 1 think
it must be (49) ______ . My pare nts’ work ethic and attitud e towar ds life have
had a g reat impact on me and ( 50 )______ me down the path I’ve take n.
7
41. A. get B. pull c . see D. make
42. A. ref lection B. reflexion c. retrospec t D. hin dsight
43. A. away B. around c. ro und D. of f
44. A. state B. reason c . awarenes s D.s ens e
45. A. incurring B. meeting c. encounte ring D. headi ng
46. A. significa nce B. magnifice nce c. principle D. vitality
47. A. nonethe less B. neverth eless c . though D. then
48. A. affection ately B. proficient ly c. efficaciou sly D. promi nently
49. A. heredity B.in here nce c . heritage D. hierarchy
50. A. pr opelled B. urged c . geared D. diverted
VI. G UIDED CLOZE 2 (5PTS)
Re ad the t ext be low an d decide which an swer be st fi ts each space.
It is important to recognize that online learning has (5 1 )_____ advantage s
and disadvan tages. Although studen ts’ grades appear to be (5 2 )_________ by
the mode of instruction, certain courses are more challengi ng to students who
carry out their studies in the virtual environme nt than in the classroom.
However, in online classes, participation in learning activities may be less
daunting, (5 3 )_____ for shy students, and the quality and quantity of studen t-
student and teache r-stude nt interaction may be higher. Increasingly, it is a/an
(5 4 )_____ issue f or de signers of online curriculu ms to decide how to match the
advanta ges of different mo des of instruction to specific courses, by offering not
only fully classroom -based or onlin e courses, but also courses that take the best
elements of both types to (5 5 )_____ the needs of students and teachers and to
(5 6) _____ the mos t efficien t use o f resources.
Students who study online tend to lack a sense of community, trust and
positive interaction with other course members and teachers - all elements that
were in the past believed to increase the effectiveness of classroom learning,
among st least confident learners. However, online students generally also feel
that they learn at a similar rate to their (5 7) _____in the classroom, and in fact at
my college their grades are jus t as good as those who are taught in ( 58 )_____ .
But ju st imagine how much more effective our online courses could be if th ey
fostered a culture of class cohesion, spirit, trust and interaction, both among
students and between students and faculty. Perhaps the most effective way to
achieve this improvement is for online educators to give more (59) _____
contac t and to encourage students to collaborate.
Online learning provides a fa r more student-center ed teaching approac h than
the traditiona l classroom method, and all school directors should aim to adopt it
as the ir main means to (6 0) _____ education.
51. A. infinite B. definite c. defined D. intimate
52. A. unhar med B. invulnerable c. impervious D. unaffected
53. A. espec ially B. namely c. specifically D. explicitly
8
54. A. crucia l B. vital c. obviou s D. exp endab le
55. A. insatiate B. cater c. addres s D. respo nd
56. A. pu t B. make c. earn D. gain
57. A. pee rs B. counte rparts c. partners D. part akers
58. A. pr ivate B. person c. individual D. secr et
59. A. on e-for-o ne B. one-b y-one c. one-in -one D. one- on-on e
60. A.c on ve y B. cover c. present D. de liver

VII. READ ING PASSA GE 1 (5PTS)

Re ad the tex t be low a nd cho ose the bes t answ er to each question.
A fold culture is a small, isolated, cohesiv e, conse rvativ e, nearly self-
suffic ient g roup that is hom oge neo us in custom and race, with a str ong family or
clan structur e and highly develop ed rituals. Order is mainta ined through
sanctio ns based in the religion or family, and interperso nal relatio nships are
strong. Tradit ion is paramo unt, and change comes infreque ntly and slowly.
There is relativ ely little division of labor into speciali zed duties. Rather, each
person is e xpecte d to perform a great variety of tasks, though duties may differ
betwee n the sexes. Most goods are handmade , and a subsis tence econom y
prevails. Individ ualism is weakly develope d in folk cultures, as are social classes.
Unaltered folk cultures no longer exist in industrialized countries such as the
United States and Canada. Perhaps the nearest modern equivale nt in Anglo- -
Americ a is the Amish, a German American farming sect that larg ely reno unc es
the pr oducts and labor saving devices o f the industrial age. In Amish areas, horse-
drawn buggies till serve as a local tr ansportation device, and the faithful are not
permitted to own automobiles. The Amish's central religious concept of Demut,
"humility", clearly reflects the weakness of individualism and social class so
typical of folk cultures, and there is a corresponding strength of A mish group
identity. Rarely do the Amish marry outside their sect. The religion, a variety of
the M ennonite faith, provides the principal mechanism for maint aining order.
By contra st, a popula r culture is a large hetero geneou s group, often highly
individ ualisti c and constant ly ch anging. Relation ships tend to be imperso nal, and
a prono unced divisio n of labor exists, leading to the estab lishm ent of many
special ized profess ions. Secular institutions of control such as the police and
army take the place of religion and family in mainta ining order, and a money -
based econo my pr ev ail s. Because of these contrasts , "popular" may be viewe d
as clearly differ ent from "folk". The popula r is replac ing the folk in
industri alized countr ies and in many develop ing nations. Folk- made o bject s give
way to their popu lar equivalen t, usually because the popu lar item is more
quickly or cheapl y produce d, is easier or time saving to use, or lends more
prestige to the owner.

9
61. What d oes the passag e m ainly discuss?
A. Tw o d ecad es in moder n society
B. The influen ce of industrial technol ogy
c. The chara cteris tics of "folk" and "popular" societi es
D. The specia lizati on of labor in Canada and the United States
62. Th e w ord "homo geneou s" is closest in meanin g to
A. u niform B. genera l c. primiti ve D. traditional
63. Which of the follo wing is typical of folk culture s?
A. T here is a mon ey-bas ed economy.
B. So cial change oc curs slowly.
c. Conta ct w ith ot her c ultures is encourage d.
D. Each person develo ps one s pecialized s kill.
64. What does the au thor imply abo ut the United States and C anada?
A. The y v alue folk cu ltures. B. They have no social classes,
c. They have popu lar cu ltures. D. They do not valu e individual ism.
65. The p hrase "largely renounc es" is closest in meaning to
A. ge nerally r ejects B. greatly modifies
c. loudly declar es D. often criticiz es
66. What is the main source of order in Amish s ociety?
A. Th e g overn ment B. The econom y
c. The clan structu re D. The r eligion
67. Which of t he follow ing statements about Amish beliefs does the passage
suppo rt?
A. A variety of religious practices is tol erated.
B. Ind ividual ism and co mpetiti on are important,
c. Premod ern t echnol ogy is preferred.
D. Pe ople a re def ined accordi ng to t heir class .
68. Which of the follow ing w ould probably NOT be found in a folk cultu re?
A. A carp enter B. A fa rmer c. A wea ver D. A banker
69. T he w ord "prevails" is closest in meaning to
A. do minat es B. provid es c. develo ps D. in vests
70. Which of fo llowin g is NOT given as a reason why folk-m ade objects are
replac ed by m ass-prod uced objects?
A. Cost B. Prest ige c. Quality D. Co nvenie nce
VIII. R EAD ING PA SSAG E 2 (5PTS) !
Re ad the te xt b elow and choose the b est an swer to each question .
Acc ordin g to sociolog ists, there are several differ ent ways in w hich a person
may become re cognized as the leader o f a social group in the United States. In the
family, tr aditiona l cultural patterns confer leadership on one or bot h o f the parents .
In other cases, such as friendship groups, one or more persons may gradually
emerge as leaders, although there is no formal process of selection. In larger
groups, leaders are usually cho sen formally thr ough electio n or re cruitm ent.
10
 Altho ugh leaders are of ten thoug ht to be peop le with unusual personal ability,
decad es of rese arch have failed to produce consi stent eviden ce that there is any
catego ry o f -‘na tu ra l lea de rs .” It seems that there is no set of personal qualitie s
that all leader s have in com mon; rather, virtual ly any person may be recogniz ed
as a leade r i f the p erson has qua lities that meet the needs of that par ticula r group.
Furth ermo re, althou gh it is commo nly suppose d that social groups have a
single leader, researc h suggest s that there are typicall y two diffe rent leadership
roles tha t are held by differe nt individuals. Instrum ental leaders hip is leadership
that emp hasi zes the compl etion of tasks by a social group. Group membe rs look
to instru ment al leaders to “get things ” d one. Expressiv e leaders hip, on the other
hand, is leade rship that emphasi zes the co lle cti ve well-b eing of a social gro up’s
membe r. Expre ssive leader are less concern ed with the ov erall goals of the group
than with provi ding emotional support to group members and attem pting to
minim ize tensi on and conflict among the m. Group membe rs expec t express ive
leaders to maint ain stable relationsh ips within the group and provide suppo rt to
individu al membe rs.
Instru menta l leaders are likely to have a rather se co nd ar y re lat ion sh ip to
other group membe rs. They give orders and may discipl ine group membe rs who
inhibit attai nme nt of the grou p’s goals. Expressive leaders cultivate a more
personal or primar y relationsh ip to others in the group. They offer sympathy
when some one experi ences difficulti es or is subje cted to discipli ne, are quick to
lighten a serio us moment with humor, and try to res olv e issues that threate n to
divide the group. As the difference s in these two roles suggest, expres sive
leaders gener ally receive more personal affection from group members;
instrum ental leaders, if they are successful in prom oting group goals, may enjoy
a more dista nt r espect.
f ' -’ ' <■».-.• ‘ ' J ,•
t . * ' Ỉ-’ . ” " ♦ ••
71. W hat d oes t he p assage mainly discuss?
A. T he proble ms faced by leaders
B. Ho w leader ship differs in small and large groups
c. How social groups determine who will lead them
D. The role of leaders in social groups
72. The passa ge mention s all of the followi ng ways by which people can become
leader s EXCE PT
A. r ecru itme nt B. formal election pro cess
c. specif ic leadersh ip tra ining D. tradition al cultural pattern s
73. In ment ionin g “ natural leaders” in line 7, the author is maki ng the point that
A. few peo ple qualify as “natura l leaders ”
B. there is no pro of that “ natural leaders” exist
c. “natu ral leade rs” are easily accepted by the membe rs o f a social group
D. “natu ral leade rs” sha re a simila r set o f character istics

11
74. Which of the followin g statements about leadership can be inferred from
paragrap h 2?
A. A person who is an effective leader of a particu lar group may not be an
effecti ve leader in another group.
B. Few people succeed in sharing a leade rship role with anoth er person.
c. A p erson can best learn how to be an effective leader by stud ying research
on leadership.
D. Most people desire to be leaders but can produce little evidenc e of the ir
qualific ations.
75. The passage indicates that instrumental leaders ge nerally focus on
A. ensur ing harmonio us relationships
B. sharing responsib ility with gro up me mbers
c. identifyin g new leaders
D. achiev ing a goal
76. The w ord “c ollect ive” is closest in meaning to
A. nece ssary B. typical c . group D. partic ular
77. The w ord “t hem” refers to
A. expre ssive leaders B. goals o f the group
c. group members D. tension and conf lict
78. A “ secondary re lationsh ip” between a leader and the members of a group
could best be c haracteriz ed as
A. dis tant B. enthusiastic c. unreliable D. personal
79. The word “ resolve” is closest in meaning to
A. avoid repeating B. talk about
c. avoid thi nking about D. find a solu tion f or
80. Paragraphs 3 and 4 organize the discussion of leadership primarily in terms of
A. exam ples th at illustrate a p roblem B. cause and effect a nalysis
c. narration of events D. com parison and con trast

B. WRITTEN TEST (70 PTS

I. CLOZE TES T (20 PTS)
Rea d the tex t below and think o f the word which best fi ts each spa ce. Use only
ONE WORD fo r each space.
OPEN CLOZE 1 (10PTS)
SMALL TALK
It’s often said the British talk about the weather more than any othe r nationa lity
in the world. Some people even go so far as to claim that they talk abou t little
( 1 ) ______ . But while it may seem that the British alone have an undue (2)
______ with the weather, the fact is, clim atic conditions are a common topic of
conversa tion all around the world. This is hardly surprisin g. After all, the

12
weath er is one of the few thin gs th at we all have in commo n, and it influ ences US
profo undly . It a ffects our (3 )______ of mind, our daily activiti es, our weekend
plans and more.
But tha t’s only ( 4 ) ______ of the story. The re’s really a lot (5 ) _______to it
than that. In B ritain, conve rsatio ns about the weath er are usually not re ally a bout
the wea ther at all. The British use co mment s a bout the w eathe r to (6 )______ the
ice in social situat ions, (7) ' awkward or uncomfo rtable silences during
conv ersat ions, or, (8 )_______ , as a gree ting. Remarks like “Nice day, isn’t it?”,
“Ooh, isn’t it hot? ” and “Looks like rain, no?” are not requests for m eteorological
data. Rather , they are ritual greetings used to indicate someone wishes to en gage
you in conv ersa tion ; or they are jus t signs of friendliness . Learners of the
English should do ( 9 ) ______ to understand the fundamenta l function remarks
about the wea ther (1 0 )______ in British social interaction.
OPEN CLOZ E 2 (10 PTS)
AIRPO RT AVA TARS
Smil ing, comp uteriz ed, talking avatars are being introduced at airports around
the world in a bid to make travel ers’ journ eys more efficient. The life-sized
hologr am proje ction s which are situated at key points in airports such as j ust
before secur ity, read out pre-recorded messages designed to help passengers -
anyth ing from the location of bathrooms and taxi stands (I ) _____ on-flight
liquid restri ction s and security regulations. Some of these virtual assistants,
which have been unveiled at New York’s JFK and Paris' Orly airport among
others, have a senso r which activates their ( 2 ) ________ when a person walks
( 3 ) _____ a few feet of them. (4 )______ repeat their pre-program med speeches
on a loop. All dispens e their information in comforting and informative voices
intended to c alm pass enge r’s nerves.
So ( 5 ) _____ are these latest airport employees faring? According to airport
staff, feedb ack from passengers has been largely positive. More importantly,
thoug h, these avatars are proving effective. Because they are so lifelike,
passe ngers can ’t help, but look at them and take notice of what they are saying.
Thus, they are doing what they were designed to (6 )_____ : ease the workload
on the airp ort ’s fle sh -an d-( 7)_____ staff. Will we one day see avatars at all
airpo rts? Perhap s. But with one ( 8 )_____ . The curren t avatar s are not interact ive
- they cann ot hold conversa tions with ( 9 ) _____ . Developers are hopeful that
(10) ____ additio ns to this s eries o f avatars will be active.

II. W ORD F ORMA TION: (20 PTS)

PART 1: Co mp let e each sentence, using the cor rec t form of th e wo rd in paren the ses.
1 He i s _____ for his charitable activit ies than for his b usiness in the steel
industry . ( KNOW )
2. Our bodies are nat ura lly _____ by our organs o f elimination - the skin, lungs,
intestine s, kidneys and liver. (TOXIC )
3. He’s such a/ an ______who always pretends to know everything. (INT ELLE CT)

13
4. She should ta ke t h es e______ drugs to tre at h er state. (DEP RESS )
5. The audi ence wa s mesm erized by her clea r and _ _ _ _ _ voic e. (SOU ND)
6. A n umb er o f local church leaders have acted a s ____ with th e p eople in the
vicini ty. (GO)
7. The ban on f irecra ckers w as ______ ‘introduc ed to reduce the num ber of
accid ents. (EXP RESS )
8. He sold the car to a/an who paid with a worthless stolen cheque. (TR ICK )
9. It w a s______ for a new band to be offer ed such a deal. (HEAR )
10. Jo hn was arreste d for s mu gg lin g_________ . (BAN)
PART 2: Com plete the pas sag e with the appr opria te f or m s f ro m the words
give n in th e box.
sati sfy grap h suc cee d write intense
pre ced e appa rent grea t fo rc e ___
The inventio n of the tele graph in 1843 (1 )_____ a ne w era in com munic ation
techn olog y, the electr onic era - so called because the telegr aph used electrica l
signal s to carry informa tion along an electrical wire. The telegra ph fed soci ety’s
( 2 ) ______ appeti te for immedia te access to the informa tion, and it provide d a
found ation for ( 3 ) ______ techno logies: the telep hone in 1876, th e ( 4 ) _______
- or record playe r - in 1878, film and movies in the 1890s, radio in 1919, and
televi sion in 1925.
As with the earlie st (5 )_____ books, radio techno logy was at first restricted
to the educa ted few, scientis ts and research ers, but later spread to the (6 )_____
societ y. By the 1930s, the middle classes were listenin g to news, drama, comedy,
and musical perfor mance s from thousa nds of miles away. Radio was the first
mass broad cast medium and, toget her with televis ion a f ew decades later, it was K
respo nsible for alteri ng both the pattern and volume of in formati on that flowed
into p eop le’s hom es.
The inventio n of electro nic media changed comm unica tion more than any
othe r techn ologic al event since the develo pmen t of writing. The spread of
elect ronic media occurre d with a/an (7) _____ speed, thus (8) ______
comm ercial and social interaction . There was a t reme ndous shift in how people
receiv ed the informa tion that contrib uted to their under stand ing of t he world.
Voices or pictu res could create ideas that (9 )_____ ' authe ntic - more so than
ideas conve yed by the printed world. The graphic, intensely human nature of
elect ronic m edia (1 0 )____ _ the bel ief that if it was on the air, it had to be true.
III. ERROR CORRECTION: (10 PTS)
The fol low ing pass age cont ains 10 errors. Ident ify and corre ct them.
BLUE WHALES
1 Blue whales , the wo rld’s largest animal s, have been sighted a gain in Bri tish
water s for the first time in at least twenty years . Indica tions that a
popu lation of blue whales was inhabitin g the water s west of Scotlan d came
for the first time from the United States Navy , which survei llance system

14
5 picked up the songs of a lot of differe nt whales. Ameri can zoolo gists later
subs equen tly certifie d the blue whale song among them. Now mariner
biolog ist, Carol Booker, has actually seen a blue whale there herself. She
has no doub t abou t w hat she saw, because they have distin ctive fins which
are very small for th eir size. She says, “Wo rldwide they were mostly extinct
10 and it seemed they had complet ely vanished from North Atlanti c, so you
can imagin e how I felt actually seeing ones! Howev er, it is certainl y too
soon to say if it is an indication of a populou s recov ery.” She goes on to
say, “Wh at it does show is the importanc e of th is area of the ocean for
whale s, and how essential it is to control pollution o f the seas.” Bigger than
15 any dino saur known to man, blue whales are the largest animal s ever to
have lived on earth. A blu e w hale is more than six meters long at birth and,
when comp letely grown, its heart is the same height as a tall man and
weigh s as much as a horse is.
IV. S ENTE NCE TRAN SFORM ATION : (20 PTS)
Rew rite the fol low ing sente nces using the words given.
1. He was too frighten ed to adm it tha t he had broken the wind ow. (OWN)
—» S o ......................................... ............ ..............................................................
2. I wish he wou ld stop cr iticizin g my work. (F AULT)
—> I’d s oo ner ........................ ...............................................................................
3. Zoe always makes spontaneous decisions concerning her travel pl^ns. (ACTS)
—> Zoe alw ay s.............................................................,-...............’.......................
4. He really disappointed me when breaking the promise to help me out. (TEETH)
-> He r ea lly ..................................................................................................... .
5. If her father hadn’t retired, she wouldn’t have taken over his work. (STEPPED)
-» But for ........................................... ............ .....................................................
6. His ef forts to fin d a solution didn’t de serve such savag e crit icism.
—» He sh ould n’t ..... .............................................................................................
7. People became aware of the damage to the ozone layer when an enormou s
hole w as d iscov ered over the South Pole.
—> It was th e .................... ......... .................... .......; .................................... ........
8. When I grow up, I ’m going to be really important. (CAT)
-> ........................................................................ ................................................
9. I t houg ht v ery h ard but co uldn ’t rememb er the a nswer. (RACK ED)
-> I .......................................... .................................... .........................................
10. Ale x gr imace d as he swallowed the foul-tasti ng m edicine. (PULL ED)
Alex ........................... ...................................................................................

15
 ĐỀ TU I ĐỀ NGHỊ

TR ƯƠ NG THPT CH UY ÊN BẾ N TRE - BÊ N TRE

ì . t.. ■ ĩ

L MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5PTS)
Pic k ou t the wor d who se und erl ine d par t is pr on ou nc ed d iffe ren tly fr on t tha t
o f the rest.
1. A. chea p B. chick en c. ch ef D. ch ief
2. A. program B. proces s c . promise D. progre ss
3. A. repl ace B. purc hase c . surfac e D. pala ce
4. A. chor us B. cheri sh c. ch ao s D. char acter
5. A. meas ure B. dread ful c . treas ure D. breat he
Pic k o ut t he word whi ch is st ress ed dif fere ntly fr on t t he rest.
6. A. necessi ty B. dignity c . quantity D. poverty
7. A. d evelo pmen t B. conten tment c . investmen t D. instru ment
8. A. m useum B. cathedral c. skysc raper • , D. apartm ent
9. A. astron aut B. gard ener c. policeman D. officer
10. A. eleme nt B. elephan t c . elevato r D. electo r

II. W ORD CHOIC E (5PTS)

Cho ose t he best optio ns to comp lete t he fol low in g sen tence s.
1. I ho pe this hea dache
A. g oes o ut ; B. comes away c . wears off D. passes a wa y
2. What the trea sured said vi rtually to a c onfessio n.
A. m ounted B. came c . stood D. embodie d
3. Wheth er the sports club survives is a matter of complete > to me.-
A. di sinter est B. import ance c. indifferenc e D. inte rest
4. Some medic ines are only ava ilable on JO'. ' 1. ' . .■
A. d escrip tion B. inscripti on c. instruction D. prescr iption
5. I f you ’re on a diet, you should honey for s ugar in your tea.
A. ch an ge B. substitu te c. replace D. conv ert
6. It’s diffi cult to the d ifference between margar ine and butte r.
A. sp ea k B. say c . tell D. look
7. Wi thout her ỷy «>. j t
help, th ey would never have s urvived
.

the ter rible ordeal.

A. pr iceless B. worthy c . invaluable D. treasure d
8. The two small comp anies are going to at the end o f the year.
A. mix B. merge c . blend D. meet

16
9. Be caref ul not to____________________ your fi nger with th at needle .
A. p rick B. bite c. scratch ’ D. sting
10. He walke d from t he cou rt a free man, having been_______ of murder.
A. u nconv ined B. disch arged c. liberated D. acquitted
III. GRA MM AR A ND STRUCT URES
Choos e the bes t optio ns to compl ete the foll owi ng sen tence s (5 pts)
1•________ money is a simple way to do charity.
A. D onating B. Havin g donated c. Donation D. Donor
2. H aving you fin ish ed________ the dishes ? I need you he lp me with
A. to clean B. clean c. cleaned D. cleaning
3. T hese measur es have be en ______ in order to increase the comp any’s profits.
A. ca rried B. taken c. tried D. done
4. W e________ to a concert tonight . It _______ at 7.30.
A. are going / will begin B. will go / begins
c. are g oing / begins D. will go / will begin
5. T he y__________ good fri ends but the y’ve fallen out recently.
A. u sed to being B. used to be
c. are used to be D. were used to be
6.______ a hotel , we looked for somewh ere to have dinner.
A. Findin g B. We fo und c. Found D. Havin g found
7. I f I tell yo u a se cre t,____________ you promise not to tell it to anyone else?
A. w ould B. did c. will D. have
8 . 1d on’t m in d________ yo u________ the washing up.
A. h e lp -d o B. h el pi ng -d oi ng
c . h el p in g -d o D. to h elp -to do
9. Smith had a lucky escap e. H e____________ killed.
A. w ould have be en B. must hav e been
c could have been D. should have been
10. If coastal erosion continues to take place at the present rate, in ano ther fifty
years th is b ea ch ______ any more.
A. d oes n’t exis t B. isn ’t existing
c. isn’t going to ex ist D. won ’t be existed
IV. P HRA SAL VERBS AND P REPOSI TIONS (5 PTS) i
1. J ___ __________ at the meeting, the others didn ’t come.
A. tur ned in B. turned up c . turned down D. turned on
2. Th e t each er as ked a di fficult question, but finally T ed _____________ a good
answer .
A. p ut up with , B. keep pace with
c. made way for D. came up with
3.The c hildren se em to be ca pab le_______ working quietly by them selves.
A. o f B. about c. for D. to
17
4.1 hav en’t heard from y o u ____ a long time. How a re yo u?
A. since B. for c . until D. afte r
5. _______ its cla rity of style, the book is not ea sy reading.
A. In all B. O f all c . In purs uance o f D. Fo r all
6. She_______ a qui ck letter.
A. p ut o ff B. dash ed of f c . come of f D. paid off
7. Nob ody can fool me. I’m n ever in
A. ta ken B. taking c . given D. givin g
8. In t he early years o f the tw entieth ce ntury, several reb ell ion s______ in the
northe rn parts of the country .
A. rose up B. turne d o ut c . came off D. broke out
9 . 1 do n’t thi nk t hat this fashion w il l__________ .
A. c atch on B. catch up c . catch out D. catch over
10. Jo an ’s very de pre sse d_____ the future
A. with B. at c. about D. by
V. GUIDED CLOZE
PAS SAG E A: Re ad the te xt be low an d decid e whi ch a nsw er be st fi ts each s pac e ( 5p ts)
SOUND A DVIC E FOR LANGU AGE LEARNE RS
A recen t issue of a language learning magazin e has consult ed a number of
expert s in the (1)_____ of second language acquisi tion. Thei r ad vice may prove
invalu able for those (2)______ a language course. One sugges tion is that you
assess whe ther you are likely to be successfu l at learning a language. Did you
enjoy study ing languag es at school, for examp le? Do you have enough time to
learn a langua ge? The major (3) _____ will be your own time and effort.
Ther efore you must make sure that the course on offer leads to a (4)_____
quali ficati on. Also, be realistic in your goals. If you don't set achieva ble aims
you are more likely to give up. Do not be deceived (5 )_______ thinki ng th at the
most expe nsive courses are the best. (6 )______ around to get the best possible
value for money. You should also (7 )______ in mind that the quick er yo u learn
a langua ge the more quickly you forget it. Sandra Miller, a French teacher , t ried
to te ach her self German by enrol ling on a ( 8 )____ course. Already fl uent in four
langua ges and with a sound knowled ge of teaching metho dology her chance s of
maki ng progr ess were high. Three years ( 9 ) _____ she remem bers very little.
She feels her bigge st mistake was not to follow (10) her first experi ence.
"I should have consol idated w hat I'd learn by con tinuing to study, even if it w ere
by my self."
domai n B. branch c . field D. area
wond ering B. thinkin g c . looking D. co nside ring
proble m B. cost c . loss D. rate
recogn ised B. underst ood c . valued D. reg arded
by B. ab ou t c . into4. D. in

18
 Nose B. Push c . Run D. Shop
take B. cons ider G. abide D. bear
rapid B. crash c . quick D. fast
on B. forward c . from D. onward
up B. on c . through D. out
PASSAGE B: Re ad the tex t bel ow a nd decide which ans wer best fi ts each s pa ce ( 5 pts)
PLANET ARY ARTIST RY
For me, the highli ght of this past week's science news was the images (1)
_____back from the Curiosit y rover, providing ( 2 ) _______ geologic evidence
that wat er f lowed on Mars. Of course, this wasn 't exa ctly a surpr ise; for deca des,
planet ary scient ists have suggested the channel networks visible in spacecraft
imagery could n't have been made by anything else. The evidence has been
(3) _____________ as well, as various clay minerals and iron ox ides have been
(4) ________ throug h hyperspectr al imagery.
None thele ss, I suspect that the image of definitely water-la in (5) ______
made the heart of m ore than one geologist ( 6 ) _____ _ a beat. Ground truth.
You could argue that the scientific exploration of the extra-terrestr ial is, at least
(7 )_____ a part , a searc h for meanin g: to position US within a larger cosmo logy.
But o ur fascinat ion with, and c onnection to, what we see in the night sky comes
not ju st throu gh science, but also through art. So it should come as no surprise
that scien tific images of planetary surfaces have (8 )____ inspiration to a range
of artists from Galile o - whose first sketch es o f the moon through a telesc ope are
(9)_______ beautiful - to Barbara Hepworth - whose interpreta tions of the lunar
surface are (10) less literal.
1. A. t hrow n B. sho t c . beamed D. fired
2. A. final B. conclusive c . proved D. guaranteed
3. A. swell ing B. expanding c. increasing D. mounting
4. A. identifi ed B. singled c . formulated D. devised
5. A. sedim ents B. dross c . grounds D. matter
6. A. sl ip B. los e c. skip D. jump
7. A. w ith B. in c . at D. for
8. A. o ffered B. provided c . given D. made
9. A. totally B. doubtlessly c . surely D. truly
10. A rathe r B. far c . barely D. greatly

VI. R EADI NG COMP REHEN SION T

PA SS AG E 1: R ea d th e te xt b elo w an d cho ose t he bes t an sw er to each qu est ion
(S pt s)
In the middle of the night, as most of New York slept, someth ing big and
bright lit up the Manhattan s kyline for just seconds a tightl y kept secret to all but
a handful of people. -
19
 It wa s a tiny test for th e huge public surprise four days later: t he flippin g of a
switch at th e Empire State Building to tur n on its dan cing new LED lights. T hey
burst from the skysc raper while synchron ized with R&B s tar A licia Keys s inging
"Empir e S tate o f Mind" on nat ionwid e radio.
The LED system has "16.7 million color possib ilities, in digital comb inatio ns
of ripples, sparkl es, sweeps and strobes," says Phil O'Donn ell, of Burling ton,
Mass.-b ased Philips Color Kinetics that's responsi ble for th e system and worked
with a res ident li ghting designer. "It's the sum o f all poss ibilitie s a hug e pal ette ."
The old lights came in only 10 colors.
From Manh attan and the Bronx to Staten Island and even New Je rsey, "there
were hundr eds of thousa nds of people on the streets looking up, filming and
videoi ng, cluster ed on street corners," when the new lights came on, said
Anthon y Malkin, whose family controls the iconic Art Deco bui lding.
In an intervi ew with The Associate d Press at his office, he glowed with
pleasu re d escri bing Monday night's inaugural light show.
Keys a lso sang "Girl On Fire" from her new CD.
Afte r all, the 102-story skyscrap er "has always been a symbol of what's
possibl e in New York, and all the dreams that can come true in this city that
never sleeps," Keys, a New York native, said be fore her per formance , which was
ready on trac ks while she watch ed from a Manha ttan studio.
Malkin and his technical team wanted to te st the new lighting system with as
few p eople noticin g as possible, and chose early T hanksg iving morning.
Good luck, in the middle of Manhattan, with people walking around even at
2:30 a.m.
That seemed the best mom ent, a fter most bars close and before dawn.
"We decided to do it facing west, in very short bursts between 2:30 a.m. and
3 a.m., because we knew we didn't have a camera trained on US from there,"
Malkin said.
Appare ntly, the secret test worked. No images of the Empire State Buildi ng
alight that night appeared anyw here, as far as Malkin knows.
To stage the show, he worked with Clear Channel radio, which has 239
million month ly listeners in the United States.
The lights are part of a larg er ef fort to mo dernize the 81-year -old edifice th at
is unde rgoing a more than hal f a billion -dollar renovatio n th at includes making it
"green." The compu terized LED system will cut energy consum ption by more
than half, while delive ring light and vibrancy superior to the old floodli ghts,
which have huge timpani drum-size lenses tha t had to be change d eve ry so oft en,
O'Don nell said.
They may still have nostalgic value to so me who watched th em light up N ew
York City for ev ery special occasion from C hristmas to t he Fourth of July.

20
 They were part of "the grande dame of the New York skyline, now state-of -
the-ar t, but still stately," says Malkin, adding that the light show was "a gi ft we
gave to the w orld, these lights. We don't get paid for this."
On a sunny Wedne sday afternoo n, with a spectac ular view of the new World
Trade Cen ter and N ew York Harbor, a v acant space under recons tructio n on the
build ing's 72nd f loor w as filled wi th the retired floodlights , si tting side by side in
long lines, veteran s o f years of New York weather. What will be done with them
is also a se cret for now.
One old light will not be discarded in fa vor of a 21st century novelty: a red
beaco n "ha lf the size of a Volksw agen Beetle," as Malkin puts it that serves as a
warn ing signal for airc raft con stantly flying o ver New York City.
1. Wh at is the primary purpose of the first sent ence of the ar ticle?
A. To explain that New Yorkers are commonly asleep in the middle of the night.
B. To mislead readers into thinking the li ght flash was some so rt o f attack
c. To build suspense and cur iosity so that the rea der wants to know mo re
D. To suggest that there is a secret organizati on working late at night at the
Empire Stat e Building
2. The phras e "h uge pal ette" in Paragraph 3 is most likely
A. A m etaphor for the scope and range of combinations the new LED lights have
B. A literal explanation of the shape of the new lights, which form an artist's
palette
c. An extreme over exaggeration meant to draw more onlookers to the new
display
D. A way to emphasize the amount of lights, since 16.7 could never fit onto a
palette ;
3. What does Alicia Keys suggest the Empire State bui lding is a symbol of?
A. A way for Americans to have a landmark similar to other major global cities
B. The iconic America n ca pacity to push boundarie s and break new groun d in
art an d a rchitectu re.
c. Lights that are always on due to the numbe r of New Yorkers who work
night shifts
D. Th at any person can use the new l ights as a way to m ake a wish, as peop le
do w ith other world landmarks.
4. To help keep the new lights secr et duri ng th eir initial test, all pr ecautio ns w ere
taken EXCEPT :
A. C ondu cting the test in the mi ddle o f the night
B. Con ducti ng the tes t faci ng west, away fro m c ameras
c. Con ducti ng the tes t in s hort bursts, so that there w as no sustain ed lighting
D. Cond uctin g the test with additional sound effects to distra ct anyon e who
might be on the street

21
5. What w as the pr imary reason Malkin and his team choose to tes t the new LED
lights in the middle of the night?
A. Because the lights are impossible to see in the da ylight
B. So th at no spies would be awake to steal the n ew lighting design
c. Because his team only works at night, to enhanc e th eir c reativity
D. So that when they made the formal reveal to the city and world, it would
be a true sur prise
6. How does the new LED display contribut e to the Empire State Building's
efforts to be come more 'g reen'?
A. The lights will be bright enough to reflect into the building, allowing less
lighting to be used indoors
B. The new lighting will consume almost hal f the amoun t of energy the old
lights did
c. The lights can be come green in color, to cover th e ent ire building
D. The lights will be solar- powered, ge nerating their own e lectricity.
7. The article suggests that some older people might miss the old lights. Why is this?
A. The elderly who have poorer eyesight have an easier time seeing the old lights
B. The older generati on might not understand the technol ogy behind the new
LED lighting
c. Those who used to work in the Empire State Building will no longer be
able to recognize it without the old, lar ger lights
D. The old lights represente d momentous occasions in Am erican history, and
may still have nos talgic value
8. In the second- to-last paragraph, the old floodlights are described as veterans.
What is the most suita ble exp lanation for this word in context?
A. The old lights have worked through the years, despite harsh weather
conditio ns and continual use for special occassions
B. The old lights have been up through many previous wars, making them
literal ve terans
c. The old lights were dedicated to the Empire State Building to m emorialize
war h eroes
D. The old lights were only used before to celebra te Veteran's Day
9. C urrently, how many o f the fo rmer lights are set to be pres erved for a specific
purpos e? . .. : ■. .
A. All, to re place o ther m ajor lights around the city
B. None, they ar e all set to be discarded entirely
c. Five, sp aced across Central Park for m ore light and better security
D. One, to serve as a wa rning beacon for aircra ft
10. Why might it be important for the Empire State's global image to replace its
lighting?

22
 A. To rep resent that it is both environmentally conscious as well as technologic ally
adva nced
B. To prove that o ther world landmar ks are not as spec tacul ar
C. To sugg est that despite its be ing decades -old, the Empire State Buildin g is
still releva nt
D) To p rovid e Ne w Yorkers and v isitors with b etter e ntert ainm ent
PASSAGE 2: Rea d the text below and choose the best answer to each question ( 5pts)
Anc ient people probably assembl ed the massiv e sands tone horsesh oe at
Stone henge more than 4,600 years ago, while the smal ler bluest ones were
import ed from Wales later, a new stu dy su ggests.
The conc lusion , detailed in the Decemb er issue of the jour nal Antiqui ty,
chal leng es earl ier t imeline s th at prop osed the s maller stone s w ere raised first.
"The sequ ence proposed for the site is really the wrong way around," said
study co-a utho r Ti mothy Darvill, an ar chaeol ogist at Bourn emouth Univers ity in
Englan d. "The original idea tha t it starts small and gets bigger is wro ng. It starts
big and stays big. The new scheme puts the big st ones at th e cente r at the site as
the first stage."
The new timeli ne, which relies on statistical method s to tighte n the dates
when the stones were put into place, overturns the notion that ancie nt societies
spent hund reds of years building each area of Stoneh enge. Instead, a few
gene ratio ns likely built each of the majo r elem ents of the site, said Rober t Ixer, a
resea rche r who discover ed the origin of the bluesto nes, but who was not
involve d in the study.
"It's a very timely paper and a very important paper," Ixer said. "A lot o f US
have got to go back and rethink when the stones arrived."
Myst eriou s monume nt
The Wiltsh ire, England, site of Stonehe nge is one of the world's most
endur ing myster ies. No one knows why prehisto ric people built the enigmatic
megal iths, althou gh research ers over the years have argued the site was
origin ally a sun ca lendar, a symbol of unity, or a burial monume nt.
Thou gh only some of the stones remain, at the cente r of the site once sat an
oval of bluest ones, or igneous rocks (those formed from magma ) that turn a
bluish hue when wet or freshly cut. Surround ing the blueston es are five giant
sands tone mega liths called trilithons, or two vertical standin g slabs capped by a
horizon tal stone, arranged in the sha pe o f a horseshoe .
Aroun d the horsesh oe, ancien t builders erected a circu lar ring of blues tones.
The sands tone boulder s, or sa rsens, can w eigh up to 40 t ons (36,287 kilogram s),
while the much small er blu estones weig h a mere 4 tons (3,628 kg).
Past resea rcher s believed the bluestone oval and circle were erecte d earlie r
than the massi ve sandst one horseshoe . But when Darvill and his collea gues
began exca vatio ns at t he site in 2008, they found the previo us chron ology didn't

23
add up. The team estimat ed the age of new artifacts from the site, such as an
antle r bone pick s tuck w ithin the stones.
Combi ning the new information with dating from past excavatio ns, the team
created a new tim eline for St onehenge's construction.
Like past research ers, the team believes that ancient people first used th e site
5,000 years ago, when they dug a circular ditch and m ound, or he nge, a bout 361
feet (110 meters) in diameter.
But the new ana lysis suggests around 2600 B.c. the Ne olithic people built the
giant sandston e horsesho e, drawing the stone from nearby quarries. Only then
did b uilders arrange the muc h s maller bluestones, which w ere pro bably imported
from Wales. Those bluestones were then rearranged at various positions
throug hout the site over the next millenn ium, Darvill said.
"They sort out the local stuf f first, and then they bring in the stones from
Wales to add to t he co mplexity of the struct ure," Darvill told LiveScience.
The new dating allows the archaeologist s to tie the structure to specific
people who lived in the area at the time, Darvill said. The builders of the larger
sandston e structures were pig farm ers found only in the British Isles. In contrast,
the bluestone builders would've been the Beaker people, sheep and c ow herders
who lived throug hout Europe and are known for the distinctive, bell-shape
pottery they l eft behind.
The new timelin e "connects everything together, it gives us a good sequence
of events outside, and it gives US a set of cultural association s with the different
stages of construction," Darvill said.
1. The new study d escribed in this article suggests which sequence of events for
the b uilding of Stonehenge?
A. The bluestones were arranged in the horseshoe configuration and then
accented with the larger stones
B. A ncient peoples first arranged the small bluestone configuratio n and later
ringed it with large, imported granite slabs
c. The sandstone horseshoe was developed first, thousands of years ago, and
the smaller blueston es were imported later from Wales
D. All the stones were brought in at the same time and slowly arranged over
centuri es ,
2. Which type of methodolo gy does the new study rely on to discern
Stonehe nge's timeline ?
A. Min eralogy B. Statistical analysis
c. Carbon dating ,.D. DNA analys is
3. Accord ing to the ar ticle, a sarseni could weigh how much ?
A.38 tons B. 42 tons c. 56 tons D. 41 tons
4. Until the study th at is discussed in the article , wh at was the acce pted sequence
of Stonehenge's construc tion?
24
 A. Blues tone horses hoe, then sandston e oval
B. B luesto ne diamo nd, then sandsto ne square
c. Bluest one square, then sandston e circ le
D. B lueston e ov al, then sandston e h orseshoe
5. None o f the follow ing were known artifact s in constr ucting the new
Stone henge tim eline EXCEPT
A. A rrow head s o f the nearby civiliza tions
B. S kelet ons of ancient peoples
c. An antl er b one w edged b etween stones
D. S tone eroded cl early enough to be dated
6. It is agree d betwe en old and new studies that Stoneheng e was first used by
civil izati ons?
A. 5,000 years ago B. 6,000 years ago
c. 7,000 ye ars ago D. 8,000 years ago
7. The later blu estones , be lieved to be imported from Wales,
A. Were origin ally arrange d to outline the horseshoe shape of the sandstone
bould ers
B. W ere arrange d over the course of a mil lennium
c. Were actual ly recovered from local quarrie s
D. W ere settled in their p attern within a year
8. Acc ordi ng to Darvill, what effect did the bl uestones have u pon Stoneheng e?
A. They allowed the dimensions o f Stonehenge to be more aesthetically pleasing
B. They provided an added complexity to the structure by using foreign material
c. They rep resent ed strong cultural ties with the Welsh culture
D. Th ey were symbols o f conquest of foreign lands
9. A ccor ding to Daville, what is the most important piece of knowledge obtained
from this new t imelin e? ,
A. T hat sandst one and b luestone were both native to the region
B. Th at Stoneh enge became the model for future Scottish architec ture
c. Tha t the original peoples who built Stonehenge were wealthy enough to
acqu ire rare stones
D. That the original builders of Stonehenge were different types of animal
herders
10. W hat is the conclusion that Darville draws in the quote in the final paragraph?
A. Stone heng e remains an inspiration for mode rn a rtists and architec ts
B. Th e myst eries of Stonehenge are en tirely clarified by the new research and
time line ' '
c. Previous timelines for Stonehenge may have given USa flawed interpretation
of the civilizations and materials they had access to at the time
D. Stonehenge was really a foreign project, made from materials outside of the
country, and influenced by civilizations other than those who lived locally

25
B. WRIT TEN TEST
I. CLO ZE TEST: Rea d the text below an d thin k o f the wor d which best fi ts
each space. Use only ONE WORD fo r each space.
CLOZ E T EST 1:
THE EFFECT S OF A CID RAIN
When acid rain gets into lakes and stream s, it kills the fish and other
(1) ________ and plants that live there. Many rivers in Scan dinav ia no longer
have any fish. All the fish have been killed by acid rain. Acid rain can also
(2) ________ plants on land, includin g farm crops and forests. By the mid-
1980s, acid rain had damag ed or killed almos t hal f of the trees in Ger ma ny’s
Black Forest. The (3 ) ________ surfaces o f ston e buildin gs and monu ment s can
also be corrod ed, or worn (4) ________ , by acid rain. Some of the wo rld’s
grea test buildin gs and monu ments show signs of da mage caused by acid rain.
Acid rain eats away ( 5 )________ the steel in bridges and railing s as well.
REDUCI NG ACID RAIN
Most o f the ( 6 ) ________ that produce acid rain come from power station s,
facto ries, and vehicl es. Power stations and factory ( 7 ) ________ can be fitted
with devic es that remov e these gases. (8 )________ can be fitted with cataly tic
conv erter s, which reduce the pollution in exhaust fumes. (9) ________ , the
devic es to reduc e t he acid gases are expensiv e. Not all gover nmen ts, compa nies,
and individ uals are w illing to spen d the (10) _ _ _ _ _ _ money on them.
OPEN CLOZE 2 (10PTS)

HOW DO REEFS FORM?

Coral reefs play an i mporta nt role in ocean life. Many kinds of plants, Fish,
and othe r animal s live (1 1 )________ and around a coral reef. Even the ree f
itse lf is ma de m ostly of tiny coral animals, both living and dead.
Coral anima ls do n ot mo ve around. These tiny (1 2 )________ live to geth er in
grou ps called colon ies. One single coral animal is ca lled a polyp. It has a body
(1 3 )________ like a tube. Its moilth is on the top of the tube. Little tenta cles
around the mouth help the coral polyp catch food that (1 4 )________ by. Coral
anim als eat micro scopi c s ea cr eatures called zoopla nkton.
The reef- build ing polyp makes a hard (15) ________ shell for itse lf from
mater ials found in seawat er. When the polyp dies, the shell is left behind. The
shells from colon ies of polyps build up ( 16 )________ time to form a ro ck c alled
limesto ne. This limes tone becom es the inner part of the reef. The living coral
anim als form the (1 7 )________ part of the reef. As each layer of pol yps dies,
the ir stony skelet ons get added to the reef. A new layer then grows on top of the
(1 8 )________ . This is how a r ee f gets b igger.,
Tiny (1 9) ________ -celled alg ae called zoox anthe llae live in coral polyps .
The polyp and the algae make (2 0 )________ for on e another . The polyp s could
not live w ithou t the algae.
26
II. W ORD FORM ATION : (20PTS)
PART 1: Complete each sentence, using the correctform of the word in parentheses.
1. They all chee red_______ as the ir team came out. (ENTH USIAS M)
2. F inally a_________ is broug ht ab out between the two sides. (RECON CILE)
3. The child has a______ temper ament. (R EBEL)
4. No repor t can convey the suffering that this wa r has caused, (speak)
5. He wi ll not b en ef it -______ from the deal. (FINANC E)
6. The injury was____________ of her handling o f the affair. (CRITIC IZE)
7. Her case was_______ argued. (CONVI NCE) A . V.
8. I don' t f ind him very (COMMU NICATE )
9. Mary is a re ally________ pessimist. (CURE)
10. T he aid progra mme was_______ , resultin g in large quantit ies of food fa iling
to re ach the famine victims. (CONDUCT).
PART 2: Com plete the pas sag e with app ropriate form s fro m the word s given in
the box.
wake distan t pleas e priso n grace
ordi nary sudden appear skill excite
In the centr e o f the room, clamped to an upright easel, stood the full-length
portra it of a youn g man o f _______ (1) personal beauty, and in fro nt of it, some
li tt le _________ (2) away, was sitting the artist himselt, Basil Hall ward, whose
sudden _______ (3) some years ago caused, at the time, such public_______(4),
and gave rise to so many strange conjectures. As the painter looked at the
________ (5) a nd comely form he had so_______ (6) mirro red in his art, a smile
of_______ (7) passed across his face, and seemed about to linger there. But
he________ (8) s tarted up, and, closing his eyes, placed his fingers upon the lids,
as thoug h he sough t tO—_____ (9) within his brain some curious dream from
which he feared he might________ (10).
III. E RRO R CO RRECTI ON:
The fol low ing pas sag e cont ains 10 errors. Ide ntify and correct t hem (lOpts)
0. po liti cs -> poli ticia n'
1 Wh en a celebrity , a politics or ot her person in the media spotlight loses
thei r te mpe r in public, they run the risk o f hitting the h eadings in a most
emb arras sing way.’ For such uncontro lling outbursts of ang er are often
trigger ed by what seem to be trivial matters and, if they are caught on
5 came ra, can make the person appear slightly ridiculou sness. But it's not
only the rich and famous who is prone to fits of rage. Accordi ng to
recen t surveys, ordinary people are increasingly tending to lose their
cool in public. Although anger is a potentially destruc tive emotion that
uses up a lot of energy and creates a high level of emotiona l and
10 physica l stress - and it stops US thinking rational. Conseq uently angry

27
 people often end up saying, and doing, things they later have cause to
regret. So, how can anger be avoided ? Firstly, diet and lifestyle may be
to blame. Tolera nce and irritability certainly come to the surface when
someon e hasn't slept properly or has skipped a meal, and any intake of
15 caffein e can make things worst. Taking regula r exer cise can help to ease
and diffus e feelings of aggre ssion , however, reduce the chances of an
angry respons e. But if som ething or someone does make you angry, it's
advisa ble not to react immediately. Once you've calmed down, things
won't look h alf as badly as you first though t.

IV. SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N: (20 PT S)
Rewrite the follo wing sentences using the words given.
1. The warmth of her welcome surprised me. AB AC K
I _____________________________________ ____ her warm welcome.
2. Sally showed absolute ly no fear whe n clim bing the wall. DI SR EG AR D
Sally sh ow ed __________________ own safet y whe n cl imbing the wall.
3. I do n’t wan t to be disturb ed at all this morning! AC CO UN T
O n _______ __________________________ disturbed this morning!
4. He is so ambitio us - he's determi ned that he'll be successful in the company.
MA RK
He is de termin ed_______________________________in the company.
5 . 1 though t very hard but cou ldn't remembe r the answer. RA CK ED
I ___________________________________ to r emember the answer.
6. Bad salary is usually t he reason for the w orke rs’ threat to the strike.
The w orkers usually go__________________________________ _____
7. The yo ung girl sto pped w orking tho ugh the salary w as very high.
No matter how_____________________________________________ .
8. You must n ot enter this area unless you are wearing protective clothing.
Entry to this area_____________________________________________
9. Ms Betty is proud o f her singing.
Ms Betty prides_____________________________________________
10. You can ring this number whenever there is any difficul ty.
Should_____________________________________________ _____

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẢO LỘC - TP. BẢO LỘC - LÂM ĐÓNG

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PH ON OL OG Y
1. Choose the word whose underline d part is pronounc ed differentl y from the
others.
1. A. gara ge B. camoufl age c . prestige D. messag e
2. A. chive s B. chanteuse c . champa gne D. chenill e
28
3. A. hven B. bronch itis G. bewilder D. mildly
4. A. mouldy B. vouc her c . dourly D. counsel
5. A. ge ne B. gauge c . gem D. gist
2. C hoose th e w ord which is stres sed differen tly from t he oth ers in each group.
6. A. amorp hous B. hazard ous c. courageou s D. perfidio us
7. A. te rrestri al B. prohibi tive c. predicam ent D. territory
8. A. amiabl e B. differential c. photogenic D. quintessentia l
9. A. interpr etative B. counte rterroris tC. interrogative D. superci lious
10. A. archa eolog y B. miscell aneous c . paleontolo gy D. phar maceutical
II. W ORD CHOIC E.
Choos e the w ord or phr ase which best com pletes each sentences.
1; Cand ace wo ul d___________ her little sister into an arg ument by teasing her
and callin g h er names.
A. ad vocate B. provok e c. prompt D. trigge r
2. His neighbo rs f ound h is ___________ manner bossy and irritating, and they
stopped inviting him to backyard barbeques.
A. insisten t B. magis terial c. cynical D. restorative
3 . 1 intended to put forward the financial problem at the m eeting but my boss
wante d me to t alk to him -_______ .
A. in privat e B. on site c. at disposal D. for real
4. The y to ok c as h___________ the car previously offered as a prize.
A. in place o f B. on acco unt o f c. with re gard to D. in lieu o f
5. Be ing a ble to afford this luxury car w ill ________ getting a better- paying job.
A. m aximiz e B. reiterate c. necessitate D. reciprocate
6. Sh akespe are, a( n) ___________ writer, en tertained audience s by writing many
tragic and comic plays.
A. produc tive B. fertile c. generic D. prolific
7.1 had t h e ___________ experienc e o f sitting next to an over-ta lkative
pass enge r on m y fli ght home from Brussels.
A. f ailing B. throbbin g c. galling D. gripping
8. H e r ___________ display of tears at work did not impress her boss, who felt
she should try to control her emotions.
A. ar tful B. flambo yant c. plausible D. schemati c
9. Kim was _ __________ in choosing her friends, so her par ties we re a ttended
by vast ly differe nt and sometimes bizarre person alities.
A. indispe nsable B. indiscr iminate c. inadvertent D. ind isputable
10. W ith such lack o f financial support, the y mira culously managed to run thei r
business
A. at stake B. on a shoestring c. in a nutshell D. unde r siege

29
III. STR UCTUR ES AND GR AMMAR.
Choo se t he b est o ption A, B, c or D.
U n th e d ays of the last econo mic crisis if yo u ______ a job, y o u _______lucky .
A. g o t- w e re ' B. had g o t- w o u ld have been
c. g e t- w il l be D. got - would be
2. ___________ more points to dis cuss, the meeting has now come to a n end.
A. On a ccou nt o f B. Reg ardless o f
c. Not havin g D. There being no
3. ___________ , the adver tisem ent is not to be trusted .
A. In as much as it sound s con vincin g
B. In term s o f its co nvinc ing demonstr ation
c. Conv incin g as it may sound
D. F ar from being unconv incing
4. O ur last bi ologic al field trip was an abject failure. We could hardly catch sight
o f a b ir d, ___________ .
A. not to mention filming one B. let a lone film one
c. not m uch of filming D. more or less film ing o ne
5. My bos s’s d em an d___________ last month was really ridiculo us.
A. for us to be all presen t at his ho use-war ming party
B. th at w e all be present at his house-w arming party
c. we all would be pre sent at his hou se-war ming party
D. w hethe r we all wer e p resent at his house- warmi ng p arty
6. W e___________ more ti me with o ur chil dren before th ey left for univers ity.
We w ere t oo busy with o ur jobs to think abou t that.
A. wish we s pent B. were suppose d to be sp ending
c. would like to have spent D. regre t that we did n’t spe nd
7. ___________ his ge nuine insecurity.
A. Behind his intellect ual arroganc e lies
B. L ying behind his intellectual arroganc e
c. Behind lying his intellectual arrogan ce is
D. Lain behind his intellectua l a rrogan ce is
8. The ca r ev entua lly ex plo de d,___________ .
A. one o f whose wh eels came of f B. with one o f its w heels cam e o ff
c. and sent one of its wheel to fly ' D. send ing one o f its wh eels flying
9. H aving had to rely on a meag er s alary for yea rs as dus tman , h e ___________
to be off ered such a wel l-paid job.
A. he wa sn’t a ny the less deli ghted B. he w as no m ore deligh ted
c. he was little more than delight ed D. he w as still less de lighted
10. ___________ synth etic comp ounds .
A. Indust ries once relied heavily up on raw mater ials are being repla ced by
30
 B. Once relying heavily upon raw materials industries are being replac ed
c . Once hea vily relied upon by industries, raw materials are being replaced by
D. He avily relied upon by industries once, raw mate rials are replacing

IV. REA DING C OMPREH ENSION

Re ad th ese pas sag es c arefull y an d choos e the be st ans wer fo r each o f the ques tions.
PASSAGE 1
The comm unity that focuses its efforts on the ex ploration of space has largely
been differ ent from that focused on the study and protection of the Earth ’s
environ ment, despite the fact that both fields of interest involve what might be
referred to as ‘scientific explor ation’. The reason for this dichotom ous existence
is chiefl y historical . The exploration of the Earth has been o ccurring over many
centuries, and the institutions created to do it are often very different from those
founded in the second part o f the 20th century to explore space. This separation is
also caused by th e fact t hat space exploration has att racted experts from mainly
non-biol ogical disciplines - pri marily engineers or physicists - but the study of
Earth and its enviro nment is a dom ain heavily populate d by biologists.
The separati on between the two communities is often re flected in attitudes. In
the environ mental community, it is not uncommon for space exploration to be
regarded as a waste of money, distracting governments from solving major
environm ental problems here at home. In the space exp loration community, it is
not unc ommon for environmen talists to be regarded as introspective people who
divert a ttention from the more expa nsive visio ns o f the exploration of space - the
‘new front ier’. These perceptions can also be negative in consequence because
the full potential of both communities can be realized better when they work
togethe r to solve problems. For example, those involved in space exploration can
provide satellites to monitor the Earth’s fragile environments, and environmentalists
can provi de information on the survival o f life in extreme environment s.
In the sense that Earth and space exp loration both stem from the same human
drive to understa nd our environment and our place .within it, there is no reason
for th e split to exist. A more accurate view of Earth and space exploration is to
see the m as a continuum of exploration with many interconnected and mutually
beneficial links. The Earth and Space Foundation, a registered charity, was
establishe d for the purposes of fostering such links through field rese arch and by
direct p ractical action.
Projects that have been supported by the Foundation include environmental
projects using technologi es resulting from space exploration: satellite
commun ication , GPS, remote sensing, advanced materials and power sources.
For exam ple, in places where people are faced with destruction of the fore sts on
which their livelihood depends, rather than rejecting economic projects and
trying to save the forests in their intrinsic merit, another approach is to enhance
the value of the forests - although these schemes must be carefully assessed to

31
be succes sful. In the past, the Foundation provided a grant to a group of
exped itions that used remote sensing to plan eco-touris m routes in the forests of
Guatem ala, thus providin g capital to the local commu nities through the touris t
trade. This novel approac h is now making the protection of the forest s a sensibl e
econom ic decision.
The Foundat ion funds expedition s making astronomical observ ations from
remote, difficu lt-to-a ccess Earth locations, archeologica l field projects studyin g
the devel opme nt of early civilizatio ns that made signific ant contrib utions to
astron omy and space sciences, and field expedition s studying the way in views
of the astronom ical environm ent shaped by the nature of pa st civiliza tions. A
part of Syria - ‘the Fertile Cresc ent’ - was the birthplace of astrono my,
accou ntancy , animal domestica tion and many other fundamental develo pments
of human c ivilizati on. The Foundation helped fund a large archeo logy projec t by
the Society for Syrian Archaeology at the University of California, Los A ngeles,
in coll aborati on with t he Syrian governme nt tha t used GPS and s atellite imagery
to locate mounds, or ‘tels’, containing artifacts and remnants of early
civiliz ations. These collection s are being used to build a better picture of the
nature of the c ivilizati ons th at gave birth to as tronomy.
Space-lik e environm ents on Earth help US understand how to op er ate in th e
space environ ment or help US characteri ze extraterre strial environ ments for
future scientific research. In the Arctic, 24-km-wid e impact crater formed by an
asteroid or comet 23 million years ago has become home to a Mars-an alogue
program. The Foundation helped fund the NA SA Haughton -Mars project to use
this crater to test commun ications and exploration technol ogies in prepara tion
for the human exploratio n of Mars. The crater, which sits in high Arctic
permaf rost, provides an e xcellent rep lica of the physica l processe s occurrin g on
Mars, a p ermafro sted, impact-altere d planet. Geologists and biologists can work
at the site to help understand how impact craters shape the geologic al
charac teristic s and possib ly bio logical potential of Mars.
In addit ion to its fiel dwork and s cientific activities, the Foundatio n has award
program s. These include a series of awards for the future human explora tion of
Mars, a location with a diverse set of explo ration challenge s. The awards will
hono r a numb er of ‘firsts ’ on Mars that include landing on the surface ,
under taking an overland expedition to the Martial South Pole, under taking an
overla nd expediti on to the Martial North Pole, climbin g Olympu s Mons, the
highe st mounta in in the solar system, and descend ing to the bottom of Va lles
Marine ris, the deepe st canyon on Mars. The Foundation will offer award s for
exped itions furthe r out in the solar system once these Mars awards have been
claime d. Togeth er, they demons trate that the pr ogram really has no bounda ry in
what it could e ventua lly support, and they provide longevity for the objec tives of
the Foundat ion.

32
1. Which of the followin g describes the similarity between the field of spac e
explo ration and that o f Earth ’s environ ment study?
A. Th ey a re b oth regarded as biologic al studies.
B. They both have s cientific disco very aims,
c. They both require large budgets.
D. They de mand the same terre strial knowledge.
2. The word domain as used in paragraph 1 refers to
A. a type of website B. an area of study
c. a kind o f workplac e D. an ins titute o f academy
3. Acco rding to paragrap h 2, what is the common criticism environm entalist s
expres s a gains t space explorati on?
A. It can divert attention from hu man ’s more realistic problems.
B. It has failed to reali ze the need to survive in our more familia r place,
c. It has too ambitio us aim s to a ccomplish in the curren t situation.
D. It sh ould have been rep laced by a more economical discipline.
4. Accor ding to the passage, the separation between space exploratio n and
Earth ’s enviro nmen t study is UNREAS ONABLE because
A. they both serve to discover the origi n o f humans and other life forms.
B. they make use o f the same ty pes o f human know ledge and experiences ,
c. they are indispensi ble for man kind’s survival and quality of life.
D. they aim to promote human vie w o f themselves and the universe.
5. What was the sig nificance of the word ‘novel app roach’ adopte d in the
Guate mala project?
A. It minimi zed the need to protec t the forests.
B. It reduced the impact o f tourists on the forests.
c. It showed tha t preserv ing the forests can be profitable.
D. It gav e the Founda tion greater control ov er the forests.
6. GPS and sa tellite imagery were used in the Syrian proj ect to
A. hel p ar chaeolog ists find ancien t items.
B. explo re land that is hard to reach.
c. reduce t he impact o f archaeological activity.
D. evalu ate some early astro nomical theories.
7. Which of the following could best replace the word operate as used in
paragrap h 6?
A. contro l B. develop c. regulate D. behave
* . Í » U;
8. A replica as used paragraph 6 probably refers to
A. a demons tration B. a repla cement c. a collectible D. a m essage
9. One of the pu rposes of the Found ation’s awards is to
A. attr act n on-scie ntists to its work.
B. estab lish priorities for Mars exploration.

33
 c . offer financia l incenti ves for space expl oration,
D. estab lish the long-term continui ty o f its activities .
10. What is the w rite r’s purp ose in the passa ge?
A. to persua de people to support the Foundation
B. to ex plain the nature of the Fou ndation ’s work
c . to s how how views in the Foundation have changed
D. to reject earli er crit icism of the Found ation’s wo rk
PA SS AG E 2
In many deve lopin g co untries, literacy skills are u nder si ege. This is true even
in societi es where access to primary education is universal and governme nts
invest heavily in educ ation. New Zealand, for ex ample, was leading the world in
literacy rates in 1970, but tumbled to t hirteenth place in 2001 and then again to
twent y-four th ju st a few years later. T est scores in the USA also slumped 10 per
cent during the 1990s desp ite the country riding an e conomic boom for much of
the decade. In so me cases, these statistics reverse trends that were in motion for
over a cen tury and a half. The steady, gradual expansion of literacy across social
groups and classes was one of the greatest successe s of the period of
industri alizatio n t hat began in the m id- 1850s.
This reversal of fortunes has led to widespread contenti on over the pedagogy
of teach ing literacy. What was once a dr y and tec hni cal af fa ir - the esoteric
busine ss of linguists and policy analysts - rapidly escalate d into a series of
skirmis hes that were played out in high-visi bility forums: Newspa pers ran
special feature s, columns, and letters to the editor on the literacy crisis;
politici ans success fully ran their national campaign s on improving reading test
scores; and parents had t heir say by joining Parent-T eacher Associat ions (PTAs)
and lobby gro ups.
The argume nts around reading pooled into two differe nt classroom
method ologie s: constru ctivism and b ehaviorism. The constr uctivis t methodology
grew from a holistic conception of knowled ge creation that understood reading
and writin g to be innate, humanistic, and interpreta tive practices that suffered
when they were spliced and formalized within rigid doctrine s, strict rules, and
universal skill-set s. Construct ivists associate words with meanings; each word
might be thoug ht of as a Chinese ideogram. Students are encoura ged to learn
individual words and skip ov er and guess words t hey do not u nderstand , o r learn
to interpret th ose words by si tuating them within the lexical infrastruct ure of the
sentenc e and the stor y’s w ider narrative. These practices material ize as learning
proce sses centere d on guided group reading and indepen dent reading of high-
quality, cultur ally diverse literature or textual compos ition that emphasiz es
pupils conve ying their own thoughts and feelings for real purposes such as
letters fo r pen pals or journal ent ries.
Behavio rism sees the pedagogi cal process in a less dialecti cal fashion - words
are initially taugh t not lexically, as vehicles to convey meanin g, but rather sub-
lexically, as a combi nation of fe atures that can be separat ed and learned in a
34
schema tic process. The behavioris t approach does not focus on words at all in
the early stages of learning. Rather, it is centered on a universa lly applicabl e
method of teachin g students to isolate graphem es and phonem es with the
intention that students will eventually learn to synthesize these individual parts
and make sense of spoken words textually. In th is way, individual compo nents
are not e quated with the strokes of a brush on a Ch inese ideogram, but rather as
the focal pieces of interpretation - as in, for example, learning to read musical
notations o r Morse Code. Because o f its emphasis on universal rules, behaviorism
is much more conducive to formal examination and the consolidation of results
across region s and countries. The ability to master language is consider ed to rest in
the acq uisition of a set o f skills that exist independently o f individuals. Classroom
learning is, therefore, based upon the transmission of knowledge from tutor to
student, rather than seen as an internalized process that erupts within the students
themselves.
So, who comes out on top? It is not easy to say. Champion s of behavior ism
have claimed victory because constructivist learning took over in the late 1800s, just
before the test scores on literacy began sinking across the West. Constructivists,
however, can make the valid claim that the behaviorist approach has a heavy
methodological bias towards testing and examination, and that test results do not
repres ent the ability of individuals to use and interpret language freely and
creative ly. Furthermo re, different socio-econom ic groups respond in differen t
ways to each method. Those from wealthier families tend to do well regardles s
of the method, but thrive on the constructivist approach implemented in the 1990s.
Children from poorer families, however, are better served by behaviorism. These
outcom es have ramped up levels of socio-ec onomic- based educationa l
disparit ies in educatio nal systems that have pushed the c onstruc tivist methods.
It is unlikely that either constructivism or behavior ism will be permane ntly
sidelined from curricul a in the near future. Most teachers will find it easier to
incorporate aspects of each approach. Constructivism may ultimately hold the
triumph card because of its proven success with pupils who come from families
where they are introduced to reading and writing in various forms from a young
age - this process of ‘living and learning’ and immersing ones elf in language is a
sound principle. In a world rife with social inequities, households with illiterate
parents and a scarcit y o f funding for education, however, the behaviorist approach
may have the upper hand in teaching children to access t he basic skills o f literacy
quickly and efficiently, even i f some linguistic creativity is crushed in the process.
1. With which of the following topics is the passage prim arily concerne d?
A. The rise and fall of literacy in co untries around the wo rld
B. Reas ons why language te aching has been on firm ground
c. Main features o f two la nguage teac hing approach es
D. Best classroo m methodo logies in literacy educatio n

35
2. Which of the followi ng describe s one attitude toward s a teachin g method
mentio ned in the tex t?
A. Too m any rules and regulatio ns can hinder natural knowled ge mastery.
B. De penden ce on learning a ssistants is no lon ger prai seworth y now.
c. Understanding deserves much more emphasis than putting knowledge to use.
D. Un iversal rules must be apprecia ted if individual interpreta tion of ideas is
to be ach ieved.
3. By “.... wa s on ce a dry and tec hn ica l aff air .. .” (paragrap h 2), the writer
means that '_____ .
A. Literacy educatio n was less flexible and cultural than it is.
B. There was one time when language te aching was ve ry tech nological ,
c. Nobo dy but lin guists a nd pol iticians found literacy a matter of interest.
D. L iteracy teachin g me thods used to be entitled to spe cialists only.
4. Which of the followi ng is one featu re o f constructivi sm?
A. P eople a re na turally inclined to develop language ab ilities.
B. St udents learn b est by w orking on their own.
c. It is vital that a discipli ned and regulate d ap proach is used.
D. Ev eryone learns to read and w rite in a simila r manner. -
5. Whi ch o f the foll owing is one feature o f behaviorism?
A. The re is hardly a common set of conventions.
B. Me aning is created by connectin g word fragments,
c. Linguis tic ca pacities are built into people.
D. Se lf-study is crucial in acquiring language kno wledge.
6. Wh ich o f the follo wing is NOT a featu re o f constructivism ?
A. C ontext can prov ide h elpful cues to und erstanding words.
B. Lang uage is best learned as a single, orga nic process .
c. Practical means are used to encou rage individual self-express ion.
D. It is crucial that students understand every word they e ncounter.
7. The phrase “ho ld the tri um ph car d” (paragraph 6) in the passage mostly
means “____________ ”
A. ac hieve domina nce B. be descri bed in documents
c. mainta in its originali ty D. overcome challeng es
8. Which of the followi ng is NOT a feature o f behaviorism ?
A. S tudents often learn by r eceiving information from tea chers.
B. The whole word is less important than its parts.
c. It is dif ficult t o judge how well students are doing coll ectively.
D. Test results, rather th an real abilities, are more likely to be achiev ed.
9. What is one disadv antage o f behaviorism tea ching and learning?
A. It is only suitable to children with a good fin ancial backgroun d.
B. It may discour age learn ers’ creativ e abil ities in langua ge acq uisition .
36
 c . It s eem s to ov ere mp ha siz e the nee ds for tes ts and exa mi na tio ns.
D. It les sen s the p oss ibi lity o f eq ual ity in ed uca tio n bet we en soc ial cla sse s.
10. Wh ich o f the fol low ing sta tem ent s bes t sum ma riz es the w rit er ’s gen era l
co nc lus ion ?
A. Con stru ctiv ism is better , w hile be havio rism leads to ne gativ e so cial effec ts.
B. Ide ally , co nst ruc tiv ism wo uld be used , but beh avi ori sm is m ore pra gm ati c,
c . N ei th er is pa rtic ula rly use ful, and the re nee ds to be new a lte rna tiv e.
D. E ach meth od co mple men ts the other, an d the ir applica tion s hould be int egrated.

V. CL OZE READIN G.
Choos e the wor d/phras e tha t best Jits each blank in the te xt below.
TEXT 1
W om en are mu ch mo re hea lthy t han men whe n the y tak e it e asy , ( 1 ) _______
a ne w sur vey . Th ose wh o wo rk long hou rs are mo re like ly tha n men to
( 2 ) _________in un hea lth y beh av ior su ch as eat ing s nac ks, sm ok ing a nd dr ink ing
ca ffe ine . (L on g hou rs hav e no such imp act on me n.) One po sit ive ben efi t o f long
ho urs f or both sex es, ho we ver , is th at alc oho l (3 )___________ is redu ced .
Th e stu dy , fun ded by the Eco nom ic and Soci al Re sea rch , is par t o f a wi de r
stu dy by ps yc ho log ist s from t he Un ive rsit y o f L eed s, into the eff ect s o f s tres s on
eat ing . ‘S tre ss cau ses p eo ple t o ( 4 ) ___________f or un hea lthy hig h-f at and high -
su ga r sn ac ks in (5) ___________ to hea lth ier foo d ch oi ce s,’ say s res ea rch er
Dr. Da ryl O ’Co nn or o f the Un ive rsit y o f Lee ds. ‘Peo ple un de r stre ss eat less
tha n usu al in th eir ma in me als, inc lud ing the ir veg eta ble ( 6 ) ___________ but
sh ift th ei r p ref ere nc e to hig h-f at, hig h-s ug ar sna cks inst ead.
‘Ou r ( 7 ) ___________ are dis tur bin g in th at the y sho w stre ss pro du ces har mf ul
ch an ge s in die t and ( 8 ) ___________t o unh eal thy eat ing be ha vio r,’ con tin ues
Dr. Da ryl O ’Co nn or. ‘An ov erw hel mi ng ( 9 ) ___________ o f ev ide nc e sho ws the
im po rta nc e o f m ain tai nin g a bal anc ed die t in te rms o f re du cin g the risk o f ca nc er
and ca rd io va sc ul ar dis eas es - a nd tha t mea ns eat ing a low -fa t die t and fiv e (10 )
o f fr uit and v ege tab le a d ay .
l. A . be tra ys B. sus tain s c . rev eal s D. exp ose s
2. A. ind ulg e B. sati sfy c . yie ld D. tem pt
3. A. int ake B. con sum pti on c . exp en dit ure D, util ity
4. A. de sir e B. g o c .r e s o rt D. opt
5. A . dif fer en ce B. opt ion c . pre fer enc e D. pri ori ty
6 . A. ab so rb an ce B. infl ux c . inp ut D. inta ke
7. A . ex pl or ati on s B. inv ent ion s c . fin din gs D. pr inc ipl es
8. A . lea ds B .t ur ns c . gui des D. pre sid es
9. A . lum p B .b od y c .s a c k D. pa ck et
10. A. seg me nts B. slic es c . po rtio ns D. pla tes

37
TEXT 2
Few inventio ns have had more scorn and praise (1 )__________ them at the
same time as t elevisi on. And few have done so much to unite the world into one
vast a udien ce for news, sport, informati on and enter tainm ent. Televis ion must be
( 2 ) __________ along side printin g as one of the most signif icant inventions of
all time in the ( 3 ) __________ of comm unicati ons. In jus t a few decade s it has
reached (4) __________ every home in the develop ed world and an ever-
increasi ng ( 5 ) _________ of homes in d evelop ing countri es. It t ook over hal f a
centur y from the first suggest ion that televisi on might be po ssible before the first
(6) __________ picture s we re p roduced in labora tories in Britain and America.
In 1926 John Logie Bair d’s genius for publicit y brough t televisio n to the
(7) __________ of a Br itish audience. It has since reached such (8 )___________
of suc cess and ( 9 ) __________ on such a pivotal functio n that it is d ifficult to
imagine a world (8 )__________ of this ground breaki ng invention.
1. A. taken ov er B. heaped upon c. picked on D. given over
2. A. award ed B. rated c . assumed D. entitled
3. A. location B. side c . role D. field
4. A. simul taneou sly B. actually c . virtually D. subst antially
5. A. ratio B. proporti on c . scale D. range
6. A. flaring B. glimm ering c . sparkling D. flic kering
7. A. attentio n B. concen tration c. initiation D. surve illance
8. A. h eights B. levels c . primes D. tops
9. A. broug ht B. taken c . picked D. set
10. A. witho ut B. shallo w c . bereft D. lack ing

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. WOR D FORM ATION
WORD FORMATION 1. Give the correc t fo rm o f each word in brack ets to
com plete these senten ces.,
1. In som e cou rts, audio recording s are considere d ( AD MI T)_______ evidence.
2. Our new neigh bor seems the (E FF AC E) _____________ type who seldom
talks abou t thems elves.
3. The sculp tor always pays great attention to even the tinies t detail of every of
his wor ks fearin g tha t it may sink to (ME DIO CR E)__________________.
4. I can ’t see why the board of leader s keep (C OM M IT )_____________ over
the d ebate about whe ther or not to dis miss the cu rrent coach.
5. (A GE )__________ marriag e has been m ade illegal by most modern s ocieties.
6. We all find the gove rnm ents ’ effort to solve enviro nment al proble ms
(MERIT )
7. A lthough (PE RC EIV E)__________________ to s ome people , t he impacts of
unhealt hy lifestyles are f or real.
38
8. The coun try is now heav ily in debt due to the gove rnm ent’s financial
(M AN AG E) __________ _.
9. H e’s such a(n ) (IN TE LL EC T)____________ who alway s p reten ds to kno w
every thing .
10.1 hat e a dmi tting d efeat but in this c ase th e op positi on is (REF UTE)
___________ correc t.

WORD FORM ATIO N 2. Choo se on e suit able w ord fr om the box an d chan ge its
fo rm to fil l in each blan k in the fol low ing text.
able acad emy antici pation colla borat e combi ne
dedi cate expe ct memo ry________p hys ica l value ______

Physic al exer cise is good for mind, body and spirit. Further more, team sports
are good for learn ing accoun tability , (1) _______________ , and leadership,
amon g many othe r traits. Putting it all togeth er by playing a sport is a winning
(2) ___ ____________ . First of all, sports can make US (3) _____________
better. Playi ng a sport requires a lot of time and energy. Some may think this
would dist ract stude nt-at hlete s from school work. However, the opposi te is true.
Sports requ ire ( 4 ) _____________ , repetition and learning — skill sets that are
directl y rele vant to classw ork. Also, the determi nation and goal-s etting skills
sports requi re can be transfe rred to the classro om. Sports also teach
team wor k and help achieve goals. Fighting for a common goal with a host of
other play ers, coac hes, manage rs and commun ity member s teach es you how to
build ( 5 ) ________________ and effectiv ely comm unicate the best w ay to solve
probl ems en route to avictory. This proves (6) . - in life when
enco unte ring prob lems at work, at home, or in any arena. Next, sports are
(7) ____________ benefic ial. Clearly, sports will improve your fitness and
weig ht goals . More over, they also ( 8 ) ______________ healthy decisio ns such
as n ot smo king o r dr inkin g and offer some (9 )_______________ health benefits
such as a lowe r ch ance o f getting osteopo rosis or b reast cance r l ater in life. Also,
being part of a team (1 0 )____________ you showin g up and worki ng hard is
plenty of motiv ation fo r you to get to the gym day in and day out.
II. PHRASAL VERBS.
Fill in each blank in the followin g sente nce a pr ope r verb a nd (a) preposition(s)
fro m th e tw o b oxes.
Verbs bank cast duck gloss level
peg roll s tring sink wind

Particles away at by down in on

out of over round for up with

39
1. We’d been spending y ea rs _______ our jo b of run ning the shop before the
business real ly took off.
2. The film was well r esearched, but i t_______ the i mportan t issues.
3. As a teacher , you have to be patient sometimes waiting several minutes for
your w ords t o _______ .
4. Jane inte nds t o ____ her busine ss soon because she’s so tir ed wi th com petition .
5. He p romised to giv e a hand but we knew we cou ld h ard ly_______ his words.
6. 'T his is serious matter, so you have t o _______me this time . Don’t try to hide
anyt hing ,’ said his partner.
7. He g ot on well with his col leagues as a whole although he sometimes tried to
_______ doing the jo b he didn ’t like.
8. Many y ears ha s_______ since I last sat talking to her.
9. My boss is alw ay s_____ someone to blame whe never s omething goes wrong .
10. I get really _______ every time I apply for a new job. Those are such
exciting experiences.
III. OPE N CL OZE TE ST
Fill in each bl ank in t he foll owi ng te xts ON E suitable word.
TEST 1
Stress problems are very common. The American Psychologic al A ssociati on's
2007 "Stress in America" poll found that one-third of people in the United States
report experie ncing extreme levels of negative stress. In ( 1 )__________ , nearly
one out of five people report that they are experiencing high levels of negative
stress 15 or more days per month. Impressive (2 )__________ these figures are,
they represent only a cross-section of people's stress levels at one particu lar
moment of their lives. When stress is ( 3 )__________ as something that occurs
repeatedly a cross the full li fespan, the true incidence of stress pro blems is much
higher. ( 4 ) __________ "stressed out" is thus a universal human phenome non
that af fects (5 )__________ everyone.
What are we talking about when we discuss stress? Generally, most people
use the word stress to ( 6 ) __________ to negative experience s that leave US
feeling overwhelme d. Thinking about stress exclusively as something negative
gives us a false impression of its true nature, however. Stress is a reaction
(7 )__________ a changin g, dem anding en vironment. Properly considere d, stress
is really ( 8 ) __________ about our capacity to handle change than it is about
(9) __________ that change makes US feel good or bad. Change, after all, is
(10) ______ to stay and stress is in large part what we feel when we are facing it.
TEST 2
The word cyberbu llying did no t even exist a decade ago, yet the problem has
bec ome a perv asiv e ( 1 ) ___________ today . Cy ber bul lies do not have to be
stro ng or fast; they ju st need acce ss to a cell phon e or com put er and a

40
(2) ____________ to terrorize . Anyone can be a cyberbu lly, and such persons
usually have ( 3 ) ___________ worries about having face-to -face confron tation
with thei r victims . In fact, the anonym ity of cyb erbully ing may cause students
who norm ally would not b ully in the tra dition- sense to become a cyber bully. The
doub le-ed ged ( 4 ) ___________ of mo dern technolo gy, contin uously balancin g
betwe en risks and opport unities , manifests itsel f clearly in an emerging societal
proble m known ( 5 )___________ cyberbully ing. More than 9 7% o f youths in the
United States are connecte d ( 6 ) ___________ the Internet in some way. The
numb er of childr en and teens who use the Internet at home is rapidly
(7 )____ ______ , with now ove r 66% of fourth to ninth graders able to go onlin e
from the comf ort of their bedrooms. Children can (8)___________ in nume rous
Intern et-bas ed activiti es such as game playing, seeking information, and talking
with friends . The constella tion of benefits, however, has been recently eclipsed
by nume rous accoun ts of the Internet's undesirable social implications,
( 9 ) ___________ appea r in both scholarly literature and popular media. A fair
amo unt of attention has been given to Internet offenses, including cyberstalk ing,
sexual predat ion, etc. collective ly placing the safety of childre n and teens who
use the Internet into (1 0) ___________ .

IV. ERR OR IDENTI FICATI ON.

There are 10 lexic al and gram mati cal mistake s in the foll ow ing passage .
Iden tify and correct them.
Lang uage a cquisition is the p rocess by which humans acquire the capa city to
perce ive and comprehe nd language, as well as to produce and use words and
senten ces to commun icate. Language acquisition is one of t he unique human
traits, althou gh non-hum an creatures do not commun icate by using language.
Langu age acquisit ion usually refers to first-l anguage acquisit ion, that studies
infants' acquisit ion of their native language. This is distingui shed from second-
langua ge acquisit ion, which deals with the acquisitio n (in both children and
adults ) o f addition languages.
The capacity to successful use language requires one to acquire a range of tools
including phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and an extensive vocabulary.
Language can be vocaled as in speech, or manual as in sign. Human language
capacity is represented in the brain. Even though human language capacity is finite,
one can say and understand an infinite amount of sentences, which is based in a
syntactic principle called recursion. Evidence suggests that eveiy individual has
three recursive mechanisms that allow sentences to go indeterminately. These three
mechanisms are: relativization, complementation and coordination. Therefore,
there are actually two main guiding principles in first-language acquisition, that
is, speech perception always precedes speech production and the gradually evolved
system by which a child learns a language building up one step at a time, beginning
with the distinction between individual phonemes.

41
V. SE NTEN CE TRAN SFOR MAT ION.
Com plete eac h o f thes e se nte nce s in suc h a way it mea ns as c losely as poss ible
to th e se nte nce prece din g it.
1. Tha nks to the surge ons' quick acts, his eyesi ght was sav ed. (GOOD)
-> i f ............................................... L . . . . Z . L . . . . . . . . . . ............................. ..
2. It seemed the yo ung man was fe eling bitter abo ut his family backgrou nd.
(SHOU LDER)
—>Th e yo ung man ap pe ar ed .................................................................................
3. The public reaction to the des ign of the new the ater tu rned out to be bitte rly
critica l. (TEET H)
—>Th e w a y ............................................................................................................
4. It’s bad you did n’t try to do you r share of the job. (WEIGH T)
—> You s ho ul d........................................................................ ...............................
5. His mo ther 's heart sank wh en s he heard the n ews o f his accide nt. (PIECE S)
-> O n .............................................................................. .................................... .
6. I felt as if she was try ing to deceive US. (IN)
—* I had t h e ............................................................................................................
7. My brother, who is a profess ional estate ag ent, is more th an w illing to h ouse­
hunt for our parent s. (ELEME NT)
-> A .................... ..................................................................................................
8. I c an 't understan d w hy o ur team have per formed so badly recently. (POOR)
—+ It doe sn’t ...........................................................................................................
9. It is a go od idea for a retire d cr aftsman to do somethi ng o ccasion ally to keep
his sk ills. (HAND)
—> It is ad visory th a t.............................................................................................
10. We we re s urprised to see that he got mad at o ur dec ision. (RED)
—> Much t o ............................................................................................................

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN BẠC LIÊU - BẠC LIÊU

L MULTIP LE CHOICE QUESTIONS: (40 POINTS]

I. PHON OLO GY: (5 POI NTS)
Ident ify the word that ha s the un derlined part prono unced differently from that o f
the other words in the group.
germ B. gestu re c . gene D. gear
both B. cloth c . ghost D. sold
associat e B. socia ble c. ancient D. an cestor
conscie nce B. bron chitis c . shuttle D. chau ffeur
cloth B. trustw orthy c. clothing D. bro ther
42
Identify the word whose stress pattern is diffe rent fr om that o f the other wor ds in the
same group .
1. A. trig onom etry B. explana tory c. immediately D. demo cracy
2. A. Jap an ese B. engine er c. practical D. questi onnaire
3. A. metro politan B. entrepren eurial c. hippopot amus D. curiosi ty
4. A. fulltim e B. farmhand c. bookshop D. tradesm an
5. A. e lectri cian B. comfor table c. manufactu re D. accidenta l
II. WORD CHOIC E: (5 POI NTS)
Co m ple te th e fo ll ow in g se nte nc es by ch oo sin g the co rre ct an sw er am on g fo u r
op tio ns (A, B, c or D).
1. When it come s to th e _______ , Alice alw ays su pports her friends.
A. point B. crunch c. crisis D. finale
2. Ric hard started the race well but ran out o f_______ in the l ater stages.
A. p ower B. steam c. force D. effort
3. I 'm so under with work at the moment - it’s awful!
A. snowed B. iced c . rained D. fogged
4. It was Ali ce' s year: a new home, a better jo b - everythin g ju st clicked into

A. sp ot B. position c. space D. place

5. My uncle w as _________ ill last summer but fortun ately, he is now making a
slow but s teady recovery.
A. cri ticall y B. deeply c. fatally D. seriously
6. Many local authorit ies realize there is a need to ma ke _____fo r disabled
people in their housing programmes.
A. as sistan ce B. conditions c. admittance D. provision
7. He left the meeting early on the unlikely ____ that he had a sick friend to visit.
A. cla im B. excuse c. pretext D. motive
8. The e lderly are p arti cul arly _________ to this form of illness.
A. wi mpy B. weak c. vulnerable D. trivial
9. My sunb urnt nose made me feel ra th er _______for the first few days of the
holiday.
A. se lf-con fiden t B. self-centred c. self-consciou s D. self-evi dent
10. The actor was so nervous that he could only remembe r sm al l________ of
dialogue .
A. shr eds B. pieces c. patches D. snatches
III. STRU CTUR E A ND GRAMMAR: (5 POINTS)
Co mp let e t he fo llo w in g s en ten ce s by cho osi ng th e c or rec t a ns we r a mo ng fo u r
opt ion s (A, B, c or D).
1. Do n’t be silly! T ha t__________ possibly be Madonna.
A. m ustn ’t B. shoul dn’t c. won ’t D. can ’t
43
2. Not unti l th e off ice phoned m e___
A. I found out a bout the meeting B. had I found out ab out th e m eeting
c. did I find out about the meetin g D. that I found out a bout the m eeting
3. _______ , let me kn ow.
A. If you heard anythin g B. Had you heard anythin g
c . Unless you heard anythin g D. Should you hear a nything
4. T homa s Edison _ many new app liances u sing el ectrici ty d uring his
long c areer.
A. invented B. inv enting c. who invented D. was invented
5. I ’d rathe r y o u ___ _ anyth ing about the gar den until the weath er improves.
A. d on’t make B. did n’t do c. don ’t do D. did n’t make
At no time in history _________ such a diligent and brilliant fellow.
A. ha ve Peter and his clas smates eve r met
B. have Peter and his cla ssmates
c. Peter and his cl assmat es ever met
D. Pe ter and his cl assmat es had ever met.
7. It turned o ut th at w e _________ rushed to the airport as t he plane was delayed
by sev eral hours.
A. h adn't B. should have c. mustn't have D. nee dn't h ave
8. ________ as a masterp iece, a work of art must transce nd the ideals of th e
period in which it was creat ed.
A. Ranki ng B. To be ranked
c . Being ranked D. In ord er to be ranki ng
9. F lor ida ,________ the Sunshine State, attra cts many tourists eve ry year .
A. is B. is know n as c. known as D. that is known as
10. ________ becom ing extinct is of great concern to zoolog ists.
A. T hat g iant pandas are B. Giant pandas are
c. That giant pandas D. Giant panda is
IV. PREP OSIT IONS AN D P HRASA L VERB S: (5 POI NTS)
Comp lete the foll ow ing sen tence s by choosi ng the correc t a nswe r amon g fou r
optio ns (A, B, c or D).
1. Karen was terribly nervous before the interview but she manage d to pull
he rse lf________ and ac t conf idently.
A. th rough B. over c . togeth er D. of f
2. W e________ up a friends hip th e very first time we met.
A. st ruck B. launc hed c . cropped D. settle d
3. The inn ow ner wa s so generou s. What we consume d w as ________ the house.
A. on B. in c . of f D. o f
4. T he strike w as ___o wing to a last minute agr eemen t with the manag emen t.
A. c alled of f B. broken up c . set back D. put down

44
5. W hen she died, she ga ve __ all h er mone y to a c harity,
A. a way B. out c. on D. of f
6. Ever yone knows about pollutio n problem s, but not many people have
any solut ions.
A. t hou ght over B. come up with c. looked into D. got round to
7. I do n’t th ink this strang e n ew fa shion w il l...............
A. tu rn up B. care for c. show o ff D. catch on
8. De spite all the interrup tions, h e ______ with his work.
A. stuc k at B. held on c. hung ou t D. pressed on
9. M any elde rly people have to live on the money they _ when they were
work ing.
A. laid up B. put back c. set up D. put aside
10. He w en t_________ a bad cold just before Christma s .
A. d own with B. in fo r c. over D. through

V. R EAD ING COM PREH ENSI ON: (10 POIN TS)

Rea d the pa ssa ge carefu lly, then choos e the correc t option (mark ed A, B, c or
D) to an swe r the questio ns.
Million of peop le are using cell phones today. In many places, it is ac tually
consi dered unusual not to use one. In many countries, cell phones are very
popu lar with young people. They find that the phones are means of
comm unica tion - havi ng a mobile phone shows that they are cool and con nected.
The explosi on in mobile phone use around the world has made some health
profe ssion als worried . Some doctors are concerned that in the future many
people may suffer health problems from the use of mobile phones. In England,
there has been a serious debate about this issue. Mobile phone compan ies are
worrie d about the negativ e publicity of such ideas. They say that there is no
pro of that mobile phones are bad for your health.
On the other hand, medical studies have shown changes in the brain cells of
some peopl e who use mobile phones. Signs of change in the issues of the brain
and head can be detected with modern scanning equipmen t. In one case, a
trav eling salesm an had to retire at young age because of serio us memory loss.
He c ould n't reme mber even simple tasks. He would often forget the name of his
own son. This man used to talk on his mobile phone for about six hours a day,
every day o f his working week, for a couple of years. His family docto r blamed
his mobile ph one use, bu t his employe r's d octor didn't agr ee.
What is it that makes mobile phones potentially harmfu l? The answe r is
radiati on. High - tech machin es can d etect very small amount s of radiation from
mobile phone s. Mobile phone companie s agree that there is s ome radiation , but
they say t he amou nt is too small to worry about.
As the discus sion about their safety continues, it ap pears that it's best to use
mobile phon es less often. Use y our regular phone if you want to talk for a long

45
time. Use your mobile phone only when you really need it. Mobile phones can
be very useful and conveni ent, especially in e mergenc ies. In the future, mobile
phones may have a warnin g label that says they are bad for your health. So for
now, it's wise not to use you r mobile p hone too often.
1. Accord ing to the passage, cell phones are especiall y popula r with young
people bec au se______ .
A. they are indispens able in everyday commun ication
B. they make the m look more stylish
c. they keep the use rs aler t all the time
D. they cannot be replaced by reg ular phon es
2. The changes possible caused by the cell phones are mainly concerned wi th__.
A. the mobility of the mind and the body B. the sm allest units o f brain
c . the a rteries of the brain D. the resident memory
3. The word "means" in the pa ssage most closely me an s_______ .
A. m eanings B. ezXpression c. method D. transmi ssion
4. The word "potentially" in the passage most closely me an s_______ .
A. obv iously B. possibly c. certainly D. privately
5. "Negative publicity" in the passage most likely m ean s_______ .
A. informatio n on the lethal effects of cell phones
B. wides pread opinion about bad effects of cell phones
c. the negative public use o f cell phones
D. poo r ideas about th e effe cts o f cell phones
6. Doctors have tent atively conc luded that cell phones m ay _______ .
A. da mage their users' em otions B. ca use some mental malfunction
c. change their us ers' tem peramen t D. change t heir users' social behavior
7. The man m entioned in the passage, who used his cell phone too of te n______ .
A. su ffered serious loss of mental ability B. could no l onger think lucidly
c. abandoned his family D. had a problem with memory
8. Accord ing to the passage, what makes mobile phones potentially harmful is

A. th eir r adiant light B. th eir po wer o f attraction

c. their raiding power D. their invisible rays
9. Accord ing to the writer, people sh ou ld _____
A. only use mobile p hones in urgent cases
B. only use m obile phones in medical em ergencies
c. keep o ff mobile phones regularly
D. neve r used mobile phones in all cases
10. The most suitable title for the passage could b e ______.
A. "The reasons why mobile phones are regular"
B. "Te chnologic al Innovation and the ir price"
c. "They way m obile phones work"
D. "Mo bile phones - a mus t o f our time"

46
Read the pas sag e the n c hoos e the best se nten ces A -K to Jill in each gap. There
is one extra sent enc e which yo n do no t nee d to use:
BITTE R WATER HITS T HE BIG TIM E
Cho colat e, whic h has its origins in South America , is now part of a mult i­
million pound w orldw ide business.
At Easter, British people spend over $230 million on chocola te. A massive
eight per c ent of all choc olate is bought at this time.
(0. ____ • Altho ugh the large scale industrial productio n of chocola te began in
the last centu ry, the cacao plant was first cultivated by the Aztec, Toltec and
Mayan civil izati ons of Central America over th ree tho usand years ago.
The caca o tree is an evergree n, tropical plant which is found in Africa , South
and Centra l Amer ica, the West Indies and South East A sia. The fruit of this tree
is melo n-siz ed and contain s 20-40 seeds. (2)____. In English - speaking
count ries, they are c alled cocoa beans. T his is a mis spelling from the 17th ce ntury
when they were also called cacoa and cocao beans.
The Azte cs used cocoa beans as money. (3)____. This is from the world in
the Azte c languag e, Nahuat l, meaning “bitter water’’. (4)____ . The Spanish
found the drink more palatable mixed with cinnamon and sugar, but the recipe
did not spread to the rest of Europe for another century. In the late 17th century,
choc olate houses w ere set up in Europe ’s capital cities, where people gathered to
drink choc olate .
(5)____ . But in 1826, CJ van Houten of the Nethe rlands invented chocola te
powder. (6)____ .
The age of the chocola te bar as we know it began in 1847 when a Bristol
comp any, Fry and Sons, combined cocoa butter with pure chocola te liquor and
sugar to p roduc e a solid block that you could eat. (7)____ .
At the turn of t he century, the British chocolate marke t was domina ted by
French comp anies . In 1879 the English company Cadbury even named their
Birmin gham facto ry Bournville (ville is the French word for town) in th e hope
that a little glam our would rub off. But then came Cadb ury’s famous Dairy Milk
bar wh ich began life as a Dair ymaid in 1905. (8)____ .
It seems that, for the time being at least, chocolate intake in Britain has
establ ished at abou t four bars each week. (9)____. The latest market t rick is the
so-calle d “ext ended line”. This-is when the hum ble chocola te bar become s an ice
cream, a soft drink or a dessert, to tempt chocoh olics who have grown tired of
conve ntion al snacks.
At the othe r end of the productio n process, cacao farmers are still feeling the
effects of a crash in cocoa bean prices at the end of 1980s. (10)____ . Perhaps
you co uld spare a tho ught for them as you munch your next ch ocola te bars.

47
 A. This was mad e by extr acting most o f the cocoa butter from t he crushed beans.
B. A Swiss comp any then introduc ed milk solids to the proces s which gave US
milk choc olate .
c. They also used them to mak e a drink calle d xocoatl.
D. Until the last centu ry, the choco late drink was made from solid blocks of
choc olate w hich had to be melt ed down in hot w ater.
E. When dri ed they become cacao beans, which can be used to make chocolate.
F. Clev er adve rtisi ng which associ ated it with the healthy quali ties of m ilk
from the English count ryside quick ly establi shed the bar as a rival to the
more deca dent French brands.
G. British manu factu rers include up to 5 per cent vege table fat in their
choc olate , some thing fo rbidden elsewh ere.
H. As most cacao farme rs operat e on a very small scale, many were forced
out of business.
I. This has forced m anufa cture rs to look f or new ways to att ract custom ers.
J. In Aztec time s the choco late drink was flavored with spices and used on
cerem onial occas ions and for we lcom ing visitors.
K. O nly at C hristm as do p eople eat more of the cocoa- based foodstu ffs.

VI. CLO ZE TEX T (10 POINT S)

Re ad th e pas sa ge an d then decid e which word (A, B, c, or D) best fi ts each
spa ce (5 points )
Samuel Cu nar d’s first ship, the Britan nia, made its first voyage from
Liverp ool in England to the US in 1850. In those days there was little choic e
abou t ( 1 )____ o f travel. Anyon e who wi shed to go to the US from Britain had to
sail acros s the Atlant ic. ( 2 ) ____ that, there was no way of ge tting there. The
Br ita nni a was ( 3 ) ____ a mail ship, but it also took pas sen ger s. On that firs t
( 4 ) ____ , as record s show, there was a ( 5 )____ of 63 o f them, includ ing Samuel
Cuna rd and his daug hter and, (6) ____ for that time, the ship had private
bathr ooms.
But Samue l Cunard would find it hard to see much simila rity betwe en his
belove d Bri tan nia and the Cunard com pan y's most famous liner t oday, t he QE2,
named afte r Queen Elizabet h 11 of En gland. The Brita nnia is ( 7 ) ____ to have
had two mem bers of s taf f ( 8 ) ____ every passeng er. The pass enge rs proba bly
did n’t sleep in ca bins as co mfort able and with as much space as room s in a good
(9 )____ o f hotel , as th ey do on the QE2 today.
The QE2 (10) _ __________ on her first voyage across the Atlan tic from
South ampto n on the south coast of England on May 2 1969. Five days later, she
arrived in N ew York to an enthu siasti c welco me. Since that day she has carrie d
over one and a h alf million passe ngers aro und the w orld.
48
1. A. proced ures B. proce sses c. courses D. means
2. A. Apart from B. Else c. Instead o f D. Other wise
3. A. a t mo st B. above all c. overall D. vastly
4. A. incident B. occasio n c. event D. circum stance
5. A. total B. sum c. numbe r D. quantit y
6. A. distinc tly B. diffe rently c. extreme ly D. rema rkably
7. A. d oubtful B. im probable c. uncertain D. unlike ly
8. A. w ith B. by c. to D. of
9. A. level B. status c. class D. rank
10. A. set o ff B. went away c. got out D. came along

Rea d the pas sag e and t hen decide which word (A, B, c, or D) best fi ts each
spa ce (5 points )
YOU CAN'T ESC APE THE INTERNET
Ove r the last few years, the use of the Internet has increased drama tically in
French school s, offices, and homes and this trend continues to grow. Who c ould
have imagin ed, even in the last decade, that we would be able to ( 1 )_______ our
friends , colle ague s and clients around the world simply through the (2 )_______
of a mou se and a m odem? There is no doubt, like any invention, that t he Internet
can be u sed for go od or bad but it is here to stay and has ( 3 )_______ the way we
comm unica te.
In the wor ld of b usin ess, no corp orat ion can be com peti tive unles s it has
(4 )_______ to the Internet. It has be come essen tial to advertise you r produ ct and
service in this way and an increasing number of compani es are using this
oppo rtunit y to reach a greate r number of ( 5 ) _______ consumers . Indeed, the
bigge r the websi te, (6 )_______ professional the comp any seems to be.
Simil arly in educ ation, the opportunit ies that the Internet can (7 )_______ are
vast. More and more students are (8 )_______ on the Internet for their research;
for instanc e, a physics undergrad uate in Paris can download informatio n from a
unive rsity library in the States in m inutes. From the latest research in sc ientific
and lingui stic fields to new theories in psycholog y and history; all this may be
publis hed on th e wo rld-wid e web.
What will be the future for the Internet in France? It has been ( 9 ) _______
that 60% of homes and 50% of business will have access to the Internet within
five y ears. Childr en, students and professio nals will be able to ( 10 )_______ and
explor e th e w orld as they have n ever done before.

1. A. c ontac t B. keep to uch c. stay in touch D. talk

2. A. ti ck B. running c. clap D. click
3. A. m odified B. been changed c. adapted D. revo lutioniz ed
4. A. ac cess B. use c. approach D. dow nload ing
5. A. fu ture B. compet ent c. potential D. woul d-be

49
6. A. m ore a nd more B. the more c . more D. the most
7. A. take B. provid e c . support D. miss
8. A. rel ying B. surfin g c . working D. dow nloadin g
9. A. es timated B.an nou nce d c. claimed D. calcu lated
10. A. log on B. take on c . log o ff D. switch on

B. WRITTEN TEST: (70 POINTS)

I. OP EN CLOZ E T EXT (20 P OINTS)
Fill each blank with ONE suita ble word. Write y ou r answe rs in the space
pro vid ed under this pas sag e: (10 points)
Autism is a mental disease which prevents those who suffer from it from
comm unica ting with the ( 1 ) ______ world. Victims seem to live in a world of
their own which, ( 2 ) ______ now, doctors are unable to penetrat e. The illness
was first (3) ______ a name in 1943, and yet doctors have made very little
progre ss in their under standin g o f the disea se si nce then.
Accord ing to st atistics, (4 )______ two and four c hildren out o f every 10,000
are born autistic. Often victims are not able to (5 )_________ , read or write. But
( 6 ) _______ is most extraor dinary about illness is the fact that in other areas
many of the ch ildren can perform almost super-hu man feats of the brain. One of
the more commo n skills these so-called autistic savants have is calendrical
calcul ation, (7 )______ is the ability to say which day of the week a particula r
date falls (8 )______ . Ja ckie, for ins tance, who is now 42 years old, could do this
from the a ge o f six, wh en she first began to talk. She can tell you what day o f the
week it was on 1 April 1933 with (9 )______ a mom ent’s hesitation . But if you
ask her ( 10 )______ she does it, she ’ll say she does n’t know.

Fill each blank with ONE suitab le word. Write yo ur answe rs in the space
pro vid ed under th is passag e: (10 points)
THE SAHARA MARATH ON
One of the mo st a mazing m arathon races in the world is the Marathon of the
Sands. It takes place every April in the Sahara Desert in the south of Morocco, a
part of the world where temper atures can reach fifty degree s centigrad e. The
standard length of a marathon is 42.5 kilomet res but ( 1 ) _________ one is 240
kilom etres long and takes seven days to complete. It began in 1986 and now
attrac ts about two hundred runners, the majority of ( 2 ) _________ ages range
from seven teen to forty-se ven. About hal f o f t hem come from France and the
rest fro m all over the w orld. From Britain it costs £2,500 to enter, which includes
return air fares. The race is rapidly becoming more and more popular ( 3) _________,
the hars h con dit ion s tha t run ner s mus t end ure . The y have to carr y food and
(4) _________ else they need for seven days in a rucksa ck weigh ing no more
than twelve kilogram s. In ( 5 )_________ to this, they are given a litre and a hal f

50
of water every ten kilome tres. Incredibly, nea rly (6 )_________ the runners finish
the course . (7 )_________ man, Ibrahim El Journal , took part in every race from
1986 to 20 04. Runners do suffer terrible physical hardships. Sometim es the y lose
toenai ls and skin peels (8 )_________ their feet. However, d octors are always on
hand to deal (9 )_________ minor injuries and to make sure that runners do not
push (10) _ _ _ _ _ too far.
II. WO RD FORM S (20 PO INTS)
Fill in ach num bere d blank o f the p asa ge with the most s uitab le for m o f the
word in bracket. (lOpoints )
1. Jim is one of the m o st ............................me mbers of the committe e, (speak)
2. S he’s ve ry efficie nt, and .................................... polite to the customers, (fail)
3. Th e control centre is deep undergrou dedand comp letel y....................................
exce pt by a direc t hit from a nuclear missile, (destroy)
4. The proje ct was c ancelle d w hile it was still in it s................................. (infant)
5. You look r ath er........................... Are you worried about somethi ng? (occupy)
6. You wo n’t per suade him to charnge his mind. His decision i s ........... (revoke)
7. Since his bad habits were never broken when he was a child, they are
no w............................... (correct)
8. Th e key aims of the program are to achieve breath, balance, ................... and
progre ssion of all pupils, (continue)
9. Vietna m has depend ed heavily on foreign ........................ organiz ations to
train teache rs, (govern)
10. He has m any y ear ’s experien ces o f the crim inal............................ (mental)

Write the correct FOR M of each bracketed word in the numbere d space provid ed
in the colu mn on the right.
THE ORIGINS OF HALLO WEEN
Hallo ween is celebr ated in many parts of the Western world, and is a time
when peop le dress up as witches or ghosts, and go "trick-or treating". It is
( Ị ) ________ _ (DO UBT) one o f the most p opular traditions in the United States
and Britain.
The celeb ration (2 )_________ (ORIGIN) about two thousan d years ago with
the Celts. These people were the (3) ________ (INHAB IT) of an area that
includes Britain, Ireland and Brittany. They relied on the land for their
(4 )______ _ (L IVE), and thi s m eant t hat they were at the mercy of (5 )________
(PRE DICT ) w eath er cond itions, especially during the winter.
The Celtic new year began on 1st Novem ber, which also marked the
beginn ing of winter, a period (6) _________ (TRAD ITION) associat ed with
death. On the eve of the new year, it was believed that the barriers between the
worlds of the living and the dead were (7) ________ (TEMP ORAR Y)
withdra wn, and it wa s possible to commun icate with spirits. The Celts believed

51
that the spirits offered them (8) ________ (GUIDE ) and protect ion, and the
Druids (Celtic priests ) were (9 )_________ (REPU TE) able to predict the future
on th is point.
When the Roman comple ted their (1 0 )________ (CON QUER ) of Celtic
lands, they added their own flavo ur to this festival. The advent of Ch ristian ity
broug ht ab out y et o ther changes.
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 PO INTS)
The pas sag e below contai ns 10 errors. Underli ne the error s and write the
corre ction s in the c orres pondi ng n umbe red boxes.
Exampl e: 0. In —>at (line 1)
The shift from silent to sound film in the end of the 1920 m arks, so far, the
most import ant transf ormati on in motion picture history. Despite all the highly
visible techn ologic al develo pment s in theatrical and home deliver y of the mov ed
image that have occurre d over the decades since then, no single innovatio n has
come closel y to being regarded as a similar kind of water shed. In nearly every
language , howe ver the words are phrased, the most basic division in cinem a
history lies in films that are mute and films that speak.
Yet this most fundam ental standard of historic periodiz ation conce als a host
of paradoxes . N early ever y m ovie theater, although modest, had a piano or or gan
to provid e musical accom panim ent to silent pictures. In many instance s,
specta tors in the era before recordin g sound experie nced elaborat e aural
presen tation s alongsi de movies' visual images, from the Japane se benshi
(narra tors) crafting multivoi ced dialogue narrative to original ly musical
comp ositio ns perform ed by symphon y-size orchestr as in Europe and the United
States. Beyond that, the triumph of recor ded sound has oversha dowed the rich
divers ity of techn ologica l and aesthetic experim ents with the visual image that
were going forward simultan eously in the 1920s. New c olor processe s, larger or
differ ently shaped screen sizes, multiple- screen projecti ons, even televi sion,
were among the develo pment s invented or tried out du ring th e p eriod, some times
with startle success.
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORMA TION (20 PO INTS)
Comp lete t he se con d sente nce so that i t has sim ilar m eanin g to t he fi rs t one.
1. I am sure th at he missed the se ven o’clock train.
He can ’t_________________________________________________________
2. Alter nativ e m edicine is a comp lete mystery to som e peo ple.
Some peopl e are___________________________________________________
3. Altho ugh he was exhaus ted, he agre ed to joi n in the act ivity.
Ex hau ste d_______________________________________________________
4. I am n ot a solitary per son, I’m so ciable.
Rather ____________________________________________________________

52
5. It seems to be a foregon e c onclusi on t hat Davis will win the gol d medal.
There
6. Yo ur a ttitud e w ill have to change i f you wan t to succeed. LEAF
You
7. The succ ess of our local theatre has made o ur city famous. MAP
The su c c e ss _ ____________________________ _____ ___________________
8. You may be dis misse d if you fail to obse rve th e co mpa ny’s dress code.
RES ULT
Failu re t o ________________________________________________________
9 . 1 really think my son is going to be a hugely successful businessman. HOPES
I have high ______________________________________________________
10. His e xam results will determi ne wh at choi ce he has for further education.
DEPEND ENT
His ch oi ce _______________________________________________________
t { I

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN HOÀNG LÊ KHA - TÂY NIN H

I. MULTIPL E CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHONOLOGY
A. Choo se a word whose underl ined p art is pr ono unc ed differe ntly fro nt the
others.
1. A. inadeq uate B. navigate c . necessitate D. debate
2. A. vision B. measure c . usually D. pleasant
3. A. dorm itory B. fort c. kn ob D. gorgeou s
4. A. copio us B. obese c . drone D. clamorou s
5. A. equati on B. educatio n c . contributi on D. nomin ation
B. Choo se a word with a differen t stress pattern .
1. A. prere quisi te B. necessity c . European D. synonym ous
2. A. legisla ture B. repository c . magnific ent D. mistake
3. A. argum entat ive B. psychologic al c . contributory D. hyper sensitive
4. A. conse nt B. obstinacy c . condolence D. equality
5. A. majo rity B. ceremony c . astronomy D. inves titure
II. VOCABULARY
Choo se a wor d or a phr ase that best co mpletes each senten ce.
1. There is large effort to rebuild arts education in the New York City
public s chools.
A. u nder way B. in the way c . out o f way D. over the wa y
2. A fter living toge ther for six years, Janet and Matt have finally decid ed t o ____ ,
A. feel the pinch B. pull a few strin gs
c . tie th e knot D. be up and ab out
53
3. The party was al re ad y___ by the time we arrived. Everyo ne was singing
and dancing.
A. in full swing B. up in the ai r c. over t he moon D. und er a cl oud
4. His stra nge behav iour aroused t h e __ _ of police.
A. do ubt B. susp icion c. disb elie f D. notice
5. Media reports on the outcome o f military intervention often the true facts.
A. di vert B. detr act c. depose D. distort
6. The day t heir first ch ild was born, the new pa rents were _ ___ with joy.
A. o verthr own B. overp owere d c. overtake n D. overcom e
7. We may win, we m ay lose - it’s jus t the luck o f th e ____
A. ch an ce B. draw c. odds D. fate
8. Th ey’re having se rious problem s. Their rela tionshi p is on t h e _____ .
A. cli ffs B. rocks c. stones D. grass
9. The renewe d interest in Elizabet han times is eviden t in t h e _____ of new
Holly wood films set du ring that period.
A. s pate B. hypo crisy c. transie nce D. demise
10. Th e c ar w as _____ speed.
A. g ather ing B. colle cting c. consum ing D. firing
III. GRA MM AR A ND STRUC TURE S
Choo se a wor d or a ph ras e th at be st com pletes each se ntence.
1. Why don ’t you try walking to w or k_______ ? It’s not that far away after all.
A. for a walk B. fo rag es c. for a ch ange D. for good
2. You h ave to be careful n o t_______ anythin g insulting.
A. to say B. to have said c. to be saying D. saying
3. I’m so disapp ointed . He behav ed _ at the party,
A. bad B. worst c . badly D. worse
4. The Second World War was so terrible, ____ time a large number of
famili es were separated .
A. during the B. during which c. at the D. on whi ch
Relative humidit y is the amou nt o f water vapor the air at a certain tempera ture
_______ with the a moun t it c ould hold at that te mpera ture.
A. to comp are B. comp aring c. compare d D. compa res
6. Arub a is an island where all that is be au tif ull y____ ___ in t he hope of
attrac ting visitors .
A. p reserv ed B. preser ves c . to pre serve D. is being preserve d
7. _____ by the policem an, his face went pale wi th fear.
A. For being tied B. Hav ing been tied
c . What he did was seen D. His hands tied
8. Price conti nued to rise while wages remained lo w _______ the govern ment
becam e increa singly un popular.
A. p rovide d that B. in o rder that
c. on co nditio n that D. with the result that

54
9. We hire o ur b icy cle _______ .
A. by the hour B. by ho urs c. by an hour D. for hours
10. You can t ry a sking Jim for help, b u t_______ any go od.
A. it wo n’t do you B. it’s not doing you
c. it wo n’t be doing you D. it will do you
IV. PR EPO SITIO NS AND PHRAS AL VERBS
Fill in each o f the bla nks with an a ppropr iate preposi tion.
1. T he school exam ination for eleven- year-old s was done_________ with some
years ago.
2. Tuck yo ur s hi rt ________ your t rousers.
3. At first Ti m insisted he was right, but then began to ba ck ________
4. He is a so licito r________ profession.
5. A hug e cr owd tu rn ed _________ in the pouri ng rain to ch eer the president.
6. I don ’t like to make friends with the person who always runs_________ his
old friends.
7. They alway s clos e at six o ’clo ck ________ the dot.
8. It was late when we arrived and the party w as ________ full swing.
9. He w as___________ all acc ounts a very kind and gentle man.
10. Since 1 changed washin g powders, my clothes have looked whiter and felt
so ft er _______ the touch.
V. R EADI NG
PASSAGE 1. Rea d the follow ing passag e care fully a nd ch oose the best an swers
to the ques tions
The com pose r Wolfgang Amadeus Moza rt’s remarkabl e musical talent was
appare nt even before most children can sing a simple nursery rhyme.
Wol fgan g’s older sister Maria Anna (who the family called Nanne rl) was
learning the clavier, an early keyboard instrument, when her three-yea r-old
brother took an interest in playing. As Nannerl later recalled, Wolfgang “often
spent much time at the clavier pic king out thir ds, which he wa s always striking,
and his pleas ure showed that it sounded good.” T heir fa ther L eopold, an assis tant
conce rtma ster at the Salzburg Court, recognized his child ren’s unique gifts and
soon d evote d him self to their musi cal educ ation.
Born in Salzburg, Austria, on Janu ary 27, 1756, Wolfgang had compose d his
first origina l work by age five. Leopold planned to take Nannerl and Wolfgang
on tour to play before the European courts. Their first venture was to nearby
Munich where the children played for Maxim illian III Joseph, electo r o f Bavaria.
Leopold soon set his sights on the capital of the Hapsburg Empire, Vienna. On
their way to Vienna, the family stopped in Linz, where Wolfgan g gave his first
public conce rt. By this time, Wolfgang was not only a virtu oso harpsich ord
player, but he had also mastered the violin. The audience at Linz was stunned by

55
the six-yea r-old, and word of his genius soon traveled to Vienna. In a much
an tic ip ate d concer t, the Mozart children appeared at the Schonbr unn Palace on
Octob er 13, 1762. They utterly charmed the em peror and emp ress.
Follow ing this success, Leopold was inu nd ate d with invitati ons for the
children to play, for a fee. Leopold seized the opportu nity and booked as many
concer ts as possibl e at courts throug hout Europe. A concert could last three
hours, and the children played at least two per day. Today, Leopold might be
conside red the wors t kind of stage parent, but at the time, it was uncomm on for
pr od igi es to make extensiv e concert courts. Even so, it was an exhau sting
schedul e f or a child who wa s just past the age o f needing an aftern oon nap.
1. A good title for this passage would b e _____ .
A. Cl assical Music in the Eighteenth Century: An Overv iew.
B. Stage parents: A histor ical Perspective.
c. Mozart: The Early Life o f a Musical Prodigy.
D. Moza rt: T he Short Career of a Musical Genius.
2. Accor ding to the passage, Wolfgang beca me interested in music bec aus e___ .
A. His father though t it wo uld be profitab le.
B. He had a natural ta lent.
c. He saw his sis ter l earning to play an instrument.
D. He c ame from a musical family.
3. The w ord vir tu os o in paragra ph 2 mostly me an s_________ .
A. avid B. skilled c. young D. famous
4. What was the co nsequen ce o f Wolfg ang’s first public appearan ce?
A. He charmed the em peror and empr ess o f Hapsburg.
B. Word of Wolfga ng’s genius spread to the capit al,
c. Leopold set his sights on Vienna.
D. Inv itations for the miracle children to play poured in.
5. The w ord an tic ipa ted in paragraph 2 can be best replaced b y _________ .
A. aw aited B. crowded c. foreseen D. intere sting
6. Each o f the following statements about Wolfgang Mozart is directly supported
by the passage except
A. M ozar t’s father, Leopold, was instrumental in shaping his career.
B. Maria Ann a was a talente d m usician in her own right.
c. Wol fgan g’s childho od w as devot ed to his musica l career.
D. W olfgang preferred the clavier to oth er instrument s.
7. The word inu nd ate d in paragrap h 3 is synony mous w ith _________ .
A. o verexc ited B. spoiled c. relucta nt D. overw helmed
8. The word pr od igi es in paragrap h 3 is closest in meaning t o _________ .
A. chi ldren B. profes sors c. genius es D. music ians

56
9. Accor ding to the passage, during Wolfg ang’s early years, child prodigies
w er e___
A. few and far betw een.
B. accu stome d to exten sive concert tours.
c. expe cted to spend at least six hours pe r day practicing their music.
D. exp ected to pl ay fo r courts through out Europe.
10. Based on informatio n found in the passage, Mozart can be best described as

A. a child prodigy.
B. a w orkaho lic.
c. the greate st co mpose r o f the eighteenth century.
D. a vi ctim of his fathe r’s ambition.
PASSAGE 2. Rea d thi s m agazine artic le a nd ch oose the correct answers to th e
quest ions that follo w.
MY LIFE AS A HUMAN SPEED BUMP
Givin g up a car has not been quite the liberatin g experience that George
Monb iot had hoped.
Sevent een years after giving up my car, I still feel like a second-class citizen.
1 am try ing to do the right thing, but the United Kingdom ju st isn’t run for people
like me. Take our bus se rvices. My home city, Oxfor d, has invested massively in
a park-a nd-rid e scheme: buses shuttle people into the center from car parks on
the periphe ry. At first I thought this was a great idea. Now, having stood for
what must amoun t to weeks at bus stops, watching the full double deckers go by
every couple of minutes without stopping, I realize it’s not ju st the roads which
have been monopo lised by drivers, but also the public tran sport system.
Or take the bike lane. Most consist of lines painted on the road where it is
wide and safe, which disappear as soon as it becomes narrow and dangerous.
One of them, in Oxford, has been grav elled , which shows that the people who
designe d them have never ridden a bicycle. When we asked for a bike lane on
one o f the c ity’s busiest streets, the council chose instead to narrow the street and
widen the pavem ents, in the hope that the bicycle would slow down the cars. The
cyclists , perver sely reluctant to become human speed bumps, started travelling
down the paveme nt.
Now there is almost nowhere reserved for people like me. Out of political
cowar dice, council s and the police have given up en forcing the law. Preventing
people from parking on the pa vement would mean cutting the number of parking
places, as the streets are otherwise too narrow. Though they cannot complet e a
sentenc e withou t using the words “sustainabl e develop ment” , this action seems
impossib le for our councilo rs to contemplate. In one part of Oxfor d they have
solved the problem by painting parking places on the pavement. Since my
daugh ter was born, and 1 have started pushing the pram, I have been forced to

57
walk in the middl e of the road. In one respec t this make s sense: the pavem ents
are so badly main taine d that she will only sleep when sh e’s being pushed down
the smoo th grey carp et laid ou t fo r the cars.
My prob lem is t hat by seekin g to reduce my impac t on the planet , 1jo ine d a
polit ical mino rity that is d imin ishin g every year. As car own ersh ip increas es, its
only rem aini ng mem bers are a handful of ecce ntric s like me, the very poor and
thos e not com pete nt to drive. None of these groups wield politic al power. Our
dem and s are coun ter-a spira tion al, and there fore of little intere st to eithe r
poli ticia ns or th e media.
Now , to my horror, I find I am beginn ing to quest ion even the enviro nment al
impa ct o f my 17 year s of abstin ence. It is true that my own carbo n emissi ons
have been supp resse d. It is also true that if every one did the same thing the total
savi ng woul d be enorm ous. The problem is that, in the absen ce of re gulatio n,
traf fic expa nds to fill the availa ble space. By re fusing to own a ca r I have merely
open ed up road space for other people, who tend to drive more fuel-hu ngry
mod els that 1 would have chosen. We can do little to reduc e our impacts on the
env iron men t if the gove rnme nt wo n’t sup port US.
Ther e are some comp ensa tions , however. Abou t three or four times a year I
hire a car. When I stop at motorw ay service statio ns, I am struck by the
stag geri ng levels of obe sity: it appear s to be far more prev alen t there than on
train s or coach es. People who take public transp ort must at least walk to t he bus
stop. The cycli sts amon g US ke ep fit with out e ven noticin g.
Being with out a car in Oxford has forced me to embed my sel f in my home
town. It throw s me into contac t with far more people than I would otherwi se
meet. There are a couple of routes which make cycli ng a real pleasure: the
towp ath along the T hames , for ex ample, t akes me most of the wa y to th e station.
But over all, as far as self-i ntere st is concer ned, I would strugg le to claim that
givi ng up m y ca r was a who lly positiv e de cision.
1. The wr ite r’s vie w o f the O xford park-a nd-rid e s chem e is th a t_____ .
A. t he large volum e o f cars preven ts it from oper ating ef fectiv ely
B. it has been an unqua lified success
c. it has suffer ed from insuffi cient investm ent
D. it has becom e too p opula r
2. The writ er think s that cycli sts started travel ling down the pave ment in one of
Ox for d’s b usies t st reets be ca us e_____ .
A. t he c ounci l put speed bumps in the street
B. the pave men t is very wide
c. there is no bike lane in this street
D. in the bike lane cy clists are too c lose to c ars
3. The word “gravelled " in parag raph 2 is best replace d w it h___ .
A. cove red with small stones B. made narro w
c. in bad main tenan ce D. in bad c ondit ion

58
4. In what way does the write r believe that Oxford city council has shown
“politi cal cowa rdice ”?
A. It is relucta nt to prevent cars parking on pedest rian areas.
B. It doe sn’t w ant c yclists on the city ’s roads.
c. It has narrowe d some roads to discourag e cy clists from using the m.
D. It has a policy of sustainable developmen t.
5. Acco rding to the wri ter, the “political minority ” that he is par t o f _____ .
A. is beco ming poorer
B. has little political influence
c. consis ts of people who can ’t drive
D. inc ludes people who ac t in a strange way
6. The word “abstine nce” in paragraph 5 is close st in meaning t o ______ .
A. indulge nce B. self-res traint c. conservatio n D. fighting
7. In paragr aph 5 the writer suggests that the effect of his actions has been to

A. d iscour age the g overnm ent from giving support

B. lower mainte nance standard s for pavements
c. create more room on the road for other cars
D. enc ourage ot hers to drive b igger cars
8. The word “preva lent” in paragraph 6 is best replaced b y _____ .
A. a ccepte d B. common c. habitual D. localized
9. The wri ter’s observa tions at the motorway service st ations suggest to him that

A. ca r driv ers are m ore over weight than public transport users
B. people who own ca rs are thinner than people who hire them
c. people who use public transport don’t get enough e xercise
D. cyc lists ride b ikes in order to keep fit
10. Acco rding to t he writ er, being withou t a car in Ox for d_____ .
A. h as been a complete ly p ositive ex perience
B. has increased the number of people he knows
c. has f orced him to stay at home more
D. has been a complete m istake
VI. M ULTI PLE CHOICE CLOZE
CHOICE CLOZE 1
AUNT MARG ARET’S K ITCHEN
The kitchen was quite dark because the blinds were ( 1 ) ____ . There was a
smell of (2 )____ cigarette smoke and some unwashed cups were (3 )____ neatly
in the sink, but the room was ferociously clean. It was quite a big room. There
was a (4 )____ dresser, painted dark brown, loaded with crockery, a flour ja r, a
bread-bin. There was a larder you could walk into. Melanie experim entally
walked into it and (5 )____ the door to on herse lf in a cool smell of cheese and
mildew. What did they eat? Tins of things: they seemed particular ly (6 )____ of
59
tinned peach es, there was a whole pile of tins of peac hes. Tinned beans, tinned
sardine s. Aunt Marga ret must buy ti ns in ( 7 )____ . There were a n umber o f cake
tins and Melan ie opene d one and found last nigh t’s curran t cake. She took a
ready -cut (8 )___ of it and ate it. It made her feel more at ( 9 )__ , alread y, to steal
some thing fr om the larder. She w ent back into the kitchen , ( 10 )____ crumbs.
1. A. installed B. tied c . drawn D. retract ed
2. A. st ale B. rancid c . ancient D. must y
3. A. er ected B. stacke d c . ordered D. ranked
4. A. built- up B. cornered c . walled D. built-in
5. A. to ok B. pulled c . made D. put
6. A. cr azy B. lovi ng c . fond ><* D. lik eable
7. A. lots B. gross c . mass D. bulk
8. A. sli ce B. ras he r c . shaving D. remn ant
9. A. c omfo rt B. place c . home D. rest
10. A. sp rinkli ng B.s hed din g c . sowing D. scatte ring

CHOIC E C LOZE 2
FRIENDS BENE FIT FIRMS
We have all heard tales about difficu lt people at work, usually managers, but
the office is also where many people make friends, and friends (1 )______ US to
feel th at bit m ore enthus iastic about the job we do. Research has found tha t mo re
than hal f o f British workers ( 2 ) ____ their best friends in the office and more
than a third say t hat th ey go on hol iday with (3 )____ workers.
The chang ing nature of work with more flexibil ity and more multi-ta sking
mea ns that peo ple (4) _ __ _ stab ility from the ir wor kma tes. Frie ndsh ip bring
(5 ) ____ in a c hangin g wo rld. A coll aborativ e worki ng e nviro nmen t ( 6 )_____the
way for makin g job- shar ing and expansion of roles more of an (7) ____ for
empl oyers and employ ees.
So fun workp laces where friendsh ips flourish (8) ____ worker s who can
handle chang ing jo b roles. This is not (9) ____ surpri sing since numero us
expe rimen ts carried out by workplac e psycho logists over the years have clearly
demo nstra ted that work is a social (1 0) ______ .
1. A. enliven B. in fluence c . inspire D. stimul ate
2. A. meet B. enco unter c . find D. know
3. A. p eer B. colle ague c . compa nion D. fello w
4. A. de sire B. search c. se ek D. wish
5. A. basis B. supp ort c . assist ance D. bac king
6. A. leads B. finds c . shows D. paves
7. A. op tion B. oppo rtunity c . openin g D. occa sion
8. A. app eal B. att ract c . lure D.e nga ge
9. A. ext remel y B. thoro ughly c . entirel y D. utterl y
10. A. af fair B. i nteraction c . envir onme nt D. res ponsib ility

60
B. WRITT EN QUESTIONS
I. OPEN CLOZE TESTS
A. TE ST 1: F ill in eac h bl an k with on e s ui ta bl e wo rd
CELE BRIT Y CROS SOVE R
It is not surpr ising that actors want to be pop stars, (0) an d vice versa.
(1) ______ that is deep in a part of our brain that most of US mana ge to keep
(2) ______ contr ol, we all want to be po p s tars and actors. Sadly, there 's nothin g
abou t the form er profes sion that autom aticall y qualif ies you for the other,
(3) ______ , of c ourse, for the fact that famous actors and singers are alread y
surro unde d by peopl e w ho neve r say no to them. On t he whole , pop stars tend to
fare bett er on sc reen than their oppos ite number s ( 4 )______ on CD. Let's face it:
not bein g able to act is ( 5 ) ______ big drawb ack in Hollywo od, wher eas not
being able to play or sing still tends to count ( 6 ) ______ you in the record ing
studio . Some stars do display a genuin e profic iency in both discip lines, and a
few even maint ain success ful careers in both fields, but this jus t ( 7 ) ______ a
bad exam ple for all the others. For every success, there are two dozen failures.
And most o f them have no idea (8 )______ terrible they are. Just as powe r ten ds
to corr upt, so ce lebrit y tends to d estroy the ability to g auge wheth er o r not you' re
mak ing a fool of (9) . But perhap s we shoul dn't criticiz e celeb rities for
tryin g to expan d their h orizons in this way. (1 0 )______ there is one good thing
abou t ac tors try ing to sin g and singers trying to act, it is th at it keeps them all too
busy to write b ooks.

TE ST 2
A new televi sion progr amm e in Ameri ca - Blind Hate - plans to show
cou ple s spi ttin g up! The prog ram me is alre ady adv ert isin g in the pap ers for
( 1 ) ______ “co ntest ants ”. The makers of the progra mme have come up with a
plan to tem pt one partn er into being unfaithful to the othe r - with them being
chatt ed up by an attract ive “stra nger” - so that the second partn er then has a
good ( 2 ) ______ for being able to get rid of the first one! All of this will take
place und er the observ ation of a secret camera, ( 3 ) ______ both the partne rs
subs eque ntly b eing invited into a television studio whe re the film will be show n to
a s tudio audien ce. Only one partner will know w hat the s how is really (4 )______
about, with the unfaithful one suddenly ( 5 ) ____ _ confronted with their own
infidelity. The show boasts that it will have special counsel lors on (6 )______ to
help deal with the split and its psyc holo gical impact. Howe ver, it has alrea dy
(7 )______ in for s evere crit icism from re ligious and other b odies wh o clai m tha t it
is potent ially very dangero us as well as in very bad (8) . The Church in
partic ular says that it damag es t he va lue of marriage and is highly immoral. Many
psycho logists too have, condemned it (9) ••’ some of their colleag ues taking
part in the spectacle . Whethe r the show actually finally gets (10) ______ go ahead
remains to be seen, but its makers a re optim istic th at it will be a great succe ss!

61
II. W OR D FO RM S
A. Give th e co rrect fo rm o f each w ord in b racket s to c ompl ete t he sente nce.
1. Join ing t his project is a _____ . Just do it. (B RA IN )
2. The re are a lot o f _____ articles in this newspaper . Why n ot read it? (N EW S)
3. My cousin is a _____ person. He is aware of all the latest fashions and
want ing to f ollow them. (F AS HI ON )
4. Th e b urgla r gain ed e ntry to the building af te r_____ the al arm. (A BI LI TY )
5. Whate ver ha ppens , d on't let this fai lur e_____ you. (H EA RT )
6. You r car elessn ess may d o _____ harm to people. (C AL CU LA TE )
7. T h e _____ listed for the pills meant that she couldn't take them because she
may be allerg ic to some of the chemica ls in them. (IN DI CA TE )
8. We we re de feated because we wer e_____ . (N UM BE R)
9. It is _____ summe r, but it's rather aut umnal today. (T HE OR Y)
10. This type o f _____ screen enables drivers to have a c lear view even when it
is smashe d. (SH AT TE R)
B. Use the corr ect fo rm o f the words given to comple te the passa ge.
BECO ME - DANGE R - SIMPLE - RICH - DIV ERSE
GROW - ARR ANGE - POPUL ATE- DEVEL OP- EXIST
Not all the creatur es on the (1) _________ species list are doomed to
extinct ion, as the story of the giant panda has shown. Their whole (2 )_________
was consid ered to be in jeopardy some years ago, but now, after (3 )__________
the most influential symbol of nature conservatio n, things are looking up. Their
plight highli ghts how (4) _________ can impact natural (5) _________ and
should serve as a remind er t hat the unique habitats of these incredible creatures
are (6 )_________ irre pla cea ble . The good news is that whilst there may be an
un w ill in gn es s to halt develop ment and (7)_________ for the sake of nature
alon e, many peo ple are beg inni ng to und erst and tha t sus tain abi lity can aid
( 8 ) _________ by b ringing economic benefits, through eco-tou rism for exa mple,
to comm unities that are home to pandas. Such an (9 )_________ would not o nly
serve to protec t the pandas, but also (1 0) _________ the lives of the inhabitants
in the local c ommun ities.
III. ER RO R CO RR EC TI ON ,
There are TEN mista kes in th e follow ing passage . Write t hem down and give
the co rrection. Write you r answ ers in t he spac e provided.
I canno t stress too much the importance on watch ing your opponen t, of
knowi ng exactly where he is on the tennis court and what he is doing. It is
usually possible to work on the pattern of .his game very early in a match. Test
him at the front of the court. Try hitting one or two balls up high to see how
shots are like. The more quickly you discov er his wea kness, the easier the match
should become.

62
 Again and again it m ay be a g ood idea to give your o ppon ent an opport unity
of maki ng a mista ke. When, early in the match, it seems that he is a very
inacc urate playe r, but not a forceful one, then you should temp t him to play a
winn ing shot. Give him the opening , for there are some playe rs who simply
canno t hit winne rs. They will try to play an attack ing game but they can quite
finish it off. The way to break down their steady game may be by putti ng them
into the front of the court.
It is obv ious ly wise r to try to decide at the beginn ing of the match wheth er
your op pon ent is we aker on his left-hand or on his rig ht-han d-side , and then play
a little more than fifty per cent of y our shots down that side. Play a normal
attac king game, or the game you think you will win, but conce ntrate the weak er
side. A num ber of players experien ce more trouble than anoth er in the back
corne rs of t he court- always be ready to recognize this weakne ss. Perhaps an
oppo nent has a favorit e backhan d shot, but lacks certainty with his forehand
shot. Tem pt h im to play the forehand shot.
IV. SEN TEN CE TRAN SFOR MAT ION
For each o f the sen tenc es below, write a new sen tence as s imil ar a s possi ble in
mea ning to the orig inal s entence , but using the word given. This word m ust
not b e al tere d in a ny way.
1 .1 really don't like it when you c heated me yester day. (RIDE)
I'd r athe r y o u .................................. .................... .............. ...................................
2. D on't make a fuss ov er such trivial things. (MOUN TAIN)
D on 't................................................................... ...................................................
3. We were am azed to kn ow tha t he w as a liar. (UNTRU TH)
T o .... ............................ ........................................... .............................................
4. Every day televi sion viewers witness some sort of violen ce or crime on their
screen s. (GOES BY)
H ar dl y........................................ ........................................................................
5. Some paren ts ar e co nfiden t that their children will succeed. (HOPE S)
Some paren ts have ..............................................................................................
6. It is b est f or you to give up resist ance and to co-op erate. (INTER EST)
It is i n ................................... ............. ........................................................ .......
7. I can ’t stand you r stupid r emarks any longer. (ENOU GH)
I’ve h a d .............. . .................... ........................................ .................................. .
8. He insisted on absolu te o bedience and recognitio n o f his right to giv e or ders.
(NOTH ING)
H e ...................................... ................. . ........................................................ .......
9. She b ears a stro ng resembl ance to som ebody else th at I used to know.
(REM INDS )
S h e ......................................... ................................................................ ..............
10. Yo u will start to feel better as soon as this drug is effectiv e. (EFFE CT)
The m om en t.............. ................................................... ................ ......................
63
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - GIA LAI

5. MULTIPLE CHOICE (40PTS)

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5pts)
Choo se on e w ord whose under lined par t is pro nou nce d diffe rently fro m tha t o f
the ot hers.
1. A. con fusedl y B. wickedl y c. allegedly D. suppos edly
2. A. unf old B. unfair c . undo D. unless
3. A.e xp un ge B. expurga te c. external D. exten uating
4. A. mo nths B. mouths c. wreaths D. youths
5. A. ex plosion B. decision c. pleasan t D. pleas ure
Choose the word whose s tress pattern is diffe rent fro m tha t o f the others:
6. A. p aratro oper B. paraceta mol c. macada mia D. apprehen sion
7. A. sim ultane ous B. entre preneu r c. advanta geous D. magi sterial
8. A. ar gumen tative B. psycholo gical c. contribu tory D. hypers ensitive
9. A. heuristi cs B. negli gence c. navigate D. privatize
10. A. h abitable B. infamo usly c. genetici st D. commun es
II. VO CABU LAR Y (5pts)
Choose the word which best com pletes eac h sen tence:
1. Very fat men so metimes have a ___ ______ at the back o f the neck.
A. do uble chin B. roll of fat c. spare tyre D. ton o f flesh
2. There was a bs olu te__________ when the spectators in vaded th e pitch.
A. turmo il B. rebellion c. turbule nce D. rioting
3. The strong smell of garlic seemed to ________ _ the whole flat.
A. pie rce B. pervade c. penetrate D. inhabit
4. What he told me was a __________ of lies.
A. pa ck B. load c. mob D. flock
5. The po in ted __________ of the chu rch cou ld be seen from m iles away.
A. do me B. summ it c. peak D. steeple
6. I’ve been meanin g t o __________ repairing t hat fe nce f or ages.
A. get round to B. get out o f r c. get up to D. get on to
7. I revised my v ie w s__________ comments from co lleagues.
A. in the light o f B. furth er to
c. agains t Ì D. conse quent upon
8. Before yo u ru n______ other people, it is as well to co nsider your own faults.
A. ov er B. up c. down D. afte r
9. She ’ll never part__________ her prec ious p ossession s.
A. from B. with c. of f D. afte r
10. O f course I’ll play the pian o a t the party b ut I ’m a l itt le _________
A. out o f use B. out o f reach c. out o f tune D. out of practice
64
III. S TRU CTU RES & GR AMM AR (5pts)
Choos e th e a nsw er th at be st co mplete s the sentence.
1. Don't go to the city centre during rush hour. You will b e __________ like
sardin es.
A. c anned B. pack ed c. pressed D. pushed
2. It was Tony w h o __________ in asking for anoth er glass of brand y and got
drun k in the end.
A. e ndur ed B. kept c. persiste d D. maint ained
3. My s ecret ary was suppo sed to __________ those letters a lready.
A. ty ping B. be typed c. have typ ed D. type
4. __________ that gold was discove red at Sutter ’s Mill and that the California
Gold Rush began.
A. Becau se in 1848 B. That in 1848
c. In 1848 tha t it w as D. It was in 1848
5. As the dema nd increases , manufa cturers who previous ly produced only a
large, luxury c a r__________ compell ed to make a smalle r model in order to
com pete in the market.
A. is B. are c. will D. should
6. I cann ot see t h e __________ of sitting on the beach all day.
A. a ttrac t B. attract ion c. attractiv eness D. attractive
7. Schiz ophre nia, a behavioral disorde r typified by a fundamen tal break with
re al ity ,__________ by gene tic pr edispositio n, stress, drugs, or infection.
A. m ay be trigg ered B. may triggered c. trigge r D. may trigger
8. In purc hasin g a winter coat, it is important that o n e __________ it on with
heavy cloth ing underneath .
A. tri es B. to try c. try D. trying
9. Most co mets have two kinds of tails, one made up of dust, _ _ _ _ _ _ made
up o f electr ically charg ed pa rticles called plasma.
A. o ne anot her B. the ot her c. others ' D. each other
10. By 1820, there were over sixty steamboats on the Mississippi River,
_______ were quite luxurious.
A. many of them B. which many c. many o f which D. many that

IV. P REP OSIT ION S A ND PHRASA L VERB S (5pts)

Choos e th e be st an swer to comp lete each o f thefoll ow ing senten ces
1. We heard her in agony as she dropped th e s aucepan on her toe.
A. boil o ver B. cry out c. let off D. ring out
2. Tom wo n’t buy that old ca r because it has too m uch _ _ _____ on it.
A. u ps an d do wns B. odds and ends c. wear and tear D. white lie
3. Luc kily, the ra in ____________so we were able to play the mat ch.
A. w atered do wn B. gave out c . got away D. held of f

65
4. Some very impor tant issue was _____ all his attentio n .
A. ta king up B. takin g o ff c . taking out D. taking in
5. The compa ny was so successful during the 1900s that it - ________ 500
new e mplo yees in a period o f six months.
A. p ut on B. laid on c. caught on D. took on
6. He did n’t sleep very well - the rain was dripping through his roo f all
________ the night.
A. in B. over c. through D. along
7. The may or has dec ided to ___________ crime. It’s about time, if you ask me.
A. s tepped up B. crack down on c. blow o ver D. stamp down
8. Ben crep t _______ on Lisa and put his hands o ver her eyes.
A. ou t B. of f c. round D. up
9. D emand for the prod ucts is expected to peak 5 y ears from no w and th en to

A. tap ped of f B. fall d own c. set back c. drift away

10. His com pany went bankru pt, th ree ye ars o f hard w or k________ the drain.
A. into B. in c. down D. on
\ .• A, 7'- ;; Z -0 . ‘
V. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON S, (l pt s)
PASSAGE 1: Rea d the fol low ing pas sag e and choose the best option to
comp lete t he blank or answe r the questi on. (5 pts)
Durin g most of their lives, surge glaciers behave like normal glaciers,
trave ling perha ps o nly a couple o f inches per day. However, at int erv als of 10 to
100 y ears, these glacier s move forward up to 100 t imes faster than usual. The
surge often progre sses along a glacier like a great wave, proceed ing from one
section to another. Sub-glacial streams of meltwa ter might act as a lubricant,
allow ing the glaci er to flow rapidly toward the sea. The increasing water
pressu re under the glacier might lift it off its bed, overcoming, the friction
betwee n ice and rock, thus fre ein g the glacier, which rapidly slides downhill.
Surge glacie rs also might be influenced by the cli ma te,, volcanic heat, or
earthq uakes . However , many of these glaciers exist in the same areas as normal
glacie rs, often almost side by side.
Some 800 years ago, Alaska's Hubbard Glacier advanced toward the sea,
retrea ted, and advance d again 500 years later. Since 1895, this seventy -mile-
long river o f ice has been flowing stea dily tow ard the Gul f of Alask a at a rate of
appro xima tely 200 feet per year. In June 1986, however, the glacie r surged
ahead as much as 47 feet a day. Meanwhi le, a wes tern tri bu tar y, called Valerie
Glacie r, advanc ed up to 112 feet per day. Hubbard's surge closed off Russell
Fiord with a f ormida ble ice dam, some 2,500 feet wide and up to 800 f eet high,
whose caged waters thre atened the town o f Yakutat to the south.

66
 Abou t 20 sim ilar glacie rs around the Gu lf o f Alask a are headin g toward the
sea. If enough surge g lacier s reach the ocean and raise sea levels, West Antarct ic
ice shel ves could rise of f the seafl oor and becom e adrift. A flood of ice would
then surge into the Souther n Sea. With the contin ued rise in sea level, more ice
would plun ge into the ocean, causin g sea levels to rise even higher , which in
turn woul d relea se more ice and set in motion a viciou s cycle. The additiona l
sea ice floati ng towar d the tropic s would increase Earth's albed o and lower
global tem pera ture s, perha ps enough to initiate a new ice age. This situation
appe ars to have occurr ed at the end of the last warm intergla cial (the time
betwee n glac iatio ns), called the Sangam on, when sea ice cooled the ocean
dram atica lly, spaw ning the beginn ing of the Ice Age.
1. Wh at is the main topic of the pass age? : .
A. The class ifica tion of different types of surge glac iers. '
B. The ca uses and cons equen ces of surge glaci ers. 1
c. The defin ition o f a surge glacier.
D. The h istor y o f a par ticula r surge Glacier.! Vi
2. Th e w ord "inter vals" in line 2 is closes t in meaning to 5 '' '
A. recor ds B. spee ds c. distanc es D. periods
3. The aut hor compa res the surging motion of a surge glacier to the moveme nt of a
A. f ish B. wave c. machin e D. boat
4. Which o f the follo wing does the a nother menti on as po ssible cause of surging
glac iers? ’.
A. T he decl ine in sea levels.
B. Th e o ccur renc e o f unusua lly large ocean wave s,
c. The shift ing Antar ctic ice shelves.
D. Th e p ressu re of meltwat er und erneath the gla cier.
5. The wo rd "freei ng" in line 8 is close st in meani ng to
A. push ing B. relea sing c. streng thenin g D. draini ng
6. A ccor ding to the passage, the Hubbard Glacier
A. move s more often than th e Va lerie Glacier.
B. beg an mov emen t tow ard the sea in 1895 . ?
c . is 8 00 f eet w ide. .< J , .-
D. has m oved as f ast as 47 f eet pe r day. ‘
7. The word "plun ge" in line 24 is closest in meani ng to
- A. d rop B. exten t c . melt ' D. drif t ■/' - <
8. The auth or p rovid es a defin ition for wh ich o f the fo llowi ng te rms? 1
A. T ribut ary B. Ice d am c. Albed o D. In terglacial
9. The term "viciou s cy cle" in line 25 re fers to the
A. mov emen t p attern of surge glaci ers
B. effe ct surge glacie rs co uld have on the te mpera ture of tropical areas
67
 c. effec t tha t r epeated
rising sea levels might have on glacial ice
D. con stant threa t surg e gl aciers could pose to the Gu lf of Alaska
10. Which o f the fo llowin g s tateme nts is support ed by the passage ?
A. The move ment of surge gla ciers can be prevented .
B. The next ice age could be cause by surge glaciers,
c. Surge glacier s h elp to suppo rt An tarctic ice shelves.
D. Norm al glacie rs ha ve little effe ct on Earth's climate.
PASSAGE 2: Re ad the fol low ing pas sag e and choos e the best option to
com plete the blank or an swer the qu estion. (5 pts)
Johan nes Guten berg was a pionee r in the use of movable type. When he
began build ing a printin g press in 1436, he wa s unlikely to have realized that he
was givin g birth to an art form that would take cente r stage in the social and
industrial revolu tions that followed
Guten berg was German , his press was woo den, and the most important aspect
of his invention was that it was the first form of printin g to use movable type.
Althou gh Lauren ce Koster of Haarlem also laid clai m to the invention, scholars
have gener ally accept ed Gutenb erg as the father of modem painting. Before
Guten berg, the printin g press w as used on ly to reproduce pi ctures, playing cards,
and design s on cloth. Designs were cut in wood, stone, or metal and transferre d
to parc hmen t or vellum . Sometim es a few words of explanation were cut into the
printi ng block, but th at was the limit o f text printing. Books wer e co pied by hand
by m onks, which was a lab or-intens ive undertaking.
Detail ed records of Gu tenberg's life and wok are negligible; his name does
not appe ar on any o f the w orks credited to him. From what is known, Gutenb erg
was born in Msinz, Germany, in about 1400. He worked as a silversm ith and
also served as a policeman . In 1438, he became a partner in a block printin g
firm. From 1438 to 1455, he expe rimented with metal type.
Perhap s his most signific ant innovation was th e e fficie nt mo lding and casting
of mo vable metal type. Each separate letter was carved into the end of a steel
punch which was then hammere d into a copper blank. The coppe r impressio n
was inserted into a m old and a molten alloy made o f lead and tin was poure d into
it. The metal cooled quickly and the resulting reverse image of the letter was
attache d to a lead base. The width of the lead base varied accordi ng to the letter's
size (for examp le, the base of an 'i' would not nearly as wide as the base of an
'w') . This emph asized the visual impacts of words and cluster s of words rather
than evenly spaced letters. This novelty lent eleg ance and sophis tication to what
seemed to many to be the m agically perfect regularity of a printed page.
Guten berg designe d a L atin-pr int Bible which became his s ignature w ork. He
printed appro ximat ely 300 two- volume Gutenb erg Bibles, which sold for 30
florins each, or abou t three years' of a clerk's wage. The copies of the 42 - line
Bible t hat remain - abou t 40 in all- ar e am ong the world's m ost v aluable bo oks. It

68
is kn ow n as the 42 -li ne Bi ble be ca use mo st o f its pa ge s we re pri nte d in two
co lum ns fo rty -tw o line s long . Th e Lib rar y o f Co ng res s in W as hin gto n, D.c has
one o f th e th re e rem ain ing c om ple te and p erf ect s ets.
All in all , Gu ten be rg 's co ntr ibu tio ns to ear ly pr int ing te ch no lo gy sho uld be
cla sse d wi th the gr ea te st ev en ts in t he his tor y o f the wo rld . It c au sed a rev olu tio n
in the de ve lo pm en t o f cul tur e, eq ua led by har dly any ot he r inc ide nt in the
Ch ris tia n Era . Th us , no t onl y has Gu ten be rg' s art bee n ins ep ara ble from the
pr og re ss o f sc ien ce , it has als o bee n an ind isp ens ab le fa cto r in the ed uc ati on o f
pe op le at lar ge. Cu ltu re and kno wl edg e, unti l the n co ns ide red ari sto cra tic
pr iv ile ge s pe cu lia r to cer tai n cla sse s, we re po pu lar ize d by typ og rap hy , alth ou gh
in th e pr oc es s it un for tun ate ly bro ug ht ab ou t an inte rna l rev olu tio n in the
int ell ec tua l wo rld in th e dir ect ion o f wh at is p rof ane a nd free f rom res tra int .
1. W ha t is t he m ain t op ic o f the p ass age ?
A. Th e his tor y o f pr int ing a rou nd the w orld .
B. Th e co nt rib ut io ns G ute nb erg m ade to t yp og rap hy
c. Th e fam ou s 42 -li ne Bib le
D. D iff er en t k ind s o f pr int ty pe and t he ir app lic ati on s
2. Th e wo rd 'as pe ct' is clo ses t in m ea nin g t o. ... ... ......
A. fe at ur e B. t ype c. rela tion D. pu rpo se
3. A cc ord ing to para grap h 2 , ho w w ere book s re prod uced b efore the pr intin g p ress?
A. M on ks cop ied t hem by han ds
B. D esig ns w ere cut in wood, sto ne or m etal a nd tra nsferr ed to parc hme nt or vellum
c. Bo ok s we re n ot abl e t o rep rod uce d at tha t ti me.
D. So m eti m es a fe w wo rds o f ex pla nat ion w ere c ut into th e pri nti ng b lock .
4. Th e wo rd 'ne gli gib le' is clo ses t in m ean ing t o....... .
A. ins ig ni fic an t B. eno rm ou s c. we ll- kn ow n D. lim ited
5. A cc ord ing to the pass age, w hat lent e lega nce and soph istica tion to a printe d p age?
A. Th e let ter s we re all the s am e size
B. A lead bas e w as used for the lette rs
c. Th e let ter s "i* a nd 'w' we re sty lize d ,
D. Th e let ter s we re ali gn ed wit h per fec t reg ula rity ( -
6. Th e wo rd 'in no va tio n' is c los est in m ean ing to .................
A. me tal B. bla nk c . lett er D. no vel ty
7. Wh y is G ut en be rg 's Bib le call ed the 4 2-l ine B ible ?
A. Th e co m pl ete bib le wa s w ritt en 42 lines
B. M os t p ag es c on tai ne d exa ctl y 42 lines
c. On ly 42 line s o f the bib le hav e bee n fou nd
D. Th e bib le co ns ist ed o f 42 line s p er vol um e.
8. T he a ut ho r im pli es tha t G ute nb ếr g................ .........
A. inv en ted t he pr int ing p res s B. was th e to pri nt tex t
c. on ly pri nte d a b ibl e D. wa s no t suc ces sfu l at th at job

69
9. In the last pa ragra ph the a utho r sug gests th a t.............
A. G uten berg co ntrib uted little to the deve lopm ent of printin g
B. Gu tenb erg's ar t has no co nnect ion to th e.pro gress o f mod ern scienc e,
c. cultu re and know ledge in the Christ ian Era wa s p ecu liar t o all cl asses.
D. The invent ion of movable typ e w as a signi fican t ev ent in worl d history.
10. Which of the fo llowi ng should not be included in a s umm ary of the pas sage?
A. T he 42-li ne Bible is consi dered Gute nberg 's finest work.
B. G uten berg ch anged the way te xt is produ ced
c. Gute nber g w as one o f the m ost fa mous G erman s in hist ory.
D. M ovabl e metal type was invented by Gu tenberg .
V. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (lOpts) . ,
PASSA GE 1: Re ad the foll ow ing pass age a nd deci de which option A,B , c or D
best fit s each space. (5 pts)
There has been a (0)__________ chang e in the way the canal s of Britain are
used. The (I )__________ netwo rk of canals that cover s much of the countr y
(2)__________ back to the industrial revolut ion, when goods were transp orted
along these routes. The canals thems elves, the (3)__________ water ways of the
coun try, were dug by teams of men. This was no (4)__________ feat in the day
before mech anise d diggers . It was also necessa ry to cons truc t a system of locks,
whic h raise and lower bo ats so they can (5)__________ with the varyin g heigh t
of the canal s them selve s. Barges - s imple boats witho ut engin es - were used to
carry the freigh t, and horses would (6)__________ along the side of the canal
pulling th ese vessels. Many of the people working on the boats would themsel ves
live on th e wa ter, in a long boat with compared living quarter s: a narrowboa t.
As the railwa ys and roads (7)__________ in popu larity as ways of
tran spor ting freigh t, the canals fell into (8) ________; many of them becam e
(9)______ _ with weeds and rubbish. But over the last few deca des Britain
appe ars to have redisc overe d these monum ents of engin eerin g. A grow ing
num ber of people each year s ample delight s of canal holida ys. Nar row boat s can
be (10)__________ up to be very comfo rtable, and these days they are powe red
t en gine and not pu lled by a ho rse. ; SĨỈ // /
prime B. fun damenta l c. down right D. de ep-ro oted
exte nsiv e B. far- flung c. ample D. wi despr ead
come s B. looks c. throws D. da tes
inbuil t B. inl and c. internal D. i nterio r
mode st B. mean c. minor D. tiny
balanc e B. co mpens ate c. cope D. ha ndle
trudge B. can ter c . stroll D. m eand er
increase d B. obtai ned c . gained D. ass umed
disuse B. obs olesce nce c. redun dancy D. n eglig ence

70
9. A. impede d B. choke d c. hindere d ' t D. con gested
10. A. done B. worked c. custo mized D. con verted
PASSAGE 2: Re ad the follo win g pass age an d de cide which option A,B, c or D
best fits each spa ce.( 5 pts)
Sad as it is, a social misper ceptio n of the disabl ed is s ti ll _________ (1) in
many com mun ities . It is only in a few h ighly civilize d states where the proble ms
and needs of p eople with physical or mental incap acities are given the prope r
______ _ (2). In the remai ning countrie s, the discri mina tion again st the
disabl ed is still practi ced in m an y________ (3) o f social life. As in the p ast, the y
are ignore d, deno unce d and forced to stay away from the normal comm unity
which, unfo rtuna tely, isn’t capabl e of making a n y _________ (4) for its less fit
member s.
For decad es, the _________ (5) and hearty part of every society has
_________ (6) the disable d of their fundamen tal rights as thei r job applica tions
have b ee n _________ (7) d own, their active partic ipation in busines s life has on
m o st _________ (8) been disallo wed and there has been little concer n of th eir
conve nienc e in L_____ . (9) to public transpo rt. Equally little effort has been
made to help the disable d fu ll y_________ (10) with the able-b odied thus laying
found ation s for grea ter comm unity awaren ess of the drawb acks that the
hand icapp ed have to w restle with daily.

1. A. infinite B. univers al c. ab un da nt D. pre valent

2. A. relev ance B. Ị.consid eration c. approac h D. estee m
3. A. range s B. fract ions c . realms D. areas
4. A. acco unts B. provis ion c . measures D. conc erns
5. A. hale B. vivid c .f it D. righ t
6. A. shelled B.s nea ked c . seized D. stripp ed
7. A. p ulled B.t urn ed c . passed D. bro ught
8. A. o ccas ions B. times c. instances . D. even ts
9. A. e ntry B. adm ittance c. access
■ < ■i A ' - v
D. expl oitati on
10. A. c ollab orat e B. .incorporate .. ,c. ally. T ; D. in tegrate

B. WRITTEN T EST! v ? ;r
■ -'
I. OPEN CLOZE TEST: ;
CLOSE TEST 1: Fil l each blank with O NE word. (1Ọpts)
The first Londo n to Brighto n run took place on Nov emb er 14th , 1896. It w as
organi zed to celeb rate the ( 1 ) ______ of a law which made it easie r for cars in
Britain to be drive n on the roads. ( 2 ) _________ then, the law requir ed a drive r
and an engi nee r in the car and a man walkin g in front of the vehicl e with a red
flag w arnin g o f its a pproach.

71
 Since then, this annual run has become one of the m ost (3 )________ events on
the British motoring calendar, (4)_________cro wds of over one million lining the
route. Only th e very oldest cars, constructed during the ten years between 1895 and
1905, are allowed to take part in it. Lovingly polished by their drivers, who are
dressed in the clothing of the (5 )______ , the cars leave Hyde Park in London at
7.30 am and (6 )_______ , hopefully, in Brighton some three hours later.
The 60-mi le run is n ot a race- ther e’s an official coffee stop on the way and
the cars are restric ted to an averag e speed of only 30kph. The only (7 )_______
for finis hing is a medal, which is awarde d to every one who (8) ________
Brigh ton before 4 pm. The run t raditi onally (9 )______ partic ipants from all four
corne rs of the world, (1 0 )_______ Europe, Asia, Africa and Austral ia. Since the
youn gest ca r is near ly a hundred years old, some of them break down of course.
But for the owners of the 400-pl us vehicles , it’s simply being there that brings
the great est pleasur e.
CLOSE TEST 2: Fil l each blank with ONE word. (1 0p ts)
Pare nts- as you are probab ly well aware - are easily shockab le. No matte r
( 1 ) __________ hard they try to be trendy and to keep up to date with modern
fads, they ( 2 ) ____________ never q uite help being a generat ion removed . Life
simpl y moves too quickly for them. They will in ( 3 ) ____________ likelihood
attem pt to mainta in some sort of dialogue with you by go ing out and buying the
latest CDs, only ( 4 ) ____________ find a f ew months later the charts are filled
by acts (5) _____________ names they have never heard of. Then they get
frustr ated and it all comes pourin g out during an edition of some chart show on
TV when they moan that there has never been anythi ng (6) ___________
listen ing to since t heir day- when ever th at ha ppened to be.
Othe r p arents don ’t even try to understa nd their kids. They occup y the moral
high (7 )___________ and dismiss anything th at has happen ed since their youth
(8 )____________ decade nt. Natur ally, as lovers o f folk music or s lushy ballads,
the ir p rincip al comp laint agains t r ock music is that they can ’t make (9 )_______
the words . Hardly a day seems to go by withou t you incurring their displ easur e
one way or another , whet her it’s your hair, your clothes or the fact that you
stayed o ut till thr ee. So why b other t rying to pl ease them? You mi ght jus t as well
wind the m (1 0) ___________ even more.

II. W ORD FO RMS (20 pts)

PART 1: Com plete the sente nce with th e cor rect fo rm o f the given word. (10 pts )
Inside the Interna tional Space Station, it is so noisy that the
astro nauts cann ot hear one another. As a r esult, United States and
Russia n engin eers have launche d a (1)__________ repa ir PRIO R
progr amm e w hich they hope w ill lead to t he (2 ) ______ of the RED UCE
stat ion’s 72-de cibel roar: the equiv alent of standin g beside a busy
motorw ay. ‘It is no t a (3)__________ situ atio n,’ said Mike Engle, HEAL TH
72
 a (4)__________ for the engin eering team. ‘Apart from astron auts SPEAK
losing sleep, there is a dange r one of them will (5)__________ a HEAR
col leag ue’s instructio n and pre ss an incorrect butto n!’ (6)______ , IRONY
most of the noise comes from the equipme nt needed to keep them
(7)__________ . ‘The coolers are the wors t,’ Mr Engle explai ned. LIFE
‘But with out them, the station would become (8) ■' hot! BEAR
When we put toge ther the station we faced a choice. We could
eith er spend extra years (9)__________ that the station would be SURE
total ly quiet, or we could get on and build the thing. Now it’s
assem bled, we are do ing o ur best to (10)__________ it down. QUIET
PART 2: Com plete the pass age with appropr iate fo rm s fro m the words given in
the b ox. (10 pts )
stabl e steady sequence bright evide nt
theor ise fre eze prod uce likely flu ctu ate

Fortu natel y for life on Earth, the Sun’s (1)__________ of heat is rem arkably
consi stent. But scientists are aware that even a small change would have great
(2)__________ for the future, triggeri ng either a new ice age, or a runaway
global warm ing. There is (3)__________ that this has happened before. In 17th
centu ry England , for example, the River Thames in London was regularly
(4)__________ over. Scientists now think that (5)__________ in the Sun’s
temp eratu re caused a “Little Ice Age” at that time. Indeed, the latest
(6)__________ is that the processes going on in the centre of the Sun are
inhere ntly (7)__________ . I f the experts are right, there could be m any changes
in the Sun ’s (8)__________ this century and the (9)__________ is that the
temp eratu re here on Earth will ge t (10)__________ hotter and hotter.
III. E RRO R ID ENTIF ICATI ON (10 pts)
Ide ntif y 1 0 err ors in the foll owi ng pass age and cor rect them.
1. First come the PC, then the inte rnet and e -mail; now the e-b ook is
2. upon us, a h and-held device similarly in size and appear ance to a vid eo
3. casset te. T he us er simpl y rings off the web site on their PC, selects
4. the desired books, downloa ds them onto thei r e-boo k m achine and
5. sits d own to read them. For turning a page, t he us er simpl y tap s the
6. screen. E-book technolo gy is evolving rapidly, and with some o f
7. the newe st hand holds y ou will even ge t int ernet acces s.
8. But why would one wa nt an e -book machine with referen ce to a book ?
9. Well, one selling p oint co mpanies empha sized, when these devices
10. hit the m arket a few ye ars ago, which is the spa ce they save wh en g oing
11. on ho liday. E-books enlig hten the load, literally. Ten large n ovels can
12. be put onto a devi ce tha t weigh s less than the average paperb ack. One

73
 13. can u nderstand why com mercial interests seem to want US to c hange.
14. After all, the whol e pro duction process at first plan by auth or '•
15. until deli very to the printer had been doing el ectronic ally for a while
16. now, so why not save a few million tree s and cut out the hard copy?

IV. SEN TENCE TRA NSFOR MATIO N (20pts)

Rewrit e the foll ow ing senten ces u sing the words given: I

1. He had made no effort to conceal his dislike for me e ver si nce I was promote d
over him. GR UDGE 11 'Ỉ ...
-> He has h ad....... ...................................................... ................ ......./ . . . . . . . .....
2. He se ems to be more active because he has won a schola rship to study
overseas. LEASE
—» That he has w on.................................. .............. ................................ .....
3. Police arrested Johnson because they think he was involved in the robbery.
SUSPICION • - ../.•..■/■
—> Johns on was d eta in ed ............... .......................................... in the robbery.
4. His irresponsibl e attit ude is endangering his career as a doctor. JEOPARDY
-> His c ar ee r..................... . . . . . . ; ^ ; . h . ...................... ...............
5. It is usual f or young children to ask a lot of questions. • APT
-> You ng........... ;.............................. ................. ..................... ..........q uestions.
6. Don’t let her give in however hard they try to persu ade her. GUNS
—> Make sure she ..................................... ............................. . however hard
they try to persuade her.
7/1 couldn't stop thinking about the exam despite playing backgammon with Paul.
MIND
—> Playing backgammo n with Pa ul ..................................................the exam.
8. Being inexperienced was a disa dvantage to her when she applied for
promoti on. COUNTED
—> H er .............................. .......................... ................ ......... when she applied
for promo tion.
9 . 1 don't mind st aying in on a Saturday night i f 1 have good company. AVERSE
-» I'm...... ........................ ................................ .............. night if I have
good company. , , J ,
10. I find gram mar exe rcises extremely boring. STIFF
—>G rammar exer cises .......................................................................................

74
 TRƯỚNG THPT CHUYÊN HUỲNH MẦN ĐẠT - KIÊN GIANG

A. MUL TIPLE CHOICE TEST

I. PH ONO LOG Y
Choo se the lette r A , B, c or D to indic ate the word whose s tres sed syll able is
pla ced dif fer ent ly fr o m that o f the others. Write yo ur answ ers in the
cor res pon din g n um ber ed boxes provided.
1. A. prefe rable B. maturity c. undercurr ent D. specu lative
2. A. interc hange B. subsection c. co-writ er D. underlie
3. A. supern atural B. hyperact ive c. counterc lockwis e D. techno babble
4. A. dem ocrac y B. infra structure c. negotiate D. credita ble
5. A.------
----- c omprB.omis e
picturesqu e c. European D. guarante e
Choo se the lette r A , B, c or D to indica te the word whose und erli ned par t is
pr on ou nc ed diff ere ntly f ro m tha t o f the others. Write yo ur answ ers in the
cor res pon din g n um ber ed b oxes provided.
6. A. ero sion B. invasion c. suspension D. explo sion
7. A. cru nch B. champagne c. brochure D. creche
8. A. buffet B. draught c. ballet D. mistletoe
9. A. Chile B. recipe c. catastrophe D. kerosene
10. A. collap sed B. transfused c. conversed D. decreased
II. VO CAB ULA RY AND STRUCTURE
Choo se the best answ er to compl ete each o f t he f oll ow ing senten ces. Write
yo ur ans wer s in the corre spond ing n umb ere d boxe s provided.
11.1 wish you would stop wasting so much time on compu ter games and do
some thing a little m or e_____ .
A. w elco me B. enviable c. feasible D. worthwhil e
12 .1 do n’t w ant to do the course in applied st atistics, but i t’s ________ .
A. co mpul sory B. inevitable c. bound D. indecisive
13. A fter t he investiga tion, the acc ident was put down to h um an________ .
A. mista ke B. wrong c. error D. slip
14. 1 alwa ys clean the flat before my mom comes round, but she always find at
least on e ■ of dust and says it’s filthy.
A. sc rap B. gust c. speck D. blade
15. Warning: anyone ca ught stealing from these premises will b e ________ .
A. adv ocate d B. undermine d c. prosecuted D. enforced
16. Having seen the film that won the Oscar, I was disappointe d as it w asn ’t all
that if s u p to be.
A. cre ased B. cracked c. lined D. valued
17. For month s I sat with my binoc ulars w atching a b ird ________ its young.
A. rea r B. breed c. bring up D. grow

75
18. Breakin g his leg de alt a ________ to his ch ances of becomi ng a p rofessio nal
football er.
A. thu mp B. strike c. hit D. blow
19. It was impossib le for me to make a decision, so 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a coin.
A. toss ed B. threw c. flung D. cast
2 0 .1 prefer to p ractice the violin alone in my bedr oom as hav ing ot her m embers
of the family listen rea lly m y ________ style.
A. r estricts B. impedes c. obstructs D. cramps
21. I’d rath er y o u ________ a noise last night; I coul dn’t get to sleep.
A. w ould n’t make B. hadn’t made c. didn ’t make D. haven’t made
22. She r eg ret s________ enough time to finish the exe rcise.
A. not to h ave B. not have had c. not hav ing D. to not have
23. She'i s a nx iou s________ for the post o f the Person al Assistan t to the Director
in the recently affiliated Jac obs Sussard Company
A. to select B. to have selected
c. to be selecte d D. to be selecti ng
24. - “ How much time do I hav e to make a choice ?” - “I su ggest y ou ________ a
quick decis ion.”
A. ha ving made B. to mak e c. made D. make
25. Louisa is still in Palma, so y ou ________ her at th e library.
A. c ould n’t see B. mu stn’t have seen
-C. we ren’t a ble to see D. can ’t have seen
26. I’d love to have lived in the old days, when pe op le ________ to markets by
horse and ca rriage.
A. ha ve be en tra velling B. would t ravel
c. got us ed to travelli ng D. had been tra velling
2 7 .1 woke up late for my interview because I ________ about it all the ni ght and
did n’t get m uch sleep.
A. wo rried B. have been wo rrying
c. had bee n wo rrying D. had wor ried
28. T he re ________ between 4,000 to 6,000 languages in th e world, depend ing
on ho w you count them.
A. say to be B. are said that
c. are said to be D. said being
29. make sure you mix the ingredients well, ________ you might get lumps in
your cake.
A. un less B. otherw ise c. provided D. supp osing
30. ________ a scholar ship, I entered the frighte ning and unknown territor y of
private education .
A. To award B. To be awarded
c . Having awarde d D. Havi ng bee n aw arded
76
III. P REP OSI TIO NS AND PHR ASAL VE RBS
Choo se t he best an swer to co mple te each o f the fol low ing sentenc es. Write yo ur
answ ers in th e co rresp ond ing num bere d boxes provided.
31. J im ’s a t ough c hara cter and certain ly w on’t let anyone push hi m ________ .
A. up B. o ff c. around D. throu gh
32. B en c re p t________ on L isa and put his hands over her eyes.
A. out B. round c. of f D. up
33. I co uld n’t decid e what to write about, when I suddenly upon the
idea of doing somet hing on wr iter ’s block.
A. thou ght B. chance d c. hit D. arrived
34. We all crease d ____when Nick walked in wearing a skirt.
A. up B. VofJ llf c.
v_z • on
v ll D.
Lx • out
V/ Wl.

35. She bl ur te d__ his nam e, then gasped as she realized what she ’d done.
A. up B. out c. on D. throu gh
36. Polic e ha ve __ _ the garden up look ing fo r evidence .
A. swep t B. taken c. ploughed D. dug
37. I ca n’t believe he g o t________ when there was so much evidenc e ag ainst him.
A. up B. out c. through D. of f
38. T hey _ ahead regardles s the objection.
A. t hrew B. pushed c. kicked D. pressed
39. I’m ________ with work at the moment.
A. snowe d under B. piled up c. messed up D. knocked o ff
:■
40. The rumou rs the town very quic kly, didn ’t they?
A. got around B. flowed into c. hit upon D. grew on
IV. REA DIN G COMP REHE NSION
Re ad the fo llo wi ng passag es then answe r the questi ons. Write your answe rs in th e
cor resp ond ing num bere d boxes provided .
PASSAG E I.
LIFE ORIG INAT ED IN THE EARLY SEAS LESS THAN A BILLION
YEARS AFTER EARTH WAS FORM ED.
Yet anot her three billion years were to pass before the first plants and
anim als appear ed on the continents. Life tra nsition from the sea to the land
was perha ps as much o f an evoluti onary challenge as was the genesis o f life.
What forms of life wer e a ble to make such a dr ast ic change in li festyle?
(5) The tradit ional view of the first terrestrial organism s is based on mega
fossils - relativel y large specimen s of essentially whole plants and animals.
Vasc ular plants, related to modern seed plants and ferns, left the first
comp rehen sive mega fossils record. Because of this it has been commo nly
assum ed that the sequenc e of terrestria lization reflected the evolut ion of
(10) modern terrestria l ecosystem s. In this view, primitiv e vascu lar plants first

77
 colon ized the margi ns of continent al water, follow ed by a nima ls that fed on
the plants , and lastly by anima ls that preyed on the plant -eate rs. Moreover^
the mega fossils sugge st that terrestr ial life appe ared and diversi fied
explo sivel y near the boundar y between the Siluria n an d Devoni an period s, a
5
U ) little m ore than 400 million years ago.
Recent ly, howev er, paleon tologi sts have been taking a clos er look at the
sedim ents below this Siluria n-Dev onian geolog ical bounda ry. It turns out
that some fossils can be extracted from these sedim ents by putting the
rocks in an acid bath. The techni que has uncov ered new eviden ce from
(20) sedim ents that were deposit ed near the shores of th e ancie nt ocean s-plan t
micro fossi ls and micros copic pieces of small anima ls. In many instance s
the speci mens are less than one-ten th of m illime ter in diamet er. Althoug h
they were entom bed in the rocks for h undreds o f millio ns of years, m any of
the fossils consis t o f the or ganic remains of the organ ism.
(25) These newly discov ered fossils have not only reveale d the existen ce of
previo usly unkno wn organis ms. Our views about the nature of the early
plant and animal comm unitie s are now being revised. And with those
revisio ns c ome new specul ations about the f irst t errestr ial life-forms .
41. The word "d ra sti c” in line 4 is closest meanin g to f
A. w idesp read B. radical c. progre ssive D. risky
42. Acco rding to the theory that the author calls "the tradi tiona l view, ” what
was the first form of life to ap pear on land?
A. b acteri a B. me at-eat ing animal s
c. plant -eatin g a nimals D. Vas cular plant s
43. Acco rding to th e p assage, what happened about 400 million ye ars?
A. m any t errestr ial plant-f orms died out '
B. New l ife-form s on land deve loped at a rapid rate
c. The mega fossils were d estroyed by floods.
D. Life began to de velop in the an cient seas.
44. The word "ex tra cte d” in line 18 is closest in me aning to
A. located B. preser ved c. remove d D. studi ed
45. What can be inferred from the passage abou t the fossils mention ed in life
14-19?
A. They have not been helpful in understanding the evolution o f terrestrial life.
B. T hey were not found in appr oximately the same numbers as vascular plant
fossils. ! - „ ■
c. They are olde r than mega fossils.
D. The y co nsist o f modern life-forms. :
46. The word "in sta nce s” in line 11 is close st in mea ning to
A. method s B. pro cesses c. cases D. rea sons

78
47. The word "t he y” in line 20 refers to
A. rock s B. shor es c. ocean s D. spe cime ns
48. The word “en to mb ed ” in line 20 is close st mean ing to
A. c rush ed B. trapp ed «c . produ ced D. ex cavat ed
49. Whi ch o f the follo wing re sulted from t he disco very of microsc opic fossils ?
A. The time e stimate f or the first appearance of terrestrial life-forms was revised.
B. Old te chn ique s for a nalyz ing fossils were found to h ave new uses,
c. The o rigin s o f primi tive sea life were explai ned.
D. A ssum ptio ns abou t the location s o f ancien t sea s w ere chang ed.
50. With whi ch of the fol lowin g co nclusi ons would the auth or p robab ly agree?
A. The evolution o f terrestrial life was as complicated as the origin o f life itself.
B. The disc over y of micro fossils suppo rts the tradit ional view of how
terre stria l life evo lved.
c. Ne w speci es have appeare d at the same rate over the course o f the last 400
milli on years.
D. The tech nolo gy used by paleo ntolog ists is to o primi tive to make accurat e
dete rmi nati ons ab out ages of fossils. ( r 'ị
PASSA GE 2
Arch aeol ogic al record s - painting s, drawings, and carvin g of human
enga ged in a ctivi ties involving t he use of hands - indicate that human s have
been pred omin antly right-h anded for more than 5,000 years. In ancient
Egyp tian artwo rk, for exampl e, the right-h and is depic ted as the domin ant
(5) one in abou t 90 perc ent of the exampl es. Fracture or wear pattern s on tool
also indic ate t hat majorit y of ancient p eople were right- hande d.
Cro -Ma gno n cave paintin gs some 27,000 years old comm only show
outl ines o f human hands made by plac ing one hand agai nst the cave wall and
app lyin g pain t with the oth er . Childre n today make simi lar outlin es of their
(10) hands with crayo ns on paper. With few excep tions, left hands of Cro-
Mag non s are displa yed on cave walls, indica ting that the paint ings were
usua lly done by right-h anders .
Anth ropo logi cal evide nce pushes the record of ha nded ness in early human
anc esto rs back to at least 1.4 million years ago. One impo rtant line of
(15) evide nce com es from flakin g pattern s of stone cores used in tool making:
im pl em en ts flaked with a clock wise motion (indi catin g a right- hande d
tool mak er) can be d isting uishe d from those flaked with a co un te r- clo ck w ise
ro ta tio n (indi catin g a left-han ded toolma ker).
Even scra tche s found on fossil human teeth offer clu es . Anci ent human are
(20) thoug ht to have cut meat into strips by holdin g it betwe en their teeth and
slici ng it with stone knives, as do the prese nt-da y Inuit. Occa siona lly the
kniv es slip and leave scratc hes on the use rs’ teeth. Scra tches made with a
left- to-ri ght stroke direct ion (by right- hande rs) are more comm on than
scra tche s in the oppo site direct ion (made by left-ha nders) .

79
(25) Still othe r eviden ce comes from cranial morpho logy: scientist s think that
physical differe nces between the right and the left sides of the interior of the
skull indicate subtle physical differen ces between the two sides of the brain.
The variati on between the hemisph eres corresp onds to which side of t he
body is used to p erform specific activities. Such st udies, as well as stud ies of
(30)tool use, indicate that right - or left - sided domina nce is not exclusiv e to
modern Homo sapiens. Population s of Neande rthals, such as Homo erectu s
and Homo habilis, s eem to have been pred ominan tly right-han ded, as we are.
51. What is the ma in idea o f the passage?
A. Human ancesto rs became predom inantly right-han ded when they began to
use tool s. -
B. It is diffic ult to interpret the significa nce of anthropo logical evidence
conce rning tool use.
c. Humans and their ancestors have been predom inantly right-handed for
over a mill ion years.
D. Human ancestors were more skilled at using both hands than modern humans.
52. The w ord “ot he r” in line 9 refe rs to
A. ou tline B. hand c. wall D. paint
53. What does th e au thor say abou t Cro-M agnon paintings of hands?
A. S ome are n ot very old. B. It is unusual to see such paintin gs,
c. Many were made by children. D. The artists were mostly right-handed.
54. The w ord “ implem ents” in line 16 is closest in meaning to
A. tool s B. designs c. examples D. pieces
55. When compare d with implements “fla ke d with a counter-c lockwise
ro tat ion ” .(lines 17-18), it can be inferred that “implements fla ke d with a
clockw ise mo tio n” (line 16) are
A. m ore co mmon B. large r c. more sophistic ated D. older
56. The fact that the Inuit cut meat by holding it between their teeth is
signifi cant because
A. the relations hip between handedness and scratch es on fossil human teeth
can be verifi ed
B. it empha sizes the differen ces between contem porary humans and their
ancesto rs
c. the scratch pattern s produced by stone knives vary significa ntly from
pattern s p roduce d by modern knives ,
D. it de mons trates tha t ancie nt h umans w ere no t skilled a t using tools.
57. The w ord “hem isp her es” in line 28 is closest in mean ing to
A. d iffere nces B. sides c. activiti es D. studies
58. Why doe s th e au thor mention Homo ere ctus and Habilis in line 3 1-32?
A. To contr ast th em with modern humans
B. To ex plain when human ancesto rs began to make t ools

80
 c. To show that ear ly humans were also pre domina ntly right-han ded
D. To prove that the po pulatio n o f Neandertha ls wa s very large
59. All of the follow ing are mentioned as types of evidenc e concern ing
hande dness EX CEPT
A. an cient artw ork B. asymme trical skulls
c. studie s o f tool use D. fossilize d hand bones
60. Which of the followi ng conclusio ns is suggested by the evidenc e from
cranial morp hology (line 25)?
A. Differe nces in the hemisp heres of the brai n p robably came about relatively
recent ly.
B. There may be a link between handedness and differenc es in the brain ’s
hemisp heres.
c. Left-h andedn ess was somew hat more common among Ne andertha ls.
D. V ariatio n betwee n t he brai n’s hemi spheres was not ev ident in the s kulls o f
Homo erec tus and Homo habilis.
V. G UIDE D CLOZE
PASSAG E 1. Rea d the te xts b elow a nd decid e which answer A, B, C or D best Jits
each sp ace. Write yo ur answer s in th e corr espondin g num bered boxes provided.
I was leaving the classroom and feeling very tired. The time was 2:36 p.m.
and scho ol (61) . I was really eager to leave the campus: first, because I
wa sn’t very happy about being at school and, second, my mum had said she
(62)______ . I had tried to protest, but (63)______ vain. She (64)______ on
drivin g me home. I knew she would come in the most terrible van (65)______ ,
and 1 did n’t w ant anyone to see it. But I was too late. W hen I came out o f school
where it could (66)______ by everyone. So, embarrass ed, I decided the only
(67)______ of action was to get into the van as quickly as possi ble. I opened the
sliding door, but it did not stop. It jus t kept on slidi ng and in the e nd it fell off its
hinge s altog ether and clunked onto the ground. I wished I (68 )______ invisible.
Instead , I h ad to go to the woodwor k room and ask for a screwdriv er to fix it.
What (69)______ if you had been in my place? To this very day, this story
(70) me when I sleep.
6 Í. A. w ould have jus t ende d í B. was just ended
c. had jus t ended ji'j ‘ V D. has just ended
62. A. will pick me up B. would pick me up
c. picks me up D. picked me up
6 3 .A. by B. in c. of D. to
64. A. promi sed B. insisted c. wanted D. agreed
65. A. imagina ry B. imagine d c. imaginative D. im aginable
66. A. be s eeing B. see ■ < seen D. be s een
c . have been
67. A. line B. case c. class D. course

81
68. A. can be B. had been c. am ' D. was
69. A. do you do B. will you do
c . would you do D. would you have do ne
70. A. reminds B. recalls c . haunts D. dreams
PASSAGE 2. Re ad the text s belo w an d decid e which answ er A, B, c or D b est fi ts
each sp ace. Write you r an swers in the corre spond ing nu mbe red bo xes provided.
WHAT MAKES A GOOD SOUVE -I NIR? I■
On my d esk at home, I have a collection of sou venirs, objects that remind me
of pl aces I’ve visited and importa nt events in my life. These objects include a
model boat that I saw being (71)______ from a piece of wood on Caribbean
island, a pi ece of lava tha t (72 )______ hot from a volc ano in the year I was born,
and a shell (73)______ on my favorite childhood beach. ' ‘
Unlike every thing else, from which memory and detail fades, it is as if the
longer you hold on to certain objects, the (74)______ their associati ons with the
past become , and the shaper the recollecti ons that gather around them. They are,
,(75)______ , real souveni rs, encapsu lations not only of th e place, but of your
time in the place. But these , days, the term .‘real souve nirs’ sounds like, a
contra diction in (76)______ , and this is because the objects sold to tourists as
souven irs are often- cheap mass-prod uced imports that have nothing to
(77) ■! \ with th e pl ace at a ll. . i. ; ,
It’s often thè (78)______ that the best souvenirs, like my shell, are found
rather than purchas ed, but (79) for souvenirs can also be a fun holiday
activity. But if you are b uying souvenirs on holiday this summer, make' sure they
(80)______ the reality test. A good souvenir is not jus t made in the area where it
is bought, it al so says somethin g about the culture of that area. It is s omething
made by local people using sustainable local materials, and because you are
effect ively support ing the local economy , it should n’t come too cheap , either.
71. A. sketched ,B. carved c. thrown D. scratch ed (
72. A. develop ed B. appeared c. emerged D. arrived
73. A. found out B. bumped into c. came across D. picked up
74. A. wide r B. greater c . larger D. harde r
75. A. albeit B. otherwis e c. whereas D. theref ore
76. A. terms B. meanings c. words D. names
77. A. gain B. do c. make D. get
78. A. point B. fact c. case D. truth
79. A. browsi ng B. s eeking c. surfing D. pur suing
80. A. win B. take c. beat D. pass

82
B. WRITTE N T EST
I. OP EN CLOZ ES
PASSAGE 1. Re ad th e text below and think o f the word which best fit s each
gap. Use only one wor d in each g ap. Write you r a nswer s in the corre spond ing
num ber ed bo xes prov ided.
NEW ROLES FOR WOMEN AND MEN IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY
I • * i. s 6 Ỉ »

The force s chan ging Ameri can wom en’s lives that (1)______ become evident
by 1950s accel erate d in the follow ing decades. The Civil Rights Act of 1964
outlaw ed discr imin ation not only (2 )_ _____ racial minori ties but also (3)______
the basis of sex . At the same time, the wom en’s liberation movem ent led to a
rethin king of gen der roles. People of (4)______ sexes increasi ngly came to see
caree rs for wome n as an alterna tive to women as full-tim e homem akers. By the
end of the 1980s, (5)______ than hal f of women over sixteen were in the labour
force. Public opinio n began to look with favour on men (6)______ shared
hou seke epin g and childre n with their wives. This includ ed;kit chen dutiesfjM en
(7)______ cook ing expert ise had (8 )_ _____ limited to grilling bacon or boiling
an egg began to take a deepe r (9)______ in cooking. Simulta neously , the trend
towar d conv enien ce continu ed with the spread of gadg ets like food proces sors
and auto mati c dishw ashers , w hich (10) now sta ndard equipment .
PASSA GE 2. Re ad th e text below -and t hink o f the word which best fi ts each
gap. Use only one word in each gap. Write your ans wers in th e c orresp ondin g
num ber ed bo xes provid ed.
THE END OF AN E RA ...
Well, it's t hre e da ys to go before my twent ieth bi rthday.
I’m findi ng it very difficult, to come to (11) ' with the fact that that
word teen age r is not going to (12)______ to me for m uch longer. Teena gers can
get away w ith so much whereas ‘twenty some thing s’ are e xpected to be far more
(13) Two years ago I was so excited about turning eighteen. 'I coul dn’t
wait to beco me indepe ndent but suddenly I’ve found my self getting (14) ’
more nosta lgic about my ca refree childhood days when nothing re ally seemed to
matter . I d on ’t feel I can spend hours in front of the telev ision any more because
the re’s a far (15)____ _ more pressure on me to stop being idle and get a p art-
time j ob t o save up for my university fees now. There are some aspect s of being
a t een age r that I’m definit ely not go ing to miss though. Ỉ feel an (16 )_ ____ lot
more self -con fide nt and emotio nally (17)______ than I used to and I know I’m
not (18) ■ 4,Ị
' as confron tationa l as I was - I certain ly won ’t miss all those
rows that I used to have with my parents and the sheer (19)______ of not being
under stood . I’m also really looking forward to go ing to u niversit y next year. It’ll
be the first time I’ve lived away from home and the first time that I’ll truly be
left to do m y ow n (20)______ .

83
II. W OR D FO RM S
Com plete each o f the fol low ing sentences' by chan ging the form o f the wo rd in
capitals . Write you r an swer s in t he co rresp ondin g nu mbe red box es provided.
1. Jame s g ot into tr ouble f o r_________________ a polic e of ficer. PER SON
2. Theo and his broth er are always together. Th ey’re com ple tel y___________ .
SE PA RA TE
3. I supp ose my bigg est f ault is that I’m a ______________ . P ER FE CT
4. Don ’t be s o ____________ . Can ’t yọu see yo u’ve ups et, Guy ?,SE NSE
5. Th ere ’s a ris k fa ctor with all medicati on, but honestly the ri sk with this
parti cular drug i s __________ . NE GL EC T
6. Do you really thin k you r plans are go ing to be co me _____________ ? FR UI T
7. We w ere all jump ing a ro un d____________ in the c orridor, disperately
waiti ng to he ar if it was a boy or a girl . PA TI EN T
8. Liskard and Callin gton are bas ica lly __________ from he re, so it ’ll take
abou t the same time to g et to e ither o f them. DI ST AN T
9. Please kee p e- mails s ho rt. _______ makes ever yone ’s lives ea sier. BR IE F
10. I’m n ot co nvinc ed that t her e’s a __________ link betw een polution and
global warm ing. CA US E
Use t he word given in in th e box below to fo rm a word that fi ts in each space.
Write you r a nswe rs in the c orresp onding num bere d boxes provid ed.
num ber expense contribute science search
supp ose invent edequate enviro nmen t conform
ALTE RNAT IVE SOURCES OF ENERGY
In th e Search for Free Energy, Tut t’s re cently released book, he quotes, “We
ough t to be able to obtain the energy we need withou t the consum ption of
mate rial.” These are not the words of some mode rn-day (11)_______ , but of
Niko la Tesla, in 1890. Among his (12)_______ was the device to generate
elect ricity by harne ssing ‘coming energ y’. The search for free, and (13)_______
energ y contin ues. (14)_______ are looking for ‘fuelle ss’ techno logies that will
not pollu te or run out, and they are not referring to thej pun y (15)_______ of
solar or wind power. The (16)______ establ ishme nt has so far been proven
correc t, the re’s no such thing as a free energy lunch but t hat hasn ’t stoppe d mad
scien tists tryin g. The y’ve come up with (17)______ patent s of ‘over unity ’
cont rapti ons, (18)_______ giving out more energy than you put in to get them
going. The story is fascin ating and rarely heavy- going, althoug h the quotes can
be o verlo ng and the diagra ms are (19)_______ display ed. Tutt admi ts tha t only a
fractio n of wha t is claim ed is true . But it’s also true to say we canno t afford to
dismis s th em out of hand, as one of these (20)_______ investi gators may jus t be
able to sav e o ur p lanet from climate change.

84
III. ER RO R I DEN TIFI CAT ION
The pas sag e bel ow contains 10 mistakes. Underline the m then c orr ect them. Write
yo u r answ ers in th e space provi ded . 0 has been done fo r yo u as an example.
0 .A -+ The
1. A British gove rnme nt has recently announ ced proposa ls creating a
num ber of ‘E co-tow ns’ across the country, each to be built accordin g to
strict environ mental criterion. The aim is t hat each town will be carbon
neutral . This means that any energy taking from the national electricity
5 supply will be replaced by energy produced on renewab le sources by the
comm unity . Each town should also excel in one area of envi ronmental
techn ology such as waste managing or rainwate r conservatio n. In each
town , the facilities will be on walking distance, thereby cutting car use
and it hoped that at last 3 0% o f the housing will be affordable with people
10 on a low income. Where possible the towns will be built on previous
devel oped or ‘brown field’ sites, including mi litary industrial sites.
IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION
A. Rewri te the followin g sentences starting with the word given.
1. I kno w it’s a great shame but w e’ve ca ncelled the s umme r party.
—> Unf ortu nat ely, ................................................. . ...............................................
2. Non e o f the passen gers were injured because of the driv er’s quick r eaction.
-» B ut ... . ....................... . ...................................................................................
3. Seein g Patrici a cry like that made me feel guilty.
-> W ha t.. ....... ............ ........... ........................... '...................................................
B. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meani ng to the fir st
sentenc e, using the word given. Do not chang e the word given. You m ust
use between three and eight words, including the word given.
4. I had to clea r the spare r oom before I c ould start d ecoratin g. CLEARE D
—>O nly when ........................................... ....................... start decorat ing.
5. Being in prison seems to have changed Kevin ’s behavior for the better. LEAF
—» K evin h a s ...................................................... ............................................. he
got out of prison.
6. I deci ded right there and the n to buy it and now I rea lly regret it! WHIM
_> I ......................................................................................................... ....... and
now I really r egret it! , . .
7. I left my last job because I didn’t really agree with my manager’s approach. EYE
—> I left my last job be cau se................................... ..........................................
with my manag er.
8. I since rely p romis e you tha t I ’m tellin g you the trut h. BOT TOM
—> I prom ise y o u ............................................................................................... that
I’m t ellin g yo u th e truth.

85
9. A relia ble source told me tha t the local ne wspa per is going to shut down.
AUT HOR ITY
—> 1 ....... ............. ......... . ...................................... . ........ that t he local news pape r
is going to sh ut dow n.
10. Don ’t you think you should be a bit more respectfu l to the m, Edward?
TREA T
—>D on’t yo u think you should ..................................... ................ , Edw ard?

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ HỔNG PHONG - TP. HCM

I. PH ONO LOG Y
A. Pick out the word whose under lined pa rt is pro nou nce d differently fro m
that o f the othe rs .
1. A. po lemics B.r hin oce ros c . depots D. palettes
2. A. pi lchard B. lichen c. architra ve D. chrysal id
3. A .d oug hnut B. shoul der c. thor ough D. poult ice
4. A. af ara B. eistedd fod c. leafy D. irref utable
5. A. fa sten B. buffet c. bouquet D. pullet
B. Choo se the w ord whose stre ss pat ter n is diffe rent from tha t of the oth er three
s
6. A
A. ______________ •
ec onom ize r,
B. penins ula c. hectom
_______ FA
eter _______________________
D. geneti cs
7. A. interpr et B. in terview c. horizon D. tornado
8. A. introduc e B.J apa nes e c. techno logica l D. photo graphy
9. A. Europe an B. pneumo nia c. Aborigi ne D. in genuity
10. A. intervi ewee B. agricultu re c. illustrator D. adam antly
11. MU LTIP LE CHOICE:
Choose the be st options (A, B, c, or D) th at best complete the following sentences.
I feel I’m in a in my job right now - I need a change .
A. ridge B. rut c. ditch ‘ ! D. tunnel
The skater lost her b alance and fell, her arms
A. ha uling B. flailing c. swinging D. gra sping
checks were carried out at c ustoms.
A. Sudden B. Rare c . Spot D. S woop
4. His encou nter with the tarantu la hawk - _____ named becaus e it fli es around
tarant ulas stalki ng and stinging them - has b een w atched over 13m times.
A. ap tly B. eerily c. despic ably D. want only
5. He had a unique stage presence, at o n c e _____ and intense, proje cting an
almo st papal serenity.
A. fr ank B. bois terous c. subdue d D, languid

86
6. In a few more mome nts this love scene would have reache d th e ____ of no
return.
A. p eak B. point c. apex c D. tip
7. Sch ooltea chers rarely have _ ___ to teach the way th ey want.
A. sc ope B. leew ay c. scale D. albat ross
8. Failin g to submi t the proposa l on time w as _____ for Tom.
A. a n ail in the c offin B. a real kick in the p ants
c. a l eap in the d ark D. an ope n an d sh ut cas e
9. Once the kids have all the nest we might sell this house and move
some wher e smaller.
A. f led B. kicked c . rushed D. flown
10. B eing out o f work th ese days is n o _____m atter.J i
A. tr ollin g B. spittin g c. laughing D. gossi ping
11. It’s n ice to see pol itician s se nding the mselves occasio nally.
A. up B. of f c. in D. out
12. We us ed to sha re a room at college, but w e__ over the years.
A. d ream t away B. messed up ' c . drifte d ap art D. slugged out
13. I’ve jus t left Ben po rin g_____ compute r printouts with an engineer .
A. into B. around c. over D. on
14. Since her arrest, the y’v e __ charges against her, and she ’s been deported
Ì .ịj • ;••■.<•( <X.*" ■
'
to Beirut. «. z
r 3

A. inveigh ed aga inst' B. poured out c. headed for D. trum ped up

15. T heir projec t put us _____a lot of expense.
A. at B. to c. into D. with
16. She had been carefull y ________ by her upbringing , she said, to avoid
effus ive display s o f feeling, but this did not mean her hea rt was shallow.
A. pi voted B. poached c. trained*T V , D. undert aken
17. But in any case this was a dangerous ■V, , and one not to be employed
exce pt under pressure. -;
A. c ounte rfeit B. q ue st ,, c. scheme > D. briefing
18. In accor dance with h is _______ the agent was attired in a style of severe
elega nce— with gloves and boots fitting him to perfect ion— but an unusually
winn ing smile p layed upon his lips.
A. indicat ion B. layer c. wont , 1 D. intrigue
19. You can ’t ____________ criticism to the local author ity.
>A. apply B. employ c. associat e D. lay
20. From my viewpoin t, the changes to the education system have been to go od
' >■' , J .< ‘ Y . 1' Y - 1 'í r ’ i'i ; Y. f,ii

A. i nfluenc e B. outcome c. upshot D. effect

87
21. Witho ut quali ficati ons, there will be n o __________ of firms willing to
empl oy y ou.
A. w ant B. in adequa cy c. defici ency D. shor tage
22. Havin g plann ed our week ends to watch footbal l, we found the news of the
home te am ’s playe rs s trike m os t__________ .
A. d iscon certin g B. r efresh ing c. activa ting D. deb ilitatin g
23. The audie nce ____________ his appea rance on stage with thund erous
appla use.
A. clappe d B. pro tested c. reward ed D. hailed
24. He was extrem ely defian t when some sc ie nt is ts __________ doubt on his
theory.
A. c ast B. flung c. tossed D. hurled
25. She w as ____________ with good looks.
A. gi fted B. provid ed c. endow ed D. awarded
26. He wa s a gene rous friend, but as a b usinessm an, he dro ve a ha rd ______ .
A. b argain B. affair c. contra ct D. deal
27.1 must take this watch to be repa ired, it ________ . ) over 2 0 mi nutes a day.
A. increa ses B. progre sses c. accele rates D. gains
28. Luckil y my wall et was handed in to the police with all its contents

A. prese rved B. uns cathed c. contain ed D. intact

29. Profe ssor Wi llia ms _______________ a trail in the st udy o f physics.
A. se t B. left c. blazed D. showe d
30. He ca nn ot _________ ignorance as his excuse; he should have known what
was happe ning in his own departm ent.
A. insist B. plead
:Í .' c. refer
-, • D.■defend • w
III. REA DING C OMPR EHEN SION
Re ad the fol low ing passag es c areful ly a nd ans wer th e que stion s bel ow them.
PASSAGE 1.
DRES S-DOW N FRIDAY IS A LL WASH ED UP
Dress -down Friday has no t worke d out. In fact, it is a bout t o be let go. A sle w
of new survey s from the States shows employ ers increasi ngly concer ned that
sta ff who turn up in 'sm art casual' (or sh ould that be 'ca sual smart'?) ar e up to 50
per c ent more likely t o ac t rud e and silly. Lateness, sluggi shnes s or jus t n ot be ing
there at all have all becom e hallma rks of t he last day of the worki ng week,
accor ding to a study for A meri can Corpora te T rends Magazi ne. So much so, th at
many bosses are now return ing Friday to its previo us strict and sober
incarn ation. They include George w. Bush, wh o has decree d t hat hencefo rth all
White House sta ff m ust be forma lly suited and booted when ever they report for
work. And in Britain the Institute of Director s has also detec ted signs of an end

88
tồ the recent custo m of greeting the weekend one day early with a slud gy medley
of soft trouser s and endless, endless fleeces.
Friday first went casual in Britain in the late 1980s, but the practice didn't
really catch fire until the mid-Ninetie s. By then, the economy was booming and
new source s of income and prestige - IT, biotechno logy, dotcom - were
emergin g. The people who worked for these firms may have been rich (in fact,
they were gettin g richer all the time), but they liked to think that they were
sufficie ntly self-co nfiden t not t o need to rely on someone else's idea of a status
symbol. Bowle r hats and umbrellas represented an older - now ailing - economy ,
one that had been founded aeons ago in the mid-nine teenth century on a formal
distinc tion between wor k and home.
The New Economy, by contrast, liked to emphasise the continui ty and even
overla p betwee n profession al and domestic spaces. People brought scented
candles to the office before returning home to a converted industrial site. In
Frankfu rt, worke rs could pop into 'nap rooms' after lunch, while in London the
smarte st new nightclu b was called, quite simply, 'Home'. At the level of
aesthe tics, work and play had become infinitely swappable. By the time the
Millen nium finally arrived, many firms, including the formerly pinstriped
Merrill Lynch and A rthur Andersen, had decide d to extend dress-dow n Friday to
the othe r four days of the week. There were rules, of course -'the re always are.
No j ean s, naturally, and some other less obviou s demarcatio ns: shirts needed to
have c ollars , and shoes laces.
What has been a problem, though, for a lot of people is ac hieving the re quired
look. While Americ an and French men have long had an alternativ e uniform to
the busine ss suit - polo shirt, unstructured jacke t, brownish/ fawn trousers -
British men have mostly had to resort to that odd solution of teaming a formal,
usually Harris tweed, jack et with jean s. Several retailers have taken pity on the
hordes of baffled men who arrive for work in the financial institutions of Canary
Wh arf ea ch day knowing that th ey don't want to dress like Jerem y Clarkson but
aren't quite sure w ho they do want to look like. Both Gap and Ted Baker have set
up branch es stuffed full of the kind of touchy -feely clobber that will take you
incons picuou sly t hrough the day in a symphony of mushroom.
Dressi ng d own has proved to be more o f a worry, than g etting decked out in a
uniform ever was. Even in those companies that are casual every day, the
under standi ng is that you wear a suit wheneve r appropria te - to meet a client,
make an impor tant presentation . As a result, some employee s complai n they
spend more time matching up their clothes to their schedule than ever before.
And, if Ame rica is anything to go by, the sartorial week is about to get even
more compli cated. To counter the negative effects of dress-dow n Fridays, some
firms have instituted the weird corrective of Dress Up Thur sdays. Soon, it seems,
each day of the week coul d carry its own coercive dress, code.

89
 Where dress -dow n Friday got it wrong was not in over estim ating the
import ance of clothing upo n our psyches, but in unde rplay ing it. E mploye rs had
the vague hope that allow ing people to wear buff-c olou red trous ers to the office
would signal a loose ning up o f mental bound aries which , in turn, would release a
stream of 'beyon d the box' thinki ng. But cloth ing acts like a sharp trigg er for
sense memo ry. Wear casual clothes to work, and your brain thinks it's on
holiday. It d oesn 't want to come up with left-field soluti ons to the proble ms in
Produ ct Deve lopme nt. Instead it makes you want to gossi p with your, friends,
drink coffee , send loads of raffish emails. Asking people to pretend that work is
fun, and then sugg estin g that they mark this state of affai rs by weari ng combat
trous ers, is the heigh t of patroni sation. As the econ omy slows down and
recess ion begin s to bite, these kinds of self-de ceivin g strateg ies are beginni ng to
fall away. We know what work owes US - money, skills -train ing and a certain
amou nt of statu s. It d oesn 't own our souls, and we woul dn't want it to. For that
we have home, where we can dress exactly as we please.
1. What does the write r say in the f irst p aragrap h a bout “dres sing down ”?
A. It has becom e an excus e f or s taf f to be i nefficie nt. 1 ,
B. It allow s p eople to behave immaturely wi thout censure .
c. It has cause d manag ers to app ly rules mo re strictly. ; .
D. It has led to increased a bsentee ism. '
2. What motiv ated people in the techno logy industry in the ninetie s to “dress
dow n”? ■ I
A. T hey did n’t hav e the con fidence to w ear s mart clothes.
B. It was an at temp t to disguise th eir n ew-found health.
c. It was part of a general trend towards exhib iting indepen dence.
D. The y w anted to c halleng e au thority. J-
3. What was diffe rent about the Ne w Economy? ■ |. .
A. T here was less disti nction between peop le’s priv ate and worki ng lives.
B. W orking hours became more fle xible. ' ' • . I,
c. People were required to spend longer in the offi ce. f
D. It becam e m ore a ccepta ble to take work home. * • <
4. Acco rdin g to the passage , many British men ý' '
A. m iss t he securi ty ofknowin g wh at to wear .
B. cho ose more darin g cas ual alternati ves th an foreign co lleague s.
c. have becom e m ore sensitiv e to colleagu es through “ dressi ng down ”. .
D. are now more intereste d in fashion as a result of “dressin g do wn” .
5. “D ressin g d own ” on Fridays has m ade so me e mploy ees ’•
A. feel they are require d to express the mselve s thr ough their clothes.
B. mor e a nxiou s th ey may be inap propria tely dressed at times,
c. dress more conse rvati vely on ot her day s o f the week.
D. feel pressu rized into co nform ing to a dre ss co de t hey do n’t agre e with.

90
6. The basic problem w ith the “dress ing d own” e xperim ent was
A. em ploy ees felt the y we re being p atronized.
B. emp loyer s m isjudged the effect clothing has on behavior,
c. it had no ob vious impact on peop le’s work perform ance.
D. emp loyer s ga ve th eir s taff too much freedom in choice of clothes.
7. The word “i ncarn ation” is closes t in meaning to
A. form B. repre sentativ e c. display D. expre ssion
8. The word “und erpla ying” is closest in meaning to
A. un dermi ning B. dow nplayi ng c. depreca ting D. curta iling
PASSAGE 2.
Even with his diverse experience, as an elected official at the state level,
Andre w Johnso n was the first presiden t of the United States ever to be
impeach ed, primaril y because of his violent t emper and unyieldi ng stubbornne ss.
His caree r started in 1828 with his election to the city council of Greenville,
Tenne ssee, and after two years, as an alderman, he took office as mayor. His
advan ceme nts followed in rapid succession when he was elected to the
Tenne ssee state senate, then as the state governor, and later to the u.s. House of
Repre sentati ves for five cons ecut ivéte rms.
In 1864, Jo hnson ran for the office of vice-presid ent on the Lincoln-J ohnson
ticket and was inaugurated in 1865. After Lincoln ’s assass ination six weeks into
his term, Johnso n found hims elf presid ent at a time when southern leaders were
concern ed about their forced alli anc e with the northern states and feared
retaliati on for their support of the secession. Instead, however, with the
diplom atic skill he had learned from Lincoln, Johnson offered full pardon to
almost all Confed erates on the condition that they take an oath of allegiance. He
furthe r reorg anized the former Confederate states and set up legislative elections.
Congr ession al oppositio n to his peace-maki ng policies resulted in gridlock
between the House and Jo hnson, and the stalemate grew into an open c onflict on
the issue of e mancip ation of sla ves. While Johnson held the view that newly
freed slaved lacked understand ing and knowledge of civil liberties to vote
intellig ently, Congres s overrode John son’s veto of the Civil Rights Bill, which
awarded them citizens hip and ratified the Fourteenth Amendm ent. In the years
that follow ed, Congress passed bills depriving the president of the power to
par don politica l criminal s, stripping away his status of commander- in-chief, and
taking away Joh nso n’s right to dismiss civil and executiv e officers from their
duties. Johns on vetoed each bill, and each veto was overridden. When Johnson
dismis sed the secretar y o f war, Edwin Stanton, Stanton refused to step down and
was suppo rted by H ouse of Representative , whic h voted to impeach Johnson . At
the trial, the Senate came one vote short of the two-thir ds majority necessary to
remove his from office. After John son’s term expired, he returned to .his home
state, but in 1875 he was elected senator and went back to Washingto n to take
his seat. .

91
1. W hat does the passa ge mainl y d iscuss?
A And rew Joh nso n’s pe rsonal charac terist ics.
B. A ndre w J ohn son ’s care er as a poli tician,
c. Cong ressi onal decisi on in the late 1800s.
D. C ongre ssion al decis ions and p roced ures in the late 1800s.
2. Wha t can be inferre d from the first paragra ph abou t Andr ew Joh nso n’s work
in Te nnes see?
A. His perso nalit y p reclud ed him fr om impor tant p osition s.
B. H is w ork becam e k nown to th e gov ernor,
c. He w as e lected to several posts.
D. He wa s re presen ted to the posts five time s.
3. The wo rd “all ianc e” is close st in mean ing t o _____ .
A. union B. co unsel c. allow ance D. allo tment
4. A ccor ding to the passage , w hat led to J ohn son ’s down fall?
A. The state o f the n atio n’s econ omy. B. His liberal position on sl avery,
c. His p ersona l c harac terist ics. D. His waffli ng a nd hesitati on.
5. The a utho r o f the p assage implies that w hen J ohnso n becam e p resid ent he
A. was a de dicate d supp orter of civil rights.
B. w as a so ft-spo ken and ca reful diploma t,
c. has an exten sive backgro und in politics.
D. h ad a lread y e xperi enced pol itical turmoil.
6. Acco rdin g to the passage , at the beginnin g of J ohn son ’s term as preside nt
south erner s we re
A. expec ted to secede from the union. B. appr ehens ive about their future,
c. single d out as scapeg oats. D. afraid of his viole nt tem per.
7. Acco rding to the passage , Cong ress’s disappr oval of Andr ew Joh nso n’s
policie s wa s
A. short- lived and groundl ess. B. detrim ental to his presid ency,
c. directe d at his civic duties. t). stopped as soon a s em erged.
8. The wo rd “pard on” is close st in meanin g t o _____ .
A. parade B. patron ize c. exone rate D. extr icate
9. The autho r of the passage implies that the Stanton affair proved the pres ident’s
A. lack o f stamina . B. lack of electoral vote.
c. loss o f willpow er. D. loss of authority.
10. Acc ordin g to the passage , the attem pt to impeach Andre w Jo hnson
A. succe eded as exp ected by the House
B. fail ed by a m inimal margin. «
c. put an end to his pol itical power.
D. ov erwh elmed his s upport ers in Tenne ssee.

92
V. GUIDED CLOZE
GUIDED CLOZE 1:
Choo se th e m ost a ppro priat e w ords to fil l in the bl anks.
ADVENTURE TR AVEL
Wild red Thes inger , the (1) ____ explo rer once said, “We live our lives ’
second-h and” . Sadly, his words are true for fa r too many o f US, as we (2 )________
in front of the televi sion, ( 3 ) ____ in “reality telev ision ”, living our advent ures
throu gh the word s and pictures of others. But it does not have to be t hat way -
there are more oppo rtunit ies than ever for taking a break from our increasin gly
saniti zed lives and explo ring not only some exotic ( 4 ) _____ of the globe, but
also our own abili ties and ambitions . The kind of fir st-hand exper ience whose
loss The sing er (5) _____ is still availabl e for anyone willin g to forsake the
beaten (6 )____ , and put th eir mi nd to (7 )_____ into the less explor ed regions of
this (8) e ____ plane t. The (9 )_____ in trave l in recen t years has been towards
what is know n as adven ture travel. But adventu re doe sn’t have to involve
physic al exer tion; be it ( 1 0 )_____ over a s ouven ir in Pe ru, or gettin g lost in the
labyr inthi ne p assag es o f a Moroc can souk, it all count s.
1. A. d escr iptiv e B. ima ginary c . fabled D. lege ndary
2. A. droop B. slump c . sag D. plun ge
3. A. c aptiv ated B. gripped c . engrossed D. rivete d
4. A. com er B. edge c . angle D. poc ket
5. A. d eplo res B. laments J
c . agonize s D. grieve s
6. A. p ath B. road c. track D. cour se
7. A. t urni ng out B. taking off c . making out D. dro pping of f
8. A. w ide B. diverse c . mixed D. diffe rent
9. A. t rend B. direct ion c. custom D. inc lination
10. A. hagg ling B. arguing c . debatin g D. qua rreling
GUIDED CLOZE 2:
Aris totle Socra tes Onassis was one of the wor ld’s wealt hiest men, whose
fortune at his death Was estimate d at more than 500 milliom dollars. His life
histor y, how eve r is not ( 1 ) ____________ of l ifelong wealth. His family, who
were living in Smyrna (now Izmir) during the early years of the last century,
were force d to ( 2 )_________ to Gre ece in 1922 when the city w as re capture d by
the Turks . (3 )_______________ the family had left th eir business behind them,
Onass is was sent to South Ameri ca in sear ch (4 )______________ oppor tuniti es
for w ork and a be tter life.
Onas sis starte d of f by c arrying on the family (5) ____________of tobacco
dealin g and forme d his own tobacc o-impo rting business , while holdin g (6)
_______ anot her j ob at the same time. At the age of 25, he had made his
firs t mi llio n dol lars . It was soon afte rwa rds, in 1932, tha t Ona ssis turn ed his
( 7 ) ___________ to shipping; he took advanta ge of the (8 )________________ _

93
Depress ion and bough t six freight ships an an extrem ely low price. From there,
he moved on to tanker s and had his first tanke r built in 1938. After the Second
World War, he embar ked. (9) _ _ _____ a program of building large
tankers with a/an (10 ) ________ to tran sporti ng petroleu m in all ov er the world.
1. A. the B. sort c . one D. this
2. A. free B. bound c . flee D. arrive
3. A. Tru ly B. After c. Since D. Altho ugh
4. A. o f 1 ■■ B .fo r 1 c. ab o u t D. on
5. A. c ustom B. pract ice c. conven tion D. traditio n
6. A. o ff B. by c . on D. down
7. A. h ead B. view c . tension D. attentio n
8. A. G rand B. Great c . Large D. Colossal
9. A. at B. about c . in D. on
10. A. eye B. ear cF5». •/nose kf D. head
L. ». • . ■ T J' :i;.•
u-i . 10;> ' M >If
VI. OPEN CLOZE : ,
Fill in each num bere d blank with ONE sui tabl e word.
OPEN CLOZE 1 I .

Envir onme ntal issues are harmful (1 )___________ of human activity on the
biophys ical enviro nmen t. Environm ental protecti on is a (2) ___________ of
protec ting the natural enviro nmen t ( 3 ) __________ _ individual, organiz ational
or gov ern me nta l level s, for the ben efit of bo th the env iron me nt and hum ans.
(4) ___________ , a social and enviro nment al movemen t, addres ses
envir onme ntal issues t hrough advocacy , e ducation and activism.
The carbo n dioxid e (5) ___________ of greenh ouse gases (GHG) in the
atmo sphe re has already (6) _____ 400 parts per m illion (with total "long ­
term" GHG excee ding 455 parts per million). This level is con sidered a t ippin g
point. "The amou nt of gre enhous e gas in the atmosp here is already above the
(7 )_______ that can potentia lly cause danger ous climate change. We are already
at risk o f many areas of pollution... It's not n ext ye ar or next d ecade, it's now."
"Clima te disast ers are (8) ___________ the rise. Around 70 percent of
disast ers are now climate -(9) _ _ _ _ _ - up from around 50 percent from two
decad es ago.
These disas ters take a heavie r human (1 0 )___________ and come with a
highe r price tag. In the last decade, 2.4 billion people were affected by such;
disaste rs, (1 1 )___________ to 1.7 billion in the previo us decade. The cost of
respon ding to disaste rs has (1 2 )___________ tenfold between 1992 and 2008.
Destr uctive sudden heavy rains, intense tropical storms, repeated flooding and
drough ts are likely to increase, (1 3 )__________ _ will the vulner ability of local
comm unitie s in the absenc e of strong concert ed action." "Climat e change is not
ju st a distan t (14) ___________ threat. It is the main drive r behind rising
huma nitari an needs and we are seeing its impact. The numb er o f people a ffected
and th e ( 15 )__________ inflicted by extrem e w eathe r has been unpre ceden ted."
94
OPEN CLOZE 2 V
An econo mics professo r, trying to explain “mon opoly” to a freshman class,
cotild (1) _______________ find a more illuminating exampl e than professional
sports. The major le agues maintain (2 )______________ -Control over t he su pply
ot their sports. The United States does have some rules and regulation s
(3 )_______ ________ at preven ting monopoly, but these might as well not exist
where sports are (4) _______________ Every league operates effecti vely as a
cartel — a^gr oup of compet itors joine d togethe r for (5) _______________
econo mic benefit.
The cartel arrang emen t gives particip ating teams the best o f two (6 )_______
It re duces comp etition among members, but still allows them freedom of action
in areas no t ( 7 )_______ by the ca rtel a greement. Thus the league me mbers agree
on matter s of common interest, such as game rules, number of teams allowed in
the league, promoti onal campaig ns, and media contracts. The competitio n takes
place 'mai nly on the fie ld, when the a thlete-e mployee s o f two team s meet in a (8)

Being an econom ic cartel creates enormous benefits for a sports league, by

reducing compe tition in areas that would (9) _______________ cost owners
more money. When teams bid against each other for the services of talente d
players, for exampl e, the' process is controlled by league, rules regulating
contra cts, drafts and t rades. In the annual college football draft, for instance, pro
teams must take turns designa ting individual college athletes they wish to hire.
The cartel also decides how many teams can be in th e league, and where they
can locate, thus limiting the number o f potential employe rs the (1 0 )_________
can ch oose from. ., ,
VII. W ORD FO RMATI ON
WORD FORMATIO N 1 ' k c )■.
Suppl y th e co rrect fo rm s o f the words given.
1. Gettin g s tarted on a rehabilitat ion regime so metimes requires help with
________________ - , a process to remove excess c hemical s from the body.
(T OX IC ) ;

2. When he wa s still unmarrie d ten years ago, he was f ;

_______________ and fan cy-fee. ( FEET) . - • ,
3. Some women fou nd the dis cussions ________ and went home . (P UT)
4. They owned a ______, . , , ,,_____ orchard n ear the river so they didn ’t
need to ta ke care of it often. (MAI NTAIN) ’• , f.
5. T hi s___________________ is suitable for some funereal songs . ( MISERY)
6. The v enom of many snake s, esp ecially cobras, act s as a
________ _ , prod ucing ec static v isio ns.^ HA LLU CIN AT E)
7. Aims are necessa ry starting points, but before t he teac her can begin to
provid e learning experie nces fur the r________________ is necess ary .(F IN E)
8. A circ le is a shap e on which all points are _ __________________ from some
point lying inside. ( DISTANCE )

95
9. A de tailed list o f ____________ in the factory is publi cly given. (C ONS UME )
10. It is a form o f ____________________th at is com forti ng to a gre at n umb er
of people. ( E SCAP E) '
WORD F ORMAT ION 2
Fill in th e bl ank with an a ppro priat e fo rm o f one o f the wo rds give n to ma ke a
mea ning ful passa ge.
out dat ed act state establ ish mort ality
fo rm cond uit allegat ion art admi niste r
HOTEL CHELSE A
To say tha t the Hotel Chels ea has an intere sting story would be a/an
(1 )______ . Sinc e th e ea rly twenti eth century, the hotel has been home to dozens
of ce lebri ties. The fame of the building itse lf ( 2 ) _____ its fame as a hotel;
when it was const ructe d in 1883 as a block of flats, it was New Yor k’s talle st
build ing. It be came a hotel in 1905. Althou gh prospe rous at fir st, during a per iod
of (3) ______ , the hotel began to degenera te. It wen t bank rupt and change d
hands in 1939. Its ( 4 ) ______ new managers soon got it up and running again
and, in the post -war era, its fame grew. .
As a pa rt o f the Ne w York artistic sc ene, t he hotel is i rreplace able. Its fam ous
reside nts have included actors, artists, singers, writers , reactio naries, and
nume rous ( 5 ) ______ figures. Krida Kahlo, Jean-Pa ul Sartre, Marilyn Monroe,
Bob Dylan, Mado nna and Uma Th urman all lived the re for a while, and the hot el
has been ( 6 ) ______ in dozens of so ngs, books and films. Alway s a place of
( 7 ) ______ , the hote l’s mana gemen t sometim es allowe d penni less residen ts to
pay for their rooms by their ( 8 ) ______ , some of whic h still hang in its lobby
today. Its famou s residen ts have found the hotel (9) ______ to creativ ity.
Howe ver, the hotel is also associate d with artistic misb ehav ior and tragedy . One
of nume rous exam ples of wild adventur es behind its closed doors, the poet
Dylan Thom as (1 0 )______ collapse d in room 205 of the hotel after partyin g to o
hard. He died four days later.
VIII. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N
Iden tify 8 mis takes in t his pass age and sugges t correct ions.
During the sevent eenth and eighteen th centurie s, almo st nothin g was writte n
abou t the contri butio ns of women during the colonia l period and the early
history of the newly formed United States. Lacki ng of the right to vote and
abse nt from the seats of power, women were not consi dered an impor tant force
in history. Anne Brads treet wrote some signif icant poetry in the seven teenth
centu ry, Mercy Otis Warren produce d the best conte mpor ary history of the
Ame rican Revolu tion, and Abigai l Adams penne d impor tant letters show ing she
exerc ised grea t politica l influence over her husban d, John, the second Presi dent
of the United States. But little or no notice was taken fo r these contr ibuti ons.
Durin g the se centur ies, wome n remained invisible in history books.
96
 Duri ng the ninet eenth centur y, th er efo re , certain femin ists showed a keen
sense o f histo ry by keep ing record s of activities on which w omen were engaged.
Nati onal , regi onal , and local wom en’s organ izatio ns compil ed accou nts of their
doing s. Perso nal co rr es po nd en in g, news paper clippin gs, and souve nirs were
saved and store d and such sources have provide d valuabl e materi als for later
gene ratio ns o f his to ry .
Desp ite the ga th er of more informa tion abou t ordinary women during the
ninet eenth
Cen tury , most o f the writi ng abou t women confor med to the “grea t wome n”
theor y of Histor y, ju st as m an y of mainstrea m Americ an history concen trated on
“gre at me n.” To dem onstr ate that wome n were making s ignific ant contribu tions
to Ame rica n life, fema le author s singled out women leaders and wrote
biog raph ies, or else impo rtant wome n produced their autobio graphie s. Most of
these leade rs were involved in -public life as reforme rs, activis ts workin g for
wom en’s right to vote, or author s, and were not represen tative at all of the gre at
of ordin ary wom an. The lives of ordina ry people continue d, generally , to be
untold in the Ame rica n histori es being published .
XI. SE N TE N C E TR AN SF OR M AT IO N:
Rew rite th e fol low ing sente nces usi ng th e wor ds given.
1. I bet you r frie nd could te ll several stories about you. (GOOD)
—> I bet you r fr ie nd _____________________________________________ _ .
2. A lthou gh Mia w as a bit of f colour, she deci ded to take th e exam. SET
—> Bein g u nd er _______________ __________________ ________ ,______ .
3. Th is knife sh arpe ner is comple tely useless. (DEAD)
-> T h is _____________________________________________ ___________ •
4. Being he r on ly n iece, Ann is very preciou s to her. ( APPLE)
— _______ _ ___________________________ _________________ _ _____ •
5. Th at he de cided to retire early marked the end of his distingui shed ca ree r.,,
(CU RTA IN) , r. . I . ; - ' -

-> H is ________________________ __ ______________________ ,_______ •

6. It was more o f a bu siness arrang emen t than a marriage.
—> It was n ot ______________ _______________________ -________•
7. She he rse lf admitt ed to being rather selfish. ■ >.
—» On ______ ___________ _____________ —---------------------------------------- •
8. You may not be c onside red qualifi ed if you do n’t obey the gam e re gulation s.
—> Failu re _ _________________________ — ------------------------------------ •
9 . 1 will only be s atisfi ed if the m anage r apolog izes fully.
—» Not hin g shor t _____ - ■ , \ 7 ------ ■
—•
10. The ma n’s life was one of great poverty.
—> Thr oug hou t .. ............................. ........ ....................................................... •
 TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ KHIẾT - QUẢNG NGÃI

L MUL TIPLE CHOICE

L PH ONO LOG Y (5pts)
Section 1: Pic k out the word with the unde rline d pa rt p ron oun ced differe ntly
fr om th e rest.
1. A. foul B.s ou l c . goal D. brooch
2. A. tic ked B. licked c. wicked D. picked
3. A. c hem orec epto r B. chau ffeur c. chaos D. choleric
4. A. e tique tte B. con quero r 1 c. statuesqu e D. beque st
5. A. recipe B. profit erole c . anemone D.a cne
Section 2: Pic k out the word th at has the stres s pa ttern fro m that o f the other
> ""' '' ' ■ ' '’*
words
6. A. industry B. econo my c. accom pany D. conscie ntious
7. A. desti tute B. conte mplate c . benevo lent D. memora ble
8. A. admi rable B. argu able c. amicab le D. agreeabl e
9. A. dung arees B. exec utive c. inorganic D. virtuoso
10. A. discr epan cy B. com fortable c. collaps ible D. discernib le
II. W ORD CHO ICE (5pts) i1
Ma rk the lett er A, B, c or D on you r answ er shee t to indica te the correc t
answ er to each o f the fol low ing questio ns
11. An intern ationa l hotel has recently been built on the .. ...................... of the
old schoo l. *
A. expe ditio n B. la ndscape c. site D. ground
12. He w a s .................. ...........mansla ughter.
A. indicted for B. blamed for c. condem ned to D. respec ted f or
13. Many tax payer s are .....................at what they regard as an illegal use of
public fu nds. ft . ■

A. indiff erent B. inte rested c . happy D. indig nant <

14. Due to the nature of the earthqua ke, a much la rg er ...... ...................... of the
popul ation might be a ffected. - ' ■ ' • ti -■ Ị■ t‘i ‘. *f
A. segm ent B. density c . totality D. divisi on
15. T hey contin ued fightin g de spite all the ... they met with.
A. a dver sities B. amen ities c . propertie s D. lia bilities
16. He was in an extrem e st ate o f .............. .................w hen his wife left him.
A. c alam ity B. mis hap c. distress D. trial
17. At length, i t .......... .......him that his life would n't take a t urn for the
bette r un less he left his prese nt em ployme nt.
A. dawne d on B. assu med that c . happen ed to D. real ized that

98
18. Unfor tunat ely, not all scienti sts are wo rking for a g o o d ......... ...........
A. en d B. aim c. effect D. cause
19. Th e media are alw ays keen on re po rti ng ................•...............
A. mish aps B. cala mities c. reserve s D. har dships
20. The thre at of a general strike can only b e ..................... throu gh govern ment
inter venti on. ,.
A. a verted B. conve rted c. subverted D. dive rted
III. STRUCTURES AND GRAMMAR A

Choose the best answer A, B, c or D

21 ................................. a scholar ship, I entered the frighte ning and unknown
terri tory o f private educatio n.
A. To aw ard B. To be awarded
c. Havin g aw arded D. Having been awarded
22. It w a s ................a vi ctory that e ven Smith’s fans co uldn ’t believe it.
A. su ch surpri sing B. so surp rising
c. too surpri sing D. surprisin g eno ugh
23. The d raw t ook place yesterda y, but the competitio n w in ne rs ......................
A. are yet to be announ ced B. haven ’t been ye t anno unced
c. yet are to be announ ced D. have n’t announ ced y et
24. W e ar e m aking a n ....................effort to incre ase pro duction.
A. al l-out ' B. altoge ther c. all-in D. all-t ogethe r
25. T he interv iewer a sk ed .........................th e question.
A. f or him a nswer ing 12 tim es B. that he answer 12 time s
c. him 12 tim es to answe r D. 12 time s his answer ing
26.................. ........ Paul real ize th at he wa s on the wrong flight.
A. O nly after the plane had taken off
B. It w as not u ntil th e plane had taken o ff did
c. Not until th e pl ane had taken off did
D. No soon er had the plane ta ken o ff than
27. Every one started t o ............... around the old woman on the floor, but no one
offere d her an y help.
A. cr owd B. spread c. put D. hang
28. Afte r co ngrat ulatin g his team, the coach left, allow ing the players to let thei r
.......... ......... . down for a while.
A. h eads B. hearts c. hair D. souls
29. Th ey did have a ..................escape. Their c ar stoppe d r ight at the river bank.
A. f ine B. narrow c. near D. light
30. He got his u niversit y deg ree last year. No w he is do in g.......... ......... studies
A. g radua te B. postgrad uation c. graduatio n D. gra duatin g ,

99
IV. PHR ASAL V ERBS AN D PREP OSIT IONS (5 pts)
Choose the best option
31. There is an enorm ous rang e of holiday courses .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .offer.
A. in B. at c. with D. on
32. His ill ne ss .................his undera chiev emen t at work.
A. a ccoun ts for B. com es up c. relies on D. puts on
33. It’s like ba nging you r h e a d ....................;. ..a bric k wall
A. to B. out c. agains t D. in
34. Get on up to the h ouse a n d ........... those wet c lothes or you wi ll get fe vers.
A. ch ange over from . c. change out o f
B. chan ge back into D. change upon
35. I felt a bit .............. ;.. . and seemed to hav e mo re ac hes and pains than usual.
A. ou t o f sorts c. on the mend
B. ov er the wors t D. unde r the fever
36. Your glass is half-e mpty. Let m e ......... it.......... for you
A. top/ out B. top/up c. top/over D. top/ in
37. The teac her at school w en t.............. with flu one afte r the other
A. out B. of f c. under D. down
38. He w asn’t sure if he’d be any good at tennis, but actually he to ok ............
it immediate ly.
A.to B. afte r c. on D. in
39. I’m staying at T ony’s house. Write to me......................... Tony Lee, 123
Main Road, New York.
A. in charg e of B. in care of c. in place of D. in terms o f
40. This hotel is so awesome, man. I could jus t ..... ........... on this view for
the whole weekend.
A. bliss out B. bliss into c. bliss upon D. bliss across
V. READ ING COMP REHE NSION
READING 1. You are goin g to read a pass age and choose the answer (A, B,
c or D) which you think fi ts best according to the text.
MAKING A LLOW ANCE S FOR Y OUR KID ’S DOLL AR VALUES
Would you stoop to pick up a found penny? If you believe in the value of
money o r the possibil ity of luck, you would. Unless, of course, y ou're a teen ager.
When Nuvee n Investme nts asked 1000 kids age d 12 to 17 to name the sum they
would bother to pick up, 58 percent said a dollar or' more . "Some won't give
pocke t space to coins even if they're already in hand," says Neal e Godfre y,
autho r of Mon ey Does n't Grow on Trees. ‘‘Many high school ers buy lunch and
throw away the chan ges” ,'s he says. As one boy explain ed to her, "what am I
going to do wi th it?"

100
 The cav alie r attitu de is makin g some parents rethin k the allow ance traditio n.
The week ly stipend is mean t to help kids learn about money, but some experts
say too much cash - easily handed out in these flush times - and too few
oblig ations can lead to a fiscally irresponsible future. Many kids have a "lack of
under stand ing (of) ho w hard it is to earn money” , says God frey. “That is not OK”
Allo wan ces, done right, are a wa y to tea ch childre n to plan ahead and choose
wisel y, to balan ce saving , spending , investing, and even phila nthro py. Doing it
right mean s decid ing ahead of time how much to give and how often to give it.
And it re- quire s d eterm ining wh at the chil d’s resp onsib ilities will be.
"Abo ut 50 perc ent of child ren between 12 and 18 get an allow ance or cash
from the ir paren ts," says a survey conducted in 1997 by Ohio State Univer sity
for the US Lab or Departm ent. The median amoun t they got was a $ 50 a w eek.
(Tee nag ers in the East Nor th Central region, which includes Ohio and Indian, get
the most - a median of $ 75 a week- and a kids in the East South Central ,
inclu ding Missis sippi and Alabam a, are given the least, with a median of $ 30 a
week ). Nat iona lly speakin g, about 10 million kids receiv e a total of aroun d $ 1
billi on every we ek.
The probl em with a parental open-w allet policy, says Godfrey : "If you're
alwa ys given money, why would it have any value to you?" Earned money is
spent more wisely , she says. "You're teach ing them that there is not an
enti tlem ent progra m in life. The way you get it is you earn it.”
Godf rey think s an allowan ce should be chore- based, and she divides work
into two catego ries: citizen- of-the -house hold chores and work- for-pa y chores.
"The pun ishm ent for not doing your work-fo r-pay chores is you don't get paid."
Othe r expe rts, including Ja yne Pearl, author o f Kids and Money, believe th at every
family mem ber is entitled to a small piece of the financial pie and that it shouldn 't
be tied to w ork. Doing so "complicates th ings u nnecessarily and imbues all owance
with pow er struggle s and co ntrol issues," says Pearl. "I think of (an allow ance) as
learning capita l...The y have to have s ome mone y to pract ise wit h”.
"For m any kids, 3 is a good time to beg in getting all a llowan ce," exper ts say.
This soun ds early , but it's then that children start unders tandi ng the notion of
exch ang ing coin s for, say, candy. Deciding how much to give can be tough. "If
the pare nts can afford it, I have them pay t heir age per week," says Godfr ey. "A
3-ye ar-ol d gets $ 3."
Sound like a lot for a little person ? Godfrey 's plan takes 10 p erce nt of f the
top for char ity. The rema inder is divided into thir ds and put into jars . The quick -
cash ja r "is fo r i nstant gratif ication ". This
spend as they choose money means that candy bars, Pokem on cards , and
othe r impu lse buys are no longer pai d for by Mom and Dad, whic h caus es kids
to curb many impulse s. Says Godfre y of her 17 year- old daug hter, Kyle: “He r
Starb ucks bill is her own ” >

101
 The second ja r is for medium-te rm savings, meant to be spent on medium-
ticket luxuries like in-line skates or a CD player. The final ja r is invested for the
long term , s uch as for colleg e.
Kelly Grant, 13, thin k tha t is fair. An eighth grader in Greevil le, s.c,Kelly and
his brother, Christo pher, 15, each gets $ 15 a week. The trade-off: “I have to
walk and feed the dog, and I have to do the recycl ables” , Kelly says. He spends
but still saved enough to buy a Sony PlayStation.
Christo pher, who has a girlfriend, spends most of what he gets; he
supple ments his po cket money by doin g extra wor k, like mow ing th e lawn. “ I’m
suppose d to do a load o f laundry every night” . He has, he admits, a ten dency to
forget. “They charge my allowanc e sometime s”, he says, “but they don ’t really
remem ber to do it”.
The Grant boys are still learning about earning and show signs of valuing money.
They wouldn ’t stop to pick up a dime, but both say there are coins they would
recuse from the sidewalk. Says Christopher: “You can do a lot with a quarter”.
41. Godfrey feel s tha t '_____ .
A. m any kid s a ppreciat ed the value o f coins.
B. many kids k now ho w hard it is to earn money,
c. many kids do n't k now the value o f money.
D. man y kids should be given more poc ket money.
42. Nuv een Investment s found t ha t_____________ .
A. many kids d on't b other to pick up small coins.
B. few kids wa nt one -dollar coins. •
c. some kids sav e coins.
D. no kids wa nt to pick up coins.
43. Which of the following would Pearl probably agree?
A. C hildren should not be given allowances.
B. Childre n sho uld receive a llowances if they help with ho usework.
c. Children should be given allowances whether they h elp with housework.
D. Children should be paid for satisfacto rily p erforming school work.
44. Accordi ng to Godfrey, if a child has a monthly allowanc e of $ Ị00, how
much should he/she spend on "impulse buys"?
A. $1 0 B. $ 33.3 c. $5 0. D. $ 30
45. The writer feels th at allow ances ________________ .
A. s hould not be g iven to children. \
B. could help ch ildren learn many things,
c. should not be g iven to young children.
D. spoil older children. ,j,
46. On average , ch ildren who re ceive the most allo wances live in:
A. Big citie s like New York or L.A. B. Small towns in New England,
c. The East Nor th Ce ntral region. D. The East Sout h C entral region.

102
M . Which of the foll owin g wo uld Godfrey pro bably agree ?
A. C hildre n should receive all owanc es if they help w ith house work.
B. C hildr en should be giv en allow ances whet her t hey help with house work.
Cl Child ren should not be give n all owance s.
D. C hildr en should be pai d for s atisfac torily perfo rmin g s chool work.
48. Who supports the idea of starting to give allowances to kids when they are three?
A.Pe arl. B. God frey. C.G odfr ey’s da ughte r. D.The writer.
49. What do es Chris toph er do with most o f money he gets ?
A. He s pends all. B. He puts in the bank,
c. He g ives all to his gir lfriend. ' D. He keeps in his pocke t.
50. The Gran t b rother s gets allo wance s
A. T hou gh t heir paren ts s ometim es forget to win t hem the money.
B. Wit hout hav ing to work,
c. By d oing ho usework. : t i
D. But t he money is not enoug h.
RE AD IN G 2. Re ad the foll ow in g passa ge an d ans wer que stio ns 51-60.
Cho ose th e corr ect hea din g fo r each par agra ph fr om th e li st o f hea din gs (i-ix)
below.
List of Heading s Your
. \ c’ , answe rs
i Tac klin g the issue using a differe nt Paragr aph A 5 1 ........
appro ach
ii A s igni fica nt i mpro vemen t on last time Paragr aph B 5 2 .......
in How r obots can s ave human lives Paragra ph c 5 3 .......
iv Exa mple s of robots at w ork Paragr aph D 5 4 .......
V Not wh at it seemed to be Paragr aph E 5 5 .......
vi Why ti mesca les are i mposs ible to pre dict Paragr aph F 5 6 .......
vii The rea son w hy robots rarely move
viii Foll owin g t he pattern of an earlier
deve lopm ent ■“ J

ix The eth ical issues of robotics

Dawn of the Robots

They're alre ady here - driv ing cars, vacu umin g carpe ts and fee di ng hosp ital
patie nts. They may not be walking, talking, human -like sen tien t beings, but they
are clever... an d a litt le creepy.
A At first sigh t it looked like a typical suburba n road acc ide nt.,A Land Rove r
appr oach ed a Chevy Tahoe estate car that had stoppe d at a kerb; the Land
Rov er p ulled out and tried to pas s the Tahoe ju st as it start ed of f again. There
was a c rack o f fende rs and the sound of paintwo rk being scrap ed, the kind of

103
 mino r mish ap that occu rs on roads thous ands of time s every day. Norm ally
drive rs get out, gesti cula te, exch ange insuran ce d etail s an d the n drive off. But
not on this occa sion. No one got out of the cars for the simple reason that
they had no huma ns inside them; the Tahoe and Land Rove r were being
cont rolle d by com pute rs comp eting in Nov emb er's DARPA (the u.s.
Defe nce Adv ance d Resea rch Projec ts Agenc y) Urban Challe nge.
B The idea t hat ma chin es could perform to such standa rds is startl ing. Drivin g is
a com plex task that takes huma ns a long time to perfec t. Yet here, each car
had its o n-bo ard com pute r loaded with a di gital map and route p lans, and was
instru cted to nego tiate busy roads; differ entia te betwee n pedes trians and
stati onar y objec ts; deter mine whet her othe r vehic les were parked or movin g
off; and hand le variou s parki ng mano euvres , which robot s turn out to be
unex pect edly adep t at. Even more striking was the fact that the collisi on
betw een the robo t Land Rover, built by resea rcher s at the Massa chuse tts
Insti tute o f Tech nolog y, and the Tahoe , fitted out by Cornell Unive rsity
Arti ficia l Intel ligen ce (AI) expert s, was the only scrape in the entire
com petit ion. Yet only three years earlier, at DARP A's previ ous driverl ess car
race, every robo t com petit or - directed to navig ate across a stretch of o pen
dese rt - eith er c rashe d o r seize d up be fore gettin g n ear t he finishi ng line.
c It is a rema rkabl e transi tion that has clear impli cation s for the car of t he
future . More impor tantly, it dem onstra tes how robot ics scienc es and Artifi cial
Intel ligen ce have progre ssed in t he past few years - a point stressed by Bill
Gate s, the Mic roso ft boss who is a conve rt to these cause s. The robotic s
indu stry is deve lopin g in much the same way the com pute r business did 30
year s ago,' he argue s. As he p oints out, electr onics comp anies make toys that
mim ic pets and child ren with increasi ng soph istica tion. 'I can envisi on a
futur e in whic h robot ic device s will become a nearl y ubiqu itous part of our
day -to-d ay lives,' says Gates. 'We may be on the verge o f a ne w er a, when the
PC w ill get up o ff the deskto p and a llow US to see, hear, touch and manip ulate
obje cts in plac es w here we ar e no t phy sically present .'
D Wha t is the potent ial for robots and comp uters in the near future ? The fact is
we still have a w ay t o go before real robots catch up w ith thei r s cience f iction
cou nte rpa rts/ Gates says. So what are the stum bling block s? One key
diff icul ty is getti ng robots to know their place. This has nothin g to do with
class o r et ique tte, but conce rns the simple issue of position ing. Huma ns orie nt
the mse lve s with othe r objec ts in a room very easily . Robots find the task
alm ost impo ssibl e. 'Even some thing as simple as tellin g the diffe rence
betw een an open doo r and a wind ow can be trick y for a robot, ' says Gates .
This has , u ntil recen tly, reduc ed robots to fa irly static and cum berso me roles.
E For a long time , resea rcher s tried to get round the probl em by attem ptin g to
re-cr eate the visua l proc essin g tha t goes on in the human cortex . Howe ver,
that cha lleng e has prove d to be si ngul arly exac ting and comp lex. So s cien tists

104
 have turne d to simpl er alternat ives: 'We have become far more pragma tic in
our work ,' says Nello Cristian ini, Professo r of A rtificial Intellige nce at the
Univ ersity of Bristol in England and associa te editor of the Journal of
Artif icial Intell igence Researc h. 'We are no longer trying to re-create human
functi ons. Instead, we are looking for simple r solutions with basic electro nic
sens ors, for exam ple.' This approac h is exemp lified by vacuum ing robots
such as the Elect rolux Trilobi te. The Trilobi te scuttles around homes emitting
ultra soun d signals to c reate maps of rooms, which are rememb ered for f uture
clea ning . Tech nology like this is now chang ing the face of robotics, says
phil oso phe r Ron Chrisle y, direct or of the Centre for Research in Cognitive
Scien ce at the Univers ity of Sussex in England.
F Last year, a new Hong Kong restaurant , Robot Kitchen, opened with a couple
of s ensor -lade n human oid machin es directin g custome rs to thei r seats. Each
posse sses a touch -scre en on which orders can be keyed in. The robot then
return s with the correc t dishes. In Japan, University of Tokyo researchers
recent ly unveile d a kitchen 'android' that could wash dishes, pour tea and
make a few limited meals. The ultimate aim is to pr ovide robot home helpers
for the sick and the elderly, a key concern in a country like Japan where 22
per cent o f the popula tion is 65 or older. Over US$1 billion a yea r is spent on
resea rch into ro bots that will be able to care for the elderly. 'Robots first learn
basic comp etenc e - how to move a round a house without bum ping into things.
Then we can think about teachin g them how to interact with humans,'
Chris ley said. Machin es such as these take research ers into the field of
socia lised robotics: how to make robots act in a way that does not scare or
offen d individu als. 'We need to study how robots should approach people,
how they should appear. That is g oing to be a key area for future research,'
adds Chris ley.
Qu est ion s 57 -60: M atch e ach sta tem ent with t he c orrect per son , A, B or c.
NB You m ay us e an y lett er more than once. ?
A Bill Gates
B Nell o Cristian ini
c Ron Chrisle y
57. An impor tant concern for scientists- to ensure that robots do not seem
fright ening .
58. We have stopped trying to enable robots to perceive objects as humans do.
59. It will take consid erable time for modern robots to match the ones we have
creat ed in films and books. '
60. We need to enable robots to move freely before we think about tryin g to
com mun icate with them.

105
VI. CLOSE TEST:
CLOSE TEST1: Fil l in each num bere d blank with on e suit able w ord or phrase .
In the weste rn custom s (6 1 )_____ hands is the custom ary form of greeting ,
but in China a nod of the head or (6 2 )_____ bow is sufficie nt. Hugging and
kissing when greeti ng are uncomm on. Business cards are often (6 3 )_____ and
yours should be printed in y our own language and in Chinese. Also, it is m ore
respectfu l to prese nt your card or a gift or -any other article using (6 4 )_____
hands. The Chines e are (6 5 )_____ applaude rs. You may be greeted with group
clappin g, even by small children. When a person is app lauded in this practice it
is the custom for that person to return the applause or a "thank you." When
walki ng in pu blic places, direct eye (6 6) _____ .and s taring is unco mmon in the
larger cities, especi ally in those areas accustom ed t o fo reign visitors. (6 7) _____ ,
in smal ler comm unitie s, visitor s may be the subjec t of much curiosity and
theref ore you may notice some stares. (6 8) _____ speaking, the C hinese are no t a
touch -orien ted society, especial ly true for visitors. So, avoid (6 9 )_____ or any
prolong ed form of body contact. Public displays of affectio n are very rare. On
the other hand, you may note people of the same sex walking hand-in-h and,
which is sim ply a g esture of friendship. Do not worry about a bit of pushing and
shoving in stores or when groups board public buses or trains. In this case,
(7 0 )_____ are neithe r offered or expected. The Chinese will stand much closer
than Westerne rs.
61. A. taking B. hugging c . grasping D. shaki ng
62. A. small B. slight c . bit D. light
63. A. transferr ed B.c han ged c . exchanged D. convert ed
64. A. both B. couple c. doubl e D. pair
65. A. enthu siast B. enthusia sticállyC . en thusiasm D. enthus iastic
66. A. look B. contact c . stare D. watch
67. A. Moreo ver B. Further more c . However D. Wh atever
68. A. General ly B. Successf ully c . Fortunately D. Ex pectedly
69. A. touch ing B. to touch c. touched D. touch
70. A. Contact s B. Gestures c . Apologies D. Sayin g goo dbye
CLOZE TEST 2: Rea d the fo llow ing p assa ge on commuting, and mark the
lette r A, B, c, or D on you r an swer sh eet to indicate the corre ct an swer to each
o f the questio ns.
THE SINKING OF THE TITANIC
Air-in all, the Titanic had received six ice warnings; it w as quite clear that
the Titanic was steam ing toward ice. At 11.40 pm many of the ( 1 ) ________
were turnin g d own the lights and cleaning the Titan ic’s pu blic room, and t he last
of the social (2)_________ were now breaking up. Meanw hile in the cro w’s
nest, Frederi ck Fleet and Reginald Lee stru ggled to (3)________ what was in the
haze- for some (4)________ reason, binoculars were not in the nest. Suddenly ,
106
Fleet jer ked the ( 5 ) _________ bell three times and telephone d the bridge and
sputtered , “Icebe rg dead (6)_______ !” into the receiver. “Than k you” , Sixth
Officer Moody replied. The Titanic was on a col lision (7 )_______ with a huge
iceberg and the officers in the crow ’s nest (8)_________ themse lves for impact.
The worst part is what happened to the people onboard. The ship was one of the
most luxury liners of all time, but it wa sn’t (9)______ with enough lifeboats for
all the passen gers, so many died that night and in the (10 )________ hours of the
followin g m orning.
1. A. ste wards B. waiters c. captains D. passenger s
2. A. ga therin g ' B. conference c. summits D. congrega tion
3. A. see of f B. look ahead c. keep out D. make out
4. A. insecure B. eccentric c. alien D. odd
5. A. wa rning B. appalling c . terrifying D. ringing
6. A. bef ore B. ahead c.b ey on d D. forward
7. A. crash B. way c. course D. track
8. A. reh earsed B. anticipated c. braced D. nurtured
9. A. built B. fitted c. carried D. floated
10. A. yo un g B. low c . early D. starting
[Certi ficate o f Proficienc y in English - Practice Test 8J

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OP EN CLOZE TEST 1: Rea d the texts below a nd thi nk o f the word which
best fi ts each space. Use only ON E WORD fo r each space. (2Opts)
PASSAGE 1
THE IMPORTANC E OF PLANTS
Man has always depended on plants (1)__________ food and many other
useful product s. For this reason, farming is one of the wor ld’s most important
industries. At first, (2)_________ man did not know how to pla nt see ds and raise
crops. He (3)_________ wild fruits and vegetables where he found them. Then
man discov ered how to grow his own food. He (4)________ seeds and waited
for th e crop to grow. For the first time , he could be reaso nably sure of his food
supply. He co uld settle down and (5)__________ shelters in the places where he
grew food. ‘ ■
As popul ations began to increase, the (6)J ______ _ for food became greater.
Old-fash ioned tools and farming methods were insufficient in meeting the
demand, so man cultivated more and more land and invented complicate d
machines to make his work easier. Tractors replaced horses and other farm
animals. Scientis ts studied and (7)_________ with plants. They told farmers how
to (8)_________ plant diseases, and how to grow bigger and better crops. Now
one man, with a knowledge of plants and the (9)_______ _ of machines, can
cultivate hundred s o f aòres.
He can raise plạnts which did not originall y grow in the soil or (10)________
of his com munity .
107
PASSA GE 2
R em ar ks by Pr es id en t Ob am a at YS EA LI To wn Ha ll
St ud en t: “ Hello, sir. I'm a stud ent in Vietn am Nat iona l Uni vers ity. You are a
very grea t leade r, and we are youn g leaders. Do you have any advic e that
how can we be g reat like you ?”
Pr es id en t Ob am a: . “Wh en I was at your age, I wasn' t as well- orga nized and
soph istica ted as all of you. When I was young, I fooled (1) .............................
a lot. I did n’t alwa ys take my studies very serious ly. I was more interes ted
in basket ball and girls. I wasn' t always that serious . You're already way
(2) .......................... of me. When ever 1 meet with young people, my most
impo rtant advic e is to f ind some thing you care deeply about, find some thing
excit es you and (3) .................. all energy into it. E verybo dy's (4) ...................
is d ifferen t. Some times it's e ducat ion, medici ne, business. So no one ’s pa th
is to end being a leader. Some people think you have to make great
speec hes, or be in politic s but there'r e a lot of ways to (5) ................ Some
are behind the (6) ................. For exa mple in the U.S., civil rights move ment,
when all heard of Martin Luther King but also Moses, John Louis going to
com mun ities, gettin g p eople to ( 7)..................... They were big leaders, even
thou gh they didn 't make speeche s. Don't worry so much what you want to
be. Worry more about what you are going to do. If you're (8) ...................
abou t you r work . Over t ime, you will rise and people will respect. But if you
ju st thin k I want to be a m ember o f the N ational Assem bly or rich then you
will pay less ( 9).... ................ to y our work. Most success ful people do. Bill
Gates didn't start think ing I want to be rich. I like comp uters and want to
build softwar e. I decided that I wanted to help poor people to have
oppor tuniti es. So I went to work in po or c ommu nities in C hicago becaus e I
was interested in the work. I started to ask questions : how can I help youn g
peopl e? How can I (10 ).................. How can I build o rganiz ations ?
That's my most import ant advice. Decide what you care abou t deepl y and
put all into tha t. If you are interested in social media, make a c ompa ny and
focus on tha t”.
[T he Wh ite H ou se - Of fic e o f th e P re ss S ec re ta ry ]

II. W OR D FO RM ( 20 pts)
SECTIO N 1: Co mp let e th e fo ll ow in g se nt en ce s with an ap pr op ria te fo rm o f th e
wo rd in bl oc k c ap ita ls
1. Lucy has to work ever y _________________ Saturday . (A LT ER )
2. He thre w his b ag s______ _________ on the floor. (C ER EM ON Y)
3. In my opinion , thi s book is ju st _ ______________ rubbis h ( IN TE LL EC T)
4. Shall I believe this (C O NV IN CE )_____ story of yours? Mark, stop actin g
like a child and tell me the whole truth, please.
5. A m an uf ac tu re r_____________ made and market ed a car with defe ctive
brakes . (N EG LE CT )

108
6. The stude nt was gi ve n______________ for consis tently forgetti ng to do her
home work . ( DE TA IN)
7. He made a _________ attemp t to climb the tree to re cover his kite. (FO OL ).
8. I hate go ing clo the s sho ppi ng with Carlo , he ’s s o _________ that he take s
hou rs to find any thin g he likes. (C H O IC E)
9. Y our c onst ant criticism h as ____________ their enthus iasm. (DIE )
10. S ome fe ta l_________ can n ot be diagnosed until late in pregnancy. (FO RM )
SECTION 2: Use the word given in capitals tofor m a word that fit s in the space.
Alte rnat ive medicine is, by definition , an alterna tive to somethi ng else:
modern , Western medicine. But the term ‘alterna tive’ can be ( 1 ) ___________
(LE AD ), even off-put ting for some people. Few ( 2 ) ______ (P RA CT IC E) of
home opath y, acupun cture, (3) _______ (HE RB AL ) and the like regard their
thera pies as comple te substitut es for modern medicine. Rather, they conside r
their disc iplin es as ( 4 )__________ (SU PPL EM EN T) to orth odox medicine.
The proble m is that many doctors refuse even to recognize ‘natura l’
or altern ative medicine, lo do so calls for a radically differen t view of health,
(5) ____________ (IL L) and cure. But wh atever doctors may t hink, the d emand
for altern ative forms of medical therapy is stronge r than ever before, as the
(6) ___________ (LI MI T) of modern medical science become more widely
unders tood.
Alter nativ e therapies are often dismissed by orth odox medicine because they
are somet imes (7) _____________ (AD MIN IST RA TIO N) by people with no
formal medical training. But, in comparison with many traditiona l therapies,
wester n medicin e as we know it today is a very recent phenom enon. Until only
150 years ago, herbal medicine and simple (8) __________ (ORG AN)
comp ounds were the most effec tive treatments available.
Despite the medical establ ishme nt’s ( 9 ) _________ (TO LE RA TE ) attitude,
altern ative therapie s are being accepted by more and more doctors, and the
World Health Organization has agreed to promote the (10) _ ____ (INT EGR ATE )
of proven, valuable , ‘alterna tive’ know ledge and skills in western medicine.
III . ER RO R ID EN TIF IC AT IO N
Re ad the pa ssa ge below which c ontains 10 mistakes. Identif y the mistakes a nd
write th e co rrecti ons in the co rrespon ding n umber ed boxes.
Exam ple: Line 1: thou sand —> thousand s

LINE BEAUTY IS IN THE EYE OF TH E BEHOL DER

1 People have been debating the principles of beauty for thousa nd of
2 years, but it still seems impossible to consid er objecti vely. German
3 philo soph er Immanuel Kant questioned what somethi ng can possess an
4 objec tive property that makes it beautiful. He conclu ded that although

109
 5 eve ryo ne acc ept s that beau ty exi sts, no one has eve r agr eed on the
6 precise criter ia by whic h beauty may be judging.
7 The ancie nt Greek philos opher Plato wrote of a scale called the 'golden
8 propor tion', accord ing to wh ich the w idth of the face should be two-t hird
9 of its length, prefera ble accom panied by a nose no longer than the
10 dista nce betwee n the eyes.
11 Symm etry has been proving to be att ractive to t he human eye, so a face
12 may seem beautiful because of the similarity between its two sides.
13 Babies spend more time look at symmet rical faces than asymmet rical
14 ones and symme try is also rated as more a ttractiv ely by adults looking at
15 photos. So a lthough there seems to be no universal agreem ent and even
16 national conse nsus on what constit utes beauty, there is at least some
17 agree ment tha t facial symmet ry is impor tant factor.
-> ■ 11 ' I.
IV. SE NT EN CE TR AN SF OR M AT IO N
Rew rite the se nten ces with t he given words or be ginnin g in such way tha t thei r
mean ings remain unchan ged.(20 pts)
1. Living environment enormously affects our personality development. EFF ECT

2. He was unable to sol ve the prob lem alone. BE

-> ................................................................ .......................................................
3. W hen I g row up, I’m going to be really important. CA T
-> ....................... ............... ...... ................................................... ............ .......... .
4. He usu ally invents ridiculou s st ories like that. MA KE S
-> ... ................................................................................ ...................................
5. The first sign o f the disea se is blurred vision . ON SE T

6. My friend persuade d me to go to the party in fancy dress.

—> My friend t alk ed............................... ..................................... .................... .
7. I do n't u ndersta nd one word of this document.
—» I can't make hea d..............................................................................................
8. It w as w rong of you to al low a 4-year-o ld c hild to walk home alone.
—> You sh ou ld .................... ... ................................................ . ...... ................ .
9. The best so lution was t hough t o f by Sally.
—> Sally cam e........................................ ................ .................................................
10. Alice and Charle s did not decide to move to a bigge r house until after the
birth of their secon d child.
-» O nly wh en......... ............................ ................. ......... .......................................

110
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ TRƯƠNG CHUYÊN LÊ q uý ĐÔN - BÀ RỊA • VŨNG TÀU

..JVIULTIPLE CH OIC E QUE STIO NS

I. PHONOLOGY
Pick out the wor d who unde rline d pa rt is differe ntly pro nou nce d fro m tha t o f
the o thers
1. A. pr one B.c on e c . tone D. don e
2. A. b anali ty B. herba rium c. jaca rand a D. karaoke
3. A. bristle B. crystal c . Christma s D. hustle
4. A. h egem ony B. hem atoma c . hereafte r D. hepatic
5. A. ugali B. umpi re c. ulcer D. umbe r
Choo se th e wor d who se str ess patt ern is diff erent from tha t o f the others
6. A. headc hees e B. dachsh und c. earache D. backdate
7. A. inveigl e B. histog ram c. fiasco D. narcosis
8. A. h iccup B. laag er c . abbess D.c onv erge
9. A. islan der B. mac abre c. baccarat D, quackery
10. A. a band onm ent B. ufology c . valerian Đ. incidental
II. WORD CHOICE
1. When asked about his own part y’s tr anspo rt policy, the candidate ............. a
sides wipe at his o ppon ent by men tioning the recent rail strikes.
A. m ade B. did c . took d. gave
2 . 1 wish he w oul dn’t make such unkind a n d ..... remarks.
A. lapse B. dispara ging c. inconsolable D. rough
3. 1 hope you did n’t ........... exceptio n to my comm ents.
A. f ind B. make c . take D. put
4. It w a s ..................... luck th at the answe r sudd enly came to me in the middle of
the exam.
A. p ure B. clean c . dirt D. fresh
5. As win ter ends, I always seem to feel a ............. of energy.
A. c harge B. spring c . revival
•1,. ■ D. burst
6. Ag reei ng to do a bit o f overtime could ............. to you r advan tage.
A. m ake B. do c. create D. work
7 ..... . I think you r com ments are very s hort-sigh ted.
A. In re trosp ect B. With all due respect
c . In ear ning d. With regard
8. To prev ent those anima ls with populat ions that are dying out, some of them
are b ei n g ................ by hum ans.
A. m ultipl ied B. produc ed c. replicated D. bred

111
9. B amboo shoots are the p andas ........... diet f or wit hout them, it would be
diffic ult for them to survive.
A. st aple B. pop ular c . trivial D. traditio nal
10. Despite strong opposi tion, the ruling p ar ty ....... ........ . the d ay.
A. wo n B. defea ted c . beat D. elim inated
III. S TRU CTU RES AND GRAM MAR
1. I c an ’t h e lp ................what 1 should do next.
A. b ut to wonde r B. exce pt wo nder
c . but w onder D. apart wonde ring
2. S cientis ts use the term climate change .. .. ... .. .. ... fo r tw o or more decades
becaus e it is mor e ac curate than the term glob al wa rming.
A. to refer to major chang es in weath er lasting
B. refe rring to m ajor c hanges in weath er to last
c . refer to m ajor w eathe r change s last
D. and refer to major changes in w eather and last
3.1 h a v e .............. ’. finish ed th e task.
A. pr ettily nearly B. nearly very c . very a lmost D. pretty nearly
4. Th ere i s ....... giant tortoise i n ......... Galapago s Islands nicknamed
..................... Lonesom e George, who has never found ...... mate.
A. a / t h e / - / a B. the / the / - / a c . a / - / - / m a t e D .a / - / a / a
5......... real w ork was done in the office while the boss was away.
A. Not a B. Not only c . No D. None
6. Go od morning, ladies and gentle men....................... of you is first in line?
A. Which B. Whose c . Who D. Whom
7. We should le av e.............. . ... 8.30.
A. any later than B. much later than c . no la ter than D. not later than
8..............from space, the e arth is blue.
A. Th ough it is seen • B. While being seen
c . Seen D. to be seen
9. M any people re ga rd .............. . the polic e have started carryin g guns.
A. as a really bad idea when B. it a real ly bad idea i f
c . it as a r eally bad idea that D. it to be a really bad idea for
10. She still has nig htmare s f ro m ........... . in a small dark cupboard f or hour s.
A. locking up B. having to be locked up
c . having been locked up • D. having locked up
IV. P REPO SITIO NS AND PHRAS AL V ERBS
1.'I've been revising all day but 1 don't thi nk much o f it has .................... . in.
A. com e B. gotten c . dived D. sunk
2. Insuranc e c ompan ies had t o ..................£10 million in storm dama ge cl aims.
A. co ugh up B. put ou t c . give away D. squee ze up

112
3 . 1 do n’t like jewel lery th at ju m p s........................ you.
A. up to B. out at c . over on D. at on
4. Mrs. Watts will tick y o u .............. . if you ’re late ag ain.
A. up B. at c . on D. of f
5. The y might ge t ma rried - it ’s n o t.
A .o ve r B. far c. be yo nd D. with out
6. The word ‘chao s’ h a s ..................a special scientifi c m eaning.
A. includ ed in B. taken on c . held o f D. gaspe d up
7. Yo ung men were tu to re d.................... the ar t o f handling ho rses.
A. in B. on c . into D. within
8. He admi tted that, ... .................the benefit of hindsight, the original launch
had not been large eno ugh.
A. in B. with c . from D. to
9. Th e house is sadly .,
A. on B. at c . in D. un de r
10. Th e e ngine ke eps ..................... out. I. • *
A. c utting B. putting , c . crying D. ma king

V. R EAD ING C OMPR EHEN SION

READING 1
BIRD LIFE AND B EHAVIO R
The study of bird behav ior will never be complet e, as there are as many
aspe cts to th is subjec t as th ere are spec ies o f birds. Certain activi ties are co mmon
to all bird species, but there are also an amazing variet y of behavi ors to be
obser ved. These differen ces are due to the type of food they live on, their size,
the preda tors they have to face, and the terrain in which t hey live.
In th eir natural habitats, birds mate and r eproduce du ring the warm er m onths
of the yea r, buildin g the ir nes ts and usually caring for their eggs and y oung until
they can fly and fend for th emselve s. ■ (A) The location and constru ction of the
nests depen d on the habitat and size of the bird. Lookin g at North Americ an
garden birds for example, the smaller songbirds such as finches, tits, and
sparr ows will build nests of grasses and leaves lined with hair or feather s safely
hidde n inside a hedge. ■ (B) Robins, however, are bold enough to nest inside
bucke ts or garde n sheds, and house martins will carefull y build nests of mud
right un der the eaves of houses, wh ile birds such as magpie s make nests of twigs
high in the trees. ■ (C ) Some birds only breed once a y ear to coincid e with the
avail abilit y o f the be st food for the chicks. ■ (D)
Some birds take care of th eir feathers and replace them comp letely once a
year. Durin g thi s late su mmer molt, they hide awa y unti l the fe athers gr ow again,
as they are vulne rable to predato rs when unable to fly prope rly. In contrasty
aeri al spec ies such as swif ts and swallow s, which nev er lan d exce pt when

113
nesting, repl ace thei r fea the rs one at a time, so-t heir fli gh t capab ility is not
affecte d. When clean ing their feathe rs, small birds like sparro ws often prefer to
bathe in dust, while the larger thrus hes and starlin gs will happily splash about in
a sh allow stream.
Many birds spend thei r lives in one area, return ing to breed in a familia r
hedge or garden , espec ially when there is a guaran teed food supply. Migratory
birds such as swall ows, howev er, will gather late in the year and fly south
toge ther to spend the winte r in warm er climat es where their preferred food,
flying insects, ca n still be fou nd.
The most varie ty among birds can be observ ed by thei r unique songs. Birds
often have diffe rent calls for d iffere nt r easons and m any can imitate other sounds
such as mobil e phone s or car alarms. The melodi ous song of a blackbird or
thrush at dusk is mainly territo rial, to warn other birds to keep away from its
area. Small birds use warni ng chirps to inform their f ellow birds of danger such
as a cat or a preda tory bird. Song is also used by males to impress female birds
as part of a court ship routine. Baby birds call incessan tly to deman d food from
their parent s. Gathe ring flocks of migrat ory birds will create a w all of sound to
attract other s of thei r kind, while waterfo wl call out to each other in the dark as
they fly home to roost.
The food prefer red by differ ent birds depend s on the size and shape of their
bodies . The smal ler birds eat fallen seeds from grasse s and other plants which
they can peck from the ground. Finches in par ticular ha ve beaks adapted to strip
the oute r husk from the seeds. Aerial species feed exclu sively on flying insects,
while larger sp ecies will eat insects, worms, and fruit. The group of birds which
includ es crows, ravens and magpie s will feed of f dead animal s, while some
pred atory birds seek out live ones. Most birds, howeve r, will adapt their eating
habits to take food from bird feeders, and in the colde r month s, the differen t
specie s c ombin e th eir e fforts and se arch for food toget her in mixed flo ck s. .
The divers ity of bird behavior, where ver it is o bserve d, makes a fascina ting
subje ct for researc h and will continu e to do so, as the birds constan tly adapt their
lifest yles to suit thei r changi ng environ ment. The basic needs of foo d, shelter,
and sun/ ival o f t heir species can be met in many ways, which shows birds are
highly ca pable o f learnin g from thei r expe riences.
1.’Th e study of birds is broad due t o .....................................
A. t he vario us behavi ors of different bird sp ecies
B. the fa ct th at resear chers focus too much on the y ty pe of food bird s eat
c. a lack o f experts
D. the fact t hat there are not enough f ac ili tie s.............. ...
2. In para graph 2, what does the auth or say abou t the mating ha bits of birds?
A. Th ey neve r ma te w ithin thei r species .
B. They only mate once per dec ade.
114
 c. They mate durin g the warm er m onths of the year.
D. The y mate durin g the colde r mo nths o f the ye ar
3. The word habita ts in the passage is closes t in mean ing t o ..........
A. s urro undi ngs B. liv es c. nests D. m onths
4. The w ord thei r in the passage re fers to
A. e nvir onm ents B. pred ators c. offspr ing D. bird s
5. Look at the four square s [■] th at indicate where the follo wing sente nce could
be a dded to the pa ssage.
Oth er spec ies, like blackb irds, will produc e two or more clutc hes of eggs
beca use their food supply is availa ble for a longe r perio d.
Where w ould the s enten ce best fit?
A. (A) B. (B ) C. (C ) D. (D)
6. Which of the follo wing best express es the essential inform ation in the italic
sente nce in the passa ge? Incorre ct answer choices chang e the mean ing in
impo rtant way s o r le ave ou t essen tial information .
A. Some birds molt, while certain species of birds replace the ir feath ers in
small amou nts, allow ing them to fly year round.
B. Cert ain specie s of birds change their feathers all at once which allows
them to fly ye ar rou nd.
c. Mou lting is some thing birds do in o rder to be able to fly year round.
D. Ce rtain s pecies o f birds nest in treetops to avoid p redato rs w hile moulting .
7. A ccor ding to the passage , all of the followin g are mentio ned about birdsong s
EX CE PT . ...
A. T hey can imitate mo bile phone rings.
B. Th ey can be terr itorial in nature.
c. They can be part of a courtship routine.
D. Th ey can a ttrac t certa in food sou rces.
8. In para grap h 6, the autho r expla ins eating habits by ..................
A. d escr ibing the predat ory habits of most birds.
B. na min g th e insects indigenou s to each bird ’s environm ent,
c. disc ussi ng diffe rence s in their body size and shape.
D. ta lkin g a bout weat her pa tterns during each season.
9. The w ord exclu sivel y in the pas sage is closes t ir meanin g to .......... .. .. .. .. .. .
A. inten sely B. solely c. partially D. esp eciall y
10. Which o f the follow ing can be inferred about the s tudy of bird beh avior ?
A All speci es of birds exhibi t t he same behav ior when feedin g, nestin g, and
matin g.
B. The total num ber of bird s in North Amer ica caA be calcu lated to a very
accu rate degree.
c. Ther e is still more to learn and understa nd about bird life and b ehavio r.
D. All birds are p redat ory and prefer a car nivoro us di et.

115
READING 2
THE SEARCH FOR EARTH -LIKE PLANETS
Astro nome rs have discove red more than 400 exopla nets, or, planets outside
our solar system. Some of these planets have Earth-like qualitie s. However,
many of these exopl anets are as large as Jupiter, and it is u nlikely that they are
habitab le. A planet in the “habitab le zone ” means the planet is located at a
distan ce from its sun suitable enough to allow for the existenc e of water on its
surface. This is called the “Go ldi loc ks positio n,” meanin g the planet is neither
too hot, n or too cold.
In orde r to find planets that are light years from our own solar system,
astron omers use two types of telescope , each with sensitiv e instrument s that
employ special techni ques, to aid in the acquisit ion of data: ground-ba sed and
orbiti ng te lescop es. In 2007, a team of Swiss scien tists discover ed th e first E arth­
like planet outside of our solar system, Gliese 5S I, estimated to be
appro ximat ely 50 p ercent bi gger th an Earth. Located about 20.5 light year s from
our world, Gliese 581 orbits a red dw ar f star. To identify this new planet, the
astron omy team used a spectros copic instrument known as HARPS, which is
linked to a 3.6-m eter telesco pe at the European Southern Observat ory in La
Si 11a, Chile . Spectro scopic instrume nts use a Doppler, or “ wobbl e” tec hnique, to
identify radial veloci ty-ho w fast a star moves toward or away from the point of
obse rvati on. By analyzi ng the waveleng th of light emitted from a star, the
instrum ent is th erefor e able to calibrate the mass of a planet in th e star’s orbit.
With th e w obble techniq ue, astronome rs are only abl e to perceiv e a planet t hat is
less than 160 light years from Earth. Employing this techniq ue can be slow,
because astrono mers must wait for the planet to make one complete orbit of its
sun in order t o conf irm t heir data.
Thoug h earth-bo und telescop ic systems like HARPS at La Silla play a
prom inent role in space exploration , orbiting telescop es, like t he Hubble Space
Telesc ope and the Kepler Orbiting Telescope, can provide astrophy sicists with
differ ent data. Circling 380 miles above the Earth, the Hubble Space Telescop e
(HST) is about the size of a yellow school bus. Soon after its launch in Ị990,
astron omers were shocked to find that images sent back by the Hubble were
slightly blu rry due to a defective mirror. To remedy this problem , NASA
created a special lens for the Hubble, similar to the way eyeglasse s correct
human eyesight . In a special mission, a t eam of astron auts serviced the Hubble
by moun ting this correcti ve lens. They also added several other speciali zed
instrume nts, including an infrared camera and a spectro graph, which is used to
analyz e light. Among the Hubb le’s discover ies are new planets, newly born
stars, various ne bu lae , and even collisions of as ter oid s on the planet Jupiter. In
joi nt observ ation with several ground-b ased telesco pes, the Hubble found several
.exopla nets that exist in a habitable zone from their stars. It is also credited with
the discov ery of a m olecule of methane gas in the atmosp here of a Jup iter-size d
exopla net, suppo rting t he the ory o f life forms in space.

116
 In 2009 , N ASA launche d th e Kepler Orb iting Telesc ope. Its prim ary task is to
focus on or, “stare at” the stars. Instead of orbiting the Earth like the Hubble, it
“trai ls” the Earth, mean ing it trave ls behind the Ear th’s orb it ar ound the Sun. Th e
Kep ler’s missio n is to obser ve about 150,000 stars and determ ine if these stars
conta in plane tary system s, most particu larly, habita ble planets. Unlike the La
Silla and Hubbl e telesc opes , the Keple r Orbitin g Teles cope uses a photom etric
instr ume nt t o meas ure light e mana ting from a star. When a pl anet passes in front
of a star (sim ilar to an observ ation of Mercury or Venus crossi ng in f ront of the
Sun), the Kepl er t elesc ope analyz es a c hange in the intensity of light emitted by
that star. This proces s allows astrono mers to evalua te and exam ine the data
furth er to deter mine if one or m ore pl anets may o rbit t he star.
The Kep ler Orbiti ng Telesc ope accom plished its primar y object ive in 2010:
to find Earth- like planets . It dis covered seven planets - some almos t as large as
Jup iter - beyond our solar system. While many astrop hysic ists and astro-
biol ogis ts have argued the unlikeli hood of life forms on othe r planets , the data
from the Keple r Or biting Tele scope suggests the contrary.

G lo ss ar y
Go ld ilo ck s: the female charac ter in a fairy tale who tested the food, chairs, and
beds o f three bears, in
orde r to find th e on e tha t was “jus t r ight” •
red dw ar f: a sta r with low surfac e tem perature , mass, and size
ne bu lae : cloud s o f dust tha t exis t in outer s pace ,
as ter oid s: small or m inor plan ets resembli ng stars-
1. Ac cord ing to par agraph 1, what is true ab out ’exoplan ets’? ‘
A. Most of them are conside rably smalle r than the p lanet Jupiter.
B. Th ose that are as large as J upite r proba bly c annot sustain life,
c. They are found w ithin our so lar system.
D. Th ey are larger t han the Earth.
2. In pa ragra ph 1, why does the a uthor use the phrase “the Goldil ocks posit ion”?
A. t o s uppo rt the conce pt o f Earth-like exo planets
B. to demo nstra te th e u nlikelihoo d of a pla net b eing Earth-lik e
c. to illustra te th e dif ferenc es between a habit able and u ninhab itable planet
D. to explai n the c onditio ns needed for a p lanet to be consi dered habitab le
3. In parag raph 2, all of the f ollowin g are true ab out Gliese 581 EXCE PT
A. it is h al f the size larger than Earth. B. it. is probab ly in a hab itable zone,
c. it is in our sola r syste m, t ■ D. it has its own sun.
4. In parag raph 2, which of the followin g best expres ses the essential
inform ation in t he underline d sentenc e? Incorrect answ er choice s chang e the
mean ing or leave ou t essen tial information.
A. Wobbl e te chniq ues are u sed to demon strate the us e o f a spe ctrosc ope.

117
 B. Using the wobble techniq ue, spectros copic instrum ents can determine a
sta r’s speed.
c. A star can move very fast away from the Earth, there fore it is n ecessary to
use a wobble tec hnique.
D. In radial velocit y, a st ar can move so quick ly that it wobble s, which can be
seen by usin g a t elesco pe.
5. The word blu rr y in parag raph 3 is clo sest in meanin g t o ...........
A. c lear. B. cloudy . c. stormy. D. indistinc t.
6. According to paragraph 3, what problem did the Hubble Space Telescope have?
A. Its mi rror was flawed. B. NASA damaged its mirror.
c. A lens on its cam era was brok en. D. It did not have an infrare d came ra.
7. The word It in parag raph 3 refers to .
A. o bserva tion, B. the Hubble spa ce Telescope.
c. a mo lecule. D. a hab itable zone.
8. Why does the a uthor mentio n the molecule of methane in paragraph 3?
A. to supp ort his statem ent ab out ha bitable planets
B. to give eviden ce o f one o f the Hubble Space T elesc ope’s uses
c. to g ive th e H ubble credit for the discovery of a new gas
D. to illustrate the possibility for the existence of other life forms in the universe
9. Ac cordi ng to paragrap h 4, what can be inferred about th e Keple r’s main
purpos e?
A. to search for ne w plan ets
B. to focus on threa tening astero ids
c. to tra il c losely behind the Earth ’s orbit
D. to determ ine if star sys tems co ntain potentially habitable planets
10. The autho r o f the passage sugge sts that
A. the K epler Orbiting Telescop e did not meet its goals.
B. the Kep ler’s data proves t hat life beyond our sol ar system is unlikely,
c. most scientist s do ubt the usefulness of the Kepler O rbiting Telescope.
D. the discover y o f Earth-like planets does not mean the y are habitable.
VI. GU ID ED CL OZ E TE ST
CLOZE TEST 1
DISNEYLAND PARIS
The Disneyla nd resort opened its doors in 1992, ( 1 ) ............. the second park
Walt Disney Studios Park op ening much later than planned in 2002. The resort is
( 2 ) ................ by Euro Disney SCA, which includes stockho lders like The Walt
Disney Compan y, Saudi Prince Alwaleed and people like U S. So how did
Disneyla nd end up by Paris. Well by 1985 the choices that Disney had mad e fo r
its Europea n Disneyla nd was (3) ............. down to ju st 4 locations, 2 in Spain
and 2 in France. (4) ............ the climate that Spain offered would be more

118
(5) ............ to guests, the gener al feeling was that it didn 't have the central
location that France would offer. The two location s in France were one in the
(6) .......... by Paris and a south ern location. The southe rn location near Marseill e
was ( 7 ) ............ due to thick layers of bedro ck t hat were found when initial pilot
(8) ......................was done, which is a shame (9) ......................th e wea ther was
bette r south than the Paris site. But the Paris location offers exce llent road and
rail ( 1 0 ).............. with Paris as well as oth er m ajor capita ls in Euro pe.
1. A. with B. and c. on D. at
2. A. perfo rmed B. func tioned c. acted D. oper ated
3. A. decr ease d B.r edu ced c. diminis hed D. con tracted
4. A. Besid es B. W hilst c. Howev er D. Be cause
5. A. appe arin g B. ap pealin g c. appalli ng D. app ellati ng
6. A. midw ay B. midd le c. midfield D. mi dpoint
6. A. stave d of f B. mad e out c. ruled out D. ward ed of f
8. A. g rindi ng B. spin ning c. twisti ng D. drill ing
9. A. if B. how ever c. in case D. as
10. A. slinks j
B. joints c. parts D. ties

CLOZE TEST 2
KETCH UP
The etym olog ical origin of the word ketchup is a (1) ..............o f con fusion.
For alm ost two centu ries specula tion has raged (2) ..............the origin of the
word and what it s ignifie s. A pseud onym ous British author, Lance lot Sturgeon,
main tained that the legenda ry Frenchma n Vatel was its real invento r in th e late
seven teent h centur y. (3) ............. , Sturgeon cited no (4) .............. for his
statem ent. Vatel did not publish a cookbook , and no others have connec ted him
with ketch up; nor d oes the ter m appear in early French cooker y b ooks.
French food books (5) ..............t he British accoun table ( 6 ) ............... ketchup,
which they identify as a “Con diment of English origin, widely used in both
England and the U.S.A .” Th e ( 7 ) ............. writer on food and cookery Elizabeth
David sugg ests in her Spice, Salt and Aroma tics in the English Kitchen that the
word (8) .............. from caveach , a form of spice d-vine gar pickle in which
cooked fish was (9) ................ She announc ed that the word in diffe rent forms
mani feste d itse lf (10) ........... . European cookery and even turned up in
Mexico and Japan.
1. A. inter est B. obje ct c . conseq uence D. mat ter
2. A. supp osin g B. regard ing c . jud ging D. resp ecting
3. A. Despi te B. U nfortunat ely c . Although D. Thus
4. A .su pp or t B. comf ort c . allowan ce D. assi stance
5 .A. keep B. carry c . hold D. take
6. A. into B. to c . on D. for

119
 7. A. immi nent B. emi nent c. emine nce D. immense
8. A. arrived B. eme rged c. derived D. resu lted
9. A. prese rved B. conse rved c. kept D. re stored
10. A. on B. over c. across D. thro ugho ut

B. WRIT TEN TE ST
I. O PEN CLO ZE TEST
CLOZE TES T 1
Dunki ng you rse lf in cool wate r is a remedy so old that Hippo crates
recom mend ed it, and Charle s Darwin famous ly 1. . .................. a re gime of being
‘‘scrubb ed with a ro ugh towel in cold water for two or t hree minu tes” to improve
his ailing health . For present -2. ............... scient ists, the fascin ation with the
pow er of cold contin ues, with 3.................... from a blast of icy wate r durin g a
morni ng show er to walki ng topless in w inter 4................... studied as a possib le
quic k-an d-sim ple path to a health ier life.
A new repor t from the Leiden Universi ty Medical Centre in t he Neth erlan ds
has linked global warm ing with a 5 ................... in type 2 dia betes, and numer ous
studies in the past few years have 6...................... . crede nce to the idea that
artific ial heat may be a contri buting fac tor to obesity, 7.................... it has caused
our meta bolis ms to slow down. The theory goes th at 8.................... the two types
of fat in the body (white and brown) brown fat burns calorie s, and the re’s
evide nce to 9.................. . that when you ’re cold, brown fat is ei ther p roduc ed,
or activa ted. In our world of ce ntral heating and contro lled enviro nmen ts, we
simply ar en’t cold often 10..................;.. So which of all the practica l c oolin g tip s
may a ctual ly improve our h ealth?
CLOZE TEST 2
The 3rd Dece mber was a turnin g 1. .................... for Virgin Gal acti c’s plans
for space touris m. Lifting 2................... from Cali forn ia’s Mojave A ir and Space
Port, Space Ship Two - dubbed vss Unity - and its carrie r craft, the White
Knig ht Two, flew for 3...................... total of one hour and 20 minute s. Flights
using the White Knigh t Two carrier craft had been undert aken before, 4.
..............................this was th e first w here th e vss Unity flew for a peri od unde r
its ow n contro l. The jour ney 5 . .............. ten minutes o f free flight, wher e t he
space plane detach ed from th e ca rrier and was piloted safely back to Earth.
The succe ss is great news for Virgin Galactic , who had seen their plans
delay ed 6......................... the vss Uni ty’s prede cesso r, vss Enterp rise, crashe d
in Octo ber 2014, tragic ally 7...................... the copilot . The test is sched uled to
be the first of man y, and will eventua lly 8......................... to ascent s wher e the
vss Unity will climb even highe r than the c arrier craft.
When these tests are comple ted, and the first comm ercial flights begin, the
jou rne y will become a unique public 9....... ...................... Passen gers will soar
highe r th an any curren t comme rcial aircraft, expe rienc ing several minute s of 10.
............................ in micr ogravit y.

120
II. WORD FORM
1. Now aday s more and more people are choos ing to buy (adult) .....................
orga nic food, which has been g rown withou t p esticid es an d ch emical s.
2. Luckil y, this thera py has reduced signifi cantly the incidenc e of certain (form)
................. in infant s.
3. What our com pany is in u rgent need now is (v is io n) ............................ to see
oppo rtuni ties.
4. Rober t is more (b oo k) ........................and intellect ual than many of his fellow
stude nts.
5. Mr. Brow n said the planned c harges were the last stra w fo r cust omers alrea dy
angry o ver b an k s' ...................... attitude, (hand)
6. His novel has been (p ic tu re )............................. many t imes.
7. Ash and (g ra de ).................... waste must be added regularl y to achiev e the
right carbo n nitroge n ratio.
8. Tony Carp enter , a ( d ie t) ...................., says it's vital they d rink as much fluid
as the y c an get.
9. Wh en one of the plan e's engines wen t out, 1 though t I was a (go ) .......... ........
10. T he airfie ld was bathed in the g hostly glow o f (se ar ch )................. .. .. .. .
WORD FORM
fa il disti nct delight claim tote
vary intricat e decent settin g create
If you did n’t know Colin Dexter was an internati onally 1....................
bests elling auth or whose award-w inning novels had spawned three successful
TV series, yo u’d never have guessed. A short, unassum ing man in blazer and
flann els, 2......................... an old leather briefcase and living in an 3......................
semi on a main road on the outskirts of Oxford, he was 4........................ humble
abou t his achie veme nts. He never had a literary agent because he remained
conv inced of the fundame ntal 5.......................... of people , despite the villainy
and venal ity his b ooks contained.
I bough t his debu t novel, Last Bus to Woodstock, in a second- hand shop in
Plymo uth in 1976, b ecause it was 6...... •............... in Oxford and I was homesick
for the city wher e I’d j ust spent three very happy years. What I found was a
novel as 7................... plotted as an ything from the golden age of crime writing,
but which was set very firmly in the here and now, in a vivid Oxford I recognized.
Fifteen years , eight novels and a lot of admiration later, I go t to know the man
behind Morse and I was 8.......................... to find Colin was not on ly a s cl ever as
his 9............................. but a lso much more mischie vous and genero us. He loved
the comp any of his fellow writers but he also genuin ely enjoyed meetin g his
readers. He was never too grand to stop and talk to fans, and in spite of his
deafn ess and 10.......................... eyesight, he had an aston ishin g ability to
reme mber wher e he’d m et peo ple previously.

121
III. MIST AKE C ORRE CTIO N
There are 10 mista kes in the fol low ing passa ge. Identi fy the mistake s and
corre ct the m
Scientists from Bristol U niversity in the UK say they have found a way to mass
produce blood that would be suitabl e for patien ts w ho need it in the hospitals. For
a number of years, they could have been able to produce red blood cells in a
laboratory. However, the process to do that was very slow and they could not
produce a lot of blood. The new technique means scientists can make an
"unlimited supply" of blood. Re searcher Dr Jan Frayne said: "Previous appr oaches
to produce red blood cells have relied on various sources of stem cells and can
only presentl y produce very limited quantities." She added: "We have
demonst rated a feasible way to sustainable manufacture red cells for clinical use."
Profe ssor David Anstee , anothe r of the researche rs, told the BBC that
his team has found a way to mass produce blood, but they now need the
techn ology actua lly do t his on a large scale. He said: "There is a bioengin eering
challe nge. To produ ce that much blood is quite a ch alle nge ....T he next phrase of
our work is to look at methods of p roducing more." He told reporters that to
begin with, they would produce only rare type s o f blood, as these can be difficu lt
to find with tradit ional blood donation resources. He said: "The first t herapy use
of a cultur ed red cell produc t is prone to be for patients with rare blood groups,
becaus e suitab le conven tional red blood cell donation s can be difficult to
source."
IV. SEN TEN CE TRAN SFOR MATI ON
1. If the re’s no rea son not to, I’ll vote for Jeremy.
A ll ........................... .................................. ................
2. They were so worried that they didn ’t know how the y would manage the task
in time, (end)
They .................................................. ... .. wonder ing how they would manage
the t ask in time.
3. I did n’t wa nt to give up while some hope o f success remained, (defeat)
I was lo at h ........................ . ....................... . ................... some hope o f success.
4. It is un wise to dra w co nclusio ns too quickly about peop le’s mot ives, (jump)
It is u nwise .................... ................ ......... ................................................. ..........
5. Surpri singly , a large numbe r of peopl e believe left-handed people are more
intellig ent, (wides pread ) ’
Surpr ising ly, .................................. ............................................... .....................
6. It is bett er to give vent to your feelings, (bottle)
It is b et te r. . . . , ....... ................ ........................................................... .................
7. It will be extremely difficult to get your work finished by the deadline, (uphill)
It will b e ............................................................... ............ ..................................
122
8. The appe al o f Shake speare ’s plays has ce rtainly lasted through centuries, (test)

9. It would be se nsibl e o f you to do wha t he advises, (fo llo w)

10. If you wan t my opinion , he’s use less, (w ort h)

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÌNH ĐỊNH

MULTIP LE CHOICE (40PTS

I. PH ON OLO GY (5pts )
A. Pick ou t the w ord w hose b old part is pron oun ced different ly fro m tha t o f the
other words.
1. A. prot ease B. unle avened c . unleade d D. le athery
2. A. unctu ous B. ceilidh c. velcro D. violon cello
3. A. sult anat e B. sulp hate c . abatto ir D. affab le
4. A. flum mox B. noxious c . foxtrot D. coxco mb
5. A. t ous led B. jou st c. poultic e D. so us e
B. Pic k ou t the w ord whose stres s pat ter n ISdifferent from tha t of the oth er words.
1. A. veris imili tude B. parathyro id c. heliocent ric D. phanta smagoric al
2. A. inter roga tor B. inflam matory c . refrigera tor D. retrog ressive
3. A. absco nd B. committ ee c. facecloth D. world-c lass
4. A. epist olary B. cosignat ory c . diaeresis D. epigl ottis
5. A. jux tap ose B. penetr alia c. salmonalla D. pot entiato r

II. V OCA BUL ARY (5pts)

Choo se th e wor d which best co mplete s each s entence :
1. When she saw me ne arly d ropped the price less vase, s h e________ in horror.
A. g raspe d B. grunted c . grumbled D. gasped
2. The little girls were brightly colored hoops around their waists.
A. tw irlin g B. curling c. swirling D. hurling
3. Every one was with him after he missed the penalty in the last
five minu tes of the match.
A. c omf ortin g B. feeling c. comm iserati ng D. feeling sorry
4. She is alwa ys cliches like “mon ey d oesn ’t grow on tree s” and so on
A. g iving ou t B. putting out c . butting out D. trotti ng o ut
5. He ca lls her “ Funny Face” , but she says it is a(n) of endearm ent
A. ter ms B. expre ssion c . phrase D. term
6. He had a m om en tar y_________ of concentration and b efore he kn ew it the
car had spun out o f control.
A. lapse B. mista ke c. slip D. erro r

123
7. I wond er w ha t__________ of wisdom good old Profess or M axwell will cast
before US in this m ornin g’s lecture.
A. pea rls B. gems c. jew els D. stones
8. It is all ve ry __________ saying you are going to tr ain harder but yo u’ve go t
to actu ally do it.
A. good B. fine c. well D. sensible
9. They didn ’t pl ay ______ well in the first round and were lucky to g et thro ugh.
A. quit e B. terribly c. rather D. really
10. A large group o f teenagers w er e__________ around the en trance to the
discothe que.
A. m ulling B. muddlin g c. mauling D. milling

III. S TRUCT URES & GR AMMA R (5pts)

Choose the a nswer t hat b est com pletes t he sentence.
1. 1 certainly feel a lo t__________ since I start ed g oing swimming every day.
A. more fit B. fit c. fitter D. fittest
2. The w aiter ho ver ed__________ all the time they were eating their meal.
A. i ntimately B. patiently c. drastica lly D. attentively
3. The original design w as __________ by a team of architec t working in clos e
consulta tion w ith the gallery director.
A. orig inated B. initiated c. started D. conceived
4. The cake that I k ep t__________ after finishing the homework disappea red
without a trace.
A. to e at B. eating c. having e aten D. to have eaten
5. The group has y e t __________ a replacemen t for the director who left in
September.
A. find B. to find / c. found D. finding
6. There was the most fa nta stic __________ during the op ening ceremony.
A. di splay of fireworks B. firewo rk displ ay
c. firew ork’s display 1D. displayed fi rework
7. Can you tell me the y ea r__________ Australi a introduced decimal curren cy?
A. in which B. when c. that D. which
8. My favo rite kind o f yogurt is made f ro m __________ .
A. mi lk o f the sheep B. milk o f sheep c. sheep milk D. she ep’s milk
9. I suppose it might be the se ve n-y ea r__________ but sometim es I wish 1
hadn ’t married Carlos.
A. scrat ch B. itch c. bite D. sting
10. They had a bit o f a diff erence o f __________ and the y don ’t really see much
of each other any more.
A. vie w B. opinion c. idea D. perspe ctive

124
IV. P REP OSIT ION S AND PHRAS AL VERBS (5 pts)
Ch oo se th e be st a ns we r t o co m ple te eac h o f th e fo ll ow in g se nt en ce s
1- H e _________ a great j ob straight after univer sity because his fathe r is a big
fish in city politic s.
A. c ame into B. got th rough c. walked into D. ran up
2. T he y________ the same old ex cuses last time this happened.
A. made out B. wheeled ou t c. blotted out D. cut out
3. The polic e h a v e ___________ on the man they believe to be responsi ble for
the murd er.
A. z oom ed in B. focused in c. kept in D. zeroed in
4. When she accus ed him of st ealing her Rolex, h e _________ that he hadn't
done it.
A. swor e of f B. swore out c. swore by D. swore down
5. Th ey kept sayin g the y were interested, but they were ju s t______ ______.
A. strin ging me alo ng B. laying me around
c. catc hing me out D. taking me on
6. The tru th fin al ly ________ about her death when it was b roadcas t on TV.
A. found out B. hovered out c. sank in D. showe d out
7. It has been so su ccessfu l th at they ha ve ____________ for an other fortnight.
A. h eld it over B. held it off c. blown it over D. carried it off
8. T h e y _______ the print button to stop people using it because expenses for
pape r h ave gone up recently .
A. hid up B. hid o ff c. greyed out D. greyed off
9. Af ter my symp toms disappear ed, t he d oc tor _________ the medicatio n.
A. t aper ed me o ff B. cut m e o ff c. set me back D. held me out
10. When he's depres sed, he needs someone like a good friend to ________ .
A. h amm er on B. pour out c. dump on D. drum out

V. REA DIN G COMP REHE NSION S. (lOpts)

PA SS AG E 1: R ea d th e fo llo w in g pa ss ag e an d ch oo se th e be st opt ion to
co m pl et e th e bl an k or an sw er th e q ues tion . (5 pts )
Ano ther ea rly Nati ve America n tribe in what is now the southw estern part of
the United States was the Anasazi. By A. D. 800 the Anasazi Indians were
cons truc ting mult i-stor y pu eblos-m assive, stone apartm ent compou nds. Each one
was virt ually a stone town, which is why the Spanish would later call them
pueblo s, the Span ish word for towns. These pueblos repres ent one of the
Anasa zis' su pr em e ach ieveme nts. At least a dozen large stone houses took sh ape
below the bluffs o f Chi cago Canyon in no rthwest New Mexico. The y were built
with maso nry walls more than a meter thick and adjoin ing apart ment s to
accom moda te dozens , even hundreds, of families. The largest, later named
Pueblo Bonit o (Prett y Town) by the Spanish, rose in five terrac ed stories,

125
contain ed more than 800 rooms, and could have housed a po pulation of 1,000 or
more. Besides living quarters, each pueblo included one or more kivas-c ircular
underg round chamb ers faced with stone. They functioned as sanctuar ies where
the elders met to plan festivals , perform ritual dances, settl e pueblo affairs, and
impart tribal lore to the young er generation. Some kivas were enormou s. Of the
30 or so at pueblo Bonito, two measured 20 meters across. They contained
niches for ceremo nial objects, a central fire pit, and holes in the floor for
comm unica ting with the spirits of tribal ancestors.
Each pueblo represent ed an astonishin g amount of well-org anized labor.
Using only stone and wood tools, and w ithout benefit of wheels or draft animals,
the builde rs q uarried ton upon ton of sandstone from the canyon walls, cut it into
small blocks, hauled the blocks to the constructi on site, and fitted them togethe r
with mud mortar. Roo f beams of pine or fir had to be carried from logging areas
in the mounta in forests many kilomete rs away. Then, to co nnect the pueblos and
to give access to the surround ing tableland , the architects laid out a system of
public roads with stone staircases for ascend ing clif f faces. In time, the roads
reached out to more than 80 satellit e vill ages w ithin a 60-k ilomete r radius.
1. T he paragra ph preced ing the passa ge m ost likely d es cr ib es ........
A. ho w pu eblos were built B. anothe r Native America n tribe
c. Anasaz i crafts and wea pons D. Pueblo village in New Mexico
2. What is the m ain to pic of the passage?
A. The A nasazi pueblos B. Anasazi festivals of New Mexico
c. The organization o f the Anasazi tribe D. The use of Anasazi sanctuaries
3. The word "supreme" in line 4 is closest in meaning to
A. mo st co mmon B. most o utstandi ng
c. most e xpensiv e D. most conveni ent
4. Th e wor d "They" in line 5 refers to
A. h ouses B. bluffs c. walls D. famili es
5. The autho r men tions that Pueblos bonito had more than 800 rooms as an
exam ple of which o f the follo wing?
A. How overcr owded the pueblos could be
B. How many ceremo nial areas it contained
c. How much sandsto ne was ne eded to build it
D. H ow big a pueblo could be
6. The word "settle" in line 9 is clo sest in meaning to ....
A. sink B. decid e c. clarify D. locate
7. It ca n be inferred from t he pa ssage that building a pueblo pr ob ab ly ........
A. re quired m any w orkers B. cost a lot o f money
c. involv ed the us e o f farm a nimals D. relied on so phistic ated techno logy
8. The w ord "ascend ing" in line 17 is closest in m eaning to
A. a rriving at B. carv ing c. conne cting D. clim bing

126
9. It can be inferred from the passa ge that in addit ion to p ueblos the Anas azis
were skille d at b uildin g which of followin g?
A. Roads B. B arns c. Monu ments D. W ater system s
10. The pueb los are consi dered one of the Anasa zis' supre me achie vem ents for
all o f the follo wing re asons EXC EPT that t hey w e re .....
A. v ery large B. l ocated in forest s
c. built with simp le t ools D. con nected in a sy stem atic way
PASSAG E 2: Re ad the fol low ing pas sag e and choo se the best optio n to
com plet e th e blan k or an swer the q uestion. (5 pts)
What geo logi sts call the Basin and Range Province in the United States
rough ly coin cide s in its northe rn portio ns with th e ge ograph ic provi nce known as
the Gre at Basi n. The Great B asin is hemm ed in on the we st by the Sierra Neva da
and on the east by the Rocky Mountai ns; it has no outlet to the sea. The
pre vai lin g w inds in the Great Bas in are from the w est. Warm, moist a ir from the
Pacifi c Ocea n is forced upward as it crosses the Sierra Nevad a. At the higher
altitu des it coo ls and t he moistu re it carrier s is precipit ated as rain or sn ow on the
weste rn slop es of the mountai ns. That which reaches the Basin is ai r wrung dry
of m oistu re. Wha t little wate r falls there as rain or snow, mostly in the winte r
mont hs, eva pora tes on the broad, flat desert floors. It is, theref ore, an
env iron men t in whi ch organ isms battle for su rvival. Along the rare waterc ourses ,
cott onw ood s and willo ws eke out a sparse existenc e. In the upland ranges, pinon
pines and ju nip ers str uggle to hold th eir own.
But the Grea t Basin has not always been so arid. Many of its dry, closed
depr essio ns were once filled with water. Owens Valley, Panam int Valley, and
Death Valle y were once a string of interc onnected lakes. The two largest of the
ancie nt lakes o f the Great Basin were Lake Lahontan and Lake Bonnev ille. The
Grea t Salt Lake is all that remains of the latter, and Pyramid Lake is one of the
last b riny remn ants of the former.
Ther e seem to have been several periods within the last t ens of thous ands of
years whe n w ater acc umula ted in these basins. The rise and fall o f the lakes we re
und oubt edly linked to the advan ces and retreats of the great ice sheets that
cove red much of the northern part of the Nort h Ameri can conti nent durin g t hose
times. Clim atic chang es during the Ice ages someti mes broug ht cooler, wette r
wea ther to mid- latit ude desert s worldw ide, including those of the Great Basin.
The brok en valle ys o f the Great Basin provided ready receptacles for this moisture.
1. What is th e geogr aphic al relatio nship between the Basin and Range Province
and the Grea t Basin?
A. T he Gre at Basin is west of the Basin and Range Province.
B. Th e Grea t Basin is la rger than th e B asin and Range Provinc e.
c. The Grea t Basin is in the norther n part o f the Basin and Range Provinc e.
D. The G reat Basin is mountainous; the Basin and Range Province is flat desert.

127
2. A ccord ing t o the pa ssage, what does the great Basin lack?
A. S now B. Dry air
c. Winds from the w est D. Acces s to the o cean
3. The word "prevai ling" in line 3 is closest in meani ng t o ........
A. most frequ ent B. occasion al c. gentle D. mos t dang erous
4. It can be i nferred that t he cl imate in the G reat Basin is dry b ec au se .........
A. the weat her patterns are so turbu lent
B. the altitu de prevent s p recipitatio n
c. the w inds are n ot str ong enou gh to carry moisture
D. pre cipita tion falls in the nea rby m ountains
5. The word "it" in line 4 refers to
A. Pacific Ocean B. air c. west D. the Great Basin
6. Wh y do es th e a uthor mention cottonwo ods a nd w illows in line 8?
A. To demo nstrat e th at certa in tree s re quire a lot of water
B. To give examples o f trees that are able to survive in a difficult environment
c. To s how the beauty of the landscape o f the Grea t Basin
D. To a ssert that there are mo re living orga nisms in the Gre at Basin than th ere
used t o be
7. Why does t he autho r menti on Owens Valley, Panami nt Vall ey, and Death
Valley in the second paragraph ?
A. To explai n th eir g eograph ical formation
B. To give examp les of depressions that once con tained water
c. To com pare th e cha ract eris tics of the v alle ys with the cha ract eris tics o f
the lakes
D. To explai n w hat the Great Basin is like today
8. The words "the former" in line 14 re fer to
A. Lake Bonnev ille B. Lake Lahontan
c. The Great Salt Lake D. Pyra mid Lake
9. The word "accum ulated" in line 19 is closes t in m eaning to
A. dr ied B. flooded c. collecte d D. evap orated
10. Ac cord ing to the passage, the Ice Ages often brought about
A. de sert format ion ( B. warm er clim ates
c. broken valley s D. wette r wea ther

V. GU IDED CLOZE TE ST (lOpts)

PASSAGE 1: Re ad the fol low ing passag e an d deci de which option A , B, c or D
best fi ts each space. (5 pts)
SPANISH WILDL IFE
Spanish animal life, as throug hout Europe, has b e e n ( l) ...................to the
devas tating chang es instituted by man. Many species have disappe ared becaus e

128
of over -hun ting and loss of habitat, while others (2 )................ to survival in
(3 )............ small numbe rs. Spain, with more natural spaces than anywh ere else
in W estern Europe , is ofte n the last ( 4 ).......... for species such as the brown bear
and pardel lynx. Ironical ly, (5)........... demog raphic s and infrastr ucture have
proven disa strou s for some Spain's species, while beneficia l for others. The
Iberian lynx, whic h once ranged as fa r as th e n orth coast o f the Medite rranean , is
now down ( 6)........... an estima ted three breeding pa irs in the southern mountains
of Spain . ( 7 ) ............th e brown bear, known for its laziness in re produc ing, has
dwin dled to fewe r than 100, the result of lost habitats. On the (8 ).......... , there
has been a steady migrati on of p eople from the country to the cities of Spain
over the last 30 years. As th e country side has been left devo id (9 ).......... people,
vege tatio n in areas previo usly (1 0 )......... to agricul ture has returned and such
prey specie s as Iberian wolves, roe der and wild boar have increased significantly.
1. A. bent B. partial c . tenable D. prone
2. A. cling B. clutch c. embrace D. grip
3. A. preci ousl y B. prec autionary c . prominent ly D. precario usly
4. A. c astle B. fortifica tion c . bastion D. man or
5. A. shift ing B. on-goi ng c . prospering D. affected
6. A. with B. to c . under D. on
7. A. A ltern ative ly B. Lik ewise c . Otherwise D. Mean while
8. A. cont rary B. run c. point D. flipsid e
9. A. of B. from c . to D. of f
10. A. saved B. set c . devoted D. adjuste d
PASSA GE 2: Re ad the fol low ing passag e an d decide which option A , B, cor D
best fi ts each sp ace. (5 pts)
SOUND ADVIC E FOR LA NGUAGE LE ARNERS
A rece nt issue of a language learning magazine has consulte d a number of
exper ts in t he ( 1 ) ....... of second language acquisition . Their advice may prove
inval uable for those ( 2 ) .............a language course. One suggestio n is tha t you
(3) ........... whet her you are likely to be successful at learning a language. Did
you enjo y study ing languages at sch ool, for ex ample? Do you have enough time
to learn a langua ge? The major (4 )....... will be your own time and effort.
If pro of of your level o f proficien cy is imp ortant you must make sure t hat the
course on offe r leads to a ( 5 ) ...............qualificat ion. Also, be realistic in y our
(6) ...... . If you don't set ach ievable aims you are more likely to give up. Do not
be dece ived ( 7 ) ..............thi nking that the most expensiv e courses are the best.
(8) ...........ar ound to get th e best po ssible value for mon ey. You sh ould also bear
in mind that the quick er you learn a language the more quickly you forget it.
Sandra Miller , a French teacher, tried to tea ch hers elf Ger man by e nrolli ng on a
(9) ..........cour se. Alread y fluent in four languages and with a s ound knowle dge
of teach ing metho dolog y her chances of (1 0 ).... .......pr ogress were high. Three
years on she remem bers very little. She feels her biggest mistake was not to
follow up her first experie nce. "I should have consoli dated what I'd learn by
contin uing to study, even if it were by myself."
129
1. A. domai n B. bran ch c . field D. area
2. A. won derin g B. thin king c. looking D. con sider ing
3. A. asses s B. rev iew c. balance D. su rve y
4. A. chan ge B. cost c. price D. eva luation
5. A. reco gnize d B. und erstoo d c . valued D. reg arded
6. A. sights B. en ds c. objects D. goals
7. A by B. ab ou t c . into D. in
8. A. Nose B. Push c . Run D. Shop
9. A. rapid B. crash c. quick D. fast
10. A . a chie ving B. doing c. gainin g D. mak ing

B. WRITT EN TEST
I. OPEN CLOZE TEST:
CLOSE T EST 1: Fill each blank with ONE word. (10 pis)
Rela tions betwe en Anka ra and European capita ls have (1) ___________
before the highly charg ed vote on 16 April on expa nding the powers of the
Turk ish presi dent, Recep Tayy ip Erdogan.
Weste rn allies have argued that a vote ( 2 ) _________________the propose d
cons tituti onal chan ge would invest him with unpar allele d author ity and
(3 )________ chec ks and balanc es at a time when they fear the Turkis h leader is
exhi bitin g worr ying signs of (4)_________ . Erdogan has been enraged by recent
bans on visit ing Turki sh officia ls rallying “yes” suppo rters in German y and the
Neth erla nds.
High ligh ting grow ing friction between Ankar a and the bloc, he ( 5 ) ______
the spec tre of a public vote on EU m ember ship at the weeke nd.
“ We have a refere ndum on 16 April. After that we may hold a Brexit-l ike
refer endu m on the [EU] negot iation s,” he told a T urkis h-UK forum (6 )_______
by the British foreig n secreta ry, Boris Johnso n. “No matte r what our nation
decid es we will obey it. It sho uld be known that our patien ce, tested in th e face
of attitude s d isplay ed by som e European countri es, has ( 7 )_______
The animu s - r einfor ced last week when the leade r said he would contin ue
labell ing Europ ean politic ians “Naz is” if they contin ued calli ng him a d ictat or -
has also anima ted (8) ________ between Greece and Turke y, and Erdo gan’s
com men ts ( 9 ) ______ hours after the Greek defenc e minis ter said armed forces
were ready to respond in the event of the cou ntry ’s sove reign ty and (10)
_______ integri ty being threat ened.
CLOS E TEST 2: Fil l each blan k with ONE word. (1 0p ts)
The White House Cou nse l’s Office was informed this month that the Senate
Intelli gence Com mitte e, which is (l ) __________ Russia n interfe rence in the
2016 presid ential electi on, wanted to (2) ____________ Mr. Kush ner about
meeti ngs he ar range d with the Russian amba ssado r, Sergey I. Kislyak, accor ding
130
to the gove rnme nt officials . The meetings included a (3) ____________
unrep orted sit-dow n with th e head of Russia ’s state-o wned deve lopm ent bank.
Until now, the White House had acknow ledged only an early Decem ber
meeti ng betwe en Mr. Kislyak and Mr. Kushner, which (4) ____________ at
Trump Tow er and was also attended by Michael T. Flynn, who would briefly
serve as th e nationa l securit y adv iser.
Later that mo nth, though , Mr. K islyak requested a secon d meeting , which Mr.
Kush ner asked a deputy to attend in his ( 5 ) _____________ , officia ls said. At
Mr. Kis lyak ’s reques t, Mr. Kushn er later met with Sergey N. Gorko v, the chi ef
of Vne shec onom bank, which the United States placed on its s anctio ns list a fter
Pre sid ent Vla dim ir V. Putin of Russ ia annex ed Crim ea and bega n medd ling
(6 )___ ________Ukrain e.
A White House spokes woman , Hope Hicks, confirm ed those meetings,
saying in an intervi ew that nothing of consequ ence was discuss ed and that they
went nowhe re. Mr. Gorkov, who previousl y served as deputy chairm an of the
board at Sberb ank, Russ ia’s largest (7 )___________ bank, could not be re ached
for com ment.
Mem bers of preside ntial transitio n teams routinel y meet with foreign
officia ls, and there is nothing inherently improp er about sitting down with the
Russian ambas sador. Part of Mr. Kushn er’s role during the ( 8 ) ____________
and the trans ition was to serve as a chi ef conduit to foreign govern ments and
officia ls, and Ms. Hicks said he me t with dozens of officials from a ( 9 )_______
range of c ountri es. She added that Mr. Kushne r was willing to talk to Senate
invest igator s abou t the meeting s with Mr. Kislyak and the banker, saying, “He
isn’t try ing to hide anythin g and wants to be (1 0) ___________ .”

II. W ORD F ORM S (20 pts)

PAR T 1: Complete the sentence with the correctfor m o f the given word. (10 pts)
1. The light is_________ , the color of insomnia and sodium SICK
glare.
2. Paule Cons table whisper s to a technici an and there is a KEY
flurry o f _________ .
3. Grad ually , the light _______ yet someho w softens. TENSE
Orang e melts into ros e-gold, then russet.
4. Illumin ated by the glare of her laptop, he smiles. One SCRIP T
mirac le achie ved, a __________ still to go.
5. Even if yo u’re a re gu lar __________ , when it comes to the THEA TRE
art o f ligh ting design you ’re probably , well, in the dark.
6. A n __________ direc tor at the National Theatr e and ASSO CIAT ION
winn er of the Olivi er award for best lighting four times,
she ’s one of the best in the bus iness.

131
7. The __________ visuals of Curious Inciden t and War WHIZZ
Horse are hers, and so was the chilly yet elega nt
illumi nation o f the RSC ’s W olf Hall.
8. When she is w orkin g on th e ______ revival of Ange ls in COME
Amer ica, I ask her the big question : what do lighting
desig ners do?
9. You creat e rhythm , pace, move the audi ence ’s focus, CLOSE
contr ol the frame, cut between long sho ts a n d ______ .
10. Some set de signe rs o r dire ctors control their own light, o r
emplo y a techn ician who impleme nts their instruction s.
Other s, like Consta ble, see thems elves as __________
COLL ABO RATE
creat ives, whos e jo b it is to help conjure the whole world
of a show.

PART 2: Com plete the pass age with appro priate for ms fro m the wor ds given in
the box. (10 pis)

susta in supp ly hook ally danger

centre note speak take invest

The EƯ has approv ed a $130bn mega-m erger between Dow and DuPont,
heral ding a new round of agribu siness (I )_________ _ that enviro nmen talist s
fear will (2)__________ the future of (3)__________ food p roductio n.
Bruss els is widel y e xpected to cl ear an other (4)__________ between Syngen ta
and Chem Chin a in the next two weeks, with (5)__________ of a marriag e
betw een Mons anto and Bayer expecte d later in the year.
As a condi tion for Mon day’s deal, DuPont will have to sell of f large parts of
its global pestici des business, including almost all of its global research and
deve lopm ent group.
But the US agrich em giant is the second biggest global seed (6)__________
afte r Monsa nto - D ow is the fifth - and green groups fear that j us t three meg a­
corpo ratio ns could soon be left exercis ing “a toxic grip” over the wor ld’s food
and countr yside.
Adria n Bebb, a (7)_________ for Friends of the Earth, said: “This merg er
will mean a lack of choice for farmers and a lack of divers ity in our fields. We
rapidly need to divers ify our farmin g to adapt to a c hangin g climate , and having
less seeds contro lled by fewer corpor ations raises serious questi ons about our
ability to feed f uture gene ratio ns.”
A letter sent to the comm ission by a( n) (8)__________ of 200 enviro nmen tal
group s on Monda y says that about 60% of commer cial seed supplie s will be
(9)__________ in the hands o f jus t three multin ational s if the merge rs are all
approv ed.

132
 The comm issio n though believes that the line it has laid down by enforcin g
pestic ides (10)__________ will help to preve nt highe r prices or restric tions to
market choic e, while safegu ardin g innovation and pestici de safety.

III. ERR OR IDEN TIFI CAT ION (10 pts)

Iden tify 10 err ors in the fol low ing passag e an d corr ect them .
1 Scan ning the breakf ast menu, I found my self swif tly lost my appetite:
2 on offe r were beetle larva, maggots and frozen mice. Fortuna tely,
3 spen ding the night at Sydn ey’s Tarong a Zoo nee dn’t involve sampli ng
4 the anim als’ meals, though it does entail getting extrem ely close to all
5 man ner of creature s. The Roar and Snore progra mme, curiou sly little
6 known in Austr alia being alone overseas , allows you to spend a night
7 camp ing in the heart of the zoo, long after the crowds of day trippers
8 have disapp eared. And if y our experien ce of zoos is creatur es slumped
9 motio nless in the ir clo sures, or skulking in their dens , then let me assure
10 you that at dusk, the place comes alive and echoes with the din of
11 hundr eds of creature s making their presenc e known. A ferrybo at
12 dropp ed me of f a t the base of the zoo, which sprawls across a steeply
13 slopin g swathe of bushlan d across the bay from the city. Guides, Steve
14 and N ikki, aw aited with bright, enthusi astic smiles. Ten of Aus had signed
15 up and, in no time at all, we were busily setting tents on a rectangle of
16 grass outside the zoo ’s e ducation centre. An adjace nt area of gum trees
17 was inhabited by kangaroos, wallabie s and an alarmin gly inquisitive
18 emu - our first an imal encounter.
19 Afte r a quick brief, we set o ff into the gatherin g gloom. Steve unlocked
20 a huge metal gate that then chimed ominou sly behind US. We were in,
21 thoug h not w ithout s ome trepidation - what had we let ou rselves in for?
22 It w as ju st us, a handful of security sta ff and 2,000 furred and feathered
23 inmates. A gibbon let out a haunting, liquid gobble and wild possums
24 frolicke d noisily through the eucalypt us trees above US, their dark
25 silhou ettes framed agains t a full moon.

IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORM ATIO N (2 0pts)

Rew rite the fol low ing senten ces using th e w ords given:
1. He w as ex aspera ted with being criticized in public all the time. TEETH
-> He was fe d ...................... .
2. The factory is making every possible effort to finish the orders on time. FIRING
-» The f actory i s ........................... ................... ..................................................
3. Forecasters were trying to protect themselves from making the wrong
prediction about the storm, saying that it could bring lots of snow, or it
could head away from US. " HEDG ING
-» Fo rec ast ers ........................................................................ ............................

133
4. T he s oftwa re compa ny leaves you no choi ce - if you don't acc ept the
license, you can't use the softwar e. BARREL
—> The softw are compa ny h a s ..........................................................................
5. The come dian made the audien ce all laugh uncon trollab ly with his jokes.
AISLES
-> The come dian had ............................................................................................
6. The doo r-to -doo r sales represe ntative was jus t prete nding to be honest and
was actua lly a sw indler. COLORS
—» It tu rn ed ...................... ........ ........................................................ ...................
7. They w ere amo ng th e f irst to be i nnovative and use clay to build
cont emp orar y sculptur es. BREAK
-> They w ere among ...........................................................................................
8. We decide d to go for a walk despite the bad weathe r. BRAVE
-> We d ec id ed ..................... ........................................................... ...................
9. Ru mors of his ill health brought an a tmosph ere o f grie f to the ce lebrations.
GLOOM
—» Rumo rs o f ..................... ...................................................................... ..........
10. He spe nt th e rest o f his life helping the po or as a puni shme nt fo r the cr imes
he h ad c ommi tted. PENANCE
-> He d ev ot ed ..... ........... ..............................................................................

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - TP. ĐÀ NẴNG

ỉ. PHONOLOGY (10 pts)

A. Cho ose the w ord w hose und erli ned pa rt is pron ou nc ed diffe ren tly fro m tha t
o f the other s. (5 pts)
1. A. d ocjle B. police c . linear D. slithe r
2. A. ask ed B. caused c . decreas ed D. smoked
3. A. syrup B. syringe c . type D. cycli nder
4. A. a ddicts B. cigars c . cigare ttes , D. pipes
5. A. bullet B. clums y c . numbe r D. slum
B. Choos e the wo rd whose stress pattern is differ ent fr om that o f the others. (5 pts)
6. A. b ecause B. bedside c . behind D. betw een
7. A. a ltern ative B. cons ervatio n c . extrem ely D. petroleum
8. A. d isast er B. hist ory c . quality D. resta urant
9. A. e quip men t B. med ia c . newsp aper D. pres ident
10. A. un empl oyabl e B. info rmation c . paralyti c D. telep honing

134
II. VOC ABU LAR Y & STR UCTU RE (30 pts)
Choo se th e be st an swer fo r ea ch qu estion.
1. She h as a n u nbelie vable voice. Her sing ing is ab so lu te ly .............. ..........
A. ou t o f this life B. beyond this w orld
c. out of this world D. beyond thi s life
2. The troub le with you is that y ou’r e .....................com plainin g.
A. f orev er B. often c. still D. each time
3. Pleas e d on ’t ..................... you rsel f out. A sand wich will do.
A. let B. take c. put D. leave
4. I had a goo d s leep last night , so I’m as fresh as a ........... ......... this mornin g .
A. m ilk B. rose c. bread D. daisy
5. We w ished him m any ha pp y..................... of his birthday.
A. r eturns B. momen ts c. times D. regard s
6. As a general rule, zoolog ists prefer to observ e anim als in th e ....... ;..............
A. wi ld B. capt ivity c. habitat D. nature
7. Her m eeting with the Dalai Lama wa s t h e ........... . .......o f her life. Afte r that,
nothin g w as the sa me f or h e r.
A. cr itical turn B. turning mom ent
c . pointed mome nt D. turning poi nt
8. The film i s ..................... based on a true story, but mo st o f it is ficti on.
A. loosely B. casua lly c. faintly D. lightly
9. Most peop le wh o w ork in publish ing start at the bottom. The importan t thing
is to get y o u r....................... Then you can wor k you r way up.
A. arm in the openi ng B. foot in the do or
c. hand on the han dle D. nose to the grindsto ne
10. With her e xcelle nt q ualifica tions it’s not su rprising that s h e .............•.......
being trea ted as an inferior at work.
A. m olests B. exasp erates c. resents i D. embi tters
11. The new spap er d idn ’t mention th e .....................of the damage caus ed by
the fire.
A. range B. amoun t c. quantity D. extent
12. All t h in g s..................... . she is the best student to rep resent our school.
A. c onsid ered B. in volved c. taken D. deal t with
13. What a coin ciden ce this is! It’s so stran ge tha t y o u ..................... be sta ying
the same hotel as us.
A. s hould B. must c. ought to D. can
14. I watc hed the play u ntil th e end of the first a c t, .....................1 felt I had seen
enough .
A. at what poin t B. until when c. at that poin t D. at which point

135
15........................the expre ssion on his fac e, I’d say he w asn ’t too please d to see
us. In fact, I’d say he wa s furi us.
A. Ju dgin g by B. As for c. Provid ed w ith D. Se eing as
16. Th at’s not my car. Min e’s a .....................one.
A. b lue small Japa nese B. Japa nese small blue
c. small blue Japan ese D. Jap anese blue small
17. The ac tors gave a .......................
A. p erfor manc e r un-of- the-m ill B. run of the mill perfor manc e
c. run-o f-the- mill perfor manc e D. per forma nce run-of- the-mi ll
18. Jimmy d oes n’t like my co oking, but it d oes n’t bot her m e............... , I’d say.
A. E veryo ne to his own B. each to his own
c. each one his ow n D. ev eryo ne’s his own
19. In this instance , th ere is some dis ag ree me nt.......... i. .. . Dubai is in brea ch o f
intern ationa l law.
A. as to w heth er B. wh ether c. as i f D. as wheth er or not
20. The parted at the chec kpoi nt................... know he world ne ver see he r again.
A. he little did B. little did he c. little he did D. he did little
21. I’m a fraid I have som e bad news. There a ren ’t enough lifejacke ts to g o .......
A. a bout B. rou nd c. through D. on with
2 2 .1 reme mber the first ti me I met John. W e .....................imm ediately , and
we’ve bee n fri ends ever since.
A. struck it o ff B. struck it up . c. hit it o ff D. hit upon it
23. Why do yo u w ant to move? You ’ll b e .....................To find a nic er hous e
than this one.
A. p ut hard B. hard set c. hard pu t D. set hard
24. We ha dn’t .................There being so much t raffic, and we missed the plane.
A. bargain ed on B. favored on c. counted with D. acco unted with
25. The t eam had b een tr ying to win the competi tion f or years . L ast yea r, the y
fi na ll y.......................
A. b rough t it o ff B. broug ht it on c. carried it away D. carrie d it on
26. Thei r pre dictio ns were n o t..................... by sub sequen t eve nts. In fact, t he
very oppos ite o ccurred.
A. ca rried out B. bo rne o ff c. borne o ut D. car ried of f
27. I see a lot o f young people with th is new hair style. It seem s to b e ................
A. p iling up B. bring ing off c. coming of f D. ca tching on
28. It’s be en more than ten ye ars s ince we had the living r o o m ................ . ..........
I’m fed up looking at it. Le t’s redecor ate it complete ly.
A. made up B. count ed it c. brought of f D. don e up
29. Try not to make t oo much noise. The ba by has j u s t .......................
A. p ushed o ff B. pulled up c . dropped of f D. dr opped in

136
30. The conf iden ce t rick ster ’s story was qu ite improbab le, but a large numb er o f
p eo p le ..................... it neverth eless.
A. dr oppe d for B. lapped up c. fell fo r D. ate up

III. REA DIN G COM PREH ENSI ON (40 pts)

Re ad the p ass ag e and choo se the best option A, B, c, or D to compl ete the
fo llo wi ng que stion s or statemen ts.
PASSAGE 1 (10 pts)
Diss ocia tive identity disord er is a psycho logical conditi on in which a pe rson ’s
identit y disso ciate s, or fr agment s, th ereby creating distin ct indepen dent identities
withi n one individu al. Each separate personalit y can be distinc t from the other
pers onal itite s in a numb er of ways, including posture, mann er of movin g, tone
and pitch o f v oice, gesture s, facial expressio ns, and use of lang uage. A person
suffe ring from dissoc iative identity disorde r may have a large numbe r of
inde pend ent person alitie s or perhaps only two or three.
Two storie s of actual women suffering from dissocia tive identity disorde r
have been exten sively recounted in books and films that are familia r to the
public . One of them is the story of a woman with 22 separate personal ities
known as Eve. In the 1950s, a book by Corbett Thigpen and a motion picture
starr ing Joan ne Woodwa rd, each of which was titled The Three Faces o f Eve,
prese nted her story; the title referred to 3 faces, when the woman known as Eve
actua lly exper ience d 22 differen t personaliti es, because only 3 of the
pers onal ities could exist at one time. Two decades later, Carolyn Sizemore,
Eve ’s 22 nd person ality, wrote about her experien ces in a book entitled I ’m Eve.
The second well-kn own story of a woman suffering from dissociative
perso nalit y disor der is the story of Sybil, a woman whose 16 distinct
pers onal ities emerged over a period of 40 years. A book describin g Sybi l’s
expe rienc es was written by Flora Rreta Schreiber and was publishe d in 1973; a
motion pi ctur e ba sed on the b ook and starring Sally Field followed.
1. It is NO T stated in paragraph 1 that someone sufferin g from dissociative
identit y d isord er h a s .......................... .
A. a psy cholo gical condition
B. a f ragm ented identity
c. a nu mbe r o f indepen dent identities
D. so me viole nt and some n onviole nt iden tities
2. It is indica ted in para graph 1 that distinct personal ities can differ in all of the
follo wing wa ys e xc ep t.........................
A. m anne r o f dressing B. manner o f moving
c . man ner o f speakin g D. manne r of gesturing
3. The word recounte d in paragrap h 2 is closest in meaning t o ............................
A. told a bout B. counted ag ain
c. expla ined clearly D. illustrated

137
4. The wo rd the m in para graph 2 refer s t o ............................
A. the two w omen s ufferin g from dis sociati ve identity disorde r.
B. the two stories o f actual women suffering from dissociative identity disorder,
c. the b ook and film about the w omen.
D. the person alitie s t hat the two women have.
5. It is indi cated in paragr aph 2 that it is NOT true that E v e ............................
A. s uffered fro m disso ciative identity disord er ;ị
B. starr ed in the movie about her life
c. had 22 distin ct persona lities
D. had only 3 disti nct p ersona lities at any one time
6. It is NO T sta ted in paragr aph 2 that The Three Faces o f Ev e ............... ............
A. w as based on the life o f a real woman
B. was the t itle o f a book
c. was the ti tle o f a movie
D. was made into a m ovie in 1950
7. All of the follow ing are mention ed in paragrap h 2 about Carolyn Sizemo re
EXCE PT that s h e ........... ...... . - I •
A. wr ote Fm Eve
B. was one o f Eve ’s person alities
c . wrot e a book in the 1970s
D. was fa milia r with all 22 persona lities
8. Ac cord ing to paragra ph 2, it is NOT true that S yb il ............................
A. w as a real person •
B. su ffered fr om d issocia tive identity d isorder
c. develo ped all he r perso nalities ov er 16 year s
D. deve loped 16 di stinctiv e p ersonal ities over a long period o f time
9. It is NOT indicated in paragraph 2 that the book describing Syb il’s experiences
A. too k 40 years to wr ite
B. was written by F lora Rheta Schreiber
c. appeare d in the 1970s
D. was made into a movie
10. Which of the follow ing is true about Eve and Sybil?
A. One of them w rote a boo k abo ut th eir own ex perien ces during one of their
many persona lities.
B. I ’m Eve is a book writ ten about Sybi l’s story
c. All t he bo oks about E ve’s and Sybi l’s stories were made into f ilms.
D. They were the only two women who suffered from disso ciativ e identity
disord er.

138
PASSAGE 2 (ÍO pts)
You can usuall y tell when your friends are happy or angry by the looks on
their faces or by thei r actions . This is useful because readin g their emotiona l
expr essio ns helps you to know how to respond to them. Emotion s have evolved
to help us respon d to import ant situati ons and to c onvey our intentio ns to ot hers.
But does raisin g the eyebr ows and roundin g the mouth say the same thing in
Minn eapol is as it d oes in Madaga scar? Much research on emotio nal expressio n
has ce ntere d on such questio ns.
Acc ordi ng to Paul Ekman, the leading resear cher in this area, people speak
and unde rstan d subst antial ly the same “facial langua ge” . Studies by Ekm an’s
group have demo nstrat ed that humans share a set of universal emotiona l
expr essio ns that testify to the commo n biological heritage of the human species.
Smiles, for exam ple, signal happin ess and frowns indicate sadness on the faces
of peopl e in such far-flu ng places as Argent ina, Japan, Spain, Hungary, Poland,
Sumatr a, the United States, Vietnam, the jun gles of New Guinea, and the
Eskimo villa ges north of the Arctic Circle. Ekman and his colleag ues claim that
people ever ywhe re can recogni ze at least seven basic emotion s: sadness, fear,
anger, disgu st, conte mpt, happine ss, and surprise. There are, however , huge
differ ences acros s cultur es in both the contex t and intensity of emotional
display s - the so called display rules. In many Asian cultures , for example,
children are taugh t to control emotion al response s - especi ally negativ e ones -
while many Amer ican children are encoura ged to express their feelings more
openly. Rega rdles s of cul ture, however, emotion s usually show themse lves, to
some degr ee, in p eop le’s behavio ur. From their first days of life, babies produce
facial expr essio n that comm unicat e th eir feelings.
.. .. . '' . !- ' ■-
The abili ty to read facial expres sions develop es early, too. Very young
childre n pay close attentio n to facial expressi ons, and by age five they nearly
equal adult s in t heir skill at reading emotion s on peop le’s faces. This evidence
all points to a biolog ical underp ining for our abilities to express and interpret a
basic set of hu man emotio ns. Moreover, as Charles Darwin pointed out over a
century ago, some emotion al expressio ns seem to appea r across species
bound aries. Cross -cultu ral psycholo gists tell US that certain emotiona l responses
carry diff eren t m eanin gs in differ ent c ultures. For exam ple, what emotion do you
suppose migh t be convey ed by sticking out your tongue ? For Ameri cans, this
might indica te disgu st, while in China it can s ignify surprise. Likewise , a grin on
an Am erica n face may indicate joy , while on a J apanese face it may jus t as easily
mean e mba rass men t. Clearly , cu lture influences emotiona l expressi on.
1. Ac cord ing to the p assage, we respo nd to others b y ............................
A. o bser ving the ir looks.
B. wa tchin g th eir a ctions,
c. lookin g at the ir face.
D. obse rvin g th eir e motion al expressio ns.

139
2. Many studies on emotion al expressi ons try to answe r the question wheth er

A. ra ising the eyebro ws has sim ilar meaning to ro unding the mouth.
B. rounding the mouth has the same meaning in Minneapolis and Madagascar,
c. eyebr ow raising me ans the same in Minnea polis and Madagascar.
D. diffe rent culture s have s imilar emotional expressi ons
3. The word “evol ved” in line 3 of the first paragrap h is c losest in m eaning to

A. de velope d B. reduced c. simplified D. incre ased

4. Paul Ekman is menti oned in the pas sage as an exa mple o f ............................
A. investi gators on uni versal emotional expressi ons.
B. rese archer s who can s peak and understan d many languages,
c. resear chers on u niversal language.
D. lack ed m any m ain ingredients.
5. Smiles and f ro w ns ............................
A. are not po pular everywh ere.
B. are universa l e xpressi ons across cultures.
c. have differ ent meaning s in differen t cultures.
D. do not con vey the same em otions in various cultures.
6. The bigges t diff erence lies i n ............................
A. h ow em otional responses are controlled.
B. how in tensive emotion s are expressed.
c. how long nega tive emotion s are displayed.
D. how often positive emot ions are shown.
7. Un like A merica n chi ldren, Asian children are enco uraged t o ............................
A. d isplay t heir emotio ns ope nly. B. control their emotions.
c. conceal their positive emotio ns. D. change their behaviour.
8. You ng c hi ld re n............................
A. ma ke a mazing progre ss in controlling their emotions.
B. take time to contr ol th eir facial expressions.
c. spend a long time learning to read o thers ’emotions.
D. are sensitive tow ards o thers ’ emotions.
9. The phrase “this ev idenc e” in line 4 o f the third paragrap h re fers t o ........ .
A. a biologica l u nderpin ning for huma ns to express emotions.
B. the fact th at child ren can control their feelings
c. the fa ct tha t child ren are good at rec ognizing othe rs’ emotions.
D. huma n fac ial ex pressio ns.
10. Th e be st title of the passage i s .................. .........
A. W ays to control emotiona l e xpressions.
B. A re view of research on emotional expression s,
c. Human habit of displaying emotions.
D. Cultur al un iv er sa l in emotion al ex pression.

140
PASSAGE 3 (1 0 pts )
One of the hazards that electronic media like the television, radio or computers
(1) ........................ these days is the dec line in book reading.
The conce rn (2 )........................ mainly to the youn ger gener ations who are
strongly temp ted by the glamo ur of the silver screen and, conseq uently , don ’t
recog nize the import ance of acquiring first-han d informa tion from books.
To (3 )........................ reading for pleasure and to propag ate a wide array of
publi cation s like encycl opaedi as, (4) ........................ books, manua ls or fiction,
radical solu tions should be applied. Firstly, more (5 ). .. ................... ought to be
put on the educa tional (6) ................... . Youngste rs should be made to feel
com fort able -wh ile reading either for information or sel f satisfac tion in public
places like a irport s, buses or on the beach. Secondly, libraries must be subsi dized
more accu ratel y in order t o provide the potential reader with (7) ........................
choice o f publi cation s and to be come more publically activ e so as to put boo ks at
peo ple ’s (8 )....... .-............... rather than keep them under lock and key. Fund
colle cting a ction s organize d by libraries might also raise th e p ublic awarene ss of
the adva ntag es of becomin g ( 9)............... ' ...... in a good book. Finally, the mass
media them selv es might contribut e substantia lly by recomm ending the purchase
of valuab le best-s ellers and inspiring t heir viewers to en rich t heir knowled ge and
erudit ion, and thus help them to (10 )........................ the habit of spontaneo us
every reading.
1. A. denot e B. play c . arise D. pose
2. A. indicat es B. affects c . embodies D. applie s
3. A. incite B. revert c. instill D. encou rage
4. A. referral B. referable c . referee D. referen ce
5. A. relev ance B. persiste nce c. focus D. emphas is
6. A. facto r B. ground c . matter D. point
7. A. prolif ic B. ample c . lavish D. lush
8. A. avail abilit y B. usage c . benefit D. disposal
9. A. occup ied B. inhaled c . engrossed D. inc orporated
10. A. grow B. evolve c. proceed D. devel op
PASSAGE 4 (1 0 pts)
Those who (1) ........................for a vegetarian diet must usually weigh up a
variety of aspect s concern ing the nutrional ( 2 ) .................. . of vegeta bles and
the adeq uacy of vegeta rian meals in t erms of the numbe r of (3) ........................
provid ed to the body. Vegetaria nism is not a new concept, rather an ancient
custom which ev olved in the F ar East cultures on ethical or r eligious grounds .
In to day ’s world , it has been undertaken by many followe rs who for a var iety
of re asons believe the vegetar ian diet more preferab le to that conta ining meat.
For exam ple, the re’s the theory that animal meat was n’t origin ally a comp onent
of the staple human diet as mankind evolved from forage rs who later

141
(4) ........................ a taste for flesh. Hence, our ( 5 ) ..........................ancestors are
alleged to have had a substantial intake of pro teins and vitamins from natural
vegetatio n rather than from the meat o f hunted ( 6 ) ..........................W hat’s more,
human teeth do n't bear much resemblance to those of anim al carnivores , and
neither is our dige stive system ( 7 ) ............ ...........to the meat ea ter’s one.
Apart from the enforced vegetarianism of underdev eloped communiti es
where populati ons deprived of animal protein (8) ........................ the natural
vegetation , ther e’s a rising acceptance of the vegetarian diet which ceases to be
regarded as an eccentricity . (9) ....................... from animal food, be it for
religious, economi c or humanitarian reasons, has been a quickly spreading
custom as, surprising ly, the vegetarian diet needn ’t be dull or deficient. Yet, it
does involve taking good (10) ........... to supply the body with a
sufficie nt qua ntity of nutrients deriv ing from corn, seeds and cereal. ,
1. A. p refer B. opt c. select D. favour
2. A. profit B. rate c. value D. esteem
3. A. n utrients B. foods c. cuisines D. condiments
4. A. generated B. acquired c . instituted D. accustomed
5. A. prim eval B. antiquated c. archaic D. obsolete
6. A. load B. game c . toll D. beat
7. A. eq uivalen t B. reminisce nt c. evocative D. synonymous '
8. A. play down on B. come in for c. fall back on D. get on for
9. A. Resistance B. Defiance c. Hindrance D. Abstention
10. A. precaution s B. resolutions c. proceeds D. measurem ents
IV. O PEN CLOZE TEST (20 pts)
Rea d the pas sag e an d fi ll in the blank with a suitab le word.
PASSAGE 1 (10 pts)
Many islands have now become (1) ........... on touri sm as thei r main source
of income. The principal industries were (2) ....................... farming and fishing,
with native islanders living of f the land, but in contempo rary society these
activit ies have been largely ousted to cope with the growing demands of tourism.
Attracte d by th eir beaches, the heat and the relaxed atmosphe re, islands have
now become a popul ar destination for the sun-wor shipping holiday-maker .
Every aspec t of island life has hence been (3)................. ...... by this influx of
foreigner s. Restauran ts, bars, cafes, discos, hotels and souven ir shops (4) ...........
on tou rists, and in fact cou ld not exist witho ut them.
Obviou sly a lot o f money can be earned from ( 5 ) .. .. .. .. .. .. .......a flourishin g
industry. The six months of the peak (6). ...................... are a cr ucial time when
the business men try to earn as much as they can. Apart from the commercial
aspect, it can be said that islanders improve their ability to speak foreign languages.
On the other hand, islanders that have shifted the emphasis ( 7) ........ the
land to the tourist run the (8 )............... .. .. .. of obliter ating their traditional

142
chara cteris tics and culture. Swamped with comm ercial ism, attitud es change and
crime and viole nce increase. New buildings crop (9 )................to accomm odate
the ever -gro wing d eman ds of tourists, therefo re spoiling the original archite cture
and r oman ce o f the island.
Islands which have not yet develop ed their tourist potentia l will have to find
(10 )........................ to b alance profit with preserva tion.
PASSAGE 2 (10 pts)
In the light o f the recent Lockerbi e disast er we have (1 ). .. ................... to
appre ciate the import ance of airpor t security. Admitte dly the general public are
often irritate d by the red tape which accom panies security, but are these
(2) ..................... unnec essary ? Not only must passeng ers have pro of o f i dentity
but t hey can also be subjecte d to body frisks and metal detecto rs and have their
lugguage check ed and x-rayed. Particul ar rules accom pany air travel and
travel lers will be questi oned in (3) ........................to who packed their lugguage,
if it was left unatte nded at any time or if they are carrying anythi ng which does
not belon g to them. The departu re lounge of the airp ort is also out of (4)...........
for those who do not possess a valid boarding pass. Long queues, delays and
incon venie nce often instigate complai ns (5) ........................the client, but surely
more secu rity should stimulate more fa ith in air tra vel? In Dec ember 1988, a Pan
Am je t took of f from London Heathrow bound for the USA. As the jet was
flying over Locke rbie, Scotland, it (6) ........................ up, killing everyone on
(7) ........................... It is now more than three years later and the two 5'aqui
terror ists (8 ).......... . ............ for the bombing have not yet been extradite d from
Iraq and (9 )..................... .. for sanctions have been made repeatedl y. The
questi on on many lips is, “What went wrong at Heathr ow?” Living in a
polit ically intense and often corrupt world, terrorism and drug traffick ing must
be p reven ted at any cost; standing in long queue s while baggage is exami ned, is
unden iably frustra ting, but how much better than a d isaster that results in death?
Withou t do ubt, it’s be tter to be safe than (10 )..........................
V. WO RD FORM (20 pts)
PASSAGE 1 (10 pts). Use th e word give n in ca pitals at t he end o f some o f the
lines to for m a w ord tha t fi ts in the s pace in the sa me line.
Civilis ation can be interpreted in many ways and has meant
differ ent thing s to differe nt people: to Lévi-Stra uss its
(1) ........................ feature was boilded food; Nietzch e wanted 1. ESSENCE
to revers e it a nd Arnord Toynbee called it ‘progress toward s
(2) ........................ 2. SAINT
We all use the word loosely to mean culture we approve of.
Yet it is not too late to rescue civilisatio n from (3) .................. 3. REPRESENT
An old and disint ereste d vision of what it means to be
civilised is waiti ng to be revived.

143
At the heart of every civili sing projec t theire is a comm on
(4) ........................ : this is the human itch to (5 ).........................
nature, to mould e arth, cleave wa ves and w arp envi ronm ent in 4. IMPEL
impro bable ways. Civili sation s are activel y engag ed in 5. FORM
resha ping th e world for human use, stampi ng landsca pes with
new patte rns of clear ings and channe ls, field system s and
stree t grids. In (6 )........................ cases, civili sation s try to
seced e from nature altoget her, to deny the animal side of 6. EXCEPT
(7) ........................ and to domes ticate the wild man within by
elabo rate mann ers. 7. HUMAN
Civil isatio n may be heroic and (8 ).................. .. .. , but it is not
nece ssari ly good and is frequent ly (9) ....... .. .. ........... in the 8. ADMIRE
long run. Indeed, if longevit y can be taken as a measur e of 9. SUCCEED
succe ss, the wo rld ’s most enduri ng societi es have been the
(1 0) ........................ ones which abjured the civilis ing ambition
and settled for the food and s helter that nature provides . 10. SUBMIT

PASSA GE 2. Use the appro priat e fo rm o f th e words in the box to fi ll in the

fo llo wi ng text. (10 pts)
app ear cover pow er myste ry space
scri be sta nd abando n achiev e earth
The Mayas devel oped the only pre-Columbian writin g in the Americas and
devise d an intricate astrono my to chart the movem ents of the heavens .
Arch aeolo gists have long been (1) ........................ as to why their civilis ation
seem s t o have collap sed abruptl y in the ninth century , resultin g in the (2 )...........
of forme rly flouri shing cities. However, a team of Mexican and Amer ican
archa eolog ists have recentl y (3) ........................a monum ental art work that may
give some clues to their sudden (4) ........................... While diggin g at Palenq ue,
in the Yucata n penins ula, the researc hers (5) ........................ a bench -like throne
more than 2.8m wide and 1.7m deep in vermi llion- paint ed limeston e. The
archa eolo gists say the grand eur of the throne and the (6 ). .. .................... of the
palac e that house s it indicate that the last rulers of Palenqu e were more
amb itiou s and (7 )........................ than had once been thought . The thron e itse lf
was built in abo ut A D 760 by one o f the last M ayan rulers and is adorn ed with at
least 200 hiero glyph s a nd six scu lptured portrait s. The expert s hope that once the
(8 )........................ have been d eciphe red, somet hing which could take some time,
they may disclo se the (9 )........................ and aspira tions of the Mayas in the
deca des before thei r demis e and lead to a bette r (10 )........................ of the
reaso ns for their declin e.

144
VI. E RRO R ID ENTIF ICATI ON (10 pts)
In th e fol low ing passage, underline the m istake and write you r corr ection in
the an swe r bo x below.
If sc ientis ts were able to tell governm ents of an impending earthquak e, even
if only a few hours at advance, lives might be saved and international rescue
worke rs could be at the scene of the d isaster by the time it ha ppened, instead of
heading fo r the ir local airp orts several hours af ter the event.
Since it is, seismol ogists have long been able to predict roughly where
earth quake s will happen, but they are still far from knowing how to forecast
exact ly when one may strike. The one and only successful prediction in
recor ding history was for the 1975 earth quake in Haicheng, China. In the months
prece ding the earthqu ake changes in land elevation and ground water levels,
wides pread reports of peculiar animal behaviour, and m any afte rshocks had led a
low-level warnin g. As a result o f an increase in foreshock activ ity, an evac uation
warn ing was issued the day before a magnitude 7.3 earthquake. Fortunately, in
spite of the ir success in 1975, the Chinese failed to predict the Tangshan
earth quak e th e fol lowing year, whi ch caused an a ppalling 250,000 fatality.
Since not complet ely reliable method of predic tion has been founded, most
gover nmen ts now focus on m itigating the ef fects of earthquakes once they strike
rathe r than attemp ting to forecast it.

VII. SENT ENCE TR ANSFOR MATIO N (20 pts)

Comp lete the seco nd senten ce so that it has simil ar meanin g to the fir st
senten ce. Use an d do not change th e wor d given.
1. The com pan y’s profits appear to be improving significantl y this year.
EVIDENC E
The com pan y’s ............................................................................'.. this year.
2. She ’s forev er warn ing he r husband about driv ing too fast, but he pays no
attent ion. OFTEN
N o ..................................................her husband about dri ving too fast, he pay s
no at tention .
3. She em igrate d immediately afte r gaining her degree. GRADUAT ED
No . .......... ............................................................ .. ..................... abroad.
4. Phil s topped be ing so unrealist ic when he lost his job. BROUG HT
The .......................................... ......... ............. ..................... earth.
5. She got her license because her father helped her learn to drive. ASSIST ANCE
B u t.......................................... ..................................... passed her dri ving test.
6. It wa sn’t S usan ’s fault th at the dog chewed your sl ipper. BLAME
Susa n’s ......................... ...................................... . your sl ipper.
7. You must not en ter this area u nless you are wearin g prot ective clothing.
STRIC TLY

145
 Entry to this area ........................ .. .. ... i.................. .. .. .. who is.n ot wear ing
protec tive cloth ing, t
8. My fa ther persu aded me to learn an other foreign language. TALK ED
It w a s ....... . ......................... . ............. . ................... . anoth er for eign language.
9. She ’d only ju st got dr essed when th e firs t o f the gu ests arrived. DRES SING
No so on er ............. . ..................................... . the first o f the gu ests arrived.
10. My gra ndm othe r woul d always make US eat eve rything on our plates when
we vi sited her. WASTE
Noth ing we were given to e a t...... '. ............................................................'

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - KHÁNH HÒA

L MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS.

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5PTS.)
Choose the word whose underlin ed part is pronounced differently from that o f
the rest.
1. A. n eighb ourhoo d B. moos ewoods c. uprootin g D. choos iness
2. A. fo liage B. sabotag e c. mirages D. regimes
3. A. ol igarch y B. anarchis m c. charism atic D. charlata n
4. A. ana chron ism B. charab anc c. chauvinism D. chiffon
5. A. luxurio us B. execrab le c. exonerat e D. exhib itor
Choose the word that differs fro m the rest in the position o f the main stress.
6. A. ap horism B. extremism c. barbarism D. femin ism
7. A. m ayonn aise B. intert wine c. interview D. coun teract
8. A. h ypocri te B. hypnotic c. hypotenu se D. hypoc risy
9. A. n egligi ble B. perce ptible c. collapsib le D. discer nible
10. A. cout urier B. dispirit ing c. miniature D. bipartisan
IL W ORD CHOI CE (5 PTS)
) t • 1 •
Choose the best options to complete the follow ing sentences •
11. If you have a minor illness, it's usually better just to let nature take its
A. course B. time c . path D. way
12. She ge ts fi fteen per c en t_____ on every insurance policy she sells.
A. w ary B. comm ission c . bonus D. pensio n
13. I’d like to buy the radio but I haven't got any money on me at the moment .
Could y o u ___ __ for me for a day or two?
A bring it round B. lay it in c . take it in D. put it on one sid e
14. J ust think! Next month you'll b e _____ and it seems like o nly yester day you
were a bab y.
A. in you r teen s B. in your teenage c . at you r teens D. teena ger

146
15. It w as such a sho ck to receive a let ter like t h at _____ .
A. in the red B. out of the blue c. in the pi nk D. ove r the moon
16. T his is an exci ting book wh ic h_____ new g round in educa tional research.
A. break s B. reac hes c. scratche s D. turn s
17. On Sund ay Vivian studied for seven ho ur s_____ .
A on end B. at onc e c. in full D. at length
18. A rude b o y _____ his to ngue out at me.
A put B. stuck c. showed D. too k
19. Let's mak e a dash for the train now as the fa in seems to b e _____ off.
A. redu cing B. slowin g c. easing D. runn ing
20. It was only when he had been unemplo yed for six month s that Neil's
situa tion hit_____ .
A. base B. down c. home D. back
III. GRAMMA R AND STRUCTURE S (5PTS)
Choo se t he best option s to compl ete th e fol low ing sentences.
21. - “E ric is rea lly upse t abo ut losin g his jo b. ” - “W ell ,.......... .............onc e
my sel f, I c an und ers tan d.” .
A. Ha vin g bee n fired B. Fired
c . Ha vin g fired D. Bein g fired
22. Man ufac ture rs often sacrifice qu ali ty_____ .
A. for t he larger profit margin
B. in place o f to earn more money
c. to gain more q uantit ies o f money
D. and instead earn a bigger am ount of profit
23. _____ the film's director , Ben Affleck, was famousl y left of f of t he 85th
Osca r's Best Direct or list of nominees surprised ev eryone.
A. Due t o B. That c. What D. Althou gh
24. The h ote l di dn ’t _____ my expe ctat ions .
A. co me u p t o B. get u p to c. com e dow n to D. get dow n to
25. A utom obil e produc tion in the U nited St ate s_____ .
A. have take slumps and rises in recent years
B. has been rathe r erratic rece ntly
c. has been errati cally lately
D. are g oing up and down all the time
26. _____ , dolp hins have no sense of smell.
A. As know n as fa r B. As far as is known
c . It is know n as far D. Known as far as it is
27. Con sumers are getting more and more
A. env ironme nt awaren ess B. awa re env iron me nta l
c . environ mentall y aware D. env iron me nta l awa re

147
 ft
28. - "Do you mind if 1 take a seat? " - " _____ .
A. No , do as yo u please B. Yes, do as you p lease
c. No 1 mind D. Yes, I don't min d
29. Mrs Black: "I would like to try on this dress, please ." - Salesw oman :

A. T hat's right, madam B. Why not?

c. I'd like to D. By all means, m adam
30. Do c over up you r com pute r and works pace every night if it is located in your
be dr oo m _____ you ’ll feel the c onsta nt ne ed to work.
A. instead B. lik ewise c. in case D. or else

IV. PHR ASA L V ERBS AN D PREP OSIT IONS (5 PTS.)

31. The baby sitter ha s told Billy ’s pa rents about his atten tion-s eekin g beha viour
and how he s ta rt s_____ as soon as they leave h ome.
A. p ulling up B. actin g up c. knocki ng o ff D. playi ng d own
32. In 1919, Sir Regina ld Flemin g Johnst on w a s_____ as a tutor to Puyi, who
was the last em pero r o f China.
A. broug ht a bout B. taken on c. caugh t ou t D. kept in
33. Jo hn st on _____ a full accou nt of his time at the imperial palace in hi s book
Twi ligh t in the Forbid den City.
A. passed f or B. clear ed out c. made off D. wrote up
34. The noise from the unruly fans celeb rating their team ’s vic tory didn ’t _____
until early in the morning.
A. shut o ff B. give away c. let up D. fall over
35. The wate r heate r i s _____ again, so I think tha t we should call a plum ber to
get it fixed properly.
A. ta king on B. fallin g ba ck c. playi ng up D. bre aking out
36. T he police have to _____ on dru g smu ggling.
A. clamp down B. scale down > c. pin do wn D. close down
37. H arris 's as sertio n is hardly_____ by the facts.
A. spoken ou t B. fallen out c. knocked out D. born e ou t
38. He go t it into his he ad he was being_____ for pr omotio n.
A. p assed over B. got over with c. smoo thed over D. taken ov er
39. Ther e are hundr eds of huge old houses in the south east that peopl e are
to sell at a profit.
A. buildin g up >B. com ing up aga inst c. holding up D. doin g up
40. It's di fficu lt t o _____ h er _____ to fix ing a date for a meeting.
A. p ut d own B. take down c. pin d own D. cut dow n

148
V. GU IDED C LOZ E 1 (5PTS.):
Rea d the tex t bel ow and decide which a nswer best fits each space.
Now the latest corp orate team-building technique that is becoming increasingly
popu lar in man agem ent world is sitting for hours round a table making shapes
out of Leg o, the well-k nown building bricks that so many children have grown
up wi th. But d on't be ( 1 )_____ by those fa miliar green and ye llow plastic blocks
- this is Lego for adults, and a mong senior executives it is the hottest ma nagement
(2 )____ _s ince the go-eve rywhe re laptop. Compan ies are now (3 )_____ to sen t
senior staf f along to learn what Lego can do for their corporate ethos, and
manage ment consu ltant s are even (4 )_____ themsel ves to r unning Lego s essions
to (5 )____ £ the de mand. They claim that the multico loured bricks can (6 )_____
free man ager s from a limited imagination. What does this mean in ( 7 ) _____ ?
For a start, sta ff ( 8 ) ___ i_ a session are encoura ged to 'unlock their creative
pote ntial ' while they build models to understand how t heir businesse s work. By
(9) _____ their firms as three-di mensiona l structures, they can build models
which are meta phor s for the issues that often occur at (1 0)_____ , such as what
makes an ideal emplo yee or whe ther the sales force is larger than necessary.
41. A. f ooled B. attracted c. concerned D. directed
42. A. instru ment B. equipm ent c. tool D. gadget
43. A. a gree able B. excited c. ea ger D enthusiast ic
44. A. d edic ating B. spe cialising c. concent rating D. focusing
45. A. s upply B. recogni se c . fill D. meet
46. A. help B. suppo rt c . aid D. assist
47. A. th eory B. reality ■ c. practice D. truth
48. A. joini ng, , X B. entering c. participat ing D. following
49. A. d emo nstra ting B. repres enting c . illustratin g D. symbo lising
50. A. t imes B. once c . work D. last
GUID ED CLOZ E 2 (5PTS.):
Re ad the te xt b elow an d decide which answer best fits each spac e.
, . A GRE AT CO MPOSER
The classi cal compo ser Ernst Hoffsberger, who passed awa y earlier this
week, truly (5 1 )___ the world of contemporary classical music and was a source
of in spirat ion to a whole generation of (5 2 )____ young artists in various fields.
In many ways his three sympho nies completel y (53)___ the achieve ments of all
othe r c omp oser s of the late tw entieth century and by (54)___ the classical genre
with ja zz, rock and latterly hip-hop, his work at ti mes bore little (55)__t o what
is co mmo nly consi dered to be a classical sound. Born in Cali fornia ju st after the
Second World War, Hoffsb erger had a strict religious (5 6 )___ during which he
was taug ht classi cal piano by his father. He first found work as a(n) (5 7 )___
jou rnal ist, play ing and compo sing music in his free time. During the late si xties,
he w orked toge ther in ( 5 8 )__ with a number of other amat eur musicia ns before
finally (59)___ profes sional with t he first public perform ance of his inspiratio nal
149
 Tenor Sax Conce rto in 1971. From then on, throu ghout the seventies and
eightie s, each new work seemed to surp ass the limits of the orchestr al medium
and also helped to bring classica l music to a w ider audienc e. What many people
consi der Hoffs berge r's definin g qu ality that kept his mu sic fresh and o riginal was
that he n ever lost th e human (6 0) ___ which gave him the ability to sit down and
jam with musi cians and artists from all walks of life.
51. A. revol ution ised B. restor ed c . renovate d D. refurbished
52. A. branc hing B. budd ing c . bloomi ng D. bursting
53. A. over came B. overs hadowe d c . overturn ed D. overw helmed
54. A. adjoi ning B. attach ing c. co-join ing D. fusing
55. A. simila rity B. fam iliarity c. resemb lance D. ident ification
56. A family B. back ground c. childhoo d D. upbrin ging
57. A. non-c ontra ct B. off-th e-books c. freelance D. odd-job
58. A. colla bora tion B. comb ination c. coordin ation D. contributi on
59. A. taking B. gettin g c . making D. turning
60. A. touch B. feelin g c. contac t D. aspect
VI. R EAD ING P ASSA GE 1 (5PTS)
Rea d the text belo w a nd ch oose the b est an swer to each question.
Many speci es of fish, particu larly smalle r fish, travel in schools, moving in
tight form ation s often with the precision of the most highly disciplin ed military
unit on parade. Some move in synchron ized hordes, while others move in starkly
geom etric forms. These may take the shape, for example , of wedges , triangles,
sphere s, or ovals. In addition to the varietie s of shapes of schools of fish, there
are count less varie ties of sch ooling behaviors. Some fish coalesce into schools
and then spread out in rand om patterns, while others move into close formations
at specif ic times , such as feeding times, but are more spread out at other times.
Some move in school s compose d of members of all age groups, while others
move in s chools p redom inantl y when they are y oung but ta ke up a more solitary
existe nce as they mature. Though this behav ior is quite a regular, familiar
phen omen on, there is much that is not comple tely known about it, particular ly
the e xact funct ion that it,serves and w hat m echani sms fish use to make it happen.
Num erou s hypo these s have been proposed and tested conce rning the purpose of
schoo ling beha vior in fish. Schoolin g certainl y promot es the survival of the
specie s, but ques tions aris e as to the way the schoo ling enables fish to have a
bette r chance of survivin g.. Ce rtainly, the fact that fish congr egate togeth er in
schoo ls helps to ensure their survival in that s chooli ng provide s numerou s types
of protectio n for the membe rs of the school. One form of protection derives from
the sheer numbe rs in the school. When a predator attacks a school containing a
huge numbe r o f fish, the predator will be able to co nsume only a small percentage
of the school. Whereas some of the members of the school will be lost to the
predator, the majority of the school will be able to survive. Another form of
150
protection comes from the special coloration and markings of differe nt types of
fish. Ce rtain types of coloration or m arkings such as stripes or p atterns in vibrant
and sh iny c olors create a visual effect when huge numbe rs o f the fish are clustered
together, making it more difficult for a potential predator to focus on specific
members of the school. A final form o f protection comes from a special sense that
fish possess, a sense that is enhanced when fish swim in schools. This special
sense is rela ted to a se t o f lateral line organs that consist of rows of pores leading
to flui d-filled canals. These organs are sensiti ve to minute vibrations in the water.
The tho usands o f sets o f those special organs in a school o f fish toge ther can prove
very effe ctive in warning the school ab out an appr oaching threat.
The purpo se of schooling behavio ur is not th e on ly aspect o f schoo ling that is
not fully under stood. It is also unclear exactly how fish manage to maintain
their tight format ions. Sight seems to play a role in the ability of fish to move in
schools, an d some scientist s believe that, at least in some species, sight may play
the principa l role. However, many experim ents indicate that more than sight is
involved. Some fish school quite well in the dark or in murky water where
visibili ty is extrem ely limited. This indicates that senses other th an eyesigh t must
be involved in enabl ing the schooling behavior. The lateral line system most
likely p lays a sign ifican t role in the abilit y o f fish to s chool. Because these lateral
line organ s are sensiti ve to the most minute vibrations and currents, this organ
system may be used by fish to dete ct movement s am ong members o f their school
even when eyesi ght is limited or unava ilable.
61. All of the follow ing are state d in paragraph 1 about schooling E XCEPT that
A. it is qu ite common V
B. it can involve large nu mbers of fish
c. It can involve a num ber o f different fish behaviors
D. It is fully understo od "•
62. The w ord “hord es” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to
A. s hapes B. masses c. pairs D. patterns
63. Which fish w ould be least likely to be in a sc hool?
A. A large, olde r fish B. A smaller, colorful fish
c. A you ng, hungry fish D. A tiny, shiny fish
64. Th e w ord it in paragra ph 1 refers to ______ .
A. e xiste nce B. beha vior c. fish D. function
65. It can be in ferred from the passage that, when a predat or a tta ck s,______ .
A. it ca nnot possib ly consume all members of a school if the school is large
enough
B. it rarely manag es to catch any fish that are part o f a school 7
c. it is us ually successfu l in wiping out the entire school
D. it a ttacks only sch ools that lack sense organs

151
66. It is st ated in para graph 2 that
A. fi sh in scho ols rarely have d istinc t m arkings
B. sc hooli ng fish te nd to have muted colora tion
c. the effe ct o f colora tion is multip lied when fish are masse d to geth er
D. the bright colora tion makes it easie r for preda tors to spot fish
67. T he w ord “min ute” in paragra ph 2 is c losest in meani ng to
A. ti mely B. tiny c. careful D. i nstant
68.The autho r begins paragraph 3 with 'It is also unclear' in order to indicate that
A. c ontra dictor y informa tion is about to be present ed
B. it is nec essary to clarify a previo usly made point
c. a seco nd issue is about to be presented
D. it is unc lear how a problem can be resolved
69. T he w ord “murk y” in parag raph 3 is c losest in m eanin g to
A. c loudy B. warm c. clear D. de ep
70. It is NO T st ated in the passag e th at the lateral line syst em
A. c ontai ns lines o f pores
B. can detec t mo vem ent in the w ater
c. quite possib ly helps fish to remain schools
D. in fish is sim ilar to sense organs in other anim als
READING PASSAGE 2 (5PTS.): Rea d the text below and choo se the best
ans wer to eac h question .
The word “bi odive rsity” is a term heard with increa sing frequ ency in the
ongo ing deba te over how best to protec t the wo rld’s envir onme nt, and more
speci ficall y, how to preserv e its ra pidly dwind ling numbers of plant and animal
specie s. In very general terms, “bio divers ity” refers to the numbe rs plant and
anima l species that can be found in a partic ular habit at or ecosy stem. This is
appa rentl y a very simple concept , but the simplici ty of it belies its signi fican ce.
A bett er popul ar unders tandin g of th e real meanin g of biodiv ersity and of its
impor tance to the circu mstan ces in wh ich we presen tly find ourse lves is critica l
to th e succes s of efforts to pr otect the environ ment, and there fore essent ial to our
own surviva l.
Globa l biod ivers ity, which is the total numbe r of plant and animal specie s
exist ing on the plane t at any one time, can only be estima ted; and only very
rough ly estima ted at that. Undoub tedly, many species remain to be disco vered .
Some of the se, such as insects and micro scopic life, are small enough to have
escap ed our notice , while others dwell in a reas we have only begun to explo re;
the speci es inhabit ing the deep est ocean depths, for examp le. It must also be
reme mber ed that we are in the midst of a mass extinc tion event. Specie s are now
disa ppea ring at a rat e es timat ed to be betwee n 1,000 and 10,000 tim es faste r tha n
the avera ge for the history of life on earth. Taken togeth er, these two uncert ain

152
eleme nts prev ent the global biodiv ersity estima te from becom ing much more
than an educ ated guess. The curren t best estim ate is some wher e in the
neigh borho od of 100 to 2 00 million species.
This numb er, while it may be of some interest to nonsci entists , isn’t o f much
real valu e to researc hers. They are general ly more conce rned with local
biodi versi ty. Despi te th e ap paren t enormi ty of the num ber o f species tha t inhabit
the earth as a w hole, local biodive rsity - the numbe r o f spec ies found in any one
habita t - f luctu ates greatly as w e cross the bounda ries separa ting the ecosys tems
that make up th e Ear th’s biosphere. It reaches its highe st levels on the coral reefs
and in the tropic al rain fo rests where t here may be thous ands of species per acre.
O f cours e, it is this value - the measure of local biodive rsity - that is most
useful for anyon e concern ed with assessi ng the health of an ecosyste m or
prote cting it from destruct ion. In measurin g the biodive rsity of a particu lar
ecos ystem , biolo gists are usually quite impartial when weigh ing the relative
signi fican ce of each species. Most are assigned a v alue of one, the total number
of spec ies then represe nting the target value. However, there are two condition s
unde r w hich one species may be we ighted more heavily than others. This would
certa inly be the case for any species that by virtue of its genetic uniqueness
would cons titute a special loss to the global gene pool in the event of its
extin ction . The tuatar a is a good example of just such a species. As the only
survi ving mem ber of a family of reptiles that, except for it, died out 60 million
years ago, the tuatar a qualifies on grounds of genetic uniquen ess to be weig hted
more heavi ly in calcu lating the b iodiversity o f its habitat.
A speci es may be accorded bonus points in the biodive rsity equation for
anot her reaso n as well; it may be deemed more signif icant by virt ue of the role it
plays in the e cosys tem. An e xample of this would be the Califor nia sea otte r. [1]
The prefe rred food of this spe cies of marine mammal is the sea urchin; a marine
invert ebrate , which feeds on a certain type of sea gras s known as kelp. [2] Were
it not for the otte r’s contribut ion in controll ing the sea urchin populati on, the
under sea kelp forest would surely be decimat ed by a dramat ic increase in the
popu latio n of sea urch ins. [3] This would remove a key suppor ting eleme nt - the
kelp - from the habita t of many fish and invertebra te species that depend on it.
[4] This, in turn, would fundame ntally alter an entire underse a habitat and
undo ubted ly put a risk a numbe r of d ifferen t species that have adapted to its
pecu liar chara cteris tics. Therefore , the behavi or of the otter in actively
maint ainin g the local diversit y of sp ecies dictates that it should be assigned a
highe r bio diver sity value.
71. W hat was the auth or’s main purpose in wr iting the p assage?
A. To expla in why biodive rsity is essential to ou r surviv al.
B. To expla in the c oncep t o f biodiversity .
c . To show why local biodive rsity is more important than global biodiversi ty.
D. To clarif y th e da ngers that result from d eclinin g bi odiversi ty.

153
72. The word “dw indl ing” in the passage is closest in mea ning to
A. ex tinct B. diver se c . prolif eratin g D. dimin ishing
73. It is implied in the passag e that we don ’t have an accura te measur e of global
biodiv ersity becaus e
A. the numb er o f species is consta ntly changing .
B. po pulat ions of animals move from pl ace to place.
c . we don ’t kno w the eco logical rol e p layed by all species.
D. the defin ition of biodiversi ty is not cle ar eno ugh.
74. The word “eno rmi ty” in the passage is closes t in the m eaning to
A. impor tant B. qualit y c . vastne ss D. accu racy
75. A ccord ing to the p assage, the largest numbe r o f species would be found
A. on the coral reefs.
B. in th e bounda ry areas between local sys tems,
c . in the under sea kelp forests.
D. in fresh w ater lakes and streams.
76. Acco rding to the passage, which of the followin g is NOT important in
asses sing biodiv ersity?
A. T he special function a par ticular specie s plays in an eco system.
B. The numb er o f species present in an ecosystem .
c . The genetic unique ness of the species within an eco system.
D. The size o f the area an ecosystem co vers.
77. Th e a utho r men tioned the s ea urchi n in the last para graph in order to
A. illustrate the richnes s o f life in Califo rnia w aters. /
B. illustrate the special importance o f a partic ular species.
c . increase the r ead er’s awa reness of the s ea u rchin ’s endang ered status.
D. adv ocate the p rotectio n for the kelp fore st e nvironm ent.
78. Th e wor d “im parti al” in the pass age is closest in mean ing to
A. n eutral B. subject ive c . theore tical D. uncert ain
79. Which of the fol lowing stat ements is supported by the passage ?
A. Local biodiv ersity may cha nge, but global biodive rsity does not.
B. All species have th e sam e s ignifican ce w hen consi derin g bio diversity ,
c . The conce pt o f biodive rsity is of little value to ecol ogists.
D. The earth is expe rienci ng a reduction in global biodiver sity.
80. Look at numbe rs [1], [2], [3], [4] in paragra ph 5 of the passage. Where
would the follow ing sentence b est fit?
The eff ect o f this w ould he a dram atic l oss o f local bio diversity .
A .[ l] B. [2 ] c .[ 3 ] D. [4]

154
 B. WRITTEN TEST
I. CLO ZE TEST (20 PTS.):
Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use
only ONE WORD for each space.
OPEN CLOZE 1 (10PTS)
BLUE WHALES
Blue whale s, the world 's largest a nimals, have been ( 1 )_____ again in British
waters for the first time in at least twenty years. Indicatio ns that a populatio n of
blue whal es was inhabi ting the waters west of Sc otland ( 2 ) _____ for the first
time from the United States Navy, whose surveill ance system picked (3) _ ___
the songs of a lot of differe nt whales. American zoolo gists subsequ ently
(4) _____ the blue whale song among them. Now marine biologist, Carol
Booker, has actua lly seen a blu e w hale there herself. She has no ( 5 ) _____about
what she saw, because they have ( 6 ) _____ fins which are very small for their
size. She says, 'World wide they were almost extinct and it seemed they had
comple tely vanish ed from the North Atlantic, so you can ( 7 ) _____ how I felt
actually seeing one! However , it is certainly too soon to sa y if it is an (8 )_____
of a popula tion recove ry.' She goes on to say, 'What it does show (9 )_____ the
importa nce of this area of the ocean for whales, and (1 0 )_____ essential it is to
control pollu tion of the seas.' Bigger than any dinosa ur known to man, blue
whales are the largest animal s ever to have lived on earth. A blue whale is more
than six metres long at birth and, when fully grown, its he art is the same height
as a tall man and weighs as much as a horse.
OPEN CLOZE 2 (10PTS.)
The painti ngs of Leona rdo da Vinci have always attracted controve rsy. Only
14 work s have ever been (1 1 )______ to him and experts have questione d the
(1 2 )______ of several . Not even the Mona Lisa is ( 1 3 )_______ suspicion . The
paintin g is neith er signed nor dated and no record of payme nt to Leonardo has
ever been found. Believed to be the portrait of the wife of Flo rentine merchan t
Frances co del Gioc onda dat ing from 1502, it has been on public (1 4)______ in
the Louvre since 1804. Now housed in a bullet -proo f glass case, it has always
been s urrou nded by ( 15 )______ security.
Even so, on 24 th Au gust 1911, it was st olen. Initial leads cam e to (1 6) ______
and no c lues to t he th ie f s motives or the (17) ■ , of the pic ture materiali zed
for 15 month s. In No vem ber 1913, Floren tine art dealer Alfredo Geri received a
letter from someo ne claimi ng they had the Mona Lisa and were prepared to sell
it back to Italy for 500,000 lire. Geri contacted the directo r o f the Uffizi museum
who a rrange d a m eeting with the ( 18 )______ vendor.
He turned out to be an Italian carpen ter Vincenzo Peruggia, who made the
pain ting ’s prot ective wooden box f or the Louvre and was able to stea l it bec ause
he knew the mus eum ’s routine so well. The Mona Lisa he produc ed was

155
(19) ______ genuine by the Uffizi and sent bac k to Paris. But a British conma n,
Jack Dean, later insisted that he had helped Peruggia steal the paintin g but
substitut ed a copy before Peruggia took it to Italy. Could it be that the painting
seen by thousan ds of visitors every day in the Louvre museum is a total
(20) _ _____?
II. WO RD FORMA TION: (20PTS.)
PART I: Com plet e each senten ce, using the corr ect fo rm o f the wo rd in parenth eses .
1. Low income, increasing pressure and little adminis trative support make
tea ch ers _____ (HEART ) with their p rofession.
2. One of the local newspape rs poured scorn on the referee for his _____
(PART) in the last game. The man was accused of favouring the home team.
3. The compan y has an an nu al_____ (TURN) of £25 million.
4. Various _ ___ (PRACT ICE) by police officers were brought to light by the
enquiry.
5. It was impossible to read the pedestal inscription for it had been _____
(FACE) by some mindless vandal.
6. _____ (CONCE IVE) ideas may influence on what we are going to do.
7. The cup wa s p osi tion ed_____ (CARIOUS ) on the edge of the table.
8. It's undeniab le that th e _____(DI AGNOSE) of the local incompetent healer
was r esponsib le for her sudden d eath.
9. The n e w _____ (PASS) has certainly made things a lot easier in the town
centre since it has taken away all the thr ough-traffic.
10. Are you sure th e _____ (MILE) is wo rking properly on this truck? It must
have do ne mo re than twenty thousand.
PART 2: Co mp let e th e pa ss ag e with the ap pr op ria te fo rm s fr o m th e wo rds
gi ve n in th e box.
ravage sub scr ibe co nte nd ' -
de liv er
•-» . i
, sur pa ss
cle ar bia s que stio n de ep tan gle

One way t o stay a breast of and have intelligent opinion on global issues is by
reading The World Today. By doing this you will receive a regular a n d _____
(11) briefing on the people and events that shape our world. Each week, this
pu bl ic at io n_____ (12) the important issues through concise, informative and
challe nging articles. The most complex subjects are presented w it h_____ (13),
so you will acquire an _____ (14) and focused knowled ge of countri es,
industries and topics of worldwide concern. The World Today i s _____(15 ) for
the quality of its reporting. Regular feature articles examine a range o f _____(16)
issues, fr om internatio nal trade wars to the explo itation o f_____ (17).
In sho rt, The World Today makes the world a little more compre hensibl e. A
_____ (18) to The World Today is a sound business decision . Take advant age of
our exclusi ve introduct ory offer: you can save 55% of f the usual price if you

156
return y our order within the next 21 days. T he price includes fr ee _____ (19) and
immediate access to our online library. N ow i s _____ (20) the right time to join
many o f the w orld ’s busines s and national leaders wh o read The World T oday.
III. E RRO R C ORREC TION: (10PTS.)
The fol low ing passa ge c ontains 10 errors. Identif y an d corre ct them.
CHILD LABOUR
Child workers, some as young as 10, have been found to work in a textile factory
in condi tions describ ed as close to slavery to produce clothes that appear
destined for one the major high stree t retailers.
Speaking to a British newspaper, the children described long hours o f unwaged
works and threat s and beatings. The company said it was unaware that clothing
intended for its stores had been improper subcontracted to a sweatsho p t hat used
child labour. It farth er anno unced it had withdrawn the gar ments involved until it
had investigated the alleged breaches of the ethic code it imposed on manufacturers
three years ago.
The discov ery of these children working in appalled conditio ns in the
Shahpu r Jat area of Delhi has renewed concerns about the outs ource by some
large reta il chains of their garme nt prod uction to India, recog nised by the United
Nations as one of the world ’s hotspots for child labour. According to one estimate,
over 20 per c ent of India's ec onomy are depen dent on children, which comes to a
total of 55 million youn gsters under 14 working.
Consu mers in the West should not only be dem anding answers from retailers
about how their goods are produced but also should be looking into their
consci ences at how they spend their money and what cheap prices in the West
are wor th the s uffering caused by so many children.
IV. S ENTE NCE TRANSF ORMAT ION: (20 PTS.)
Rew rite t he fol low ing sentenc es us ing the words given.
1. The re sponse to our appeal was so great that we had to take on more staff.
Such ......................... ................... .......................................................... ■’......•••••
2 . 1 had s pent every last penny of my money. WHAT SOEVE R
..................................................................................................................
3. Owin g to illness, Sally was unable to sing the solo, as arranged. HAVE
Sall y w a s ....................... ......................................... "■................... but she fell ill.
4. Fa ncy yo u and I having the same surname! SHOULD
I t ' s ...............................................................................................................................••• •••..................................
5. The mecha nic p ut a lot of effort to repair the engine o f my car. ‘ PAIN S
;" ...... ..........
6. Several years of heavy working in the harmful conditions of th e coalmine
have u ndoubt edly undermined my fath er’s health. TOLL

157
7. She just cam e to see me when sh e had nothing to do.
Only w hen she w as at ............................................. ......:.................. ;........’..........
8. The person nel office r pr omised him t hat she woul dn’t tell any one that he had
been in the prison. WORD

9. She is not upset; she is only pr etending. ACT

10. He was finally able to adjust him self to the new w orking conditio n. SWING

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - NINH THUẬN

5. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS: (40 pts

I. PHO NOLO GY: (5 pts)
Choo se t he word wh ose und erl ine d par t is p ro no un ce d di ffer ent ly fro m th at o f
the oth ers in each grou p.
1. A. do gged B. legged c. naked D. moped
2. A. fa csimi le B. facile c. textile D. compile
3. A. a sthma tic B. sooth sayer c. thiamine D. thespian
4. A. h auteu r B. haunting ly c. haughty D. haulage
5. A. surro gate B. electorat e c. hyphenate D. passi onate
Cho ose the w ord whose ma in stre ssed syllable is place d di ffer ent ly fro m th at o f
the oth ers in the list.
6. A. inalien able B. deplorabl e c. scrupulous D. envisa ge
7. A. piracy B. scaffoldin g c. preface D. triump hant
8. A. w herea bouts B. whimsical c. genealog y D. harmony
9. A. c antil ever B. monoga my c. prerequisi te D. pathet ic
10. A. inalien able B. ambus cade c. Formica D. tarpaul in

II. W ORD CHOIC E: (5 pts)

Cho ose the bes t ans wer to co mple te each o f the fol low in g se nten ces.
1. The drive rs have rejected proposals to end the strike and the other worke rs
have come o ut in ______ .
A. symp athy B. return c. consen t D. colla boratio n
2. They sa cked the head of marketing because he w as ______ inefficient.
A. relati vely B. deadly c. moder ately D. hope lessly
3. Our count ry has never had a lar ge ______ in its balance o f payment s.
A. ab unda nce B. surpl us c. overfl ow D. addition

158
4. When he s aw th e da mage to his car, h e _____ into a rage.
A. jump ed B. drove c . flew D. rush ed
5. The ju ry _____ her co mplim ents on h er exc ellent kn owled ge of the subjec t.
A. paid B. gave c. made D. said
6. When she was told she had won the first prize in the compe tition , she had to
to m ake sure she w asn ’t dreaming.
A. gr asp B. seize . c. scratch D. pinch
7. Seldom does she refuse to do her fr iends a g oo d____ but on that occasio n
she w as too busy to pay att ention to oth er p eop le’s problems.
A. as sista nce B. turn c. aid D. back ing
8. Mary was ill. S he’s still feeling a bit un der t h e ______ .
A. te mpe ratu re B. clim ate c. rain D. weat her
9. She ’s s ti ll ______ over whet her to accept the jo b s he’s jus t been o ffered.
A. to tteri ng B. dod dering c. dither ing D. falte ring
10. Both p aren ts were unemp loyed and the family had a ______ lifestyle.
A. c areful B. tigh t c. cautiou s D. frugal
III. ST RUC TUR ES & GR AMMA R: (5 pts)
Choose the an swe r which best co mplet es th e sentenc e.
1.1 am sorry. 1 m ea nt _______ to you , but I have been so busy r ecently.
A. to have written B. to have b een w riting
c. writi ng D. to write
2. The popu latio n of our city today is _ __ before 1975.
A. as 6 0% much as B. 60% as much as
c. more 60% than that D. 70% as muc h as that
3. I’m ________ my br other is.
A. now here like so ambitio us B. nothi ng n ear as ambiti ous as
c. noth ing as am bitiou s than D. nowher e neI *ar as
.
ambit ious as
• I , '. '

4. A t th e mom ent we ’re hold ing on to our shares but 1■ in value,

» we would
prob ably s ell th em.
A. if they we re rise B. for th em to rise
c. were the y to rise D. i f only they rose
5. , mos t cit izens o f the sul tanate actually live in po verty.
A. Since the Sultan of Brunei is one o f the we althies t peo ple in the wo rld
B. Con side ring that the largest concen tration of urban popula tion is in
Bru nei ’s capit al, Bandar Seri Beg awan
c. Beca use Brunei earns billions of dollars a y ear fro m petroleu m export s
D. Alt houg h th e a verage i ncome in Brunei is amon g the wor ld’s h ighest
6. Carbo n d ioxid e may be abso rbed by trees or wa ter b odies, or it may stay in the
atmo sphe re w h en _______________ , w hile it is o nly in the atmo spher e that
chlo roflu oroc arbon s find th eir hom e.

159
 A. by releasi ng emiss ions from c ars B. release d from c ar emi ssions
c. cars that release em ission s D. emis sions are r eleased by cars
7. ______ is that a chic ken stands up to lay its eg gs.
A. Many p eople don't real ize tha t B. What many people don 't rea lize
c. It is tha t many p eople don't realize D. Beca use many people don't realize
8. I ’d soo ner t h ey ______ delive r the new fur niture now.
A. s hou ldn’t B. didn’t c. mus tn’t D. w ould n’t
9. Mo st r adioa ctive elemen ts o ccur in igneous and me tam orp hic ______ fossils
occu r in sedim entary rocks.
A. r ocks, nearly all B. rocks, but nea rly all
c. rocks, nearly all are D. rocks, which nearly all are
10. To solve this problem , it is advis able__________
A. a drastic measur e to be adopt ed B. that to adopt a drastic m easure
c. that a drast ic measur e be adopted D. that a drastic measure is adopted
IV. P REP OSIT IONS AN D P HRASA L V ERBS (5pts)
Choo se a word o r a phra se t hat b est com pletes each sente nce.
1. The worker s d ecided to _______ until th eir dem ands w ere met.
A. sta nd up B. lie beh ind 1 c. sit in D. sleep out
2. In the early years of the twentieth cent ury, several reb elli ons ___________ in
the norther n p arts of the country.
A. rose up B. turned out c. came up D. broke out
3. The re is more work here than I ca n________ on my own.
A. co pe with B. do with c. make out D. go fo r
4. Th e un paid bills will be _________ to next mont h’s account.
A. ca rried in B. carried on c. carried up D. carried over
5. Like everyon e else, Sue has her_________ of course but on the whole, she ’s
quite satisfied wit h life.
A. ups and d owns B. ins an d outs c. safe and sound D. odds and en ds
6. The robbers packed the money into a suitc ase a nd ______ in a van t hat w aited
for them in the st reet.
A. pu t thro ugh B. rolled over c. carried away D. made of f
7. L earnin g E nglish isn’t so d ifficult once y ou ______ .
A /g et down to it B. get o ff it c. get on it D. get down with it
8. B eaches w er e______ as police searched for c anisters of toxic w aste from the
dama ged ship.
A. s ealed of f B. cut o ff c. washed up D. kept out
9. No agree ment was reached. The strikers decided to _____ out f or a better deal.
A. k eep B. watch : c. hold D. draw
10. T hat dietici an is goin g to bring _ _ _ _ _ a book on healthy eating n ext month.
A. on B. up c. forward D. out

160
V. READI NG COMPRE HENSION (20pts)
PASSAGE 1. Re ad the fol low ing pas sag e carefu lly and choo se the best
answe rs to th e qu estion s
Human s have struggled against weeds since the beginnings of agriculture.
Ma rri ng our gardens is one of the mild er effec ts o f weeds - any plants that th rive
where they are unwanted . They clo g waterway s, destroy wildlife habitats, and
impede farming . Their s pread eliminates grazing areas and accounts for o ne-third
of all crop loss. They compete for sunlight, nut rients, and water with useful plants.
The globa l need for weed control had been answe red mainly by the chemical
industry. Its herbi cides are effecti ve and someti mes necessar y, but some pose
serious prob lems , partic ularly if misus ed. Toxic compo unds threate n animal and
public health when they accumu late in food plants, ground water, and drinking
water. The y also harm worke rs who appl y them.
In rece nt years, the chemica l industry has introduc ed several herbici des that
are more ecol ogic ally sound. Yet new chemic als alone cannot solve the world's
weed probl ems. Hence, scientists are explor ing the inn ate weed- killing powers
of living organ isms , p rimari ly insects and microo rganism s.
The biolo gical agents now in use are enviro nment ally benign and are
harml ess to human s. They can be chosen for their ability to attack selected
target s and leave crops and o ther plants untouche d. In contras t,1some of the most
effect ive chem icals kill virtually all the plants th ey come in contac t wit h, sp aring
only those that are naturally resistan t or have been genetic ally modified for
resist ance. Furthe rmore, a n umber of biological agents can be adminis tered only
once, afte r which no added ap pli ca tio ns are needed. Chemi cals typical ly must
be used s evera l t imes per gr owing season. ’ >■
1. Wi th w hat topic does th is passage primarily dea l?
A. T he import ance of the chemical industry.
B. The da nger s o f toxic c hemicals.
c. A pr oposa l to ban the use o f all herbicid es.
D. Ad vant ages o f biological agents over che mical ones.
2. Th e w ord “m ar ri ng ” in bold is closest in m eaning to
A. s poili ng B. planting c. dividin g D. repla cing
3. Th e w ord “c lo g” in bold is closest in meani ng to ______ .
A. g row along B. drain c. float on D. obst ruct
4. Which o f the f ollowi ng te rms does the autho r define in th e fi rst par agraph ?
A. w eeds B. nutrien ts c. wildlif e ha bitats D. graz ing area
5. Which of the follow ing statemen ts about the use of chemica l agents as
herbi cides wo uld t he a uthor most likely agre e?
A. It is o ccasi onally req uired.
B. It is safe but inefficient,
c. It shou ld be i ncreased.
D. It has become m ore d angero us re cently.

Í6 1
6. Which of t he followi ng is NOT given as an advanta ge of us ing biological
agents ov er che mical herbicide s?
A. The y ar e sa fer fo r worke rs.
B. They are less li kely to destroy desirable plants. .
c. They are m ore e asily available.
D. They do n ot have to be used as often. <• -
7. The word “inn ate” in bold is closest in m eaning t o ___________ .
A. ef fective B. organic c. natural D. active
8. Acc ordin g to the passage, biological agents mainly consist o f ____________ .
A. h erbic ides B. useful plants
c. insects and m icroorg anisms D. weeds
9. The word “app licati ons” in bold c ould best be replaced by which of the
follow ing?
A. requests B. specia l pu rposes c. qualific ations D. treatmen ts
10. Which of the follow ing best de scribes the or ganizatio n o f the passage?
A. A general idea is introd uced and several specific example s are given.
B. Two possibl e ca uses of a phenomenon are comp ared.
c. A pr oblem is describe d and possible solutions are discu ssed.
D. A recom mend ation is analyzed and reject ed.
PASSAGE 2
Re ad the passa ge and choose the c orrect answer s to th e ques tions that follo w.
Hurric anes are one of the most destructiv e natural forces on the face of the
planet. By definiti on, they are also known as tropical cyclones. They manifest
them selve s in the warm waters of the Atlantic Ocean, usually in the form of a
low- pressur e weath er system. Due to minimal, high atmosph eric winds, those
near the surface of the water begin to spin and spiral in a counterc lockwis e
directi on, feeding on the heat from the ocean. With increased rotation, more
wate r is absorb ed into the system and is then re leased in the fo rm o f showers and
thund erstor ms. Once the system becomes stronge r and more defined, and
sustai ned wind speeds eclipse speeds of seventy -five miles per hour, the storm
can then be cl assifie d as a true hurricane. They pose th e g reates t thr eat to human
popu lation s when they track east ward to the tep id waters of the Gu lf of Mexico,
where the islands of the Caribbe an and the flats o f the sou theaster n United States
lie vulne rable to its path of destructio n, which is usually determ ined by two
major fact ors: storm surg e and movement.
While high winds are commo nly associate d with the perils of hurrican es, the
most destru ctive facto r is the accom panying storm surge as it str ikes land. Still,
the torrent ial rains and heavy winds the hurricane brings contrib ute to its storm
surge, yet this occurs in a more indirect way than was p revious ly thought. As the
hurrican e appro aches land, water levels increase and are pushed onto and

162
throu gh the shor eline , caus ing majo r destru ction . The size of the surge itse lf is
dete rmin ed by the slope of, the shore, called the contin ental shelf, out into the
ocean . If th e slope is steep, the storm surge will not be as grea t as when it is
shal lowe r, whic h cause a more powerf ul surge due to the fact that the oce an’s
depth is not grea t enou gh to a bsorb the e nergy and massiv e amou nts of water. In
fact, scie ntis ts have point ed out t hat one cubic yard of it weigh s about 1,7 00 lbs.
Mill ions o f cubic yards o f surge can occu r from one single storm, which,
natu rally , cau ses catas trop hic damage .
An oth er maj or cont ribu tor to the measur e of destructi on a h urrican e causes is
its m ove men t. The speed of a hurri cane as it mak es landfall and moves across o r
inland is a maj or decid ing facto r upon the exten t of the damage . Fast-m oving
hurr ican es can often seem a blessin g to the people and comm unitie s involved
becau se the ir high speeds mean they will move on and away quickl y, so they
will not have a chan ce to dump as much water on the immed iate area. However ,
lazy storm s, and espec ially storms that stall on the coastli ne, become the
cycl ones o f de vast ation . Becau se they move so slowly or even not at all and are
able to sit spin ning and reene rgizin g thems elves from the ocean, torren tial rains,
winds, a nd floo ding increa se, and th e storm surge becom es a pe rp etu al batterin g
ram of dest ruct ion. Howev er, the powe r of a hurrica ne becom es immedia tely
dimi nish ed once over land because it is disco nnecte d from its warm water
energy sour ce, but th is does not m ean it is dead by any means. ■ ị

When it com es to hurric anes, direct wind destr uctio n is a secon dary worry
com pare d to storm surge, the speed of the hurr ican es’ track , and the fl oodin g that
is asso ciat ed with them. The shallo w contine ntal she lf under lying the Atlantic
Ocean and the Gu lf of Mexico of f of the sout heaste rn United States couple d wi th
the low -lyin g landm ass makes the area a p rime region for disas ter in the form of
storm surg e a nd flood ing. This, along with t he fickle nature of hurrican es and the
inabi lity o f expe rts accu rately to predic t a hurr ican e’s landfall, adds to the
turmo il tha t hurri cane s inflict on the popul ations of the areas they hit. Not
nece ssari ly wind , but water, remain s the worst effect a hurrica ne can have, as it
is able to flood not only the immedi ate area where the hurrica ne strikes but
hund reds and hund reds of miles in any given direct ion as well, affec ting people,
home s a nd busin esse s f ar and wi de of its main path.

1. Ac cor din g t o para graph 1, w hich of the follo wing is true of hurrican es?
A. Stor ms are class ified as hu rricane s w hen gusts reach 75 mph .
B. Th ey are only abl e to form in tropica l waters n ear th e E quator,
c . One of the m ost defin ing chara cteris tics of a hurrica ne is its eye,
D. Th e lack o f winds al oft c ontrib utes to th e for matio n of hurricane s.

163
2. Whic h o f the fol lowi ng can be inferred f rom p aragra ph 1 abou t hurri cane f orma tion?
A. Th ey are spa wn ed by vio len t t hu nd ers tor ms an d win d shea r.
B. Th ey are fue led by the w arm wa ter s o f the Pac ific Oc ean ,
c. Th ey a re ha rdl y like ly to be pre sen t in Cool o cea nic a rea s.
D. Th ey u sua lly te nd to t wir l and spin in a clo ck wi se dir ect ion .
3. Th e wo rd “e cl ip se ” in th e pas sag e is cl ose st in m ean ing t o ______ .
A. ex cee d B. ma int ain c. pro pel D. sha dow
4. Ac co rdi ng to p ara gra ph 2, w ha t c on trib ute s to the des tru cti on o f sto rm sur ge?
A. Th e tor ren tia l rain s con tai ned in a hu rric ane d ire ctly aff ect th e surg e.
B. Th e co nto ur o f the o cea n flo or is a ma jor d ete rm ine r o f its size.
c. Th e we igh t o f the w ate r w ill des troy any thi ng in its imm edi ate p ath.
D. Th e siz e o f the w av es is a pri nci pal fac tor in th e res ult ing d am age .
5. Th e wo rd “i t” in th e pas sag e refe rs t o ______ .
A. wa ter B. ene rgy c. oc ea n’s dep th D. cub ic yar d
6. Th e au tho r d isc us se s a hu rri ca ne ’s m ov em ent in par agr aph 3 in or der t o ____ .
A. do wn pla y the fac tor s o f vel oci ty and d ire ctio nal mo me ntu m in a hur ric ane
B. sh ow th at a h urri cane ’s trackin g speed determ ines th e am ount of destruction
c. su gg es t h ur ric an es a re cap abl e o f mo vin g in a ny dir ect ion a t an y t ime
D. ind ica te tha t slo w- mo vin g stor ms allo w peo ple mor e t im e to see k safe ty
7. Th e wo rd “p er pe tu al” in th e pas sag e is cl ose st in m ean ing t o ______ .
A. wa ve rin g B. dam agi ng c. inc ess ant D. c hro nic
8. Wh ich o f the f oll ow ing is N OT tru e o f the ma jor fo rce s o f a hur rica ne?
A. All co ast lin es are aff ect ed by its st orm surg e.
B. Fa st- mo vin g hu rric ane s iron ical ly help lesse n dam age s,
c. Fl oo din g is usu ally mu ch mor e des tru ctiv e than win ds.
D. Str ong w ind s and rain a dd to its s torm surg e.
9. A cco rdin g to par agra ph 4, w hich of the f ollow ing is true of a hu rric ane’s w inds?
A. No o the r f orc e o f a hu rric ane ca n infl ict mor e pu nis hm en t th an wind .
B. Lo w- lyi ng a rea s are mor e pro ne to w ind f orc es tha n ele vat ed area s.
c. Th e dir ect ion o f the win ds, not spee d, ma kes th em the m ost da nge rou s.
D. Th eir de str uc tio n is s ho rt-l ive d, unli ke the e ffe cts o f m ajo r fl ood s.
10. W hic h o f the s en ten ce s bel ow b est exp res ses th e ess ent ial info rma tion in th e
un de rli ne d se nte nc e in t he pas sag e?
A. Flo od ing , wh ich cau ses hav oc in very wid e ran ge o f area s, is the mo st
de str uc tiv e fa cto r o f a hu rri ca ne ;
B. Wat er levels do the mos t destru ction hund reds of mile s inside the hurri cane ,
wh ere th e hu rri ca ne a ffe cts th e mo st peo ple.
c. Cit ies in t he dir ec t path o f a hur ric ane suf fer th e bru nt o f its po we r t hro ug h
flo od ing w hil e t he w ind d oes little dam age .
D. Win ds and rai n da ma ge peo ple , hom es, and bu sin ess es eve ry tim e a
hu rric ane str ike s a c ert ain area .

164
VI. MUL TIPL E CHOI CE CLOZE
A. MU LTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE 1
One o f the hottest topics on the internationa l deve lopm ent agend a is how to
harness the pow er of Intern ational Monetary Fund for t he benefi t of developi ng
count ries. What is someti mes called “the death of dis tance ”, brought about by
the (1) _________ , all ow professio nal services such as (2)______ education
and train ing to be provided easily and quickly to (3)__________ areas. Some of
the gains can be seen in countri es as diverse as India and Morocco, where
innov ations range from (4) _________ governm ent annou ncem ents to local
crafts men sellin g their wares to a (5)________ market. But alread y a huge and
expa ndin g (6) _________ divide is opening up between develop ed and
deve lopin g nations. The major tasks facing world leaders at present is to
(7 )________ everyb ody on the planet with clean water, basic education and the
drugs needed to fight preventa ble diseases. Installing a (8)______ in every
classr oom and linking us to (9 )_ __ _____ __ must be a lesser (10) , for
the ti me being at least.
1. A. telep hone B. compu ter c. internet D. modern
2. A. softwa re B. equipm ent c. s tationary D. hardware
3. A. seclud ed B. far c. rem ote D. uninha bited
4. A. record ed B. online c. broadcast D. program med
5. A. shrink ing B. technical c. vil lage D. global
6. A. econom ical B. electrical c. phy sical D. digital
7. A. give B. admini ster c. d onate D. supply
8. A. mobi le ph one B. plug c. m odem D. video
9. A. the real world B. outer space c. virtua l reality D. cyberspac e
10. A. pri ority B. impor tance c. cr iteria D. advanta ge
B. MUL TIPLE CHOICE CLOZE 2 / -
Gree nhou se gases are being released into the atmosph ere 30 tim es faster than
the tim e whe n the Earth e xper ienc ed a ( 1 )______ epis ode of global warm ing.
A stu dy co mp ari ng the rate at whi ch carb on dio xid e and me tha ne is bein g
( 2 ) ______ now, compar ed to 55 million years ago when global warming also
occur red, has found dramatic difference s in the speed of release. James Zachos,
prof esso r of earth sciences at the University of Californ ia, Santa Cruz, said the
speed o f th e prese nt buildup of greenh ouse gases is far greater than during the
global warm ing after the: (3) ... , of the dinosaurs . “The emissi ons that
caused this past episode of global warming lasted 10,000 year s,” Profess or
Zach os told the Americ an Associat ion for the Advan cemen t of Science at a
meetin g in St. Louis.' “ By burning fossil fuels, we are likely to emit the same
amou nt o ver the next t hree centur ies.” He warned tha t st udies of global w armin g
events in the geologic al past (4 )______ the Eart h’s clim ate passes a ( 5 )_______
beyond which climate change accelerat es with the help of positi ve feedba cks -

165
vicio us circle s of warmin g. Profes sor Zachos is a leading ( 6 ) ______ on the
episod e of global warmi ng known as the palaeo cene- eocen e therma l maxim um,
when average global tempe rature s increased by up to 5°c due to a massive
release of carbon dioxid e and methane.
His resear ch into the deep ocean ( 7 ) ______ sugges ts at this time that about
4.5 billion tons of carbon entered the atmosp here over 10.000 years. “This will
be the same amou nt of carbon released into the atmos phere from cars and
industrial emis sions over the next 300 years if p resent ( 8 ) _____ contin ue,” he
said. Altho ugh carbon can be released suddenl y and naturally into the
atmo spher e from volcan ic activity, it takes many thousa nds of years for it to be
remov ed perm anen tly by natural processes. The ocean is capabl e of removi ng
carbon , and quick ly, but this natural (9) ______ can be easily (10) ______ ,
which is proba bly what happened 55 million years ago. “It will take tens of
thousa nds of years before atmosp heric carbon dioxide comes down to
preind ustria l levels ,” the profe ssor said. “Even after humans stop burning fossil
fuels, the e ffects will be long-la sting.”
1. A. prearr anged B. prem ier c. previous D. funda mental
2. A. emitted B. exhaled c. incorpora ted D. digested
3. A. deme ntia B. demo lition c. detach ment D. demise
4. A. com men t B. mark c. comp limen t D. ind icate
5. A. barric ade B. verge c . thresho ld ;D. pe rimete r
6. A. auto crat B. authorit y c . admin istrat or D. prop rietor
7. A. dusts B. sedim ents c . dirt D. pow der
8. A. t rends B. gadge ts c. fads D. crazes
9. A. capac ity B. comp etence c. intelligenc e D. bulk
10. A. ov ercha rged B. overstat ed c . oversh adowe d D. overwh elmed

B. WRITTEN QUESTIONS (60 pts

I. OPEN C LOZE TES TS
A. TE ST 1
Societ y does not encour age crying as a for m of (1 )___________ expressio n.
The shed ding of tears to make people feel uncom fortab le and embarr assed.
The (2 )____________ race is the only species that sheds emotio nal tears. What
(3 )________ does crying serv e?
It has been sugges ted that emotiona l tears play a role in the ( 4 ) _______ of
stress. Scien tific studies have revealed that emotio nal tears conta in a chemical
which is o ne o f the body's natural (5 )_____ [_ki llers. The chemic al is not found
in tears (6) ____ as a respon se to slicing onio ns. Scienti sts think that t ears may
shed to (7) ' ' substa nces that accum ulate in the body under stress. This
would expla in why many people feel much better after (8 )_____ As a result
of the view t hat it is not human being to cry, men tend to hold back their tears.
This may expl ain when men d evelop mo re st ress-re lated diseas es tha n w omen.

166
 (9 )______ emotio n, be if a fe eling of sadness or ha ppiness , is stress ful. Tears
are there fore shed as a respons e to sorrow, anger or joy . It is natural to cry.
Indeed, it may be ( 10 )______ to hold back tear s.

B. TEST 2
A new breed of b utlers has appeared ( 1 ) ______ the scene; increas ingly, it
seems (2) _ _ _ _ _ rich and famous are turning ( 3 ) ______ women to perform
the little dome stic duties of everyday life. But although fe male butlers are in ever
great er dema nd, they are also in short ( 4 ) ______ . Ivor Spence r, who runs the
most tradi tion al of the well-k nown butler school, has trained only eight women
in 21 years. Even at the more progres sive butler academ ies, such as Robert
Wat son’s Guild of Pro fession al Butlers, fewer than one in four ( 5 ) ______ are
females.
Butler ine Sarah Whittle says that women are in d emand because the y’re (6)
______ stuffy than men. “W e’re better at (7) •' • • up on peo ple’s mood ,”
she says. “And we can organize several things at once: it’s our nature to
multi task.” Whittle is expecte d to be smart and professio nal on duty, but she
does get glam orous (8 )______ - pre sents of chocolate, champa gne and, on (9)
______ occas ion, an expens ive pair of shoes. But the job has its downside.
Hund red-h our weeks are not (1 0) ______ , the hours are u nsociab le and the tas ks
often less tha n gl amorous .
II. WO RD FORMS
A. Write the corr ect fo rm o f each brack eted word in the num bere d space
prov ided . (0) has been done as an ex ample.
When peo ple enjoy whatever they are doing, they report some (0) characteristic
(CHA RAC TER) feelings that distinguish the (1) ..... (PLEA SURE) moment
from the rest o f life. The same types of feelin gs are reporte d in the context of
playin g chess, climb ing mountains, playing with babies, reading a book or
writin g a poem. They are the same for young and old, male and female,
Amer ican or Japane se, rich or poor. In other words, the nature of e njoym ent
seems to be (2 ).. ... . (UNIVER SE). We call this state of (3 ) ..... (CONS CIOUS )
a flo w exper ience , because many people report that when what they are doing is
( 4 ) ..... (SPE CIAL ) enjoyab le, it feels like bein g carried away by a current, like
being in a flo w.
At presen t, ( 5 ) ....... (LAMEN T) few students would recogniz e the idea that
learning can be like that. But if e ducators invested a fraction of the energy on
( 6 ) ..... (STI MUL US) the stude nts’ enjoym ent of learn ing that they now spend
in trying to trans mit information , we could achieve much better results. Once
stud ents ’ ( 7 ) ..... (MOTI VATE ) is engaged, on ce they can be ( 8 ) ....... (POW ER)
to tak e contro l of their own learning and provided with clear ( 9 ) ..... (FEED ) on
their effort s, then they are on their way to a lifetime of self -prope lled (1 0 ).....
(ACQU IRE) of knowledge.

167
B. Choo se a word fro m th e b ox a nd giv e it a pr ope r form t o fi ll in each gap to
com plete the pass age :

acces s appea r commi t deny exclud e

immerse infant institute lonel y see
One of the most challen ging aspects of the science anthro polog y comes from
its fieldw ork. Certai nly, in its (1) _____ as a profes sion, anthro polog y was
distin guishe d by its c oncent ration on so-called primary societie s in whi ch social
(2)________ appea r to be fairly limited and social interacti on to be condu cted
almost (3)_____ face - to - face. Such societies, it was felt, provided anthropologists
with a va luable (4)________ into the workin gs of society that contras ted with the
many compl exities of more highly develo ped societies. There was also a sense
that the way of life r epresent ed by the se small er societie s were rapidly (5)_____
and th at pr eservi ng a record of them was a matter o f some urgency.
The (6)________ of anthropo logists to the first - hand collecti on of data led
them to some of the most (7)________ places on earth. Most often they worked
alone. Such lack of contact with other people created feelings of intense
(8)________ in some anthrop ologist s, especial ly in the early stages of fieldwork.
Neve rthele ss, this process of (9)________ in a totally alien culture continue s to
attrac t men and women to anthropolo gy, and is (10)_________ the most
effect ive w ay of understand ing in depth ho w oth er peop le see the wo rld.

III. ERR OR CORRE CTION

The passa ge b elow contai ns ten errors. Fin d and correc t them.
Most obviou sly, those exposing to weekly general music classes or private
instrume ntal or vocal lessons will find an outlet for their creativi ty and self-
express ion. Therefo re, a c loser, more scientific look at music will show that the
advan tages are indeed mu ch gr eater than ju st increased creativity .
Researc h has showed that learning a musical instrum ent and merely learning
how to read music assists a child in develop ing higher thinki ng skill, such as
probl em-so lving and problem -finding , analysis, and evaluati on. A child who
learns to understa nd the aspects of reading music, including notation, key
signat ures, and other items found on a piece of music as well as the child who
devel ops the a bility followi ng the sequence o f notes, is using the same portion of
the brain that is used in mathem atics thinking. Gifted musicia ns, it’s report ed,
are of ten gifted mathem atician s as well.
Thos e who study music diligently also develo p self-di sciplin e. The seriou s
music studen t who se ts up time to p ractice each day w ill develo p s imilar posit ive
habits in othe r subjects. Organiz ational skills are better, grades are higher, and
child ren learn w hat it takes to excel at som ething.

168
 Participate in gro up musical activities builds tea mwork, and students learn that
working togethe r as a group is essential to the production of a good finishing
product. They learn to rely on others and to be relied upon. Teamwork also
promotes responsibility; i.e. if you’re the only trumpet in the band, yo u need to show
up for rehearsing no matter what! T hey’ll also come to understand that music is the
threat that binds them together with the world, as click as it may sound. Music is
indeed the universal language but it also helps children to learn about cultural
heritage, their own as well as others, and gives them an insight into history.
IV. S ENT ENC E TRAN SFOR MAT ION
PART A. Finish ea ch s enten ce bel ow so that its m eanin g rem ains unchanged.
1. S cientis ts have t ried very hard to find a cure for this disease.
Enorm ous ....................... ....... ......................... ..................... . ..........................
2. The teac her agreed to introduce the new m ethods.
There wa s a n .................. ........................ . .................................... . ....................
3.1 did n ot re alize how much he was influenced by his brother.
I did n ot r ealize the ex te n t....................................................................................
4. Mass tou rism has be en on e o f the caus es o f the enviro nmenta l problems .
Mass tourism i s ............................ . ......................................................................
5. Som ething mu st be done quickly to solve the problem of homelessness .
U rg en t........ ............................... ................................ .................................. ........
PART B. Finish each sente nce below so that its mean ing remai ns unchanged.
Use the word pro vid ed in bracke ts an d do not alter it in a ny way.
1. Mike has a more comple x per sonality than you may think , (depths)
—> M ik e________________________________________________ _________
than you may th ink.
2. Zo e alw ays makes spontane ous de cisions concern ing her travel plans, (acts)
—> Zoe alw ays
her trav el plans.
3. Ho w will the chang es af fect the company ? (implica tions)
—> W ha t_______ ___ ___________________________________________ the
comp any? c
4. S ince the adver tiseme nt, we ’ve had m ore app lications than we can deal with.
(swam ped)
-> Since the a dve rtis em ent ,________________________ _____________
applic ations . • •
5. Julie alway s listens to my complai nts ab out work, (ear)
-> Julie a lw ay s____________ :____________ ______________________
■ ■ ;■ ý r ' \ ■ : > ■ ■■
: . ; > ‘.1. . .'

169
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LONG AN - LONG AN

I. MULTIPL E C HOICE
I. PHONOLOGY
Cho ose the wor d whos e unde rline d pa rt is pro no un ced differ ently from the
oth er th ree.
boot B. bo ok c . hook " D. foot
pizza B. sizzl e c . drizzle D. muzz le
decoy B. p erishab le c . benzene D. supre me
sugg estion B. con gestio n c . digesti on D. devot ion
dairy B. lair c . fair
’
D. gari \ 1'•
f

Cho ose the w ord who se stre ss patt ern i s dif fere nt fr om tha t o f the oth er three.
6. A. cond olenc e B. obs tinacy c . comm unism D. pain stakin gly
7. A. Abo rigin e B. agr icultu re c . thea tergo er D. care taker
8. A. A rabic B. a erobic s c . lunatic D. politi cs
9. A. intima cy B. com menta ry c . prefer able D. amph ibian
10. A. volu ntee r B. abs entee c . comm ittee - D. emplo yee
II. WORD CHOICE u

Cho ose the bes t op tion s to com plete the follo win g sent ences.
1 .1c ouldn ’t believe it when Marcy accused me o f____ in her relationship with Joe.
A. inter venin g B. interac ting c. interfer ing D. int ercepti ng
2. Do y ou thin k the re migh t be a .■_____betw een Ang ie’s b ehavi or arid the
acc ide nt she had?. i

A. link B. tie . . ,c. bond D. juncti on

3. Sud denl y, I overh eard Melis sa and Al ex tal king about me in th e ____ L room.
A. attac hed B. beside c. near D. adjac ent
4. It’s diff icul t to trans late becaus e th ere ’s no for tha t word in Engli sh.
A. t win B. clone c. copy D. equiv alent
5. A ndre a a nd Ther esa are so dif ferent! You c oul dn’t h ave tw o m or e___ sisters.
A. disli ke B. contr asting c. confli cting D. dist inguis hed
6. Keep ing a r elati onsh ip going is hard enough, w ithou t a n y _____ pressu re f rom
pare nts.
A. exter nal B. incom ing c. outward D. out door
7. Hav ing you r he art broken is a n _____ part o f growin g up.
A. inwar d B. inset c. integral D.internal
8. G etti ng divo rced w as a _____ decisio n, so I d on’t blame my e x-wife .
A. relat ive B. related c. coope rative D. joint
9. But wha t y ou ’re sa ying now isn’t _____ with what you said last we ek.
A. coh ere nt B. con siste nt c. confi rmed D. con tinuo us
10. You have to go through a numb er o f_____ stages before you become an expert.
A. med ium B. ave rage c. mode rate D. interm ediate

170
III. GR AMM AR AND S TRUC TURE S
Choose the bes t opti ons t o co mplet e the follow ing sentence s.
1. The glacie rs that reached the Pacific Coast were valley glacier s and between
those tongu es of ice _____ that all owed the orig inal forests to su rvive.
A. tha t m any s anctu aries were B. were many sanctua ries
c . were there many sanctua ries D. there the many sanctua ries
2. Exper iments related to the sense of smell are mor e ea si ly _____ than those
related to p ercepti on of color.
A. se tting up B. to set up c . set up D. sets up those
3. Mercury di ffers from other industrial me tal s____ _ if is a liquid.
A. w herea s ? • B. in th at c . because of D. conseq uently
4. Anar chism is a term describ ing a cluster of doctrin es and at tit ud es _____
princi pal uniting feature is the beli ef that governm ent is both harmful and
unneces sary.
A. and B. whose c. since D. for
5. Up th e ro ad _____ the couple with nobody suspecting th at they were working
as FBI agents fo r real. .
A. lived B. living c. had lived D. were living
6. He ins isted that hi s m eth od _____ correct. . Í ,
A. be B. should \ c. were D. was
7. Every body sat qu iet ly, _____ for the repair or w hatever was needed.
A. waited B. to wai t c. waiting D. wait
8. The book tra nslated as “Dene meler’' in Turkish is still the stronges t pro of that
sho ws _____ Montaigne solved the mysteries of the modern people’s feelings.
A. jus t as . B. so well c. how well D. even so
9._____ ghos t exis ts in the world. That ’s your illusion. :
A. No s uch a.thing asB. No such a thing as a ; <.
c . No such thing as aD . No such thing as
10. The bank is reported in the local newspap er _____ in broad daylight
yesterd ay. .. ■ : .
A. to be ro bbed B. having been robbed
c . to h ave been robbed - D. robbed
IV. PR EPO SITI ONS AND PHRAS AL VERBS
Choose the bes t answ ers to the follow ing questions.
1. You sho uld n’t hav e sent Sahastian that Valentine’s card. 1 think you ’ve scar ed
hi m ___ ‘ \ . .. , . . _
A. b ack B. down c . off D. through
2. The sing er perfo rman ce was so exciting that many of hi s fans w e re _____
enthu siasm .
A. ca rried away with / \ B. moved to
c . taken back w ith D. stirred up with

171
3. He was very upset when the boss passed him _____ and promoted a
newco mer to the a ssis tant ’s job.
A. by B. up c . over D. aside
4. Th e sick ma n’s condit ion is grave but wit h careful nursing he will still have a
chanc e t o _____ .
A. pull throug h B. pull t ogethe r c . pull o ff D. pull up
5. Confid ently he answere d one question after anoth er _____ ever yone ’s
satisfac tion.
A. for B. in I c . with D. to
6. The small boat d rifted helpless ly , . the m ercy of the wind and waves .
A. in B. to c . with D. at
7. This area is ab sol ute ly_____ for more investment.
A. cr ying out B. break ing do wn c . better o ff D. cutting back
8. The police are tryi ng to crack _ on drunk en d rivers,
A. up B. down c . through D. in
9. We intend to with the old system as soon as we have developed a better one.
A. do up B. do awa y c . do in D. do down
10. 1 sugge st w e _____ in more coal in ca se the forecasts of a long and heavy
winte r shou ld c ome tr ue.
A. pu t B. lay c . give D. do
V. R EADI NG COMP REHE NSION
Rea d the text and choose the b est answer.
Line The response of most animals when suddenly faced with a
preda tor is to flee. Natural selection has acted in a variety of ways in
differe nt species to enhance the efficacy of the behaviors , known as
“fligh t beha viors” or escape behaviors, that a re used by prey in
5 fleeing predators. Perhaps the most direct adaptatio n is enha nced flight
speed and agility.
Adapta tions for speed, however, are likely to require sacrifices in
other attribut es, so we might expect only some species to adopt a
simple fast flight strategy. An other way of enhanc ing the effectiv eness
10 of flight is to move in an erratic and unpredic table way. Many species,
like ptarmi gans, snipes, and various antelop es and gazelles, flee from
predat ors in a character istic zigzag fashion. Rapid unexpect ed changes
in fli ght directi on make it difficu lt for a predat or to track prey. In some
species, like the European hare, erratic zigzag flight might be more
15 effective in the pre sence of predators th at are faster than th ey
are and straigh t flight more effective agains t predato rs that are slower.
One observa tion that supports this suggestio n is the recorded tendenc y
for slow-f lying black-he aded gulls, which are normally able to escape

172
 preda tors by means of direct flight, to show freque nt change s in flight
20 direc tion when they spot a peregrine falcon (pereg rines are adept at
captu ring flying birds).
A quite differen t way of enhanci ng escape by flight is to use so-
called “flas h” behavior. Here, the alarmed prey flees for a short
distan ce and then “freez es.” Some predators are unexcite d by immobile
25 prey, and a startlin g flash of activity followed by immobilit y may
confu se them. “Fla sh” behavio r is used in partic ular by frogs and
ortho ptera n insects, which make conspic uous jum ps and then sit
immobi le. In some sp ecies, “flash ” beh avior is enhanc ed by the display
o f bright body markings. Good examples of insects with colorful
30 makin gs ar e the red and yellow under wing moths.
At rest, both species are a cryptic brown color. When they fly,
howeve r, brightly colored hind wings are exposed, which render the
moths highly conspicu ous. Similarly, some frogs and lizards have
brightly co lored patches or frills that may serve a “fl ash” fun ction when
35 they move quickly. Some species even appea r to possess “flash ”
sounds. The loud buzzing and clicking noises made by some
grassh opper s w hen t hey jump may serve to e mphasi ze the movement.
1. The word “en ha nc e” in line 3 is closest in m eaning to
A. e ncour age Ek resist c. increase D. reveal
2. The descri ption of the prey ’s movemen t as “zigzag ” in line 12 suggests that
the mov emen t is
A. r eliabl e B. fast c. constant D. unpre dictable
3. It ca n be in ferred from the pas sage t hat the European hare
A. is faste r than mast o f its predators
B. is capab le of two kinds o f flight
c. is mor e likely to escape using s traight flight
D. is preyed upon by gulls and falco ns
4. The b ehav ior o f black-hea ded gulls is most com parable to that of
A. ga zelles B. European hares
c. Pereg rine falcons D. f rogs
5. It can be inferred that black-hea ded gulls change direction when they spot a
pere grine fa lcon for which o f the follow ing r easons?
A. Th e f alcons are faster t han the gulls.
B. The gulls want to capt ure the falcons,
c. The falcons are unpredic table. >•
D. The gulls depend on the falcons for protec tion.
6. The word “ala rm ed ” in line 23 is closest in m eaning to
A. m oving B. selecte d c. frightened D. exha usted
’ 173
1. All of the follow ing are mentio ned as chara cteris tics of “fla sh” behav ior
EXCE PT
A. b rie f conspic uous ac tivity B. im mobility
c. brigh t bod y markin gs D. aggr essive fi ghting
8. The phrase “ in part icula r” in line 26 is closest in meani ng to
A. e speci ally B. with difficulty c. expert ly D. fre quently
9. The hind wings of red and yellow underw ing moths functio n in a way that is
most simi lar to
A. the hin d wings of peregrine falcons
B. the zigza g flight of European hares
c. the colore d patched on frogs
D. the click ing of grasshoppe rs
10. Why d oes the auth or m ention grassh oppers in line 36?
A. To c ontra st an imals that “flas h” with animals tha t “ freez e”
B. As an exam ple of an animal whose “flas h” b ehavio r is a sound
c. To com pare the jum ping be havio r of insects and reptiles
D. As an examp le of a predat or tha t moth s es cape by us ing “ flash” behavio r

Re ad the tex t an d cho ose th e be st answer.

In Death Valley, C aliforni a, one of the hottest, most arid places in North
Amer ica, there is much salt, and salt can damage rocks impressively.
Inhab itants of areas elsewh ere, where streets and highwa ys are salted to
control ice, are famil iar with the resulting rust and deterio ration on cars.
5 That atte sts t o the chemic ally corrosive nature of salt, but it is not the way
salt destr oys rocks. Salt breaks rocks ap art princip ally by a process called
crystal prying and wedging . T his happens not by s oaking the rocks in salt
water, but by moist ening their bottoms with salt water. Such conditio ns
exist in man y areas along the eastern edge of central Death Valley. There ,
10 salty wate r rises from the ground water table by capilla ry action through
tiny space s in sedi ment until it reaches th e surface.
Most stones have capilla ry passages that suck salt wate r from the wet
groun d. Death Valley provide s an ultra-dry atmos phere and high daily
temp eratu res, which promote evapora tion and the format ion of salt
15 cryst als along the cracks or other openin gs within stones. These crystals
grow as long as salt water is available . Like tree roots breakin g up a
sidew alk, the growi ng crystals exert pressur e on the rock and eventua lly
pry the rock apart along planes of weakn ess, such as banding in
meta morp hic rocks, bedding in sedime ntary rocks, or preexi sting or
20 incipi ent fracti ons, and along boundar ies betwee n individual mineral
cryst als or g rains. Beside s c rystal growth, the expan sion of halite crystals
(the same as every day table salt) by heating and of sul fates and similar

174
 salts by hydration can contribu te additiona l stresses . A rock durable
enou gh to have withsto od natural conditio ns for a very long tim e in othe r
25 areas could probably be shattered into small pieces by salt weathe ring
withi n a few gener ations.
The dom inant sa lt in Death Valley is halite, or s odium chloride, but other
salts, mostly carbo nates and sulfates, also cause prying and wedging, as
does ordina ry ice. We athering by a variety of salts, th ough often subtle, is
30 a worl dwid e phenom enon. Not restricted to arid regions, intense salt
wea ther ing occurs mostly in salt-rich places like the seashore, near the
large saline lakes in the DryValleys of Antarctica, and in d esert sections
o f Australia , N ew Zea land, and central Asia.

11. W hat is the passage ma inly ab out?

A. T he destru ctive effects of salt on rocks.
B. The impress ive salt roc ks in Death Valley.
c. The amo unt of salt produced in Death V alle y..
D. The damag ing effects of salt on roads and highways.
12. Th e w ord "Zz" in line 11,refers to
A. salty water , B. g roundw ater tab le
c. capi llary act ion D. sedime nt
13. The wor d "exert" in line. 17 is closest in meaning to
A. p ut B. reduce c. replace D. control
14. In lines 15-21, why does the author compare tree roots with growing salt crystals?
A. T hey both.forc e hard surfaces to crack.
B. The y both grow as long as w ater is available,
c. They both react quic kly to a rise in temperature.
D. The y both cause salty w ater to rise from the gro undwa ter table.
15. In lines 21-23, the author mentions the "expansion of halite crystals ...by
heati ng and of sulfates and similar salts by hydration" in order to
A. p rese nt an alterna tive t heory about crystal growth
B. exp lain how some rocks are not affected by salt
c. simp lify the explanati on of crystal prying and wed ging
D. introd uce addition al means by which crystals destroy rocks
16. The word "durable" in line 23 is closest in meaning to
A. large '• B. strong c. flexible D. pressure d
17. The word "shattered" in line 25 is closest in meaning to
A. a rrang ed B. dissolve d c. broken apart D. gather ed t ogeth er
18. The word "dominan t" in line 27 is closest in meani ng to
A. m ost recent B. m ost comm on
c. least a vailabl e D. least dam aging

175
19. A ccor ding to the passag e, which of the follow ing is true about the effec ts o f
salts on rocks ?
A. O nly two types o f salts cause prying and w edging.
B. Salts usua lly cause da mage onl y in comb inatio n with ice.
c. A vari ety of salts in all kinds of environm ents can cause weathe ring.
D. Salt dam age at the seashore is more severe than salt damage in Death Valley,
20. Which o f the follo wing can be inferred from t he pa ssage ab out rocks that are
found in area s w here ice is c ommo n?
A. They are protec ted from weathe ring.
B. Th ey do not a llow capill ary action of water.
c. They show sim ilar kinds of damage as rock s in Death Valley.
D. T hey conta in more carbo nates than sulfates.
VI. CLOZE TEST ,
CLO ZE TEST 1
Re ad the t ext belo w a nd de cide which answ er be st fi ts each space.
WHY DO W E NEE D LIFELO NG LEAR NING ?
Ince ntive s play an impor tant role in our decisio ns to learn. As we get older,
the outc ome s of ( 1 ) _____ in learning may not be the same as when we were
youn ger. For exam ple, we are less likely to be (2 )_____ as a result of training.
The type o f work -rela ted train ing or learning we do also chang es as we get older.
Wor kers over 45 years old are more likely to particip ate in learning (3) ___
that relate direc tly to thei r function. So they may choose to (4)_____ those
techn ical skills direct ly related to their work. By contrast , young worke rs are
more (5 )_____ to partic ipate in trainin g that is an investm ent in their future
care ers. Org aniz atio ns also want to continua lly (6)_____ their skills base.
Rece ntly, busin ess has (7)_____ this largely throug h a steady inflow of new ly-
(8)_____ you ng people onto the labor (9)_______.T raditio nally, we have had a
mix o f tho se youn g people who bring new formal skills to th e workp lace, and a
small prop ortio n of older workers who (10)_____ their experie nce. What we are
seei ng now is a decre asing proporti on of young people enter ing the work force
and an incre ase in the propor tion of older people. So, unless we chang e the
natur e ofo ur educ ation and learning across life, we will see a declin e in formal
skills in the wor king po pulatio n.
1. A. parti cipa tion B. con tributio n c. attenda nce D. activ ity
2. A. raised B. prom oted c . advance d D. upg raded
3. A. actio ns B. acti vities c. acts D. mo dules
4. A. relearn B. prom ote c . restore D. upg rade
5. A. proba ble B. like ly c . possible D. liable
6. A. r estart B. ren ovate c . restore D. ren ew
7. A. affected B fulfilled c. achieve d D.s ucc eed ed

176
8. A. ed ucate d B. taugh t c. qualified D. gradu ated
9. A. w orkfor ce B. emplo yment c. staf f D. mark et
10. A. do nate B. supply c. contribu te D. sell

CLOZE TEST 2
Rea d the text bel ow a nd dec ide which an swer be st fi ts each space.
THE CHAN GING FACE OF BOLLYW OOD
Bolly wood is the informal name given to popula r M umbai-ba sed Indian films
in the Hindi language. Bollywo od films are generally musicals and are expected
to co ntain catchy music in the (1)_____ of song-an d-dance numbers woven into
the script. A film ’s success often depends on the quality of such musical
number s. .Indeed, a f ilm ’s music is often (2)_____b efore the movie itse lf as this
is an ef fecti ve way o f (3)_____ advance publicity.
Indian audie nces expec t full (4)_____ for their money from t heir fi lms, which
must include a famous actor in the (5)_____ . Songs and dances, romance and
daredev il thrills - all are mixed up in a three-ho ur-long extrava ganza with an
intermi ssion.
The (6)_____ of Bollywoo d films have tended to be melodram atic. They
freque ntly employ formula ic ingredients such as star-crossed lovers and angry
parents , love triangl es, family ( 7 ) _____, corrupt politicia ns, kidnappers, long-
lost rel atives and siblings (8)______ by fate, and conven ient co incidences.
There have always been Indian films with more artistic aims and more
sophis ticate d stories, inside and outside the Bollywood tradition, but th ese often
(9)_____ at the box office to movies with more mass (10)______ . Bollywood
conv entio ns are changin g, however. Large Indian populati ons in many English-
speak ing countr ies, and increased Western influence at home, have nudged
Bollyw ood films closer to Hollywood films. Plots now tend to feature
weste rnize d urbani tes dating and dancing in discos rather than the more
traditi onal arrang ed marriage s. ’• '
1. A. way B. form c . look D.s hap e
2. A. p ublis hed B. issued c . released D. emitted
3. A. growi ng B. gene rating c . construc ting D. deve loping
4. A. w orth B. value c . price D. appe ar
5. A. c rew B. st aff c . team D. cast
6. A. a ccoun ts B. plots c. sc en es D. plays
7. A. fe uds B. wars c . hostilities D. com plaints
8. A. div ided B. separated c . lost D. detach ed
9. A. fell < B. failed c . missed out D. lost out
10. A. po pularit y B. appeal c. attraction D. lure

177
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPE N CLOZ E T EST
Rea d the text below and th ink o f the word which best fits each gap. Use only
ONE W ORD fo r each s pace.
OPEN CLOZ E 1
Work ing to supp ort my self at universi ty did, on reflec tion, stand me in good
(1) _____ for life after gradua tion. I’ve never been on to skive (2) _____
anyth ing and have already cramme d as much into each day as I could. I guess
I’ve alway s been someon e who takes thin gs'i n their ( 3 ) _____ and snappe d up
any o pport unity th at h as c ome my w ay. Looking back, I feel a gr eat (4 )_____ of
self-r espec t for getting my self thro ugh my studies witho ut incurri ng any debts
but I’ll ad mit it wa sn’t always plain sailing. The reality that I needed to improve
my tim e ma nag em ent o nly rea lly occ urre d to me, for exa mpl e, afte r I scra ped
(5) _____ my fi rst ye ar ex ams. Ultima tely, though , I think pe rsonal ity has p layed
a huge role in my success. I’ve always been the kind of person to take pleasur e
in wha teve r I do, whet her it’s for work or play. Sometim es people have been
sur pris ed at my abi lity to man age my time so eff ect ive ly and have also asked
(6) _____ I ge t my energy from. I think mo st o f it I (7 )_____ ’vé i nherited from
my parents . The ir work ethic and attitude towards life have, I feel, had a great
impac t on me and steered me down the path I’ve since taken. When they first
emigr ated here, they had nothin g but now the y’re the proud owners of a
succes sful restau rant downto wn. The y’ve always taken great (8) _ ___ _ in w hat
they do and have taugh t me always to (9) ____ _ the best of thing s. They also
taug ht me never to take (1 0 )_____ for an a nswe r - whic h is som ething, I think,
that has op ened far m ore d oors th an I will ever fully apprecia te.
OPEN CLOZ E 2
The new univer sity hospital in Trenton, which the Health Minis ter Victoria
Culley has descri bed as a “shini ng exam ple” to hospit als all (1) _____ the
count ry, has been open now for over six months. Having heard several less th an
comp lime ntary comm ents about the organiz ation and efficie ncy of the place, I
decid ed to see fo r my self. Before (2 )_____ there, I had a rgued with my local GP
to have some routine blood tests for anaemia. In spite of arrivin g early (7.15
a.m.!) I found that there were already long qu eues at the recept ion desks. While I
was waitin g, I looked around and have to admit that it is an impressi ve building ;
large and light with marble everyw here. Event ually my turn came and I
presen ted my doc tor ’s letters to the recept ionist, ( 3 ) _____ informed me that I
was in the X-ray queue and I’d have to go to anoth er queue and start again! I
cou ldn’t believ e it and asked her if it would be possib le to give me an
appoi ntme nt card anywa y ( 4 ) _____ making me queue up again. She inform ed
me it was no ( 5 ) _____ arguing with her and I should have read the sign, an
almos t invisible piec e o f card sayin g “X -rays ” just in front of her wher e v ery f ew

178
people can have seen it. No matte r how hard I tri ed to p ersua de her, s he w oul dn’t
give me an appo intm ent card for a blood test, so I started ( 6 ) _____ again and
finally got the card at 8.30! I then set of f for the blood tests room, follo wing the
nice new signs until they sudden ly stopped and I realize d that I was in a part of
the hospit al tha t has n’t been finished yet! When .I got to the doo r I saw a notice
sayin g “B ack in 10 minu tes” . I sat down and waited for 30 minute s before a
doc tor appe ared and told me to come in withou t, of course, (7) _____ for
keep ing me waiti ng. I asked him why I’d h ad to wait and he expla ined he ’d had
to help out in anot her ward which was (8) ____ _ as a result of a flu epidem ic
amo ng the doctor s! I got out of the hospital at 9.45 a.m. and breath ed a sigh of
relief. I’m now waiti ng for the results. So, Mrs. Culley, a far from rosy picture.
Cert ainly the publ ic should be ( 9 ) _____ no illusions that things have changed
for the better . Perhaps you should visit the hospital as an anony mous out-
pat ient rath er than a gover nmen t minis ter if you really want to know what it’s
like, (1 0 )_____ , as I suspec t, yo u d on’t a ctually care t hat m uch!

II. WORD FORMATION

Complete each sentence, using the correctform o f the word in parentheses.
1. The doc tor sugge sted that m y _____ to sleep was stress -relate d and presc ribed
slee pin g pills to help me ca tch up on much- needed s leep. (ABLE )
2. Tak ing adva ntage of som eon e’s trust or innocenc e is comp letely _____ .
(DE SPI SE)
3. When she found out that she had missed out on a place by tw o marks, she felt
co m pl et el y_____ . ( SPIRIT )
4. T he gov ernm ent decide d t hat the fundi ng o f the p roject was c om ple tel y_____
given t he colla pse of the econom y. (SUST AIN)
5. His nasty com men ts were compl etely uncalled for and left a n _____ taste in
my mou th. (SAV OUR )
6. Emi lia has alwa ys been very " and never t hinks abou t the cons eque nces
o f any o f her actions . (IMPU LSE)
7. The rest aura nt was closed down followi ng an inspect ion that deem ed the
kitch en to b e _____ and unfit for fo od p repara tion. (HYG IENE )
8. In the early year s of th e crisis, sta ff tended to be offere d a more gene rous
_____ pack age than in the later yea rs. (RED UNDA NT)
9.______o f E ast and West Germ any began in 1900 w hen the Berlin Wall came
down . (UN ITY )
10. You coul d hard ly say he was lazy; he ’s b ee n_____ empl oyed eve r since he
left s choo l. (GAI N)
Complete the passa ge with appropriate form s from the words given in the box.
controversy weigh obese date hard
extend reduce season volunteer resist
179
 The gove rnme nt may soon force restau rants to introdu ce a “traffi c light”
labelin g system on menus to help slow down rising levels of (1 )_____ . A green
circle would s how food is safe and advisa ble to ea t, w hile amb er f oods should be
eate n in mo der atio n and red food s eate n occ asi ona lly. Sup erm ark ets alre ady
( 2 ) _____ follow a simi lar code, but minis ters believ e a ra dical (3 )______ of the
system to resta uran t chains is necess ary. They intend to ( 4 ) _____ gover nmen t
pol icie s on pub lic heal th as rec ent stat isti cs show t hat tw o thir ds of adul ts are
(5) _____ or worse , obese. Abroa d, N ew York city has alread y forced restau rant
cha ins to list cal ori e con ten t on men us, beli evin g this will lead to a dra ma tic
(6) _____ in the numb er o f people who are obese or w ho suffe r from diabetes . If
the gove rnme nt here goes ahead with the “traffi c light” system it will no doubt
face consi derab le ( 7 ) ____ from the food industry, which would be forced to
spend money on (8 )____ _ menus. This new system would also be ( 9 )_____ for
small resta urant chain s because menus are (1 0 )_____ and consta ntly change,
and m any dishes do not co ntain standar dized levels of ingredients.
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N
Fin d an d cor rect 10 m istake s in t he fol low ing passage.
The dom inan t form of tran sport in the twentie th century is undoub tedly the
moto r car. But as the c entury dra ws into a clo se, a large numb er o f road users are
aban donin g these petrol -drive n, four-whe el boxes for a much cleaner, more
effic ient machin e: the bicycle. .'(• ,
It is no t a new inv enti on,, of course . In 1817, Baron von Drais invented what
was known as the “runn ing mach ine” . This was a two-w heeled vehicle which
looked very simil ar to a bicycle, excep t that it had no chain or pedal. The rider
simply sat in the saddle and ran. It is surpris ing that these machi nes were so
unpo pular wh en you consi der how uncom fortable they must have been, but they
were ver y fa shiona ble among the upper classes.
It was not until 1885 that somethi ng truly resem blance a modern bicycle
came into the market. The “safety cycle ” started the beginn ing of the age of the
two-w heele r. This was not jus t an expensi ve toy for th e amuse ment of the upper
classes . It was a cheap and practica l machine, and it was not long before
every one did one.
With the raise in c ar use in the 1950s and 60s, the bicycle went into d ecline.
The car was, after all, faster and more comfor table. Until there were so m any of
them, that is nowad ays more and more people realize that for city jou rney s a
bicycle can be up to five times faster than a c ar - and it is much easier to find a
park space!

IV. SENT ENC E T RAN SFOR MAT ION

Rew rite the fol low ing sente nces us ing th e wo rds given.
1. They did not re alize that t he film had been nomina ted for an Oscar.
Little
180
2. People became aware of the damage to the ozone layer when an enormou s
hole was di scovered over the South Pole.
-> It was t h e____________________________________________________ .
3. Should they strike the consultan t off, she will never work again.
—» If she b e _________________________ _ _________________________ .
4. For furthe r information, please send a self-addresse d envelop e to the above
address.
—> Furth er information ca n________________________________________ .
5. My unc le did not suffe r from his experience. (NONE)
—> My u nc le ___________ _________________________ ____________ .
6. Tim was always an optimis t even wh en thing s were going wrong .
-> Tim invariably loo ked ______________________ __________________ .
7.1really admire you for your improvement. (HAT)
-> I _______________________________ ___________________________ .
8. David fe els uncomfortab le in front o f all those people. (ILL)
-» David seems r eally ___________________________________________ .
9. D on’t be upset b yw hat she said. (HEART)
—> Don ’t ___________________________________ ___________________ .
10 .1 promised him that the situation wouldn’t be repeated in the future. (WORD)
-> I _________________________________ _______________________ .

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯƠNG THÊ VINH - ĐỔNG NAI

. MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS (40 PTS)

I. PH ONOL OGY (5 PTS)
Sort out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently fro m that o f the
others.
1. A. leach B. measles c. teak D. cleanlines s
2. A. pe nultima te B. commiserate c. exacerbate D. ameliorate
3. A. h andcra ft B.ha ndb ook c. handke rchief D. handbag
4. A. fathom B. feather c. anthem D. within
5. A. m athemat ics B. southern c. breath D. truth
Pick out t he one word wi th a different stress pattern from the others .
6. A. m ollify B. dissipate c. tentative D. panacea
7. A. ar mchai r B. innate c. accent D. datum
8. A. ki ndergarten B. photograp hy c . rhinoceros D. memorial
9. A. b andwagon B. horoscope c. clementine D. meande rings
10. A. su perfluou s B. veracity c. epileptic D. inevi table

181
II. WORD CHOIC E (5 PTS)
Rea d the sen tence s an d choose the best answer.
11. The pr ob le m ............... because neither side was prepared to comp romise.
A. am assed B. escala ted c. proliferate d D. enhance d
12. Not even losing all the tim e c oul d........................ his enth usiasm for tennis.
A. rec ede B. damp en c. erode D. belittle
13. We were under no ................................a bout how difficul t it would be to
achieve ou r aims.
A. fan tasies B. daydrea ms c. illusions D. decepti ons
14. She showed li tt le ................................o f the problem s we were facing.
A. affi nity B. apprec iation c. regard D. sensitivity
15. She didn ’t show e ven a ................................o f emotion when t he cou rt found
her guilty .
A. gle am B. wink c. flicker D. flash
16. We hadn ’t seen ea ch o ther for te n years and sh e’d changed out o f a l l ............
A. i dentifica tion B. recollec tion c. recognition D. familiari ty
17. It wa s a bad m istake but it had n o ............... on the outcome o f the match.
A. bea ring B. relevance c. significan ce D. repercussion
18. All the others were experts and I was out o f m y .......... in the conversa tion.
A. level B. depth c. limit D. range
19. They tried t o ................................on the ir children the importanc e o f a good
educatio n.
A. impress B. instil :.f. c. highlight D. underline
20. He refused t o ....... .................... on why he to ok such an unexp ected decision.
A. el aborate B. amplify c. account D. clarify
III. G RAMM AR AND STRUCTURES (5PTS)
Rea d the sen tences and choose the best answer.
21. Working there w as good fo r me, ...'.............. ......... I gained a lot o f valuable
experienc e.
A. as far as B. in that c. as for ! D. in terms o f
22.................................. that he had no choice but to leave early.
A. In such a situation did he find himse lf
B. In such a situation he found himse lf
c. He found him self in a s ituation where
D. He foun d h imse lf in a so embar rassing situation
23. He would certainly have attende d the pa rt y................................
A. had the tyr e no t flattened itself. B. if he didn't ge t a fla t tyre,
c. if the fla t tyre hadn't happened. D. had he not had a f lat tyre.
24. O f the two new teac hers, one is experienced and ................................
A. the others are not B. the oth er is not
c. anothe r is inexperience d D. other lacks e xperienc e
182
25. is a general category that includes all m ental states and
activiti es.
A. What do ps ycholo gists call cog nition
B. Psy cholog ists call it cognition
c. What psych ologis ts call cognition
D. Cog nition, as it called by psyc hologists , whic h
26. Any one w ho has ev er pull ed w eeds from a ga rd en ................................ roots
firmly anch or p lants to the soil.
A. well aware B. is well aware that
c. is well a ware of D. well a ware that
27. He decide d to buy some chocolate kept in an .............. . ................ contai ner
for his father, a ................................ watch for his mothe r and a doll with
.. ..............................hair for his little sister.
A. ai rtighte d; water-p roofed; sn ow-whited
B. tigh t air; pro of water; white snow
c . tight aired; pro of watered; white snowed
D. air-ti ght; water-p roof;,sn ow-whi te
28................................... that he felt that he did n’t have to revise a ny more.
A. So confi dent in passing was that arrogant student
B. Such confid ence in passing did that arrogant student have
c. So con fiden t was that arr ogant st udent o f passing
D. Such w as the conf idence of that arrogant student on passing
29. The planes were delayed and the hotel was awful, but ................................
we still had a good time.
A. on the top of all th at ,Ị B. on the contrary
c. for all that D. by the same tok en
30. I'm . . ....... . .................... my bro ther is.
A. nowhe re like so a mbitious H _ B. nothing near as ambitiou s as
c. nothin g as ambitio us than ' 1 D. nowhere near as ambitiou s as

IV. PH RASA L VERBS AND PR EPOSITION S:

Rea d the se nten ces and choose th e best answer.
31. It is imposs ible to for get that d a y -t h e event s still lin ge r.......... .. .. .. .............
in the m emory fore ver.
A. on B. for c. away D. up
32. Sor ry, I ca n’t go to the m ovies with you. I’m ................................ under w ith
work at the mom ent.
A. rain ed B. flooded c. stormed D. snowed
33. She threate ned to do hers elf Í........................when her hu sband ran awa y
with her be st friend.
A. on B. in c. up D. down

183
34. Thi s is an argum ent that t hat se ems t o ................................ comm on sense!
A. bite the ba ck o f B. fly in the f ace o f
c . meet the eyes of D. take the hand of
35. She r eally has the children ea tin g................................ ! They do w hatev er she
tells them to.
A. be hind her bac k B. out o f her hand c. on h er nose D. und er h er feet
36. My sh ould er is playin g m e ................................ today! I can ’t do an ything
while it’s so painful.
A. on B. in c. up D. agai nst
37. T hat new secreta ry is still wet behind t h e ...............................
A. ey es B. face c. skin D. ears
38. Donald Trump alw ays in ve ig h................... immigra nts in orde r to g et votes.
A. up on B. into c. agains t D. towards
39. Well, it should not b e ................................ the wits o f man to resolve this
issue! Let ’s have a nice coffee and set tle it!
A. ben eath B. under c. above D. beyond
40. Before the Olympic 30/4 con test, 1 always feel like th ere ’s a c lo u d ......... me.
A. ha nging above B. castin g tow ards c. hanging ov er D. flyin g ove r
V. GUIDE D CLOZE (10 PTS)
Re ad the passa ges an d choos e the best answe r.
PASSAGE 1
Green house ga ses are being released into the at mosph ere 30 ti mes faster than
the time when the Earth experien ced a (41) .............................episode of global
warm ing. A study compa ring the rate at which carbon dioxide and methane are
being (42) ................................ now, compar ed to 55 million years ago when
globa l warm ing also occurred , has found drama tic differe nces in the speed of
release . J ames Zach os, profe ssor o f earth sc iences at the Univers ity o f Californi a,
Santa Cruz, said the speed of th e presen t buildup of greenho use gases is far
grea ter than during the global warming after the (43) ..................................... of
the dinos aurs. “The emissio ns that caused this past episode of global warmin g
prob ably lasted 10,000 year s,” Profess or Zacho s told the Americ an Associ ation
for the Adva ncem ent of Sc ience at a meeting In St. Louis. “By burnin g fossil
fue ls, we are likel y to emi t the same amo unt ove r the next thre e cen tur ies .”
He wa rne d th at stu die s of glo bal wa rm ing ev en ts in the ge olo gic al pas t
(44 ) ........................ the Eart h’s climate passes a (45) .............................. beyond
which clima te chang e accele rates with the help of pos itive feedba cks - viciou s
circle s of wa rmin g. Profes sor Zachos is a leading (46) ................................ on
the episo de o f global warm ing known as the palae ocene -eoce ne therma l
maxim um, when avera ge global temper atures increas ed by up to 50°C due to a
massiv e releas e o f carbon dioxid e and methane.
His researc h into the deep ocean (47) ................................. sugges ts at this
time that abou t 4.5 billion tons of car bon entered the atmos phere over 10,000

184
years. “This will be the same amount of ca rbon released into the atmosph ere
from cars and indu stria l emi ssio ns over the next 300 yea rs if pre sen t
(48) ....... ..................... continu e”, he said. Although carbon can be released
suddenly and naturally into the atmospher e from v olcanic activity, it takes many
thousa nds of years for it to be removed permanently by natural processes. The
ocean is capabl e of removing carbon, and quickly, but this natural
(49) ..................... .......... can be easily (50) ................................ , which is
probably what happened 55 million years ago. “It will take tens of thousands of
years before atmosph eric carbon dioxide comes down to preindustrial levels,”
the profe ssor said. “Even after humans stop burning fossil fuels, the effects will
be lo ng-las ting.”
41. A. p rearra nged B. premier c. previous D. fundamental
42. A. em itted B. exhaled c. incorporated D. digested
43. A. de menti a .,•«• ' 1Ị c. detachment
•••*»/B. demolition D. demise
44. A. c omm ent B. mark c. compliment D. indicate
45. A. b arricade B. verge c.t hre sh old D. perimet er
46. A. a utocra t B. authority c . adminis trator D. proprie tor
47. A. du sts B. sediments Jc1■. dirt "■ ’ D. powder
48. A. tre nds B. gadgets c . fads D. crazes
49. A. ca pacity B. competence c. intelligence D. bulk
50. A. o verchar ged B. overstated c . overshadow ed D. overwhelm ed
PASSAGE 2
•. '• , ‘ i. FREEDOM , • I

This morning , the (51) ................................ of the villages around Delhi

stream ed triumph antly towards their rejoicing capital to celebrate the end of a
colon izatio n most o f them had not even known.
“Oh lovely dawn of freedom that breaks in gold and purple over an ancient
capi tal,” (52) .......................... . India’s poet laureate in benediction over the
crowds . They came from all (5 3 )................................ There were bullocks, their
hoofs painte d with orange, green and white stripes, their bells (54) ...................
gaily. There were trucks (55) ................................ with people, their roofs and
flanks painted with snakes, eagles and sacred cows. People came on donkey,
horse and bicycle, walking and running, country peo ple ‘With turbans of every
shape and colou r (56) ................................. the : wom en in bright, festive saris,
every bauble the y ow ned (5 7 )................................ on their arms or faces.
For a ( 5 8 ) ................................ moment rank, religion and caste disappear ed.
Hindus, Sikhs, Moslems, Anglo- Indians laughed, cheered, and occasion ally
wept (59) ..................... ........... emotion. ‘The British are goin g,’ they cried.
‘Nehru is going to (6 0 ); .......................... .. .. a new flag. We are free !’
51. A. dw ellers B. inhabitan ts 0. lodgers D. inmat es
52. A. pro claimed B. stated c . testified D. indic ated
53. A. edge s B. positions c. sides D. views

185
54. A. cla tterin g B. rattli ng c . jin glin g D. hoot ing
55. A. ov erlap ping B. over hangi ng c . overri ding D. over flowin g
56. A. thi nkable B. im aginabl e c . believa ble D. credi ble
57. A. fla shing B. glarin g c s cintill ating D. glitte ring
58. A. qui ck B. temp orary c . transi ent D. br ief
59 A. ill B. to c . with D. ab ou t
60. A. er ect B. raise c . elevate D. lift
VI. R EADI NG COM PRE HEN SION (10 PTS)
Rea d the passa ges an d cho ose t he b est answer.
PASSAGE 1
NEW WAYS OF LOOKING AT HISTOR Y
Thou gh few modern readers are famil iar with LP Hart ley’s novel The Go-
Betwe en. many will know the nove l’s often quoted openin g line: ‘The past is a
foreign countr y: they do things different ly ther e.' In Har tley’s novel, published
in 1953, the remark indicates the distance that separates an elderly narrator from
the dramati c events of his y outh. But the phrase has since been gleefully adopted
by historians hoping to dramatise the g ulf between present and bygone ages. This
remotene ss makes the past both alluring and incomprehens ible. It is the natural
hurdle all historians must overcome to shed lights on earlier times. Since the days
of Herodotus , the father of history who lived 2500 years ago, it has had them
scramb ling for new w ays to ac quaint tod ay’s audiences with yes terday ’s events.
Amid the curre nt mass of works o f popular historic al non-fict ion, the qu estion
of how to bring history to life see ms more pressing than ever. The historian Ian
Mort imer takes a literal approach: if the past is a foreign country, then a
fore ign er’s guidebo ok might help. His book The Time Tra vel ler ’s Guide to
Med ieva l Eng land is exactly that, offering ‘an investiga tion into the sensati ons
of being alive in diff erent tim es’. The resulting portrait of the era is as lively an d
enter tainin g as it is informative. Yet it is worth conside ring his claims about his
own approac h. ‘In tra ditional history, what we can say about the past is dictate d
by the selection and interpretat ion of eviden ce.’ It would be foo lish, however , to
suppo se that Mort imer ’s own text has not relied on precisel y this kind of
selectio n. Mortim er pre sents events as if they wer e unfolding , putting the facts in
the presen t tense. Yet the illusion of first-hand historical experi ence is s hattered
the mome nt we are thrown 50 years backwards or forward s in orde r to
provide context. Mort imer ’s refusal to commit to a temporal point of view
under mines the immedia cy he atte mpts to convey.
Unlike Mortimer, Philip Matyszak, author of Anc ient Rome on F ive Denar ii a
Day, does not claim to tread new historiog raphical ground. His ai m is to inform
and amuse, and in this he succeeds. The light-hearted approac h pays off, though
it occas ionally descend s into juve nile and anachro nistic humour: Oedipu s is
referre d to as ‘he o f the c omp lex’. This raises th e qu estion of what readers hip the
book is really aimed at. Also, the problem with time -trav eller s’ guides is that
186
they often say more about the people who wrote them than about the people they
describ e. Mo rtim er's avowal that ‘climate change is a noth er facto r affec ting the
lands cape' in 14th-century England reflects conc erns more modern that
medieval . While Mat ysza k’s assertio n that ‘it is a comm on miscon ception
among visito rs that the A cropo lis is the Parth enon ’ sound s more like a compl aint
about the ignora nce of today ’s tourists.
‘Und ersta nding the past is a matter of experi ence as well as know ledg e,’
Mortim er decla res. This may well be the manife sto for those who, not satisfied
with virtual tours of history, take history into their own hands. Historica l re­
enactors - yes, those individ uals whose idea o f fun is to dr ess up and stage mock
battles - provi de the most literal interpre tation of history as exper ience.
Humori st Tim Moore set out to explore this world in his book I Belie ve in
Yesterday. In Berne, Switze rland, he suffers in the name of ‘u tter auth enti city ’
during the restag ed siege of Grandson, circa 1474. In the US he endur es a stin t o f
‘relentle ss and uncom prom ising immersion with re-en actm ent’s seasone d elit e,’
revisit ing 1864*s battl e o f Red River d uring the Am erican Civil War.
Mo ore’s ques t for ‘my inner anci ent’ is fuelled by his anxiet ies about our
modern inabil ity to deploy the skills that came naturally to our ancesto rs. More
often, he finds, it is a ‘refreshin gly simple impulse to get away from it a ll’ that
gets peopl e into period attire. Many civil war re-enac tors seek redress: ‘History
is w ritten by the winne rs but re-enactm ent gives the losers a belated chance to
scribble in th e mar gins .’ For ot hers it’s ‘a simp le and truly heart- warmi ng quest
for gre gario us com mu nity ’.
Perhap s re-en actm ent is the closest we can get to Mor time r’s ideal of what
history should be: ‘A striving to make spiritual, emotio nal poetic, dramati c and
inspirat ional conn ectio ns with our foreb ears’ . Interesti ngly, Mortim er q uotes the
poet WH Aude n, who remarked that to understand your own country it helps to
have lived in at least t wo others. Perhaps the same applies to historical eras. The
central quest ion, for popul ar historian s and historical re-enac tors alike, is not
how to anim ate the past but how to mak e it cast light on US today.
61. F or the write r, a wel l-know n qu ote from a novel
A. e xpla ins the Strange attitude of some histor ians.
B. has been some what mi sinterpre ted by historia ns,
c. epito mise s w hat historian s h ave alw ays tried to do.
D. i ndicat es the problem s in trying to pop ularise history.
62. The write r re fers to b eing ‘thrown 50 years backwar ds o r f orwa rds’ as an
exam ple of Mortim er
A. do ing what he claims he is not doing.
B. choo sing to ignore certain evidence,
c. sticki ng closel y to historical fact.
D. suc ceed ing in doing so methin g diff erent. '

187
63. In the fou rth paragra ph, the w riter implies that
A. M atysz ak’s def ence of his book is rather overst ating the case .
B. Maty szak and Mortim er have more in common than they ackno wledg e,
c. Mat ysza k’s own opinions could have been m ore to the fore in the book.
D. Matyszak ’s book may actually have little appeal for those interested in history.
64. The word “ma nifest o” has the cl osest meaning to
A. dec laration B. appeara nce c. allusion D. delusion
65. The word “fue lled” has the closest meaning to
A. burne d B. stocked up c. fired D. oiled
66. With regard to historical re-enactors, the writer shares with author Tim Moore
A. a de sire to see at frst hand what m otivates them.
B. a sense of scepticism about w hat they are doing.
c. doubts about the hi storical authenti city of their actions.
D. conce rns th at the battles t hey choose are given undue prominence .
67. Wh at does Tim Moore say is the appeal of historical re-enac tment for som e?
A. imagining that th ey are famous historical figures
B. the p ossibility o f proving somethin g to th emselv es
c. investiga ting what life would be like if history could be changed
D. the c hance to prete nd tha t the y’re i nfluencing historical outcomes
68. The word “attir e” has the cl osest meaning to
A. thou ghts B. clothes c. food D. battles
69. The word “era” has the closest meaning to
A. fac t B. re-ena ctment c. epoch D. descript ion
70. The writer concl udes that hi story as Mor timer, Matyszak and the historical
re-enac tors see it
A. has more in common with literary writ ing.
B. is a new de velopm ent that will have a limited life,
c. can he lp US learn things about modern society.
D. may well be the way forw ard for histori ans in general.
PASSAGE 2
THE FIVE-SEVEN SHIFT
1. All major theories of ch ild psychology state that children undergo a major
change between the a ges o f five and seven. In classica l learning theory, this is
a t ime when the simplest forms of learning g ive way to learning that involves
more complex mental processes. According to psychologi st Jean Piaget, the
period from five to seven years old is a transition to op erational thought, when
children are able to move beyond using only their senses toward using a new
set of rational-think ing skills. Because several cognitive changes occur in
children between ages five and seven, this period is called the fiv e-seven shift.
The shift is biological in nature and involves fundamental growth in the brain
and stab ilization of brain-wave rhyth ms into a basica lly a dult pattern. The five-

188
 seven shift involves many physical changes, such as the loss o f the “baby teeth”
and an increase in the rates of height acquired and we ight gai ned.
2. By the time they are five years old, children can unders tand and use symbols.
They have devel oped the ability to use word s, gestu res, and picture s to
stand for “ real life” object s, and they are skilled in deplo ying vario us symbol
syste ms, such as languag e or drawing . However, a five- year- old child is able
to focus attent ion on only one quality of an obje ct at a time, such as the
objec t's size or shape. T he use of symbo lizatio n conti nues to evolve, reachin g
a peak aroun d the age of seve n or eight, when childre n becom e capab le of
conc rete opera tions. When this happens,, th ey can solve probl ems by using
rationa l thou ght to m ake gener alizat ions from t heir own experi ence.
3. By the age of seven or eight, a new set of abilitie s allows childr en to reason
syste mati cally ab out the world of objects, quantity , time, space, and causality .
Acc ordi ng to Piaget, this is because an “extra card” is added to the chi ld’s
mental “co mpu ter” during the five-sev en shift. The devel opme nt of
oper ation al thou ght enables the child to appreci ate the relation s among a
serie s of actions upon objects. For exam ple, the chi ld unders tands that a scene
can be viewe d from a differe nt perspect ive and still contain the same
elem ents. The child also understa nds that objects can be rearran ged and still
have t he same quanti ty and that a su bstance can be c hanged in sha pe without
its ma ss or vo lume being affected.
4. Piage t d iscov ered the most widely known hallma rk of the five -seven s hift, an
und ersta ndin g of conser vation, the idea that some proper ties stay the same
desp ite chang es in appeara nce. In one of Pia get’s classic experi ments on the
cons erva tion of qu antity, the exper iment er shows children of di fferent ages
two stra ight rows of coins, each with six coins pressed close togethe r, beside
each oth er on a ta ble. The experi mente r asks each child subject w hethe r both
rows have the same numb er of coins or wheth er one row has more. Then the
exp erim ente r spread s out the coins of one row to make the line look longer.
The child must now say whethe r one row has more coins. Children younge r
than five years old canno t understand conserv ation, so they invariably say
that the spre ad-o ut r ow has more c oins th an t he ot her r ow.
5. Like mos t age-r elated tasks for children, there are other ways to set up the
task. In a simi lar experi ment, water is po ured into two identical glasses until
the child subje ct agree s that each contain s an equal amount. Then the
exp erim ente r pours wate r from one of these glasses into a ta ll, thin glass. At
that point, the child is asked wheth er one glass has more wate r than th e o ther.
Five- year- old childr en will say that t here is more water in the tall, thin glass.
When asked why they think that, many will confid ently say, “Be cause it’s
talle r.” Olde r childr en, however , are likely to reply, “It looks like the re’s
more wate r in th is one because it’s t aller, but the y’re really the same .” Such
expe rime nts show a d ifferen ce between children of five years and childre n of

189
 eight years. The olde r childre n can solve the task promp tly, easily, unde r a
wide variety of con dition s, and withou t being taught. The youn ger childr en,
even if they are t augh t ab out c onserv ation, cannot do what the five-sev en shift
will do f or them natura lly: provide them with a more devel oped brain.
71. Accor ding to the passage , childre n between the ages of five and seven
typic ally expe rienc e all o f the fo llowing E XCEP T
A. d evel opm ent of rational thinkin g
B. an interes t in mor ality and rules
c. impor tant chang es in the brain
D. an increase in the physical growth rate
72. What can be inferred from paragra ph 1 about cogni tive devel opme nt during
the five-s even shift?
A. It is a time when children s tart learning in very simple ways.
B. It is the most import ant p eriod in the ch ild’s formal educati on,
c. It is a t opic of disagreem ent among child psycho logists .
D. It is relate d to biologi cal develo pment s in the c hild ’s brain.
73. W hy do es the a utho r me ntion “words, gestures , and pictu res” in paragrap h 2?
A. To list thing s th at are use d in exper iments with children
B. To give examp les of symbols that c hildren can understan d
c. To c ompar e d iffere nt wa ys o f illust rating a chi ld’s ex perienc e
D. To illustrat e the conce pt o f conserva tion of quantity
74. T he w ord “pea k” in paragr aph 2 is c losest in meanin g to
A. l arge vocabu lary B. diffi cult period c. high p oint D. sudden reve rsal
75. A ccord ing to the passage, a child who is Capable o f concrete operatio ns can
A. p erform tasks that may co nfuse an adult
B. install an extra card on a c ompute r
c. make two r ows of coins look the same
D. reas on system aticall y a bout q uantity and space
76. Th e word “hal lmark ” in paragraph 4 is closest in meani ng to
A. c harac terist ic B. problem c. disadv antag e D. exper iment
77. The word “each ” in paragra ph 4 refers to
A. e xper imen t B. child c. age D. row
78. Which sentenc e be lo w best express es the essen tial informa tion in the
under lined senten ce in par agraph 4? Incorrec t choices change the meanin g in
impo rtant ways or leave out essentia l informatio n.
A. Before the age of five, children think the longer line has more coins
becaus e th ey are incapable o f unders tandin g co nserva tion.
B. Five- year-o ld childr en do not underst and the value of money , so th ey do
not ca re if one line o f coins is long er than another.
c. Because of the five-sev en shift, childre n can unders tand why the longer
row o f coins is a b etter exampl e o f conserva tion.

190
 D. E ven if two rows of coins ar e d iffere nt in len gth, very youn g child ren will
say that both rows have the same num ber o f coins.
79. In para graph 5, the auth or d escri bes an e xper imen t in whic h wat er is pour ed
into vario us glass es in orde r to
A. s how ho w ch ildren ap proa ch diffic ult probl ems
B. rec omm end an e xper imen t th at ca n be don e a t ho me
c. give a va riatio n on a classi c e xper imen t by Piaget
D. su gges t an activi ty for p arent s an d c hildren
80. W hat c an be inferred abou t chi ldren wh o easily solve the wat er t ask
desc ribed in par agrap h 5?
A. T hey have alrea dy expe rienc ed the five-se ven shift.
B. The y were taug ht a bout the concep t o f conser vation .
c. They h ad t ime to practi ce th e t ask before the exper iment .
D. Th ey are more intellig ent t han others of the same age.

B. WRITTE N QUESTIONS (60 PTS]

I. OPEN CLOZE (20 PTS)
Re ad the pas s sage s a nd f i l l each g aps with ONE word.
PASSA GE 1
The telev isio n make r Vizio has agreed to pay $2.2 millio n to ( 1 ) ....................
claim s that it c ollect ed data from 11 million people (2) ................ their consen t.
The laws uit again st the flat-pan el TV maker was (3) ............................ by the
Federal Trad e Comm ission (FTC) in the USA. The FTC disco vered that Vizio
had been gath erin g and selling data on custom ers witho ut perm ission for years.
The FTC claim ed Vizio began making televi sions in 2014 that autom atical ly
track ed wha t peopl e were watch ing. They fitted track ing devic es to TVs made
before 2014 by using softwar e updates. The FTC said: "Con sume rs did n’t k now
that whil e t hey were watch ing t heir TVs, Vizio was ( 4 ) ............................ them."
The FTC said Vizio capture d second -by-sec ond (5) ............................. about
what peop le were watchin g. The compan y also recorded people 's IP ( 6 ) .............
The FTC said this was a b reach of ( 7 ) ....... ................ and securi ty. It said: "The
data gene rated when you watch televis ion can (8) ............................ a lot about
you and you r house hold. " Vizio sold informa tion to adver tisers abou t peop le’s
age, sex, house hold size and income, (9) .............. . ............ status, home
owne rship , and educa tion level. Howeve r, th e c ompan y did not ( 1 0 )........... ........
peop le's name s. Vizio lawyer Jerry Huang said: "Today, the FTC has made it
clear th at all smar t-TV maker s should get people 's conse nt before coll ectin g and
sharing tel evis ion viewi ng informa tion."
PASSAG E 2
For wha teve r reason , people assum e dogs are more intelli gent crea ture s than
cats. This notio n has been called into (1 1 )..................................... by scien tists in

191
Japan, who have said that cats are as smart as dogs at certai n memo ry tests. Cat
lover s, o f cou rse, have alwa ys know n this. Res earc hers at Kyo to Uni vers ity
( 1 2 ) .....................................tests on how well 49 cats could recall or relate to an
event from the past - known as an episod ic (13a) ...................................... The
Japan ese team got th e felines to eat from one o f two bowls. Fifteen minute s later,
the cats were tested on their (14) ..................................... to reme mber which
bowl they had eaten from and which (15) ................................ untouc hed. The
team found the cats could recall what they ate and where, sugges ting they had
episod ic (1 3 b ).......................................
The scienti sts also said th at cats were as good as dogs on a whol e ( 1 6 )...........
of mental tests, includin g respond ing to the gestures , (1 7 )........................ ............
expre ssions and emotio ns of humans. Resear cher Saho Takagi told report ers that
she believe d cats think about past events (18) ............................ to the way
humans do. She said: " An interesting s peculati on is that t hey may enjoy active ly
recalli ng memor ies of their experie nce, like humans." She added: "Episodic
(1 3 c) ............................. is viewed as bein g rela ted to an introspe ctive function of
the mind. Our study may imply a type of consciou sness in cats." Ms Takagi said
the resear ch is good (1 9 )......................... for pe t own ers, saying: "Under standin g
cats more deeply helps to (2 0 )............... better c at-hum an relationships."

II. W OR D FO RM AT IO N (20 PT S)
Comp lete each se ntenc e, using the corre ct fo rm o f the wo rd in parenth eses.
21. The manag ement body was set up in order to ................................... . the
constr uction o f the railw ay s ystem. (SE E)
22. M arie w as a n .................. ............. campa igner for b etter comm unity services.
(F AT IG UE )
23. The result of the election seems to be a .............. ...................... conclu sion:
everyo ne knows th at Tru mp will win. (GO )
24. She wa s c om ple tel y........................ ., .......... by severe burns. (F IG UR E)
25. The young musicia n met a tra gic a n d .................. — death at the age of 25.
(T IM E)
26. It is the jo b of the police t o .................................... the law. (F OR CE )
27. He consider ed him self the best in our class, but his recent scores in the
exam ination h a s ........... .........................him o f that noti on. (A BU SE )
28. The gover nmen t is now faced with the ..................................... probl ems of
unemp loymen t. (SU PE R)
29. We have our .................................... adverti sing depar tment; there fore, we
do n’t need to hire other compa nies to publis h the ma terials. (H OU SE )
30. Some children ................................ . a comple te trans form ation when they
become teenag ers. (G O)

192
Com plete t he pass age with the appr opri ate form s from the wor ds given in the box.

act - survive - die - earth - fa te - jl a m e - evidenc e

respons ible - destro y -f or tu ne
On a yearly basis, the United States is afflicted by hurrican es on the east
coast, flood ing in the Midwest, forest fires, (31) ....................................., and any
numb er of tornad oes, blizzards and storms. Historically, the weath er has struck
as harsh a chord in peop le’s lives as any we feel today. Historians list the four
major event s to wreak devas tation on the country as the Chicago fire o f 1871, the
Johns town flood of 1889, the Galveston hurricane of 1900, and the San
Francisc o earth quake of Ì906. These disasters provide a flavour of t he havoc
natu re’s storms have wrecked on humanity, and our (3 2 )................................. .
to the m. Galves ton, Texas, located on the island o f Galveston in the gul f of New
Mexico, thrives on industry and exports. Its over 30,000 citizens in the early
1900s were general ly economi cally successful and comforta ble with existing
conditi ons. Until the (33) .................................... morning of Sept. 7, 1900, the
people of Galv eston enjoyed their life on the remote island. However, weather
watcher s had been followin g a growing storm in the Atlantic for several days
and were warnin g of the impending danger of a hurricane. (34) ....................... .
people ignored the warnings. A day after the hurricane had hit the island, all that
remained of the beautiful city was a mass of crumbled buildings, debris and
forlorn, hopeless (35) .................................... wandering aimlessly with the
stench of rotting flesh all ar ound. It is estima ted that o ver 8,000 people and most
of the animal s died that day, victims of one of the (36) ....................................
natural disaste rs in u.s. history. Chica go’s ‘storm’ of 1871, although unrelated
to the hurrica nes of the southeastern coast, was descri bed by poet J ohn Green leaf
Whittie r as a ‘fiery hurri cane’ t hat struck the great city with such force that tw o
days later, hal f of the city had been destroyed and 300 lives lost. Those relating
the events of tha t catastrop hic ‘hurrican e’ say that too little rain and a strong
wind blowin g of f t he prairie had been the cause behind the destruction of the
Windy City. Accord ing to legend, however, (37) ................................... was
placed on one slovenly cow who kicked o ver a lantern in her barn som ewhere in
the southw est corner o f Chicago, igniting the dry and highly (3 8 ).......................
barn and ultimate ly bringing (39) .................................... to a large part of the
city. Two days after the sparks ignited, a steady rain on the burning city put out
the flames and within days hope had returned. Signs that the city was beginning
to heal became (40) .................................. . everywhere - soon new buildings
were replac ing the burned, and the lifeblood o f the ravaged city was being.

III. E RRO R C ORREC TION (5 PTS)

Identi fy and correc t 10 errors in the passage. Find and corre ct them.
Underlin e the mistake s an d write the answers in the bla nks provided.
Help may be in hand for thos e of US who want to keep the w rinkles and grey
hair at bay and slow down the process of aging. New research suggests that

193
eatin g green veget ables can ward of f the signa ls of agin g. Resea rchers say that
brocc oli, cabb age and avoca do in p articu lar conta in a c ompo und that helps slow
down the rate at which we age. The key comp ound , prese nt in green fruit and
vege table s, is call ed NMN . It he lps slow down the physi cal signs of getting old.
Scien tists say NMN can also rejuve nate the meta bolis m. It helps replenis h
degre es of energy produ ction in our body that dete riora te as we age . It also helps
reduc e weig ht loss and the d eterio ration o f visibilit y.
The resea rch was conduc ted by scient ists at the Washi ngton Univers ity
School of Medic ine in the USA. Resea rcher profe ssor S hinich iro Imai said: "We
have shown a way to slow the physiol ogical decli ne that we see in a ging mice.
This means olde r mice have metabo lism and energy levels resem bling those of
you nge r mice." Profe ssor Imai said tests in mice showed that NMN reduced
typic al signs of aging, includin g a decline in the strengt h of skeletal muscle, poor
liver funct ion, lower bones density and weak ening eyesig ht. The reason our
meta bolis m chang es over time and lead to reduce d energ y levels has baffled
scien tists for decad es. This latest research ca sts new lights on this my stery.
IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION (15 PTS)
Com plete the sec ond sent ence so that it has a sim ilar mea ning to the f ir st
sent ence , using t he word given. Do not chan ge the wor d given . You m ust use
betw een thre e a nd ei ght words, inclu ding the word given .
51.1 do n’t thi nk it was reason able of you to c ompla in so m uch abou t the service,
justified
I do n’t th ink y o u ....................................................................................................
fuss abou t the service.
52. Y our attitu de to life wo uld be gre atly improved by re gular exerc ise, wo nd ers
Reg ular ex er ci se ........................................................................................ at life.
53. I did n’t w ant to give up whi le some hope o f succes s r emain ed, de fea t
1 was lo at h .........................................................................................................
some hope of success.
54. T he man ager said that he had paid attentio n to my c omp laint s and would take
the appro priate act ion, note
The man ager said that he h a d ...............................................................................
accor ding ly.
55. His beha viou r at the confe rence ga ve him the bad r eputa tion he n ow has.
conducted
The w a y ...................................................................................................... .. in the
bad repu tation he now has.
56. He ha d no idea w hat was going to h appen to him w hen he wa lked into that
room, store
L it tl e............. ................................. ........................ ..................... . him w hen
he w alke d into th at room.
57. He b ecam e famou s but it cost him his p rivacy , expense
His r is e ........................................................................................ of his privac y.
194
58. You sho uld n't let trivial matters wo rry you so much, pre y ‘
You s hou ldn 't let trivial m at te rs ............................................................. extent.
59. I said that I though t he was wro ng abo ut the best way for US to proceed, issu e
I .................................................................................. best we should proceed.
60. We decided to stay fo r lo nger because we were so thrilled by the place,
pr olo ng
We dec ided t o ...................................................................................... ............
we by the place.
61. I’ll have to find out abou t the background to the problem before I can
comm ent, ac qu ain t
I’ll have t o ........................................... ............. ‘................................... before I
can com ment.
62. I told the m anage r very clearly that I would not tolerate such app alling
service, un cer tai n
I told the m an ag er ......: ........................ ......... ................................................ that
I would not tol erate such appalling service.
63. Since there was n’t a b etter altern ative, I accepted the job. ab sen ce
...................................... ................. ...................................... , I accepted the job.
64. She is determ ined to becom e a doctor, hea rt
S h e ............................ ............................ ............................................a doctor.
65. The forthco ming biography of him will make him seem an arro gant and
selfish man. po rtr ay ed
In the f orthco ming biography of hi m ................................................ ................
and self ish.

TR ƯỜ NG THPT CH UY ÊN LƯ ƠNG VĂ N CH ÁN H - PH Ú YẼN

I. PHO NOLO GY (10ms)

A. Choos e the w ord who se un derline d par t is prono unce d differe ntly from the
others.
1. A. e xpertis e B. exhibition c. execute D. excursio n
2. A. nasal B. resonant c. resource D. conserve
3. A. pa triotism B. landscapes c. humane D. feig n
4. A. ar chaic B. chaperon c. choreograph D.c has m
5. A. cl eanse B. vessel c. decimal D. foetus
B. Choos e the wo rd who se stress pat tern is differ ent fro m the others.
1. A. op portun e B. aborigine c. modernity D. unam biguous
2. A. v iticultu re B. concerti na c. preferential D. misbe gotten
3. A. p reval ent B. lapel c. contour D. mousta che
4. A. inertia B. presidium c. psychiatry D. minia ture
5. A. legislatu re B. obstinate c. discrepan cy D. prema ture

195
II. WORD C HOICE ( 10ms)
Choos e the wo rd which best compl etes each sent ence.
1. A ___________ of dancers from Beijing is one o f the leading attractio ns in the
festival.
A. tro upe B. troop c. herd D. packet
2. The p olice .............o ff the s treet w here t he bomb had gone off.
A. cor doned B. batte ned c. fastened D. shuttered
3. The smell of the burnt cabb age w as s o .................th at it spread to every room.
A. p ervasiv e B. effusi ve c. extensiv e D. diffuse
4. The st udents p aid..... ........ attention to their d istinguis hed professor.
A. re specta ble B. respec ted c. respectful D. respect ive
5. This lime juic e need s...............befo re you can drin k it.
A. d iluting B. dissol ving c. softening D. waterin g
6. I am.............. furious with Charlotte. How could she forget our wedding
anniv ersary ?
A. a bsolut ely B. extrem ely c. very D. terribly
7. The puppy w as.................. so much I nearly dr opped him.
A. s nigge ring B. wriggli ng c. chucklin g D. giggling
8. Skil led............. have produced perfect copies of many of the world ’s famous
painti ngs. ' - '' ‘
A. mugge rs B. smug glers c. rapists D. forgers
9. The Osca r winnin g actress simp ly......... charm and professio nalism in her
accep tance spe ech.
A. ex uded B. excluded c. expunged D. extricated
10. Every time the governm ent meets their demands, the union leaders move
the ............
A. lamp-po sts B. goalposts c. bus stops D. roadbl ocks

III. GRA MMA R AND ST RUCTUR ES (10ms)

Choo se th e an swer that best co mpletes the sentence .
1. We ’re free most of the weekend , but w e’re got a few bits a nd______ to do on
Sunday mor ning.
A. en ds B. pieces c. stuf f D. things
2. _________ ! You de served to win.
A. Hard luck B. Unfair luck c. Bad fortu ne D. Nasty luck
3. Th e comp any had sent the a dvertis ement to the newspa per when they realized
the y’d mistyp ed the salary they were offering for the position. Luckily, they
___________ the newsp aper to correct their mistake before t hey printed it.
A. co uld have asked B. might have aske d
c. must have asked D. were a ble to ask

196
4. They agreed to the ch an ge s_______________ that they would be introduced
gradu ally.
A. w ith the c ondit ions B. for th e interpr etation
c. by the co mpre hensi on D. on t he under standi ng
5. Peter: “Do you mind if 1 put the televisi on on?” Susan: “___________
A. You are welco me B. No, not in the least
c. Not m ention it. D. It ’s no m atter to me
6. Body langua ge varies greatly from one culture t o ___________ and is one
area of freque nt m iscom munic ation.
A. th e o ther B. one anoth er c. other D. ano ther
7. Man y a ______ it diffic ult to avoid the interferen ce o f mass m edia in their life.
A. pop stars finds B. pop star find c. pop star fi nds D. pop stars find
8. "Bu t I thou ght she wa s co ming."
"Well, in spite o f ................t hat s he was coming, I d on't th ink she me ant it."
A. having he r sayi ng B. she has said
c. her havin g said D. she had said
9. I’m ti re d, _____ , I only had 3 hours sleep last night!
A. let me see B. righ t c. mind you D. listen
10. the s teak looked tender, but it was as tough a s ...............
A. a belt B. a saddle c. old bo ots D. rubb er

IV. PRE POS ITIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS (10ms)

Choo se th e an swer that best compl etes th e sentence.
1. - We n eed to deal w ith burglary more severely. - Yes, we nee d t o .................
A. c rack down on it B. nip it in the bud
c. tip of f . D. miss it out
2. He m anage d t o.............t he re gistration number of the car as it sped aw ay.
A. spot up B. jot do wn c. dot o ff D. slot up
3. Do n’t be to o hard on yo urself. Ju st ... .,.......... it up to experi ence and don ’t do
it again.
A. ta lk B. chalk c. stalk D. set
4. H e ......... a tech nicali ty and the plain tiff was forc ed to pay the costs.
A. g ot h er o ff on B. made her into
c. brou ght her o nto D. had her ove r
5. “-I was nowh ere near t hat bank tha t got robbed ”
........... . Charlie. We hav e wit nesses who saw you there .”
A. C ome out of it B. Leave off it c. Leave it of f D. Co me of f it
6. W hen Marsto n comes back from sick leave, y ou’ll have to ... on w hat ‘s been
happ ening in his ab sence.
A. b ring him up B. carry him on c. catch him up D. fill him in

197
7. I wish you wou ldn ’t ........... me about ne glecting the ho usework.
A. talk down to B. have it out with c. play dow n to D. keep on at
8 - 1 really like oceano graphy. 1 think I'm going to read ........ on that subject
more in the f uture in order t o get more k nowledg eable about it. Maybe. I'll get
a degr ee in that area one day.
A. up B. with c. down D. for
9. We need to .. .......... food be fore the strike.
A. sto ck up on B. knock up on c. club up on D. fork up for
10. 1 never meant to ........... fun at you. I was ju st teasing you a bit, that ’s all.
Please don ’t hold it agains t me.
A. pok e B. make c. jo k e D. stick

V. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON S. (20 ms)
PASSAGE 1: Rea d th e text below and choose the best answe r (A,B,C or D)
to each question.
Tides are the periodic rise and fall of the Earth's waters that are caused the
Moon's and Sun's forces of gravity acting on the Earth .It is important to
disting uish natural tidal phenom ena from huge tsu na mi s, with the latter being
caused by earthq uakes and u ndersea volcanic eruptions.
The Moon is a main factor controlling ordinary tides. At the location on the
Earth close st to the Moon, it exe rts a powerful gravitation al pull on the water.
The result ing rise in the w ater produces higher tides. The w ater on the side of the
Earth farthest aw ay from the Moon also gets pu lled by this lunar gra vity, but not
as strongly . The Earth itsel f has its own gravitationa l force that is constantly
pullin g waters downwa rd , which is why the oceans do not simply bulge out
toward the Moon. Ordinary tides usually feature high and low water s a lternating
in relati on to the Earth's rotation. Most shores around t he worl d have high wate rs
and two low w aters for each day, which last about 24 hou rs and 50 minutes. The
diffe rence in he ight between the high water and low wat er is called the range of
tide, and it can be quite dramatic in na rrower bays.C anada ’s bays of Fundy, for
exam ple, comm only experien ces the world’s most extreme tidal ranges, with
daily differ ences o f the 16 metres.
Two other types of tides are influenced by the Sun, which is much farther
away from the Earth and exerts less than hal f of the M oon's gravitationa l force .
When the Sun, the Moon and the Earth are directly in line , the solar and lunar
gravi tation al forces add up to produce higher spring tides. The range of spring
tides is intensif ied, with higher water marks and lower low water marks.
Howev er, when the Moon is in the first or t hird quarter, it is at a 90-d egree angle
with the Sun in relatio n to the Earth The opposing sol ar and lunar force s part ially
cancel each othe r o u t, and the result is a lower tide. This is called a neap tide ,
which comes twice a month and has lower high water marks and higher low
water marks. The range of neap tides is minimum.
198
 Some tides do not occur over water at all. The solid body of the Earth has
slight elasti city, so lunar and solar gravity cause it to stretch very subtly. These
change s in the Earth's shape, although imperc eptible to humans , are known as
Earth ti des. Anot her tidal phenom enon, atmosp heric tides, is caus ed by the Sun's
heating of the Earth's atmosph ere. Like ordinary tides, they usually occu r over
12 h our periods.
1. Wha t is the main idea o f the passa ge?
A. Tid es are influenced more by the Moon than the Sun.
B. Tide s ar e a natural phenom enon but are not a natural disaster,
c. Tides al ways occur over water and are usually predicta ble.
D. Tid es ar e a phenom enon mainly caused by forces of gravity.
2. Why do es the a uthor menti on ts unamis in the passa ge?
A. to explain th at n ot lal tides are caus ed by gravity.
B. to give an ex ample of an extreme tidal phenomen on,
c. to s how that t hey ar e no t relate d to natural tid es.
D. to sugg est th at m ore c ategori es f or tides are ne eded.
3. The word ex ert s in paragra ph 2 is cl osest in menaing to
A. m ixes with B. bring s into use c. infers from D. connec ts with ■
4. The word it in parag raph 2 refers to
A. h eight B. the high w ater c. the low wa ter D. the range o f tide
5. What can be inferred about Cana da’s Bay of Fundy?
A. It may experi ence tsunam is because of its ex treme tides.
B. It m ay have a lon ger tide cycle because of its wide variations,
c. It may be very narrow because it has wide tidal variations.
D. It may be i nfluenced more by gravity than ot her plac es.
6. The word imper ceptib le in the last paragrap h cou ld b est be replaced by
A. n ot n oticeab le B. difficult to e xplain
c. not g enera lly known D. not able to be said
7. Acc ordin g to paragrap h 3, it is true tha t Ị
A. n eap tides are cha racteri sed by low er water during the low tide period.
B. s pring tide s occur when t he Mo on is in the fir st and the thir d q uarter.
c. The Sun has more gravitational force than the Moon because of its larger size.
D. the range of tide is gre ater in spring tid es than in ordinar y tides .
8. Wha t is true about the Moo n’s gravitatio nal force?
A. It pulls wa ter on the f ar side of the Earth more strongly.
B. It is more than twice as power ful as that o f the Sun.
c. It has reduc ed gravity when it lined up with the Sun and the Earth.
D. Its force is stron gest w hen it is located at 90 d egrees to the Earth.
9. Besides ordinary tides, how many other types of tide are mentioned in the passage?
A. two J- B. three c. fo ur D. five

199
10. Wh ich o f the fo llowi ng d oes not relate to Ord inary Tides?
A. re ceivin g g reate st i nfluence from the Moon.
B. inf luenced by the Sun’s position relative to the Moon.
c . taking tur ns th e higher and lower wa ter r elating to the Earth ’s rotation.
D. havi ng th e st riking ran ge o f tide in narrow er bays.
M PA SS AG E 2: Rea d the pa ssag e and choose A ,B,C or D to indicate the c orrect
answ er to each o f the questions.
ENERGY FROM T HE WAVES
The ques t for sustain able sources of energy has led humans to study the
energy potentia l of the sun and the wind, as well as the immense power cre ated
by damme d rivers. The oceans, too, represent an impressive source of potential
energy. For examp le, it has been estimated that the oceans could provide nearly
3,000 times the energy generated by hydroele ctric dams such as the Hoover
Dam. Yet, this s ource remains quite difficul t to exploit.
But this challe nge has not prevented scientists from trying. Within the last
few decade s, several techn ologi es th at can transform th e o cean ’s immen se forces
into usable electr icity have been invented and introduced. Some focus on
captu ring the powe r of the changin g tides, while others rely on thermal energy
created by oceans in certain tropical regions. However, the most common and
easie st-to- deve lop techn ologie s a re th ose designed to harness the power i nherent
in the oce an’s wa ves.
There are several methods by which ocean-wa ve energy can be colle cted. All
of them work b ecause th e moveme nt of the wa ter that the waves induce creates
storab le energy by directly or indirectly driving a power generato r. In one such
techn ology , the changin g water levels in the ocean that are produced by waves
lift a long floatin g tu be comprised o f many sections connected by hing es. As t he
section s m ove up and down wi th the water, t hey pump a special fluid th rough the
tube that can be used to drive a gene rator. Anothe r tech nique works on a si milar
princip le, only the floating object rocks back and forth with the motion of the
wate r instead of up and down. A t hird method of collect ing wave energy relies
on the rising water from the waves to compress air in a partially submer ged
chamb er. As the waves rush into the chamber, they push the air out throug h a
narrow tunnel. Located inside this tunnel is a turbine connec ted to a powe r
gener ator. The movem ent o f the air tu rns the turbine, which feeds energy into the
genera tor.
The drawb ack to ea ch of these con cepts is that they make it neces sary to ha ve
many pieces of machine ry linked together. This presents a p roblem becaus e the
larger the device , the more vulnera ble it is to damage from hazard ous ocean
envir onme nts, and the more likely it is to interfere with otherwise unspoi led
coasta l scenery . Also, these methods demand the constru ction of site-sp ecific
machi nes that take into conside ration average local wave heights and sea

200
condi tions. In othe r words, the ability to get powe r from waves differs from
region to r egion.
Japan, Norwa y, and the UK have all atte mpted to g enerate energy by capt uring
the powe r of ocean waves. In northern Scotlan d, the first powe r plant to use
wave power , OSPR EY (Ocean Swell Powered Renewa ble Energy) , began
opera ting in 1995. It follo wed the principl e of the thi rd method descri bed above:
waves ente ring a partiall y submerge d cham ber pushed air into turbin es to
genera te elec tricit y. The electric ity was then transm itted to powe r collec tors on
the shore via under water cables. Unfortun ately, the OSPREY plant was
destro yed in a large storm, highlig hting an un avoida ble difficu lty assoc iated with
this kind of power generat ion.
The poten tial benefi ts of wave-ba sed energy are hard to ignore. Once the
prope r mach inery is produced and installed, the energy is free. Mainten ance
costs are small, and the equipm ent does not pose any threats of env ironme ntal
pollutio n. And best of all, the am ounts of energy pro duced are e normou s.
Howeve r, these theor etical advanta ges have yet to be fully realized . In many
cases, a lack of gover nmen t funding has inhibited the techn ologi es from
advanc ing. For e xamp le, despite the relative abunda nce of proposed wave- power
devices , many have not been adequa tely tested, and most have been evaluated
only in artific ial pools where they are not subjecte d to the harsh marine
condi tions that exist in actual oceans. Protecting the equip ment from the sea 's
destru ctive forces, as well as the fundame ntal task of determ ining feasi ble
location s for collec ting energy, also present formid able challen ges. All in all,
while ocean pow er offers some intriguing possib ilities, the difficul ties involved
in harne ssing this energy source are substantial and will require more time to
overco me.
1. The phrase this sourc e in the pas sage refers to
A. sun B. wind c. dammed rivers D. ocean s
2. The word explo it in the p assage is closest in menain g to
A. utilize B. declare c. contain D. deter mine
3. Why do es th e a uthor ment ion the Ho over Dam in paragrap h one?
A. to give a cu rrent exampl e o f ocean-based ene rgy technolo gy.
B. to expla in t hat dams are eff ective producer s o f sustainab le e nergy,
c. to d raw a com pariso n between two sources of renewable energy.
D. to show that alteran tive energy sources have not been success ful.
4. In para graph 2, the author states that
A. w aves do n ot re presen t the only form of ocean power.
B. tropic al ocean s pro duce the g reatest amount o f energy.
c. scient ists first attempt ed to collect powe r from ocean tides.
D. mos t o f the e lectrici ty c reated by oceans is not usable.

201
5. The word induce in the passage is closest in menaing to
A. caus e B. define c. order D. mo nitor
6. Accord ing to paragrap h 3, which of the followin g is true about wave -pow er
techno logies?
A. Mnay o f them use su bmerge d o bjects to obta in the w ave s’ energy.
B. Comp ressed air m ust be present for them to w ork properly,
c. They undert ake three steps in order to col lect wave power.
D. They rely on the wat er’s motio n to create ele ctricity .
7. Acc ording to paragra ph 5, what part did the ca bles play in OS PRE Y’S desi gn?
A. Th ey a ttached the partially submerge d chamb er to the sea floor.
B. They genera ted the el ectricity whic h was then collect ed in turbines,
c. They conduct ed the el ectricity from the g enera tor to the sho re.
D. They pro vided stability during powerful ocean storms.
8. The word inhibited in the p asage is closest in m enaing to
A. del ivered B. prevente d c. protected D. approve d
9. Wh at can be i nferred from paragraph 7 about govern ments?
A. T hey do no t beli eve w ave-ene rgy devices can w ithstan d o cean forces.
B. The ir interests often conflic t with t hose of the e nergy industries. .
c. They demand m uch sc ientific research before they provide funding.
D. Th eir suppor t is o ften e ssential to the success of new endea vors.
10. All o f these are problems associated with the collection of wave energy EXCEPT
A. the difficul ty o f finding feasible locations
B. the destru ctive power of the ocean
c. the size o f the eq uipmen t in vloved
D. the consta nt ch anging o f the tides

VI. CLOZ E T EST. (20ms)

2st A. Re ad the follo win g pas sag e a nd then decide which answ er (A,B,C, or D)
best fits each space.
ENVIRO NMENT AL ISSUES
The issues for (1) ....... econom ies are a little mor e s traight forwar d. The des ire
to build on undeve loped land is not (2) ......... out of desperatio n or ne cessity, but
is a result of th e relentl ess march of progress. Cheap labour and a relatively
highly -skilled workf orce make these countri es highly comp etitive and there is a
flood of inward investme nt, particula rly from (3) ......... looking to take
advan tage of the low wages before the cost and standard of living begin to rise.
It is factors such as these that are making many Asian econom ies extreme ly
attrac tive when viewed as investmen t opport unities at the moment. Similarly, in
Africa, the relative (4) ........ of pre cious metals and natural resourc es tends to
attrac t a lot of ( 5)........ compan ies and a whole sub-in dustry develo ps around
and is complete ly dependent on this foreign-direct investment. It is understandable

202
 that count ries that are the focus of t his sort of a ttentio n can lose sight of the
enviro nment al implica tions of large-sc ale industrial devel opme nt, and this can
have deva statin g conse quenc es for the natural world. And it is a (6 )........ cycle
because the more industri ally active a nation becomes , the grea ter the demand
for and harve sting of natural resources . For some, the enviro nmen tal issues,
though they can hardly be ignored, are viewed as a (7) ...... conce rn. Indeed,
having an enviro nmen tal conscie nce or taking enviro nmen tal matters into
consi deratio n when it c omes to decisi ons on whet her or not to build rubber-t ree
(8) ...... or grow biofuel crops would be quite (9) .......indeed. For those involved
in such schem es it is a pretty black- and-w hite issue. An d, for vast (10 )........ of
land in Latin Amer ica, for examp le, it is clea r t hat the welfa re of the rainfore sts
matters little to local gover nmen t when vast sums of mone y can be made from
cultiva ting the land.
1. A. e merg ing B. emer gent c. conver gent D. res urgent
2. A. grown B. born c . bred D. arisen
3. A. multi natio nals B. migran ts c. contine ntals D. i ntercon tinenta ls
4. A. prem onitio n B. abunda nce c . amplitu de D. accu mulati on
5. A. ex ploit ation B. explora tion c . surveya nce D. rese arch
6. A. v acuou s B. viscous c . vexatiou s D. vicio us
7. A. pa rallel B. extrinsic c . peripheral D. expon ential
8. A. pl antat ions B. homes teads c. ranches D. hol dings
9. A. p roscr iptiv e B. prohib itive c. prospec tive D. im perative
10. A. region s B. plots c. tracts D. sect ors
ìSk B. Re ad th e foll ow ing pas sag e and then decid e which answ er (A, B, c, or

D) be st fit s eac h s pace.

DR SEUSS
The odo r Seuss Geisel, better known as ‘Dr S euss’, began writin g for chidren
quite by chanc e. During a long sea voyage in 1936, Seuss amuse d him sel f by
(1) ................to geth er a n onsense poem to th e rhythm of the s hip ’s engin e. Later
he illustr ated the rhyme and published it as And to think that I saw it on
Mulber ry Street. Many critics (2) .................it as S euss’be st work.
A later book, McE lligo t’s Pool (3) .................the first appea rance of S euss ’
famous fanta sy charac ters, and Horton Hatches the Egg introdu ces an (4 )...........
of mo rality. Seu ss’ reputati on as a major chil dren ’s write r was sealed with the
public ation of The Cat in the Hat. This book uses easy-to -read words to tell the
story of tw o child ren alone at home on a rainy day. A cat weari ng a tall hat
arrives to entert ain them, wreck ing their house in the (5) ....................The
enthu siastic (6 )................ of this book delighted Seuss and (7) ................ him to
found Beg inne r Books, a p ublishi ng company specia lising in eas y-to- read books
for childr en. Some of his books have been made into an ingenio us and
(8) ..............succ essful f eature film starring Jim Carrey.

203
 At one point in his career. Seuss (9 )..............gav e up w riting for ch ildren and
devote d his talents to makin g docum entary films. One of these (10 )............... a
great deal of attention and won an A cadem y A ward.
1. A. placing B. la ying c. putting D. sett ing
2. A. look beyond B. lo ok upon c. look th rough D. look towar ds
3. A. indicate s B. show s c. means D. m arks
4. A. amou nt B. ing redient c. eleme nt D. item
6. A. practic e B. met hod c. process D. action
7. A. recept ion B. wel come c . greetin g D. asm ission
8. A.gu ided B. led c . told D. poi nted
8. A.hi ghly B. in tensively c . strongly D. wide ly
9. A.s hortly B. mo menta rily c . tempo rarily D. prese ntly
10. A.calle d B. attra cted c . engaged D. pulle d

VII. OPEN C LOZE TE ST. (20 ms)

is. For ques tions 1-20, rea d the texts below and th ink o f the word which best
fi ts in each space. Use only one word in each space.
PASSAGE 1
WHEN IS A TH IEF NOT A T HIEF ?
The impres sion that m ore women shoplif t tha n men may be d ue to publi city.
As a rece nt report on shopli fting pointed out: “E very week, newsp apers repo rt
the convi ction o f some middle -aged woman of blameles s (1) ........................ who
has stolen, for quite unexpl ained motives, some objects of little value which she
could easily have (2) ................. to buy. Most psychia trists, ha ve at some time
seen patien ts w ho w ere ( 3 ) ............... of this sort of theft.
This (4) ....................th e questio n of whet her the middle class have a bett er
chanc e of gettin g of f shop-l ifting charges than the worki ng class. The shops
insist that they are ( 5 ) ..................... solely with whet her custom ers have paid for
the goods: their accent , class or ability to browb eat is (6 )................. But, once
charg ed, the middle class are undoubt edly in a bette r (7 ).................. They are
more likely to have, or call in, a solicitor; and they are financ ially able to risk
payin g legal costs. The solic itor - or friends or relatio ns - may (8 ).................... a
psyc holog ical assess ment. And a “resp ectab le” first time (9 )........................ ,
backed by a p sycho logic al expla nation of a mom entary aberr ation , and defe nded
by a solici tor, surely goes into the dock with more chanc e of acqui ttal than
someo ne (10 )................. these attribut es.

PASSAGE 2
BEARS ON CAMPU S
Svalba rd Univer sity, on the Norw egian island of Sp itsberg en, has more than
one claim (1 )................. fame Firstly, it is the wo rld’s most north erly cam pus ,
located in an area dotted (2 )..............in ternatio nal estab lishm ents at the fron tiers
204
of scientific research. The university itself is recognized as a centre of excellence,
speci alizin g in th ings (3 )................. clima te change and marin e biolog y. Wha t’s
more, there are no fewer than fourteen profes sors on camp us, which gives
probab ly the best ratio of professors to studen ts a nywh ere in the world.
Even (4 )................ surpris ing, howeve r, is th e fact that Svalba rd is th e only
camp us in Europe where the student s are routine ly armed by the universi ty
autho rities . Safety is a big issue here and on arrival , studen ts must mas ter such
skills as th e best way to pa ck a sledge or sign al to a passing h elicop ter, as well as
learning how to protec t (5) .............. against attack from polar bears.
(6 )................. great is the risk of att ack from these creatu res, that student s are
told neve r to ventu re out ( 7 ) ............. their rifles.
In spite o f the bears, Svalbard is a great place to be a student , especi ally for
those into win ter sports. (8 ).................to the warm curren ts of the Gu lf Stream,
it is one of the warm est places in the Arctic, with tempe rature s only twenty
degr ees belo w zero in w inter compar ed to minus forty in part s of Canada which
are m uch ( 9 ) ........... south. In summer , it can be warm (10 )............... to sunb athe.
VI II. W O R D FO RM . (20 ms )
A. Com plete t he sente nces below with the corr ect for m o f the words at the
end o f the lines.
1. The spea ker had to break off midway in his long spee ch on ag rarian revolution
owin g t o the c horus o f________ (C AL L) eruptin g from his audience.
2. Mr. Lavrov , when asked about the violation of the pr ev io us _____________
(F IR E) amon g th e b elligeren ts, refused to poin t out who was to bl ame for.
3. _________ (M AS CU LI NE ) by his Achill es heel, Tom was bitterly defeated
by hi s o ppone nt.
4. When the bomb went out, Mr. Mohamad was laying quiet, ___________
(I N SO M N IA ) on the bed beside the entranc e after a long day full of all the
drudg ery.
5. Suffe ring fr o m __________ (P HO BI C) has made many people desperat ely
strug gle to be in confined spaces.
6. "We regre t to say that", the docto r sadly informed his patient, "once the
(V EN OM ) has b egun, y ou are bound to die a painful death."
7. T he coffe e shop named Den Da is de corated with a jazz y panoram ic ceramic
pictu re, impre ssing the guests by its__________ (C HR OM A) .
8. A large num ber of peopl e would not have suffered from cancer s if they had
paid atten tion to their body change s during the early stages o f ___________
(G EN ES IS ).
9. The distr ibuti on of no nideal fish comm unities can be roughly calcu lated by
th e ___ _______ (M ET ER ) of suitable variables.
10. Pytha goras, with a gre at many of important mathem atical disco verie s in such
an ea rly stage o f human civiliz ation, made a name for h ims elf as a _________
(G EN IT AL ) of Greek m athemat ics.

205
 B. Use the corre ct fo rm o f the wor ds given in th e bo x to co mpl ete th e passage .
appea r commit deny exclude
immerse infant institute lonel y see
One of the most challen ging aspects of the science anthrop ology comes from
its fieldwor k. Certain ly, in its (1)________ as a professi on, anthrop ology was
disting uished by its con centrati on on so-called pr im ar y so cie tie s in which social
(2)_____ appea r to be fairly limited and social interaction to be conducted almost
(3)___face - to - face. Such societies, it was felt, provided anthropologists with a
valuable (4)________ into the working s of soc iety that contrasted with the many
compl exitie s of more highly develope d societies. There was also a sense th at the
way of life represen ted by these smaller societies were rapidly (5)________ and
that p reserv ing a record of them was a matt er o f some urgency.
The (6)________ of anthropo logists to the first - hand collection of data led
them to some of the most (7)________ places on earth. Most often they worked
alone. Such lack of contact with other people created feelings of intense
(8)________ in some anthrop ologist s, especially in the e arly stages of fieldwork.
Never theles s, this process of (9)________ in a totally alien culture continues to
attract men and women to anthropolo gy, and is (10)_________ the most
effectiv e wa y o f understa nding in depth how othe r people see the world.
IX. E RRO R R ECOG NITIO N. (10 ms)
The pa ss ag e be low co nt ain s 10 mis take s. Un der lin e th e mi sta ke s an d wr ite
th eir co rr ec t fo rm s.
Line 0 THE SAHARA MARAT HON
1 One of t he most amazing marathon races in the world is the marathon
2 of the Sands. It takes places every April in the Sahara Desert in the
3 south of Mo rocco, a part of the world when tempera tures can reach fifty
4 degrees centigrade. The standard length of the marathon is 42.5
5 kilomet ers but thi s one is 240 kilometers long and spends seven days to
6 complet e. It began in 1986 and now attr acts about two hundred runners.
7 the majority of thei r ages range from seventeen to forty-seven. About
8 hal f of them come from France and the rest to all over the world. From
9 Britain it costs £2,500 to enter , this includes return air fares. The race is
10 rapidly getting more and more popular despite, and perhaps because of,
11 the harsh conditio ns that runners must endure. They have to carry food
12 and somethi ng else they need for seven days in rucksack weighing no
13 more than twelve kilograms. In addition to this, they are given a litre
14 and a h alf o f water every ten kilometers. Incredibly, near all the runners
15 finish the course. One man, Ibrahim El Joual, took part in every race
16 from 1986 to 2004. Runners do suffer terrible physical hardships.
17 Sometim es they lose toenails and skin peels on their foot. However,
18 docto rs are always on hand to deal with minor injuries and to make sure
19 that runners do not push them selves too far.

206
X. SE NTE NCE T RAN SFOR MAT ION. (20 ms)
A. Rewrite the follo wing sentences with the given words In such a way that the
second sent ence has the same meaning as the firs t one. Do n ot change the
for m o f the words in brackets.
1 .1 felt v aguel y t hat someth ing was wrong, but wha t was it? BACK

2. W hat e xactly am 1 suppos ed to have done wrong? STAND

3. The incide nt ruined my ch ances of promotion . PAID

4. Sam made absolu tely sure nothing would go wrong when he planned the
expe dition . CHAN CE
Sam .....................................................................when he pla nned the exp edition.
5. I do n’t rea lly know why, but I d on’t tru st him. FINGER
i c a n 't ................................................................................ I don ’t trust him.
6. Being inexp erienc ed was a disadva ntage to her when she applied for
promo tion. COUN TED
H e r.....................................................................when she applied for promo tion.
B. Rewrite the followi ng sente nces in such a way that the sec ond sentence has
the same mea ning as the fir st one.
1. The broch ure gives hardly any useful information.
Pr ec io us .............................,..........................................................................
2. Tru dy w as quite relieved when she found ou t the truth.
It was so m et hi ng ..........................................................................................
3. The collis ion did n’t dama ge my car much.
Not a gre at.................................................................... ...................... .........
4. Jus t th inkin g a bout his face at theat moment makes me laugh.
The v e ry .......................................................................................................

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÝ Tự TRỌNG - CẦN THƯ

MULTIPLE CHOICE (40pts

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5 PTS)
Choose the word whose underlined p art is pron ounced differently f ro m the
others.
island B. aisle c. conserve D. debris
choru s B. cherish c. chaos D. char acter
comb B. debt c . doubt D. absor b
finale B. plagia rise c . simulta neous D. in vasion
supp osedl y B. alleged ly c. confused ly D. wicke dly
207
Choose the word which is stre ssed differently fro m the o ther three.
6. A. co nv olu ted B .p ed ag og y c. sur fei t D. sup erf luo us
7. A. ag gr an dis em en t B. ana chr on ism c. ad um bra te D. ass uag e
8. A. eu ph em ism B. off ici ald om c. ari thm eti c D. mi lle nn ium
9. A. an tiq uit y B. ant ici pat e c. ant ipa thy D. ant iqu ate d
10. A. a na lys is B. ant ith esi s c. dia gn osi s D. par ent hes is
II. W ORD CHOICE (5 PTS)
Choose the best optio n to comple te the foll ow ing sentences.
1. His s tra ng e be ha vio ur aro use d th e _____ o f po lice .
A. do ub t B. sus pic ion c. di sb el ie f D. not ice
2. M edi a re ports on the outc ome o f military interv entio n o ften _ the true facts.
A. div ert B. det rac t c. dep ose D. dis tor t
3. Th e day t he ir firs t c hild was born , t he new p are nts w e re _____ wit h jo y.
A. ov ert hro wn B. o ver pow ere d c. ov ert ake n D. ove rco me
4. We may win , we may lose - i t’s jus t t he luck o f th e _____ .
A. cha nce B. dra w c. odd s D. fate
5. Th ey ’re hav ing s eri ou s pro ble ms . Th eir re lat ion shi p is on t h e _____ .
A. cli ffs B. roc ks c. sto nes D. gras s
6 . 1 sold my sha res in th e com pan y one we ek bef ore it w en t ban kru pt. Th at wa s a
_____ shav e!
A. thin B. luck c. clo se D. nar row
7. Th e ren ew ed int ere st in Eliz abe tha n tim es is evi den t in t h e ____ o f new
Ho llyw ood film s set d uri ng tha t p erio d.
A. spa te B. hyp ocr isy c. tra nsi enc e D. d em ise
8. T he car w a s _____ sp eed .
A. gat her ing B.
B. ccol
olllec
ecttin
ingg c. con sum ing D. firin g
9. La ck o f rain ear ly in th e seas on mea ns tha t the fi e ld __ a p oor cro p.
A. sur ren der ed B. y ield ed c. gen era ted D. suff ere d
10. I hop e you w on ’t t a k e _____ if I tell the truth .
A. ann oy anc e B. res ent me nt c. off enc e D. irrit atio n
III. G RAMM AR AND STRUCTUR ES (5 PTS)
Choose the be st option to com plete the follow ing sentences.
1. I’ll be kind to h e r ____ she dec ide to leave me.
A. in c ase B. wh ere as c. so as not D. lest
2. 'Di d you enj oy the pic nic ?' 'I w as okay , but I'd r ath er _____ to a m ovie .'
A. go B. be go ing c. hav e gon e D.wen t
3. It is w ide ly bel iev ed tha t the p ull o f gra vity on a f alli ng rain dro p cha ng es
rou nd sha pe into a t ea rdr op s hap e.

A. o f the d rop B. t he dr op ’s c . dro p of D. dro ps the ir

208
4. All of the plants now raised on farms have been developed from pla nts_____ wild.
A. o nce they grew B. they grew once c. that once grew D. once grew
5. I ho pe eve ryth ing ’s OK. Th ey _____ several hours a go.
A. w ere to have called B. would have c alled
c. have called D. suppo sed to call
6. ____ irritat ing effect on humans, the use of phenol as a g eneral antisept ic has
been largely d iscont inued.

A. Its B. Whe re its c. Since its D. Bec ause of its

7. Own ing and living in a freesta nding house is still a goal of y oung adults,
_____ earl ier genera tions.
A. a s did B. as it was o f c. like that of D. so have
8. _____ circl ing the gl obe f aster than J ules Vern e’s fictional Phileas Fogg.
A. A pion eer journ alist , Ne llie Bly’s exp loits included.
B. A lso include d in the e xploits of Nellie Bly, a p ionee r journal ist, was
c. The explo its of Nelli e Bly, a p ioneer jour nalis t, included
D. Th e pion eer jou rna list ’s exploits of Nellie Bly in cluded
9. Busin ess has been thriving for the past few years. L on g_____ it con tinue to
do so.
A. could B. does c. may D. mi ght
10. We all w ished to be tre ate d_____ .
A. a s equ al B. as equally c. as equals D. as e qual as
IV. PHR ASA L VERBS AND PREPO SITION S (5 PTS)
Choo se t he best option to co mplete the fol low ing sentences.
1. I can ea sily while the w hole afte rno on_____ reading a good book.
A. unde r B. over c. up D. away
2. The a rea has be en co rdo ned _____ following a b omb th reat.
A. on B. aside c. off D. behind
3. My spee ch is okay but I just hope I don’t _____as soon as I get to the podium.
A. d ry up B. pass on c. speak out D. get ac ross
4. Many people only manage to give up gambling_____dint o f a lot of hard work.
A. in B. at c. by D. with
5. I c an ’t beli eve you bet you r c ar _____ the toss of a coin!
A. o ver B. on c. through D. by
6. Mull my of fe r_____ for a few day s and then let meknow what you t hink.
A. d own B. apart c. over D. through
7. Mr. Deaco n had a very serious operation. Apparen tly, it’s a m iracle h e _____ .
A. w arded o ff B. cotton ed on c. lashed out D. pulle d th rough
8. These carro ts have shr ive led _____ a bit so I think I ’ll throw them away.
A. up B. down c. back D. out

209
9. What annoys me is that the man got_____with just 100 hours’ community
service.
A. b ack B. in c. over D. of f
10. The hotel mana ger p romised to keep my v alu ab les _____ lock and key.
A. in B. und er c. by D. with
V. GUIDED CLOZE 1 (5 PTS)
Re ad the te xt below and decide which answ er b est fi ts each space.
Sad as it is, a social misperc eption of the d isabled is still (1 )______ in many
comm unitie s. It is on ly in a few highly civilized states where the problem s and
needs of people with physical and mental incapaci ties are given the prope r
cons idera tion. In the remain ing countries, the discri minati on against the disable d
is still ( 2 ) ______ in many areas of social life. As in the past, they are ignored,
denou nced and forced to stay away from the normal comm unity which,
unfor tunat ely, isn’t ca pable of making any ( 3 )______ for its less fit member s.
For decad es, the ( 4 ) ______ and hearty part of every society has (5 )_______
the disable d of their fundame ntal rights as their job applica tions have been
turned down, their active particip ation in business life has on most occasio ns
bee n di sa llo we d and the re has been litt le con cer n for th eir co nv en ien ce in
( 6 ) ______ to public transpor t. Equally little effort has been made to help the
disable d fully (7) ______ with the able-bo died thus laying foundati ons for
grea ter comm unity awaren ess of the drawba cks that the handica pped have to
wrestl e w ith d aily.
Th ere ’s an urgent need to offer the disabled more adequa te assistanc e and
suppo rt in the strugg le for putting their basic rights into ( 8 ) ______ . The key
princi ple is t hat the stereot ype approach towards the impaired individuals ought
to be excha nged for a more consider ate one. Anoth er pressin g matter is that t he
disabl ed sho uld n’t be (9) ______ on the basis of their handicap, but society
should rathe r focus on provid ing them with compl ete accep tance irrespect ive of
any imper fectio ns t hus tr eatin g them as (1 0) ______ citizens.
1. A. preva lent B. infini te c. ab un da nt D. univer sal
2. A. imple mente d B. practise d c. occurred D. remai ned
3. A. a ccou nts B. provisi ons c . measur es D.c onc ern s
4. A. r ight B. vivid c .f it D. hale
5. A. stripp ed B.s nea ked c . seized D. shelled
6. A. e ntry B. adm ittance c. access D. explo itation
7. A. c ollab orate B. in corporate c. ally D. in tegrate
8. A. ha ndli ng B. oper ation c. activat ion D. perfo rmance
9. A. m easure d B.d edu ced c . reckone d D. app raised
10. A. f ully- fledg ed B. we ll-d eve lop edc . fully-g rown D. wel l-built

210
 VI. G UIDE D CLOZ E 2 (5 PTS)
Rea d the tex t bel ow a nd de cide which an swer best fits each space.
Located in an elega nt 18th century building in London is the nerve centre of
one ol the wor ld’s most prolific companie s. It (1 )______ by the name eBay. Not
only has the compa ny gone from Internet hobby site to ( 2 ) ______ econom ic
force, with 95 million users in 10 years, it is w idely regarded as having altered
the (3 )______ of commercial life as we know it.
If you want to buy anything , from a nail file to an airliner, eBay is the
Interne t site to go to. A million items appea r for sale each day in what is
effec tivel y online auction. If you like the descripti on of an item, you made a bid
within a giv en t ime limit; if you ( 4 )______ to be the highes t bidder , you become
the ( 5 ) ______ owne r of the goods in questi ons. But th e most astoun ding factor
behind eBay is not the range and the value of the goods on offer, but the fact th at
the whole busines s is based on mutual trust. Rarely do you find peopl e so will ing
to b uy u nseen goo ds from an unknown source.
Part of the explanat ion for this (6) ______ in the fact that 95% of eBay
buyers and sellers are private individuals. The company has expanded through
(7) ______ recomm endatio ns rather than smart marketing, and the re’s a real
(8) ______ of commu nity about it. What’s more, using eBay ( 9 )_______ to that
instinc tive sense of satisfacti on people get from the process of bargainin g - and
from actua lly getting a bargain at the end o f it. ( 10 )______ , it p uts the fun back
into sho pping.
1. A. goes B. calls c. knows D. greets
2. A. reactio nary B. counterv ailing c . potent D. subve rsive
3. A. route B. course c. flow D. trend
4. A. chec k in B. turned out c . show up D. send off
5. A. boastful B. conceited c . proud D. vain
6. A. finds B. draws c . lies D. comes
7. A. w ord of mouth B. man to man c . hand on heart D. face to face
8. A. t aste B.s ens e c. touch D. mood
9. A. entice s B. attracts c . appeals D. tempts
10. A. Otherw ise B. In short c. Instead D. How ever
VII. R EAD ING PA SSAGE 1 (5 PTS)
Re ad th e te xt be low a nd cho ose the best a nswer to each questi on.
Every day, m illions of shoppers hit the stores in full force - both online and on
foot - searchin g frantically for the perfect gift. Last year, Americans spent over
$30 billion at retail stores in the month o f December alone. Aside from purchasing
holiday gifts, most people regularly buy presents for other occasions throughout
the year, including weddings, birthdays, anniversaries, graduations, and baby
showers. This f requent experience of gift-giving can engend er ambiva lent feelings
in gift-givers. Many relish the opportunity to buy presents because gift-givin g

•211
offers a powerful means to build stronger bonds with one’s closest peers. At the
same time, many dread the thoug ht o f buying gifts; they wo rry that their purchases
will di sappoin t rath er than delight the intended recipients.
Anthropologists describe gift-giving as a positive social process, serving various
political, religious, and psychological functions. Economists, however, offer a less
favourable view. According to Waldfogel (1993), gift-giving represents an objective
waste o f resources. People buy gifts that r ecipients would not choose to buy on their
own, or at least not sp end as muc h money to pu rchase (a phe nomen on referred to
as “ the dead weig ht loss of Chri stmas ”). To wit, givers are likely to spend $100
to purch ase a gift that receive rs would spend only $80 to buy themse lves. This
“ dead weig ht loss” suggest s that gift-giv ers are not very good at predict ing what
gifts others will appreci ate. That in it self is not surpris ing to social psycho logists.
Resear ch has found that people often struggle to take accoun t of othe rs’
persp ectiv es - their insights are subject to egocent rism, social projection , and
multiple attribution errors. What is surprising is that gift-givers have considerable
experience acting as both gift-givers and gift-recipients, but nevertheless tend to
overspend each time they set out to purchase a meaningful gift.
In the prese nt research , we propose a unique psycholo gical explanati on for
this overs pendi ng problem - i.e., that gift-giver s equate how much they spend
with how much recipien ts will appreciat e the gift (the more expensiv e the gift,
the stron ger a gift- recip ient’s feelings of appreciatio n). Although a link between
gift price and feelings o f appreciat ion might see m intuitive to gift -givers, such an
assum ption may be unfounded . Indeed, we propose that gift-rec ipients will be
less inclined to base th eir feelings of appreciation on the magnitu de of a gift than
givers ass ume.
Why do gift-giv ers assume that gift price is clo sely linked to gift- recip ients ’
feeling s of apprec iation? Perhaps givers believe that bigger (that is, more
expen sive) gifts convey strong er signals of though tfulnes s and conside ration.
Acco rding to Camer er (1988) and others, gift-givi ng represen ts a symbol ic
ritual, where by gift-giv ers attempt to signal their positive attitudes toward the
intended recipi ent and their willingne ss to invest resource s in a future
relatio nship. In this sense, gift-give rs may be motivated to spend more money on
a gift in orde r to send a “strong er signal” to their intended recipient. As for
gift-re cipien ts, they may not constru e smaller and larger gifts as repres enting
small er and larger signals of thoughtfulnes s and consider ation.
1. Wh at is the m ain idea dis cussed in the passa ge?
A. Gift-giv ing, despite its uneconomic al downside s, cultiv ates a positive
social process.
B. Gift- recipie nts are widely acknow ledged as consid erably experie nced in
gift-giv ing.
c. Gifts can serve as implici t signa ls o f thoughtf ulness and conside ration.
D. Gift- givin g ma y ha ve ce rtain drawba cks a longsid e its positiv e qua lities.

212
2. The autho r most likely uses the exampl es of gift-g iving occasi ons in
parag raph 1 to highlig ht t h e _____ .
A. r egular ity with which people shop for gifts
B. rece nt increase in the a mount of money spe nt on gifts
c. anxie ty gift shopp ing causes for consum ers
D. nu mbe r o f special occasio ns involving gift-givi ng
3. In parag raph 1, the word “am biv ale nt ” mo st nearly means_____ .
A. u nreal istic B. appre hensive c. conflicted D. suppo rtive
4. Th e a utho r i ndicates that p eople value gift-givi ng because they feel it_____.
A. fu nctio ns as a form o f self-expres sion
B. is an inexpe nsive way to show a ppreciation
c. requi res the gift-re cipien t to reciprocat e
D. can serve, to stre ngthen a relati onship
5. The “so cial 'psy cho log ists ” mentioned in paragraph 2 would likely describe
the “dea dwei ght loss” ph enomeno n as_____ .
A. p redict able B. unpre cedented c. disturbin g D. question able
6. In paragra ph 3, the authors indicate that the assumpti on made by gift-givers
may be_____ .
A. insince re B. unreas onable c. incorrect D. substant iated
7. The word “con vey” in paragrap h 4 most ne arly means_____ .
A. tra nspo rt B. counte ract c. exchange D. communica te
8. In parag raph 4, the author refers to works by Camer er and others in order
to_____ .
A. o ffer an ex planat ion B. intro duce an argume nt
c. questi on a motiv e D. support a conclu sion
9. In parag raph 4, the word “con str ue ” most probably means_____ .
A. v iew B. understa nd c. conside r D. take
10. Which of the follo wing best char acterises the tone of the author?
A. a utho ritati ve B. pessim istic c. ironic D. infor mative

VIII. REA DING PA SSAGE 2 (5 PTS)

R ea d t he te xt b elo w an d c ho os e t he b est an sw er to each que stio n.
Shado w puppe try is a traditional art form that often goes unappr eciated in
modern times . A large part of the appeal of puppet shows is th e craftsm anship
behind the creati on of the actual puppets. In shadow puppetry, on the o ther hand,
the pupp ets remain unseen, so the real artistry is in the present ation. The
comb inati on of the puppet's shape, the background screen, and the light itsel f
create s the overal l effect of the shadow puppet show. The task of the direc tor is
to ensure these elemen ts are working togeth er harmon iously in ord er to pr od uc e
the o ptimal exper ience fo r the audience.

213
 The screen is the medium through which the audien ce experi ences the
perform ance, so selecti ng the best screen is essentia l. First, it must transm it as
much light as possibl e to better capture the shape of th e puppet. However, it
shouldn 't transm it so much light that the puppe teer is visible. The material
should obviou sly be du rable but thin. A thin material gives superi or d efinitio n to
the edges of the shadows . Traditi onally, cotton was used for the screen, but it
was very grainy. As new kinds of text iles have been develo ped, more suitable
material s have becom e the standard. Silk works well but is expensiv e. A more
afforda ble option is vinyl, which is thin and transm its light evenly. The only
problem is th at it stretche s too easily. In order to allow the puppets to press up
agains t the screen, it must be strung very tightly. If the material stretches too
easily, it will sag.
One unique challen ge for the puppet show directo r is tha t the presenta tion is
two-d imens ional. The screen is flat, so puppets can only move forwards and
backwa rds. In order to create a three-dim ensional appeara nce, directors often
design a set in which the background is smaller than the foregroun d. Then, by
using differen t-sized puppets at different heights on the screen, a more
interest ing scene can be created. If the script requires two puppets to pass by
each other, it can be accurately reproduced on the screen. The "fade-out" is a
common tool used' by directors to avoid this problem. In this techniq ue, the
puppet is moved away from the screen, and the image becomes fuzzy before
fading out alt ogether.
Having chosen a scree n and designed the set, the next s tep is to det ermine the
light that will be used. There are several factors to be considered : intensity,
spread, and angle. Natural ly, more light is required behind the screen than in
front. The power or intensity of this light is best determin ed through
experim entatio n. If the light is too bright, it will appear harsh to audience
members positioned close to the screen. Dim light, though harder to see, can
create an intimate mood. The intensity of the light can be manipulat ed
throu ghout the performan ce by using a dimmer switch.
Spread describe s ho w the intensity o f light is dis persed over the screen. If it is
too focused on the center, it can leave dark areas at the edges. In cont rast, if the
spread is too wide, light might spillover the edges of the screen, thus producin g
shadows of objects that aren't supposed to be part of the performa nce.
Addit ionally , the angle at which the light hits the screen will affect the spread.
The direc tor can manipul ate the angle o f the light in order to a lter the shape and
size o f the pup pets and to create dramatic e ffects.
The shadow puppet show is an art that goes beyond the construc tion of the
puppe ts and the perform ance of the script. Finding the optimal combi nation of
light and shadow involves careful planning and meticulou s design. Every detail
must be considere d and controlled in relation to every other detail, making
shadow pupp etry an art of precision.

214
 1. Whi ch o f the follow ing is closes t in mean ing to the word "produce" as use d in
parag raph 1?
A. fresh food B. create c. pay fo r D. over see
2. The word" harsh" in parag raph 4 is closest in mean ing t o _____ .
A. v ery cold B. crisp c. insultin g D. sev ere
3. W hat word does "if" refer to in paragr aph 2?
A. o ption B. vinyl c. light D. pro blem
4. In para graph 2, the auth or ex plains the importan ce of the screen by_____ .
A. s howi ng how diffic ult it is to find good material
B. expl ainin g the e lemen ts to be consi dered
c. sayin g w hat it is us ed for
D. giv ing exam ples of materials
5. Acco rding to the passage, which of the fol lowing ca n cause unwanted shadows?
A. A light t hat's too bright B. A light that's not bright enough
c. A light t hat's too focused D. A light that 's not fo cused enough.
6. Wh at d oes "this technique" refer to in paragrap h 3?
A. Using differ ent-si zed puppets B. The script
c. Using a sm aller backg round D. The "fade-out"
7. Which o f the follow ing sentenc es best expresse s the essential informati on of
the unde rlined senten ce? Incorrect choices change the meanin g in important
ways or leave out e ssential information.
A. Shad ow puppe try, in contrast, is a truly artistic show.
B. B ecause the puppet eers remain out o f sight in shado w pu ppetry, the
prese ntatio n become s mo re ex pressive.
c. In con trast, the t rue skill and appeal in shadow pupp etry lies in the
prese ntati on, as the actual puppets are kep t hidden.
D. Similarly, in shadow puppetry, the true skill is in the presentation of the show.
8. Wha t is the main purpos e o f the passag e?
A. To inspire people to become shadow puppetee rs
B. To increas e the p opularity o f shadow puppet shows
c. To show ho w sh adow puppetry is better than regular puppe try
D. To dem onst rate the c halleng es involved in shadow pup petry
9. All of the fol lowin g ar e m entioned in the pass age EXCEPT _____ .
A. c olo r B. inten sity c. spread D. angle
10. Which o f the follow ing can be inferr ed from p aragraph 1 about regular , non­
shad ow pupp et shows?
A. T hey'r e not as good as sh adow puppet shows.
B. They 're easie r to produce than shadow puppet shows,
c. Most of the work ha ppens before the show.
D. It's not really an art form.

215
B. W RITTEN TEST (70 pts
I. CLO ZE TEST:
Rea d the te xt b elow and fi ll each gap with ONE su itabl e word.
No (1) ______ of the dino saurs ’ time on Earth is comp lete withou t an
explana tion of their extincti on. Over the years many theorie s have been put (2)
______ , but no ( 3 ) ______ theory can explain all the facts as we know them.
Nowa days, the most likely theory that scientist s have come up with is that
dinosau rs were killed (4) ______ by a combin ation of several factors. The
overall effect of these factors was the extinctio n of the dinosa urs, toge ther with
many other animal groups. It is kno wn that th ere was a lot o f volcan ic activit y at
the tim e o f the din osaurs' extinction. T heir e nviron ment would have already been
under consid erable (5) ______ as well as being poisoned . Added to this it is
believed that a very large meteor or comet, some 10 kilome ters wide, hit the
Earth and caused (6 )______ destructi on. (7 )_______o f the impact can be fou nd
in the Gu lf of Me xico, where there is a large crate r and a ( 8 ) ______ of rock
contai ning the rare eleme nt iridium. As the meteor entered the Earth's
atmosp here, the dinosa urs would have seen a b right light in the sky followed by
an explosion . The shock waves from the explosion (9 )______ everyth ing, (10)
______ after, a rain of dust and rock fell and co vered everyt hing, the te mperatu re
rose dr amatic ally and th at was the end o f dinosaurs.
OPEN CLOZ E 2 (10 PTS)
Rea d the text below and Jill each gap with ONE suit able word.
Recentl y, organiz ers ( 1 ) _____ on a huge concert called Live Earth. They
wanted to make everyone more (2 )_____ of the da ngers of climate change. The
event c onsiste d of a series of concerts (3 )_____ in seve n contine nts around the
world. The concer ts needed to be (4 )_____ , so the organi zers used biofuels to
( 5 ) _____ the lights and used recycled car tyres to make the stage. They also
provide d recycli ng contain ers for people to dump their empty drinks cans in.
Over 100 musicia ns and celebritie s took part in the live shows. They urged fans
to t ake (6 )_____ against glo bal warming by dem anding more (7 )_____ energy,
and by helping to conserve the rainforests. They explain ed that the earth is
(8 )_____ threat but stressed that it’s not too late to change things as long as we
all act now. Toget her we can make a big (9 )_____ . Supers tar Madon na closed
the London show and gave a great performa nce. “L et’s hope the concerts that are
happen ing around the world are not just about enterta inmen t, but ab out starting a
(1 0) _____,” she told the audience, who cheered and applaude d in their thousands.
II. WO RD FORMS (20 PTS)
PART 1: Compl ete each senten ce, using the corre ct fo rm o f the word in
paren these s.
1. She should take t he se ______________ _ drugs to tre at her state. (DEPR ESS)
2. Ar e you in favor o f______________________ marria ge? (RACE )
3. Hav e you ev er ____________________ anyone of anything? (U SE)
216
4. Th ese results s ee m _____________________. (INTU ITION)
5. A _____________________force is being sent to th e tro uble spot. (NATIO N)
6. She sailed around the w or ld ____________________ . (HAND)
7. The results o f the t es ts ____________________ his claim s. (SUBS TANCE )
8. This is a p lant w it h____________________ leaves. (VARY)
9. He is bein g trai ned as a ____________________ to help a law yer. (LAW)
10. What he said was a ____________________ argumen t. (S HOP)

PA RT 2: Com plet e t he pa ssag e w ith approp riate for m s fro m th e words giv en in
the box.

go idiosyn crasy ordina ry charily pictu re

locat e real neighbo r pe rf ec t' essence

A DAY OUT TO ROSSLYN CHAPEL

If y ou have a spare afternoon, why not take the kids to visit the remarkable
Rosslyn Chape l?
This must surely be one of Brit ain’s most (1)_______________ buildings. If
you were shown pictures of it without any clu es to its (2)_______________ , you
might guess it to be somewhere like Moldavia or T ransylva nia. In fact, it is just
outside Edinbur gh. The chapel and the (3)_______________ village of Rosslyn
are both quite stunning; in fact, the whole area is gener ally very (4)__________ .
Near ly the entire surface of the chap el’s stonewor k is carved with flowers or
stars and anoth er (5)_______________ feature of the chapel is that although
most of the design of t he chapel is Gothic, the aisles are simila r to architectur e
found in Babylon or Eg ypt. The chap el’s 15th ce ntury builder, St. Cl air Prince of
Orkney , believed that he was (6)_______________ buying his way into heav en
by creat ing such an exquisite chapel. He was famous for his (7)_____________
but this in itse lf cre ated problems. Because everyth ing had to be exactly as he
dream ed it sh ould be, it was (8)_______________ of him to expect the work to
be finish ed in his lifetime. The chapel is now considere d to be a local treasure
and a (9 )_ ______________ trust was set up in 1996 to oversee and fund its
(10) restoration.
•I
III. E RRO R C ORREC TION (10 PTS)
In mo st line s o f the fol low ing tex t ther e is one mista ke. It is eithe r
gra mm atic ally inco rrec t or does not fi t in with the s ens e o f the text . For ea ch
nu mb ere d line , und erli ne t he mis take an d then c orrect it in the spac e provided .
So me li nes a re correct. Ind ica te thes e with a tic k (/). The exer cise b egins with
two e xam ple s (0).
Ex: 0. eati ng

217
 SUGAR
Have you eve r wante d to stop to eat some thing sweet but you j ust cou ldn 't?
Is the first thing y ou do when you get home from school is to look in the biscuit
tin? Can you eat a huge bar of cho colate all on your self? Can you say ‘no’ to
sweets at parti es? If you ca n’t, then there is a rea son ... perhap s yo u’re a sugar
addict! Does that sound fun? Well, doctor s say that peopl e who eat sweets on a
regu lar basic can easily becom e addict ed to sugar. What is more, most sugar
addi cts do n't even realiz e that they are addicted! Sugar ad dictio n is se rious so it
can really dama ge you r health. Doctors say that we should eat food which is
health y such as fresh fruit and vegeta bles and which we sho uldn ’t eat a lot of
sugar, fat or fast food. And sugar addicts can ’t follow this advice. They know
they must stop eatin g sugary food, but they can ’t. So what can you do wheth er
yo u’re a ddic ted to th e ta ste of sugar? Well, here are s ome tips:
- Eat some fresh fruit when you get a cravin g to somet hing sweet.
- Cut down on swee t f ood slowly. Don ’t try s toppin g ea ting it all at once.
- You have to tell you r pa rents. If they know, they will help you.

IV . SE N TE N C E TR A N SF O R M AT IO N (20 PT S)
Rew rite th e fol low ing sent ence s using t he words give n.
1. Arg uing wit h h er w on ’t get y ou a nywher e.
—> It w on ’t ___________________________________________________ .
2. It wo n’t harm US to see w hat special offers are on at the moment.
—> We m ig ht ____________________________________________________ .
3. He di scon tinue s his s tudies because he is poor.
-> H is _____________________________ _____________________________ .
4. You certa inly could neve r acc use Tom of being m ean. (N O TH IN G)
—>T o m ________________________________________________________ .
5. Why on earth did you do s ometh ing as dan gerous as that? (P OS SE SS ED )
-> What ___________________________________________________ ?
6. Brian is a strong co nten der for the position . (L IS T)
—> B ri an ___________ __ __________________________________________ •
7. Katy has n’t be en feeli ng well lately. (R UN )

8. Ther e was no f urth er d elay in awa rding the prizes. (A DO )

—>Th e prize s ____ _________ ______________________________________ •
9. The mone y was relea sed very gradu ally. (D RI BS )
—>Th e m on ey ____________________________________________________
10. You have said exac tly the right thing. (N AI L)
—* Y o u __________ ________________ _______________________________

218
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN BỈNH KHIÊM - VĨNH LONG
I. PHONOLOGY
A. Choo se th e w or d wh ose stre ss patt er n is diffe ren t from th at o f the o the r three.
1. A. hn st B. mns t c . cnst D. pnst
2. A. n aker/ B. comp leter/ c . wicker/ D. look er/
3. A. legal B. l egend c . g ener ous D. ma nager
4. A .b an d B. tha nk c . comp lain D. insert
5. A. noth ing B. purpo se c . welcom e D. compa re
B. Cho ose the w ord whose unde rline d pa rt is prono unc ed di ffere ntly fro m the
oth er th ree.
6. A. com mun icat e B. achiev e c. poetic D. nec essary
7. A. exha usted B. atmo sphere c . suspect D. com puter
8. A. argu men tativ e B. psy chologic al c. contrib utory D. hyp ersens itive
9. A. elect ricia n B. comf ortable c. manufa cture D. acci dental
10. A. mon oton ous B. refund able c. residential D. ren ewable
II. VOCABULARY
Word ch oice
1. The goo ds were stored in a ____ cinema.
A. misu sed B. unused c. reused D. disuse d
2. It’s v er y____ of you to offer me you r seat, but really I’m quite happy to stand.
A. sym path etic B. grateful c. consid erate D. appre ciative
3. T h e____ thou ght of exams makes her feel ill.
A. sole B. only c. mere D. jus t
4. Th e stu den t’s hard work w as ____ with success in his de gree examina tions.
A. rewa rded B. thanked c. awarded D. presen ted
5. The th oug ht o f anoth er wor ld w ar is a ____ prospect.
A. scar ing B. drea ding c. frighten ed D. terrif ying
6. M any stud ents find it difficu lt to m ak e____ meet on their small grants.
A. ends B. points c. circles D. edges
7. This emer ald brace let is ____ ; it is th e onl y one of its kind in the w orld.
A. o nly B. origin al c. peerless D. genuin e
8. That win dow ne eds a n ew ____ of glass.
A. pane . B. slice c. mirror D. portio n
9. I am to Mr. Morris on because of the kindn ess an d c oncern th at he
showe d me w hen I was at the a irport.
A. indebt ed B. gratifi ed c. beholde n D. li able
10. How c ould you ju st abando n me in the middle of London with no money and
leave m e ____ and dry?
A. cold B. out c. high D. low
219
III. STRU CTUR ES AND GRA MMA R
1. It is impe rative that y our facebo ok pas sw ord ______ confidential.
A. need keepi ng B. need to keep
c . needs to be kept D. needed keeping
........... appear, they are really much larger than the Earth.
A. Small as the stars B. The stars as small
c. As the small stars D. Despite the small stars
5. ............................. by four nice children, the bride and the groom entered the
weeding hall.
A. Preceding B. Precede c. To precede D. Preceded
4. _______ the fifth largest among the nine planets that make up our solar
system is not surpris ing to me.
A. The Earth being B. The Earth is
c. That the Earth is D. Being the Earth
5. Bac teria of the harmf ul ki nd ______ diseases.
A. ca use B. causes c. is caused D. was caused
6. He showed me a photo o f the museum _______I had visited some months before.
A. w hom B. which c. What D. where
7. This shirt is that one.
A. m uch far e xpens ive than B. a bit less expe nsive
c. as m uch expen sive as D. not nearly as exp ensive as
8. My friend bo ug ht ________ from a shop on Tran Phil street.
A. a nice brown leather belt B. a brow n n ice leather belt
c. a leathe r brown nice belt D. a nice leather brown belt
9. ________________ that she could not say anything.
A. So ups et w as she B. But upset was she
c. Howe ver upset was she D. Theref ore upset was she
10. A keysto ne species is a species of pla nts or animals absence has a
majo r effe ct on an eco logical system.
A. its B. that is c. whose D. with its

IV. P REP OSIT IONS A ND PHRA SAL VERBS

1. They d ecided t o ........... ........ ........t heir d ifferen ces and became friends .
A. p ut asi de B. take on c. give away D. go o ver
2. W hat ch emical is this? It i s ______ a hor rible smell.
A. g iving down B. givi ng o ff c. giving up D. givin g ou t
3. It was t oo late t o _____ of the contrac t.
A. b ack out B. back down c. back up D. back away
4. The te ache rs at the sc ho ol _____ with flu one after t he oth er.
A. w ent d own B. went of f c. went out D. went under

220
5. The troub le with Frank is that he nev er turns up on t ime for the meetin g.
A. ar rives B. tests c . delays D. takes aft er
6. Has any one shown y o u ............................................. yet?
A. round B. up G. of f D. with
7.The driv er sk idded and ... .a dog.
A. ran B. ran into c. ran a fter D. ran over
8. 1 know we had an arg ument, but now Pd quite like to ..........................
A. look do wn B. make up c. fall o ut D. bring up
9 . 1ju st can ’t ....... ......... ............. that noise any lo ng er .
A. put up with B. stand in for c. sit out D. stand up to
10. She ran .. .. .. .. . an interest ing ar ticle about fashion while she w as readin g the
news paper
A. cross B. afte r c. away D. out
V. RE ADIN G COM PREH ENSI ON :
READING 1 : Re ad the passa ge carefull y an d then choos e the cor rect answ er
fo r t he fol low ing ques tions:
No educa tion medium better serves as a means of spatial comm unica tion than
the atlas. Atlas es deal with such invaluable informati on as populati on
distrib ution and density . One of the best, Penn ycook e’s World Atlas, has been
widely accep ted as a s tandard owing to th e quality of its m aps and photog raphs,
which not only show various settlement s but also portray them in a variety of
scales. In fact, the very first map in the atlas is a cleverly designe d populati on
cartog ram that projec ts the size of each country if geogra phical size were
propo rtiona l to popul ation. Follow ing the proporti onal layout, a sequen ce of
small er maps shows the wor ld’s populatio n density, each cou ntry ’s birth and
death rates, popul ation increase or decr ease, industr ializat ion, urban ization , g ross
nationa l produ ct in terms of per capita income, the quality of medical care,
literacy, and languag e. To give readers a perspec tive on how thei r own country
fits in with the global view, additiona l project ions depic t t he wor ld’s patterns in
nutrit ion, calori e and protein consump tion, health care, numbe r o f physi cians per
unit of popu lation , and life e xpectan cy by region. Populat ion densit y maps on a
subco ntine ntal scale, as well as political maps, convey the diverse demo graphi c
phen ome na of the world in a broad array of scales.
1. What is the main topic of this passage?
A. T he educa tiona l benefits o f atlases B. Physi cal maps in an at las
c. The ideal in the makin g o f atlases D. Parti al maps and t heir uses
2. A ccor ding to the passage , the first map in P enny cook e’s W orld Atlas shows
‘ - ■a
-------------------------• , t , . . ■ • , ,

A. th e p opula tion policy in each country

B. the hypot hetical sizes of countries

221
 c. geogr aphica l propo rtions of each country
D. natio nal bound aries relative to popu lation
3. In the passage , the wo rld “inv aluable ” is c losest in mean ing t o _____
A. i ncreme ntal B. invalid c. priceless D. shapele ss
4. The world “cle verly ” in the pas sage is closest in m eaning to ______ .
A. cle arly B. immaculat ely c.-intelligently . a ccurately
5. Which o f the fo llowi ng is NOT mentioned in the pa ssage?
A. C alorie consu mptio n B. Currency ex change rates
c. A l evel o f educatio n D. Popu lation decline
6. The word “la yout” in the p assage refers to _ Ị _ _ .
A. the cartog ram ? B. the g eographi cal size
c. popul ation D. each country
7. The phrase “ in terms o f ’ used in the pass age is closest in meaning to _____ .
A. fo r con sider ing aspects B. in spite of
c. with a vie w to D. in regard to
8. It can be inferred from t he passage that m aps can be used to ______ .
A. p inpoint eth nic strife in each co untry
B. id entify a sho rtage of qualified labour
c. give reader s a new p erspect ive on their own country
D. sh ow r eaders photogr aphs in a new form
9. The autho r o f the pas sage implies t ha t______ .
A. a tlases provide a bird ’s eye view o f countries
B. map s u se a variety of scales in each projection
c. maps of countries differ in size
D. atlas es can be versatil e instruments
10. The word “ conve y” in the pass age is closest meaning t o ______ .
A. d evise B. conjure up c. demonstr ate D. indicate
READING 2: ’
Re ad the pas sag e careful ly and then choose the corre ct answe r fo r the
fol low ing ques tions:
To day ’s cars are smaller, safer, cleaner, and more econom ical than their
prede cesso rs, but the car of the future will be far more pollutio n-free than those
on the road today. Several new types of automo bile engines have already been
devel oped than run on alternativ e sources of power, such as electric ity,
comp resse d natural gas, methanol, steam, hydrogen, and propane . Electric ity,
howev er, is the only z ero-em ission optio n pre sently available.
Altho ugh electr ic vehicles will not be truly practical until a powerful,
comp act batter y or other dependa ble source of c urrent is availa ble, transp ort
exper ts fores ee a new assort ment of electric vehicles enteri ng everyd ay life:
shorte r-rang e com mute r electric cars, three-w heeled neighb orhood cars, electric
deliver y v ans, bikes and tro lleys. ‘

222- : ■ -
 As autom akers work to develop practical electrical vehicle s, urban planner s
and utility engine ers are focusing on infrastructur e systems to support and make
the best use of the new cars. Public charging facilities will need to be as
comm on as tod ay' s gas stations. Public parking spots on the street or in
comm ercial lots will need to be equipped with devices that allow drivers to
charge th eir batterie s while they stop, dine , or attend a conc ert. To encour age the
use of e lectr ic vehicles , the most convenien t parking in transp ortati on centers
might be re served for elect ric cars.
Planne rs foresee electric shuttle 'buses, trains, buses and neighbo rhood
vehic les all meetin g at transit ce nters that would have faciliti es for chargin g and
renting. Comm uters will be able to rent a variety of elec tric cars to suit their
needs: light trucks, one-pers on three-whe elers, small .cars, or electr ic/gas oline
hybrid cars for longer trips, which will no doubt take place on automat ed
freeways capab le of handling five times the number of vehicle s that can be
carried by fr eeway today.
1. The follow ing electrical vehicles are all mentioned in the pa ssage EXCEP T
A. va ns B. trains • c. planes D. trolleys
2. The aut hor ’s purpos e in the pa ssage is to
A. cr iticiz e con vention al vehicles
B. sup port the invention of electric cars
c. narrate a story a bout alternat ive energy v ehicles
D. desc ribe the p ossibili ties for transpor tation in the futu re
3. The passag e wo uld most likely be followed by details abo ut
A. auto mated freeways B. p ollution restricti ons in the f uture
c. the neighbo rhood of the future D. electric shuttle buses
4. The word “compa ct” in the se cond p aragraph is closest in mean ing to
A. long-ra nge B. ine xpensive c. concent rated D. square d
5. In the se cond paragrap h, the aut hor implies that
A. a depen dable sou rce o f electric energy will eve ntually be develope d.
B. eve ryday life will stay much the same in the future.
c. a single electric vehicle will eventually replace several modes o f transportation
D. elec tric vehicles are not practic al f or the future
6. Acc ordi ng to the passage, public parking lots of the fut ure will be
A. more conve nient than th ey are today
B. equip ped with chargin g devi ces
c. much larger t han th ey are today
D. as comm on as tod ay’s gas stations
7. The word “charg ing” in this pa ssage refers to
A. el ectric ity B. credit cards c. Aggress ion D. ligh tning
8. The word “fore see” in this p assage could best be replaced with
A. c ou nto n B. inven t . c. imagine D. rely on

223
9. The word “comm uters ” in paragraph 4 re fers to
A. daily traveler s B. visitor s c. cab dri vers D. shopper s
10. The word “hyb rid” in paragrap h 4 is closest in meanin g to
A. co mbinat ion B. haza rdous c. futuristic D. automa ted

VI. G UIDED CLOZE TE ST 1

Re ad the foll ow in g pas sag e an d choose the optio ns th at be st com plete the blanks.
1 was reading an article last week in which the writer described how her
children had changed as they grew up. When they were small, she had to ( 1 )___
noisy games in the house or ( 2 )___ interminable games of football in the gar den
which (3) ' . If the house went quiet, she wond ered what th e m onsters were
getting up to or what crisis she had to ( 4) _____ next.
She dreaded the fact that they might (5 )___ her husband, who admitted havin g
been an uncontrollable child who spent most o f the time (6) _ __to his friends by
breaking things or getting into fights. What was worse was that everyone else
thought he was a sw eet child and he (7 )___ the most terrible things!
Howeve r, she had experien ced an even greater shock with her ch ildren. They
had grown out o f all the ir naugh ty b ehaviour and ( 8 )___ serious hobbies such as
chess and playing the piano. They never did anything without (9) ___ and
comin g to a serious deci sion. She had to (1 0) ___the fact tha t they made her feel
rather childish and they got older and that in some ways she preferred them
when they were yo ung and noisy!
l.A. tak e into B. put dow n to c . put away D. put up with
2.A. got onto B. took in c . made up D. took part in
3.A. set he r up B. worn h er out c . tore he r away D. turned her out
4.A. get in B. look at c . deal with D. take on
5.A. look aft er B. see after c. take after D. look for
6.A. saying for B. showing off c . bursting to D. bushing aroun d
7.A. involved in B. yielded with c . made room for D. threw a way with
8.A. taken in B. taken up c. taken place; D. join ed into
9.A. ta lking about B. saying itậnto c . thinking it over D. talking into it
10.A. face up to B. come across c. come up with D. get alon g with
GUIDE D CLOZE TEST 2
Re ad the fol low ing passa ge and choose the options that bes t complete the blanks.
Any change in one part of an ecosystem can cause changes in other parts.
Drough ts, storms and fires can change ecosystems . Some changes (1)___
ecosy stems . If the re is too (2)___rainfal l, plants will not have enough wate r t o
live. If a kind of plant dies off, the animals that (3)___it may also die or move
away. Some changes a;re good for ecosy stems. Some pine fore sts need (4)___ for
the pine trees to reproduc e. The seeds are sealed inside pinecones . Heat from a
forest fire melts the seal and lets the seeds (5) Polluting the air, soil, and

224
wate r can harm ecosy stems . Building (6)___o n rivers for electr ic pow er and
irrigatio n can harm ecosy stems (7) ___ the rivers. Bulld ozing wetla nds and
cuttin g down ( 8)___ destro y e cosyst ems. Ecolo gists are worki ng with comp anies
and gove rnm ents to find better ways of (9)___ fish, cuttin g down trees, and
buildi ng dams. They are looking for ways to get food, lumber, and other
produ cts for peopl e (10) causin g harm to ecosy stems .
1. A harms B. harmf ul c . harmles s D. har m
2. A. little B. a little c . few D. a fe w
3. A. fed B. feed c . feed on D. food
4. A. flame B. fires c . blaze D. b urning
5. A. o ut B. in c . go D. fly
6. A. moats B. ditche s c . bridges D. dams
7. A. on B. aroun d c . over D. un de r
8. A. hills B. jun gle s c . forests D. wood s
9. A. catc hing B. hold ing c . carryin g D. tak ing
10. A. avoid B. witho ut c . not D. no
VII. OPEN CLO ZE TEST 1 :
A. Fin in e ach g ap with ONE suitabl e w or d:
Mrs. Bruce was no st ranger to adventur e. She loved (1) ....................................
with an elem ent of dan ger in it. She was (2) ....... ................... . ........... the first
wome n in Britain to buy a motorc ycle and she (3) ........................................ to
drivi ng racing c ars when she married the racing drive r V itor Bruce in 1926. As a
couple , they once drove as (4) ....................................... as they could into the
Artie Circl e before they (5) ........................................ out o f the road. In 1929, she
( 6 ) .................... . .......... a rec ord by cove ring 674 naut ical miles in a po wer boa t
Then ( 7 ) ....................... the momen t sh e spotted the plane. She later recalled:
T asked the price , then I left t he shop. A little (8) ............................... down the
street I saw a marve llous dress in an other window, so I went in. Well, the dress
did n’t suit me one (9) ............................... . so I went back to the earoplane
show room . I asked the man, ‘will this take me round the wor ld?’ He said, ‘Of
cours e, it will, mad am .’ (1 0 )................................... a week, she was flying solo.
OPEN CLOZ E T EST 2 :
B. Fill in e ach g ap with ONE suitabl e w or d:
So you thin k you have one of the most evil comm uting jou rney s known to
mank inds? You travel for an hour, maybe an hour and a half, to work. You
chang e trains , you fight (1) ........................................crowds , down tunne ls and
up esca lator s and you ( 2 ) ........... .' .. .. .......... ..........at work crump led and sweaty
and w rung ou t (3) ...............: ................ ....... face the day.
Well, it ( 4 ) ..................... be the whole lot worse. ( 5 ) ................... . .................. a
passing thou ght for Tadao Masuda. At (6) ......................................... glance he
does not partic ularl y ( 7 ) ..................... . .............out in the crowd ss of blue -suited
225
office work ers who swarm into, central Tokyo from suburb s (8 )’.'.'....................
morning . Not, that is, ( 9 ) ............... . you learn that not only ( 1 0 ) ...........
he trave l for th ree and a qua rter hours to tra vellin g ho me again.

VIII. WO RD FOR MS
A. Com plete the senten ces, using the c orrec t fo rm o f the w ord in paren theses .
1. The boy w as very violen t and his par ents found him ( MAN AGE)

2. Pe ople in the villag e no longer use wa ter in that well becau se o f its (PU RITY)

3. ‘Would you like som e ( RE FR ES H) .................Lan asked

4. We ha ve to take care of our o wn ( PO SS ES S) ....... ..................... for nob ody
else will do t his f or US.
5. Be careful! Tha t’s a ( D EA D ).................................. . poison.
6. If we could find the ( PR EV EN T) ........ ............... ................for ca ncer,
thous ands o f people would be saved every year.
7. The talks were tot ally (P RO DU CE )............... ............. .......We didn ’t reach
agre eme nt on any thing.
8 . 1 was so an gry I was absolu tely (SPEEC H) ........................................
9. The ev iden ce ỉn this case is entirely (CIRC UMST ANCE ) .......... ............ . .......
10. A list o f (C O M E) ........................... events will be poste d on the noticeboard .
B. Com plete th e fol low ing pas sag e with the corre ct fo rm s o f the wor ds given '
Go pess imis m overwh elm destro y be
ques tion anxio us assume techn olog y high perfe ction

THE IMAGE O F SCIENC E

The image that we have of science has (0).... und ergo ne. ... radical change in
last hundre d years. An enorm ous (I ).............. ...............exp losion , t ogeth er w ith a
num ber o f very real (2 )............................. About the enviro nmen t and all the
moral and politi cal ramifi cation s of economic growth have (3 )............................
put scienc e at the centre of public debate.
The twen tieth centu ry began with a ch allenge to th e (4 ). .. .. ........ , ........... that
human know ledge was approa ching comple tion. It will come, perhaps, as
some thin g of a surpri se to all of us to realise that the emerg ence of this highly
(5 ). ....... ............... Process came both from wit hin and o utside science.
New scien tific theor ies (6) ............................. reveal the limitati ons of the old
persp ectiv e. We had thoug ht that the world, unders tood throu gh the medium of
rational (7 )........................... ..wa s, indeed, the real world. Now we know tha t this
is no more than a s impl ifica tion t hat jus t happened to wo rk. Once we realise this,
thoug h, we c an move in a n umbe r o f opposin g di rection s. We can re- eval uate all
know ledge (8 ) .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .a n d decide that it is et ernally fragm entary and full

226
 of a vast numb er of ( 9 ). ....................... , or we can be more positiv e and view
these vast explos ions of scientific awarene ss as new c hallen ges still to c ome and
as celeb ratio ns of the (10 )........ ....... .......... that the human imaginat ion has so
far scale d.
IX. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N
There is one mistake in each numbered line. Underline the mistakes and correct
them in th e n umb ered lines o f the foll ow ing passage.
Ex: b ut - so
A D ISAPPOI NTING MEAL
Have you ever c omplai ned in a restauran t? I never though t I would, but last
week I ended up doing jus t that. It was my best frie nd’s birthday, but I had
booked a table at a new restaur ant that had ju st opened in the city centre. But
while we arrive d, exactly on time, they told me that it was no record of my
bookin g and we would have to wait for a tab le to become free. I suspected that
they had given our table to anyone else, but I didn ’t say anything . Then we were
kept waitin g for an hour without an apology, because they did take our order.
We both chose soup as a starter and my friend ordered a steak like a main
course. I thou ght I would be a bit more adventur ous, and decided to try
somet hing called Ossobuc o, if I was n’t quite sure what it was. To cut a long
story short, a soup was almost cold, my frien d’s steak was uncooked at the
middle and my Ossobu co turned out to be a plate of bone within a very acidic
sauce. So, we called the manag er and told we would not pay because the meal
had been substa ndard. But in the end we paid because we had eaten it all, bu t we
won ’t be g oing there again!
X. SENT ENC ES TRAN SFOR MATI ON
1. The alarm went of f jus t as th ey ca me out of the building. ‘
—> S ca rc el y...... . ........................................................... .................... .....................
2. Goo d w orkin g r elations depend on effect ive m anagement.
—> Th e m o re .................. . .......................................................................... .
3. Alic e an d Charles did not decid e to move to a bigger house until a fter the birth
of their se cond child.
_> Only w h en ............................ ...........................................................................
4. T ony ’s very charm ing, but I w ould n’t trust him.
-» C ha rm in g.............. ...................................... . ..................................................
5. D on’t tell the boss an ything about this. (BREATH E)
-> ................................................................ ............... ............................................
6. At the m omen t I can ’t afford to buy a new car. (QUES TION)
- » ....... ............................................................................................. ....................
7 .1 was not sure wheth er to go with him or not. (MINDS)
- > .............................................................................................................................
227
8. “ I d o n ’t ap pr ov e o f pe op le w ho t el l lie s” , s ai d Ja ck (EXPRE SSED)

9. O u r bo ss c ri ti ci ze s ou r w or k all tim e (FAULT)

- > ................................................................................................................................................
10. L ou is e sh ou ld ha ve be en gi ve n m or e tim e to co m p le te he r th es is .
(INSUF FICIEN T).

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN ĐÌNH CHIỂU - ĐỔNG THÁP

ỉ. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
I. PHO NOLOG Y
Choose the w ord whose underlined p a rt is pron oun ced differe ntly from the others.
1 . A. go ne B. no ne c . w an t D. kn ot
2. A. bl es se d B. w ic ke d c . w re tc he d D. m in ce d
3. A. h ei fe r B. m as se ur c . at to rn ey D. pe ar l
4. A. na ug ht y ■B. sl au gh te r c . d ra ugh t ’ D. pl au di ts
5. A. p ra ye r B. pl ay er c . m ay or D. fla re
Choose the wo rd wh ich is stressed differently from th e othe r three.
6. A. x en o p h o b ia B. sa lm on be rr y c . pa li nd ro m e D. pa ch yd er m
7. A . b il h ar zi a B. fa nd an go c . in su ra nc e D. m od er at or
8. A. ap p ar at us B. co un te rb al an ce c . a p e ri ti f D. al um in iu m
9. A. m is re pr es en t B. ph ar m ac op oe ia c . ex tr am ur al D. am an ue ns is
10. A . be ri be ri B. vi gi la nc e c . al ti m et er D.
> ob so le Íte"I
1
II. WO RD CHOICE: , .. ;/1i * , A• c i *’••■'
Choose the b est option s to co mplete the foll owi ng sente nces.
11. T he ho pe o f a ra is e w as a p ow er fu l fo r L ar ry to w o rk ha rd er .
A . in ce nt iv e B. re vi va l c . su pp le m en t D. ex ci te m en t
12. S en si ng t h at w ar w as , t he le ad er p re pa re d fo r de fe ns e.
A . im m ed ia te B. im m un e
c . im m en se D. im m in en t
13. T he co m pet it io n he se t up f or y ou ng m us ic ia ns is an ot he r o f his
li fe -l on g su ppo rt f or th e ar ts . ’",•»;' ' '
A . ex po si ti on B. m an if es ta ti on c . to ke n D. ex hi bi ti on
14. Sh e ha d ju st e no ug h ti m e to int o th e re po rt b ef o re th e m ee ti ng .
A. jum p B. di p c . tu rn D .s u r f
15. H e w as a rr es te d fo r tr y in g to pa ss no te s at t he ba nk .
A . fa ls e B. fr au du le nt c . fa ke
D. co u n te rf ei t
16. T h es e d o cu m en ts a re s tr ic tl y ________ . O nl y re li ab le pe opl e ar e al lo w ed to
re ad th em .
A . co n fi d e n t B. co nf id en ti al c . se lf -c o n fi d en t D. co nf id in g

228
17. H umm ock g rasses grow in _______ sand on the crest, the top o f the slope.
A. lost B. loose c. lose D. loos ened
18. Tr ue learnin g doe s n o t_______ in gather ing facts from t he te achers; it
requi res active assim ilation o f knowledge.
A. a chiev e B. contain c. come D. cons ist
19. Have you conside red applyin g fo r a job with t h e _______ service?
A. civ il B. civic c. national D. gover nment al
20. A s f ar as Adam is concern ed, he is no wh ere _______ so good at swimm ing
as hi s si ster is.
A. th ere B. much c. near D. that
III. GRA MM AR AND STRUCT URE t
Choo se th e be st opt ions to com plete t he fol low ing sentences.
21. He ru shed out o f the room, _ ______ the do or as he went.
A. ; slammin g B. slams c. slammed D. to slam
22. _______ , she co ntinued to carry out her duty.
A. A lthoug h she is in good health B. No matter how poo r her health
c. Altho ugh in poor health D. Despite her good health
23. Tim is only eleven years old, but he is_______as his el der brother .
A. as hig h B. as highly
c. as height D. the same height
24. It w as _______ that we all felt surpris ed.
A. so b eautiful flower show B. so beau tiful a flo wer sho w
c. such beautiful flowe r show D. too beautiful flower show
25. ____ you n otice anyone who is acting od dly, p lease n otify the poli ce at once!
A. Should B. Do c. Have D. Could
26. Po or _______ my friend Dave is, he always looks optimi st and leads an
indep enden t life.
A. since B. like c. as D. wheth er
27. A lone in a desert ed ho use, he was so busy w ith his research work that he felt
lonely.
A. all b ut B. not hing but c. everyth ing but D. anyth ing bu t
28. T here were t wo small rooms in the big h ou se ,_______ served as a k itchen.
A. the s mall er o f which B. the smaller of them
c. the small est o f which D. small er o f which
29. It is a medieva l palace. The king hid in its towe r d uring the civil war. It is a
medi eval pa lac e,_______ .
A. w hose towe r the king hid during the civi l war
B. in whose towe r the king hid during th e civil war
c. in which the king hid in its towe r during the civil war
D. Wh ere th e kin g hid in its tow er during the civil war

229
30. My te ach er in prim ary school was very strict. He al w ay s_______ .
A. said us to study harder B. told US stu dy harder
c. said to study harder D. told to stu dy harde r
IV. PHR ASAL VE RBS AND PREP OSITI ONS
31. If the rain d oes n’t soon, we shall h ave to look fo r a taxi.
A. go o ff B. die down c. turn in D. let up
32. I had th e ne w s_______ the hors e’s mouth; John him self told me he was
planni ng to chang e jobs.
A. straig ht from B. right in c. out o f D. into
33. Delilah wa sn’t at a hung ry, an d could on ly _____ with the food on h er plate s.
A. f inger B. snack c. toy D. side
3 4 .1 must go on a diet. I_______a lot of weight wh ile I was on ho liday.
A. held up ' B. put on c. settle 'dow n D. weigh up
35. My yo unge st b rother first dab ble d______ buying old m aps for his colletion.
A. on B. at c. for D. in
36. Keren was terribly nervous before the interview but she managed to pull
he rse lf_______ and a ct confid ently.
A. o ff B. over c. through D. toge ther
37. Dav id’s leaving on Friday. 1 suggest we all_______ and get him a going-
away present . £1 each should do.
A. chip in B. pay on nail c. pass the buck D. dish out
38. It was a goo d idea, but I ’m afraid it didn ’t quite_______ .
A. break up B. follo w up c. come of f D. drop off
39. Ben ’s wife is a terrible sno b. S he _______ almos t all hisfrie nds because they
have north countr y ac cents
A. look up to B. looks down on c. looks forward to D. look s out on
40. As we w aited on the pavemen t, a black M erc ede s_______ beside US.
A. pulled down B. pulled of f c. pulled throug h D. pulle d up
V. REA DIN G
PASSAG E 1: Re ad t he p ass age carefull y and choos e one suit able answ er fo r
each quest ion
It’s a sound you will probably never hear, a sickene d tree sendin g out a
distre ss signal. Howev er, a team of scienti sts at the u.s. Depar tment of
Agr icu ltur e’s Fores t Service has recently heard the cries, and they think some
insects also hear the trees and are drawn to the m like vultur es attracted to a
dying ani mal.
Rese arche rs hypot hesize d that these sounds— actual ly vibrat ions produc ed by
the surface of plan ts— were caused by a severe lack of moist ure. They fastened
electr onic senso rs to the bark of drought- stricke n trees and clearl y heard distres s
calls. Acco rding to one of the scientis ts, most parche d trees trans mit their pli gh t
230
in the 50- 500 -ki loh ertz range, (The unaided human ear can detec t no more than
20 k ilohe rtz.) They exper imen ted on red oak, maple, white pine, aspen , a nd birch
and found that all make slightly differ ent sounds. With practic e, scien tists could
identify the spec ies of tree by its char acteris tic sound signatu re.
The scien tists surmi se that the vibrati ons are create d when the wat er column s
inside tubes that run the length of the trees are crack ed as a resul t of too little
water flowi ng throu gh them. These fractur ed colum ns send out distinc tive
vibratio n patter ns. Becaus e some insects comm unica te at ultras onic freque ncies,
they may pi ck up the tree s’ vibratio ns and attac k the weak ened trees.
Resea rchers are now runni ng tests with potted trees that have been depriv ed of
water to see if t he sound is what attract s the insects. “W ater-s tresse d trees also
have a d iffer ent smell from other trees, and they exper ience therm al changes , so
insects could be r espon ding to so methin g other than soun d,’’ one scient ist said.
1. Which o f the f ollow ing is the main to pic of the passa ge?
A. The vi brat ions pro duced by inse cts
B. The m issio n o f the LỈ.S. Forest Service
c. The effec t o f insect s on trees
D. Th e sound s made by trees
2. The wo rd them in para graph 1 refers to
A. tr ees. B. scien tists. c. insects. D. vultur es.
3. The word pligh t in parag raph 2 is closest in mean ing to •(.,
A. cr y. B. cond ition. c. need. D. prese nce.
4. It can be inferred from the pa ssage that the sounds prod uced by the trees
A. serve as a form of communica tion among trees.
B. are the same no m atter w hat ty pe o f tree pro duces them,
c. cann ot be hea rd by the unaided human ear. •f• !<
D. fall into t he 1-20 kiloher tz ra nge plight parched.
5. the word fractu red is closes t in m eaning to
A. mend ed. B. cracked. c. created. D. divide d.. ,
6. Which o f the follo wing is believed to be a cause o f the tre es’ dis tress signals?
A. T orn roots B. Atta cks by in sects ■
c. Expe rime nts by s cientists D. Lack o f water
7. The w ord they refers to
A. ccolu
olummns.
ns. B. patterns.
u. patterns c. insects. vibratinons
D.. viora
u ons..
8. In par agrap h 3, the phr ase pi ck up could best be replac ed by wh ich of the
follo wing ? . ,
A. Perce ive B. Lift c. Trans mit D, At tack
9. All of the fol lowi ng ar e m entione d as possibl e fa ctors ỉn draw ing insects to
weak ened tr ees EXCE PT .
A. the rmal c hange s. B. smell s. c. sounds. D. cha nges in color.

231
10. It can be in ferred from the passage that, at th e tim e the passage was written,
research con cernin g the distress signals of trees
A. had been c onducted man y years previously.
B. had been unproduc tive up until then,
c . was con tinuing.
D. was no longer s ponsored by the Gov ernment.
PASSAGE 2: Re ad the pas sage carefu lly an d choose one s uitab le ans wer fo r
each qu estion.
It is said that George Washington was one of the first to realize how
importan t the building of canals would be to the natio n’s developm ent. In fact,
before he became President, he headed the first company in the United States to
build a canal, which was to connect t he Ohio and Potomac rivers. It was never
completed , but it showed the nation the feasibilit y of c anals. As the country
expanded westwa rd, settlers in western New York, Pennsylvan ia, and Ohio
needed a means to ship goods. Canals linking natural waterway s seemed to
supply an effec tive method.
In 1791 engineers commissioned by the state of New York investigated the
possibility of a canal between Albany on the Hudson River and Buffalo on Lake
Erie to link the Great Lakes area with the Atlantic seacoast. It would avoid the
mountains th at served as a barrier to canals from the Delaware and Potomac rivers.
The, first attempt to dig the canal, to be called the Erie Canal, was made by
private compan ies but only a comparative ly small portion was built before the
project was halted for lack o f funds. The co st o f the project was an est imated $5
million, an en ormous amount for those days. T here w as some on-agai n-off-ag ain
federal funding, but this time the War of 1812 put an end to constructio n. In
1817, DeWitt Clinton was elected Governor of Ne w York and persuaded the
state to finance and build the canal. It was co mpleted in 1825, c osting $2 mi llion
more tha n exp ected.
The canal rapidly lived up to its sponso rs’ faith, quickly paying for itse lf
through tolls. It w as far more economical than any other form of tr anspo rtation
at the time. It perm itted trade between the G reat Lake region and the East c oast,
robbing the Mississippi River of much of its traffic. It allowed New York to
suppla nt Boston, Philadelp hia, and other ea stern cities as the chie f center of both
domesti c and foreign commerce. Cities sprang up along the canal. It also
contrib uted in a numbe r of way s to the No rth’s victory over the South in the
Civil War.
An expans ion of the canal was planned in 1849. Increased traffic would
undou btedly hav e w arrante d its construction had it not been for the devel opme nt
of the railroads.
1. Why does the autho r most likely mention George Washing ton in the first
paragr aph?
A. He was Presid ent at t he time the Erie Canal was built.
B. He was involved in pioneer ing ef forts to build c anals.

232
 c. He su ccessf ully opened the f irst canal in the United States.
D. He commissioned engineers to study the possibility of building the Erie Canal.
2. The word feasibi lity in paragraph 1 is closest in meanin g to
A. pr ofitab ility. B. difficulty . c. possibilit y. D. capabil ity.
3. Acco rding to t he p assage, the Erie Canal connecte d the
A. Potoma c and O hio Ri vers.
B. Hu dson River a nd Lake Erie,
c. Delaw are and Potomac Rivers.
D. At lantic Oc ean and the Hudson River.
4. The phras e on-aga in-off-a gain in paragra ph 3 cou ld be r eplaced by whi ch of
the follow ing w ith t he least change in meaning?
A. Interm ittent B. Unsol icited c. Ineffectual D. Gradual
5. The comp letion o f the Erie Canal was financed by
A. Ne w York. B. private companies ,
c . the federal governm ent. D. DeWitt Clinton.
6. The actual cost o f building the Erie Canal was
A. $5 million. B. less than had been est imated,
c. $7 m illion. D. more tha n cou ld be repaid.
7. The word tolls in paragra ph 4 is closest in meaning to whic h o f the followi ng?
A. Job s B. Grants c. Links D. Fees
8. Which of the followin g is NOT giv en as an effect of the building of the Erie
Canal in paragra ph 4 ?
A. It allowe d the East coa st to trad e with the Grea t Lakes area.
B. It to ok w ater tr affic away from the Mississippi River,
c. It helpe d d etermi ne the outcome of the Civil War.
D. It established Boston and Philadelphia as the most important centers of trade.
9. What can be inferred about railroads in 1849 from t he informati on in the last
parag raph?
A. T hey were being planned but had not yet been built.
B. They we re s eriously underdevelope d.
c. They had begun to compet e with the Erie Canal fo r traffic.
D. T hey were weakene d by the expan sion o f the canal.
10. The word warrante d in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to Ỉ
A. gu arante ed. B. justif ied. c . hastened. D. preven ted.
VI. GUID ED CLOZE TEST
Re ad th e fol low ing pas sag e an d mark th e letter A, B, c, or D to indic ate the
best o ption fo r ea ch o f the blanks.
The Industrial Revolution in Britain was built on the use of machin es in
factorie s. Since the 1950s, Britain's (1) ................ industries have replaced

233
machin e opera tors with compu ters, and t his ( 2 ) .................has led to a de cline in
the numb er o f (3) ................. in many factories. Goods are bought and used
much more than ever before but a lot of these goods are imported. By the
beg inn ing o f t he 20th cen tury , oth er ind ustr ial cou ntr ies like the USA were
(4) ................. with Britain's exports, and countri es in the Far East have been
able to provide cheap er ( 5 ) .................since the 1970s. Areas located with heavy
industr ies are sufferin g high unempl oyment. During the last 30 years, there has
been a consta nt rise in smalle r industries (6) ........... as "light industries".
These ones use electric ity and are not (7) ....... ......... on raw material s such as
coal so they are "footloos e", i.e. they can be located anywhe re. They produce
such things as washin g machines or spare (8) ................. Some of these
industri es produce nothing at all, but provide services like distribu tion. The
consu mer boom of the 1980s and the increased leisure t ime of most Britons have
led to rapid (9) ................. in service industries like banking, tourism , retailing
and informat ion process ing, and in industries which distribu te, maintain, and
repair (1 0 )................ . consu mer goods. *' i • f1
1. A. manu factu ring B. big c . large D. running
2. A. replac emen t B.c han ge c . exchange D. autom ation
3. A. emplo yers B. employ ees c. labors D. servers
4. A. work ing B. familiar c. competi ng D. fed up
5. A. t hings B. products c. produce D. imports
6. A. conside red B. regarded c . known D. worked
7. A. d epend ent B. reliable c . dependab le D. comm and
8. A. d etails B. parts c. sections D. gadge ts
9. A. g rowth B. increase c . expansion D. extens ion
10. A. everyd ay B. home c . household D. expen sive
OPEN CLOZE TEST
Acco rding to the best (1) .......................... gathered by space probes and
astron omer s, Mars is an (2) .......................... planet, more simila r to Earth ’s
Moon than to Earth ( 3 ) ...................... - a dry, stark, seemin gly lifeless world.
Ma rs’ air press ure is equal to Earth ’s at an altitude of 100,000 feet. The air th ere
is 95 perce nt carbon dioxide. Mars has no ozone (4) ...........................to screen
out the sun ’s lethal (5) ... ... . Daytime tempe ratures may reach above
freezing , but becaus e the planet is blank eted by the mere wisp of an (6) ..........,
the heat radiate s back into spa ce. Even at the (7) ...................... , the tempe rature
drops t o - 50 °C (~ 60°F ) at night. 1 ,•/
Today there is no liquid water, although valleys and channels, on the surface
show evide nce of havin g been ( 8 ) .......................... by running water. The polar
ice caps are made (9) .......... . ............. frozen water and c arbon dioxid e, and w ater
may be frozen in the ground as ( 1 0 ).............. .............
234
VII. W ORD FORM S
THE FUTURE OF TALL BUILD INGS

const ruct for tun ate agree rare high

pr ess require inhabit wonder. pop ula r wide

Archi tects respon sible for the {$ ). .. .. .co nstr ucti on....... of many skysc rapers
believe that a tall buildi ng must a lways have a certai n minim um ( 1 ) .....................
but that there is no limit to its absolu te (2) ...............................This means that
the s kyscr apers o f the fu ture are likely to be even taller.
Engin eers agree with this, but there is ( 3 ) ....... ........................... over t he best
shape for very tall, slim building s, the effects of wind (4) ...................................
mean that cylind rical designs have enjoyed some (5) ................................... in
recent years , and these are quite pleasing to the eyes. ( 6 ) ............... .. ., ,however,
the i deal shape is an ugly s quare with h eavily rounded corners.
Would these tall building s of the future offer more than a (7) ......................
view? Some believ e tall towers could contain all the (8) ....... .............................
for mode rn living. The (9) ............................. . if the se vertical villag es would
travel up and down between their home and work zones and would (10)
...................................need to journe y to ground level.

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. CL OZE TEST
Re ad th e te xt b elow and think o f the wor d which best fi ts each space. Use only,
ONE WORD fo r each space.
CLOZ E T EST 1:
DANGE R FACING ANTA RCTÍC E
Anta rctic a is becom ing a popula r touris t destinat ion and in the last decade!
(1) ............. has been a dramati c increase in visitors to the area some tourist s
simply wan t to see the last unspoiled continen t
(2) ........... other s have more active pursuits such as advent ure sports in mind
And of cours e, there are also those advent urous souls who want to follow
(3) ............the foots teps of the grea t po lar explorer s. Howeve r, envir onme ntalis ts
are conc erned that the boom ing touris t industry may (4 )................e ndang ering
the A ntarc tic envi ronm ent a nd so wing t he se eds of its own destru ction.
One of the probl ems facing the area is pollu tion result ing (5). ...........tour ism.
Careles s visito rs throw rubbish into the sea, not realisi ng (6) ................ harmful
this ca n be to wildli fe. Anot her d anger is oil spills. In the freez ing water, oil does
not dispe rse effec tively . Conseq uently, oil from even a small spill will remain a
hazard ( 7 ) .........wil dlife for m any years. And this is a v ery real dange r: some of
the cruise ships visiti ng Antar ctica have not been reinfor ced to (8 )................into

235
accoun t the dangers. A collision with an iceberg could (9) ........ a disas ter of
major proportio ns. This is by no means a fa r-fetched notion. From time to time
icebergs do appear in these waters, and global warmi ng means that massiv e
chunks of ice are breakin g (10)......... the continen tal ice sheet more and more
frequently . If a ship collided with one of these, it could spell disast er for tourism .
OPEN CLO ZE 2 ( 10PTS)
FINDING THE RIGHT WORD
A recent study has suggested an answer to a question that has occupi ed
philoso phers for centu ries: Do people need wor ds in orde r to think tribe living in
the Amazon basin could provide the answer. The Piraha tribe may be smal l—
there are only about 200 members all told (1) ........ . they exhibit a fascin ating
culural peculiarity. These people have no words for numbers, (2) ........... from
‘one’, ‘two’ and ‘many ’. What is more, (3 ). .. .......words for ‘one’ and ‘two ’ are
very similar. As far as anyone can tell, this tribe has never had any sort of
vocabula ry for numb ers, but they appear to survive quite well (4)......... it.
It was soon realised that these people might supply an insight (5) ........... the
way o ur m inds work. Studies have shown th at a dult members of the tribe are not
(6) ........... at c ounting tha n a baby is at speaking. (7) ............. they were shown a
row of objects and asked to duplicate the number they saw, they could not get
beyond two or three before starting to make mistakes. This applies even to adults
who a ppear reasonabl y intelligent in (8) ............... other way.
So it looks (9)........ though the Piraha are not very good at counting simply
because they do not have a vocabulary for numbers. This would sugges t that
human beings in general cannot thi nk if they have no words to do (10 )............
II. W OR D FO RM S
A. Give the correc t fo rm o f each word in bra ckets to compl ete the sentence.
1. Data on economic reforms show that th os e______ which heavily depend on
agricultu re ac hieve low ecnomic growth rates. (LOCAL)
2. Scie ntists try their best to________ the serious sickness es . (DIE)
3. That young woman used to suffer from her life-time physical
(NORMA L)
4. Some gase s,________ at cold t emperatur es . (LIQUID)
5. You're entitled to receive a,gov ernm ent allowanc e for e a c h ______ who is
living with you. (DEPEND )
6. The team has won si x ______ game. (SUCCE SSION)
7. Was t h e ______ of International Red Cross inspired by a Sweden? (FO UND )
8. Noise from this zone has reache d a n ______ level. ( ACCEP T)
9. Thes e re mote areas are st ill ______ to the Internet. (ACCES S)
10. He i s ______ for his charitable activities than for his business in the steel
industry. (KNOW) . ,

236
 B. Choos e a word fr om th e b ox a nd giv e it a pro per fo rm to fi ll in each g ap to
comp lete the passa ge:
fr ui t constitut e satis fy sure ple ase
hear resent fa r fi ll pre sen t
"... And so ladies and gentlem en, I would like you to k now that if I'm e lected,
1 will do every thing in my power to (1)______ that the voters of this (2 )______
will be fully and fairly represent ed in all phases of the governm ental process..
While y our beliefs have been (3 )______ if not co mplete ly neglecte d in the past,
1 shall cons ider it my duty to make your voice (4)______ in the corridors of
Whitehall as they have never been heard before, clearly stating the (5 )______
which you have every right to feel. ( 6 ) ______ , I shall consid er my duty (7)
______ until I have d one everyt hing in my p ower to remove every cause of your
(8 )______ and (9 )______ . 1 thank you, ladies and gentlmen , and I look forwar d
to what I hope will be many (1 0 )______ meetings where togeth er we can face
the p roblem s o f this great country.
III. ER ROR COR RECTIO N
The pa ssa ge below contain s ten errors. Find and correc t them. An example
has bee n given .
0. but —> and
Lines Errors
1 Despite our complex language skills, the face is still our primary
mean of communic ation. It is precisely because our faces are so
compl ex of appearance, that we can easily sp ot a friend in a crowd to
attemp to check the trustworthi ness of a str anger. Indeed, our ability
5 to re cognise faces quickly , in most sorts of circumstances, is arguable
our most important and remarkable visual skill. Thanks to their
elastic skin, animated by a complexity masculatu re capaple of an
enorm ous range of intricate movements, the human face can quickly
in display a whole array of contrasted emotions. As a result of
10 evoluti on, making ju dgem ents about them basing on our experienc e,
witho ut ef fort and without a nything to be said.

IV. SE NTEN CE TRANS FORM ATION

PART A. Finish each sen tence below s o that its mea ning r emain s uncha nged.
1. The only reason I w as late is that the traffic was heavy.
Had i t .................................................................................. .
2 . 1 certain ly don't mean to do it before tomo rrow.
I hav e.................. . .............................................................................
3. The book was too expens ive f or me to buy
S o .. .. . .................. .................................. .......................................

237
4. He agre ed to g ive US a hand jus t because Mary proposed him.
It was a t .............................................................................. ..............
5. Coul d y ou watch my bag while I'm away.
Could you k e e p ................................................................... .......... ?
PART B. Finish each sentenc e below so th at its m eaning remains unchanged.
Use the word provided in brackets and do not alter it in any way.
1. I'd ra ther not go out this afternoon . (FEEL)
I ................. ................... ................... .this afternoon
2. M ilan is sure th at he was right to turn do wn the job. (REGRE TS).
M il an .................................................................................. the job.
3. In spite of his efforts, his plan s failed. ( NOTHIN G)
His p la n s...................................................................... tried hard.
4. There are are plans to close down thw cinema due to poor attendanc e levels.
(THR EATS )
The ci ne m a................................................. due to poor atte ndance levels.
5. M r D ownson ac cused Richard of leaking the news. (PUT)
Mr Dow nson ..................................................... leaking the news.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN THĂNG LONG - ĐÀ LẠT

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHONOLOGY
Choose the word which has the unde rlined part pronounce d differently fro m
the rest:
1
1. A. theis t B. thermite c. thrice D. there at
2. A. celest ial B. commerci al c. presidential D. essenti al
3. A. longe r B. stronge r c. swinger D.y oun ger
4. A. gelat in B. genie c. margarine D. gaiety
5. A. rouge B. espionag e c. vestige D. prestige
Choose the word that is stressed differently fro m the others in the list:
6. A. fulltim e B. farmhand c . fertile D. trades man
7. A. para lysis B. moneta ry c . analogo us D. prota gonist
8. A. coun tercu lture B. counte rsubje ct c . counte rtenor D. cou nterm easure
9. A. show erhe ad B. tangential c. abeyan ce D. persi stence
10. A. paral ysis B. elepha ntine c . leguminou s D. acco uterme nts
II. WORD CHOICE
Choose the best options to complete the follo wing sentences.
1. Many people were killed instantly at Hiroshim a and Naga saki, but thous ands
more died fr o m .............radiation sickness.
A. s ucce edin g B. foll owing c . subseq uent D. after wards
238
2. I am n ot b y .......................... a partic ularly ambitio us man.
A. inclina tion B. habit c. chara cter D. tenden cy
3. Afte r mu ch debate, he reache d a ........................................
A. m anife statio n B. conse nsus c. precisio n D. cohesion
4. We can expe ct to treble our turnover once the January sales get into fu ll ............
A. f orce B. flight c. speed D. swing
5. She expre ssed h e r........... ........for c ertain kinds o f cheaply p roduce d movies.
A. disap prova l B. distaste c. dissati sfactio n D. disloyalty
6. The police ha ve b een or dered not t o ................ if the stu dents attack them.
A. c omb at B. reb uff c. retaliate D. chal lenge
7. Radio a nd te levisio n make it possible for the n ews to be wi del y... z.........
A. d issem inated B. dislocated c. dismant led D. express ed
8. We wer en't able to driv e dow n the street because of a ______ in the middle of
the road. . , ..
A. b roade ning B. border 1 c. barricade D. buttres s
9. Re search ers have m ade a (n )............ plea for more s ponsor ship so that they
can conti nue their project.
A. co mpas siona te B. dispassio nate c. encomp assed D. imp assioned
10 .1 appe aled to all ..................... people to support me and I was suc cessful.
A. same- minde d B. thought -sharin g
c. famili ar-thi nking D. like-m inded

III. G RAM MAR & ST RUCTURE S

Choos e th e be st opti ons to comple te the follow ing sentences.
1.1 have never seen ............. . before .
A. such good film • B. so good film
c. so go od a film D. such good a film
2. I am in fa vour of his pro posal that a special co m m itt ee .............................. to
exam ine the problem.
A. sets up B. be set up c. will be set up D. has to be set up
3. The sc ie nt is ts ......... the fest ival of Ramadan, but they were too busy with
their res earch in the laboratory.
A. w ould have liked to c ommem orate B. would have loved to have obs erved
c. would prefe r to ha ve obey ed D. would sooner have c elebrate d
4. You promi sed to have a day o ff and go campi ng with US and you were at wor k
until midn ight this Sunday. 1w ould rather y ou........... ........ your word.
A. k eep B. would have kept c . had kep t D. kept
5 .1 .................He should h av e.............. than to lend them money.
A. am not so rry on ce and for all I though t more
B. am not sorry for once / been better

239
 c . for one thing am not sorr y / kn own more
D. for one a m not sorry / known better
6. It ju s t.......... that was in their a rea that, so I we nt to visit them .
A. so occurr ed B. so hap pened c. so chanc ed D. so ar ose
7. I' ll be kind to h e r ............. she deci de to leave me.
A. in case B. whereas c. so as not D. lest
8. A new genera tion of performer s, ........ those who by now had become a
househ old name, honed their skills before followi ng the same path onto
televis ion. I
A. no less talen ted than B. along with ta lented as
c. togeth er with talen ted as D. having been m ore ta lented than
9 . 1 don't suppose there is anyone t he re ,............ ?
A. is there B. isn't th ere c. do I D. don ’t 1
10. “The inflation rate in Greece is five t im es ............ my cou ntry,” he said.
A. as much as that in B. more t han that in
c. as ma ny as that in D. as high as that in

IV. PR EPOS ITIO NS & PHRA SAL VERBS

Choose the best option s to c omplet e the foll ow ing sentences.
1. I’m afraid y ou’ve caught me on th e ............. I was n’t expect ing you until this
afterno on. 'a j \ ~‘ f ị ‘j i *
A. ho p B. grapevine c. spot D. stove
2. Ali ce is going to p ut............. the job of a sales assistan t in New castle.
A. f orward to B. up to c. down on D. in for
3.1 don ’t have ti me to clean the kitchen right now. Mayb eI c a n .......... it later.
A. get around to B. put o ff c. get away with D. come up with
4. The you ng man g ot............... for damag ing his bicycle.
A. b rowned off B. frightened o ff c. ticked o ff Í D. bitten off
5. Tha t wall would fall over if it was n’t .....................with p lanks of wood.
A. pro pped up B. watered down c. chanced upon D. stored up
6. My parents had a lot of children, so sometimes there wasn't enough food to

A. p ut on B. fall b ack on c. give out D. go round

7. Unfortun ately, our secret plans had been given ........ by someone before we
manage d to put them into practice. ,
A. up B. out c. away D. in
8. ‘Do you think Robert is a good candidate for the jo b? ’ ‘Well, 1 have known
the boy for many years and I can ........ . ......... ... ... .h is great capacity for
solving com plex quest ions. ’
A. s et in B. vouch for c. take back D. accoun t for

240
9. We k new the conce rt was sold out, but we still w ent to th e st ad iu m ........... the
off-c hanc e th at s omeone m ight want to sell US the ir ticke ts.
A. with B.by c . in D. on
10. Af ter a fall in profits, the compa ny d ecided to ....... the hotel business.
A. ba ck o ff from B. pull out o f c. take out o f D. keep away from
V. R EAD ING COM PREH ENSI ON
READING 1: Re ad the tex t below an d choose the b est an swer to each question
Ethol ogy is concer ned with the study of adaptive , or survival, value of
beha vior and its Evolu tionary history. Ethological theory began to be applied to
resear ch on childre n in th el 96 0’s but has become even more influential today.
The origi ns of etho logy can be traced Line to the work of Darwin. Its modern
found ations were laid by two European zoologis ts, Konrad Lorenz and Niko
Tinbe rgen.
Watc hing the behavio rs diverse animal species in thei r natural habitats,
Lorenz, and Tinberg en observed behavior patterns that promo te survival. The
most well- know n of these is imprinting, the early follow ing behav ior of certain
baby birds that ensures that the young will stay c lose to th eir mothe r and be fed
and protec ted from danger. Imprinting takes place during- an early, restricted
time period of developm ent. If the mother goose is not presen t during this time,
but an obje ct resem bling her in important features is, young goslings may
impri nt on it instead. Observ ations of imp rinting led to majo r concep t that has
been applied in child Develo pment ” the critical period. It refers to a limited
times span during which the child is biologicall y prepar ed to acquire certain
adapt ive behavi ors but needs the support of suitably stimu lating environme nt.
Many resea rcher s have conducted studies to fi nd out wheth er comple x cognitive
and social behavio rs must be learned during restricte d time periods. For
exam ple, if children are deprived of adequate food or physical and social
stimu lation during the early years of life, will their intellig ence be permane ntly
impai red? If language is n ot mastered during the prescho ol years, is the chil d’s
capac ity t o ac quire if reduced?
Inspi red by observ ations of imprinting, in 1969 the British psycho analys t
John Bowlb y applied etholog ical theory to the unders tanding of the relation ship
betwe en an infant and its parents . He argued that attac hmen t beha viors of babies,
such as smilin g, babbling, grasping, and crying, are built-in social signals that
encou rage the parents to approach , care for, and interact with the baby. By
keep ing a paren t near, these behavi ors help ensure that the baby will be fed,
protec ted from danger, and provided wi th the stimulat ion and affect ion necessar y
for he althy gro wth. The develo pmen t o f attachm ent in human infants is a lengthy
process involv ing changes in psycholo gical structur es that lead to a deep
affect ional tie between pa rent a nd baby.

241
1. What w as Darw in’s co ntribu tion to eth ology?
A. Darwin improv ed on the original princip les of ethology.
B. D arwin was the profe ssor who tau ght Lorenz and T inberg en,
c . Darw in’s w ork provide d the b asis f or etho logy.
D. Dar win was the first person to apply ethologi cal theory to children.
2. Th e wo rd “di ve rs e” in paragra ph 2 is c losest in meanin g t o........
A. sm all B. varied c. wild D. part icular
3. The word “en su re s” in paragra ph 2 is closes t in mean ing t o.........
A. g uaran tees B. prov es c. teache s D. assum es
4. Acco rding to the passage, if a mother goose is not present during the time period
when i mprinting takes place, which o f the following will most likely occur?
A. Th e g osling will not imprint on any object.
B. The go sling may not find a mate when it matures,
c . The moth er will later i mprint on the gosling.
D. The go sling may imprint on an other object.
5. Th e wor d “it” in parag raph 2 refers to ............ . , -
A. d evelo pmen t B. goose c. time D. obje ct •• ,
6. The word “su ita bl y” in paragr aph 2 is cl osest in meani ng t o..............
A. willingl y B. mod erately c. approp riately D. emotio nally
7. The autho r mentio ns all of the following as attach ment behavio rs of human
infants EX CE PT .... ......
A. g rasping B. cryin g c. eating D. smili ng
8. Acc ordin g to the pa ssage, attach ment behavio rs o f infants are intended to .......
A. g et the physica l, e motional and social needs of the infa nt met
B. all ow th e infant to become imprinted on obj ects th at resembl e the parent
c. provide the infant wit h a means o f self-stimu lation
D. pre pare the infant to cope w ith sep aration
9. The ph rase “af fe ct ion al tie ” paragrap h 3 is closes t in meani ng t o.............
A. c ognitiv e d evelo pmen t B. emotio nal attach ment
c. psycho logica l need D. behav ioral change
10. It can be infe rred from the pa ssage that et hologic al theory as sumes that
A. to learn ab out human behavi or only human subjects sh ould be studied
B. fail ure to i mprint has no influence on in telligenc e
c. the notion of critical p eriods applies only to animals
D. the re are si milar ities between anima l and human behav ior

R EA DI NG 2
Re ad the te xt be low and choose the best a nswer to eac h questio n
LEARN ING A LA NGUA GE
Learn ing a langua ge is not for everyone . Some people find it very difficul t
and stressful ; other s actuall y enjoy the mental challe nge and still others
242
 (although these are rare people) find .it easy to learn a foreign language.
Recently, there has been a lot o f interest in trying to def ine the c haracte ristics of
a ‘good’ language learner. Here are four examples - can you select the person
who is likely to make the best language learner from these descri ptions of their
needs and person alities?
Perhaps it is best to take a t ypical example at the outset. Fred Brown had to
retire last yea r because of a bad heart. He went to Spain for a holiday and
decided he liked the country and the people so much he w ould like to learn the
language. He already speaks good French and a little Italian and he t hinks these
will give him a head start in learning another Latin language.
He see s language learning as a detective game: he hunts fo r clues and likes to
find the answe rs himself. He kno ws that language learning is hard work, but he
gives him self a little to learn each day. He listens to him self and usually knows
when he has made a mistake . He knows exactly what s ort o f Spanish he wants to
learn and is only interested in that.
Mary Green has friends in Athen s and she has been to Greece several times.
Through her friends she met a Greek working in London and now they are
engaged to be married. They plan to live in London but she feels she must learn
Greek to talk to her future in-laws. She is going to Greek cookery classes as
well. She says she is ‘hopele ss at languages' and she hated the French teache r at
school. She thinks language is all about talking and she tr ies to experime nt with
the language she knows: she takes risks. She is rath er lazy a bout reading Greek
and ‘switche s of f when she sees it written down. She finds the classes a bit
boring because she is not learning the things she wants to learn but she has not
spoken to the teach er about this.
In total contra st to someone who has the need to integrate into a family
situation, however , is John Freeman. John's company is starting to sell
sportsw ear in France next May and John will have to visit Marseilles four times
a year. There will be a local ag ent so he will no t have to n egotiate in French. He
has been to France on holiday three times and knows a few words already. He
enjoyed the sunshine but do esn't really like foreigners : "They're all a funny lot."
He is a very precise person who always likes to be acc urate and doesn't like to
make a fool of himself. He does not speak any other languages and is motivate d
to learn F rench because of his work. He knows that language can be desc ribed as
a series of rule s and he tries hard to learn the system. He likes the teache r to
translat e so that he can be sure he has understood exactly what every word
means. He is not interested in wasting his time guessing. He has not thought
about what kind o f French he needs to learn.
Jane Smith, on the o ther hand, hasn't even started work so she won't have the
strong motiva tion that w orking in a language gives people who are t rying to sell
their product s. However, she doesn't think that foreigners are s trange people and
she isn't frig htened of making mistakes because ‘it's all a bit o f fun'. She has now

243
finished her first school examin ations and, although she is going on to study
science in the 6th Form, she doesn't want to forget the German she has studied .
She can't bear writing, though, and is impatient with hers elf when she makes
gramm atical mistakes . She doesn 't really know why she is continu ing to learn
and s he has alre ady said th at if her Ge rman studies take up too much of her time,
she will drop them and fo cus on ‘real' work.
All of these learners have t heir own reasons and they are all differe nt in ho w
they approach the task and what they think learning is all about. The experts'
view is that peo ple who have a clear idea o f the re asons for learning will d o wel l
and, on that basis, Fred Brown, John Freeman and Mary Green are clearly
advant aged. However , it is als o tru e t hat those who t ake risks and e xperim ent do
well and here John doesn't do too well. Addition ally, those who have high
motiva tion and regula r exposure to the language do well and here, of co urse,
John and Mary may have the edge over people like Ja ne. There's also a case to
be mad e tha t fo r those who enjoy learning and do n't care too much about making
mistake s, success can co me easil y.
1. The person with t he lowest m otivation is prob ably .................
A. Joh n B. Jane c. Fred • D. Mary
2. John Freeman is learnin g F renc h....... .......... '
A. to be able to ma ke bu siness deals in French.
B. beca use he needs to go to M arseilles.
c. to integrate into the French business community.
D. only for profe ssional reasons.
3. Mary Green is lear ning Gre ek b eca use ...................
A. she wants to live in Greece.
B. she is going to cook ery cla sses in Greek,
c. she wan ts to be able to talk to her family.
D. she needs it for pro fessional reasons.
4. Fred Brown's approac h to learning is best de scribed as .................
A. pr oblem sol ving
B. talki ng to and learning from Spanish speakers,
c. worki ng hard eve ry day. , :
D. ma king full use of.th e S panish he alread y knows.
5. Jan e.... . -f
A. m akes a lot of written mis takes. : . ; .i

B. isn't bothere d a bout any m istakes she makes,

c. has ta ken exami nation s in German.
D. think s th at l earning Germ an will help her 6th Form studies.
6. Fred, Joh n and Mary have an adva ntage be ca us e.. ;............
A. the y u nderst and the structu re o f language.
B. they know why t hey are learning the language.

244
 c . the y are n't a fra id to ex pe ri m en t ■- •
D. the y kn ow w hat th ey w ant to learn .
7. Co nt ac t wi th nat ive spe ak ers hel ps you t o lear n, so ............
A. Ja ne wil l hav e an ad van tag e.
B. Ja ne and Jo hn w ill be at a d isa dv ant age ,
c. Fre d wil l be at a d efi nit e dis adv ant age .
D. Jo hn and Ma ry wil l hav e an adv ant age .
8. Le ar ni ng a lan gu age is n ot fo r e ve ryo ne b ec au se ......... ................
A. it's di ffi cu lt to def ine a ‘good* lear ner.
B. pe op le re ac t dif fer en tly to th e cha llen ge,
c. ve ry f ew p eo ple f ind it ea sy. "
D. it's ve ry str ess ful .
9. O f all the fo ur peo ple , wh o is mo st likel y to be suc ces sfu l in lear nin g the
fo rei gn lan gu ag e he/ s he inte res ted in?
A. Ja ne Sm ith B. Ma ry Gre en c. Fred Bro wn D: Jo hn Fre em an
10. Wh ich se nte nc e do es not re pre sen t th e idea s in th e pa rag rap h?
A. Th os e lan gu age lea rne rs wit h no cle ar idea s o f wh at, wh y, and how they
lea rn are no t t o ge t suc ces s.
B. Th os e wh o dar e to tak e risk o f ma kin g mis tak es wh ile lea rni ng are to
we lco me suc ces s.
c. Th os e wi th am big uo us mo tiv atio n and irre gu lar ex po sur e to the lan gua ge
do wel l.
D. Al l o f the fo ur le arners have one reason and va rious w ays t o app roach their tasks.

VI. G UIDE D CLOZE TESTS

GUIDED CL OZE TEST 1
Re ad the fol low ing pass age s and choose the options that best comple te the
blanks.
In ter pr eti ng the fee lin gs o f oth er peo ple is not alw ay s eas y, as we all kno w,
and we (1) _____ as mu ch on wh at the y seem t o be tel lin g US, a s on the (2)
wo rds th ey say . Fac ial ex pre ssi on and ton e o f voi ce are ob vio us wa ys o f
sh ow ing ou r (3) _____ to som eth ing , and it may wel l be tha t we un con sci ou sly
ex pr es s vie ws tha t we are t ryi ng t o hide . The art o f b ein g tac tfu l lies in (4 )_ ____
the se sig na ls, rea liz ing wh at the oth er per son is try ing to say, and act ing so tha t
the y are no t em ba rra sse d in any way . Fo r exa mp le, we ma y und ers tan d tha t the y
are in fa ct re lu cta nt to an sw er o ur qu est ion , and so we stop pre ssi ng th em . Bod y
m ov em en ts in gen era l ma y als o (5)_____ fee ling s,, and int erv iew ers oft en
(6) pa rti cu lar att ent ion to the way a can did ate fo r a jo b wa lks into the
roo m and sits dow n. Ho we ver , it is not dif fic ult to pr es en t the rig ht kin d of
ap pe ar an ce , wh ile wh at ma ny em plo ye rs wa nt to kn ow rel ate s to the ca nd id at e’s
ch ar ac te r (7) _____ , and psy ch olo gic al sta bili ty. Th is rai ses the (8)_____
qu es tio ns o f wh eth er jo b ca nd ida tes sho uld be ask ed to co mp let e psy ch olo gic al

245
tests, and the furth er problem of wheth er such tests actua lly produc e reliable
results. For many people , being asked to take part in such a test would be
objec tiona ble (9)_____ into their private lives. Quite apart from this problem ,
can such tests predi ct w hethe r a person is likely to be a (10)_____ emplo yee or a
valued colle ague ?
1. A. e stima te B. rely c . reckon D. trust
2. A. actual B. real c . identical D. oth er
3. A. view B. feelin g c . notion D. react ion
4. A. picki ng up B. putt ing a cross c . taking down D. goin gover -
5. A. d isplay B. infer c . imply D. indic ate
6. A. have B. show c . pay D. make
7. A. q uirks B. man nerisms c . points ' D. traits
8. A. u nple asan t B. risky c . awkward -i* D. touchy
9. A. invasion B. intrusion c . infringe ment D. in terference
10. A. cons cient ious B. part icular c . laborious D. pedan tic
GUIDED CLOZE TEST 2
Re ad the follo wing passa ges an d choose the options tha t best complete the blanks.
SMART SHOES
Smart shoes th at adjust the ir s ize t hroug hout the day could soon be ava ilable.
A proto type of such a shoe has already been produced and a commer cial
(1) _________ may be in productio n within a few years. The shoe contains
sensor s that consta ntly ( 2 ) _________ the amoun t of room left in it. If the foot
has beco me too large, a tiny valve opens and the shoe ( 3 ) _________ slightly.
The entire contro l system is abo ut 5mm square and is ( 4 )_________ inside the
shoe. This radical shoe meets a need because the volume of the ( 5 ) _________
foot can chang e by as much as 8% during the course of the day. The system is
able to learn a bout the wearer's feet and (6 )_________ up a p icture of the size of
his or her f eet throu ghout the day. It will allow the shoes to c hange in size by up
to 8% so that they always fit exactly. They are obvious ly more comfo rtable and
less likely to ( 7 ) _________ blisters. From an athlete's point of vi ew, they can
help improve (8 )_________ a little, and that is why the first use for the system
is li kely to be in a sports shoe. Eventually, this system will find a (9)
in othe r househ old items, from beds that automa tically change to fit the person
sleep ing in them, to power tools that (10) __ _______ thems elves to the user's
hand for bette r grip. There is no reason why the system couldn 't be adapted for
use in hun dreds o f consum er goods
asso rtme nt B. style c . version D. va riety
prove B.c hec k c . inspect D. confirm
expan ds B. develo ps c . amplifie s D. in creases
laid B. sited c . establi shed D. located
avera ge B. general c . usual D. mediu m
pick B. build c . grow D. set
provok e B. form c. ca us e D. init iate

246
 8. A. a chiev emen t B. winning c . success D. perf ormanc e
9. A. fu nction B. part c. way D. place
10. A. re spond B.c han ge c . shape D. conve rt
.< '7 • • ‘Í '■ *<7' i
Ị 1
B. W RITTEN TEST!
I. OPE N CLOZ E T EST
OPEN C LOZE TEST 1
Fill in each blank with ONE word to m ake a c omple te passa ge
THE WELSH
When it (1)____________ to violent nationalism , the Welsh are not in the
(2 )________ _ league as the Basques or the Norther n Irish, but th ey can be bad
enough. The Welsh do have a disti nct nationality, (3 )_________ a language and
literature of their own. Indeed, they have their own cultural festival, with music
and singing , (4) _________ an Eisteddfod, which dates back to 1176. The
Eisteddf od forms part of the Gorsedd, or assembly, founded many centuries
before the Christ ian era. At the Eisteddfod, the poets, or bards, wear long whi te,
flowing robes, and ( 5 )_________ themselv es very seriously.
( 6 ) _________ Brittany, Wales is rather isolated. It is a mountain ous lump
between England and the Irish Sea. (7 )_________ it is isolated, and because it
contains little (8 )_________ stealing, the place has been left to its own devices,
so that ha lf a million people (9 ) _________ speak the ancie nt Welsh language.
(1 0 )_________ , the proportio n of the population who speak Welsh has fallen
since 1960 from about 30 per cent to about 20 per cent. <
OPEN C LOZE TEST 2
Fill in each blank with ONE word to make a comple te passa ge
I had a diffic ult time last year with my health. For several months I was
(1) ..................... from periodic headaches and almost constan t nausea. I made
several visits to my GP, who (2) ........... ....... my headac hes to migraine and
provided me wi th medicat ion. When this fa iled to work he ( 3)......................... on
my nause a as the root cause, blaming my headache s on the nausea. I was
(4) ...................... to f ive blood tests, none of which rev ealed anythin g signif icant.
I (5) .......... . ........... my diet with the doctor at length, and we tried eliminatin g
certain foods from my meals. He said that I might (6) ..................... from a low-
fibre diet. But s till t he symptom s persisted, and I was starting to (7) ............ .
my self to feeling ill for the re st o f my life. I was underst andably con cerned about
the possi bility of it bei ng somethi ng serious, even a brain tumour , but the doctor
said that my anxiety in this respec t (8) ................... .from nervous tension and
stress. Afte r six months I was referred to a consul tant at the hospital, who
( 9 ) .................. in stomac h d isorders. She said that, even allowi ng for my age and
stressful lifestyle, it was still abnormal to experienc e sympt oms like t hese for so
long. She (10 ).................. on all the possible causes of nausea in detail, and
sugges ted that in my ca se the nausea might be the result o f a liv er disord er.

247
II. WORD FO RMS
A. Compl ete the senten ces with the c orrect for ms o f the given word
1. The brochure displayed ver y temp ting photograph s o f the tou rist attractio ns in
Sweden. They were so ............................................... that it was hard for
viewers to resist bo oking th at tour immediately, (mouth)
2. What must be avoided at all costs is the suppression of anger, as feelings of
resentm ent can lead a rela tionship to break do w n........................ ; (re trieve).
3. Six- core process or is one of the m os t............................. ............techn ologies
yet invented to revolu tionise the way computers work, (cut)
4. Tourists can see many ................... ............................views of the ocean and
mountain, (panorama)
5. Though they are students, their ..................................... ...........m ade a good
impression on the local audience, (theatre)
6. The islands have been ................................. ...................... by the growth of
tourism, (west)
7. Dolphins, .............................. .................. species, sometimes jum p above the
surface of the water, (mammal)
8. We like Mary. She’s very nice an d........... ...... '............................. (lady)
9. It’s Fran k’s ............... . ........................ ............... that drives his parents crazy
They can ’t even persuade him to brush his teeth in the morning, (obstinate)
10. He is a bad manage r in that factory and e veryone is in an a ttempt t o ...........
him. (fame)
B. Fill in each blank with the correct for m o f one suitab le word from the list
given
compare you ng criticize employ aboun d
size collect prospe r pursue tend
Ask any ad ult ov er forty to make a (1)________ between the past and present
and most will tel l you t hat t hings have been ge tting steadily worse for as long as
they can remembe r. Take the weather for ex ample. Everyone remembers that in
their (2)________ the summers are considerably hotter, and that winter always
included (3)________ falls o f snow just whe n the school holidays had started. Of
course, the food in those days was far su perior too , as n othing was imported and
every thing was fresh. (4)________ was negligible, the money in your pocket
really was worth somethin g, and you could buy a (5)________ house even if
your means were limited. And above all, people were someho w nicer in those
days, and s pent their free t ime on in nocent (6)________ making model boa ts and
tendin g their stamp (7)______ _ rather than gazing at the televisi on screen for
hours on end. As we know, this figure of the past simply cannot be true, and
there are plenty of stat istics dealing with heath and (8)________ which prove
that it is no t true. So, why is it that we all have a (9)________ to i dealize the past
and to be so (10)_____o f the present?

248
III. E RRO R ID ENTI FICAT ION
There are 10 mista kes in this passage. Underlin e an d corr ect th em
STEEPL E CH ASING
Steepl e chasi ng early began in the eightee nth centur y as a sport amon g the
fox-h untin g gentry. In tho se days, they raced through the coun trysid e to a place
marked by a distan t church spire, or steeple. It was a reckle ss and danger ous
sport. By 1830, it became a part of formally racing, and is to day an establi shed
winte r sport. The courses, which there are over 40 in England and nearly 30 in
Ireland, have artificia l barriers in place of the real ditches, walls, streams and
hedges. From Octob er to March, hundreds of steeplec hase jo ckey s, professio nal
and amate ur, risk life and limbs. Of all the races in the steeple chasing calendar,
the most popu lar is the Grand N ational, run ove r a d istance o f ten k ilometr es and
forty high jum ps. Everyone in the country takes an interest to it and most people
seems to buy a s weepsta ke ticket, or pu t a pound or tw o on the horse they think
will win. In some years, where the going is especial ly bad, as much as three-
quart ers of the horses will not finish the race.
IV. SENT ENC E T RANSF ORMA TION
Rew rite each o f the senten ces with the g iven word or the g iven beginn ing so
that the new s enten ce has the sam e mea ning a s the prev ious one
1. It was not until five years had elapsed that the whole truth about the murder
came out.
No t f or a no th er .....................................................................................................
2. The inhabita nts w ere far wor se-o ff twenty year s ago than th ey are now.
The inhabita nts are n owhe re............ .............. ....................... . ................ ;........
3. Arg uing with her w on’t get you anywhere.
It wo n’t d o....................................... ................ .................... Ỉ............................. •
4. We onl y ingratiated ourselve s with our teac her be cause Kate insisted.
(CUR RIED )
It w a s ......................................................................................... ....... our teac her.
5. D on’t m ake me su ffer be cause o f your problems! (ON )
Don ’t ta k e ............................. . ............................................................... . .............
6. She jus t pretended to welcome him, then quickly left the waiting room. (MOTIONS)
She ju s t ................................ ..................................................... . ......... .............
7. We have made neither a profit nor a loss this year. (EVEN)
We................................. .......................................................................... ...............
8. It w ould be easy to make a film adaptation of Danielle S teel’s latest novel.
(ITSE LF)

9. Geo rge seems to hav e been putting his websit e tog ether for a long time.
(CON STRU CTIO N)
Geo rge ’s w eb si te .................. . ............ ............ ................... ........................
10. Recent rese arch has cha nged theories about the causes of bird flu. (LIGH T)
Th eo rie s.. ................................................................................................ ............

249
 IL Ở P 1 1 1
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

5. MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5PTS)
Cho ose th e w ord whos e un derl ined pa rt is pro no un ced differe ntly fr om the others.
1. A. laid B. lain c. said D. gait
2. A. sanct uary B. mon key c. sanguine D. sincer ity
3. A. atheism B. theatr icality c. breatha lyzer D. pothee n
4. A. bache lor B. angel c. amoral D. cham ber
5. A. al legedly
Í . -
B. confuse dly c. suppose dly D. wicked ly
Ch oo se th e wo rd wh ich is s tr es se d d iff ere ntl y fro m th e ot he r th ree .
6. A. tax iderm y B. modern ity c. orientate D. syste matize
7. A. delu ge B. lupine c. sangfroid D. stra tosphere
8. A. vera city B. philan thropy c. impertin ent D. confisc ate
9. A. ru cksac k B. gazelle c. molest D. ber eave
10. A. pro mena de B. brusc hetta c. trigonom etry D. spon taneity
II. WO RD
-Jk CHOIC
vx* * vx A E
JkX (5
I PTS):
A Jk KJ / •
' • f *c ‘ Ỉ
Ch oo se th e be st op tio ns to c om ple te the fo llo w in g sen ten ces . .
11. Fiona did n’t lie but she did give rat he r______ a picture of the situati on.
A.
Á . de
d e faced
fa c e d B.
R distorted
d is to r te d cc. disfigured
. d is fi g u r e d D.
F) disg
d is guised
u is e d
12. As Michell e told me the story, tears ___ up in h er eyes.
A. we lled B. raised c. filled D. mo unted
13. J. E dgar Hoove r was a( n) ______ professiona l who served as dir ector o f the
FBI f or 48 y ears.
A. as tound ing \ B. resilien t c. determine d D. perc eptive
14. When threate ned, the op ossum of te n_______ death.
A. av oids B. confront s c. feigns D. with stands
15. Most tadpo les are veg etarians, those of some spec ies are
carniv orous.
A. al beit B. simply c. suppose dly D. not withs tandin g
16. I hope you w on’t ta ke it _ ___ if I suggest an alt ernativ e r emedy.
A. off ence B. amiss c. upset D. heart
17. ______ for the defenc e ma de an applicatio n f or mo re tim e to discuss m atters
with his cli ents.
A. C ounsel B. La wyer c. Judge D. Leg islation
8. Psycho logists still wonde r if some personal ity traits are
A. i nevitab le B. int erminable c. inadverte nt D. inna te

250
19. I thoug ht you were looking a l itt le ______ this morning.
A. tum ble-do wn B. downc ast c. run-dow n D. dow n-and- out
20. Do you think y our family member s w ou ld______ ranks if criticiz ed?
A. clo se B. bridge c. order D. joi n
III. G RAM MAR AND S TRUC TURE S (5PTS ):
Choose the best o ption s to comp lete th e foll ow ing sentences.
21. Ne brask a has floods in some ye ar s,______ .
A. dr ough ts are others B. others in droughts
c. in othe rs drought s D. while others drought s
22. Mai is her si ster is.
A. no where like so clever as B. nothing near as cleve r as
c. noth ing a s cle ver as D. nowhere near as clever as
23. Four miles of f the souther n co ast o f Mas sach uset ts____________ , a popu lar
summ er reso rt.
A. lies the island o f Marth a’s Vineyard
B. the island o f Mar tha’s Vine yard lies there
c . does the island o f Marth a’s Vineyard lie
D. wh ere the island o f Marth a’s Vineyard lies
24. How c an I pull m ysel f together wh en this is no t______ a challe nge?
A. m ore a worr y than B. so much a worry as
c . worth worryi ng f or D. as worrying as
25. It’s not qu ite ______ straightfo rward a problem as it m ight at first seem.
A. m uch B. such c . too D. so
26. Saturn, the second largest plan et in the solar syste m, has man y unusual
cha rac ter isti cs, ______ of which is the st ructure of its rings.
A. no less B. not the least c. nonetheless D. without
27. ______ to be an ann ouncem ent ab out the proposed building next month.
A. It is ex pected B. The ex pectation is
c. People expect D. Th ere is expected
28. B-p hon e’s rising i nve ntor ies, ______ correspon dingly by inc reases in sales,
can lead to producti on cutbacks that would hamper economi c growth.
A. if not unac compani ed B. though accompa nied
c. unless accomp anied D. wh en u naccomp anied
29. If h e ______ as ho nest as you believe, he woul dn’t have stolen the mo ney.
A. w ould be B. had been c . were , D. is
30. ______ to interfere in your af fairs but I would like to give you ju st o ne pi ece
of advice.
A. It is fa r from clear B. Far from it for me
c . Far and wide for me D. Far be it from me

251
IV. P HRAS AL VERBS AND PREPO SITION S (5 PTS)
Choos e the best option to co mplete the foll ow ing sentences.
31. Silkwo rms fe ed ______ mulberry leaves which can hardly be seen here.
A. in B. with c. on D. X,
32. The political criti c’s contem pt ___ some politicia ns wa s c learly expresse d
in his speech es and articles.
A. to B. for c .o f D. towards
33. I am aw are of the honor bestowed _ me.
A .o f B. on c . to D. for
34. Let’s find a place where we can _ the storm.
A. w ait ou t B. wear o ff c. shrug o ff D. pull th rough
35.1 am not sufficiently vers ed______ computers to understand what you’re saying.
A. to B. into c. about D. in
36. I’m not sure if I’m doin g it right, but I’ll try to pr es s______ with it anyway.
A. up B. ahead c. for D. in
37. The y’re p lanning to _______ their op eration in North America and focu s on
Eastern Europe.
A. wind down B. start up c. fire up D. face up
38. Could you lend me some mo ney t o ____me _ _ to the end o f the month?
A. hand .. .u p B. g e t. .. out c . tide ... over D. make ... through
39. I’m ju s t______ for clues.
A. cli mbing out B. ranking up c. pushing back D. nosing around
40. He fled from the stadium with the po lic e______ his heels.
A. u nder B. in c. at D. with
V. G UIDED CLOZE (10 PTS):
Rea d the text be low a nd decid e which answer best fi ts each space.
PASSAGE A:
It is the human factor tha t ( 41 )____ to the a bsolute majority o f road acci dents
which involve the tremend ous (4 2 )______ of fatalities each year. Other, less
decisive , c auses are v ehicle malfunctio ns or road sho rtcoming s.
Speedin g motorists are notorious for fa iling to give (4 3)______ at junctions,
misjud ging the situation on the road or being unable to (4 4)______est imate the
distance while overtak ing the “( 4 5 )______ ” ahead. Drinkers who settle behind
the wheel after one glass or two may be running the (4 6 )______ of cau sing a
tragedy thr ough their impaired perception, which is not so rare a case, agai n.
Unfortu nately, it is much simpler to introduce the necessar y alteration s in the
traffic system than change the behavioural (4 7 )______ of drivers. There are
voices that more severe disciplina ry resolution s ought to be put into practice if
the vehicle users are to benefit from greater security on the road. The idea of
pro duc ing safe road users throu gh pre- scho ol pare ntal instr uctio n or thro ugh
(4 8 )______ the safety regulatio ns into school curricul um has been (49) ■
acclaim ed in m any commu nities and is exp ected to yield the required results as
252
the first step in b ettering the qualifica tions of the future drivers and acquain ting
them with the (50) hazards that may arise en route. . . : •1
41. A. att ributes B. contribu tes c . dedicates D. distrib utes
42. A. total B. rate c . toll D. list
43. A. way B. room c . road D.s pac e
44. A. exa ctly B. accurately c . properly D. appro ximate ly
45.A. snail-pacers B. sloth-propellers c . tortoise-inchers D. worm-lumps
46. A. risk B. stake c. th re at D. hazard
47. A. pa tterns B. manners c . styles D. structur es
48. A. i nvolving B. intriguing c. incorporating D. inte grating
49. A. wid ely B. worldwide c. gl obally D. worldly
50. A. substanti al B. potential c. con siderable D. extreme
PASSAGE B:
In the 1980s the United States D epartment of Energy was looking f or suitab le
sites to bury radioactiv e waste material (51) ______ by its nuclea r energy
programs. The govern ment was considerin g burying the dangero us wastes in
deep undergr ound (5 2 )______ in remote desert areas. The problem, however,
was that nuclea r waste remains highly radioactive for thousan ds of years. The
commis sion (5 3) ______ with tackling the prob lem of waste disposal was aware
that the dangers posed by radioactive emissions must be (5 4 )______ to our
descend ants of at least 10,000 years hence. So the task became one of finding a
way to tell future societies about the risk posed by these de adly deposits.
O f cour se, human socie ty in the dist ant future may be well aware of the
(55) ______ of radiation. Technological advances may one day provide the
solution s to this dilemma. But the belie f in constant technolog ical advancem ent
is based on ou r (5 6) ______ of advances made througho ut hist ory and prehistory.
We canno t be sure that society won ’t have slipped (5 7 )______ into an age of
barbarism due to any of several catastroph ic events, whethe r the result of nature
such as the onse t of a new ice age or perha ps man kin d’s failu re to solve the
(5 8 )______ of war and pollution. In the event of global catastro phe, it is quite
possible tha t hu mans of the distant future will be on the far side of a (5 9) ______
link o f communic ation and technolo gical understanding.
The problem then becomes how to inform our descend ants that they must
avoid areas of potential radioactive (60) ______ given that they may not
understan d any currently existing language and may have no historical or
cultural memory. So, any message indicated to future receptio n and
decip herme nt m ust be as universally understan dable as possibl e.
51. A. caus ed B. generated c . arisen D. suppor ted
52. A. cha mbers B. partitions c.. openings D. fissures
53. A. trusted B. entrusted c . ensured D.d one
54. A. contacte d B. transferred c . transforme d D. comm unicat ed

253
55. A. influences B. impacts c. hazards D. stimuli
56. A. pe rceptio ns B. conce ptions c . views D. thoughts
57. A. onw ard B. forward c. toward D. backward
58. A. p ressures B. scourges c . worries D.an noy anc es
59. A. broken B. useful c. accessible D. inacce ssible
60. A. flow B. rema inder c. se ep ag e D. current
VI. R EADIN G COMP REHEN SION (10 PTS):
Re ad the texts below and choose th e best a nswer to each question.
PASSAGE A
‘CLIP CU LTUR E’
Could the short films on vi deo-sharin g sites such as Y ouTube ever rival films
at the cinema?
In parallel with its own exponential growth, my fascinatio n with YouTube
has galloped into a raging obsession. Whole e venings, theoretically dedicated to
writing, have been hijacked by a terrible need to c lick away from the Microsoft
Word docume nt, onto the internet browser, and from there the lure o f YouTub e
is inevitable. What's not to be fa scinated by? However slick or however rickety,
the best of these mini-mo vies have an unmediated quality, a found-obje ct
realness tha t is completel y lacking in anything available in the cinema or on TV.
For a gr owing number of people, time spent surfing the web exceeds the time
spent watching TV, so who knows if this way of making and watching movies
might n ot become a huge and serious rival to the mainstream. Many contemporary
films-mak ers have become fascinated by the video aesthetic, and by camera work
with a deadpan surveillance feel, which has risen in parallel to this Internet
revolution.
The cinema, though, does have something in comm on with the confessional,
video blog a spect of YouTube. The pop ularity of the horror film The Blair Witch
Project was inflamed by a vast, grassroots Internet campaign which
mischie vously suggested tha t the film's ho rrors wer e real. Plus there's a cousin to
this blurring o f fact and fiction in You Tube - c onfession al blogs which turn out
to be faked by ingenious actors. In the past, some docume ntaries that you could
see on TV or at t he cinema had YouTube qualities, in tha t the footage was shot
by the particip ants themsel ves, although they needed a professional cinema
pract itione r to bring it to light. If the unhappy heroes of these f ilms were making
their videos now, they would probably bypass these director s and take them
straigh t to YouTube . Where straight cinema and YouTube come more closely
into parallel is the use of the continuous shot: the persiste nt, unjudging, almost
uncom prehe nding gaze; an unedited, deep-focus scene in whi ch our attention as
audien ce is not coerced or direc ted. The true YouTube gem s ar e not the dig ital ly*
carpen tered mini-fe atures. The most gripping material is raw, unedited footage
in one contin uous take. Outstan ding examples range from domestic e vents in the
home to w indow s on internationa l events. Watching these, and g oing thr ough the
events in real tim e, is rivetin g yet disturb ing at the sam e time.

254
 Many film directo rs have tried exploitin g the eerie, disqui eting quality of
video -surv eillan ce footage. But they should look further as they might all be
fascinate d by, and even learn somethi ng from, what I think of as YouT ube’s
comed y genre: bizarre things captured more by accide nt than design, which often
have a subli me quality. One such clip of a woman falling down a hole was
captured by CCTV; the camera is apparently fixed above a bar in a busy pub.
Someon e open s up a trap door directly behind a woman serving drinks, with
results that Buster Keaton him self would have admired. The scene is shot and
framed with unshow y formal perfection ; a profession al direct or and crew could
work for month s on a slapstic k scene and not get is as right as this. It’s
some thing in the way the wo man disappea rs so utterly from view.
Unlike the cinem a, where we have to wait for reviews, you can get your
material review ed on YouTube instantly since there is a ratings and commen ts
section for each video. Just as the videos are more real than films, this type of
reviewi ng is also more honest. Cinema reviews may c omme nt on the predictab le
elemen ts, such as plot, setting, actors, etc., but YouTube reviews are boiled
down to the es sence o f enterta inmen t appe al. Are you interested enough to watch
it to the end? Would you recommen d it to your friends? Do you go back in and
watch it again?
The cinema of YouTube has, at its best, an appe aling amateurism, unrestricted
by the conve ntion s of narrative interest or good taste. It is a quality to be
savoured, and quite different from documentary or the attempts at realism in
feature films. What makes it so involving is that the viewers extend this amateur
process in choo sing, playing and sharing the files. Consequently, they supplement
produ ction with a new type of distribution . It’s this that makes YouTube so
addic tive and unless the c inema learns from it, it may be outcla ssed.
61. What does the writer say abo ut his interest in YouTube?
A. He e njoys watch ing YouTube while he is writing.
B. He prefe rs the short f ilms on YouTube to the cinema,
c. He fin ds it hard to resist w atching YouTube films.
D. He likes the fact tha t the films on YouTube are short.
62. The writ er s uggest s Y ouTube will be come more po pular because
A. th e f ilms in it capture people when they are una ware.
B. pe ople have changed how they use t heir leisure time,
c. peop le no longer have tim e to watch full-length films.
D. the fil ms on it mimic real life with real people.
63. The word “unme diate d” is closes t in m eaning to
A. d irec t B. surreal c. of high standa rd D. mes merizi ng
64. In the third paragra ph, the writer says the similari ty between YouTub e
video s and comm ercial films is that
A. th ey both produce re alistic horro r films.
B. they both have directo rs w ho are also actors.
255
 c. they both depend on the Internet for publ icity.
D. they are both effecti ve at fakin g r eality.
65. Th e wor d “coerc ed” is closes t in m eaning to
A. pre ssed B. terrori zed c. forced D. bullie d
66. The word “eerie” is closes t in meanin g to
A. aw esom e B. strange c. oblig ing D. dom inant
67. What d oes the writer say is the appeal o f the co ntinuou s shot?
A. tha t no body is mana ging th e eve nts on screen
B. that it can be used effectiv ely in any set ting
c. that we can see thin gs we woul dn’t othe rwise see
D. that the came ra acts as our eyes on the e vent
68. In the fifth paragra ph, the writer uses the examp le of the woma n falling to
show t hat
A. Y ouTube use s a range o f sources for its films.
B. it is diffic ult to replicate real-life comedy.
c. YouT ube has f unnier films than th ose at the cinema.
D. it is bett er whe n p articipan ts are unaw are the y are bei ng fi lmed.
69. W hy do es the w riter use quest ions at the end o f the sixt h pa ragrap h?
A. to sugge st wh at qu estions cinema reviews should address
B. to illustrate ho w Yo uTube reviews have a single focus
c. to g uide the reader about w hat a review should contain
D. to show the bro ad range o f views on YouTube
70. The write r conc ludes that YouTube is addictive b ecause
A. it has so ma ny po tential viewers.
B. it o ffers films w hich have unique q ualities.
c. it sho ws better films tha n thos e av ailable commer cially.
D. it has b ecome part o f the proces s o f making films.
PASSAGE B:
Psychologi sts are interested in the reasons why some people like taking part in
risky sports. When they studied people who were learning to jum p from a plane
with a pa rachute, they found that parachut ists’ bodies produced large a mounts of
two hor mones, adrenaline and nor adr enaline, just before they made their jump.
These hormo nes help to prepare U S for any sudden activity. Adren aline
increases the heart rate and provides more sugar for the muscles, while nor
adrena line does make U S react more quickly. However, nor adren aline also
stimul ates apar t of the brain which contro ls feelings of pleasure. Some
psyc holog ists have conclud ed that it is a feelin g of pleasure caused by this
hormon e w hich makes certain people want to p articipa te in dange rous sports.
Ano ther possib le reason is the level o f arousal in pa rt o f the brain. Acco rding
to some psych ologi sts, the brain tries to maintai n a certa in level of arousal. They
believe that people who normally have a low level o f arousal look fo r ex citeme nt
256
and new experience s in or der to stimulate t hemselves, whereas people who usually
have a high level of arousal try to avoid risks and unfa miliar situations in order not
to become overexcited. If the psychologists are right, people with a low arousal are
the ones w ho enjoy participating in dangerous sports and activities.
It is thought that people with low levels of arousal have a slower-reacting
nervous system than people with higher arousal levels. It may therefore be
possible to find out your level o f arousal by testing yo ur nervous system. A quick
way of doing this is to put some lemon juice on your tongue. If you p roduce a lot
of saliva, your n ervous system has been affected by the lemon and so you probably-
have a high level of arousal; if you produce little o f saliva, you probably have a
low arousal level. If you have a low level, you might enjoy taking part in risky
sports. Howev er, t his does not mean that you have to try parachuting!
71. W hy did the parach utists ’ bodies produ ce a lot of adrenaline and nor
adrena line before t hey jumped from a plane?
A. It is a natural reaction which guards them against the effects of accidents.
B. This is a natural reaction wh ich helps to prepare one for sudden activity,
c. Because they had high a rousal levels. ‘
D. Be cause they had taken d rugs which led to the pro duction of these two
hormones .
72. What two possible reasons are given for some pe ople’s des ire to participate
in dange rous sports?
A. T he pl easure that results from the production o f nor adrenalin e, and a low
level o f arousal.
B. A low level of arousal, and an inborn desire for adventure ,
c. A lack o f common sense, and a high level o f arousal.
D. A d esire to show off, and a lack o f common sense.
73. What d oes the brain try to maintain, according to some psychologi sts?
A. A certain level o f arousal. B. A high te mperature.
c. A sen se o f safety. D. A low tem perature.
74. What does the word “ the y” in line 2 ref er to?
A. p eople who wer e learning to jump from a plane
B. par achu tists ’ bodies
c. parach utists
D. psyc hologi sts
75. What is shown by putting lemon juice on your to ngue?
A. It indic ates your level o f arousal by amount of saliva that is produced.
B. It s hows that you have a high level of arousal i f no saliva is produced,
c. It is a g ood t est o f your sense of taste.
D. It can indicate whethe r your saliva is more acidi c or more al kaline.

257
76. What kinds of substances are adr enaline and n or ad renali ne?
A. Vit amins. B. Miner als. c. Hormon es. D. S ubatomi c p articles.
77. What su bstance s is thoug ht to stimulate the brain to make US feel pleasur e?
A. A drenalin e B. Nor adrena line
c. Lemon juic e. D. Man ganese dio xide
78. Which of the followi ng d oes ad renaline do?
A. It makes the heart beat more quickly. B. It makes the heart beat more slowly,
c. It makes peop le afraid. D. It we akens the muscles.
79. Where w ere the para chutists whe n, ac cording to the pas sage, they produced
large a mount o f the two hormones?
A. On the gr ound B. In the air c . At sea D. On an airplane
80. Accord ing to some psycho logists, what kind o f people try to avoid
unfam iliar situation s? '
A. People who do not like l emon juice.
B. P eople w ho normall y ha ve a high level o f arousal,
c. People who have a low hormone content.
D. People who normal ly have a low level of arousal.

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. CL OZE TEST (20 PTS):
Rea d the t exts below and think o f the word which b est fi ts each space. Use only
ONE WORD f or each space.
PASSAGE A:
Some famous places are disappoin ting: dirty, crampe d, and a bit of a cliche.
But there are ( 1 ) __________ which, even though you've seen every televisio n
progr amme e ver ( 2 )__________ about them, ar e eve ry bit as wonderfu l as you'd
imagine d. The Grand Canyon is one of these and so, de spite being next d oor to a
main road, is St onehenge . Anoth er is Venice which, in its entirety , (3 )________
a great work of art, each decaying aspect revealin g an unexpe cted glimpse of
wate r or startli ng archite cture, each individual buildin g or piazza displa ying an
exqui site (4 )__________ of proportion. I return to Venice every so o ften in the
course of my wor k and on each of these ( 5 )__________ I have found somethi ng
new to marvel ( 6 ) __________ . Alarm cries about how long this can last are
sounde d every now and the n e ach tim e the water l evels rise. But the fact th at thi s
city is ( 7 )__________ into the sea seems to add to its ro mantic atmosp here. Far
more serio us is the depopu lation, for it seems that ju st about ev ery week anoth er
family leaves. (8 )__________ 1945 m ore than hal f the p opulati on of Venice has
moved to the mainla nd. The rich own the great palazz os along the Grand Canal
and visit every ( 9 ) __________ in a while, but leave the windo ws dark for the
rest of the time. Mass tourism threate ns the very structu re of the city. It is a sad
(1 0) ______ of its own success.

258
PA SS AG E B:
Thom as Cook could be said to have invented the global tourist industry.
He was born in England in 1808 and became a cabinet- maker. Then he hit
(1 1) __________ the idea o f using the newly-inve nted railways for pleasur e tr ips
and by the summ er o f 1845, he was or ganizing commercia l trips. The first was to
Liverpool and featured a 60-page handbook for the journe y, the forerunn er o f the
modern holiday brochure. The Paris Exhibition of 1855 inspired him to create
his f irst great tour taking in France, Belgium and German y.,This also included a
remark able breakth rough - Cook's first cruise, an extra ordinary jo urne y al ong the
Rhine. Nothi ng (1 2) _________ this had been availa ble before, (1 3) _____ _____
it was only the beginning . Cook had invented (1 4) __________ tourism and now
became a pionee ring giant, striding across the world, traveling incessantly,
researching every little detail before being absolutely c onfiden t that he coul d send
the public to retrace his steps. Cook was not (15) __________ in thinking
beyond Europe, and he turned his gaze upon Africa. The experti se he had
(1 6 )_ ________ with his pioneering cruise along the Rhine in 1855 stood him
in good (1 7 )__________ when it came to organizing a fantastic jou rney along
the Nil e in 1869.
Few civilian s had so much as (1 8) ________ foot in Egypt, let (1 9) ________
traveled along this waterway through history and the remains of a vanished
civiliza tion going back thousand s o f years. Then whole adventur e t ook 222 days
and the world of travel has not been th e same (2 0) __________ .

II. WOR D FORMA TION: (20PTS)

PART 1: Com plete each s entenc e, using th e corre ct fo rm o f the wor d in pare nthes es.
1. I was under the _ _ _ _ _ that the course was for complete b eginners.
(APPR EHEN D)
2. The sl ig ht __________ in his left hand was co rrected by surgery. (FORM)
3. He de ma nd ed _______ sentences for those behind the violence. (EXAMP LE)
4. Althou gh he is not a native speaker, his foreign accent see ms __________ .
(PER CEIV E) -
5. It was ve ry ______ _ of you to do the s hopping for her. (NEIGH BOUR)
6. The car veered onto the wrong side of the road and co llided with a(n)
_ ________truck. (COME)
7. The gover nmen t imposed a _________ _tax on s ome industries. (WIND)
8. The role o f clouds is one o f the big con undrums o f__________ . (C LIMAT E)
9. Those clothe s do nothing for y ou r__________ . (STREET)
10. She did n’t want to b e __________ as a dumb blonde. (TYPE)

259
PART 2: Comp lete the pas sag e with ap propr iate form s from th e words giv en in
the box.
consc ious defe nd indign ity life ocean
peac e pla ne supe rstiti ous stick water

There has long been a (1 1 )__________ among marine rs that porpois es will
save drown ing men by p ushing them to the surface, or p rotec t them from sharks
by surrou nding them in (1 2 )__________ formati on. Marine Studio biologis ts
have pointed out that, howeve r intellige nt t hey may be, it is p robably a mistake
to credit dolph ins with any motive of ( 1 3 )__________ . On the occasion when
they have pushed to shore an (14)__________ man they have much more likely
done it out o f curiosity o r for sport, as in riding the bow w aves of a ship. In 1928
some porpoi ses were photograp hed working like beavers to push ashore a
(15) __________ mattress . If, as has been reported, they have protecte d humans
from sharks, it may have been because curiosity attracted them and because the
scent of a possibl e meal attracted the sharks. Porpoises and sharks are natural
enemies . It is possibl e that upon such an occasio n, a battle happened, with the
sharks being driven away or killed.
Whet her it be bird, fish or beast, the porpoise is intrigued with anythin g that
is alive. They are constan tly after the turtles, the Ferdinan ds of marine life, w ho
(16) __________ submit to all sorts of (17) __________ . One young cal f
especi ally enjoye d raising a turtle to the surface with his sn out and then showing
him across the tank like an (1 8) __________ . Almos t any day a y oung porpoise
may be seen tryin g to turn a 300-poun d t urtle o ver by ( 19 )__________ his snou t
under the ed ge of his shell and pushing up for d ear life. This is not easy, and may
require two porpoi ses workin g together. In anothe r game, as the turtle swims
across the (2 0 )__________ , the first porpoise swoops down from above and
butts his shell with his belly.

III. E RROR COR RECTIO N: (10PTS)

The fol low ing pas sag e con tains 10 errors. Identify and correc t them.
A CO MPUTER BAG WITH STYLE
1 It came as somethi ng as a surprise in the fashion industry when Julien
MacDo nald, the well-know n dress designer, teamed along with the
comp any Intel to produce a comput er bag. MacDon ald made his name
creatin g the type of dresse s that major celebrit ies like to see wearing at
5 high-p rofile events such as film prem iers and a wards ceremon ies.
The comp uter bag, h owever, was no t desig ned on such o ccasi ons in mind.
Rather, it was created for the modern woman who relies on techno logy
but hopes to look more chic than geek. MacDo nald first got inspiratio n
for the bag when he caught sight of female friends and colleag ues at
10 fashion shows, furiously typed away on their laptops. He coul dn’t help

260
 noticin g, yet, that the rather unstylish carrying cases needed to transpor t
the machin es tended to get pushed out of sight under their chairs. It was
as if the women had been someho w ashamed of them. MacDon ald set out
to ch ange all that.
15 The challe nge facing the design er was how to comb ine a ‘must -hav e’
handb ag from the stylistic point o f view, with the f unction ality required to
prote ct expen sive comp uter equipment s. In shocki ng fuchsia pink, the
resul ting multi-p ockete d ‘Napp a’ bag certain ly lacked nothin g of
Mac Don ald’s signatu re style. It was enough stylish to grace the front row
20 of any fashion show. And even those finding such a partic ular shade o f
pink a little scary were catered for; MacDona ld also produce d versions
in simp ly plain black and minimali st white.

IV. SEN TENC E T RANSF ORMA TION: (20 PTS)

Rew rite the fol low ing senten ces using the words given.
1. I wo n’t cha nge my mind about th at pro blem w hatev er hap pens.
C o m e....................................................................................................................
2. I must have o ffended her beca use she isn’t being friendly tow ards me.
(SHO ULD ER)
I .................... ..................................................................................... ..................
3. Initially , I think you develop the plot very con vincingl y. (UNFOL DS)

4. Bad public ity badly affected sales figur es. (DETR IMENT AL)
Bad public ity h a d ................................................................................................
5. I'm s ure Rachel will become a famous model one day.
I think i t’s only ...................................................................................................
6. Once we had made sure the re was no reason to be afraid, we went ahead.
(FEA R)
Havin g sa tis fi ed ............................................................................................ ......
7. She was concen trating so hard on her work that she didn ’t notice when I came
in. (T OOK)
She w as so w ra pp ed ........ ...................................................................................
8. I did n’t wan t to give up whil e som e hope of success re mained. (DEFEA T)
I was lo at h............................................................................................................
9. Lau ra’s ten dency to interrupt every conversa tion makes me furiou s! (BEND )
I t ..................................................... ...................................................................... .
10. Th is p roper ty has been totally neglected and is in need of complete
renov ation. (DISRE PAIR)
Havin g fa lle n............................................... ................................... comple tely.

261
 ĐỀTHISỀNCIIỊ

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẢO LỘC - TP. BẢO LỘC

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHO NOLOG Y ( 5 m arks)
Choo se the wo rd w hose stress patte rn is differ ent fr om the o ther three o f each gro up
1. A. juxtap ose B. monocult ure c. geothermal D. inter mittent
2. A. st ratosph ere B. dictaphone c. cornerback D. hendiadys
3. A. do ctrinair e B. tutelage c. binary D. e picenter
4. A. dominion B. omnivore c. hologram D. retrofit
5. A. syn chronou s B. agriculture c. enchilada D. necessary
Ch oo se th e wo rd wh ose un de rli ne d p ar t is p ro no un ce d dif fer en tly fr o m tho se
o f th e oth ers o f eac h gr ou p
6. A. tri meste r B. trimmer c . trinity D. triplicate
7. A. prostate B. federate c . congregate D. aggregate
8. A. initialize B. sentient c . potential D. tertiary
9. A. gibe B. giblets c . g igabit D. gibber
10. A. Chablis B. chador c . chagrin D.ch acon ne
II. W ORD CHOICE (5 marks)
1. the step when you go in.
A. Co nsider B. Mind c . Attend D. Look
2. John ar gued, ‘if you know ab out a crime but do n’t repo rt it, you are
in that crime because you allow ed it to happ en.’
A. acq uitted B. steadfas t c . complicit D. nullified
3. He has a strong to succeed.
A. drea m B. priority c . desire D. feeling
4. B eing able to afford this luxury car will getting a bett er-paying job.
A. maximi ze B. reiterate c . necessitate D. reciprocat e
5. Shake speare , a(n) writer, entertained audienc es by writing many
tragic and comic plays.
A. nu meric B. dutiful c . generic D. prolifi c
6. 1 had the experienc e of sitting next to an over-talk ative
passe nger on my flig ht ho me from Brussels.
A. sa tisfact ory B. comm endable c . galling D. acute
7. The speedin g ca r only missed US by a hair's
A. width B. high c . breadth D. length

262
8. Steven is al w ay s___________ about showin g up for work becau se he feels
that tardin ess is a sign of irrespon sibility.
A. legible B. tolera ble c. punctual D. bel ligeren t
9. Kim w a s ___________ in choosi ng her friends, so her parties were attended
by vas tly diffe rent and someti mes bizarre persona lities.
A. indisp ensabl e B. in discrim inate c. propuls ive D. in disputab le
10. With her ___________ eyesigh t, Christ ina spotted a trio of deer in the
hillside and she reduced the sp eed of her car.
A. ke en B. impress ionable c. ductile D. consp iratori al

IV. P REP OSI TIO NS & PH RASAL VE RBS (5 mar ks)

1. M el's d ecided to leave his job and bra nch __________ on his own.
A. up B. out c. off D. over
2. I’m a bs ol ut ely _____________ at work. I hope thi ngs ease up soon.
A. s tayed behind B. faced up c. snowed under D. jum ped ou t
3. Sal es have been very poor so far this yea r but th ere are signs that th ey may be
________ up now.
A. pickin g B. pulling c. improving D. comin g
4. It is r umou red that they are pla nning to ____ off more st aff next month. 1 hope
I’m n ot on e of them.
A. p ut B. lay c. call D. give
5. Jo ’s been slo gg ing __________ at her revision all mo rning. Why d on’t you
take her a cup of coffee?
A. a way B. out c . for D. from
6. The pape rs a re full o f scandals, but in a few days it will all ha ve ______ away.
A. g iven B. taken c. thrown D. blown
7. He was very ill last night but, thank goodness , he pu lle d___________ .
A. u p B. down c. through D. on
8. He h a s_____________ to mak e way for someone you nger.
A. stood down . B. left f or c. though t strai ght D. worke d out
9. I th ink we sh ou ld _____________ our origin al p lan.
A. get on to ' B. fo llo wu p c. keep to D. put aside
10. D on't read too m uc h_________ her le aving so suddenly - she probab ly just
had a trai n t o catc h.
A. in B. into c. to D. at
V. REA DIN G COMP REHE NSIO N (10 mar ks)
READING 1
LIFTOFF AND REENTRY
During any space mission, whethe r it is manned or unmann ed, the two most
critical perio ds are lifto ff and reentry. This fact is p roven by the fact that every
loss of life in the history of spa ce explorat ion has occurre d durin g a lifto ff or

263
reentry maneu ver. Lift off and reentry not only represen t the times of g reates t
dange r during a space mission, they also present the greate st science and
engin eerin g ch alleng es to the pl anners and org anizers o f a space mission.
The major challen ge during lifto ff is to achieve a great enough velocity to
break free of the Eart h’s gravitation al pull and escape the atmosph ere. The
velocity required varies dependi ng on the type of the mission in question. For
examp le, most orbital missions , like those to the Internatio nal Space Station or
the launchin g of a satellite, do not require the spacec raft to comple te escape
Eart h’s gravitat ion pull. These spacecr aft simply need enough velocity to
achieve a cer tain distanc e from Earth and then to m aintain their orbit. The speed
necessa ry for this is depend ent on the type of orbit desired, but is general ly
around 24,000 kilom eters per hour. Complete ly escapin g the Earth ’s gr avity, as
is needed for interplan etary missions, is a far more difficu lt underta king,
requiri ng a speed of 40,200 ki lometers per hour.
To achieve such high speeds, huge rockets must be built. This, however,
presents anoth er problem: the larger the rocket, the larger the total mass that
must be lifted into space. This means more fuel is nee ded, adding more weight.
For t his reason, as spacec raft grow larger it beco mes increasin gly more difficult
to lift them into space. For example, NASA ’s sp ace shuttle weighs 78,000 kg,
but the rocket required to lift it into orbit weighs nearly 2,000,00 0 kg. This
means that rockets are actually highly inefficient, since much of the rock et’s
energy is expend ed lifting the rocket into space, rather tha n simply the spacecr aft
that one wa nts to pla ce in space.
To help offset this inefficiency, launch sites for ro ckets are p lanned carefully .
With the excepti on of a few launch sites used for highly specialize d purpose s,
nearly all launch sites are placed as near the equat or as possible. Since the
equat or is the Eart h’s widest point, it is also the point w here the Earth is spinning
the fastest. Spacec raft can use this fact to receive a little extra “push ” from the
Earth, reducin g the work their rockets must do during liftoff.
Once a spacec raft has made it safely into space, the next major challen ge is
for it to return to Earth in one piece. While the major challeng e during lifto ff is
gaini ng speed, the three major challenge s of reentry are and reducin g speed,
contr olling the angle of reentry, and reducing heat. To initiate reentry, spacec raft
perform a mane uver called a deorbital burn. Simply put, this means they fire
their engine s in reverse to slow the spacecra ft down. Once the spacec raft has
passed below the critical orbital velocity, gravity will once again take over and
begin to pull th e spacec raft back to wards Earth.
The amou nt of speed lost during the deorbital burn will determi ne the angle
of reentry, and this angle is of critical importance. If the reentry angle is too low,
the space craft will skip of f th e Earth atmosph ere, much as pebble skips across
the water when thrown into a pond. If the angle is too high, the spacec raft will
generat e too much heat and burn up du ring reentry. Even with a cor rect angle of

264
ree ntr y, sp ac ec raf t ge ne rat e en orm ou s am ou nts o f he at. As the y en ter t he Ea rth ’s
atm os ph ere , the fric tion bet we en the spa cec raf t and the su rro un din g air s erv es to
slo w the sp ac ec raf t, but it al so can
hea t the ou ter sur fac es o f the spa cec raf t to 5,50 0°C . To mi nim ize this eff ect ,
sp ac ec raf t are de sig ne d to cre ate the sm all est am ou nt o f fric tio n po ssi ble du rin g
ree ntr y. Sp eci al, he at- res ist an t ma ter ial s are also used on ree ntr y sur fac es o f t he
sp ac ec raf t. In t his w ay, t he hea t o f re ent ry can be kep t to ma na ge ab le leve ls.

1. T he wo rd ma ne uv er in th e pa ssa ge is cl ose st in m ea nin g to

A. ac cid en t B. per iod c. pro ced ure D. con tro l
2. A cc or di ng to t he inf orm atio n in par agr aph 2, int erp lan eta ry mi ssi on s are mo re
dif fic ul t bec aus e
A. the y req uir e mo re fuel
B. the y use larg er spa cec raf t
c. the y mu st com ple te ree ntr y ma neu ver s twi ce
D. the y mu st atta in hig he r e sca pe vel oci ties
3. Th e wo rd thi s in th e pas sag e ref ers to
A. es ca pin g the Ea rth ’s g rav ity
B. ma int ain ing a n orb it aro un d the Earth
c. lau nc hin g a spa cec raf t into spac e
D. rea ch ing th e Int ern ati ona l Spa ce Stat ion
4. Wh y do es the a uth or me ntio n N A SA ’s sp ace sh utt le?
A. To sug ges t that it is the mos t ineffi cient spac ecra ft in the histo ry o f space fligh t
B. To be tte r illu stra te the dis par ity betw een the size o f a spa cec raf t and the
size o f the roc ket n eed ed to laun ch it
c. To sho w tha t ev en wit h mo der n tec hn olo gy , sp ac ec raf t a re still ver y hea vy
D. To be tte r illu stra te exa ctly how dif fic ult it is to co ns tru ct a spa cec raf t as
larg e as a r ock et
5. Th e wo rd ine ffi cie nt in th e pas sag e is cl ose st in me ani ng to
A. tec hn ica l B. ma ssi ve c. un eco no mi c D. ine ffec tive
6. Ac co rd ing to pa rag rap h 4, wh at adv ant age do spa ce gai n bei ng lau nch ed nea r
the e qu ato r?
A. Th ey are a ble to g ain spe ed from t he rot atio nal spi n o f the Eart h.
B. T hey are a ble to achie ve s peciali zed or bits that are n ot pos sible in ot her locations,
c. Th ey c an sho rte n the ir flig ht tim e dur ing lifto ff.
D. Th ey can tak e ad va nta ge o f t he bet ter we ath er co nd iti on s pre va len t at the
eq ua tor .
7. All o f th e fo llo wi ng are me nti on ed in par agr aph 5 as pr ob lem s du rin g ree ntr y
EX CE PT
A. ac hie vi ng th e co rre ct ree ntr y ang le B. red uci ng s pee d
c. ini tia tin g a d eor bit al bur n D. red uci ng hea t

265
8. Th e wo rd in it ia t e in th e pas sag e is cl os est in m ea nin g to
A. co ntr ol B. ac ce ler ate c. alt er D. sta rt
9. Whi ch o f the follo win g ca n be inferre d f rom para grap h 6 a bou t re entry an gles ?
A. Th ey mu st be co ntr oll ed by very pre cis e co mp ute rs.
B. F ailu res to a chi eve the p rop er an gle are resp onsi ble for mos t s pace dis asters ,
c. Hi gh er ree ntr y an gle s res ult in hig he r lev els o f ai r fric tio n.
D. Re ent ry an gle s de ter mi ne t he am ou nt o f fue l du rin g ree ntr y.
10. H ow does the a utho r expl ain the e ffect o f an im prope r reen try an gle in parag raph 6?
A. By lik en ing it to a peb ble ski pp ing o ff a po nd
B. By ex pla ini ng t he sci ent ific cau ses o f fr icti on
c. By dis cu ssi ng th e ma xim um tem pe rat ure a sp ac ec raf t can red uce
D. By ex pla ini ng h ow h igh er spe eds c rea te gr ea ter l eve ls o f he at
R E A D IN G 2
LIG HT S, CA ME RA , AC TI ON MA N
Tr av el jo ur na li st R ich ar d M ad de n rep ort s on his fir st t rip w ith a c am era cr ew.
It wa s bo ok s tha t firs t cap tur ed my im agi nat ion ab ou t far aw ay pla ces . TV
tra ve log ue s alw ay s see me d the po or rela tion to the cla ssi c wri tten acc oun ts,
alt ho ug h o f c ou rse the pic tur es we re rat he r bett er. An d the n the re was the issue
o f aut hen tici ty. All tho se pre ten tiou s thea tric al typ es dy ing o f th irs t in the dese rt,
as if w e di dn ’t real ise the re was a cam era cre w on hand to cat er for the ir eve ry
nee d. Th ese d ays pro gra mm e-m ake rs know th at the aud ien ce is m ore s oph isti cate d
and the pre sen ce o f t he cam era is ack now led ged . But can a jo ur ne y with film ing
equ ipm en t e ve r b e a ny thi ng o the r th an a c leve rly con stru cte d fict ion ?
I rec en tly go t the ch an ce to find out, wh en I wa s ask ed to pre sen t two one -
ho ur pr og ra mm es for an adv en tur e trav el ser ies. Th e pr oje ct wa s the bra inc hild
o f the pr od uc tio n co mp an y Tra ns- At lan tic Film s, wh ich wa nte d the ser ies
pr ese nte d by wr ite rs and adv en tur ers , as well as TV pro fes sio na ls. My sole
qu ali fic ati on wa s as a jo ur na lis t spe cia lis ing in ‘ad ve nt ur e’ tra vel . Ho we ver , I
wa s tho ug ht to h ave ‘on -s cr ee n’ p ote ntia l.
Th e fir st pr og ram me wa s film ed in C ost a Rica . Wi thin 24 hou rs o f my arr iva l,
1 rea lis ed tha t thi s wa s go ing to be ver y dif fer en t from my usu al ‘one man and
his la pt op ’ ex pe dit ion s. Fo r a star t, the re wer e five o f US - dir ec tor , cam era ma n,
sou nd rec ord ist , pr od uc er an d pre sen ter . And the n the re wa s the sma ll ma tte r of
£1 00 ,00 0 wo rth o f eq uip me nt. I soo n rea lis ed tha t the dir ect or, Pet er
M ac ph er so n, wa s a vas tly ex pe rie nc ed ad ve ntu re fil m- ma ke r. In his cas e, the
term ‘ad ve nt ur e’ me an t pre cis ely tha t 'M ade a film wi th X ,’ he wo uld say
(n or ma lly a fam ou s m ou nt ain ee r or ski er) , bef ore de sc rib ing a de ath -de fyi ng
se qu en ce at the top o f a gl ac ie r in Al ask a or ha ng -g lid ing o ff the An gel Fal ls in
Ve ne zu ela . Inv ari ab ly, the se rem ini sce nc es wo uld end wi th the wo rds : ‘Had a
gre at dea l o f re sp ec t for X. De ad now , sa dl y. ..’

26 6
 Part of the bri ef for the series was to put the prese nter in unusual situatio ns
and see how he or she coped. One such sequen ce was the night we spent in the
rainfor est canop y near the Rincon de la Vieja National Park in Guanac aste
province . 1 do n't have a head for heights and would make a poor rock-cl imber,
so my distr ess is real enough as th e camera c atches me dangl ing on a rope some
30 me tres up, well short of the canopy platform.
Ironic ally, it was the presence of the camera, looking down on me from
above, that gave me the impetus for die final push to the top. By this time, I'd
learnt how ‘seque nces' were cut together and realised that one last effort was
required. 1 had to struggle to stay coherent while the camera swooped within a few
millimet res of my face for my reaction. In the end, it was a magical experience,
heightened all the more by the sounds of the fo rest - a family of howler monkeys
in a nearby tree, a mplified through the sound record ist’s headphon es.
Learn ing how to establish a rapport with the camer a is vital and it took me a
while to think of it as a friend rather than a jud ge and jur y. The most
intim idatin g mome nts were when Peter strolled up to me, saying that the light
would only be right for a nother 10 minutes, and th at he ne eded a ‘link ’ from one
seque nce to anothe r. The brie f was simple. It needed to be 30 second s long, sum
up my feelin gs, be informati ve, well-stru ctured and, most importa nt of all,
riveting to watch. ‘Ready to go in about five minu tes?’ he would say b reezily.
I soon disco vered that the effect of the camer a on what was going on around
us was far less intrusi ve than I had imagined. After a first flurry of cur iosity,
people usuall y lost interest and let US get on with our job . We w ere also flexible
enough to be s pontan eous. Our trip coincide d with an 80 pe r cen t solar eclipse , a
rare even t anyw here in the world. We were in a village called Santa Elena and
captur ed the whole event on cam era. The ca rnival atmos phere was infectio us and
made a w elco me addition to our sh ooting schedule.
1. One thing the write r used to disl ike a bout t ravel progra mmes on TV wa s
A. t he repet itive nature of many o f them.
B. the dull images that t hey f requentl y contained .
c. thei r l ack o f respec t for the intellige nce of the viewers.
D. the ir te nden cy to cop y the style of famous w ritten account s.
2. What reaso n is given for the writer becomin g involved in making TV travel
prog ram mes ?
A. o ther pe opl e’s b elie f that he might be suited to ap peari ng on them
B. his own desire to di scove r wh ether it was possible to make good ones
c. his own bel ief that it was natural for him to mo ve f rom jour nali sm to TV
D. a s horta ge of writers and advent urers willing to take part in them
3. Sho rtly afte r arr iving in Costa Rica, the wri ter became a ware that
A. the d irec tor had a rep utation th at wa s un deserve d.
B. he would p robab ly d islike workin g as part o f a team rathe r than a lone.

267
 c. he would probably get on well with the direct or pe rsonally.
D. his role in the filming would be likely to involve real da nger.
4. The writer uses the sequence filmed in the Nationa l Park as an exam ple of
A. som ething he had been wo rried about before any filming started.
B. the s ort o f challeng e th at pre senters were intended to fa ce in t he seri es,
c. somethi ng he was expected to be unable to deal with.
D. the tech nical difficult ies involved in m aking films in certain places.
5. The word “im pe tu s” in the pas sage is closest in meaning to______ .
A. st imulus B. hope c. disapp ointme nt D. argument
6. What does the writer say about the last part of the sequence in the National Park?
A. It taught him a lot about the technical a spects of film-making.
B. He wa s enc ouraged to compl ete it when he looked up at the camera,
c. It changed his whole attitude towards doing dangerou s things.
D. He w as u nable to say any thing that made sense at this time.
7. The w ord “in tim ida tin g” in the passage is closest in meanin g to______ .
A. int eresting B. enthusi astic c. expected D. frighten ing
8. In paragraph six the writer says that he found it particularly difficult to _ _____
A. und erstand what was re quired of him for a ‘link’.
B. chan ge thi ngs he was going to do at very short n otice.
c. accept certain advice given to him about presentin g a film.
D. meet certain demands the director made on him.
9. The word “in tru siv e” in the passage is opposite in meaning t o ______ .
A. ann oying B. disappoi nting c. satisfying D. delighting
10. What doe s the writer use the experience in Santa Elena as an example of?
A. so mething they filmed although th ey had not planne d to
B. the fri endly way in which they were treated by the local people
c. By disc ussing the ma ximum temperature a spacecr aft can reduce
D. By e xplainin g how higher speeds create greater levels o f heat
VI. CL OZ E TE ST S (10 ma rks )
Rea d the te xt bel ow an d decide which answer (A, B, c or D) best fits each gap.
CLOSE TEST 1:
HOLIDAYS IN SOUTH CA ROLINA
Roaring across the bay in a motorised rubber boat, we were told by the
captain to keep our eyes open. With t he engine turned off, it wa sn’t long before
hal f a dozen dolphins came swimming around US. Eventuall y, two came up
(1 )_______ beside the boat and popped their heads out of the wat er to give US a
wide grin.
Dolphin watchin g is just one of the many unexpect ed attracti ons of a h oliday
in South Carolin a, in the USA. Th e state has long been popula r with golfers an d,
with dozens of ( 2 )_______ in the area, it is truly a golf er’s paradise. But even

268
the keene st golfe r needs other diversio ns and we soon found the resorts had
plenty to (3) _______
In fact. Charl eston , which is midway along the ( 4 ) _______ , is one of the
most intere sting cities in the USA and is wh ere the first shots in th e Civil War
were (5 )_______ Taking a g uided horse and carriage to ur thr ough the qu iet back
streets you get a real ( 6 ) _______ of the city ’s past . Strict regula tions apply to
buildin gs so th at or iginal (7 )_______ are pr eserved.
South of Char leston lies Hilton Head, an island resort about 18 km long and
(8 )_______ like a foot . It has a fan tastic sandy beach (9 )________ the length of
the island and this is perf ect for all manner of water sports. Altern atively , if you
feel like doin g nothing, (1 0 )_______ a chair and umbrell a, head for an open
space and ju st sit bac k and watch the p elicans diving for fish.
1. A. direc t B. right c. precise D exact
2. A. cours es B. pitches c. grounds D courts
3. A. show B. provide c . offer D supply
4. A. beach B. coast c . sea D shore
5. A. throw n B. aimed c . pulled D fired
6. A. signi fican ce B. meaning c. se ns e D compre hension
7. A. p oints B. character s c. factors D features
8. A. formed B.sh ape d c . made D moulded
9. A. lying B. running c . going D followin g
10. A. charg e B. lend c . hire D loan

CLOSE TEST 2:
One of the groups of consu mers targeted by advertis ers is, oddly enough, a
group with very little money of its own, but w hich has a huge (1 )___________
the way other s spend their money. And in so me ways, children and advertisers
could have been made for ( 2 )___________ . After all, it is easy to fool yo unger
childr en into believ ing (3 )___________ anything and if an advert isemen t shows
them how Biffo Breakfa st Cereal will help them run faster than their friends,
then (4) ___________ they are co ncerned, that is the truth. They also have strong
feeling s o f adm iratio n for a ction heroes or cart oon characte rs or sp orts stars, and
will want to be (5 )___________ their favourite star, and drink the same cola or
eat the same sweets. And when children want somethi ng badly enough, they
won ’t stop naggin g their parents until they get it. Advert isemen ts will even
(6 )_________ _ them with the a rguments the y can use wh en th ey are tol d t hat a
water -firin g robo t or a giant chocolate bar is not good (7 )___________ , or too
expen sive, or not availab le in the supermarke t. This is why most EU countr ies
place (8) ___________ upon televisi on advert ising aimed at children. Some
countri es have ( 9 ) ___________ ban or ads promot ing toys during chil dren ’s
program mes. Others restrict the advertis ing of unhea lthy food, or ads involving

269
anything dangerou s. This seems to be a sensible way of prev enting adverti sers
from taking (1 0 )___________ of ch ildren, but in some ways it also helps to
make a more damni ng point.
1. A. ca use o f B. reason why c. influence upon D. outcome which
2. A. ea ch o ther B. the worst c . ever D. the time being
3. A. mo re and more B. all in all c. as good as D. jus t ab out
4. A. unless B. whatsoe ver c . as far as D. supposing
5. A. just like B. exactly the same c. as in D. in i mitation
6. A. o ffer B. explain c . fill D. supply
7. A. at it B. for them c . with them D. to it
8. A. ha ndicaps B. rules c. restrictions D. condit ions
9. A. an utter B. a total c . a sheer D. a thorough
10. A. advantage B. pity c . an interes t D. responsi bility

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPEN CLOZE TEST (20 marks)
Fill in each blank with O NE w ord to make a com plete passage.
TEST 1:
What will the city of the future look like? This question has been asked so
many times in rec ent history - and answered inconclusive ly (1)_________ equal
number of times - th at we can be sure of ( 2 )_________ thing only: no one can
predict with ( 3 ) _________ degree of accu racy how cities will look 50 or 500
years from now.
The reason is simple - cities are (4 )_________ a continual state of change.
Over the last fifty years they have changed so rapidly that the oldest residents
will rem emb er a tim e when their cit y seeme d to belon g not ju st to ano ther era
(5 )_________ to a di fferent dimension.
This is true both o f planned and unplanned cities. Planned cities such as New
York and Paris, (6 )_________ are closely organized on a grid or (7)_______ of
streets and avenues , have effectively burst at the seams this century, while
unplanned c ities such as Tokyo and Los Angeles have gr own jus t (8 )_________
dramati cally. Although their centres might remain much as they were many
years ago, t heir suburbs have spread (9 )_________ the ten tacles of an octopus.
Some econom ists argue that expansion is a (10)_________ of a healthy
econo my and t hat it is expan ding ci ties that attract international investment.

TEST 2:
There has long been a superstition among mariners that porpoises will save
drowni ng men by pu shing them to the surface, or ( 1 )_____________ them from
sharks by surroun ding them in defensive formation. Marine Studio biologists
have pointed ( 2 ) _____________ that, however intelligent they may be, it is
270
pro ba bly a ( 3 ) ______________ to cre dit do lph ins wit h any mo tiv e o f life -sa vin g.
On the oc ca sio n wh en the y hav e pu she d to sho re an un co ns cio us ma n the y hav e
muc h mo re ( 4 ) ______________ do ne it o ut o f c uri os ity or for spo rt, as in rid ing
the bo w wa ve s o f a ship . In 1928 som e po rpo ise s we re ph oto gr ap he d wo rki ng
like be av ers to pus h as ho re a wa ter log ge d ma ttre ss. If, as has bee n rep ort ed , the y
hav e pr ote cte d hu ma ns from sha rks , it m ay hav e bee n be cau se cu rio sit y att rac ted
the m and be ca us e the sc en t o f a po ssi ble mea l att rac ted the sha rks . Po rpo ise s and
sha rks are ( 5 ) _______ _ ____________ ene mi es. It is po ssi ble tha t upo n suc h an
( 6 ) ____________ . a ba ttl e ha pp en ed , wi th the sha rks bei ng d riv en aw ay or k ille d.
(7) ______________ _ it be bird , fish or bea st, the po rpo ise is int rig ued wit h
an yth ing th at is ali ve . Th ey are con sta ntl y aft er the tur tle s, the Fe rdi na nd s o f
ma rin e life, wh o pe ac efu lly sub mi t to all ( 8 ) ______________ o f ind ign itie s. One
yo un g ca lf e sp ec ial ly enj oy ed rai sin g a tur tle to the sur fac e wit h his sno ut and
the n sh ow ing him ac ros s the tan k like an aqu ap lan e. (9)_______ any day a
yo un g po rp ois e ma y be see n try ing to tur n a 30 0-p ou nd tur tle ov er by sti ck ing
his sn ou t un de r the edg e o f his shel l and pus hin g up for de ar life. Th is is not
eas y, and ma y ( 1 0 ) ______________ two po rpo ise s wo rki ng tog eth er. In an oth er
ga me , as the tur tle sw im s acr oss the oce ana riu m, the firs t po rpo ise sw oo ps dow n
from ab ov e and but ts his shel l wit h his bell y.

II. WO RD FORMS (20 marks)

A. Com plete the s enten ces with the correc t for ms o f the given words
SIL EN T AC TIN G
Mim e and pa ntom ime w as a Gr eek and Roman dramatic entert ainme nt
rep res ent ing scen es from life, often in a (1)______________ man ner. ridicule
Cur ren tly, the art has evol ved into the (2) ______ of a portray
cha rac ter or the narr ation o f a story solely by mean s o f body
mo vem ent .
The Gre co- Ro ma n mim e was a farce that stress ed ( 3 ) ___________ mime
acti on but whi ch includ ed song and spok en dialo gue. In Rom an
pan tom ime , unl ike the mim e actor, the play ers wor e (4 )_________ numbe r
mas ks, wh ich iden tified their char acte rs but dep rive d them of
spe ech and o f t he use o f ( 5 ) _______________ gestu res. Thu s hand face
mov eme nts were particular ly expressi ve and important. Pantomirnu s.
dre sse d like a trag ic acto r in a cloa k and long tunic , usual ly
per for me d solo ( 6 )_______________ by an orche stra. compa ny
In the the atre o f Chi na and Japa n, mim e a cqui red a r ole unk now n in
the Wes t, bec om ing a(n) (7) ____ __________ part o f the mai or dispen se
dra ma tic gen res. In C hin ese dram a t he con ven tion s o f ges ticu latio n,
as well as the (8) _______________ of the stage prop ertie s, are symbol
imm ens e in sco pe and (9) _______________ to thos e unf ami liar comprehend
with the tr adit iona l form s.

271
 The high art of modern mime was (10) noble
philosophically by such artists as Marcel Marceau, who defined
mime as "the art of expressing feelings by attitudes and not a means
of expressing words through gestures."
B. F ill 111 ea ch bla nk with the cor rec t fo rm o f one suit abl e w or df ro m the list given.

sce ne or din ar y suf fice ac ce ss set tle

art not e hab itat po pu la te gr ad e

CAPRI
One of the most frequently visited areas in Italy is the island of Capri in the
Southern part of the cou ntry. (1)___________________in pre historic times, the
island later became a Greek colony and then a resort of em perors in the early
years of the Ro man Empire. During the 10th ce ntury the (2 )_________________,
fearing pirate raids, moved from seaside (3) ___________________ to the
present towns, Capri (east) and Anacapri (west), high above the shore. It
changed hands between the French and the British several times during the
Napol eonic Wars, before being returned to th e Kingdom of the Two Sicilies in
1813. S tone (4 )__________________ has been found in one of the caves with
which the rocky shores of Capri ab ound: the most (5 )______________ of these
is the Blue Grotto, rediscovered in 1826 and ( 6 ) __________________ only by
boat. Sunligh t entering through the water that fills most of the entrance gives it
an ( 7 )___________________ blue light, hence its name. Since the second hal f of
the 19th century, Capri has (8) ______________ become one of the most
popula r resorts in Southern Italy, fam ous for its ma gnifice nt (9 )_________ and
the mild climate in which vegetation flourishes despite the (10) _________
amoun t o f water.
III. E RROR IDEN TIFICA TION (10 marks)
Th ere ar e 10 mi sta ke s i n thi s pas sag e. Un der lin e a nd co rre ct litem .
LIVING ON A COMMUNE
Comm unes have e xisted when history was first recorded. I grew up on one in
the late 1960s, when more than 2,000 were formed in the USA. However, I was
never sure w hat e xact a commune was defined as: only what it was like to live on
one. When I left the commune in twelve years old, I was astounded to encoun ter
almost entirel y negative views of communes from people in ‘mainst ream’ society.
There are two main types of communes. In the ’anarchistic comm une’ th ere is
an agr eement to reject establish ment and organizational worlds. Usually anyone is
welcomed, members are tempor ary, and they are no rules. This type of commune
usually does n’t last long. For ex ample, the Oregon Farm, a small and short-lived
rural commune, emphasized individual so much so that there were no real
guidelines for living - no norms for membership, behaviour or meal times.

272
Members were transien t and there were many arguments a bout who got what and
why, and about work. For exa mple, the women felt it was unfair that they had all
the hou sework and childcare responsibili ties thou gh the men worked in the fields.
The second type is the ‘service comm une’, which people pool resources and
agree to live a certain way with a motivating philosophy. Membership is more
closed, residen ts must commit to the comm une’s purpose. This type is socially
organize d by leaders and rules. Usually this type of commune has a sense of
purpose that bi nd the people within the commune together to ward a c ommon goal.

IV. S ENT ENC E TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 marks)

Rew rite each o f th e sent ence s with the given word o r the given begin ning so
that the new sen ten ce h as th e sante mean ing as the prev ious one
1. We w ere n’t su rprise d by his success.
- It c a m e.................................................................................................................
2 . 1 adm it h e’s cl ever, but I don ’t think he’ll sol ve thi s probl em.
- H ow ev er ..............................................................................................................
3. I'm sure Jem ma is going to bec ome a famous mod el o ne day.
- 1 think it’s on ly...................................................................................................
4. Most of the chil dren ignored what the tea cher had told them.
- Fe w o f the chi ldr en..............................................................................................
5. The on ly reason the party was a success was tha t a famous film st ar attended.
- B u t................... . ...................................................................................................
6. Brian cou ldn ’t explai n ho w the stolen compu ter go t into the bo ot o f his car.
LOSS
- B ria n................................................................................................... the stolen
com put er g ot into the boot o f his car.
7. The co mpa ny is unabl e to guarante e an allocat ed c ar-park ing space to all
emp loye es. COUNT
- Th e c om pan y’s em ployee s s houl dn’t .................................................................
a ca r-pa rkin g space.
8. My gra ndf athe r had compl etely forgotten that he phon ed me last night.
RECO LLEC TION
- My gran dfat her did n’t .........................................................................................
me last night.
9. Your mo bile phon e should be switched off at all times during the performance.
SHOUL D
-U nd er n o.................................................................. .................. ... .y ou r mo bile
phone s witch ed on d uring the p erforma nce.
10. The publi c reacted an grily to the mini ster’s remarks. DREW
_ T h e .............................. .......................... *.......................................... the public.

273
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HOÀNG LÊ KHA - TÂY NIN H

0. MULTIPLE CHOICE TEST

I. PHO NOL OGY (5p ts)
1. Choose the word who se u nder lined pa rt is prono unc ed dif feren tly fro m that
o f the others.
1. A. prodigal B. prodig y c. procu remen tD. province
2. A. extrad ite B. extr apolate c. extramur al D. extra curricu lar
3. A. salmon B. calc ulate c. shoulder D. poultry
4. A. chihu ahua B. extin guish c. dissuade D. pursue
5. A. c hignon B. chiffon c. chilblain D. chic
2. Choos e th e w ord whose main stre ssed syllabl e is pl ace d diffe rently fro m that
o f the others.
6. A. cheerio B. env elop c. eventual D. fiasco
7. A. ultrav iolet B. para doxical c. correlati ve D. influenti al
8. A. c onno isseu r B. imperia l c. incestuous D. int erpreter
9. A. menag erie B. m ere tric iou sc. meridian D. metastas is
10. A. munif icent B. Olym pian c. figurative D. potassium
II. VOC ABU LAR Y & ST RUCTU RE (10 pts)
Choos e th e be st an swer to com plete each o f the fol low ing sentences .
11. ‘You wo n’t get away with t his! ’ the old wo ma n____ angrily.
A. c hirped B. chatter ed c. screeched D. croaked
12. T he projec t b ec am e______ in a lot of political argume nts, which was a great
shame.
A. d isrupte d B. extracte d c. encroac hed D. enmeshed
13. We w oke up at t h e ____ of dawn this morning.
A. to uch B. turn c. burst D. crack
14. He doe sn’t give a _____ about anyone or anythin g excep t himself. He’s the
most selfish person I know.
A. h owl B. chirp c. hoot D. twitch
15. C razed with thirst, th ey _____ wildly over the rocks to get to the river.
A. s cramb led B. stalke d c. strolled D. skulked
16. T h e_______ section of our s uperma rket has a wide range of fresh fruits and
vegetab les.
A. p roducti on B. prod uce c. product D. prod uctive
17. The envir onm ent and atmosp here at the spa hotel was _____ to total
relaxat ion. It was t he m ost re laxing holiday I’ve ever had.
A. co nduciv e B. ins piring c. encou raging D. assert ive
18. C ertain food ca n _____ a sense o f calm in a person.
A. r eap B. derive c. persuade D. evoke
274
 19. The write r makes h is ____ eloquen tly and with total convic tion, but I think
some o f them could do mor e harm tha n good.
A. fabric ation s B. prono uncem ents c. propon ents D. ins piration s
20. Th e g over nmen t h as _______ the idea until at least nex t year.
A. s tockp iled B. overth rown c. shelved D. disrup ted
21. The bank has over over 100 bra nch es, ______ _ in a ma jor urban area.
A. ea ch locatin g B. the location of which
c. and are located D. each located
22. She has a twelv e-year -old and a five-year- old, so I guess I spoke to the
two.
A. o lder one out o f B. one who is older than the
c . olde r o f the D. ol der than the
23. that she b urst into tears.
A. Her an ger was such B. So angry she was
c. She w as so ang er D. Such her anger was
24. I t’s urge nt of the problem as soon as hum anly possible.
A. the boss be inf ormed B. to be informed the boss
c. the bos s’s being i nforming D. informing the boss
25. “ I bough t you some f lower s.”
“Th ey’re beautifu l, but y o u ____
A. s hou ldn ’t have B. need n’t
c. mu stn’t have D. d idn’t have
26. Glo bal warm ing has pro gressed _ glaciers everyw here are shr inking.
A. to o much that B. to such an exte nt that
c. enoug h to cause D. so great an exte nt tha t
27. k‘Do you play an instrum ent?”
“1 have an ac cordion , bu t______
A. 1 hav en’t pl ayed it in years B. 1 have ye ars to play it
c . it has years to play D. it hasn ’t played for years
28. It’s unlike ly that two students would write identical compo sitions without

A. o ne who copies the ot her B. one to copy the o ther ’s

c. each oth er’s cop ying D. one co pying from the o ther
29. I hope ever ythi ng’s OK. Th ey _______ several hours ago.
A. w ould have called B. must have calle d
c. were to h ave called D. supposed to call
30. The acco untan t b roke the law, so it would be irrespons ible of the fi rm _____
A. not to fire him B. if they w on’t fire him
c. that they not fire him D. for not firing him

275
III. P REPO SITIO NS & PH RASAL VE RBS (5 pts)
Choose the best answ er to comp lete each o f the fol low ing sentenc es.
31. He was hoping to sell his hou se for $10 0,000, but he had to se ttl e_________ _
$80,000.
A. by B. at c. for D. in
32. You should se e______ getting your hair cut.
A. ab out B. over c. around D. throug h
33. The rain h el d______ jus t long enough for US to have our pic nic.
A. in B. on c. by D. of f
34. Cycling is potenti ally very dangero us in London - you really need to keep
your w it s_____ you.
A. on B. in c. with D. about
35. John: “Have you been able to per suade y our father to buy a com puter ?”
Edward: “No, he is d ea d________ the idea.”
A. on B. against c. forward D. out
36. Ou r med icine has no t d on e_______ the disea se.
A. ag ainst B. away with c. up with D. at
37. 1 did elimina te egg yolks and c u t_______ a bit on red m eat. But I still en joy
eating out.
A. ba ck B. off c. out D. away
38. Mrs. Stannard shook h ands, her eyes t ak in g______ Karin from head to foot.
A. at B. on c. onto D. in
39. T he y________ a two-mon th to ur o f the US with a party in Washin gton.
A. set forth B. brought off c. came up with D. kicked of f
40. T here w as ver y little traffic on the way, so I wen t f la t______ all the way and
got here early.
A. in B. out c. down D. on

IV. READIN G COMPR EHENSI ON (lOpts)

1. You are goin g to read a magazin e article. For questi ons 1-7, choos e the
answ er (A, B, c or D) which you think fi ts best accord ing to the text.
ARE YOU A SLUMPER?
Ashl ey Seag er was, but cured bad posture - an d he r c hroni c b ack pain - with
the Alex and er tech nique
Many people will have he ard .of t he Alexan der techniq ue but have only a
vague idea w hat it is about. Until earlier this year, I did n’t h ave t he faintes t idea
about it. But, hunched over a com puter screen one day, .1 noticed that the neck -
and backache I regularly suffered were more painful than usual. I consult ed an
osteopa th, who said: T can treat the symptoms by messa ging your neck and
upper back. But you actually have bad posture. That is what you need to get
sorted out. Go o ff and learn the Alexand er tec hniq ue.’

276
 I had regular ly been told by friends and family that 1 tend to slouch in chair s
but had thoug ht bad posture was somethi ng one was born with and could do
nothing about. That is n ot true. Dentists and car mechan ics, among others, tend
to d evelo p bad posture from leaning over patients o r en gine bays. Mothers often
stress and strain their necks and backs lifting and carryin g children , and those of
us who sit in fron t o f comput ers all day are al most certainly not do ing our bodies
any favors.
A few clicks on the web and I found an Alexan der techniq ue teacher , Tanya
Shoop, in my area of south London and booked a first appoin tment. Three
month s later 1 am walkin g straight er and sitting better, while my neck and back
pain are thing s of the past. 1 feel taller, too, which 1 may be imagining, but the
techn ique can increase your height by up to five centim eters 1 you were badly
slumpe d beforeh and.
The teach ing centers on the neck, head and back. It trains you to use your
body less harshly and to perform familiar movemen ts and actions with less
effort. There is v ery little effort in the lessons themsel ves, which sets apart the
Alex ande r tech nique from Pilates or Yoga, which are exercise -based.
A typical lesson involves standing in front of a chair and learning to sit and
stand with minimal effort. You spend some time lying on a bench with your
knees bent to straighte n the spine and relax your body while the teache r moves
you r arm s and legs to train you to move them correctly.
The key is learning to break the bad habits accumu lated over years. Try, for
exam ple, folding your arms the opposite way to normal. It feels odd, does n’t it?
This is an examp le of a habit the body has formed which can be hard to break.
Many of us carry our heads too far back and tilted skyward s. The technique
teach es you to let go of the muscles h olding the head back, a llowing it to r esume
its natural place on the summit of our spines. The head weighs four t o six kilos,
so any misal ignm ent ca n cau se p roblems for the neck and body.
The Alex ande r te chniqu e teaches you to think of the space above your head.
This may sound daft, but it is an important elemen t in the process of learning to
hold yo urs elf upright. You learn to observe how you use your body and how
others use theirs - usually badly. Look how a colleagu e slumps back in a chair
with his or her legs crossed. That puts all sorts of stresses and strains on the
body. Even swim ming can harm the neck. The Alexan der techniq ue can teach
you to swim better, concen trating on technique rather than clockin g up lengths.
Tn too many of ou r activiti es we concentr ate on how we get to a destina tion
rather than the means or way o f getting ther e,’ says Shoop.
So who was Alexa nder and how did he come up with the techn ique?
Freder ick Matthia s Alexan der, an Australia n theatrica l orato r born in 1869,
found in his youth that his voice was failing during perform ances. He analyz ed
him self and realize d his posture was bad. He worked on improv ing it, with
drama tic results. He brought his te chnique to London 100 years ago and quickly

277
gathered a following that included some very famous people. He died in 1955,
having es tablish ed a teach er-train ing school in London, which is thriving today.
So if you are slouchin g along the road one day, feeling weighed down by
your troubles, give a th ought to the Alexan der t echnique. It could help you walk
tall again.
1. The writer learnt a bout the Al exande r techniqu e
A. afte r tellin g someone about her problems.
B. when she su ddenly developed a bad back.
c. when massag e fa iled to alleviate her back pain.
D. after a do ctor told her she had bad posture.
2. The write r had been
A. con cerned tha t he r neck and back problems were ca used by bad posture.
B. under the impression that poor posture was innate and could not be rectified,
c. aware that she had problems similar to those experienced by car mechanics.
D. uncertai n about placing her trust in the Alex ander te chnique.
3. The Alex ander techniq ue te aches that familiar movements
A. hav e been learnt by incorrect methods.
B. need more energy and effor t than we think,
c . do no t have to be performed so strenuously.
D. are th e m ost c ommon cause o f backache.
4. It appea rs tha t the body fo rms habits that
A. inevitably ca use physical pain. B. can be d ifficult to change,
c. are a consequ ence of actions we perfo rm. D. develop in early childhood.
5. The Alexa nder t echnique
A. makes you aware of other peop le’s faults.
B. has immediate and dram atic results,
c. helps athlete s perfor m better.
D. bring s abo ut a change in body posture. ,
6. It is suggeste d th at F rederick Alexander
A. be lieved in the be nefits of exercise. B. .invented an alternative to yoga,
c. develop ed a form of exercise for actors. D. recov ered his vocal powers.
7. What is the w riter ’s main p urpose in the article?
A. to recomme nd regular physical exercise
B. to e xplain how de bilitating backa che can be
c. to s uggest that back prob lems can be remedied
D. to e xplain the wid espread occurrenc e o f back pain.
2. You a re goi ng to re ad an articl e abo ut photogra pher s. For quest ions 8-20, c hoo se
fr om the pho tog rap her s (A-E). The peopl e ma y be chosen m ore than one.
Wh ich ph ot og ra ph er ...
8 ..................says the re’s a need to be flexible at a shoo t?
9 ..................adm its to re lying on instinctive decisions during a shoot ?
10..................cons ciously ado pts a particu lar type of behavior during a shoot ?

278
11 ..................c riticiz es the attit ude of certain othe r pho tograph ers?
12.................. feels th at aspe cts of a ph otogr aphe r’s skill cannot be taught?
13.................. welcom es suggestio ns for shots from the subjects themse lves?
14........... ......is c ritical of recent deve lopmen ts on photog raphy courses ?
15 ..................is keen to introduce new ideas in on e b ranch of photograph y?
16..................likes to kee p the photograp hy focused on social interact ion?
17..................p refers not to take sh ots o f people in a phot ographi c s tudio?
18..................ten ds to work to a set routine?
19..................p refers not to do resea rch a bout a subjec t be fore doing the sh oot?
20 ..................bel ieves in investi ng in the time needed to get t he best sh ots?
THE CRITICAL MOMENT
Som e o f the w orl d’s grea test phot ograp hers tell US how t hey ge t thei r
extra or din ary ima ges
A. Mary Elton Mark
I loved photo graph y from the moment I first picked up a camera and knew
my life wo uld be d evoted to it. I don’t think you can d evelop or learn a ‘way
of seei ng’ or a ‘point of view’ . It’s so mething tha t’s inside you. It’s ho w you
look at the w orld. I want my pho tographs not only to be real but to portray the
essenc e of my subjects, too. To do that, you have to be patient - it c an’t be
rushed. 1 prefe r doing portraiture on location. On a subje ct’s home ground
you pick up c ertain hints that tell you personal things and they come up with
ideas. During a session with an animal trainer who had a mass ive ego, he took
the t runk of his beloved elephant Shyama and wrapped it around his neck like
a necklac e, and of course that was my picture. I’d never have thought of
some thing that clever.
B. Tina Barney
I don ’t kn ow how my brain works, but I do know that I work really fast. My
shoots do n’t vary: an h our to set up, an hour to tak e the shots. And th e m inute
I walk into a room I know w hat I’m going to shoot, a lthough what t hat is only
become s clear to me after seeing the result. So it’s a subconsc ious process.
You cou ldn ’t get those pictures in a million years if you took your time. I
started takin g pictures in the 1970s for all the beautiful reasons photography
was known for. T hen all o f a sudden digital te chnology booms an d da rkrooms
get a nnihil ated from photograp hy schools. But I really believe in the classical
way. It all comes down to looking at a piece of art and dissecti ng it and
under stand ing how it’s put together. I think the most important thin g is to go
out in the world and see.
c . Rankin
1 think if yo u are n’t fascinated by people, you ’ll never succeed as a portrait
photo graphe r, because your pictures will look cold . You don ’t have to know
anythin g about the people in advance of the se ssion, you ju st tap into the m -
it’s a skill. Every shoot is differen t and you have to alter your approach

279
 accord ingly. You have to try to get into p eop le’s h eads, so th at they can open
up to you and give you somethin g. Sometim es we chat first, but some time s
it’s good for everyo ne to be fresh and tense when you start out. I use the
techniq ue of bei ng cheeky and rude or asking my subjec ts to do ridicu lous
things, but I don ’t set out_to upset anyone. I hope t he view er s ees what 1 see, 1
think two w ords that w ould describe my work well are: humo ur and honesty.
D. Ma rio Sorrenti
I’ve always tried to push the boundar ies of fa shion photo graphy . Afte r all,
why should a fashion photogra ph only talk about clothe s? Why can ’t it t alk
about somethi ng else? 1 want my pictures to ask questio ns; I want people to
think. You don ’t need to be technic ally great, because if you have a strong
philosoph y people will be moved by your picture s regardl ess. The most
important thing is to figure out what you want to try and say. To make you r
name as a photog rapher, you have to have a unique point of view that the
viewe r can recogni ze as yours, otherwis e you ’ll get lost in the mix. For me,
photogr aphy is about explori ng - either m ysel f or anoth er place .
E. Sebastia o S algado
It’s diffic ult to explain why we ’re more attracte d to certain images than
others. For me, black and w hite photogra phy has a certa in kind of power. I’m
not talking about conceptu al photogr aphy but instant aneous photog raphy, the
kind that happens in a fraction of a second. A great picture is one that
transm its a lot of emotion and wher e you can see who to ok it; who that person
is. I c ome from a Latin American wo rld, where you believe in thing s and you
form a relation ship with your surround ings. I also grew up with a sense of
mysticis m and belonging . The cynicism that exists in certain kinds of
photog raphy, and tha t pleas ure of seeing o nes elf as a deep individu alist, tha t’s
not for me. We’re a greg arious species made to live tog ether. Tha t’s the point
of view o f my ph otograph y and the s tarting point o f all my work.

V. GU IDED CLOZE TEST (lOpts)

Re ad the fo llo wi ng pa ssa ges an d choo se the optio ns th at be st co mpl ete th e blan ks.
PASSAGE 1
WHAT MAKES A GOO D SOUV ENIR ?
On my desk at h ome, I have a collection o f souven irs; object s that remind me
of place s I’ve visited and important events in my life. These objects include a
model boat that I saw being ( 1 ) ______ from a piece of woo d on a Caribb ean
island, a piece o f lava that (2 )______ hot from a vo lcano in the year I was born,
and a shell (3 )______ on my favorite childhoo d beach.
Unlike everyth ing else, from which memory and detail fades, it is as if the
longer you hold on to certain objects, the (4 )______ thei r assoc iation s with the
past become, and the sharpe r the recollec tions that gathe r aro und them. They are,
(5 )______ , real souvenirs , encaps ulation s not only o f the place, but o f your time

280
in the place. But these days, the term ‘real sou ven irs’ sound s like a contr adict ion
in ( 6 ) ______ , and this is becaus e the objec ts sold to touris ts as souv enirs are
often chea p mas s-pro duce d imports that have nothin g to ( 7 ) ______ with the
place at all.
It’s often the ( 8 ) ______ that the best souve nirs, like my shell, are found
rathe r than purc hase d, but ( 9 ) ______ for souve nirs can also be a fun holid ay
activity. But if you are buying souvenirs on holiday this summer, make sure they
pass the reality test. A good souveni r is not jus t made in the area where it is
bought, it also says somethi ng about the culture of that area. It is someth ing made
by local peopl e using sustainab le local materials, and because you are effective ly
supp orting the local econo my, it shou ldn’t (10) too ch eap, either.
1. A. sketc hed B.c arv ed c . thrown D. scra tched
2. A. deve lope d B. appe ared c . emerged D. arrive d
3. A. found out B. bu mped into c. come across D. picke d up
4. A. wid er B. grea ter c . larger D. hard er
5. A. albe it B. other wise c. wherea s D. theref ore
6. A. term s B. mea nings c. words D. name s
7. A. gain B. do c . make D. get
8. A. poin t B. fact c. case D. truth
9. A. brow sing B. seek ing c . surfing D. pursu ing
10. A. come B.c har ge c . go D. cost
PASSA GE 2
RAISING A WARE NESS
In cities around the world wide range of schem es is being instigated to
prom ote enviro nmen tal awaren ess. ‘It’s jus t as easy to (1) _______ of litter
prop erly a s it is to drop it on th e s tree ts,’ says cit y c ounc ilor Mike Edwards , who
has (2 )_______ on th e gove rnme nt to mount a co ncerte d campa ign to deal with
the prob lem of litter. ‘It’s jus t a matte r of e ncour aging people to do so as a
(3 )_______ of course. Once the habit is ing rained, they wo n’t even (4 )________
they are doing it. Afte r all, think wh at we have achiev ed with recyc lable waste in
the home. Sorting paper, glass, aluminu m and plastic waste and then depos iting
it in the appro priate conta iner outside is ( 5 ) _______ a great chore any more.
People have becom e accust omed to doing this, so it do esn ’t ( 6 )_______ to the m
that they are spend ing any additio nal time in th e process. Only if they have to
carry this waste for some apprec iable distan ce to find a suitable con tain er do
they feel they are (7 )_______ .’ ,
Mos t peop le know they should behave in a respon sible way and ju st need
(8 )_____ to do so. So a quirky, (9) , gimm ick might be enoug h to chang e
behavi or. With this in (1 0 )_______ , the city of Berlin is intro ducin g rubbi sh
bins t hat say ‘dank e’ ‘tha nk y ou’ and ‘mer e? - Berlin is a(n) cosm opol itan city -
when some one drops an item of rubbi sh into them. It migh t ju st do the trick in
this city, too.
281
1. A. dis po se I B. dis car d c. je tti so n D. thr ow
2. A. app eal ed B. cal led c. app roa ch ed D. urg ed
3. A. pri nc ipl e B. sys tem c . ma tte r D. dut y
4. A. no tic e B. rem ark c. co mp reh en d D. ap pre cia te
5. A. alm os t B. bar ely c . vir tua lly D. har dly
6. A. con ce rn B. o cc ur c. imp res s D. str ike
7. A. inc on ve nie nc ed B. sac rifi ced c. co mp lic ate d D. imp ose d
8. A. or de rin g B. pro mp tin g c. for cin g D. ob lig ing
9. A. lig hth ea rte d B. mu nd an e c. sub jec tiv e D. int ens e
10. A . co nt ex t B. t ho ug ht c . spi rit D. min d

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. CL OZE TEST (20p ts)
Fill in each blank in th e fol low ing passag es with O NE suita ble word to make
mea ning ful passag es.
CLOZ E T EST 1
SUS HI CH EF
Ka zu tos hi End o has bee n ma kin g the Jap ane se fish and rice de lic acy kno wn
as sus hi fo r thi rte en ye ars . Ye t he wa nts to ma ke it cle ar tha t he is still (1)
___________________ mu ch a beg inn er. In fact , he is qu ite ad am an t abo ut it, (2)
___________________ bei ng head sush i ch ef at one o f Lo nd on ’s lea din g Jap ane se
res tau ran ts.
En do co me s from a ha rd- wo rki ng fam ily in the por t city o f Y ok oh am a and is
a t hir d ge ne rat ion sush i che f. Al tho ug h as a chil d he was ( 3 ) __________________
en co ur ag ed to fol low in his fa th er ’s foo tste ps, and ac tua lly tra ine d to be a PE
te ac he r ins tea d, it w as alw ay s En do ’s a mb itio n to do so. Ye t he wa s ne ve r t au gh t
wh at to do. Th e ( 4 ) ________ * ' you learn in Jap an is to wa tch . Som e
ch efs spe nd thr ee yea rs wa shi ng sush i rice, wh ilst at the sam e tim e wa tch ing
th ei r ma ste rs at wor k.
It tak es som e co nc en tra tio n to (5) ___________________ an eye on En do ’s
ha nd s as he ma kes sus hi, how eve r. All it ta kes is ju st a (6) ‘ [
qu ick cut s wit h his kn ife and a nea t pile o f per fec tly slic ed oc top us sits on the
co un ter . A sus hi roll ma y look (7) ___________________ a pie ce o f rice , but
ap pa re ntl y it t ak es yea rs to get t he tou ch, to be ( 8 ) _________________to roll rice
(9) _ _________________ exa ctl y the rig ht am ou nt o f pre ssu re. As End o says :
‘Su shi (1 0 )_____________ to be ma ster ed. I ca n’t exp lai n the p roc ess in w or ds .’
CLO ZE TEST 2 .
A CO M PU TE R BAG WIT H ST YL E
It cam e a s s ome thing as a su rprise in the fashion industry w hen Julien M acDo nald,
the we ll- kn ow n dre ss de sig ne r, tea me d ( 1 ) _________wi th the co mp an y Intel to
pro du ce a co m pu ter b ag. Ma cD on ald ma de his nam e cr ea tin g the typ e o f d res ses

282
that major c elebri ties like to be seen wearing at high-profi le events such as film
premieres and awards ceremonies .
The comp uter bag, however, was not designed with such occasion s
(2 )________ mind. Rather, it was created for the modern woman who relies on
techno logy but hopes to look more chic than geek. MacDon ald first got
inspiration for the bag (3) ________ he caught sight of female friends and
colleag ues at fashion shows, furiously typing away on th eir laptops. He co uldn ’t
(4 )________ noticing, however, that the rather unstylish carrying cases needed
to t ranspo rt t he machines tended to get pushed (5 )________ of sight under their
chairs. It wa s as if the women were somehow ashamed of them. MacDona ld set
out to chang e all that.
The challe nge facing the designer was ( 6 ) ________ to combine a ‘must-
have ’ handb ag from the stylistic point o f view, wi th the functiona lity required to
protect expen sive comput er equipment. In shock ing fuchsia pink, (7 )________
resultin g multi-po cketed ‘Nappa’ bag certainly lacked (8) ________ of
Mac Don ald’s signature style. It was styl ish enough to grace the f ront row o f any
fashion show. And even those finding such ( 9 ) ________ particu lar shade of
pink a little scary were catered (1 0) ______ ; MacDona ld also produced versions
in plain black and mi nimalis t white.
II. WO RD FORMS (20pts)
PART I : Give th e corr ect for m o f words in brackets.
1. There are __________ stories of them cleaning out thousan ds of pounds
worth of stock in a matter of days. (A POCALYPT IC)
2. Soldiers must be aware of th e ________ risks and responsib ilities of military
service . (COME)
3. A s pin nin g___________ of rain swept around the mountain. (STREAM)
4. T here is no need to learn all th e __________ signs before beginning to signal.
(SEM ANTI C)
5. Not all co uples ar e _________ during long car trips. (SYMPA THETIC )
6. A numb er o f __________ are still researching into telepathy and hypnosis.
(PSYC HOLO GY)
7. M any studies have examined various psychological correlates o f _________ _
percep tion scores, such as personality traits. (SENSE)
8. I f you a r e __________ , soon er or later everyon e will find out a nd you will be
loathed. (FACE )
9. ỉn a ________________a nnuity, your money grows much faster than in a
taxab le ac count. (TA X)
10. Ava told me so me thi ng ________________ under her breath, which I could
not mak e h ead or tail of. (INT ELLIGEN T)

283
PART 2: Suppl y each gap with the co rrect form o f the wo rd given in the box. '

qualif y fam e move quali fy sure

train educate dema nd you ng fr ee
With some persona l fitness trainers c harging as much as $50 an hour, it’s not
surprisi ng that only the rich and (1 )_________ can afford the kind of one-to-o ne
that will ( 2 ) _________ they work out enough to stay in shape. However , the
idea that they are for the elite is ab out to be shattered by Get Motiva ted, a new
London -based compan y that charges j ust $15 for an hour with a (3 )________ _
trainer. I decided to p ut this scheme to the test and asked Get Mo tiva ted to send a
personal train er to my home for a ( 4 ) _________ session. When 23 year old
Stephani e arrived , I was skeptical about her (5 )_________ , but what followe d
was a very hour. Stephanie grew up in Au stralia and has a d egree in hu man (6)
_________ studies and a diploma in (8) _________ - the minimum (9)
_________ Get M otiva ted requires. Stephanie says that w hat appeals most t o her
about GM scheme is that it gives her the (1 0 )_________ to design her own
session s for clients .
III . ER RO R RE CO GN IT IO N (10 pts)
Ident ify 10 error s in the fol low ing passage and correct them.
PETER MOLYNEUX: Co mp ute r G am es Cr ea tor
A lot of the time I don ’t know whe re my ideas come from. It’s not as if I see a
picture gradual forming —it’s like ‘ping’, a p icture is su ddenly there, and it can
make you feel slightly out in control of the process. It can be quite disturb ing
sometim es. But I find the comput er game an incredibly creativ e medium. It
brings togeth er so many different discipline that you would think are totally
incompa tible: the re’s the logic of programmin g, mathem atics and physics,
mixing with enterta inment , storytelling , narrative, excitem ent and the emotio ns
you feel when you are playing a g ame. I have a vas t number of little notebo oks
for work, full of scribbles and some t exts, although I’m n ot in any way artist - I
can ’t draw or sketch - and being dyslexic, 1 find comm unicat ing via a written
medium very d ifficult.
The big picture ideas are easy. The devil is in the detail. The real challe nge
always comes about six months down the line when you have to design all the
minutiae of the game. You have to consider things as how many pieces of
informati on players can take before they ’ll get c onfusin g and frustrate d. I really
believe the only differe nce between a creative person and the non-cr eative
person is that creativ e people tend not to have a little voice in their head said.
‘Tha t’s not going to wo rk, th at’s a stupid idea.’ P eople who are very c reative jus t
have a ridicul ous amou nt of confide nce. I don ’t be lieve they are genius. If you
look at any childre n when the y’re playing, they are making up scenar ios and
fightin g b attles of good and evil - huge epic stories with ju st a coup le of sticks, a
ball an d a sandpit. I ju st think creative people tend not lose that. They tend not to
get tha t ad ult voi ce.

284
IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION (20pts)
Rewri te the sentenc es so th at they mean alm ost the sa me as t he on es before them,
1. His sm ooth mann er di dn’t de ceive US. (TAK EN)

2. I hav en’t realize d w hat it means yet. (SUNK)

3. The disa gree men t is a lot o f fuss ab out n othing. (TEAC UP)
-> _____________________________________
4. Or ganic v egeta bles are sai d to be very healthy. (WON DERS )
—> __ ____________________________________
5. The reg ime nt’s re putatio n wa s gre atly damaged by his outra geous con duct.
(HA RM)
- > ________________ _____________________________________________
6. Ch ristm as and ro ast turk ey go togeth er in my min d. (WITH)

7. D on’t e at so many sweets and you won ’t have to visit the d entist so often.
(SAV E)

8. The fact that he will never race again is somethi ng he can not a ccept.
(TER MS)
-» ____________________________________________________________
9. It was a tig ht fit, but we parked the c ar even tually. (DEAL)
-> Th ere was n’t ____________________________________ , but w e park ed
the car eventua lly.
10. T hey are w aiting ,for him to arrive at any minute. (DUE)
-> He _____________• ' ' ' , , ' . ?
at an y minute.

TRƯỜNG THPT C HUYÊN

__ _________ _ L Ê THÁNH
_ * _1 TÔNG__
- QUANG
■ __ NAM
___

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHONOLOGY (5 pts)
Choos e the word wh ose un derlin ed par t is pro nou nce d differen tly fr om the others.
r. A . catas troph e B. reci pe c . apostrop he D. cant aloup e
2. A. Monda y B. monke y c. punctual D. la nguage
3. A. surfac e B. preface c . gazelle D. flam ingo
4. A. naugh ty B. audie nce c . water D. do cume nt
5. A. cu ssed B. ragged c. docked D. cro oked

285
Choose the wo rd w hich is stressed different ly from th e oth er th ree.
6. A. lunatic B. allergic c. arithmetic D. magnetic
7. A. oce anic B. advanta geous c. compulso ry D. influential
8. A. ent repren eur B. managerial c. engineer ing D. medieval
9. A. legitimate B. extravag ant c. septicae mia D. demonstr ative
10. A. enginee r B. refugee c. referee D. emplo yee

II. WO RD CHOICE (5pts)

Choose the b est opt ions to complete the foll ow ing sentences.
1. I think I understan d the nuts a nd ______ of the operation.
A. scre ws B. hammer c. bolts D. nails
2. Why do I a lw ay s________ the short straw?
A. pull B. pluck c. draw D. drag
3. Journa lists w er e______ around the hotel, wa iting to interview the star.
A. sta ggering B. trudging c. milling D. sauntering
4. The play w asn’t very good but it wasn’t very bad ei th er. __________ , I’d say.
A. Medi um B. Mediocre c. Metric D. Mellow
5. It was a hot summer day and ice cream salesmen were do ing a _______ trade.
A. busy B. lucrative c. bustling D. roaring
6. It ’s hard to get bac k into th e ________ of things after a long holiday.
A. pac e B. swing c. way D. rhythm
7. S he ____ a name for he rself in politic s by ru nning f or mayor.
A. gave B. made c. did D. wrote
8. In my opinion, it’s only c om mo n________ to wea r a sea t belt in a car.
A. judge men t B. sense c. intelligence D. wit
9. My m other is a re al ________ potato. She watches TV all the ti me.
A. couc h B. sofa c. armcha ir D. cushion
10. Tempers began t o ______as the lorries forced their way through the picket lines.
A. bre ak B. fray c. grate D. fire

III. S TRUC TURE AND GRAMM AR ( 5pts)

Choose the word or phr ase which best com pletes each senten ce.
1. “ I’m going out now.” - “_________ you happe n to pass a chem ist’s, would
you g et me some aspirin s?”
A. Had B. Did C. Would D. Should
2. All the invitati ons have been se nt .________ the seating plan, th at can wait till
next wee k.
A. But for B. As well as C. As f or D. Unlike
3. After a successful career as a model, Ca ra____ in several theatrical productions.
A. w ent on starring B. would go on as star
C. was going on to star D. went on to star
286
4. “It ’s stran ge Pat n ever learned to swim, isn’t it?” - “ _______ she grew up by
the se a, it’s i ncomp rehens ible.”
A. G iven that B. Even if c. In a sense D. On a ccoun t o f
5. The banda ges will be tak en off a few days after the op era tio n,______ we will
be able to jud ge how eff ective the tr eatmen t has been.
A. at which point B. by which p oint
c. during whi ch ti me D. in which case
6. You have cut the material in the wrong place. It oug ht___ jus t here but it wasn ’t.
A. to be cut B. to have been cut c. to have cut D. to cu t
7. S he _______ the flowers. If she had, they woul dn’t have died.
A. may not hav e w atered B. sho uldn’t have wat ered
c. can ’t have watered D. might not have watered
8. He is a nice guy but I don ’t know why h e ______ so rude today.
A. is B. has been c. is being D. is to be
9. There has been a recomm endation tha t P et er ___the presiden t o f the country.
A. will be electe d B. was elec ted c. is elected D. be electe d
10. The salary of a bus drive r is much hig he r__________
A. in comp arison with the salary o f a teacher B. than a t eacher
c. than that of a teacher D. to com pare as a te acher
IV. PR EPO SITIO NS AND PHRASAL VERBS ( 5pts)
Choose the word or phrase which best com pletes each sentence.
1. She felt so stupid. She’d ne ver be abl e t o _______ it down.
A. let B. give c. settle D. live
2. He was weari ng v ery shab by, d irty clothes and looked very down_ heel.
A. at B. to c. in D. on
3. I am not sure my brother will ever g et married because he h ates the feeling of
being____ . ., . I
A. tied up B. tied in c. tied in with D. tied down
4. Thi s ar ea is ab sol ute ly________ for more investment.
A. c rying out B. breaking down c. better o ff D. cuttin g back
5. We a re _____ our ears in work.
A. in for B. up to c. on about D. on with
6. I’ve got t o _____ idioms and phrasal v erbs for the f orthco ming school-te am
selecti on t est.
A. mull over B. rub o ff c. swot up D. enlar ge upon
7. Pe te r_____ the n ew s_____ before we could st op him.
A. f inis hed /off B. blu rted/out c. rattl ed/o ff D. rake d/up
8 .1 was promis ed a good job from January this year, but it ’s April now and I’m
afraid that they are ju s t______ me along.
A. ch eating B. swindli ng c. stringing D. brin ging

287
9. The tablets brought temporar y res pit e________ the e xcruc iating pain.
A. awa y B. from c . over D. out o f
10. Capit al punishm ent was d on e______ in Britain nearly hal f a century ago.
A. out for B. off by c . over from D. away with

V. REA DING COMPR EHENS ION (lOpts)

PASSAGE 1
Rea d the pass age and choose t he co rrect an swers to the questi ons th at follo w.
THE DOMESTIC ATION OF ANI MALS
The domesti cation of wild speci es led directly to de nser human populatio n by
yielding more food than the hunter-ga therer lifestyle could provide. In s ocieties
that possessed domestic animals, livestock helped to feed more people by
providing meat, milk, and fertilizer, and by pulling plows. Large domestic animals
became the societies' main source of animal protein, replacing wild game, and they
also fur nis hed wool, leather, and land transport. Humans have domesticated only
a few species of large animals, with "large" defined as those weighing over 100
pounds (45 kilograms). Fourteen such species were domesticated before the
twentieth century; all of them terrestrial mammals and herbivores. The five most
important o f these are sheep, goats, pigs, horses, and cattle or oxen.
Small animals such as ducks, geese, rabbits, dogs, cats, mink, bees, and
silkworms have also been domesticated. Many of these small animals provided
food, clothing, or warmth. However, none o f them pulled plows or wagons, none
carried riders, and none except dogs pulled sleds. Furthermore, no small domestic
animals have been as important for food as have large domestic animals.
Early herding societies quickly domesticated all large mammal species that
were suitable for domestica tion. There is archeolog ical evidence that these
species were domestica ted between 10,000 and 4,500 years ago, within the first
few thousan d years of the origins of farming herding societies after the last Ice
Age. The contine nt of Eurasia has been the primary size of large mammal
domest ication . Eurasia is a huge, ecologicall y diverse landmass, and therefor e
has a great many large mammal species. Having the most species of wild
mamm als to begin with, and losing the fewest to extinct ion in the last 40,000
years, Eurasia has gener ated the most candid ates for dom estication .
Domes tication involves transform ing wild animals into somethi ng more
useful to humans. Truly domestic ated animals differ in many ways from their
wild ancesto rs. These differenc es result from two processe s: human selectio n of
individu al animals that are more-usefu l to humans that other individua ls of the
same species, and evolutio nary responses of animals to the forces of natural
selectio n o perati ng in human environm ents rather than in wild environ ments.
To be domes ticated , a wild species must possess several charac teristic s. A
candid ate for domes ticatio n must be primarily a herbivo re because it t akes less
plant biomas s to feed a pla nt e ater th an it does to fe ed a carn ivore that consum es

288
plant eaters. No carniv orous mammal has ever been domes ticated for food
simply becaus e it would be too costly. A candidat e must not only weigh an
average of over 100 pounds but also grow quickly. That elimina tes gorilla s and
elepha nts, even though they are herbivores. Moreove r, candid ates for
dome sticati on must be able to breed successful ly in captivity.
Since almo st any sufficie ntly large mammal species is capable of ki lling a
human, certain qualit ies disqu alify a wild animal for d omesti cation. The animal
cannot have a disposi tion that is nasty, dangero us, or unpredic table
chara cteris tics that elimina te bears, African buffaloes, and some species of wild
horses. The animal canno t be so nervous that it panics around humans. Large
herbiv orous mammal species react to danger from predato rs or humans in
diffe rent ways. Some species are nervous, fast, and program med for instant
flight when they perceiv e danger. Others are less nervous, seek protection in
herds, and do not run until necessary. Most species of deer and antelope are of
the f orme r type, while sheep and goats are of the latter.
Alm ost all domestic ated large mammals are species whose wild ancestor s
share three social character istics: living in a herd, maintai ning a dominance
hierarc hy in the herd, and having herds that occupy overlap ping home ranges
instead of mutual ly exclusiv e t erritories. Humans have t aken advantage of those
chara cteris tics in keeping domestic animals together with others of their species
and in close proxim ity to other species of domestic animals.
1. The word furnished in par.l is closest in meaning to
A. d emand ed B. invented c. provided D. changed
2. Acco rding to the passage, what benefit of large domestic animals is not also
provid ed by small animals?
A. A source of food B. A source of clothing
c. The ability to pull a pl ow D. The abi lity to be ridden
3. W hich of the follow ing can be inferred abou t large mammal species?
A. Relatively few species have the necessary characteris tics for domest ication.
B. M ore species of large mamm als are domesticat ed as pets than for food,
c. Only a few large terrestrial mammal species are primarily herbivores.
D. All large mammals can be classifie d into one o f five im portant groups.
4. Acco rding to the passage, when did early humans domes ticate all suitable
large mamma l species?
A. A fter human s had populated ever y cont inent
B. B efore the Ice Age ca used many a nimals to become extinct
c. At the same time they do mesticat ed small anim als
D. W ithin a few thousan d ye ars a fter farm ing and herding began
5. A ccord ing to the passage, what is one reason that domest icated animal s differ
from thei r wild ancestor s?
A. Wild anim als find food easily, but domesticated animals must work for food.

289
 B. Domesti cated animals live near human s, so the y forg et thei r wild a ncestors,
c. Animal s' e volu tiona ry respons es in captiv ity diffe r from those in the wild.
D. Mor e an imals su rvive in human enviro nment s than in wild enviro nments .
6. Why does the a utho r me ntion gorilla s and elepha nts in par. 5?
A. To sugges t tha t som e o verlook ed animals could be dom esticat ed
B. To illustrat e the wi de v ariety among large h erbivo res
c. To identify anim als intellig ent en ough to avoi d dome sticati on
D. To give exam ples of animals t hat g row too slo wly for do mestic ation
7. The word disqu alify in par.6 is closes t in meanin g to
A. identify B. display c. reject D. punish
8. The word panic in par.6 is closest in meaning to
A. fe els terror B. refuse s to eat c. attacks oth ers D. beco mes ill
9. Wh at can be inferred from p ar.6 about deer and antelop e?
A. T hey run aw ay from humans only if threatened .
B. The y do not su pply meat of a consisten t quali ty,
c. They are as danger ous as cert ain wild horses.
D. The y ha ve not s uccess fully been do mestica ted.
10. All o f the fo llowi ng ar e ch aracte ristics favorab le to dome sticati on EXCEPT
A. w eighi ng o ver 100 pounds B. unpr edictab le behav ior
c. ability to breed in captiv ity D. liv ing in a herd with hierarchy

PASSAGE 2
Re ad the pass age an d choo se the correc t ansyvers to the ques tions tha t follo w.
TWO STYLES OF GRE EK POTTER Y PAINTI NG
A tradit ion as old as the civilizat ion itself, Greek pottery can be studied as a
chron icle of anci ent Greek society. It was designed to fulfill a functiona l rather
than decor ative purpos e, so G reek pottery was funda menta lly related to eve ryday
life, not s eparat ed f rom it. Furthe rmore, the G reek s’ pottery is an ess ential source
of historic al informatio n because so much of it sur vives today. Althou gh vessels
may be broken, even these remnants of pottery contri bute to contem porary
hist oria ns’ under standin g of ancien t Greek culture. Thus, tod ay’s archaeo logists
and art histori ans enjoy a rich record of Gree ce’s cultural progress and
signi fican t insight into the routines o f peop le’s daily lives in this civiliza tion.
Anal ysis of a ncien t Greek pottery paintings shows several distin ct periods,
each capi talizi ng on and advanc ing the style that prece ded it. This gradual
progr essio n that prece ded it. This gradua l progre ssion parall els develo pment s
in othe r areas of Gree k society - how their cultur al inrere st shifted
myth ologi cal figure s in their pottery paintings with images of everyd ay
Gre eks. Early potter y decor ation s were compos ed of abst ract s hap es and lines
that did not repre sent human activiti es. Then, as cultural influen ces from trade
with Middle Eastern region s were introduce d, the Greeks began to decorat e t heir

29 0
 potte ry using more realis ticall y painted human and animal figure s. It was not
until Gree k artist s began produ cing black -figu re-sty le painti ngs, howe ver, that
Greek po ttery gaine d matur ity as a fine art.
The blac k-fig ure style of decor ating pottery emerg ed around 700 BC. It soon
evolv ed into a narra tive techn ique that focused on the stories of myth ical gods,
heroes, and demo ns. Aban doni ng the p ractice o f draw ing outlin ed images, artists
work ing in the black- figure style created silhou ettes, figure s that were
com plete ly black exce pt for small details drawn in co ntras ting red or white. By
crea ting solid figure s and using added details, artists work ing in the black- figure
style creat ed huma n forms that were much more realist ic than those of previo us
styles. Howe ver, thei r f igure drawi ng was still limited to one persp ectiv e— a flat
side view. In the black -figu re style, human poses were alway s captur ed in tw o-
dime nsion al profil es. That is, t he images never posses sed any feelin g of depth,
no sen se of backgro und or fo regroun d.
To pain t potte ry in th e black- figure style, artists first used slip, a mixture of
wate r an d clay, to p aint silhou ettes on a clay vessel. Then, by et ching de tails into
the silho uette s painted in slip, artists ex posed the cl ay beneath . Depe nding on the
type of clay, t he etched lines develo ped into a white, ochre, or red as the pot w as
fired. The prim ary draw back of the black-f igure style was the constr aints
imp osed by the tools used to etch design s in the black slip, a limitat ion that the
red-fi gure style, develo ped in 530 BC, was able to ove rcome .
Centu ries of expe rimen tation with figure paintin g peaked with the red-figu re
styl e’s achie vem ents of accur ately represe nting the body. Deve lopm ents in
Greek sculp ture around t he same time helped painte rs visua lize f igure s as three-
dime nsion al forms occup ying three -dimen sional spaces. Artist s began to create
an illusion of depth on a two- 'dime nsion al surface through a tech niqu e known as
“for esho rten ing. ” They suggest ed distance by changi ng the propo rtions of
objec ts in the foreg round and backgro und of the comp osition . By 500 BC, G reek
artists were no longe r limited to two-di mensio nal profile s in crea ting human
figures and incorp orate d three -quart ers frontal poses that demo nstra ted their
maste ry of the style.
By pain ting figure s that are turned slightly toward or away from the viewer,
the artist s incor porat ed a se nse of depth th at was absent in the black -figu re style.
In essen tiall y the rever se of the black- figure-s tyle proces s, red-f igure -style
artists paint ed the backgr ounds of their pictures black and let th e red clay show
throug h as s hapes in the foregro und. By then paintin g details s dire ctly on the red
clay instead of etching lines to remove slip, artists were able to make finer, more
precis e acce nts that increased the realism of figu res’ hair, musc les, and skin.
This sty le’s poten tial for naturali sm led to a focus on facial expr essio ns and
motion that enr iched th e n arrativ e, advanc ing Greek pottery de sign to its apex.
1. Acc ordi ng to parag raph I, which of the followi ng best expl ains why Greek
potter y is valu able to h istori ans?
A. It show s d istinc t ch anges in pottery paintin g o ver tim e.

291
 B. It is a so urce of informati on that survive s in large quant ities.
c. It depict s images of everyday act ivities and p eople in Gre ek society.
D. It is not broken by the natural forces that destroy o ther cultur al artifacts.
2. The wor d it in p aragra ph 2 refe rs to
A. a nalysi s B. pott ery c. period D. style
3. Which of the senten ces below best expres ses the essenti al inform ation in the
under lined senten ce in para graph 2?
A. Greek pottery painti ngs primari ly focused on the cul ture ’s m ytholog y, the
heroe s an d gods it admire d most
B. C hange s in G reek society included a new fascina tion with their own daily
lives and routine s, w hich replaced their interest in mytho logy.
c. Chan ges in pottery paintin g that showed the new artist ic interest in
every day life cam e fro m change s in the way Greek society viewed itself.
D. Gree k potter y painti ngs eventua lly became less signif icant as mytholo gy
grew in popul arity and became the cult ure’s d omin ant art form .
4. Why does the a utho r me ntion abstr act sha pes in paragra ph 2?
A. To provid e a point of origin for descr ibing the deve lopm ent of Greek
potter y p aintin g styles
B. To sugge st th at th e Greeks wer e influenced by the civiliz ation s wi th whom
they frequ ently trad ed
c. To demo nstra te that the Greeks conside red pottery paintin g an essential
part of their cul ture
D. To provid e an examp le of the helpful informa tion that pottery painting
provi des conte mpora ry historians
5. The wo rd imp osed in par agraph 4 is c losest in mea ning to
A. establ ished B. allow ed c. favored D. deliv ered
6. Ac cord ing to pa ragrap h 4, what is the main weakn ess of the blac k fig ure style?
A. T he etchin g too ls used to add deta ils
B. The figure s p ainted as black silhouet tes
c. The range of colored slip availabl e
D. The ki nd of clay used as a base
7. Th e w ord visua lize in p aragra ph 5 is clo sest in mea ning to
A. draw B. im agine c. develo p D. expl ore
8. Acc ordi ng to parag raph 6, what was the most signif icant achie veme nt of the
red figure st yle? t
A. It etche d detail s into the clay instead of the slip.
B. It used a b lack backg round to make figures m ore v isible,
c. It used red clay that gave more natural - co lored skin tones.
D. It dev elop ed realis ticall y painted human figures.
9. The w ord ape x in the passag e is close st in mean ing t o
A. term inati on B. ob jectiv e c. precis ion D. su mmit

292
10. A ccord ing to the passage , a sense of depth in pottery painting s
A. w as not co nsider ed importa nt by Greek artists
B. was attem pted but n ever a chieved by Gre ek artis ts
c. was incorp orated by artists o f the red- figure style
D. was master ed by Gre ek arti sts who st udied Middle Eastern art
VI. G UIDE D CLOZ E TEST (lOpts)
Re ad the fo llo wi ng pa ssa ge an d deci de w hich option A,B, C o r D be stf its each sp ace.
PASSAGE 1:
Have you ever had a brilliant idea which you thought might change the world?
Strang ely enoug h, people who have ( 1 ) _____ with some of the most brilliant
ideas neve r imagined the exten t to which they would change the way we live.
Most brilli ant ideas seem to have emerged as a result of a scientis t trying to
(2 )_____ a problem , often totally unrelated to th e use the idea is fina lly put to.
In fact, invaria bly, great ideas and inventions are the (3 )_____ of many p eople ’s
work over many years or even centuries. For example the original idea for a
com puter was probab ly brought to light by a sevente enth-ce ntury philosoph er,
GW Leibniz, and people like Charles Babbage jus t added to his initial
speculations. However, (4 )_____ we often credit Babbage with being the inventor
of t he moder n compu ter, his work would not have been possible without the
devel opme nts in logic explored by people like Bertrand Russell and Ludwig
Wittge nstein. In fact, toda y’s c omplex commun ication networks would not exist
if it wer en’t for the Quantum Theory, developed mainly by N iels Bohr, Erwin
Schro dinger , Max Planck and Werner Heisenberg. These men were working on
purely th eoret ical physics because they liked the (5 )_____ of finding an swers to
their (6) _____ and they little realised that our world would not be able to
opera te today withou t the ir expe riments and discoveri es. For them, the ( 7 )_____
of disco verin g these answers was reward enough. There have been many stories
of frust ration and (8 )_____ amongst scientists working on the same ideas over
the centu ries but tod ay, due to the m assive amount of information available to all
and sundry , it’s almos t impossible to develop a new idea totally on one ’s own.
Guar antee d, if o ne scienti st is w orking on a particul ar ‘new’ concept, there are
others on every conti nent (9 )_____ much of each othe r’s w ork. On (1 0)______
inspect ion, it’s almo st impossible to say that a new idea is comple tely new, as
some one has usually thou ght o f it before.
1. A turn ed up B. come up c . taken up D. gone up
2 . A decide B. determi ne c. re so lv e D. reliev e
3. A culmi nation B. cultivati on c. implication D. in terpreta tion
4. A despit e B.e ven so c . furthermo re D. althou gh
5. A e xper imen t B. challen ge c . assessm ent D. evalu ation
6. A guesse s B. possib ilities c . opinion s D. hyp othese s
7. A exhila ration B. indif ference c. cheerful ness D. hyst eria
293
8. A f riendli ness B. bitt ernes s c. fierce ness D. mo odine ss
9. A d eciph ering B. pro jectin g c. dupli cating D. do nning
10. A closer B. oth er c . more D. extr a
PASSAGE 2: J:
A L ANG UAG E EXPE RIME NT
Langu age is thou ght to be a(n) (1)______ for trans mitt ing the information
within thoug hts. One expe rime nt used to demo nstrat e this idea (2) ______
subjec ts to listen to a short passa ge of several senten ces, then to repeat the
passage . Most people wil l accur ately convey the (3 )______ of the pass age in the
senten ces they produ ce, but will not come close to repea ting the sentenc es
verbat im. It app ears that two (4 )______ are o ccuring . Upon hearin g the passage,
the subje cts (5)______ the languag e of the passage into a more abstrac t
repre senta tion of its meanin g, which is more easily ( 6 ) ______ within memory.
Then in orde r to recrea te the passag e, the subje ct (7)______ this represe ntation
and conv erts its me aning ba ck into language.
This separ ation of thou ght and language is less intuitiv e than it might be
becaus e langua ge can be a powerf ul (8)______ with which to manipul ate
thoug hts. It p rovid es a mecha nism to internally rehear se, critiqu e and (9)______
thoug hts. This internal form of commun icatio n is (1 0) ______ for a social animal
and could certa inly be, in pa rt, respon sible for the strong select ive pressure s for
, ‘H ..

impro ved langu age use.

1. A. indica tion B. me chanism c . obliga tion D. invention
2. A. requi res B. obta ins c . deman ds D. pro motes
3. A. hunch B. hub c. gist D. prec ision
4. A. trans form ation s B. i nstigatio ns c . iterations D. appl ication s
5. A. turn B. co nv ert c . make D. put
6. A. stored B. re minded c. acquir ed D. retr ieved
7. A. suppli es B. disco vers c . reveals D. rec alls
8. A. boon B. pro mpt c . tool D. mot ive
9. A. obscu re B. mod ify c. reflect j
D. acce pt
10. A. inciden tal B. in signifi cant c . essential D. defi nitive
»t ?t *5.
B. WRIT TEN TES t I
I. O PEN C LOZ E TEST: Fil l each blank with ONE wo rd.(2 0 pts)
CL O ZE T ES T 1:
LOOK ING INTO SPACE
Out er space has intrigu ed mankin d ever since we first gazed upward. It was
easy enou gh to see stars in the night sky with the (1 ) _____ eye and many early
civil izati ons also notic ed that certa in group s appea red to form fami liar shapes.
They used these cons tella tion s to help with navig ation and as a ( 2 ) _____ of
predicting the seasons and making calendars. Ancient astronom ers also perceived

294
points of light that moved. They believed they were wander ing stars and the
word ‘plan et’ (3)_____ from th e G reek word f or ‘wande rer’. F or much of human
history, it was also believed that the Earth was the centre of the Universe and
that the planet s circled the Earth, and that falling meteori tes and solar eclipses
were omen s of disaster . It was not (4) _____ the 16th century that Polish
mathe matici an and astro nom er Nicolau s Copernicu s presente d a mathematic al
model of ( 5 ) _____ the sun actually moved around the Earth, challen ging the
prevai ling under stand ing of how the solar system worked. The Italian physicis t
and astro nom er Galileo Galilei then used a tel escope to (6 )_____ this theory to
be correc t. Many techno logical advances have allowed US to probe into space
since then, and one o f the m ost pi oneerin g was when th e fir st ma nned spacecraft,
the Apollo 11, su ccessfu lly (7 )________ through gravity and touched down on
the mo on’s surface. Never theless , much of our research must be done from
(8 )___ grea ter distance s. The Hubble spac e Telesco pe was carried into orb it by
a spa ce shuttle in April 1990 and it has ena bled c osmolo gists to ga ther incredible
data. Mos t si gnifica ntly, it has pr ovided a great deal of evidence to ( 9 )_____ the
Big Bang theory , that is, the idea that the Universe originat ed as a hot, dense
state at a certai n ti me in the ( 10 )_____ and has continued to expa nd since then.
CLOZE TEST 2:
IN SU PPORT OF L ANGUAGE DI VERSIT Y >
Ther e are solid reasons (1 )______ supporting, preservi ng, and documen ting
endan gered languages. First, each and (2) ______ language is a celebrat ion of
the rich cultura l diversity of our planet; second, each language is an expression
of a uniqu e ethnic, social, regional or cultural identity and world view; third,
langua ge is the repository ( 3 ) ______ the history and beliefs of a people; and
finally, every language encodes a particu lar subset of fragile human knowledge
(4 )______ agricu lture, botany, medicine and ec ology.
( 5 ) ______ a doubt, mother tongues are comprise d of fa r more ( 6 ) _______
gram mar and words. For example, Thangmi, a T ibeto-B urman language spoken
by an ethni c comm unity of around 30,000 people in ester n Nepal , (7 )______ a
mine of uniqu eindi genou s terms for local flora and fauna that have medical and
ritual value . Much of this local kno wledge is falling (8 )______ disuse as fluen cy
in N epal i, the national language, increases. (9) __ ___ children cease to speak
their mother tongues, the oral transmission of specific ethnobotanical and medical
know ledge als o (1 0) ______ to an end.
II. W ORD FORM S (20 pts)
PART 1: Com plete the se nten ce with the correc t fo rm o f the given word. (10 pts)
1. My friend s started going out late to nightclubs so 1 decided t o ........... ..............
my sel f from the group. (SOCIA L)
2. T he witn ess claime d she was capable of discovering th e man ’s evil intention s
from t h e ...................................look in his eyes. (MURD ER)

295
3. Research has proved that certain types of medit ation can decrea se key stress
sympto ms such as anxiety a n d .................................. (IR RI TA TE ).
4. My father is a st ri c t................. who always believes in 'spare the rod, spoil the
child'. (D IS CI PL IN E)
5. Sales foreca sts indicate a p o o r............. for the clothin g industry. (L OO K)
6. An alarm sounds when the temper ature reaches a ...................................level.
(D ET ER M IN E)
7. C hildren who grow up in time of war are more likely to b e ..............................
than others. (A DJ US T)
8. She stood there com plete ly.................................. , so I had no idea at all what
she was thin king. (E XP RE SS )
9. I ’ve tried to a dvise my da ughte r agai nst hitch-hi king around Europe alone, but
she w on’t listen to me. S he’s s o .................................. (H EA D)
10. Ho w awful! What a n .......................... thing for any one t o do! (O UT RA GE )
PART 2: Comp lete t he pas sag e with appro priate fo rm s fro m the wo rds given in
the box. (10 pts)

per sis t dispose adequate confer out

condit ion pa rt fa il lone conscio us

More than hal f of the Worl d’s popu lation consi der thems elves shy, delegate s
to the first internati onal (1)______ on shyness, being held in Cardiff, will be
told today. One in 10 cases is severe . Effects include mutism, speech problems,
( 2 ) ______ , blushing, shaking and trembling , lack of eye contact, difficulty in
formin g relatio nships and social phobia- the most extreme form of shyness,
defined by the A merican Psychiatric Association as a pronounced and (3 )______
fear of social or perform ance situations in which emba rrassm ent may occur. Shy
people tend to blame themsel ves for social ( 4 ) ______ and attribute success to
( 5 ) ______ factors. They expect their behavio ur to be ( 6 ) _______ , remem ber
only negativ e informati on about themsel ves and accep t witho ut challe nge
adver se comme nts from o thers.
The causes are comple x and not fully understo od. The latest theory is th at it
can be traced to genes as well as to social (7 )______ . One estimat e, based on
researc h with twins, is tha t around 15 percent of the popula tion are born with a
(8)______ to shyness. Some psycho logists believe there are two types: an early
devel oping , fearful shyness and a later develop ing, (9)______ shyness. The
fearful versi on emerg es often in the first year of life and is thoug ht to be (10)
______ inherited.

296
 III. E RRO R ID ENTI FICA TION (10 pts)
The pas sag e below cont ains ten errors. IDE NTI FY and COR REC T them.
Write yo ur ans wer in the sp ace pro vid ed in t he col umn on th e right.
It is the human factor that contrib utes to the absolu te majority of road
accide nts which involves the tremen dous toll of fatali ties each year. Other, less
decisiv e, c auses are vehicle fu nctions or road sho rtcoming s.
Speed ing motor ists are notorio us about failing to give way at junc tions ,
jud gin g the situati on on the road or being unable to accurate ly estimate the
distanc e while overt aking the “sna ilpacers ” ahead. Drinkers who settle behind
the wheel afte r one glass or two may be running the risk of causi ng a tragedy
through th eir impair ing percept ion, which is not so rare a case, again.
Unfo rtuna tely, it is much simple r to introduce the necessary alteratio ns in the
traffic system that change the behavioural patterns of drivers . There are voices
that more severe discipl inary resolutions ought to p ut into pra ctice if the vehicle
users are to benef it from g reater securi ty on the road. The idea o f producin g safe
road users throu gh pre-schoo l parental instruction or through incorporat ing the
safety regu lation s for school curriculum has been widely acclaimed in many
comm uniti es and are expecte d to yield the required results as the first step in
better ing the qualifi cations of the future drivers and acqua int them with the
potenti al hazard s th at may arise en route.

IV. SENT ENC E T RANSF ORMA TION

Rew rite the sente nces with the given words or beginn ing in such a way that
their mea ning s rema in unchanged. (20 pts)
1. Nobody else in the country possesses his skills on the trumpet. UNMATC HED

My s on has finally come to accept that th ere’s no such thi ng as a free lunch.
, ’■'I"âĨ 1, • ’
DAWNIN G

I think h e’s at last beg inning to agree with me. ROUND

Initial ly, I t hink you develop the plot very convingcing ly. UNFOL DS

Why did n’t you ask me befo re you used my computer? RATHE R

What he told me made me very curious to he ar the rest o f the story.

APPET ITE

7. Co mpet itors were amazed by how shrewd ly he condu cted his bu siness affairs.
MARVE LLED
Com peti tors .......................................which he condu cted his bu siness affairs.

297
8. Afte r a long ha rd jour ney , 1 cheere d up when 1 saw my home. < SIGHT
Afte r a long hard jou rney , my s pir its............................................. of my home.
9 . 1said th at I thought he was wro ng about the best way for US to proceed. ISSUE
I......................................... best we sh ould proceed.
10. 1 didn't w ant to giv e up wh ile some hope o f succes s r emain ed. DEFE AT
1 was loa th................................................... some hope of success.
. ■ < ■ ......... ......... • i • • ,
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN QUANG TRUNG - BÌNH PHƯ0C

0. MULTIP LE CHOICE (40 PTS

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5PTS)
Choo se the wor d whose unde rline d p ar t is pro nou nce d differ ently fro m the
othe r three.
1. A. expunge B. expu rgate c. external D. exten uating
2. A. ind ict B. ind ie c. jiv e D. fier y
3. A. th en ar B .th eo cr ac y c. the ore m D. t he nc efo rth
4. A. hydrogen B. lymph c typhoid D. myop ia
5. A. c hamb erma id B. cha ncello r c. chan
1 delierr. D. cha plaincy
Choo se th e wor d who se stre ss patte rn is dif feren t fr om tha t o f the othe r three.
6. A. ad ve nt ur ou s B. lum ino us c. lab ori ou s D. au ton om ou s
7. A. pr ed ec es so r B. ma ter na l c. ac cre di t D. par aly sis
8. A. ho rm on e B.. pre ma tur e c. di lem m a D. ter rac es
9. A. archi tectur e B. contr oversy c. suscep tible D. excelle ncy
10. A. ha bitabl e B. inf amousl y c. comm unism D. solidi fy
II. WO RD CHOI CE (5PTS)
Choo se th e be st op tions to comp lete th e fol low ing sentence s.
1. The vegeta tion on the island w as ______________ .
A. e xube rant B. chiva lrous c. overca st D. i ngenious
2. The old lady wa s becomi ng increas ingly affected b y _
A. masc ulinit y B. seni lity c. virility D. auda city
3. The probl em o f petty crime has largely be en _______________ .
A. a nnih ilated B. exte rmina ted c. decim ated D. eradic ated
4. The Prime Mini ster will decide wheth er to release the prison er or not; tha t’s
h is ______________.
A. p rerog ative B. der ogato ry c. abdic ation D. hum anity
5. The Red Cross is __ _________ an internat ional aid organ izatio n.
A. intri guing ly B. i ntrusiv ely c. intrins ically D. intrepidly
6. Job losses are mainly in th e __________ sectors o f the industry.
A. blue -col lar B. r ed-co llar c. stiff -coll ar D. high- collar
7. Tom wo n’t b uythat old c ar because it has t oo m uc h________ on it.
A. ups an d d owns B. odds and ends c . wear and t ear D. white lie

298
8. It wa s a (n )______________ location with an intoxic ating sense of romance,
some thing aki n to what one might find de scribed in a fairy tale.
A. w himsi cal B. ench anting c. extrav agant D. extortionate
9. Our hotel room was surpri singly ______________ , especi ally taking into
cons idera tion that it was v ery reasona bly priced.
A. de cade nt B. lang uid c. vivacio us D. com modio us
10. C losure o f school s too k p la ce ___________ falling numbe rs of pupils.
A. in the conte xt o f B. with regard to
c. with a co ncern f or D. in co nsider ation of
III. G RAM MA R AN D STRU CTUR ES (5PTS)
1. Out o f his p oc ke t_______ .
A. ca me the stolen purse B. did the stolen purse come
c. the stolen pu rse came D. did co me the stolen purse
2. Supe rcon ducti vity will revolu tionize the way that energy is used for the next
mille nniu m, a n d _______ the first truly superc onduct ive substan ce will be
reme mber ed as a techno logica l hero.
A. w hat the discov ery of B. the d iscovery o f
c. who eve r dis cover s D. whose discove ry
3. The ne w manag er i s____ easy-going. He is always very serious about the work.
A. by no mean s B. by means of c. by all m eans D. in the mean ti me
4. Befor e they go to the universit y, most senior high school graduat es have
idea o f what co llege life is like.
A. no less B. no least c. not less D. not the least
5. Ia m s orry. I m ea nt _______ to you, but I have been so busy recently.
A. t o w rite B. to have bee n wr iting c. writing D. to have writte n
6. The popu latio n of our city to day is before 1975.
A. as 60 % m uch as B. 60% as much as
c . more 60% than t hat D. 70 % as much as tha t
7. I’m _______ my b rothe r is.
A. n owh ere like so ambitio us B. nothi ng ne ar as ambitio us as
c . noth ing as a mbitio us tha n D. nowher e n ear as ambit ious as
8 ______ wha t m ost pe ople say abo ut him, he has a very good sense of humour.
A. Opp osite to B. Ag ainst c. Contrary to D. Opp osing
9. Betty says she canno t stan d looking at the ra t, _______ touch ing it.
A. even so B. let alone c . what if D. as f ar as
10. - John: ” - Peter: “ It’s not likely.”
A. How impo rtant is it to attend universi ty?
B. Is it poss ible to ge t a g ood job wi thout attendi ng unive rsity?
c. Would you be i nterested in attend ing universi ty in a fore ign count ry?
D. Is it ve ry impor tant to attend a univ ersity in a forei gn coun try?

299
IV. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (5PTS)
Choo se th e be st o ption to c ompl ete each o f the fo llo wi ng sente nces :
1. We m et e ach oth er at the m ee tin g______ coinc idenc e.
A. by B. in c. for D. to
2. No one can functi on proper ly if he o r she is _______ adequ ate sleep.
A. to ok a way B. depr ived of c. derive d from D. got rid o f
3. The conc ert was given _______ the a uspice s o f the Y.M.C .A.
A. on B. with c. throu gh D. und er
4. When he su dd en ly _______ up the subjec t of gen etic engin eerin g, there was
an e mba rrass ed silence
A. t ook B. bro ught c. showed D. came
5. The wea ther was fine and every one w as _______ the coast
A. g oing in for B. ma king for c. joi nin g in D. seei ng about
6. Afte r sh e ate the ch ocola tes, her fac e b ro ke _______ in a rash.
A. o ut B. in c. of f D. up
7. The situa tion is very confu sing in that countr y an d c al ls _______ diplom acy.
A. f or B. at c. in D. over
8. No witn ess of the acc ident has co m e_______ yet.
A. forth B. for c. forwar d D. of f
9. You do n’t _______ all thi s n onsense , do you?
A. cordo n of f B. buy into c. edge out D. hit on
10. If I’m la te f or wo rk ag ain, I’ll b e ________ a seve re w arning from my bo ss.
A. up to B. in for c. onto D. afte r
V. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (10PTS)
Re ad th e te xt b elow and decide which answ er b est fi ts each space.
TEST 1 (5PTS)
MUL TITA SKIN G CHILD REN
The trend for c hildren to multit ask by judgi ng all so rts of electronic gadge ts a t
the sam e tim e is seri ous ly dam agin g the ir level s o f con cen trat ion , scie ntis ts
hav e w a rn e d .( l) ______ use of the Inte rnet , iPod, mo bile pho nes and DVD s
( 2 ) ______ behind that finding. Scienti sts have ( 3 ) _______ the beli ef of m any
paren ts that it is imposs ible to concen trate on more than one thing at the same
time. They found that childre n ( 4 ) ______ hom ewor k while sending mess ages
via the Intern et can ( 5 ) ______ up spend ing 50% longer than if th ey had done
each task separ ately.
David E Meye r, Profe ssor of Cogn itive Psych ology at the Univer sity of
Mich igan, said tha t true multit asking is ( 6 ) ____ possi ble for simple activ ities
such as ironi ng and listenin g to the radio. He ( 7 )___ expe rimen ts demo nstra ting
that youn g adul ts who had to ( 8 ) ______ from one maths proble m to anot her
waste d sign ifica nt amou nts of time. Meye r said: “F or s ituati ons (9 )______ more
comp lex task s, espe ciall y those requiri ng langua ge, the total time taken to get all
the tasks done will increas e greatly. Over long period s, this kind of multi taski ng
can stress you o ut an d (1 0) ______ to m ental and p hysic al exha ustio n.”
300
1. A. Rocket ing B. Heig htening c. Ascend ing D. Le aping
2. A. st ands B. rests c . lies D. sits
3. A. as sured B. guarant eed c . authorized D. confirm ed
4. A. eng aging B. tacklin g c . attendin g D. und ergoing
5. A. turn B. come c. use D. end
6. A. m erely B. purely c . only D. simply
7. A. set B. put c . took D. ran
8. A. alt er B. switch c . interrupt D.e xch ang e
9. A. co nsist ing B. inv olving c. compo sing D. con cernin g
10. A. resul t B. proceed c . lead D. bring

TEST 2 (5PTS)
SMART SHOES
Smart shoes that adjust their size through out the day could soon be ava ilable.
A pr ototype of such a shoe has already been produced and a commercial (1 )_____
may be in produc tion within a few years. The shoe contai ns sensors that
cons tantly check the amount of ( 2 ) _____ left in it. If the foot has become too
large, a tiny valve opens and the shoe (3) _____ slightly. The entire control
syst em is abo ut 5mm squa re and is locate d inside the shoe. This radic al shoe
(4 )_____ a need because the volume of the average foot can change by as much
as 8% d uring the c ourse of the day. The system is able to learn a bout th e w earer's
feet and ( 5 ) _____ up a pict ure of the size of his or her feet thr oug hou t the
day. It will allo w the shoes to chan ge in s ize by up to 8% so that t hey alway s
fit (6) _____ . They are obviously more comfort able and less likely to cause
blisters. From an a thlete's point of view, they can hel p improve (7 )_____ a little,
and t hat is why the firs t use for the system is likely to be in a sports shoe.
Event ually , this system will find a (8 )_____ in ot her househ old items, from
beds that autom atical ly change to fit the person sleeping in them , to power tools
that ( 9 ) _____ themse lves to the user's hand for better grip. There is no reason
why the system couldn 't be adapted for use in hundreds of consume r ( 10 )_____ .
1. A. assor tmen t B. version c. s tyle D. variety
2. A. room B. gap c . area D. emp tiness
3. A. ampl ifies B. develo ps c.e xp an ds D. inc reases
4. A. detec ts B. finds c . meets D. faces
5. A. build B. pick c . grow D. set
6. A. exact ly B. absolu tely c. complet ely D. totally
7. A. achie veme nt B. perfor mance c . success D. win ning
8. A. functio n B. part c. way D. place
9. A. shape B.c han ge c . respond D. con vert
10. A. comm oditie s B. posses sions c. goods D. obje cts

301
VI. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON (10 PT S)
READING COMPRE HENSIO N 1 (5PTS)
Rea d the pas sag e a nd ch oose the rig ht an swer for each questio n:
THE EXPRESSI ON OF E MOTION S
Joy and sadne ss are experie nced by people in all culture s around the world,
but how can we tell when other people are happy or de sp on de nt ? It turns out
that the expres sion of many emotion s may be universal. Smiling is app arently a
universal sign of frien dliness and approval. Ba rin g the tee th in a ho sti le wa y,
as no ted by C harles Darwin in the nineteenth ce ntury, may be a universal sign o f
anger. As the origin ator of the theory of evolution , Darwin believed that the
universa l recogn ition of facial expressi ons would have survival value. For
examp le, facial expres sions could signal the approach of enemies (or friends) in
the ab sence of language.
Most investi gators co nc ur that certain facial expres sions suggest the same
emotio ns in all people. Moreove r, people in diverse culture s recognize the
emotio ns manifest ed by the facial expressio ns. In classic research Paul Ekman
took photo graphs of people exhibiti ng the emotion s of anger, disgust, fear,
happine ss, and sadness. He the n asked people around the world to indicate what
emotio ns were being depicted in the m. Those queried ranged from European
college students to member s of the Fore, a tribe that dwells in the New Guinea
highlan ds. All groups, including the Fore, who had almos t no contact with
Western culture, agreed on the portrayed emotions. Th e Fo re als o dis pla yed
fa m ili ar f aci al ex pr ess ion s w he n ask ed how the y wo uld res pon d if the y we re
the ch ar ac ter s in sto rie s tha t call ed for bas ic em oti on al res po nse s. Ekman
and his colleagu es more recently obtained similar results in a study of ten
culture s in which particip ants were permitted to report that multiple emotions
were shown by facial expressio ns. The particip ants general ly agreed on which
two emotion s were being shown and which emotio n was more intense.
Psycholo gical researche rs generally recognize that facial expressi ons reflect
emotio nal states. In fact, various emotional states give rise to certain patterns of
electri cal activity in the facial muscles and in the brain. The facial-f eedback
hypoth esis argues, however, that the causal relation ship between emotion s and
facial expres sions can also work in the opposite directio n. Accordi ng to this
hypoth esis, signals from the facial muscles ("feedb ack") are s ent ba ck to emotion
cente rs of the brain, and so a person's facial express ion can influence that
person 's emotio nal state. Conside r Darwin's words: "The free expressi on by
outward signs of an emotio n intensifies it. On the other hand, the repression , as
far as possib le, of all outward signs softens our emotio ns. Can smiling give rise
to fe elings of good will, for exam ple, and frow ning to anger?
Psycholo gical researc h has given rise to some interesti ng findings concerni ng
the facial -feedb ack hypothes is. Causing particip ants in exp erimen ts to smile, for
examp le, leads them to report more positive feelings and to rate cartoons

302
(h um or ou s dr aw in gs o f pe op le or sit ua tio ns ) as be ing mo re hu mo ro us . Wh en
the y are c au se d to f row n, the y ra te ca rto on s as be ing m ore a gg re ss ive .
W ha t are t he p os sib le link s bet we en fac ial ex pr es sio ns and em oti on ? On e link
is ar ou sa l, wh ich is the leve l o f ac tiv ity or pr ep ar ed ne ss for ac tiv ity in an
or ga nis m . In ten se co nt ra cti on o f f aci al mu scl es, suc h as tho se use d in sig nif yin g
fea r, he ig ht en s aro us al. Se lf- pe rce pti on o f he igh ten ed aro usa l the n lea ds to
he ig hte ne d em ot io na l ac tiv ity . Ot he r link s ma y inv olv e ch an ge s in bra in
te m pe ra tu re and th e rel ea se o f ne ur otr an sm itt ers (s ub sta nc es th at tra ns m it ner ve
im pu lse s.) Th e co nt ra cti on o f fac ial mu scl es bot h inf lue nc es the inte rna l
em oti on al sta te an d ref lec ts it. Ek ma n has fou nd tha t the so -ca lle d Du che nne
sm ile, wh ich is ch ar ac ter ize d by "cr ow 's fe et” wr ink les aro un d the eye s and a
sub tle dr op in th e ey e co ve r fold so tha t the ski n ab ov e the ey e mo ve s dow n
sli gh tly t ow ar d the ey eb all , can lead to ple asa nt fee lin gs.
Ek ma n's ob se rva tio n may be rele van t to the Bri tish exp res sio n "kee p a sti ff
upper lips ” as a rec om me nd ati on for han dli ng stre ss. It mi gh t be tha t a " s ti ff lip
sup pre sse s em oti on al res pon se- as long as the lip is no t qu ive rin g with fea r or
ten sio n. Bu t wh en the em otio n tha t leads to stif fen ing lip is mo re inte nse, and
inv olve s str on g mu scl e ten sio n, faci al fee dba ck may h eig hte n em otio nal resp ons e.
1. Th e wo rd “d e sp o n d e n t” in t he p ass ag e is c lo se st in me an ing t o ______ .
A. cu rio us B. un ha pp y c. tho ug htf ul D. un ce rta in
2. Th e au th or m en tio ns "B ar in g th e te et h in a h os ti le w ay " in o rd er t o ______ .
A. dif fe re nt ia te on e po ssi ble me an ing o f a pa rti cu lar fac ial ex pre ssi on from
ot he r m ea nin gs o f it
B. su pp or t Da rw in' s the ory o f ev olu tio n
c. prov ide an e xam ple o f a facial expre ssion wh ose mea ning is w idel y un dersto od.
D. co ntra st a facial expr essio n tha t is eas ily u nders tood with othe r facial expre ssions .
3. Th e wo rd “ c o n c u r ” in t he p ass ag e is c los est in me an ing t o ______ .
A. es tim at e B. a gre e c. ex pe ct D. un de rst an d
4. Th e wo rd “t h e m ” in th e pas sag e ref ers t o ______ .
A. em ot io ns B. peo ple c. ph oto gra ph s D. cu ltu res
5. A cc or di ng to p ara gr ap h 2, wh ich o f the f oll ow ing w as tru e o f the For e pe op le
o f N ew G ui ne a?
A. Th ey d id no t w an t to be sho wn p ho tog rap hs.
B. Th ey w ere f am ou s for th eir s tor y-t ell ing s kil ls,
c. Th ey kn ew v ery littl e ab ou t We ster n cul ture .
D. Th ey did no t e nc ou rag e the e xp res sio n o f em oti on s.
6. W hic h o f th e se nt en ce s bel ow bes t e xp res ses t he ess en tia l inf orm ati on in th e
hig hli gh ted se nte nc e in t he p ass ag e? Inc orr ect c ho ice s ch an ge th e me an ing in
im po rta nt w ay s or le ave o ut ess ent ial inf orm ati on.
A. Th e Fo re' s fac ial ex pr es sio ns ind ica ted the ir un wi lli ng ne ss to pre ten d to be
sto ry ch ar ac ter s.
B. Th e Fo re we re ask ed to dis pla y fam ilia r fac ial ex pr es sio ns wh en the y told
th ei r sto rie s.

303
 c. The Fore exhibi ted the same relationship of fac ial expre ssions and basic
emoti ons that is seen in Western culture when they acted out stories.
D. T he Fore were famil iar with the facial expres sions and basic emotio ns of
charac ters in stories.
7. Accor ding to the passage, what did Darwin believe would happen to human
emotio ns th at were not exp ressed?
A. The y wo uld become less intense.
B. They would last l onger than usual,
c. They would ca use problem s later.
D, They would become more negative
8. Accord ing to the passage, research involving which of the followin g sup ported
the facia l-feed back hypothe sis?
A. The r eaction s o f people in experiments to carto ons
B. The tende ncy of people in e xperime nts to cooperat e
c. The release o f neurotran smitters by people d uring experim ents
D. The long-ter m effects of repressing e motions
9. The word “rate’' in the p assage is closest in meaning to ______ .
A. judg e B. reject c. draw D. want
10. Accor ding to the passage, stiffening the upper lip may have which of the
follow ing effects?
A. It first suppresse s stres s, then intensifies it.
B. It may cause fear and tension in tho se who see it.
c. It can d amage the lip muscles.
D. It may either heighten or reduce emotional response.

READING COMPREHENS ION 2 (5PTS)

Re ad the pas sag e then choose the c orrect a nswer to each question.
In the 1930s, before the onset o f war, r ationing, and ar my drafts, art re flected
the somewh at serene lives of the people. Mundane scenes such as factory
worker s or office settings were routinely painted to depict the era. They were
remini scent of the people living a routine life in mi ddle-class , ordinary settings.
Yet in 1939, fighting spread through out the world. War and the subseq uent
strugg les for power, existence , and peace brought great unrest for countr ies
around the world following World War II. With the changes wrough t by war,
many countrie s felt the need to convey a new, postwar image. It was from this
need that abstract expr essioni sm evolved as a mo dern a nd re cognized a rt form.
Abstr act artist Jackson Pollock gave a clear picture of the emerg ence of
abstr act art when he said, "The modern painter cannot express this age-th e
airpla ne, the atom bomb, the r adio- in the old forms of the renaissa nce or of any
othe r past culture. Each finds its own technique. It was the art of this
revol utiona ry painte r that helped define the abstract movem ent. Postwa r artists
like Pollock develo ped free-form aesthetics by abando ning conven tions of past
styles while maint aining foc used, self-refle xive qualitie s and the feelings o f each
304
 individu al artist. The method for creatin g abstrac t art involved painti ngs free of
religi ous, politic al, and popul ar subjects. The paintin gs were instead compri sed
of brigh t colors and shapes, charact erized by personal expres sion rather than
deve lopm ent of a pred ictable ar t style. Much p ersonal empo werm ent grew out o f
this profo und freedo m of expression.
Afte r World War II and during the uncerta inty of the Cold War the world
totter ed back and forth between stability and instability. People felt g reat anxiety
amid st t hei r gr owin g prosper ity. They viewed the modern art o f the time as bold,
trium phan t, and self-a ssured . Although the work seemed to exu de postwa r
confi denc e, artist s portray ed profound uneasy and viewed their work much
diffe rently . The ir images were the expressio n of des peratio n in the midst of a
tough realit y inspired by unrest and contrasted with material growth. The
psych ology o f the a bstra ct ar t form emerged from t his alt ered mindse t that was at
once strong and vulnera ble, confid ent and subdued. Consequ ently, artists at the
time had the need to feel t heir experie nces in ways that were intense, immediate,
direct, subtle , unified and vivid. "Painting is a s tate of being . . . painting is self-
discov ery. Every good artist paints what he is," stated Pollock. Abstra ct
expre ssion ism, as the new art style became known, was a way to embody the
artist 's year ning f or stabilit y in an unstable w orld as we ll as a way to emphasize
his own 4 person al;i dea s and use tho se ; as ; expression? Pollock's chi ef ambi tion in
his art was to incorpora te oppositio n. He did this by pairing order with chaos,
reason with passio n, and modernism with primitivis m. Similar to other abstract
artists , he prefer red to portray notions of the subconsc ious, giving free reign to
forgot ten person al memori es and psychic impulses. George Tooker, another
artist of the tim e, painted The Subway, which illustrated postw ar exp ectations o f
indiv iduali ty and conform ity. The affluence of the nation's newfound economic
succes s comb ined with anxiety over political instability to form a dual
cons ciou snes s that is said to haunt America's identity still. Eac h had a set of
signa ture styles that expresse d personal and societal isolation of the artist in
abst ract ways.
Durin g this time, modern art became identified widely as "American" art,
havin g its focal point primarily on the nation. The Museum of Modern Art in
New York began to ship abstrac t ex pression istic works to be dis played in places
like Milan , Madrid , Berlin, Amsterd am, Paris, and London . Some critics
overs eas were dismay ed, stating that this type of abst ract art was not new. As
this art was practi ced elsewhe re, they continued by saying it was not good
qualit y pain ting and was not purely American. One writer hailed typical
Amer ican abstr act art as "heir of the pioneer and immigrant. Anoth er saw the
artists as heroic rebels, compa ring them to movie stars of the same calibe r as
James Dean and Marlon Brando or teen idols such as Elv is Presl ey.
As the .US was celebra ting a highly contrad ictory mix of freedom and
indiv idualit y, abstra ct expres sionism became a political pawn of sor ts. The art

305
reflect ed the amb iguit y of the world at the time as w ar-ra vage d count ries worked
to reco ver thei r econ omy and people worked to achiev e a normal state of life.
The artist s of abst ract expre ssion ism effecti vely captu red the emoti on of the
nation as it eme rged fro m a time o f stress and tr ied t o fo rm an u pdated image.
1. The auth or discu sses art fr om the 1930s in order t o ______ .
A. d emo nstra te the drasti c c hange in art
B. exp lain the chang e in Ame rica's culture
c. desc ribe the ha rdshi ps of the people
D. list the ev ents th at tran spired
2. The w ord “conv ent ion s” in the passag e is close st in mea ning to ______ .
A. p erce ptio ns B. agre emen ts c. situat ions D. tradit ions
3. Which of the f ollowing can be inferred from paragraph 2 about the change in art?
A. A rtist s s ough t wa ys t o di stingui sh their art from previ ous artists
B. The p ainte rs used tradit ional design eleme nts in whol e new ways
c. Cons isten cy in art overp ower ed th e ne ed for or igina lity
D. A rtwo rk reflec ted the personal empo werm ent of the artist.
4. T he w ord “ex ude ” in the passage is close st in mea ning t o ____ _ .
A. disco urag e B. por tray c. replace D. instruct
5. Which of the sente nces below best expres ses the inform ation highligh ted
sente nce in the passag e. Incor rect choices change the meani ng in importan t
ways or le ave out essenti al informatio n.
A. Abs trac t ex press ionis m represe nts both th e a rtist's desire s f or c ertaint y and
the artis t's own person al expressi ons.
B. Th is n ew art for m reveale d personal style and c onfid ence of expression.
c. The Abs trac t expr essio nist used bold strateg ies in his art to reveal inner
feeli ngs and p ersona l expressi on.
D. This new style showed the determ ination in life along with desire for
perso nal freedo m.
6. A ccordi ng to paragra ph 3, alth ough work of abstract artists appeared confident,
it was in f ac t______ .
A. identica l t o the na tion's cert ain.
B. r epre sent ative o f the c ountry 's
c. refle ctive o f the a nxiet y o f the era
D. ex pres sive o f the a rtists' low se lf-esteem
7. All of the follo wing are mentio ned in paragr aph 4 as Polloc k's techn iques
pain ting E XCE PT______ .
A. Stark dis play s o f contra sts and o ppositi on
B. Fe elin gs and impu lses from within the mind
c. Emo tion mixed w ith ordin ary scenes
D. Inten se e mot ions fro m person al exper ience s
8. The wor d “eac h” in the passa ge refers t o ______ .
A. a rtist B. dual cons ciou snes s
c. physi c impu lse D. no tion of the un consc ious

306
 9. According to paragraph 5, abstract expressionism was critiqued for b ein g_____
A. w idely follow ed and ad mired B. labe led "Ameri can"
c . exhib ited worl dwid e D. clai ming to be mo dern
10. The word “its” in the p assage refers to ______ .
A. am bigu ity B. nation c . modern art D. worl d

B. WRITTE N TEST (70PTS

I. OPE N CLO ZE TEST (20P TS)
For q ues tion s 1-2 0, rea d the te xts b elow a nd thi nk o f the w ord whi ch best fi ts
in each space. Use only one w ord in each space.
OPEN CLOZE TEST 1 (10PTS)
The Minis try of Health has said the Zika (1 )________ might hit Vietnam as
Aedes aegyp ti mosqu itoes, which transm it dengue fever, abound here in the
nation. The warm ing comes after t he hea d o f the World Health Organ ization said
last Th ursda y that the mosqui to-borne virus is “is now (2)______ explo sive ly” in
the Amer icas, with 3 million to 4 million infections estima ted in the Americ an
region over a 12-month period. The ministry said Vie tnam ’s strong trade,
tourism and labor exchange s wit h other nations could (3)____ to a Zika outbre ak
in the Sout heas t Asi an country. Though no Zik a (4)________ have been detected
in Vietn am, the ministry has written to the Pasteu r institute s and institutes of
hygien e and epidem iolog y across the nation instruct ing them to (5) on
alert for Zika. They were told to monito r thos e p atients (6) • of contracting
the disea se, espec ially (7) returning h ome from Zika- hit countr ies. The
minis try said Zika and dengue fev er should be monit ored at the same
time. Peopl e are advised to closely monito r th eir health in the first 14 days after
going h ome from affected nations, and if they develo p an y (8)________ of fever,
they shoul d come to medical centers and hospita ls for exami nation . Resident s
are urged to keep a wat chful eye (9)________ sources o f still and stagn ant water
where (10)________ can replicate.

OPEN CLOZE TEST 2(10PTS)

In its sim ples t sense the word “adve rtisin g” means “draw ing attenti on to
som ethin g”; o r notify ing or informing so meone of somethi ng. You can advert ise
by (1 )___ _ of mouth, quite informally and locally and with out incurr ing great
expense . But if you want to inform a large numb er of peop le abou t someth ing,
you might need to advertise in the more (2 )_____ sense o f the word, by ( 3 )______
annou ncem ent. If you p ut a notice in a local ne wsage nt's shop, design a po ster or
( 4 ) _____ some space in a local newspap er, you are likely to ( 5 ) ______ the
informat ion you wish to com munic ate to the attent ion of more p eople than if you
simply ( 6 ) _____ the word around friends and neighbours. You could ( 7 ) ______
further and distr ibute le aflets as wel l, ge t som eone to ( 8 )_____ a plac ard aroun d,
even adver tise on local radio and o rganize a public ity stunt. Howe ver, you might

307
not be ( 9 ) _____ to sim ply co nv ey ce rta in fac ts and lea ve it at tha t. You mi gh t
wis h to add a bit o f em ph as is or eve n to ex ag ge rat e the fac ts by ( 1 0 ) _____ to
peo ple 's em oti on s. An d thi s is o f co urs e wh ere all the co ntr ov ers y ab ou t
ad ve rti sin g in its cu rre nt f orm aris es.

II. WO RD FOR MAT ION( 20PT S)

Compl ete each sente nce, using the co rrect form o f the wo rd in paren theses .
1. ___________ inc lud es bel ief s, the ori es, or pr ac tic es tha t ha ve bee n or are
co ns ide red sc ien tif ic, but h ave no bas is in s cie nti fic fac t. (SC IE NC E)
2. Th ey arg ue th at kil lin g sea ls f o r _____________ pr od uc ts ca nn ot be ju sti fie d.
(E SS EN TI AL )
3. Th ey we re ac cu se d o f _____________ o f the t erm s o f th e co ntr ac t. (O BS ER VE )
4. A bu sin es s th at t ea ch es and re in fo rc es ____________ pe rfo rm an ce a t all leve ls
is a bu sin es s tha t is d ed ica ted t o the w ell -be ing o f its em plo ye es . (ER RO R)
5. Fro m Se pte mb er 1829 unt il Ma rch 1830 Lun dy wa s as sis ted in th e _________
o f the p ap er by Wi llia m Llo yd Ga rris on . (ED ITE )
6. “____________ , t his sh ow is har mf ul to yo ur be lie f s tru ctu re, " Ste wa rt said in
dis be lie f. (E DU CA TI ON )
7. Th e aim o f thi s pr oje ct is to cre ate a ____________ ho use tha t will ser ve as
Do rm ito rie s, Re sta ura nt wit h ter rac e, Bar, Dh arm a Sho p, Of fic e and Me etin g
are a. (PU RP OS E)
8. De term ining why som e hig h abilit y stu dents d emon strate lo w l evels o f achieve men t
is d iff icu lt b ec au se _________oc cur s for m any d iff ere nt rea son s. (A CH IEV E)
9. Th is ch ap ter ex plo res ho w ju d ic ia l____________ ab ou t wh at is at stak e for
co ns titu tio na l los ers p uts c on stit uti on al sta tur e at risk . (TR UE )
10. A ____________ pe rso n alw ays t rie s to be fai r a nd rea son ab le, and a lwa ys
list ens to oth er pe op le' s opi nio ns. (M IND )
Compl ete th e passa ge with app ropriat e for ms o f the word s given in the box.
fa vo ur prec eden t equal decorate captive
compare exploi t economy atten d destro y
Go ld has s eve ral qu ali tie s tha t h ave mad e it a co mm od ity o f excep tional va lue
th ro ug ho ut his tor y. It is att rac tiv e in col our , du rab le to the po int o f virt ual
(11 )_______________ , and usu ally fou nd in nat ure in a ( 1 2 ) _________________
pur e for m. The his tor y o f g old is (13 )______________ by tha t o f an y oth er m eta l
bec aus e o f its va lue in the min ds o f men from ea rli es t tim es. Be cau se it is
vis ua lly ple asi ng it w as on e o f the f irs t me tals to att rac t hu ma n (1 4 )___________ .
Ex am ple s o f ela bo rat e gol d wo rkm an shi p, man y in ne arl y pe rfe ct co nd itio n,
sur viv e fro m an cie nt Eg yp tia n, Mi noa n, As syr ian , and Etr usc an art isa ns, and
gol d has con tin ue d to be a hig hly (15 )_______________ ma ter ial ou t o f wh ich
je w el le ry and oth er (16 ) ______________ ob jec ts are cra fte d. Th e era o f gol d
pro du cti on tha t fol low ed the Spa nis h dis co ver y o f the A me ric as in th e 1490 s wa s
pro ba bly the gr ea tes t t he wo rld had wi tne sse d to tha t tim e. Th e (1 7 )_________ '"

308
of mines by slave labour and the looting of Indian palaces, temples, and graves
in Central and South America resulted in a(n) (1 8)________ influx of gold that
literally unbalanc ed the (19)___________ structure of Eu rope. Until today the
world remain s ( 20 )__________ by the allure of gold.
III. E RRO R C ORREC TION (10PTS)
The fol low ing passag e con tains 10 errors. Id entify and c orrect them.
Line
1 Biofeedback is on the verge of becoming an important tool in medicinal
2 therapy. Using biofeedback, a patient can learn to control certain body
3 systems, such as heartbeat, temperature or blood pressure, that are
4 normally autonomic or self-regulated. The patient is attached to a machine
5 measure the function he wishes to control. When the desire result is
6 achieved, the patient hears a steady tone that indicates that the patient has
7 successfully manipulated that body function to a more desire state. For
8 example, if a patient wishes to control his heartbeat, he is attached to a
9 biofeedback machine monitoring his heartbeat. When the patient manages
10 to successfully slow his heartbeat, the biofeedback machine rewards him in
11 a low, dull noise. Today researchers are using biofeedback to treat patients
12 with such malady as regular heartbeat, migraine headaches, and high blood
13 pressure. The medical community foresees myriads applications that may
14 be treated by biofeedback in the future.
IV. S ENTE NCE TRANS FORM ATION (2 0PTS)
Rew rite each o f the fol low ing sentenc es in such a way that it mean s exact ly th e
sam e as the one given.
1. It was more o f an argum ent tha n a dis cussion.
-» It was not s o .. .. ............................................................................. ..................
2. The direct aim of the stateme nt is to make the public a ware o f the pres ent
situatio n.
—> Th e s tatem ent boi ls.............. ............................................................................
3. The Mount ain Rescue Team is pessimistic about the missing climbers.
-» The Mountai n Rescue T eam doesn ’t h o ld .................. .................... ..............
4. He thre atene d th e o fficers with violence.
-> He m ade .......................................................................... . ................................
5. Despite diffic ulties there may be, I promise to pro tect her.
-» A g ai n st .. ........................................................ .................................................
6. You have to use logic and lateral thinking in equal measure in this job. (strike)
—» You have t o.....................................................................................................
7. The effect s o f the gale were f elt mainl y alo ng the south coast, (brunt)
-> The south coa st....... ..................................................................... ....................
8. Ours is the o nly c ompany allo wed to im port these chemic als, (mon opoly )
-> Our c ompa ny h a s .............................................................................................
309
9. Th e ha nd lin g o f the m att er h as bee n hea vily cri tic ise d by the pre ss, (s co rn )
-> Th e p r e s s ..............................................................................................th e ma tter .
10. Joan w as not sure if it was a goo d idea to emp loy such you ng staff, (mi sgi vin gs)
-» J o a n .................................................. ................................................. yo un g staf f.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN PHAN NGỌC HIỂN - CÀ MAU

I. MULTIPLE-CHOI CE QUESTIONS
I. PH ONO LOG Y (5.0 points)
Choose the word (Ay By c or D) whose unde rline d pa rt is pro nou nced
differe ntly from tha t o f the others.
1. A. dor sal B. cor ps c. lord D. t ho rou gh
2. A. sui t B. suit e c. fru it D. bru it
3. A. gas oli ne B. de ser t c. Kan sas D. res em ble
4. A. he ale r B. cea se c. fea the ry D. fea st
5. A. gri eve B. die sel c. fien d D. siev e
Choose the word (Ay B, c or D) whose stress patte rn is different from that o f
the others.
6. A. ko ala B. an ten a c . ant elo pe D. gir aff e
7. A. inp ut B. uph ill c. pri nto ut D. ou tco me
8. A. app eti ze r B. ma lig na nt c. de mo cra cy D. hy dra uli cs
9. A. acq uie sce nc e B. un der sta nd ing c. en ter tai nm en t D. pho toc opy
10. A . im pec cab le B. mi sch iev ou s c. hy poc ris y D. ins atia ble
II. VO CABUA RY (5.0 point s)
Choose the word or phra se (A, B, c or D) which b est co mplete s each se ntence.
1. Th e spo rting of the y oung are f ocused on the ach ieve men ts o f their heroes.
A. exp ec tat ion s B. ins pir ati on s c . asp ira tio ns D. inte ntio ns
2. Ge or gin a ad mi rat ion and ado rat ion wh ich is no do ub t wh y sh e’s
suc h a s uc ces sfu l fil m- sta r a nd an im pos sib le wife .
A. blo om s on B. th riv es on c . pro fit from D. gro ws up on
3. My bos s is t ota lly inc om pet ent : eve ry tim e you ask him for a dec isi on or eve n
an op ini on he ju st his sho uld ers .
A. cra ne s B. sw ive ls c . shr ugs D. knit s
4. Ma ny sch oo ls set a lot o f by the suc ces s o f the ir stu de nts in
ex am ina tio ns .
A. pri ze B. ho no ur c . val ue D. stor e
5. Th e mi dd le cla ss tak e the ir rig ht to pu bli c mo ney for spo rts fac ilit ies
for
A. gra nte d B. giv en c . aw ard ed D. ple asu re

310
 6. T his train tick et is _____________ for thr ee months.
A. va lid B. ser vicea ble c. valuab le D. func tional
7. Pe ople who neve r read or trav el tend to be___________ .
A. sh eltere d B. close d c. strai ght-l aced D. na rrow -min ded
8. At each race meet ing Hawk ins despe rately __________ to beat Owen , nut his
alwa ys arriv es at the tape a sp lit-se cond behind.
A. strive s B. exer ts c. conte nds D. driv es
9. I had forgo tten to take my identity card into t he exam inatio n, but it was no o f
________ since nobod y asked to see it.
A. m ome nt B. m atter c. seriou sness D. ma rk
10. Exec utive s in intern ationa l comp anies usually have to do at least a three-
year ________ abro ad.
A. span B. servi ce c. run D. stint
III. GR AM MA R - STR UCT URE (5.0 points)
Choose the best options to complete thefollowi ng sentences.
1. _______ is pre sent in the body in grea ter am ounts than any othe r min eral.
A. Calciu m B. There is calcium c. Calcium, which D. It is calcium
2. Astr ono mer s estim ate________ called the Pleiade s in the cons tellat ion Taurus
is 415 light -year away fro m Earth.
A. ther e is a loose c luste r o f stars B. a loose c luste r o f stars is
c. that is a l oose c luste r o f stars D. that a lo ose c luste r o f stars
3. The impo rtanc e of the hand, and more genera lly of th e body, in chi ldre n’s
acqu isiti on of arithmetic ___________ .
A. can hard ly be exa ggerat ed . B. hard ly e xagg erated ca n be
c. can be e xagg erated hardly D. exa ggera ted can be ha rdly
4. Stage prod ucer s Klaw and Erlang er were the first to elimi nate argum ents
amo ng leadin g pe rform ers____ in order o f appear ance, instead of prominenc e.
A. o f whom list the program B. by listing them on the pr ogram
c. for them t he p rogram listed D. the program listing
5. N ot until the late ninete enth and early twenti eth centu ries_______ as a unified
scien ce.
A. did eco logy em erge B. whe n e colog y emerg ed
c. eco logy em erged D. when did ecolo gy e merg e
6._______ ___ that life be gan billions o f years ago in the water.
A. In the be lie f B. It is believe d c. The bel ief D. Be lievin g
7. Ro ads in the United States remain ed cr ud e,_______ with graved o r woo d
plank s, until the begin ning of the twen tieth century.
A. w ere unsu refac ed or the y c overed them
B. wh ich unsu refa ce or co vered
c. unsu rfac ed or co vered
D. un surfa ced or co vered the m

311
8. ________ at the site of a fort establ ished by the Nort hwe st Mounte d Police,
Calg ary is now one of Canad a’s fast est g rowin g ci ties.
A. It is b uilt B. To build c. Having bu ilt D. Bu ilt
9. _______ one after anoth er, parallel c ompu ters perform g roups of operation s at
the same time.
A. C onve ntion al com puter s, by ha ndling tasks
B. Sin ce t asks being han dled by con ventio nal comp uters
c. Wher eas conve ntion al comp uters handle tasks
D. W hile tasks handl ed by co nventi onal comp uters
10. A th ree- foot octo pus can crawl throug h a hole ___________ in diamete r.
A. th an one inch less B. less than one inch
c. one less inch than D. than less one inch

IV. PHR ASA L V ERB S - PRE POS ITIO NS (5.0 points)

Cho ose the best option to comp lete each o f the fol low ing senten ces:
1. K atie reall y___________ her mother. She h as go t the same characte r.
A. t akes up B. takes in c. takes on D. takes after
2. If the stri ke’s still on w e’ll ha ve t o __________ our tr ip till anoth er time.
A. call of f B. carry on c. go thro ugh D. put of f
3. Th ey shou ld__________ -corpor al punis hmen t at school, if you ask me.
A. g et back B. keep up c. bring back D. carry on
4. We have empl oyed a person t o _______ the condi tion of our ancestral home
from time to time.
A. che ck into B. che ck in c. check up o n D. chec k o ut o f
5. Susan sa ys she feels less n ervous since she_________ on tea and coffee.
A. cut down B. stop ped of f c. turned b ack D. cut out
6. I was tryin g to catch u p _________ the w ork I’ve mi ssed.
A. on B. with c . in D. unde r
7. The h ealth m inistry h as co me_________ fire fr om all sides.
A. on B. und er c. with D. o f
8. Th ey are w orkin g_________ time to try and ge t pe ople out of the rubb le al ive.
A. on B. aga inst c. in D. at
9. ___________ on f ault of his own, Tony was an h our late fo r the meetin g.
A. From B. For c. By D. Thro ugh
10. While Diana was very m u ch ______ awe of her grand fathe r, she adore s her
gran dmo ther .
A. in B. by c. for D. on
V. RE AD ING C OM PRE HEN SIO N (10.0 points)
FIRST PASSAG E: Questions 1 - 1 0
Citie s dev elop as a result o f fun ction s that they can perfor m. Some functi ons
resul t d irec tly from the ingen uity of the citi zenry , but m ost funct ions result from

312
the needs o f the local area and of th e surrou nding hinterl and (the region that
supplies goods to the city and to which the city furnis hes servi ces and other
goods). Geog raphe rs often make a distinc tion between the situati on and the site
of a city. Situati on refers to the general position in relation to the surrou nding
region, wher eas site involves physical chara cterist ics of the specif ic location.
Situatio n is nor mall y much more importa nt to the conti nuing pr osper ity of a city.
If a cit y is well situate d in regard to its hinte rland, its de velop ment is much more
likely to continu e. Chicago , for example , posses ses an almo st unparal leled
situation : it is located at the southern end of a huge lake that forces east-w est
trans porta tion lines to be compre ssed into its vicinity, and at a meeti ng of
signif icant land and water transp ort routes. It also overlo oks what is o ne of the
wor ld’s fines t large farmin g regions. These factors ensured that Chicago would
become a great city regardle ss of the disadv antage ous chara cteris tics of the
availa ble site, such as bei ng prone to flooding during thund erstorm ac tivity.
Similar ly, it ca n be argued that much of New York City ’s importa nce stems
from its early and contin uing advanta ge of situation. Philade phia and Boston
both origin ated at about the same time as New York and shared New York ’s
location at the western end of one of the wor ld’s most importa nt oceani c trade
routes, but only New York possess es an easy-ac cess functio nal connec tion (the
Hudso n-Moh awk lowland) to the vast Midwest ern hinterlan d. This accoun t doe s
not alone explain New York ’s primacy, but it does include several important
factors. Amon g the many aspects of situation that help to explain why some
cities grow and others do not, original location on a navigab le waterw ay seems
particu larly applic able. Of course, such charact eristic as slope, drainage , power
resourc es, river crossin gs, coastal shapes, and other physical chara cterist ics help
to de termi ne city location, but such factors are n ormally more signifi cant in early
stages of city dev elopm ent t han later.
1. Wha t doe s th e p assage mainly discuss?
A. T he d evelo pme nt o f trade r outes th rough United States cities
B. Co ntras ts in settl ement patterns in United States
c. Histori cal differe nces among three large Un ited States cities
D. The importance of geographical situation in the growth o f United States cities
2. The word “inge nuity ” in line 2 is cl osest in meanin g to______________ .
A. w ealth B. resou rcefulne ss c. traditi ons D. org aniza tion
3. The passag e suggest s th at a geogra pher would consi der a cit y’s soil type part
of its_______ .
A. hinter land B. situati on c. site D. fun ction
4. Ac cord ing to the pas sage, a cit y’s situa tion is more import ant th an its site in
regard to th e c ity’s_________ .
A. long-te rm growth and p rosperity
B. abili ty to p rotect its citizenr y

313
 c. posses sion of favorable weath er con ditions
D. need to import food supplies
5. The auth or menti ons each of the followin g as an advan tage of Chic ago’s
location EXC EPT its________ .
A. hinterl and B. nearne ss to a large lake
c. positi on in regard to tra nspor t rou tes D. flat t errain
6. The word “ch ar ac te ris tic s” in line 15 is closest in meani ng t o _________ .
A. c hoice s B. attit udes c. qualities D. in habitants
7. The prima ry p urpos e o f paragrap h 1 is to __________ .
A. s umm arize pa st re search and introduce a new study
B. des cribe a historic al period
c. emph asize the advant ages of one theory over a nothe r
D. def ine a term and illustrate it with an example
8. Acco rding to the passage, Philad elphia and Boston are simil ar to New York
City in
A. s ize o f populat ion B. age
c. site D. availab ility of rail transp ortatio n
9. The word “fu nc tio na l” in line 21 is closest in me aning to_______ .
A. a ltern ate B. unkn own c . original D. usable
10. T he w ord “it” in line 23 refers to___________ .
A. a ccou nt B. prim acy c. connect ion D. hinter land
SECON D PASSAGE: Questio ns 11 - 20
There are only a few clues in the rock record about climate in the
Prote rozoi ccon. Much of our informatio n about climate in the more recent
period s of geologi c history comes from the fossil record, because we have a
reaso nably go od unders tandin g o f the types of environm ent in which many fossil
organ isms flourish ed. The sca rc e fossils of the Proterozo ic, mostly single-ce lled
bacteri a, provide little evi dence in this regard. However, the rocks thems elves do
include the e arlies t evi dence for glac iation, probably a global ice age.
The inferen ce that some types of sedim entary rocks are the result of glacial
activi ty is based on the principl e of uniform itarianism, which posits that natural
proc esse s now at work on and within the Earth operate d in the same mann er in
the dista nt past. The deposit s as sociated with presen t-day glacier s have bee n well
studie d, and some of their charac teristic s are quite distinc tive. In 2.3-bi llion-
year- old rocks in Canad a near Lake Huron (dating from the early part of the
Proter ozoic age), there are thin laminae of fine-gra ined sedim ents that re sem ble
varves, the annual layers of sedime nt deposit ed in glacial lakes. Typica lly,
prese nt-day varves show two-la yered annual cycle, one layer corre spond ing to
the rapid ice me lting and sediment transport of the su mmer season, and the othe r,
finer- graine d, layer corre spon ding to slowe r wi nter depos ition. Althou gh it is not

314
easy to discern suc h details in the Proterozoic exa mples, they are alm ost certainly
glacial varves. These fine-grained, layered sediments even contain occasional large
pebbles or “dropstones,” a characteristic feature of glacial environments where
coarse material is sometimes carried on floating ice and dropped far from its source,
into ot herw ise very fine grained sediment. Glacial sediment s of about the same
age a s those in C anada have been found in other parts of North Amer ica and in
Africa, India, and Europe. This indicates that the glaciation was global, and that
for a period of time in the early Proterozoic the Earth was gripped in an ice age.
Follow ing the early Proterozoic glaciation, however, the clima te appears to
have been fairly benign for a very long time. There is no evidenc e for gl aciation
for the next 1.5 billion years or so. Then, suddenly, the rock record indicates a
series of Glacial episodes between about 850 and 600 m illion year ago, near the
end o f the Proteroz oiccon.
11. Which of the followi ng does the passage mainly d iscuss?
A. How pattern s in rock layers have been used to co nstruct theo ries about the
clima te of the Proterozoic age
B. What some rare fossils indicate about glacial condition s during the late
Protero zoic age
c. The varying characteris tics of Proterozoic glacial varves in dif ferent parts
of the world
D. The numbe r of glacial episodes that the Earth has experienc ed since the
Proteroz oic a ge
12. Ac cordi ng to the pas sage, the fossil record of the Proterozoic con is_______.
A. highly regarded because it preserves the remains of many kinds of organisms
B. less informati ve than the fossil record o f more recent periods
c. very difficu lt to interpret due to damage from bacte ria
D. more useful to researchers than oth er aspects of the ro ck record
13. The word “scarce” in line 5 is closest in meaning to__________ .
A. a ncien t B. tiny c. available D. rare
14. It can be inferred from the passage that the principle of uniformitaria nism
indicate s tha t___.
A. si milar condit ions produce si milar rock formations
B. rock layers in a given region remain undisturbed over time
c. diffe rent kinds o f sedimentary rocks may
D. each contin ent has its own distinctive pattern o f sediment layers
15. The word “resem ble” in line 14 is closest in meaning to_________ .
A. res ult from B. penetrate
c. look like D. replace have sim ilar orig ins
16. Ac cordin g to the pas sage, the layers in varves are prima rily f ormed
b y _ __________
A. foss ilized bacteria
B. pieces of ancient dr opstones
315
 c. a com binatio n of ancient and recent sediment s
D. annual cycles o f sedime nt t ranspor t and depositi on
17. The phrase “th e ot he r” in line 17 re fers to anothe r________ .
A. annua l c ycle B. glacial lake c. layer o f sedime nt D. season
18. Ac cordin g to the passage , the presence of dropstone s indicates that _______.
A. the glacial envir onme nt has been u nusually server
B. the fine-g rained s edimen t has bu ilt up very slowly
c. there has been a global ice age
D. coar se rock material has been carried great distanc es
19. Why does the autho r mention Canada, North Ameri ca, Africa, India, and
Europe in lines 24-25?
A. To provid e eviden ce for the theory that there was a global ice age in th e
early Proteroz oiceon
B. To demon strate the global spread of dropstones
c. To ex plain the princip les of varve form ation
D. To illustrate the varied climati c c hanges of the Pr oterozoic con in diffe rent
parts of the globe
20. Which of the follow ing terms is defined in the pa ssage?
A. fossi l record (line 4) B. lami nae (line 14)
c. varves (line 15) D. glacial episod es ( line 30)

VI. GUIDE D CLOZ E TEST (10.0 poin ts)

Re ad the pass ag es belo w an d decid e wh ich a nsw er (A, B, c or D) best fi ts each ga p.
FIRST PASSAGE: Qu est ion s 1-10
It is n ot diffic ult to disco ver an unknown animal. Spend a d ay in the tropical
forests of South Americ a, turning over logs, looking beneath bark, sifting
throug h the moist litter of leaves, followed by an eveni ng (l ). .. a mercury lamp
on a w hite screen, and one way and another you will (2 ). ..h undreds of differen t
kinds of small c reatures . Moths, Caterpil lars, spiders, long-nos ed bugs, luminous
beetles harmle ss butterfl ies (3 ).. .as wasps, wasps shaed like ants, stickes that
walk, leaves that open wings and fly - the variety will be (4 ). ..and one of these
creat ures will almo st certain ly be undescrib ed by scienc e.The difficu lty will be
to find (5 ). ..w ho know enough about the groups conce rned to be able to single
out th e new one.
No one can say (6 ). .. how many species of animal s there are in these
green house -hum id dimly lit jungl es. They contain the (7 ). ..a nd the most varied
assem blage of animal and plant life to be found anywh ere on earth. Not only are
there many catego ries of creat ures - monkey s, rodents, spiders , humm ingbird s,
butterf lies, but most o f those ty pes (8 ). ..in many diffe rent forms. There are over
forty diffe rent specie s of parro t, over seventy differe nt monke ys, three hundred
humm ingbird s and tens of thousand s of butterflies. If you are not (9 ).. ., you can
even be ( 10 ).. .by a hun dred differ ent kinds o f mosquit o.

316
1. A. lightin g B. poin ting c . shining D. ref lectin g
2. A. colle ct B. glimp se c . identify D. pick up
3. A. disgu ised B. dresse d c . masqu eradin g D. pos ing
4. A. big B. eno rmous c . ample D. gian t
5. A. pals B.guys c . friends D. spec ialists
6. A. almo st B. just c . nearly D. sin cerely
7. A. riche st B. dee pest c . wilde st D. thic kest
8. A. a re B. be come c . exist D. happe n
9. A. unluc ky B. awake c. cu nn in g D. careful
10. A. eaten B. threat ened c . poisoned D. bitten

SECON D PASSAGE: Qu es tio ns 11-20

THE ART OF BEING A PA RENT
In orde r to bring up childre n, many qualitie s are required. As well as the
(1 1) ... requ irem ents such as love, patienc e and underst anding, a sen se of humour
is an impor tant featu re of any parent's personal ity. (12) ... , it's quite an art to
transf orm a chi ld's bad m ood into (13) ... everyon e in the fam ily can live with.
Ano ther aspec t of child rearing is teach ing children limits and rules. This
means the child needs to be (14 )... of what his or her rights are and what other
peopl e's are, too. Setting limits on children must occur on a daily basis.
Temp orary measur es don't achieve anythin g but jus t waste time. A (15 )...
mista ke, howev er, is be ing far stricte r than necessary. Parents must be (16 )... to
allow the ir ch ildren the opportu nity to explo re and learn ( 17 )... experien ce.
What' s more, most parents must know the importan ce of (18 )... as it gets
childre n used to c ertain e veryday ac tivities. For instance, eating at the same t ime
(19 ).. . pare nts gets them into the ha bit of sitting at a table and (20 )... them how
to c ondu ct t hem selves properly.
Over all, child rearing is no easy task but it is certainly a challen ge and a
learni ng experi ence.
11. A. routin e B. pop ular c . usual D. ordi nary
12. A. In fac t B. But c. All in all D. As well as
13. A. char acte r B. beh aviour c . manner D. tem per
14. A. ac custo med B. known c . familia r D. aware
15. A. famo us B. con tinuous c.f i i . common D. willing
16. A. k een B. willin g c . eager D. int erested
17. A. with B. by c . on D. from
18. A. routin e B. fashion c. custom D. trend
19. A. than B. like c . of D. as
20. A. teach es B. instru cts c . learns D. ed ucates

317
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPEN CLOZE TEST (20 points)
Rea d the passa ges belo w an d think o f ONE word which best fi ts each space.
FIRST PASSAGE: Quest ions 1-10
STABIL IZING POPULATION LEVELS
Once the numb er of childre n per couple has been reduced, the primary tool
for stabiliz ing populat ion growth is family planning. Family planning
(1) ....... potential parents with reproduc tive health (2) ....... , contrace ption, and
counse ling on fertility control choices. There is (3) ....... substantial unmet need
for these service s in the developi ng world. Accordi ng to Bulatao, from 10 to 40
percent of mar ried women of repr oductive age in develop ing countries— and a
large, (4 )....... unknown, number of unmarried women— want but do not have
access to thes e s ervices.
Beyond the many maternal and child health benefits of family planning,
(5) ....... as improved health care, the AIDS epidemic offers (6) ....... powerful
reason for filling this family planning gap. The same family planning network
can provide the grassroo ts foundation (7) ...... halting the spread of AIDS. The
same condom s that limit fertility can (8) .......limit the spread of the virus that
causes AIDS.
High populat ion growth rates and high rates of HIV infection are (9) ....... to
the same social problems such as inadequate public educatio n and health
services . Most experts agree that efforts to provide these basic social
entitle ments will help co mbat both (10 )........
SECOND PASSAGE: Qu estions 11-20
The general picture is one of worldwide repression of the cinem a. Censorship
systems inevitably reflect the societies in which they exist. In mo st p laces strong
state control or religious or judi cial pressure ensure heavy restrictions . Political
change s are often quickly followed by changes in censor ship law- new
governm ent in Argentina and Venezuela, for (11)....... , have introduced more
liberal methods- but (12) ....... swings are usually temporary. There is even
evidence that movement to the right in Denmark and Sweden is leading to a
diminuti on o f the freedom of the me dia in (13)....... countries. The liberal trend of
the s ixties has been halted or reversed in almost all places that (14) ....... affected.
There is, however , one notable exception to this swing toward s relaxed
censo rship, for in Aust ralia the t raditiona lly tough line has (15 )....... relaxed to a
rema rkabl e ex tent.
But Austr alia is an interesting case simply (16 )....... it has reversed the
general trend. The hope that censorsh ip would be coming to (17 )....... end
jud gin g by world wide trends of that time, has been soundly dashed in the years
(18 )........ In most places censorsh ip seems as firmly based as ever, reenforce d
by the turn to the right that has characterized politics in so many countri es that

318
 have d one (19 )....... with censor ship have suffered in any calcula ble sense, there
is (2 0)....... reason to believe that t heir lead is likely to be wide ly followe d in the
immedi ate future.
II. W ORD FO RMA TIO N (20 poi nts)
Suppl y t he c orre ct fo rm o f the words given in capi tals to com plete the te xt an d
sent ence s belo w.
1. The teac her expres sed her___________ with Tony because SATISFY
he’s so d isobe dient in class.
2. Hom ewo rk is a part of every student's school life._______ , FORTU NATE
many o f them disappr ove of the amount of homew ork
they are given.
3. He was discov ered to have be en _______ compan y funds . PROPER TY
4. C hildre n should b e _______ examined at least twice a year. MEDICI NE
5. China is anoth er vast country which shares a single time
zone - but it spans far more___________ , which has LONG
result ed in some quirky schedules.
6. Hung er and a ________________ meal did not sit happily SLAP
side by side .
7. Ther e can be little__________ for ignoring the destruct ion JUSTIF Y
of our nat ural environme nt.
8. Being so close to the Atlantic, the weather in Ireland is
often both change able and very______________ . PREDICT
9. The hotel was harshly______________ for refusing to give CRITIC
refun ds and the bad publ icity h armed it.
10. Af ter 2012, the base shifted the event to a______ schedule, ANNUA L
but budget cuts forced it to cancel the 2014 show. .,

Choo se th e su itab le w ord given the b ox an d supply its co rrect fo rm to co mplete

the t ext below.

caffe ine diverse consume aroma certain

tech nolo gy contin ent science strike relation
Furt her resear ch by Nestle 's (11)______________ to capture more fully the
taste of home -mad e coffee resulted in the invention of the f reeze- drying process
in 1966 and the launch of Nesca fe Gold Blend.
In simpl e terms , Nesca fe is made by selecting the right mix of beans,
extra cting liquid coffee in much the same way as the convent ional coffee
machine , and then freeze -dryin g the results. The (12)_______________ skills lie
in the roasti ng, extrac ting and dehyd rating processes employ ed. There are two
basic coffee plants: arabica, a highly (13)_______________ variety grown in
central and south Amer ica and the east coast of Africa at altitud es between 600

319
and 2,000 metres, and robusta, a more pungen t, stron ger-ta sting coffee grown
below 600 metres in parts of Africa and A sia. Arabic a a ccoun ts for tw o-third s o f
world coffee producti on, robusta for the rest.
Nestle estimat es that on average 3,000 cups of Nesc afe are drunk every
second, with an o verall (14)______________ _ of no fewer than 100 billion cups
per year. More tha n 40 million cups o f Nescafe are dru nk e very day in Britain.
In 1974 the Nestl e board, concerne d about the compa ny's depen dence upon
(15)_____________ commo dity prices and sources of s upply in politica lly and
econom ically unstable regions, decided to (16)_________ outside its core food
business. The company bought a large stake in the French cosmetics group L'Oreal.
In the next three years the price of coffee quadrup led and the price of cocoa
tripled. Never theless , Nescaf e continued to be a big seller, and a greate r variety
of coffee d rinks was brought out under its brand name. These included Blend 37,
with a more (17)___________ coffee taste, an after- dinne r coffee using jus t
arabic a bean s, (18)____________ Nescafe and an instant c appucci no.
In the 1960s Nescaf e started to replace its tins with glass jars . More
(19)__________ was its 1980s-90s Gold Blend TV c ampai gn, a mini soap opera
about the develop ing (20)____________ between a you ng couple. It grabbe d th e
nation's attentio n, perhaps more for its story line than the pr oduct.

III. E RROR IDEN TIFIC ATION (10 points)

Ident ify 10 errors in the foll ow ing pass age. Underlin e the errors and c orrec t
them.
HANGI NG GARDENS O F BA BYLO N

Line Hanging Gardens of Babylon, gardens considered one of the Seven

Wonders of the World and thought to be locating near the royal palace
in Babylon. By the beginning of the 21st century, the site of the Hanging
Gardens had not yet been conclusive established. Nevertheless, many
5 theories persisted regarding the structure and location o f the gardens. Some
researchers proposed that these were rooftop gardens. Other theory,
popularized by the writings of British arc haeologist Sir Leonard Woolley,
suggested that the gardens were built within the walls o f the royal palace at
t Babylon, the capital of Babylonia (now in southern Iraq), and did not
10 actually “hang” but were instead “up in the air”; that is, they were roof
gardens laid over on a series of ziggurat terraces that were irrigated by
pumps from the Euphrates River. Traditionally, they were thoug ht being the
work either of the semilegendary Queen Samm u-ramat (Greek Semiramis,
mother of the Assyrian king Adad-nirari III, that reigned from 810 to
15 783 BCE) or of King Nebuchadrezzar II (reigned c. 605-c. 561 BCE), who
built them to console his Median wife, Amytis, because she missed the
mountains and greenery of her homeland.

320
 The Hanging Gardens were described in detail by a number of Classical
authors. Despite some sources disagreed on who built them, a numbe r of
20 description s concurred that the gardens were located near the royal palace
and were set upon vaulted terraces. T hey were also described as having been
watered by an exceptional system of irrigation and roofed with stone
balconies on which was layered various materials, such as reeds, bitumen,
and lead, so that the irrigation water would not seep through the terraces.
25 Although none certain traces of the Hanging Gardens have been found, a
German archaeologist, Robert Koldewey, did uncover an unusual series of
foundation chambers and vaults in the northeastern corner of the palace at
Babylon. A well in one o f the vaults may have been used in conjunction to a
chain pump and th us was thought perhaps to be pa rt o f the substructure of
30 the once towering Hanging Gardens.
{Source: brita nnic a.com )

IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSF ORM ATIO N (20 po ints)

1. We co uld catch an e arlie r train but we still w oul dn’t arr ive before 11.00.
Even _______________________________ • ______ ' ■- ■ ,
2. A rathe r na sty proble m has ap peared to me.
I 've co me________________________________________ ._____________
3. It was such a hea vy s nowfall t hat all the flights had to be can celled.
So________________________ 1! . I ■■ -■ . •• •• 1
4. A fter ma king Titanic, L eonard o DiCapri o a ppeared in The Beach.
(PRE VIO US)
Leon ardo Di Ca pri o________________________________________________
5. Yo u ca n’t pos sibly expect me to pay for the tickets. ( QUE STIO N)
There_________________ ______ ' ' ' __________ ______ •
6. He ’s so garru lous that we are not able to say anythin g. (WORD )

7. T on y’s h abit of taking risks doe sn’t fit in his image a s a family m an.
(CO MPA TIBL E)

8. The auth oriti es had d ecided the y wo uld get tou gh w ith dissid ents.
(CR ACK DOW N) '

9. Have you decid ed t o e nter the p oster com petiti on? (GO)

10. Do n’t ex pect him to sp are y our feelings : he alw ays says exact ly what he
think s. (MIN D)

321
 TRƯƠNG THPTCH UYÊN NGUYỄN THIỆN THÀNH - TRÀ VINH

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHONOLOGY
Choose the word which has the underline d part pronoun ced differentl y fro m
the rest.
1. A. m issile B. fila ment . c . dilate D. sịlage
2. A. salsa B. salm on c . salsify D. sal vage
3. A. p oultry B. pouc h c . pouty D. poun dage
4. A. r eleas e B. base , c . experti se D. obese
5. A. tho rough B. plough C: trough Ị- D. neigh
Choose the word that is stressed differently fro m t he others in t he list.
6. A. cul mina te B. negli gence c . diplom at D. in triguing
7. A. g azelle B .ru ck sa ck . c . bereave D. mol est
8. A. te stimo ny B. resp iratory c. aristoc rat □.c om me nta ry
9. A. lucrativ e B. pro menade c. reconci le D. i ntimate
10. A. colla bora tor B. prep aratory c . momen tary D. con tributory
II. WORD CHOICE
Choose the best options to complete the follo wing sentences.
1. Richar d started the race w ell but we nt out o f________ in the later stage.
A. pow er B. steam c. force D. effor t
2. The real test of your relatio nship will come when you start to see your new
boyf riend ________ and all.
A. fa ults B. spots .i c. moles D. warts
3. Miss Green gave me the greates t gi ft a teach er c a n ________ - an awakeni ng
of a passion for learning. .
A. c herish B. specif y c. bestow D. autho rize
4. A new computer has been produced, which w ill ______all the previous models.
A. o verdo B. sup ersede J c. excel D. overw helm
5. The whole movie was filmed o n ______________ in south ern India.
A. site B. loca tion c. spot D. venu e , ,
6. I know you never lend things, bu t_________ and let me borrow you r guitar. I
prom ise I’ll take go od care of it.
A. miss the p oint B. stretc h a poin t
c. come to the point D. make the point
7. The High Street in Cam bridg e is blocked by a lorry th at h as _______ its load.
A. s lipped B. shed c. loosed D. o verturn ed
8. ____________ ambit ion is what most great leaders have in comm on.
A. m anagi ng B. driv ing c. rising D. lea ding

322
 9. You'll have ____________opp ortun ity to as k qu estion s a fter the tal k.
A. supe rflu ous B. am ple c. lavish D. i nfinite
10. Since he is too old to be a porter, they have decide d to put him out t o _____ ,
A. the doo r B. grou nds c. grass D. the kerb

III. STRUCTURE AND GRAMMAR

Choose the best options to complete the follow ing sentences.
1. He d re ad s_____ wha t may h appen to his sister livi ng all alone in the village.
A. imag ining B. im agine c. to imagine D. hav e imagined
2. ______ is un derst ood to be no que stion of a criminal act having taken place.
A. The re B. It c . What D. W hethe r it
3. Cou ntry life d iffers fr om urban life i n ______ a sens e o f commu nity
gene rall y binds the inhab itants of small v illages tog ether.
A. it B. wh at c. which D. that
4. It wa s only when th e p olice came to the house to qu estion him that he realized

A. what he had made a fool of himse lf B. what a fool he had made o f himself
c. what he had made hi mse lf a fool o f D. what he h imsel f had made a fool of
5. He s ee m s______ for the ex perien ce.
A. none wo rse B. none the worse
c. none wors e a t all D. none the w orst
6. Why did n't you ask for help, to do it on yo ur ow n?
A. in vie w of tryin g B. now here near tr yi ng .
c. rath er th an trying D. far fr om tr ying
7. ____ the bones of prehis toric man, scienti sts hope to deter mine what th eir
own ers ate.
A. By s tud yin g B. In study of c. To st udy D. Stud ying
8. It is requ este d that adequ ate m ea su re______ to s ettle down the strike.
A. are appl ied B. will be app lied c. were applied D. be applied
9. Mod ern desi gn featu res have enabled the area of the “swee t spot” on tennis
ra cq ue ts ______ almo st 300 p er cent.
A. incre asin g B. in creased c. to increase D. to be increased
10. Prio r to the eigh teent h ce ntu ry ,______ storms formed and died out at the
same locati on.
A. a c omm on bel ief that B. that a com mon bel ief
c. it was c omm only b elieved tha t D. beca use it was comm only believed

IV. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS

Choose the best option to complete each of the followi ng sentences:
1. ‘Re lax ,’ said Harry. ‘We ’re ______ the wor st.’
A. o ver B. aga inst c. done with D. f inished o ff

323
2. The gove rnm ent has c om e______ fire fo r its decisio n to clo se the mines
A. on B. un der c. in D. to
3. Dr. Framp ton is in ch arge, b u t______ all pra ctical purpos es, her a ssistan t
runs th e of fice.
A. wit h B. in c. for D. ove r
4. ______ his o wn accoun t, he's quite wea lthy.
A. By ' B. On c. For D. With
5. I only went to th e m ee tin g______ protest.
A .u nd er B. in c. beyond D. out of
6. Ignorin g th eir protest s, N ew ma n____________ waiting journa lists .
A. b rushed past B. wore down c . washed do wn D. dressed d own
7. His ca r was co mp let ely ______ in the acc ident.
A. marked of f B. written of f c. shaken of f D. coned of f
8. We m us t______ the situation before we dec ide what to do.
A. c lock up B. drum up c. size up D. m ount up
9. To g et his proposal accepte d, the Finance Mana ger had t o ______ heavy
pressu re from colleag ues. , .
A. fend o ff B. laugh of f c. send of f D. push off
10. This typ e o f cheese is very hard t o ______ by.
A. ge t B. come c. go D. put
V. RE ADIN G COM PREH ENSIO N
Re ad th e fol low ing passag es a nd cho ose th e bes t answer.
READING 1
Between 4000 and 3000 B.C., signific ant technic al develo pment s began to
transfo rm the Neoli thic towns. The invention of wr iting enabled records to be
kept, and the use of metals marked a new level of human control over the
envir onm ent and its resources.
At first, Neoli thic settleme nts were ha rd ly more than villages. But as their
inhabit ants master ed the art of farming, they gradual ly began to give birth to
more comp lex human societies. As wealth increased, such societie s began to
devel op armi es and to build walled cities. By the beginn ing of the Bronze Age,
the conc entra tion of larger numbers of people in the river valleys of
Meso potam ia an d Egypt was leading to a whole new pat tern for hu man life.
As we have seen, early human beings formed small groups that develo ped a
simple cultu re that enabled them to survive. As human societie s grew and
develo ped great er comple xity, a new form of human existen ce - called
civiliz ation came into being. A civiliza tion is a compl ex culture in which large
numbe rs of human beings share a n umber of common elemen ts. Historian s have
identifie d a num ber of basic charac teristic s of civ ilizatio ns, most of wh ich are
evide nt in the Mesopo tamian and Egyptian civiliz ations . These include (1) an
urban revolu tion; (2) a di stinct religious structur e; (3) new political and military

324
 structu res; (4) a new social structur e based on e cono mic power; while kings and
an upper class o f priests, political leaders, and warr iors domin ated, there also
existed a large grou p of free people (farmers , artisan s, craft speo ple) and at the
very bottom , social ly, a class of slaves; (5) the deve lopm ent of writin g; and (6)
new forms of signi fican t artistic and intellectual activity , such as monume ntal
archi tectur al struct ures, usually religiou s, occup ied a prom inent place in urban
envir onme nts.
Why early civil izatio ns develo ped remains diffi cult to explai n. [A] Since
civil izatio ns deve loped indepen dently in India, China, Mesop otamia , and Egypt,
can gener al caus es be identified that would explain why all o f these civiliz ations
emer ged? [B] A n umb er o f possib le explan ations of the be ginnin g of civilization
have been sugge sted. [C] A theory of challen ge and respons e maint ains that
challe nges forced human beings to make efforts that resulted in the rise of
civiliz ation . Some schola rs have adhered to a materia l explan ation. [D] Material
forces, such as the growth of food surpluses , made possibl e t he specia lizatio n of
labour and deve lopm ent of large commu nities with bureau cratic organiz ation.
But the area of the Fertile Crescen t, in which Mesop otamia n civilizati on
emerg ed, was not n atural ly c onduc ive to agriculture.
Abu nda nt food could only be produce d with a massive human effort to
caref ully manag e the water, an effort that created the need for organ izatio n and
burea ucrat ic contro l and led to civilized cities. Some historian s have argued that
nonm ateria l forces , primar ily religiou s, provided the sense of unity and purpose
that made such organi zed activiti es possible. Finally, some scholars doubt that
we are capab le o f ever d iscove ring the actu al c auses of early civiliza tion.
1. It can be i nferred from the p assage that a civil ization is ______ .
A. large p opula tion centers B. Neolit hic towns and ci ties
c. types o f comple x c ultures D. an a gricultu ral commu nity
2. Acc ordi ng to parag raph 2, whic h o f the foll owing is true o f what h appens as
socie ties becom e m ore p rospero us?
A. More good s are produce d. B. Wa lled cities are built,
c. Laws are instituted . D. The size o f families is increased.
3. The word hardl y in the p assage is closest in mean ing t o ______ .
A. frequ ently B. likely c. barely D. obvio usly
4. The auth or m ention s Neo lithic tow ns in order to .
A. give an ex ampl e o f a civiliza tion i ( !i. •

B. ex plain the invention o f writing systems

c. argu e th at t hey should be class ified as vill ages
D. co ntra st the m with t he ci vilizat ions that ev olved
5. Acc ordi ng to the passage , which of the followin g is true of h ow the social
class wa s struct ured?
A. T here was an u pper class and a lower class.
B. Ther e w ere slaves, free pe ople, and a rulin g class.

325
 c. There was a king , an army, and slaves.
D. There were intellec tuals, and uneducat ed farmers and w orkers.
6. It can be inferred from paragrap h 3 th at ______ .
A. Mesop otamia n and Egyptian civiliza tions exhibi t the majority of the
chara cteris tics identified by historians .
B. The chara cteris tics that historian s hav e identified are not found in the
Egyptia n and Mesop otamia n cul tures.
c. Civil izatio ns in Meso potam ia and Egypt wer e identified by histo rians who
were study ing the c haract eristic s o f early cultur es.
D. The identi ficati on of most historic al c ivilizat ions includes either Egypt o r
Meso potam ia on the list.
7. The word prom inent in the pas sage means m ostly the sam e as _ _____.
A. wea k B. imp ortant c. small D. new
8. Acco rding to paragrap h 4, how can the i ndepende nt dev elopm ent o f
civiliz ation in diffe rent geograp hic regions be expla ined?
A. Scholar s ag ree t hat food su rpluses encourage d p opulatio ns to be
conce ntrate d in certain areas.
B. The re are several theorie s tha t explain the rise o f civilizatio n in the ancient
world.
c. The model of civilization was probably carried from one region to anothe r
along trad e rout es.
D. H istoria ns attribu te the emerge nce o f early cities at abo ut the same time as
a coi nciden ce.
9. All of the following are cited as reasons why civilizations developed EXCEPT ___.
A. Relig ious practic es unified t he popula tion.
B. Th e m anage ment o f water req uired o rganization.
c. A m ajor climate chan ge m ade living in grou ps necessary.
D. Ex tra foo d resulted in the expa nsion of population centres.
10. Where in the passage is the bes t place of the fo llowing sentence?
Some h istorians believe they can be established.
A. [A] B. [B] c. [C] D. [D]
READING 2
Inside the tree's protec tive outer bark is the circulator y system, consisti ng of
two cellu lar pipeli nes that transpo rt water, mineral nutrients, and; other organic
subst ances to all living tissues of the tree. One pipeline, called the xylem or
sapwoo d trans ports water and nutrients up from the roots to the leaves. The
other, the p hloem or inn er bar k carri es the dow nward flow o f foodstuffs from the
leaves to the branche s, trunk, and roots. Between these two pipeline s is the
vascu lar cambi um, a s ingle-ce ll layer too thin to be seen by th e naked eye. This
is the tree's major growth organ, responsi ble for the outward widenin g of the
trunk, branche s, twigs, and roots. During each growin g season, the vascular

326
 cambiu m produ ces new phloem cells on its outer surfa ce and new xylem cells on
its inne r surf ace.
Xylem cells in the roots draw water molecu les into the tree, taking in
hydrog en and oxyge n and also carryi ng chemica l nutrien ts from the soil. The
xylem pipel ine trans ports this life-sust aining mixture upward as xylem sap, all
the way from the roots to the leaves. Xylem sap flows upward at rates of 15
meters per hour or faster. Xylem veins branch throu ghout each leaf, bringing
xylem sap to thirsty cells. Leaves depend on t his delive ry system for thei r w ater
supply becaus e trees lose a tremen dous amou nt of wat er throu gh transp iration ,
evap orati on of water from air spaces in the leaves. Unless the trans pired w ater is
replaced by wat er transp orted up from the roots, the leaves will wilt and
event ually die.
How a tree manag es to lift several liters of water so high into the air against
the pull of gra vity is an amazi ng feat of hyd raulics. Water moves through the
tree becau se it is driven by negative pressur e-tensi on in the leaves due to the
physical prope rties of water. Transp iration , the evapor ation of water from leaves
creates the tensio n that drives long-di stance transp ort up throug h the xylem
pipeline . Tran spira tion provid es the pull, and the cohesio n of water due to
hydrogen bond ing trans mits the pull along the e ntire length of xylem. Within the
xylem cell, wat er mole cules adher e to each other and are pu lled upward through
the tr unk, into the bra nches and tow ard the c ells and ai r space s o f the leave s.
Late in th e growi ng season, xylem cells diminis h in si ze and develop t hicke r
skins, but they retain their capacit y to carry water. Over time the innermost
xylem cells becom e clogged with hard and gumm y waste produc ts and can no
longer tran spor t flu ids.
A simi lar situatio n occurs in cloggin g of arterie s in the aging human body.
Howev er, since the vascu lar cambium manuf acture s health y new xylem cells
each year, the death of the old cells does not mean the death of the tree. When
they cease to functi on as living sapwood, the dead xylem cells become part of
the ce ntral colum n of heartwood, the s upportiv e str ucture of the tree.
1. W hat a re th e primar y c ompon ents of the tree ’s circula tory system ?
A. Water, miner als, and organic sub stances
B. Xy lem and phloem
c. Leav es, branch es, and tru nk
D. Ro ots and heartwo od
2. The word this in parag raph 1 refers to
A. phloem B. inne r bark c. vascu lar ca mbium D. nake d eye
3. It can be inferred from p aragrap h 1 that the xylem is locate d
A. on the surfac e o f the ou ter bark
B. in side the phloem and the va scula r cambiu m
c. next to t he inner bark
D. be tween the vascu lar ca mbium and the phloem

327
4. What ca n be i nferred from paragrap h 2 about xylem sap?
A. I is compo sed mainly of water. B. It cau ses w ater loss by transp iration ,
c. It gives leaves th eir green colour. D. It is manu facture d in the leaves.
5. The word wilt in paragra ph 2 is closest in meanin g to
A. m elt B. grow c. swell ’ D. sag
6. Why is the p rocess of transpiratio n esse ntial to the tre e’s circu latory system?
A. It supplies the hydroge n and oxygen that tre es need to live and grow.
B. It pro duces new ph loem and xylem in the trunk , b ranches, and roo ts,
c. It causes the negative p ressure that m oves water th rough the xy lem.
' D.It replaces the water vapou r that islost through the leave s’ air spac es.
7. The phrase adher e to in paragrap h 3 isclosest in meanin g to
A. depend on B. stick to c. warm up D. respond to
8. The word gumm y in paragrap h 4 is closest in m eaning to
A. sticky B. liquid c. smelly D. fluffy
9. Why does the author mention “arteries in the aging human body” in paragraph 4?
A. To show th at tree s and people get the same diseases
B. To imply th at tree s mi ght pro vide a solution to human problems
c. To c ompare wh at hap pens in two agin g circ ulatory systems
D. To explain the cause of death in most trees
10. All o f the fo llowing are functions of the xylem EXCEPT
A. tran sport ing food from the leaves to the trunk
B. takin g in chemic al n utrients from the soil
c. formi ng pa rt o f the tre e’s structural support
D. mo ving w ater upward through the trunk

VI. CLOZE TEST

Re ad the texts below and decide which an swer b est fi ts each spa ce.
CLOZE TEST 1
DRIVING FROM BEIJING TO P ARIS
'Every j ourn ey begins with a single step.' We might (1 )______ this proverb
for th e 16,000 km Beijing to Paris car rally, and say th at every rally begins with
a ( 2 ) ______ of the wheel. From China, several hundred courag eous men and
women will set out for Paris in p ursuit of what, for many, is likely to prove an
impossi ble ( 3 ) ______ . Everybody is prep ared for the worst and expects a high
drop- out ( 4 ) ______ , especia lly on the rally's difficu lt first ( 5 ) ______ across
central China and over the high mountain passes of the Himala yas. 'If twen ty-
five cars (6 )______ it to Paris, we'll be doing well,' says Philip Young, the rally
organis er.
Now plan ned as an annual event, the first Beijing- Paris car rally t ook place in
1907. It was won by Prince Borghese, an Italian advent urer, who crossed the
finish ing line jus t a f ew metres ahead of the only other car to comple te the race.
Now aday s, not many people know about Prince Borghese , but at the time his

328
achi evem ent was (7 )______ as c ompa rable to th at of Marco Polo, who travelle d
from Venic e to Chin a in the thirtee nth century.
Acc ordin g to t he (8 )______ , all the cars in the rally must be m ore than thirty
years old, which means that the (9) ______ roads and high altitud e are a (10)
______ test of bot h the cars and the drivers. A sense of adv enture is essential .
One driv er said, 'Our aim is to have a good time, enjoy the exper ience and the
mag nific ent scen ery - and the advent ure of a lifetime.'
1. A. a dapt B. mode rate c . improve D. form
2. A. revol ution B. circle c . rotation D. tur n
3. A. vision B. fanta sy c . hope D. drea m
4. A. rate B. nu mber c. sp ee d D. fre quency
5. A. p eriod B. stage c . time D. round
6. A. get B. take c . have D. make
7. A. t hou ght B.1•referr ed * c . regarded D. noted
8. A. orders B. rules c . laws D. custo ms
9. A. c rude B. unde veloped c . broken D. roug h
10.A. firm B. strict c . severe D. grave
CLOZE TEST 2
THE EARLY RA ILWAY IN BRITAIN
In 1830, there were under 100 miles of public railway in Britain. Yet within
20 year s, this figur e had grown to more than 5,000 miles. By the end of the
centu ry, almo st enoug h rail t rack to encircle the world covered this small island,
(1) ______ the nature of travel for ever and contrib uting to the industrial
revo lutio n t hat chang ed th e ( 2 )______ of history in many parts of the world.
Wh ere ver r ailw ays were intro duce d, eco nom ic and socia l pro gre ss quic kly
(3) ______ In a single day, rail passeng ers could travel hundre ds of miles,
cutti ng pre vio us jou rn ey time s by huge mar gins and brin gin g rapid trave l
wit hin the ( 4 ) ______ of ordin ary people. Previou sly, many people had never
ventu red (5) ______ the outskirt s of their towns and villages . The railway
brou ght t hem grea ter f reedom and enlighte nment.
In the 19th centu ry, the railway in Britain ( 6 ) ______ some thing more than
ju st the busin ess of carryin g goods and passenge rs. Trains were associ ated with
roma nce, adve ntur e and, frequent ly, (7) _ _ _ _ _ luxury. The great steam
locom otive s that thund ered across the land were the je t airline rs of t heir day,
carr ying pass enge rs in c omfo rt over vast distan ces in u nimag inabl y short ti mes.
But th e railw ays (8 )______ _more tha n revolu tionise tra vel; they also (9 )______
a disti nctiv e and perm anen t mark on the British landscap e. Whole town s and
industri al cent res (10) ______ up around majo r rail jun ctio ns, monum ental
bridges and viadu cts crossed rivers and valleys and the railwa y station s
them selve s becam e d esirab le places to spend time betwee n journ eys .

329
1. A. alte ring B. amend ing c . adapting D. adjust ing
2. A. route B. way c . line D. course
3. A. purs ued B. followe d c . succeede d D. chased
4. A. reach B. capacit y c. facility D. hold
5. A. fu rther B. over c. be yo nd D.a bov e
6. A. serve d B. funct ioned c . represen ted D. performed
7. A. con sidera ble B. genero us c . plentiful D. sizeabl e
8. A. cau sed B. did c. produced D. turned
9. A. laid B. set c . settled D. left '
10. A. jum ped B. stood c . burst D. sprang
.fit J > ' r ■ !

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPE N CLOZE TE ST
Rea d the t exts below and decide which a nswer best fi ts each space.
OPEN CLOZE TEST 1
A key comp onent of any vigorous economic system is its transport ation
system. The growth of the ability and need to ( 1 ) ______ large quantities of
goods or number s of peopl e over long distances at high speeds in c omfor t and
safety has been an index of civilizat ion and, in ( 2 ) ______ , of t echnologic al
progres s. Comm unicati on and commerc e are facilitate d by the smooth and rapid
move ments of goods and people from one place to (3 )______ . Such movemen t
requ ires a (4) wel l-______ infra struc ture . The term “ infr astr uct ure ” is use d to
(5) ______ all the faci litie s that an econ omic syste m has in place , inclus ive
(6) ______ its ne twork of roadways, railroads, and ports, as well as the vehicles
and vessel to ( 7 )______ them. These facilities must be in plac e before trade can
be handled on a regula r ( 8 ) ______ . Transport ation systems are necessary in
order for goods to ( 9 )______ markets where they can be sold or ( 10 )______ for
other merc handise or services.
OPEN COLZE TEST 2
The advan cemen t of the noble profession of nu rsing has its ( 1 ) ______ in
two source s, one scientific, the other social. From the period of the renaissa nce
to the eightee nth century , there was little advan cemen t in the (2) ______ of
medica l science . (3) _ ____ , there was an explosio n of discov ery during the
ninetee nth century . At that time, germs were discove red as the leading cause of
death. “Hence the “germ theor y” of disease was devel oped and methods of
preven ting and treat ing infectious diseases were discov ered. In addition,
anesth esia was discove red. Since the time o f these advan ceme nts, the (4 )______
volume of medical knowle dge has challenge d healthc are profes siona ls to keep
(5) ______ of the latest develo pment s in the field of medi cine. In fact, medical
(6) ______ has produc ed more medical and health know ledge since the 1950s
than in all previou s centur ies ( 7 ) ______ . This expan ding ( 8 ) ______ of new

330
 infor mati on to be applie d by health servic es work ers has chall enge d the
educ ation al syste ms for phys ician s, nurse, and othe r healt hcare profe ssiona ls,
and appl ied ( 9 ) ______ on the delive ry system of servi ces to a public that is
better ( 1 0 )______ abou t h ealth care issues.

II. WORD FORMS

Pu t th e c orr ect fo rm o f the w ords in brac kets.
WORD FORMS 1 •«.,
1. Both cou ntri es are signa torie s to the N uc le ar _____ Treat y. (PRO LIFE RAT E)
2. I adm ire her _____________way of dealing with people . (RIGH T)
3. The eco nom y a ppea rs to b e ____________ in peo ple's minds. (MOS T)
4. He d em an de d_______ sente nces for thos e behind the violen ce. (EXA MPL E)
5. It's a _____________sort of a house with books and pape rs lying around
eve ryw here . (ORD ER)
6. It see ms impo rtant t o ____________ people to the fact that depre ssion is
more th an the blues. (SEN SE)
7. O u r________ were down this week becaus e th e w eath er w as so ba d. (TAKE)
8. The prog ram g ives the facts but do es n o t____________ blame. (POR TION )
9. Tea cher s have jo ine d a str ike aimed at for cing the g over nme nt to pay
salarie s a nd allow ances . (DUE)
10. M ost peop le believ e t hat t he gove rnme nt d isp en se s____________ just ice.
(HA ND)
^WOR D FORMS 2
Sup ply eac h g ap with t he corr ect fo rm o f the w ord given in the box.

surge on infectious prose cute intestine atten d

sick fo od notion hospital devote

TOO MUCH IN COM MON

Kath leen Bush and Yvonne Eldridg e had a lot in comm on. First, both cared
for child ren with extre mely comp lex medical proble ms: Jenn ifer Bush suffered
from con stan t (I ) ______ proble ms, and Eldr idge ’s two foste r daugh ters had
many ailm ents that left them weak and emaci ated. Second, both Bush and
Eldrid ge spe nt most o f thei r time taking their ( 2 ) ______ girls from docto r to
docto r? Jenn ifer was (3 )______ 200 times, and all three childr en had to underg o
(4) to place ( 5 ) ______ tubes into their stoma chs. Third, both paren ts
receiv ed the high est prais e for their ( 6 ) ______ to their little charge s. Bush was
praise d by Hilar y Clinto n at a 1994 White House rally, while Eldrid ge was
named ( 7 ) ______ “M other o f the Y ear” in 1988 by First L ady N ancy Reagan.
Yet (8) _____ later discov ered that Kathlee n Bush and Yvonn e Eldri dge also
shared a dark secret. Bush and Eldridg e were accused of having a strange

331
psychiat ric ailme nt called “Munc hause n syndr ome by pro xy" that made them
manufa cture the girl s’ illnesses because of thei r own needs for ( 9 ) ______ and
sympath y. Bush delibe rately poisone d and (1 0 )______ her daught er; Eldridge
starved her f oster childre n and reported sympto ms th at n ever e xisted.
III. E RRO R ID ENTI FICA TION
Iden tify 10 erro rs in the fol low ing passa ge a nd co rrect them.
A WEB OF DECEIT
The term Mun chau sen syndr ome by pro xy (MSBP ) coined around twenty
years ago. Hundr eds of case s have been reported since then. For most cases, a
mothe r eithe r claim s how her child is sick, or she goes even furthe r to actual ly
make the child sick. This “dev oted” parent then contin uously ta kes the child for
medical treatm ent, always denies any knowled ge of the origin of the problem -
that is, he rself. As a resu lt, MSBP victims may underta ke extraor dinary numbe rs
of lab tests, medic ations, and even surgery proced ures that are n’t needed. For
instance , by the age of eight, Jennif er Bush had more than 40 operat ions,
includi ng the removal of much of her intestine. Other children are forced to
spend almost every day of their lives in the hos pital or in t he d octo r’s office.
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORMA TION
Rew rite the sente nces with the given words or begin ning in such a way that
their mean ings remain unchanged.
1. It was the re cept ionis t’s fault that we didn ’t get the message.
The recept ionist w as ____________________________________________
2. She tho ught she had paid the bill, but she hadn ’t.
She w as _____________________________________ _________________
3. It was only th en t hat many of them though t ab out it.
Be for e________________________________________________________
4. In 1967 prog rams began to be t ransmi tted in color.
1967 __________________________________
5. Afte r l eaving home, she walk ed to a spot near the motorw ay.
After lea ving home, she m ad e____________________________________

6. I alway s had the f eeling she was not pus hing our fr iendsh ip f orward. (ARM )

7. One day, sh e su ddenly announc ed t hat she was leaving. (BLUE)

8. There 's no one a vailab le a t this momen t to tak e h er class . (NOTI CE)

9. Roman ia won all of the m edals. (SWEEP )

10. It all boils down to on e thin g - we nee d an other ten t housa nd dollar s to
comp lete the project . (BOTT OM)

332
 TRƯỜNG T H PĨ CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THỊ MIN H KHAI - s ó c TRĂNG

L MULTIPL E CHOICE QUESTIONS (40 points!

1 .1-10 PHO NOL OG Y
Choose th e w or d whose und erlin ed p a rt is pro nou nce d differentl y fro m t he others.
1. A. h oly B. holly c . holey Ỉ.D. hole
2. A. ch arad e B. charg eable c. ch an t D. ch arter
3. A. h umo r , B. honesty c . hurrican e D. hy pothe sis
4. A. d azzle B. daze c . datum D. dam e
5. A. th yme B. thermal c . thesaur us D. thes is
Choose the word which is stressed differently fro m t he other three.
6. A. c him panz ee B. diagram c . crocodi le D. Dic taphon e
7. A. p oultry B. eyelid c . dictate D. gang ster
8. A. t elesal es B. oppressio n c . slavery D. teen ager
9. A. a gency B. civilize c . charism a D. strate gy
10. A. clem entin e B. eyew itness c . chapero ne D. for eshorte n
’ . ■í ' Í 7 T) : \ • ‘ r‘ T 1 . *■'3’
II. 11-20 WOR D CHOICE ■i 1 ' ' . -' ' - Í,- 4 V .. i * ' . hÍ ■
Choose the best options to complete the follo wing sentences.
1. The carria ge was by four horses.
A. tie d . B. rolled c . drawn D. driven
2. His for the local tenni s club costs $ 10 a year.
A. subsc ription B. fee c . tax D. premiu m
3. The co untry ha s a large on its balance of payments.
A. extra B. addition c . overflo w D. surplus
4. He read a book on the plane to away th e time.
A. while B. throw c . absorb D. waste
5. P lease the m ilk care fully, I don ’t want it to boil over.
A. watch B. look at c . regard D. notice
6. Th at w indow nee ds a new of glass.
A. pane i Í•B.••slice
I. . tr c . square D. mirr or
7. The boy had a escape when he ran across the road in front of the bus.
A. c lose B. good c . narrow D. fine
8. He looked rath er unt idy as there w ere two bu ttons ‘ from his coat.
A. loosing B. losing c . off D. m issing '
9. As it had not rained for sever al months, there was a of water.
A. w aste B. shortage c . drop D. loss
10. The exac t qu estio ns she had prepared perfect answ ers for in the exam,
A. c ame out B. came in c . came throug h D. cam e up

333
III. 21-3 0 GRA MMA R AND S TRUC TURES
Choose the best o ption s to comp lete th e fol low ing sentences .
21. “It was such a bargain; 1 wish it h adn’t fallen to bits.’’ - “ It was a waste of
mo ne y,______ cheap it was.” • '
A. h oweve r B. still c. yet D. but
22. “How about join ing me on a skiing trip this week end? ” - “Well, I really
can ’t take a hol iday until I ______ my thes is.”
A. am finish ed B. finished
c. will have finishe d D. have finished
23. “ Where have you been, Mary? ” - “ Well, my t ut or ______ some research into
post gradu ate stud ies.”
A. m ade me to do B. had me to do
c. gọt me to do D. put me do
24. “ Susan looks ready to cr y.” - “ It looks as i f Pe te r______ her b irthday again !”
A. has for gotten B. has been forgett ing
c. had forgott en D. had bee n f orgettin g
25. It was unwise of David to make light of such a sensiti ve issue.” - “ Exactly.
No so on er ______ the jok e tha n e veryon e got up and left.”
A. ha s he told B. had he told c. he told D. hav ing told
26. Th e f ire-fi ghter or de re d______ the b uilding at once.
A. to everyo ne e vacua ting B. evac uating
c. to be eva cuated D. every one to ev acuate
27. Suppo se sh e______ that outrag eous story circul ating around the office; she ’d
be furi ous.
A. h as h eard B. had heard c. were heard D. woul d hear
28. “It ’s a pity Sarah is still unemp loyed. ” - “Yes, if only sh e_____ univer sity.”
A. w ould have finished B. had finished
c. would finish D. finish es
29. “Jane is really consci entiou s, isn’t sh e?” - “A bs olu tel y._______ , she is very
effic ient. ”
A. So B. All the s ame c. What is more D. Still
30. It’s high time y o u ______ the balcony. It’s cover ed in lea ves an d dus t.
A. to be clea ned B. cleane d c. had cle aned D. to have c leaned
IV. 31 -40 PREP OSIT IONS - PART ICLES
Com plete the fol low ing sente nces with suita ble pre pos itio ns or partic les.
31. Mary was im pat ien t________ the C hristma s h oliday s to arrive.
32. Their school building is ___ repair, so they are having lessons in the old library.
33. She w as ______ the point of leaving when the phone rang.
34. Peopl e w as c ho se n_______ random to try the new produc t.
35. Jam o oz ed _______ the d oughn ut w hen she bit into it.
36. Th e to mato se eds I planted in the s pring hav en’t c om e______ yet.
334
37. Th e t each er r elucta ntly ga ve _____ to the stud ents ’ request to c hange the date
of the exam . • ,
38. He was agai nst the plan at first, bu t they manage d to talk him______ .
39. Ann was to ld _____ by he r fath er for comin g h ome late.
40. I’ll s ta nd _____ Ryan, no m atter what people say ab out him.
V. 41- 55 REA DIN G COM PREH ENSI ON
You are go ing to rea d a news paper article about sing ing in choirs. Six
par agr aph s hav e been remo ved fro m the article. Choo se fro m the p arag raph s
A- G the one which f it s each gap (41-45). There is o ne extra para grap h which
yo u do n ot n eed to use. '■<
INT ROD UCI NG CHOR AL MUSIC TO CH ILDRE N IS LIKE O PENIN G A
DOOR TO A MAGIC AL WORLD
Her e’s an impor tant question . What ’s calming , therap eutic, healt hier than
drugs, and could well prolon g yo ur life? Answer: singing in a choir.
41
In fairne ss, ther e was a specific angle to this study, which compa red the
collec tive expe rienc e of chor al singing to that of app arently win hands down,
because the re’s “ a s trong er sen se of being part of a meaningfu l grou p”, related to
“the sync hroni city of moving and breathing with other peo ple” . And as so meone
who since child hood has use singing as a refuge from the sports field, I take no
issue wi th th at.
42
I know there are occasion al initiatives. From time to time I get invited as a
music critic to t he launch of some scheme or o ther to e ncoura ge more collective
singin g amon g schoo l-age children. There as smiles and brave words. Then, six
month s later, every thing goes quiet - until th e ne xt launch of the next initiatives.
43 ■Ú \ ' ■ •
I know a wom an wh o’s been crying hard to organiz e a perform ance of
Benjam in Bri tten ’s N oy e’s Fludde - perhaps the greate st work ever de vised for
young child ren to sing togeth er - as a tribute to the com pos er’s centen ary this
year. But has she found her local schools respon sive? Sadly not: it w as all too
much troub le. I.

We sang Herb ert How ell’s Like as the Hart. And whate ver it did or did n’t do
for my card iova scul ar system, my em otion health, or any of the o ther thing s that
turn up in resea rch papers it was the most signif icant exper ience of my
child hood . It o pened a wo rld to which 11-year-olds from unfas hiona ble parts of
east London do n’t gener ally het access. It was magica l, trans cend ent. It spoke
possi biliti es. •
335
 And that, for me, is what a choir can offer. All the physical and mental pluses are
a happy bonus. But the joy and thrill o f access to that world of music is what counts.
The othe r weeke nd I was in Suffolk, celeb rating Britten, where in fact there
were a lot of child ren privile ged enough to be pulled into the centen ary events.
There was a great No ye ’s Fludde in Lowestoft. And on the actual birthday
count less hordes of infant voices piled into Snape Makin gs to sing Britt en’s
school songs, Friday After noons , part of a projec t that involved 100,000 other,
intern ationa lly, doing likewise.
45 I
Just think: if we could finally get Brita in’s children singing, it would filter
upward s. And we wou ldn ’t need universit y research ers. We’d ju st do it, and be
all th e bette r for it.

A It was an extra ordina ry experie nce B In fact,,I have no argum ent with
that many of those childre n will
carry with them all their lives, like
my expe rienc e all those years ago.
There a plan for it to be repeated
every year on B ritte n’s birthd ay. But ! things I find annoyin g is that
that will only happen if there are
resour ces and sustained commi tment
(for a chang e).
c One of my endur ing life regrets is D
that I never got the chance to take
part in such an event as a child. I
guess 1 went to s chools where it was
also too much trouble. But I did, just
once, aged 11, get the chance to go
with a choir an d sing at Chelmsfor d
Cathed ral.
E The hard fact is that most state
schoo ls do n’t bother much with
singin g, unless som eon e' in the
hiera rchie s of gove rnme nt steps in
to make it worth their while. They
say they do n’t have the resourc es or
the time. And even when a
worth while singing projec t drops
into th eir lap, they tu rn it down.
any of t hese piles of research -
bring them on, the more the
better - better because what they
have to say is true. The only
such an endless ly repeated truth
results in relativ ely little action
from the kind of people who
could put it to good use. r
But being there was better. And
as I was sitting near the choir -
who were magnif icent - I saw
the faces of the bo ys and thoug ht
how fabulous ly privileg ed they
were to have this opport unity
given to them.
F It’s not a new discove ry: there
are endless dissert ations on the
subject, libraries of research, and
celebrity endors ement s. But
people have short memorie s. So
every time anoth er acade mic
paper is publishe d, it gets into
the news - which was what
happened this week when Oxford
Brookes Universi ty c ame up with
the latest “sing ing is go od 'fo r
you” revelation .
 PASSAGE 2
Rea d the pa ssa ge below an d choo se th e cor rect answe rs
For a long time, amph ibian s were confuse d with reptile s. Like retiles , they
have three -cha mbe red hearts and are cold-b loode d. Some amph ibian s, such as
salam ande rs, are even shaped like lizards. Howeve r, unlike reptile s, amphib ians
neve r ha ve claw s on thei r toes o r sca les on th eir bodies. Further more, th e eg gs o f
amp hibia ns lack s hells, so they m ust be lid in w ater or mo ist pl aces.
Amp hibi ans were the first creatu res to spend sizable amoun ts of their lives on
land. The larvae of most amph ibian s, such as frog tadpo les, are born with grills
and live in water. Howe ver their grills disap pear as they develo p lungs. Most
retain the ability to breath e th rough the moist surface of their skin. This comes in
handy when they hiber nate in the bottom mud of lakes and ponds during the
colde st m onths . T hey take in the small amou nt o f oxygen they need through th eir
skin. Some amp hibia ns underg o what is known as a “doub le metam orpho sis”
chan ging not only fr o m , grill breath ers to lung breathe rs but also from
vege tarian s to insectiv ores.
Alth ough the amphi bian class is rather small in numb er of species , it s hows
great diver sity. There are three majo r types. The caecili ans of the tropics are
long, legless burrow ing creature s. Caudate amphib ians, such as newts and
salam ande rs, mostly have long tails and stubby legs. Salienti ans, which include
both frogs and toads, are tailles s as adults and have powerfu l hind legs. Toads
diffe r fro m frogs pr imaril y in that t hey have dr y, w arty skin.
46. The aut hor ’s main purpose in writi ng this pass age is to _______
A. defin e an d d escribe am phibia ns
B. co ntra st d iffere nt type s o f amphibi ans
c. trace th e de velop ment o f amphibi ans from larvae to adults.
D. e xplai n how amph ibians dif fer from o ther c reatures
47. Acc ordi ng to the passage, which of the follow ing is not a charac teristic of
amp hibi ans?
A. T hey have three- cham bered hearts. B. They lay eggs witho ut she lls,
c. They h ave claws on their t oes. D. They are co ld-blo oded.
48. “S cale ” is clos et m eaning t o ______
A. devi ces used to m easure weight.
B. pl ates cove ring the bodies of certain an imals,
c. soun ds made by various anim als.
D. p ropo rtion s b etwee n di fferen t sets of dimensions.
49. Acc ordi ng to the passage , th e t erm “double m etam orph osis” refers to th e f act
tha t am phib ians ______
A. first breathe through their gills, then through their lungs, then through their skin
B. ch ange bo th th e s hape of their bodies and th e wa y in which they lay egg s
c. first live in water, then on land, then in mud in the bottom of ponds and lakes
D. ch ange bo th t heir meth ods of breathing and t heir f eedin g h abits

337
50. It can be inferred from the passage that amp hibi ans’ ability to breathe
throu gh their skin is especi ally useful during the *
A. s umm er B. fall c . winte r D. spri ng
51. All of the fol lowin g are identified in the p assage as amph ibian s ex cept_____
A. n ewts B. sal amand ers c. caecil ians D. liza rds
52. The word “stu bby” is closet in meanin g t o _____
A. long an d thin B. und evelope d c. thick and short D. power ful
53. The wor d “they ”' in the last sent ence refers to______
A. to ads B. tails c. adults D. frogs '
54. The w ord “ sizab le” is closet in meani ng t o _____
A. co ndens ed B. large c. whole D. small
55. Which detail can mostly be used to reco gnize a cert ain type of amphibian s?
A. lungs B. skin c. legs D. gills
VI. 56-80 MUL TIPL E CHOIC E CLOZE TEST S
Re ad th e te xts below and decide which answ er be st fi ts each space.
PASSAGE 1
The final years of seconda ry school are general ly regarded as a fairly
stressful period for students. There are exams to (56)_____ ready for, decision s
about the future to be (57)______ and many other aspects of growing up to come
to (5 8)______ with. It may seem surprising , (5 9)______ , that students o f this age
have enoug h time an energy left for (60)_______ relation ships. For many,
howev er, such relati onship s (61)_____ an importan t part of both their social life
and thei r p ersonal develo pment. But wh at are most teena gers (62) i for in a
high school roman ce?
For some, it’s the chance to (63)______ this wonder ful period of dis covery
and adven ture with somebo dy else. They (64) , having a loyal friend who
will be there to (65)______ by them in times of need or difficult y. It’s also
some one they can (66)______ their trust in, someone to whom their deepest
secret s ca n be (67)______ . > ,
For others, it’s an opportu nity to experi ment with emoti ons and ideas.
(68)_______ of being in a relation ship, they learn what it is like to feel
comm itted to one other person. (69)______ a feelin g of security, such
relati onsh ips can also give a (70)_______ of what marr iage must be like.
56. A. co me B. set C. get D. learn
57. A. brough t B. do ne c . had
• Ị D. made
58. A. face B. terms C. rights D. agree
59. A. given B. althou gh C. whe ther D. theref ore
60. A. g rowi ng B. raisin g C. formi ng D. shap ing
61. A. play B. result c . remind D. recom mend
62. A. want ing B. looki ng c . liking D. seek ing
63. A. share B. joi n c . give D. know
64. A. approv e B. app reciate ’ c . identify D. relate

338
65. A. supp ort B. rema in c . sta nd D. return
66. A. mind B. let c . lay i D. put
67. A. told B. said c . kept D. placed
68. A. Despite B. As a result c . Instead D. In ca se
69. A. As far as B. As long as c . As so on as D. As well as
70. A. sense B. thou ght c . slice D. touch
•' i . ; . * J.. Ỉ ,; ' ■.J . • .i
PASSAG E 2
4:
COFFE E C ULTUR E
The othe r da y 1 wanted a cup of coffee, so 1 popped into a bank. I sat in a soft
arm chai r and watch ed the world (71) , which, in this case, was the
(72) for the servic es of th e bank clerks. I’m joking, of c ourse, but this
could soon be co mmo n in banks in big cities.
The (73) for “ real coffee ” in Brita in, like t hat for mobile phones , seem
never -endi ng. Howe ver, the (74) is that the attractio n for many British
people (75) not so much in the coffee as in the “coffee cultu re” that
surro unds it. This is to do with big, soft sofas and the idea that you sit on one,
you t oo can (76) the actors in the A merica n TV comed y Fr ien ds .
In Lo ndon, the first café opened in 1652. Men would (77^) there, often
at (78) times during the dav, to (79) news and gossip, discus
(80) of the day and do business. The café acted as offices and shops in
which merc hants and agents, clerks and bankers could carry out their
' . <‘ • 7 • . ’ ><• » Ỉ . 1.
trans actio ns.
71. A. fly p ast B. go by c . pass on D. wa lk alon g
72. A. queue B. line c . wait D. search
73. A. dema nd B. deve lopme nt c . claim D. supply
74. A. sense B.s usp ect c . suspicion D. style
75. A. leans B. lies c . occupies D. rests
77. A. bring B. fetch c . take D. gath er
78. A. regu lar B. right c . correct , \ D. perfec t
79. A. give B.e xch ang e c . offer D. establ ish
80. A. thou ghts B. issues c . feelings D. circu mstanc es
• it •' r ,

B. WRITTE N QUESTIONS (70 points

1 .1-20 O PEN C LOZ E TESTS
Re ad th e te xts belo w a nd th ink o f the wor d which best fi ts each space. Use only
ONE WORD fo r each space.
PAS SAG E 1
A S PORTIN G GOAL FOR W OMEN
Footba ll is tradi tiona lly, a man ’s sport, but now the women are muscl ing in
on thei r act, or so it (1)_________ . So many top male footba llers have been

339
transfe rred (2)________ astronomi cal sums of money that the game has been
more a high-po wered business that a sport. This is (3)_____ the women came
in, more motiva ted, more interested in the game ( 4 ) _______than in promo ting
thems elves and generally better behaved both (5)______ and of f the pitch.
(6)_____ a strong contra st to (7)______ male coun terpa rt’s greed and cynicism .
Indeed, accord ing to FIFA, the world football governi ng body, the future of
football belongs to women, and the organiza tion has (8)_____ out to activel y
promote wom en’s football. Perhaps, in (9)_____ of the fact that women are hal f
of the wor ld’s populati on, this is how it should be. In the USA, many members
of national wom en’s football teams are (10)______ known than male footbal lers,
and some professio nal female players in both North Americ an and Europe have
attracted lucrative sponsorsh ip deals.
PASSAGE 2
BEWARE OF VITAM INS!
Vitam ins are good for our health, aren ’t they? Perhaps not. New research
suggests that rather than ward of f d isease, high doses of cert ain vitamins may
(11)_____ more harm than good and could even put you in an early grave. A
variety of recent studies suggest that (12)_______ from improving health, these
vitamins , (13)______ taken in very high do ses, may a ctually increase the risks of
cance r and a range (14)_______ deliberati ng diseases, a discove ry that has sent
the medical world into a spin. Scientists are unsure (15)______ to why vitamins,
so essential to health, can be tox ic in high doses. The most likely explana tion is
that the body is only equipped to deal with the levels found naturally in the
environ ment. If the intake is too far (16 )____ _the normal range, then the body ’s
internal chemist ry can be shunted out o f alignment. (17)_____ this means is that
the comm erciall y sold vitamins and (18)______ provided by nature are not
always com patible . The co mmercial forms may interfere with the body ’s internal
chemis try (19)______ “crowd ing out” the most natural and benefici al forms of
the nutrients. The vitamins obtained (20)______ food are also allied with a host
of other substanc es which may moderate or argume nt their activity in the body.
The lasted advice is to e at a balanced diet to ensu re you get all the nutrients you
need, and if you must take supplemen ts make sure you take the lowes t
recomm ended dose and fo llow the instructions on the bottle.

II. 21-40 WO RD FORM ATION

Comp lete each sen tence, using th e corr ect fo rm o f the wo rd in parenth eses.
WHAT MAKES A CLO SE FRIEND
For all of US, clo se (0) per son al (per son) friends are important. Good friend s
are above all (21)______ (rely) people who you can trust to keep a secret. If you
have a pro blem to solve, or a (22)_______ (confess) to make, they will listen and
given you (23)______ (help) advice. Their (24)____ (gener ous) is such, that they
do not e xpect any thing in return, but they know w ith (25)_____ (certain ) t hat you

340
would do the same for them. Close friends are (26)_____ (like) ever to let you
down or make you feel (27)_____ (ridicul e) when you tell them about your
proble ms. On the contra ry they are a real source of (28)_____ (stron g)whe n you
feel weak and in need of s upport. They will tell you (29)_____ (since re) what
they think, and help you find your way out. As a result, your (30)____.(friend)
will g row even stronger .
Ma ke com pou nds using a word on the left with a wor d on the right. Then use
them to com plete the sent ence s below.

barbed break last part ou t down

nurse ry open shake cut m inded
turn short absen t minute wire rhymes
spare up
31. You need to be more_____ and listen to new ideas.
32. We m ade a ________ booking on the internet an d f lew o ut the follow ing day.
33. She th inks she ’s too o ld to listen t o _______ .
34. We we re a bit late, so I decided to take a ______ . What a silly idea that was?
35. Th ere was an im pre ssi ve_______ for the meeting -o ve r 100, in fact.
36. I’m a bit wo rried about my grand mothe r - she ’s getting rath er_____ _ .
37. We n eed a _______ for the coffee machine - I’ll o rder on e on the internet.
38. T her e’s been a ma nag em ent ____ so I th ink t hings will start looking up soon.
39. If you have c a r_______ insurance, you can get help very quic kly on the road.
40. T h e_________ is design ed to keep the an imals in and p eople out.
III. 41-50 E RRO R C ORRE CTION
The fo llo wi ng passa ge conta ins 10 errors. Identif y a nd co rrect them.
ON TO EVERES T
Line 1 Afte r four years of bac kbreakin g trainin g and also preparat ion. The
2 Singa pore Mt Everest Expedition Team is ready to m ount the su mmit of
3 the wo rld’s high peak in the next fe w wee ks. In 1953, the Sir John Hunt
4 expe dition has put two climber s on the su mmit. On this expediti on, they
5 mount ed the summ it in the South Col route. The Singapo re team will
6 attem pt to retrace t he same route as they begin their ascent. The idea to
7 clim b Everest was firs t bring up in 1900.
8 The Singap ore Mount aineer ing Federation, being establi shed in 1993
9 and a perm it for the climb was finally given in May 1994. The
10 Singa pore Everes t team, compr ises eight climber s and a suppo rt team,
11 left for Katman du in early March: a relative youn g team with the
12 avera ge age of memb ers being about 30 years old and whose membe rs
13 come from all walk of life. The jou rney will be g ruel and memb ers are
14 fully aware of that they may not succeed, or worse, survive . Our hopes
15 and prayers will follow them.

341
IV. 51-60 SENTE NCE TRAN SFORM ATION
I. Finish each o f the sentences in such a way that it m eans the same as the
given one.
51. D ave had to cut in pay to keep from losing his job.
—> Dave ’s sa la ry ........................... ....................... ............................................ .
52. The stud ents ’ rebelli ous behaviour s sho uld have bee n s everely punished.
—» The students des erved ...;................................ ................................ ................
53. It’s almo st nin e mo nths since I stopped subscrib ing to that magazine.
-> I can celle d........................ ................................................................................
54. Only an un foreseen pr oblem can stop the sche me now. ,
-> N ot hi ng ............................................................................... :............................
55. It doe sn’t m atter wh ich chemical you put inti the m ixture first. Th e re sults
will be the same.
—> It mak es.................................................. .......................................................
II. Rewrite the foll owin g sentences using the given words. The given word
mus t not be altered in any way.
56.1 neve r thou ght o f borrow ing money from him. (OCCU RRED)
I t .................................................................................. ........................ from him.
57. The b oys hurled lots o f snowballs at the ir nex t-door neighbor. (PELTED )
The boys ............................................ .................................................. snowballs.
58. We wan t to breathe new life into this project. (REJUV ENATE )
W e ......................... ...................... ............................................................proje ct.
59. Th is e ssay shows a slight improvem ent on the last. (MARG INALL Y)
This essa y..............................
‘V J ................................................................................
X • >.»•
60. Ji m knew he would have to go on t he bus iness trip at a mom ent’s notice.
(POISED )
Jim ................. ........................................................................................................

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN TẤT THÀNH - KON TÙM

. MUL TIPLE CHOICE (40 POINTS)

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5 POINTS )
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronou nced differen tly fro m that o f
the others. - . -
1. A. chro nicle B. chorus c. orchard D. orchid
2. A. subsid y B. sub stantial c. underg raduat e D. drug taker
3. A. prefer able B. deriva tion c. prepara tion D. prelim inary
4. A. recom mend B. reco llect c. reclaim D. recog nition
5. A. d efaul t B. decimal c. decay D. decen t
342
Choose the wor d which is str esse d diffe rently fr om the othe r three.
6. A. C hristia nity B. temp erame ntal c. exper imen tal D. Co nfigur ation
7. A. c onsti tuenc y B. con stituti on c. prese ntim ent D. sub sidiar y
8. A. ab origin e B. geog raphica l c. unde rgrad uate D. par allelis m
9. A. tr igon ome try B. expl anator y c. immed iately D. dem ocrac y
10. A. anac hroni sm B. sim ultaneo us c. decaf feina ted D. exas perati on
II. WO RD CHO ICE (5 PO INTS)
Choose the best optio ns to com plete the fol low ing senten ces.
11. M ost p eople feel a s lig ht _______ of nostalgia as th ey t hink back on t heir
schoo ldays .
A. fe eling B. surge c. pang D. chain
12. The cost of a new house in the UK has be co me _______ high over the last
few years.
A. to tally B. astron omical ly c. blatantly D. utte rly
13. The entire sta ff was thrown o ff __ when the news of the take over was
annou nced.
A. c ompo sure B. disarra y c. stable D. balan ce
14. Mr. Simki ns is the big in the com pany ás he has ju st been promoted
to the positi on of Managing Director.
A. bread B. cheese c. apple D. meat
15. O f all en tries received , his was _ out fo r special raise,
A. isolated B. brought c. opted D. singl ed
16. 1 was in a ____ as to what to do. If 1 told the truth, he woul d g et into
troubl e, but if I said nothing I would be more in trouble.
A. d oubt B. quanda ry c. hitch D. com plexity
17. The m atter has b een left i n _______ until the legal ra mific ations ha ve been
explor ed.
A. recess B. suspensi on c. abeyan ce D. criti cism
18. It was an e xtreme ly hostile article which cast on the cond uct of the
entire c abinet.
A. c riticis m B. aspersio ns c. disapp roval D. abuse
19. He's so lazy! We all have to work harder because he's a lw ay s___ his duti es.
A. e vadi ng B. shirkin g c. ducking D. dodg ing
20. I found the informat ion for the project in the en cyclo pedia but I could n't give
and verse on it.
A. c hap ter B. unit c. poem D. extra ct
III. GRA MM AR AND STRUC TURES (5 POIN TS)
Choose the bes t opt ions to co mplet e the follow ing sentenc es.
21. B et h_______ all night w orking on her assig nment as the tutor was abse nt
the next day and an extension was given.
A. n eed n’t hav e s tayed up B. sho uldn ’t have stayed up
c . sho uld n’t be staying up D. didn ’t have to sta y up

343
22. Th e m onthly installm ent ____ at the end o f the mo nth w ithou t delay or
else y our c ar will be con fiscate d
A. is to be paid B. is being paid c. is to be paying D. bei ng paid
23. If Joanne had n’t deci ded to st op wo rking to look aft er h er chi ldren, her
medical pr ac tic e_______ now.
A. wo uld have t hrived B. would be thrived
c. would have been t hrivin g D. would be thriv ing
24. Le ge nd _______ that Robin Hood fired an arro w from his dead-b ed and w as
buried where the arrow landed.
A. tell s it B. says it c. makes it D. has it
25. She was at th e _______ of her fame when tragedy stru ck.
A. h eight B. point c. advanta ge D. profit
2 6 .1 used to dislike Ho Chi Minh City, but I n ow seem r esi gn ed ________ there.
A. to living B. from living c. living D. to live
27. _____ after the 2nd World War th at test pilots first a ttempt ed to break the
"sound barrier".
A. There was shortly B. Was it shortly c. Shortly D. It was sh ortly
28. _______ , every one in it wou ld have been killed.
A. Were th e p lane to hav e tak en o ff B. Had the p lane not take n o ff
c. Should the plane take of f D. Were the p lane to be takin g o ff
29. C an yo u recite the a lph ab et________ ?
A. a round B. rever se c. backwa rds D. retur ned
30. He s ho ul d____ the blame for the delay because he forg ot to place the o rder.
A. put B. take c. get D. decla re

IV. P HRA SAL VER BS AND PREPO SITIO NS (5 POI NTS)

Choo se th e bes t option to com plete each o f the fol low ing sente nces:
31.1 us ua lly _____ work at abo ut 5.30, so I’m home by 6.30 most nights.
A. end up B. kick of f c. knock off D. knu ckle down
32. We were wal king through the woods when w e _____ a trap set by hunters .
A. sl ipped up B. dug up c. chanced upon D. threw out
33. Th e s mall boat dr ifted hel ple ssl y_____ the mercy of the wind and w aves.
A. in B. with c. to D. at
34. Th e s taf f can’t tak e leaves at the same ti me. They have to tak e h oliday s
rotation.
A. on B. unde r c. by D. in
35. We have been really busy, but thi ngs are sta rting to slac ken _ ___ now.
A. a way B. of f c. out D. on
36. We had an argum ent a bout it and she got al fir ed _____ .
A. up B. on c. again st D. aw ay

344
37. In those days, doctors lad led _____ antibioti cs to patients.
A. wit h B. out c . on D. in
38. We had t o _____ pages of legal jargon before we coul d sign the con tract.
A. wa de th rough B. delve into c. dispense with D. blu rt out
39. It is nece ssary t o _____ this cur se from their country.
A. fl are up B. march on c. weed out D. fire away
40. T his song is re al ly ___ _ me.
A. gr owin g on B. getting on c. pickin g up D. comi ng out

V. G UIDE D CLOZE TES T (10 POI NTS)

GUIDED C LOZE 1: (5 POINTS)
Rea d the text below and decide which answer (A, B, c, or D) best fit s each space.
SAVE MONEY ON THE BOOK TH AT AIMS TO SAVE ANIMA LS
Do you want to take part in the battle to save the world's wildli fe? Ani mal
Watch is a book which will involve you in the fight f or sur vival that (41) ...:........
many of our en dangere d animals and show how th ey struggle on the ( 42) ............
of extinc tion. As you enjoy the book's 250 pages and over 150 color
photo graph s, you will have the satisfact ion of knowing t hat part o f your p urchase
money is being used to help animals (43) ............. From the comfo rt of your
armc hair, you will be able to observe the world's animals close- up and explore
their h abitats . You will also discove r th e terrible results of human (44 )........ for
land, f lesh and skins.
An ima l Watch is packed with fascinat ing facts. Did you know that polar bears
cove r t heir black noses with their (45).... ,.......so the y can hunt their prey in the
snow witho ut being seen, for example? Or that for each orangu tan which is
captu res, one has to die?
This superb (46) .............has so ( 47).............. Britain's leading wildli fe charity
that it has been chosen as Book of the Year, a (48) .............aw arded to books
which are consid ered to have made a major contrib ution to w ildlif e co nservat ion.
You will fin d anim al Watch at a special low (49) ..:.......... price at all good
book shop s,.bu t hurry wh ile (50) .............last.
41. A. m eets B. opposes c. forces D. face s
42. A. edg e B. start c . limit D. end
43. A. preser ve B.c on ser ve c . revive D. sur vive
44. A. greed B. in terest c. care D. con cern
45. A. fe et B. claws c . paws D. toe s
46. A. publi city B. periodi cal c. publica tion D. ref erenc e
47. A. imposed B. impr essed c . persuad ed D. ad mired
48. A. symbo l B. title c . tradem ark D. nic knam e
49. A. begin ning B. prep aratory c . original D. in troduct ory
50. A. stoles B. stocks c . goods D. fu nds
345
GUIDE D CLOZ E 2: (5 POIN TS)
Read the text below and decide which answ er (A, B, c, or D) best Jits each space.
There is g rowin g evidenc e that urbaniza tion has a sharp ( 5 1 )....... ................
on climat e, causin g change s that can wreak (52) ...................... on precipitat ion
pattern s that supply the precious resource of water. The heavy amounts of heat
and pollut ion rising from cities both de lay and stimulate th e fall o f precip itation,
(5 3 ).................... some areas of rain while drenchi ng o thers.
Cities are (54) .................... one to ten degrees warme r than surround ing
under devel oped areas. Cities also produce large amounts of (55) ....................
called aeroso ls, gaseous suspensi ons of dust particles or byproduct s from the
(5 6 ).................... of fossil fuels. Both heat and aerosols change the dynamic s of
clouds. When hoisted up in the sky, the microsc opic particles act as multiple
surfac es on which the (5 7 )................... in cloud s can conden se as tiny droplets.
This can prevent or delay the formation of larger raindrop s that fall more easily
from th e s ky, o r it can cau se the rain to fall in another location .
In Califor nia, pollution blows eastward and causes a precipita tion
(58) ....................o f arou nd one trillion gallons a y ear across the Sierra Nevada
mounta in range. (5 9 ).................... , in ve ry humid cities, such as Houston, heat
and pollu tants seem to (60) ............... . summe r storm activity by allowing
clouds to build highe r and fuller before releasin g torrent ial rains.
51 A. impressi on B. impact c. influence D. affection
52 A. ha vo c B. damage c. ch ao s D. breakag e
53 A. accus ing B. mugging c . depriving D. avoidi ng
54 A. at mos t B. in majori ty c . in priority D. on ave rage
55 A. filters B. fertilizer s c . pollutants D. poisons
56 A. firing B. burnin g c . lighting D. flaming
57 A. moistur e B. water c . wetness D. humidity
58 A. lack B. emptiness c . shortage D. inef ficiency
59 A. Th erefor e B. Furth ermore c . Otherwise D. By contrast
60 A. lessen B. invigora te c. fasten D. elimina te

VI. REA DING C OMPR EHEN SION

READING 1: (5 POINTS)
Re ad the foll ow ing text and choose the best option to comp lete the blank or
ans wer the question.
The ocean bottom- a region nearly 2.5 times greate r than total land area of
the Earth- is a vast fro nti er that even today is largely unexplo red and uncha rted.
Until abou t a century ago, the deep-oc ean floor was compl etely inacc essibl e,
hidden benea th waters averag ing over 3,6000 meters deep. Totally witho ut light
and subje cted to intense pressur es hundre ds of times great er than at the Eart h’s

346
 surface, deep- ocean bottom is a hostile env ironme nt to human s , in some ways as
forbid ding and remote as the void o f outer space.
Althoug h researc hers have ta ken samples of deep-ocea n rocks and sedimen ts
for o ver a century, the first detailed global investigation of the ocean bottom did
not actually start until 1968, with the beginning of the National Science
Founda tion’s Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP). Using techni ques first developed
for the offshore oil gas industry, the Dad’s drill ship, the Glomar Challenger, was
able to maintain a steady position on the ocean’s surface and drill in ver y deep
waters, extractin g samples of sediments and rock from the ocean floor.
The Glom ar Chall enger comple ted 96 voyages in a 15 - year research
program that ended in Nove mber 1983. During this time, the vessel logged
600,000 kilome ters and took almost 20,000 core samples of s eabed sedimen ts
and rocks at 624 drilling sites around the world. The Gloma r Chal lenge r’s core
samples have allowed geologist s to reconstru ct what the planet looked like
hundred s of millions of years ago and to calculate what it will problem look like
millions of years in the future. Today, largely on the strengt h of evidence
gathered durin g the Glomar Chal lenge r’s voyages, nearly all earth scientists
agree on the theories of plate tect onics and co ntinental drift t hat explain many of
the ge ologica l processes that shape the Earth.
The cores of sed iment drilled by the Glomar Challen ger have also yielded
informa tion critical to understa nding the worl d’s past climates . Deep-ocean
sedimen ts provide a climatic record stretching back hundreds of millions of
years, becau se they are largely isolated from the mechanical erosion and the
intense chemi cal and biological activity that rapidly destroy much land-based
eviden ce of past climates. This record has already provided insights into the
patterns and causes of past climatic change-in formation that may be used to
predict future climates
61. The auth or re fers to the ocean bottom as a “frontier” because it___
A. a ttract s co urageou s ex plorers
B. is not a popula r area for scien tific research J. .':
c. is an unknown te rritory
D. cont ains a wide variety of life forms
62. The word “inacce ssible” is closest meaning t o ___.
A. unsafe B. un reco gniz able c. unreacha ble D. unusabl e
63. The auth or m ention outer space in the first paragraph because___ .
A. techn iques used by scientists to explore outer space were simila r to those
used in ocean explora tion .
B. it is simi lar to the oce an floor in being alien to the human enviro nmen t
c. the Ear th’s climate millions of years ago was similar to condition in outer space.
D. rock formations in outre space are similar to those found on the ocean floor

347
64. Which of the follow ing is True o f the Glo mar C hallen ger ?
A. It has gon e on over 100 voyag es.
B. It m ade its first DSDP vo yage in 1968.
c. It is a typ e o f submarine .
D. It is an on going pr oj ec t.
65. The word “extrac ting” in the second paragraph is closest in meanin g t o ___ .
A. locating B. analyzin g c. removin g D. brea king
66. The Deep Sea D rilling Project was si gnifica nt b ecause it w as ____ .
A. a ttempt to find new sou rces o f oil and gas
B. comp osed of geologists from all over the world
c. the first e xtensive exploration of the ocean bottom
D. funde d en tirely by the gas and oil industry
67. The word “strength ” in the third paragrap h is closest in mean ing to .
A. en durance B. basis c. discover y D. purpose
68. The word “they” in the last paragrap h re fers to .
A. ye ars B. sediments c. climates D. cores
69. The D SDP can be said to b e ____in ter ms o f geological explora tion.
A. o f crucial importa nce B. a total flop
c. a grea t succ ess D. a wes t o f time and effort
70. Which of the foll owing is NOT mention ed in the p assage as be ing a resu lt o f
the Deep Sea Dri lling Project ?
A. Geologi sts observed forms of marine life never before seen
B. In formation was re vealed about the Earth ’s past cli matic changes .
c. Geolog ists were able to determin e the Earth’s appear ance hundreds of
million s o f years ago.
D. Two geologic al t heories becam e mo re widel y ac cepted by scientists.

READING 2: (5 POINTS)
A. Rea d th e follo win g pas sag e and then choose from the list A -G given below
the best phr ase to fi ll each o f the spaces.
STAYING HEALTHY IN SPACE
The range of foods availab le to astronau ts is va st, and great care is tak en to
ensure that it looks and smells appetizing. Meals are organized to provide an
average of 3,000 calories a day, which seems high for living in an enclosed
enviro nment in which there is no gravity. But astronauts can expend a great deal of
energy in doing the simplest things. For example, if they try to turn a handl e, th ey
turn themsel ves as well. If they bend down to do up a shoelace, (71) ................
Finding unusual ways of doing such ordinar y things uses up the excess calori es.
The space diet is ba lanced rather differen tly from a t errestrial diet. This is to try
and comp ensate for changes that take place in the body during space flight.
Bodily chang es begin as soon as astron auts go into space (72) ...................

348
Among the most serious is calcium loss, which causes a ma rked reduction in the
mass and strength of bones. There is also a progressive loss of red blood cells.
What cause s these effects is not known, (7 3 ).......... The heart muscles, with no
gravity to battle against, start to wa ste away. The leg muscles start to waste awa y
too, since walkin g, as done on Earth, ( 7 4 ).............. Exercise also help s to re duce
muscle wastag e and is vital on very long flights. No one yet knows the limit
of human endura nce in space. If astronauts can withstand two years or more
of conti nuous weightle ssness, then mankin d’s dream of visiting other planets

A. and the question must be answered before long-duration space-flight is really safe
B. and are qu ite noticeable after even a week
c . they start turning somersa ults
D. and will never be known
E. which is rath er more than astron auts really need
F. could become reality in the early decades o f the next ce ntury
G. can on ly be done if astronauts put on the ir heavy spacesuits
B. You are goin g to read a newspap er article about sleep. Five parag raphs
have been remo ved fro m the article. Choose from the par agrap hs A - F the
one which fit s each gap (76 - 80). There is one extra paragr aph which you
do no t nee d to use.
Tiredn ess, it is often claimed, has become the modern conditions. As the
richer, busier countries have grown, so sleeplessnes s and anxiety have also
grown in the popular psyche. Research in the USA has found 40 million
Amer icans to be chronically affected, and some recent best-selling novels in
Britain have featured insomniacs as protagonists, or sleep-research
laborato ries as their settings.
76. ... ................................
Recentl y, a sleep researcher fried an experiment. He offered his subjects the
oppos ite of the mo dern routine. “I allow ed them t o sleep for up to 14 hours a
night for a month. It took them three weeks to reach an e quilibrium of eight-
and-a -quar ter hours. That indicates a great reb ound of sleep - sleep that they
had n’t been getting.
77 .................................................
For gu inea pigs, th ey ad vertise in the st udent n ewspapers. Subjects are pick ed
up by taxi, paid $ 5 an hour, and asked to adjust their sleeping patterns
accord ing to instructions. Dr. Louise Reyner provides reassuran ce: “Some
people are quite worried, because you ’re putting electrode s on their heads,
and th ey th ink you can see what th ey’re drea ming or thinki ng.”
78 ............................................. .
The young m en all deny they are goi ng to fall aslee p. Dr. Reyner has a vi deo
recordi ng of one trying not to. At first the person a t the wheel is very upright,
349
 wet and bleary eyes deter mined ly fixed on t he wind scree n. Then he begins to
blink briefly , every now and again; then for longer, and more often, with a
slight drop of the head. Each nod grows heavi er than the last. The blinks
becom e a 10-second blackou t. Every time, he je rks awak e as if nothin g has
happe ned. But the car, by the second or third occas ion, has shot of f the
carria gewa y.
79 ......... . ................................
But apart f rom these findin gs, what else do w e know about human sleep with
any kind of ce rtain ty? It is known that human s sleep, like othe r mamm als,
acco rdin g to a daily cycle. Once asleep, they switch betwe en four differ ent
stage s of unc onsc iousn ess, from stage one sleep, the shallo west, to the stage
four, the deepe st. When dream s occur, which is usually during the lightest
sleep, the brain paraly ses the body except for the hands and eyelids , thus
prev entin g injuries.
80 ...................... . ...................
Howe ver, there is a strong degree of cert ainty amon g scien tists that women
sleep for ha lf an hour longer than men, and that olde r peopl e require less
sleep, thou gh they don ’t know why. When as ked what sleep is for, some sleep
resea rche rs reply in cosmi c terms: “Sleep is a tactic to travel throug h time
with out injury .”

A. Beyon d this, certai nties blur into theories. It is oft en sugge sted, for examp le,
that sleep repairs body tissue, or restores muscles, or rests the frontal section
of the brain that contro ls speech and creativi ty. But all of th is may happen
more quick ly durin g r elaxed wakefuln ess, so no one is really sure.
B. Part of this interest is in sleep in general: in its rhythm s, its uses and in
probl ems with sleeping . But a central preocc upati on remain s. “Peo ple need
more sleep ,” says one leading sleep research er. “Peo ple cut back on sleep
when the y’re busy. They get up too early to avoid rush hour .”
c . The sleep resea rcher s seems interested in this theory. But the laborato ry is not
funded to invest igate such matters . Its sponso rs what its resear ch to lead to
practi cal solut ions such as decidi ng where Take a brea k signs should be
placed on moto rways , and how differe nt kinds of foo d and drink can affect
drivin g and sleepl essne ss.
D. A coffee might have helped. Two cups, Dr. Reyne r says, even afte r no sleep
at all, can make you a safe drive r for h alf an hour or more. She recom mend s a
whole baske t of alertn ess products: tablet s, energy drinks , caffei nated
chew ing gum. Shift worker s, she is quite sure, could proba bly use the m.
E. In fac t, th e labo rato ry’s interest is more physica l. In a d arken ed room stands a
moto rway simul ator, the front section of a car facing a wide projec tion
screen. The subjec ts are alway s told to arrive at 2pm, in the bod y’s natural

350
 mid- after noon lull, after a s hort nigh t’s sl eep or no s leep at a ll. The proje ctor
is swit ched on and they are asked to drive, while answ ering questio ns. An
endl ess road rolls ahead, su nlight glares; and t he ai r is wa rm.
F. In Europ e, such propo sition s are perhaps most thorou ghly tested in a small,
unas sum ing buildi ng on a universi ty campu s in the English midland s. The
univ ersit y sleep researc h laboratory has-in vestig ated, among many subjects ,
the effec ts o f fatigue on. sailors, the effects of airp ort noise on sleeper s, and
the dang ers of motorwa y d riving for fl agging driver s.

B. WRITT EN TEST (70 POINTS

I. OPE N CLO ZE TEST (20 POINTS )
Re ad t he tex t b elow and think o f the w ord which best fits each space. Use only
ONE WORD fo r each sp ace.
CLOZE TEST 1: (10 POINTS)
MOB ILE PHONE TH ROWI NG CHAM PIONS HIPS
The Mobi le Phone Throw ing Champ ionship s (0) are held every year in
Finland, the birthp lace of the first mobile phone, which was more (1 ).......... .......
size of a small briefca se than tiny access ories (2) .................... today. When the
cham pion ships first took place in 2000 there were (3) ........... ........ mere 30
comp etitor s, but now the cham pionsh ip attracts well (4 ). .. .. ....... . 100 people
from aroun d the world, all of (5) ................ boiling over with frustratio n at one
of the pas t c ent ury ’s most influential inventions. \
The comp etiti on is di vided (6 ).,. ................. two sections, conteste d by teams
and indivi duals . The original category is judge d simply on length of throw, but
in the frees tyle event compe titors win one points awarded (7) ............ notable
perf orma nces durin g the run-up. (8 ). .. ............ some compe titors use their own
handse ts, more betray a grudgin g depend ence on their phone (9) .................
select ing a m issile from a large range of second-han d phones (10 )..................are
supplie d by th e o rganize rs.
CLOZE TES T 2: (10 POINTS)
Phoe nix-l ike from amidst the ecologica l ashes comes as a story of hope. At
dawn, on a usuall y deserte d beach on the Greek island of C ephalon ia, crowds
com pete (11) ................jou rnal ists and television crews, gathere d toget her to
witnes s t he arrival of something rath er spec ial.
Four yea rs ago, eggs (12 )........ ..... by the rare Loggerh ead turtle were found
in a nest on this very beach. It w as ju dged by expert that it was too late in th e
season for the hatchi ngs to have any (13) ..................o f surv ival in th e wild, so
action was taken. The British charity, Care for the Wide, decide d to fly eggs
back to South ampt on University and attem pt to hatch them under special
cond ition s in incubat ors. All four eggs hatched succes sfully and it was decide d

351
that when they were four years old, they were (14 )..............o f surviv ing in th e
wild. They were returned to the remote beach, which remains unmole sted by the
ravages of tourism , and released in (15 ).................. of an audien ce of excited
well-w ishers. An exampl e, one night say, of positiv e human interven tion in the
process of natural selection!
However , their fight for survival is far from over. The Loggerh ead turtle is
one of the (1 6 ). .. ............. endange red species of all. It has inhabited the earth
for appro ximat ely ninety million years and is now facing a man-m ade threat
which has put its survival in precariou s (17 )................. . The turtles can live as
long as one hundred years but they don ’t even begin to (18 ).................
charac teristic s of their g ender until they rich thirty. Effectively , our four heroes
will have to struggle for anoth er quarter of a century until they begin to fight
back and fulfill some of the hopes invested (19 ). them. In that time,
they will be forc ed to resist not only natural threats, but also dangers imposed on
them by fishing industry and tourist developm ent. Their chance s are slim to say
the least, but it is hoped that their story might (20) ............ awarene ss of the
plight of the turtles.

II. WO RD F ORM ATIO N (20 POIN TS)

PART 1: (10 POINTS)
Use the right fo rm o f th e words given in capitals to comp lete the sente nces
below. Write you r answ ers In the bo x provide d.
1. Un fortuna tely, many people are still wo rry in g........... of the facts about AIDS.
(IGNOR E)
2. There a r e ............... versions of Vival di’s Four Seasons , but t his recording is
by far the best I’ve heard. (COUNT)
3. W e’ll have to walk to the village - it’s ..................to cars. (ACCES S)
4. We have discussed these problems on ............... occasio ns and still nothin g
has been decided. (NUMBE R)
5. Not ........................... perhaps, sales of air conditi oning systems increase d
consid erably duri ng the recent hot spell. (SURPRI SE)
6. Bed of Rose, widely seen as the finest .................... work about the period ,
was p ublishe d in 1976. (LITERA TE)
7. Aft er s ev er al .............. . attempts, he finally passed his dri ving test in June last
year. (SUCC EED)
8. A ................study of farming procedure s in fifteen African count ries has ju st
been pu blishe d. (COMP ARE)
9. U nempl oymen t r o se .....................last year. ( DRAMA)
10. As a s pe ci al ....................offer, there is a 10% discount on all kitchen units in
the new ra nge. (INTRO DUCE )
352
 PART 2: (10 POINTS)
Choo se an d write the corr ect fo rm o f the words in the box to fin ish the
fo llo wi ng passag e.

botany reveal molecule please compare

evolution pollin ate ordinary distant like

RAFFL ESIA
Raf fles ia is a rare paras itic plant species found in South east Asia. Raff lesia
has been (1 1) .................. to a fungus becaus e it lacks chloro phyll and is
incap able o f pho tosyn thesi s. Perhaps the only part of Raff lesia tha t is dis cerni ble
as d istin ctly p lant- like is the f lower, which is said to be the w orld ’s largest.
Many ( 1 2 ) .................have been keen to disco ver why the flowe r is so large,
so t hey rece ntly condu cted (13 ).................ana lysis on the plant. This resulte d in
the (14 )................. that it has evolved almost 80 times from its origin as a tiny
bud to tod ay ’s se ven-k ilo mega-b loom. Althou gh this (1 5 )......... transf ormat ion
took te ns o f mil lions o f years, such an (1 6 )...................... spurt is still one of the
most dram atic size chang es ever reported. Such growth rates in humans would
be ( 1 7 )................. to us being 146 meters tall tod ay.
The plan t is als o unusual in an other way. Its smel l is ext remely (1 8 ).............
but this horri ble trait attrac ts such (19 ).................. . as flies. It is t hough t that
Ra ffl es ia ’s hug e f lower helps radiate the sm ell o ver long ( 20) ......................
III. ER RO R ID ENT IFIC ATIO N (10 PO INTS)
The pas sa ge bel ow c ontai ns 10 mistakes . I denti fy a nd co rrect them.
THE M USEUM OF A DVER TISEM ENT AND PACKA GEING
In the hear t of the historica l city of Glouce ster, visitor s can experi ence a
senti men tal jou rne y back through the memori es of the ir childh ood, all brough t
vivid ly to life again at t he Museum of Adverti sing and Packagi ng. The result of
one ma n’s enthu siasti c, the museum is the product ion of twenty five yea rs’
resea rch and colle cting by Robert Opie. This true remar kable collect ion, the
larges t o f its type in the world, now numbers some 300,000 items relating to the
evol ution o f our cons ume r society. The includi ng of packets, tins, bottle and
signs show s the variety w hich was introduced into the shops. For th is reason, the
color ful exhi bit is call ed a Centu ry o f Sho ppin g Histor y. The change in sho pping
habits is in part attribu tive to the deve lopm ent of the persua sion pow er of
adv ertis ing, to geth er wi th increasi ng a dvanced te chnolog y.

IV. SEN TEN CE T RAN SFO RMA TION . (20 PO INTS)

Rew rite the foll ow in g sente nces with the give n words in such a way that the
sec on d sen ten ce has the sam e mea ning as the f ir st one. Do not cha nge the
fo rm o f the give n words. You mus t use between thre e and eigh t words,
incl udin g th e wor d given.
1. The y w ere neve r aw are o f any m oment tha t som ethin g wa s w rong. TIM E
At _ ______________________________ _______ that some thing wa s w rong.

353
2. It’s dif ficu lt to answ er her que stion adequa tely. A
H er s_________________________________________ answ er ad equatel y.
3. B eing in priso n s eems to have c hanged Kevi n’s beh avior for the better.
LEAF
Kevin has _______________________________________ he got out of prison.
4. She just man aged to see the Queen as she went past in her carriage. GLIMPSE
I j u s t_________________________________________ the Queen as she went
past in her carriag e.
5. We wer e lucky t o find somew here to par k so quickly . STRO KE
It w a s _________________________________ somew here to pa rk so quickly.
6. The moder n factor y d oes n’t loo k right in the countr yside, surroun ded by fie lds
and hedges . PLAC E
The mode rn factory _________________________________________ in the
coun trysid e, surroun ded by field s and hedges.
7. E veryo ne knows tha t Janet hates insects. . AVER SION
Jan et’s ______________________________ __________ well known.
8. I d idn ’t wan t to give up whil e s ome hope o f succes s rem ained. DEFEA T
I was lo at h______________ ______________________ some hope o f success.
9. The p olice have put a barrier around the buildin g to keep peopl e out.
CORD ONED
The bu ild in g_________________________________________ police.
10.1 can ’t cope at all with my ne w job, and tha t b others me. DEPTH
I w is h_________________________________________ my n ew job.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN QUANG DIÊU - ĐỔNG THÁP

0. MU LTIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS

I. P HON OLO GY (5PTS)
Choose the word who se underl ined part is pron ounc ed differently fro m th e others.
1. A. c arri ages B. whist les c. assures D. cost umes
2. A. fungic ide B. in ductive c. mustard D. mut inous
3. A. sugges tion B. ini tiative c. confid ential D. dem otion
4. A. niche B. m achette c. monarc h D. gauc he
5. A. hazar d B. bom bard c. custard D. mu stard
Cho ose the wor d which is str ess ed di fferen tly fr om th e ot her three.
6. A. peda nt B. absc ond c. lupine D. cog nate
7. A. refer endu m B. atten uate c. encom ium D. vir ility
8. A. a rgum enta tive B. psych ologi cal c. contr ibuto ry D. h ypers ensiti ve
9. A. p hoto graph B. payr oll c. accen t D. regr etful
10. A. h abita ble B. infamo usly c. gene ticist D. com mune s
354
II. WORD CHO ICE (5 PTS):
Choose the bes t op tions to c ompl ete th e fol low ing sentences .
11. There has been a sligh t,imp rove men t in his health, but he is not out of the
__ ___ yet.
A. fo rests B. wood s c. mountai n D. cave
12. S he is a v ery domi nant woman; she ce rtainly has her h usband under h er ___ .
A. h ead B. finge r c. thumb D. hand
13. Do you think yo ur f amily members w ou ld ______ ranks if criticiz ed?
A. c lose B. bridge c. order D. join
14. He is tou gh, ambiti ous, and he is nob ody’s ______ - He is our best hope as a
manag er.
A. b oss B. slave c. maid D. fool
15. S he boug ht th at ugly big house because she has got mo re m oney t ha n_____ .
A. s ense B. mind c. though t D. reason
16. G oing on th is diet has r ea lly __________ me good. I've lost weig ht and I feel
fantasti c!
A. m ade B. taken c. done D. had
17. Dr. Parke r gave my mum a lov ely _______ for spa ghetti carbonara .
A. recipe B. prescrip tion c. receipt D. paper
18. Th e f irst sign of vitamin A disord er is n ig ht _______
A. loss o f sight B. lack of vision c. invisibility D. blindness
19. As a m odel, you have t o _______ the art o f walking in high heels.
A. m aste r B. grasp c. study D. gain
20. T hey are bring in _______ changes to the way th e off ice is run.
A. large B. radical c. deep D. im mense
III. GRA MM AR A ND STRUC TURES (5PTS)
Choo se th e b est op tions to com plete t he foll ow ing sentences.
21. The leaves of the whit e mulberry provide food for s ilkwor ms_________ silk
fabri cs are w oven
A. w hose co coons B. from c ocoons
c. whose co coons are from D. fr om w hose cocoons
22. He ’ll be very upset if yo u ______ his offer of help.
A. tu rn away B. turn from c. turn do wn D. turn against
23. A s ______ in Gr eek and Roman mythology, harpies were frightful monsters
that were ha lf woman and hal f bird.
A. d escri bed B. to desc ribe c. descripti on D. descr ibing
23. She ’s got a new job. She’s been put in ________ of the Loans Depart ment in
the bank.
A. co ntrol B. authori ty c. power D. charg e
2 5 .______ is that a chic ken stands up to lay its eggs.
A. B ecause m any people don ’t realize B. That many people d on’t realize
c. It is th at m any people don ’t realize D. What many people don ’t realize
355
26. Prices contin ued to rise while wages remained lo w ______ the Govern ment
becam e increa singly unpopul ar.
A. on condi tion that B. with the r esult t hat
c . provid ed that D. in o rder t hat
27. My arm h urt so much I felt sure I ______ it.
A. s hould have broken B. must have broken
c. migh t hav e b roken D. ough t to have b roken
28. ____ sightin g an appro achin g car, some drivers tend to spe ed up.
A. When slowi ng down instead of B. Instea d wh en slowin g dow n at
c. When instead of slowing down D. Inst ead o f slowing down when
29. On his d es k_______ , which he usua lly sits in front of and looks at.
A. stood the p icture of US B. it is the pictu re o f US
c. Standing the picture of US D. stands the p icture of U S
30. It is n ecessa ry t hat th e p rob lem ______s olved right away.
A. w ould be B. m ight be c. be D. is
IV. P HRA SAL VE RBS AND PREPO SITIO NS (5PTS)
Choo se th e be st opt ion to co mplete each o f the fol low ing sentences.
31. H e’ll be very upset i f yo u __________ his off er o f help.
A. tu rn in B. turn away c. turn down D. turn against
32. She w as overw helme d w ith ho no r_______ rec ogn itio n_______ her brav ery.
A. w ith /of B. on/in c. by/abo ut D. in /of
3 3 .1 hope this he ad ach e_____________ soon.
A. g oes out B. comes away c. wears of f D. passes away
34. Th e intervi ewees are sup posed to give their answe rs to the job of fe rs ______ .
A. on the spot B. all in all c. beyond the joke D. with in reach
35. We h av e________into your cla im of wrongful dismissa l but can find n othing
to suppo rt it.
A. p robed B. looked c. examine d D. inve stigated
36. When he sudden ly _______ the subject of genetic engine ering, there was an
emba rrasse d silence.
A. to ok over B. showed up c. brought up D. came up with
37. T ime w as __________ and we were nowhere near finished.
A. crackin g on B. bringing down c. going down with D. letting down
38. I would like to thank y ou ,_________________ everyo ne w ho w as rescued.
A. in case of B. in c ommon with c. on b eha lf of D. by means of
39. T he weat her w as fine, and e veryone w as _______ the coast.
A. g oing in for B. maki ng f or c. join ing in D. seei ng ab out
4 0 .1 m us t___________ my Spanish before I go to Seville.
A. make up fo r B. break out of c. brush up on D. cut out for

356
V. RE AD IN G PA SS AG E 1 (5P TS )
Rea d the t ext b elow a nd choo se the best answ er to each question.
THE CREATORS OF GRA MMAR
No studen t of a foreign language needs to be told that gramm ar is com plex.
By changi ng word sequence s and by adding a range of auxiliary verbs and
suffixes, we are able to commun icate tiny variations in mean ing. We can turn a
stateme nt into a question , state whethe r an action has taken place or is soon to
take place, and perform many other word tricks to convey subtle difference s in
meaning. Nor is th is co mplexity inherent to the English language. All languages,
even those of so -called 'primitive' tribes have clever grammatical components.
The Cherok ee pronoun system, for example, can disti nguish between 'you and I',
'several other pe ople and r and 'you, another person and r. In En glish, all these
meanings are summed up in the one, crude pron oun 'we'. Gr am ma r is uni ver sal
and pla ys a par t in ev ery lan gua ge, no ma tter how wi de sp rea d it is. So the
question whi ch has baffled many linguists is - who created grammar?
At first, it w ould appea r that this question is imposs ible to answer. To find
out how gram mar is created , someone needs to be presen t at the time of a
langu age's creat ion, docum enting its emergen ce. Many historic al linguists are
able to trace modern complex languages back to earlier languages, but in order to
answer the question o f how complex languages are actually form ed, the researcher
needs to observe how languages are started from scra tch . Amaz ingly, however,
this is poss ible.
Some of the most recent languages evolved du e to th e A tlantic slave trade. At
that time, slaves from a number of different ethnicities were forced to work
toget her under colonize r's rule. Since they had no opportun ity to learn each
other's languages, they developed a ma ke- shi ft language called a pidg in. Pidgins
are strings of words c opied from the language of the landow ner. They have little
in the way of grammar, and in many cases it is difficult for a listener to deduce
when an event happened, and w ho did w hat to whom. [A] Speakers need to use
circu mlocu tion in order to make their meaning understood. [B] Interestingly,
however , all it takes for a pidgin to become a complex language is for a group o f
children to be exposed to it at the time when they learn their mother tongue.
[C] Slave children did not simply copy the strings of words uttered by their
elders, they adapted their words to create a new, expressive language.
[D] Comp lex gramm ar systems which emerge from pidgins are termed creoles,
and they are invented by children. Further evidence of this can be seen in
studyin g sign languages for the deaf. Sign languages are not simply a series of
gestures; they utilise the same grammatical machinery that is found in spoken
languages . Moreove r, there are many different languages used worldwi de. The
creation of one such language was documented quite recently in Nicara gua.
Previousl y, all de af people were isolated from each other, but in 1979 a new
govern ment introduced schools for the deaf. Although children were taugh t

357
speech and lip re ading in the classroo m, in the playgrou nds they began to invent
their own sign system, using t he g estures that the y used a t home. It was basical ly
a pidgin. Each child used the signs differen tly, and there was no consis tent
gramm ar. Howev er, children who join ed the school later, when this inventi ve
sign system was already around, developed a quite differ ent sign language.
Althou gh it wa s based on the signs of the older children , the youn ger childr en's
language was more fluid and compact, and it utilised a large range of
gramm atical device s to clarify meaning. What is mo re, all the children used the
signs in the same way. A new creole was born.
Some linguis ts believe that many of the world's most establi shed languag es
were creole s at first. The English past tense -e d ending may have evolved from
the verb 'do'. 'It ended' may onc e have been 'I t end-did'. Theref ore it would
appe ar th at even the most widespr ead languages we re partly created by ch ildren.
Childr en appe ar to have innate grammat ical machine ry in their brains, which
springs to life w hen they are f irst try ing to make sense of the world around them.
Thei r minds can serve to create logical, compl ex structure s, even when there is
no gr amm ar p resen t for them to copy.
41. In para graph 1, why do es the writer include informatio n ab out the Cherokee
languag e?
A. To show how simple, traditional cultures can have complicated grammar
structures. .1
B. To s how how English gramm ar diffe rs from Cherok ee grammar .
c. To prove tha t complex grammar structures were invented by the Cherokees.
D. To demo nstrat e h ow d ifficult it is to learn the C herokee language. J ■
42. What can be inferred about the sla ves' pidgin language?
A. It cont ained co mplex gramma r.
B. It was based on ma ny differe nt languages.
c. It was diffic ult to understa nd, even a mong slaves.
D. It was create d by the land-owners.
43. All the following sentences about Nicaraguan sign language are true EXCEPT:.
A. The langu age has bee n cr eated since 1979.
B. Th e langua ge is based on sp eech and lip readin g.
c. The langu age incorpo rates signs w hich childre n used a t hom e.
D. T he langu age was perfect ed by you nger children .
44. In par agra ph 3, wh ere can the follow ing sentenc e be placed ?
It inclu ded stand ardis ed w ord orders and gram matic al marke rs that
existed in neith er the pidgin language, nor the language of the colonizers.
A. B. c. D.
45. 'From s cratch ' in para graph 2 is c losest in m eanin g to:
A. fro m the very begin ning B. in simple cul tures
c. by c opy ing som ethin g els e D. by using writte n informa tion

358
46. ’Make-s hift’ in paragrap h 3 is clos est in meaning to:
A. comp licated and expressi ve B. simple and te mporary
c. exten sive and di verse D. pri vate and personal
47. Which sentenc e is closest in meaning to the highligh ted sentenc e?
Gram mar is unive rsal and plays a part in e very language , no matter how
wides pread it is.
A. All languages , wheth er they are spoken by a few pe ople or a lot o f people,
contain g rammar.
B. Some languages include a lot of grammar, whereas other languages contain a
little.
c. Languages which contain a lot o f grammar are more common that languages
that c ontain a little.
D. The gramm ar of all languages is the same, no m atter where the languages
evolve d.
48. All of the following are features of the new Nicaraguan sign language EXCEPT:
A. All children used the same ges tures to show meaning.
B. The meaning was clearer than the previous sign language,
c. The hand movement s were sm oother and smaller.
D. New gest ures were c reated for everyday ob jects a nd ac tivities.
49. Which idea is presented in the final paragraph?
A. English was pro bably once a creole.
B. The English past tens e syste m is inaccurate.
c. Lingui sts have p roven t hat English was creat ed by childre n.
D. Chil dren say Engli sh past tense s differently from a dults. ,
50. Lo ok at the word 'consistent' in paragraph 4. This word could best be
replace d by whic h o f the follow ing?
A. na tural B. predicta ble c. imaginable D. uniform
VI. RE ADIN G P ASSAG E 2 (5PTS)
Rea d the text below an d choo se the best an swer to each question.
Nine -year -old N aomi Gray is like many British children in th at when she gets
home fro m school, she lov es to lose her self in.a Harr y Potter book. What makes
her diff erent is that she wi ll have chatted to her scho ol fiden ds in French on the
bus home, and spent her day with them le arning her le ssons in Breton.
Naom i is the daugh ter of Jane and Dug Gray, a tr ansla tor and a s tone-ma son
who live in Finister e, the heart of C eltic Brittany in north- west France. They
have opted not to bring up their three children bi-ling ually in French and
English, but tri-lin gually , by enrollin g them in Britt any’s educatio nal system,
Diwan, wher eby all lessons, bar English and French, are taugh t in Breton.
Around 3,000 childre n in Brittany are educated via this immers ion method that
has play ed an importa nt ro le in the r evival of the Breton language.

359
 Jane admi ts that the decision was controv ersial: “Oth er British parents said:
How dare yo u do that? D on ’t yo ur childre n have enoug h to take on?" But she
had seen how quickly the girls absorbed French: “I felt sure they could take in
anoth er langua ge” . The girl s’ father, Dug, admits to being envious of thei r
abilities . “Aft er 16 years in France, I’m comfo rtable with the language, but the
v kids still pick me up on my pronun ciation and gram mar m istak es,” he says.
It was once thou ght th at for cing a child to learn m ore tha n o ne language could
slow acade mic devel opme nt but accord ing to Profes sor Colin Baker, a world
exper t on bi-lin gualis m, the effect is th e opposite . The evidenc e is th at bi- and
tri-lin guali sm actually increase mental capacit y and that multi-lin gual childre n
tend to do bette r at school. “The latest researc h shows that in intellige nce tests,
childre n with two or more well-dev eloped language s have higher scores ,” he
says. “Bi- lingual children have two or more words for objects and ideas, so the
links betwe en words and concept s are looser, allow ing more fluent, flexible and
creativ e thin king .” He adds that children learning language s young also tend to
have more confi dence and better general comm unicat ion skills.
Profe ssor Tony Cline is an education al psych ologi st specia lising in language
deve lopm ent in childre n. He says, “We used to think [the brain] had a limited
capac ity, like a milk bottle, and that it was imposs ible to pour two pints of milk
into a pint bottle. Now we understand that our brains are capable of making an
infinite numb er of c onnect ions; there is no limit to what we can take in.” He
conce des that there might be minor disadv antage s in having a bi- or tri-ling ual
childh ood: “The child sometim es applies the rules of one language to another,
and so makes mistak es - but these gramm atical “erro rs” are soon outgrow n, as
long as the child is expos ed to good models of language .”
It seems that by giving your child the option of becom ing multi-li ngual, you
are offeri ng them far more than j ust the acquis ition of a foreign language. That
certa inly seems to be th e case for the Gray girls. All three are getting top grade s
at school and are literate in thr ee languages. Naomi has also success fully taken
on Germa n, where she is a pro of tha t bi-lin gualism increas es langua ge-le arnin g
aptitu de. Says Prof. Cline: “Mul ti-lingual childr en pick up other langua ges
quic kly becau se they have a more flexible appro ach and are used to handl ing
diffe rent for ms of syntax, gram mar a nd v ocab ulary .”
Jane thi nks her d aught ers have gained more than ju st language ; th ey have also
gaine d cultu rally . In fact, the girls are all enthu siasti c about Breton cultur e:
Naom i does extr acur ricu lar Breton step danc ing and loves singin g in Br eton and
atten ding danc e even ings known as fes t-n oz while Nina takes part in the Breton
sport of Gour en, a form of Celtic wrestl ing. Says Prof. Baker: “Mul ti-lin gual
childr en gain the bene fits of multiple sets o f lite rature s, t raditi ons, ideas, ways o f
think ing and beha ving .”
And, he stres ses, if pa rents have the oppo rtunit y to give their chil d the gift of
anoth er langua ge, they should jum p at it. Becau se in to day ’s globa l mark etpla ce,

360
on top of all the above, multi-lin guals are far more employ able than
mo no lin gu al. “ I find it a great shame tha t la nguages don ’t have a higher place in
the classr oom in th e UK because English is a mainstre am language of business
but, in th e f uture, that is going to change .”
51. Wh at doe s the write r say a bout the school th at Naom i attends?
A. It is hel ping Breton to regain its popularity.
B. Both English and French are taught,
c. All o f the le ssons are taught in Breton.
D. The pupils are all fluent in three languages. .
52. Some peo ple criticised the Grays f o r________ .
A. no t enc ouragi ng th eir chil dren to learn French
B. help ing to promot e a minority language
c. not se nding their children to a British school
D. exp ecting too much o f their child ren ■'* ■ ■■
53. Dug Gray say s tha t his chi ldr en_______ _.
A. need to improve t heir F rench pronunciation
B. are not as fluent in French as they would like to be
c. someti mes c orrect him in his use o f French
D. would like to learn ano ther language
54. Profe ssor Baker says tha t, compared to other children, multi-lingual children

A. wo rk h arder at school
B. tend to do better in examinat ions
c . have a less rigid way o f thinking
D. are general ly mo re talka tive
55. P rofess or Cli ne us es the example of the m ilk bottle to i llus tra te________ .
A. o ur kn owledg e tha t the brain has limitations
B. a pre vious way of thinkin g abou t the brain
c. the link b etween brain size and i ntelligence
D. how muc h language can be s tored in the brain
56. What does Professor Cline say about mistakes made by multi-lingual children?
A. Th ey a re on ly ap parent in childhood.
B. They are only a tempora ry issue, given the righ t condit ions.
c. They usually only o ccur in one o f the child’s language s.
D. The y ca n increase in number as the child g rows older.
57. Naomi ’s experience is presented as evidence that multi-lingual chil dren ______ .
A. en joy t aking part ingroup activities
B. in tegrate easily into any new cultur al environm ent
c. take advan tage of opportunities they are offered
D. are better equipp ed to learn forei gn languages ;V

361
58. W hat d oes “it” in the last par agrap h refer to?
A. the oppor tunity B. thei r child
c. the g ift D. ano ther language
59. What is NOT true abou t the three childre n o f Jane and Dug Gray?
A. Th ey attend the same school. <
B. They can speak three languag es well,
c. They do n’t like B reton culture.
D. One o f them enjoys re ading Harry Potter.
60. What is the main idea o f the pa ssage?
A. C hildre n should only learn o ne language.
B. M ulti-l ingua lism is benefi cial for child ren.
c. Mult i-ling ual childr en can do better at sch ool.
D. M ulti-l ingu als have higher chanc e to get a job.

VII. GUID ED CLOZ E 1 (5PTS) / 1 i

Re ad the te xt b elow and decide which answe r bes t fi ts each space.
THE N EW BRITISH LIBRAR Y
Origi nally comm ission ed years ago, the new British Librar y was supposed to
open in 1990. Howev er, the proje ct has,b een (6 1 )......... by political infighting,
poor plann ing and financial problem s. The most recent setba ck came in June
when inspect ors disco vered that 60 miles of new metal shelvi ng had started to
rust and needs to be (62) ............ That would (63) ..............the openin g of the
pro jec t’s firs t p hase for a nothe r two years. “Thing s has g one from bad to worse .”
Said Brian Lake, secreta ry of the Regular Readers, an assoc iation of writers and
schola rs who are not happy with plans for the new library. “It is a g rand national
proje ct th at h as become a great national scandal .”
It sounde d like a splendid idea when the gove rnme nt unveile d its $164
million proj ect in 1978. Sophist icated electro nic (6 4 )............... would help keep
the libra ry’s irrepla ceabl e stock at an optimal temp eratu re and humidity.
A comp uter- contr olled deliver y system would provid e books to readers within
minute s of a (6 5 )........ rather than days. And to (66) .. .. .. .. other needs of the
readin g public, the library would also include (67) .... . galleri es, a restaur ant
and a con feren ce hall.
That was th e plan, anywa y . The start of construc tion was delaye d until 1982
by argum ents about pla nning and by a (6 8 ).... . of governm ent. Four years later,
mem bers of c abine t ordere d a (69) ................... repor t and disco vered that the
com mitt ee respon sible for ( 7 0 )........... the projec t ha dn’t met in fou r years.
61. A. de layed B. bothe red c. infected D. rest ricted
62. A. subst ituted B. repl aced c.a ba nd on ed D. rej ected
63. A. distra ct B. destro y c . postpo ne D. p ostdat e
64. A. items B. comp uters c . equip ment D. tool s
65. A. reserv ation B. dem and 3 c. wish D. req uest

362
66. A. fit B. serve c . bring D. obey
67. A. dem onst ratio n B. expos ition c . exhibi tion D. show
68. A. va riatio n B. differ ence c .s h if t D.c han ge
69. A. progr ess B. prog ression c . progre ssive D. prog ressin g
70. A. guar ding B. sup ervisin g c . overlo oking D. watc hing
VIII. GUI DED C LOZ E 2 (5PTS)
Re ad the tex t be low an d deci de which answ er be st fits each space.
Some famous places are disappointing: dirty, cramped, and a bit of a cliche. But
there are oth ers ( 7 1 )....... even though you've seen every television pro gramme e ver
made abou t it, are every (72) ....... as wonderful as you'd imagined. The Grand
Canyon is one o f these and so, despite being next door to a main road, is
Stonehenge. Ano ther is Venice which, in its e ntirety, (73) ....... a great work of
art, each dec ayin g aspe ct reveal ing an (74) ....... glimpse of wa ter or startling
archi tectur e, each individu al building or piazza (75) ....... an exquisi te sense of
propo rtion. I return to Venice every so often in the course of my work and on
each of these occa sion s I have found somethin g new to (7 6 )....... at. A larm cries
about h ow (7 7 )....... this can last are sounded every now and t hen each time the
water levels rise. But th e fact t hat th is city is ( 7 8 )....... into the sea s eems to add
to its roma ntic atmos phere . Far more serious is the depopu lation, for it seems
that ju st abou t every week anothe r family leaves. Since 1945 more than hal f the
popul ation of V eni ce' has moved to the mainland. The rich (79) ....... the great
palaz zos along the Grand Canal and visit every once in a while, but leave the
wind ows dark for the rest of the time. Mass tourism threa tens (80) ......: very
struct ure of the city. It is a sad vict im o f its own success.
71. A. then B. which nC: these D. those
72. A. bit B. piece c. portion D. fragm ent
73. A. retain s B. remains c. keeps D. ma intains
74. A. unfo resee n B. unexp ected c. unimag inable D. unb elievab le
75. A. conc ealin g B. exhib iting c. display ing D. pre senting
76. A. marve l B. com plimen t c. praise D. stare
77. A. far B. much c. often D. long
78. A. eme rgin g B. drown ing c. falling ’ D. sinki ng
79. A. have B. own c. hold D. m aster
80. A. a B. this c. the D. that

B. WRITT EN TEST (70PTS)

L CL OZ E TEST : Re ad th e text below and t hink o f the word which best fi ts
each space . Use on ly ONE WO RD fo r each space .
OPEN CLOZ E 1 (10PTS )
LEAR NING BO DY LANG UAGE
Thro ugh out histo ry people have always comm unica ted with one anoth er, not
only by ( 1 )______ but als o by mo vemen ts o f the ha nds and body. It is, howeve r,

363
only in the last fe w y ears that these aspect s of commun icatio n have been studied
widely. This type of com muni cation is known as body languag e or ( 2 ) ______
comm unica tion. ,
People some times wond er if you can learn how body languag e works. It is
of cours e possib le to read books on the subje ct but you also need to spend time
( 3 ) ______ peo ple’s movem ents. A railway station is a partic ularly good place
for su ch obser vatio n, as h ere people can be seen (4 )_____ expre ssing eagern ess,
sorrow, deligh t, impat ience and many other human (5) ______ by means of
moveme nt.
If you t urn (6 )______ the sound on your televi sion set and try to underst and
what is happe ning simply by watch ing the picture you will learn even more
about comm unica tion ( 7 ) ______ words. By turning the sound back up every
five minute s o r so, it is p ossible to c heck how (8 )______ your under standi ng is.
Having s tudied the art of body language you wi ll have a def inite advan tage at
a ( 9 ) ______ party. You will be able to sit on your (1 0 )_______ for the whole
eveni ng and thoro ughly enjoy you rsel f by both watch ing and interpre ting the
body languag e o f all the other people there.
OPEN CLOZE 2 (1 0PTS)
Man is a unique being. He is ( 1 1 )______ from all other creature s in th at he
does not merely form part of the environ ment. Man reshape s his enviro nment
(1 2 )______ will to suit his purposes. He does not have a natural habita t and is
able to adapt (1 3) ;______ to living in di fferen t enviro nment s. Amon g the many
ways in which Man has changed his enviro nmen t are the buildin g of cities and
roads, the (1 4 )______ of land for farming and the reclai ming of land from the
sea. (1 5 )______ some of the ch anges are harmless, some are extreme ly harmful
to the en vironm ent.
An examp le of a harmfu l conseq uence of Man's actions is (1 6 )______ of
polluti on. Throu gh the use of scientif ic knowl edge and advanc ed techno logy,
Man has increased his well-b eing and life (1 7 )___________ . In the process,
(18) ______ , he has also brought about the growin g proble m of world wide
pollut ion. One of the main sources of air polluti on is motor vehicles . Gases
emitte d from the car (1 9 )______ do c ontain many chemi cals, which are harmful
to peop le, anim als and plants. Industry also contr ibute s signifi cantly to the
pollu tion of the enviro nmen t. There is no majority city in the world today in
which we can breath e fresh, clean (2 0 )___________ . It is, t herefo re, impor tant
for us to be envir onme nt-co nscio us and avoid action s, which bring about
harmfu l effect s to our en vironm ent.
II. WO RD FOR MAT ION (20PTS)
PART 1: Complete each sentence, using the correctfor m o f the word in parentheses.
There is little to disagre e about in the notion that a good voice, whet her in
opera or rock music, is one that moves its audienc e and brings a sense of
364
release and fulfilment to the singer. But contem porary pop and rock music
have come about due to (21. SU BS TA NC E) _______ advanc es in techn ology.
Here, the impact o f the m icropho ne sho uld not be (22. E ST IM A T E )________ ,
as it has (23. AB LE )____________ the ma gnificatio n o f quiet , intimate sounds.
This, in turn, allows, the singer to experiment with the (24. EM PH A TI C )________
on mood rather than on strict (25. A D H E R E )___________ to proper b reathing
and voice contro l.
Donna S oto-Morett in, a rock and jazz vocal trainer, feels that (26. AN AT OM Y)
___________ reasons may acco unt for the rasp y sound produc ed b y certain
rock singers. Her (27. SU SP EC T) ____________ is that swolle n vocal chord s,
which do not close properly, may allow singers to produce deeper notes. She
does not, however, regard this as detracting (28. N O T IC E )____________
from the value of the sound produced. Singing, she maintains, has an almost
(29. SE DU CE )_______________ quality--and so our response to it has more
(30. SI G N IF Y )_____________ than its technica l qualitie s.
PART 2: Comp lete th e pass age with ap propria te fo rm s fro m the wo rds given in
the box.
disa ster compa ny celebrate skill conside r
explai n contribut e pain expert surpris e

On holida y last y ear my t wo travell ing (31)_______________ and I jo ined a

day ’s cooke ry course in a Mexican restaurant. There were eight participant s,
all keen to learn the secrets of the natio n’s cuisine. The students ranged from
people who already had some (32)_______________ in the kitchen, to totally
(33)_______________ people like myself.
Our teache r, Liana Cabrera, started with a short talk, then handed out some
notes givin g (34)_______________ of terms we would be comin g across. Soon
we were trying out a range of exotic ingredients, with (35)_______________
good results. Cabrera started giving cookery lessons five years ago, and has
become quite a (36)______________ _, with long waiting lists for her courses.
And becaus e o f her exten sive knowledg e o f almost- forgotte n regional dishes she
is also a regul ar (37)_______________ to cookery progra mmes on national
televis ion.
In the afterno on I join ed the salsa-mak ing team, with rather (38)___________
results. My colleag ues complain ed that my food was so (39)_______________
hot it mad e their eyes water. Their own efforts turned out (40)______________ _
better than mine.
The comm unal meal at the end of the day was delicio us, and I had not only
learnt somet hing about cooking but also broadened my unde rstan ding of
Mexica n cul ture.

365
III. E RROR CO RRECT ION (10PTS)
The fol low ing passag e con tains 10 errors. Id entify and correct them. Ị'

(0) has been d one for yo u : sport (line 1) —> sports

Line 1 Ski ing is one o f the mo st po pul ar spo rt in the wo rld . Ac co rdi ng to
2 rec ent est im ati on , abo ut one hun dre d mil lion o f p eop le ski reg ula rly or
3 oc cas ion all y.
4 Sli din g acr oss t he sno w on skis is a lso one o f the mo st anc ien t me tho ds
5 o f tra ns po rt kno wn to the man. It has dem on str ate d tha t men we re
6 alre ady trav elin g acro ss the snow by mea ns o f p rim itiv e skis befo re the
7 inve ntio n o f the whe el. In the Asi atic regi on o f Alta i and in S can din avia ,
8 for exa mp le, the rem ain s o f s kis hav e bee n fou nd wh ich dat ed bac k to
9 4,0 00 BC. Furth er evid ence is suppl ied by anci ent cave paint ings whic h
10 de pic t peo ple skii ng, and a No rw ay sag a wh ich tell s the stor y o f an
11 inv asi on o f its ter rito ry 8,00 0 yea rs ago by a trib e o f ski ers who cam e
12 from the nort h.
13 No wa da ys , skii ng, apa rt from a spo rt, has bec om e a big indu stry and a
14 not abl e fea tur e of leis ure cul ture . Ski res ort s and all the act ivi ty tha t
15 the y gen era te is the mai n sou rce o f w eal th in ma ny mo un tain reg ion s,
16 wh ich we re pre vio usl y rem ote and ina cce ssib le. And far from its onc e
17 eli tist ima ge, ski ing is now enj oye d by an inc rea sin gly bro ade r spe ctr a
o f so ciet y.

IV. S ENTENC E T RANSF ORMAT ION (20 PTS)

Rew rite th e foll ow ing senten ces using the words given.
51. Th e two s ides nev er look ed likel y t o reac h an agr eem ent .
At no t im e _______________________________ _________________________
52. My sala ry is h al f wh at it w ou ld be in the job I was o ffe red in J anu ary .
If I had ______________________________
53. “ With out th e r apid grow th in popul ation th ere w ould be few er fo od sho rtag es.’’
He bl am ed ___________________________ ' _____________ ______ ____
54. At ten da nc es at t he ex hib itio n hav e been dow n this y ear .
Th e ex hi bi tio n______________
55. You c oul d be arr est ed for n ot giv ing a brea th sam ple to th e pol ice.
(R EF US AL )

56. To ny sha red his de ep est f eel ing s with me. (H EA RT )

57. Th e of fer to go and w ork in Braz il was a com ple te sur pri se. (B LU E)

58. He is th e kind o f m an wh o will do any thi ng to cru sh the co mp eti tio n (GO )
He is th e kind o f m a n _____________________________ cru sh the c om pe titi on .

366
 59. What has th is e xperi ence taugh t you ? ( CONC LUSI ONS)
_____________________ ___________________________ 2
60. No wad ays goods are often acquire d but not paid for i mmed iately. (CRE DIT)

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỀN DU - ĐẮK LflK

MULTIPLE CHOICE TE ST
I. P HON OLO GY
A. Pick out the word whose underlin ed par t is pr onou nced differently fro m
that o f the others in each group.
1. A. desi gne dly B. det ermi nedl y c. uncon cerne dly D. un const raine dly
2. A. oasi s B. coa lesc ence c. coalit ion D. arc haeoa stron omy
3. A. oeso phag us B. oarl ock c. scorchi ng D. sub ordin ate
4. A. aggl utina tive B. agitat ion c. aggra ndize ment D. i gnomin ious
5. A. misd iagno se B. sel f-effa ceme nt c. misog ynistic D. miss us
B. P ick o ut the word whose main stress is placed differently fro m the others in
each group. ’ • '
6. A. chin cher inch ee B. coh abite e’ c. evacue e D. sub comm ittee
7. A. peni nsul a
/ • J K* JP V I I I I l ư M 1 B. rela tivism
# • A W 1V 4V 1 T 1 1 1 c. legitimac y
• I v ^ I b i 1 1 1 V J D. perp etuate
8. A. hypo aller geni c B. hyperve ntilat ion c. monon ucleos is D. un imol ecula r
9. A. phila nthr opy B. vociferous ly c. antithes is D. hyp ertens ion
10. A. supe rfluo us B. veracity c. inevitabl e D. epi leptic

11. VO CAB ULA RY AND STRU CTUR E

Choose the best alternative to fi ll the gap in each o f thefollo win g sentences
1. The sq uirre ls a re _______ nuts into the ir hom es fo r the winter.
A. pick ing B. stow ing c. comm uting D. con certi ng
2. Th e a cc ou nt an t_______ the c ompan y fund and ran awa y to anot her c ountry.
A. swal lowe d B. conf iscate d c. embrac ed D. emb ezzle d
3. She goes fo r a _______ once a wee k to ensure that her h ands and nails are in
good cond ition .
A. mass age B. trim ming c. manicu re D. fil ing
4. T he spen dthr ift has be en _______ money out o f his old parents.
A. sque ezin g B. pre ssing c. tortu ring D. sq uand ering
5. It is impo ssibl e to miss th e _______ of the Gener ation X in Am erica.
A. mani festa tion B. adva ncem ent
c. initatio n D. ack nowl edge ment
. 4.

367
6. When the forces on an obje ct are balanc ed, you can say that the obje ct is in

A. c ollus ion B. equ ilibri um c. colli sion D. i ncubat ion

7. He has been trying to improv e his grades but instead, they have remain ed as
_______ as p ossible.
A. s tatic B. on comi ng c. parasi tic D. virtu al
8. T he n, ____ open ing the door, Jerry found that his h ouse had been broken into.
A. w ith B. on c. at D. duri ng
9. Even a few dro ps of this liquid would repre sent a ____ dose for a small child.
A. lethal B. mu ndane c . termi nal D. morta l
10. My f riend is s o _______ - she never beli eves peopl e ar e te lling the tru th.
A. d omes tic B. erud ite c. cynica l D. crucial
1 1 .1 could n ot b elieve th at he , o f all pe ople, was such a ______ to you .
A. brute B. ha rrow c. nuance D. philis tine
12. Peop le in this villag e has a n _______ appeti te for n ews.
A. inevit able B. i nexorab le c. insatiab le D. in edible
13. The conte stan ts have to pond er over that questi on very carefu lly because
there is n o _______ answer .
A. strai ghtfo rwar d B. u ndem andin g c. effor tless J D. cushy
14. T he pupil s have been prepare d f or a _______ career.
A. p edag ogic B. aca demi c c. didac tic D. sch olarly
15. T he silly boy o nl y______ at the memory , fe eling rathe r emb arrass ed.
A. laughe d B. gig gled c. snigge red D. roared
16. T ome said somet hing disgus ting, from which and a hea ted arg um en t______ ,
the resul t o f which was that th ey broke up.
A. ensue d B. even tuated c . super vened D. transp ired
17. W e______ and hawed for weeks before decid ing to b uy the hou se.
A. blared B. dined c. humm ed D. thudd ed
18. Le t a lone being left out in the cold for an hour after a se cond 30-ye ar-old lift
failed and securi ty guard s said they could not allow the m to use t he stairs, the
sta ff starte d t o _______ in thei r work.
A. e xasp erate , such an unwar ranted i nterfer ence it was
B. fum e, such was an u nwarr anted interfer ence
c. smou lder, so unwa rrante d an interfe rence it was
D. se ethe, so unwa rrant ed an interfe rence was which
19. She expe cts the politica l expe rienc e gained in th is electi on will stand her in
g o o d _______ in h er fu ture career , w hich, she sugge sts, could include anot her
cam paig n.
A. foot ing B. gro undi ng c. prec eden t D. stead
20. You story is interesting and lively, but it contains several historical inaccuracies.
For exam ple, your hero______ have offered Miss Swinton shelter under his
umbr ella, as the y w eren ’t invented until a hundred years later.
A. c oul dn ’t B. mi ght not c. sho uld n’t D. w oul dn’t

368
21. If we form an a lliance with the U.S., who has a po liti ca l__________ to grind
agai nst China, we ’ll sab otage its work ings and maximiz e our proble ms in the
Pacifi c Ocean.
A. ax e B. ham mer c . organ D. stone
22. Afte r about an hour or two ’s earful of the pl ain tif fs accusat ions, without
being able to ge t a w ord in _______ , the de fendan t starte d tal king over him.
A. a scen danc ies B. circu mferen ces c. edgewa ys D. periph eries
23. Tan Hiep Phat must be ordered to pay substantial damages for retaliating
ag ai ns t_______ ■.
A. misc hief- mak ers B. scar emong ers c. whistle -blower s D. wirep ullers
24. Unoff icial paths and access ways are now c losed of f to wa lkers, cyclists and
horse riders, forcin g the m to run th e _______ of anti-nucle ar pro testers on the
roads to re ach t he dwind ling recreation areas.
A. d rums ticks B. garte r c. gauntle t D. ramrods
25. A dults, pa rticul arly older ones or those with a(n) ru n-d ow n immune system,
can howe ver also contra ct shi ngles (herpes zoster) from a child with
chick enpox .
A. d ilapi dated B. enervat ed c. uncare d-for D. wa shed-out
26. The modif icatio n has been th e _______ on the cake for both of US, for a lot
of hard w ork has gon e into the design and dev elopme nt o f the course.
A. c hilli ng B. cooli ng c. freezing D. icing
27. T o xi c_______ disfigu re black neighbo rhoods, degrade property values, and
disc oura ge investmen t.
A. e yeso res B. gatec rashers c. keystones D. watersh eds
28. You sho uld n’t have b ee n_______ to your elders by raisin g thos e matters.
A. ill-ma nnere d B. imm aterial c. impertine nt D. inappo site
29. Shoul d you fail, the sacrifices made by your family would be meaningles s
and re si de _______ .
A. o n y our cons cienc e B. at you r wi ts’ end
c. of f your own boat D. unde r your thumb
30. Mos t acad emic articles bounce around from topic to topic, really without
, but are informative .
A. c omm on or gar den B. hell o r high water
c. let or hin dranc e í D. rhyme or reason

III. REA DIN G COM PREH ENSI ON

Re ad the fol low ing passag es a nd ch oose th e best answ er
PASSAGE 1
"The evo lutio n o f the banana, star o f the Western fr ui t b owl" By Ros ie M estel
Did you hear? The genom e of the banana has been sequen ced, an importa nt
deve lopm ent in scie ntist's effo rts to produce better bananas.

369
 A look at t hat genom e has revealed curiou s th ings, said Pat Heslo p-Ha rrison ,
a plan t gen etici st at the Univers ity of Leice ster in England who was a c o-au thor
of the repo rt publi shed this week in th e jo urna l Nature. For examp le, there are
regio ns of the bana na genom e that don't seem to be involved in m aking p rotein s
but are shared by many diffe rent species o f plants, far beyond bananas . What, he
won ders , are they doing ?
Ther e are remna nts of bits of banana streak virus spliced into the banana
geno me (too broke n-up to cau se d isease, however).
Ther e are whol e sets of DNA repeats that plants norma lly have but banana s
do not. And, intrigu ingly, three times since this genus of giant herbs took an
evolu tion ary turn away from its relative s “ the grasse s — it has duplic ated its
entir e set o f chrom osom es.
Two of the doub lings took place at the Creta ceous -Tert iary boundar y 65
millio n years ago, back when the dinos aurs and lots of other species went
extin ct, Heslo p-Ha rriso n noted.
Duplications like this are known to have happened in other plant groups at this
same time but haven't occurred since, Heslop-Harrison said. Scientists don't know
why, but they believe having extra copies of genes may have imparted some
stability to plan ts during a time o f rapid climate ch ange after an asteroid hit Earth.
Hav ing more t han one gene of each ty pe means that if one gene of a set loses
func tion, the plan t still has anoth er one that works. And there 's more room for
adap tabil ity to new circu mstan ces, because one gene could be altered and co­
opt ed for n ew purpo ses and there would still be the other on e left to perform the
origi nal jo b.
"Perh aps it's the reason [bananas have] done so well in the subse quent
milli ons of years ," Heslo p-Har rison said. "One can ask, will change s occurr ing
in th e worl d's clima te now mean there's going to be a w hole set of new genome
dupl icati ons that will enable plants to survive ? We don't know that, but it's
inter estin g to consid er."
The bana na g enom e seque nced by the French scient ists was from the Pahang,
a w ild Mala ysian bana na of the sp ecies Musa acum inata. It's a key species in the
com plica ted evol ution of the banana s and plantai ns peopl e eat around the world,
inclu ding the C aven dish banan a tha t we buy a t the superm arket.
The steri le Cave ndish is a so-calle d triploid : It has three sets of chrom osom es
instea d o f the norma l two. One of those genom es came from Pahang. The others
cam e from othe r su bspe cies o f Musa acumi nata.
The ch ang es occu rred st epwis e, and went som ethin g like thi s:
■ Tho usan ds o f year s ago, two wild banan a specie s from diffe rent parts of
the island s o f Sout heast Asia were broug ht into the same range by
peopl e. They forme d hybrid s. A bit like mules, the hybri ds were
vigo rous b ut fa irly sterile.

370
 ■ The hybrids were kept going without sex through propagation o f their shoots.
■ At sonic point, the hybrids develop ed the ab ility to set fruit w ithou t being
fertili zed.
■ Then (for most bananas, includin g the Gavendi sh) came anot her chan ce
even t that caused the hybrids to en d up with three sets of chromos omes.
Every now and again, the few viable eggs and pollen, tha t they made
woul d mistak enly contain two set s o f chromos omes instead of ju st one.
When a doub le-ch romo some pollen combin ed with a s ingle- chrom osom e egg
(or vice versa ), the result was a.hope lessly s terile plant with even more vigorous
fruit. Event s like this happene d more than once and somet imes included other
types of ancestr al banana specie s.
Some scien tists, in fact, have made a whole study of b anana domesti cation
and mov eme nt around the world. They've pieced the story toge ther using quite
diffe rent stran ds of informatio n, including the genom es of wild and cultivated
banana s, the micro scopic relics of banana lea f mate rial found at archaeolo gical
sites, and even the wo rd for "ba nana" in differ ent languages.
1. In para graph 2, the wor d "curious" is closest in meani ng to
A. inqui sitive B. pec uliar c. nosy D. in tricate
2. W hat does par agraph 5 suggest about bananas?
A. T he banana gen us may no t yet be class ifiable into a tra dition al categor y
B. B anana s a re act ually a specie s o f grass I. ■ , • I .,) ;
c. Banan as may now be categori zed as "he rbs" in superma rkets.
D. B ecau se banana chrom osome s du plicate them selves, the y have better
poten tial for su ccessful cloning
3. Why does the author use "intriguingly"to describe the phenomenon in paragraph 5?
A. T o imply that bananas are fa r more interesti ng than o ther fruits
B. To make r eaders doubt the c laims scientis ts ar e m aking about bananas
c. To sugg est t hat d uplicat ion of chromosom es is a rare and interestin g
occ urre nce in the pla nt world
D. To enco urage qu estions abo ut wh ether bana nas are gr asses or herbs
4. Why is the observ ation in paragrap h 6 imp ortant? •
A. It sug gest s t hat the banana mutated its genetic str ucture for survi val
B. It sho ws that bananas can be traced as far back as din osaurs
c. It sug gests th at b ananas were fatal to dinosa urs and o ther species
D. It prov es that banana s are immune to atm osphe ric change s
5. The word "co-opted" in paragra ph 8 is clos est in mean ing to
A. d ecid ed upon toget her B. argued again st ( .
c . remo ved from study ! D. adopt ed lf
6. The quote in para graph 9 most closely suggests
A. Bana nas may be an ex ample o f ways t hat species might alter thei r gen etics
to survi ve chang es in the ea rth's climate and atmosp here

371
 B. That the genetic mutations of bananas have no implications for other species
c. That geneti c structu re is the only facto r that should be consid ered when
predi cting sur vival
D. Thou gh banana s have made it this far, there is no pro of that they will
surviv e th e next wave of significant atm osphe ric changes .
7. Acc ordin g to the article, all are steps in the ev olutio n o f the b anana EXCE PT
A. So me banan a hy brids began to develop thre e sets o f chromo somes
B. The merg ing of two differ ent banana species
c. Banan as reprod uced widely and e asily th rough fertiliz ation
D. B anana s de velope d th e abi lity to dev elop fruit w ithou t fert ilization
8. The word "chance" in paragra ph 16 is closest in meanin g to
A. r andom B. gamb le c. risky D. oppor tune
9. All ar e va riatio ns o f banana ment ioned in the ar ticle EXCEP T
A. the C avendi sh B. Dolus mundi c. Musa acumi nataD . p lantains
10. The wo rd "domestication" in the f inal pa ragrap h is closes t in meaning to
A. h ouseb roken . B. well- contro lled
c. adapte d for hu man c onsump tion D. accept ed within the cu lture
PASSAGE 2 >
Parag raph A
The health benef it of legumes has been widely known for centuries . Also
known as pulses or, more common ly, beans, they belong to an extreme ly large
catego ry of vegetabl es, contain ing over 13,000 species. Only grains supply more
calorie s and protein to the wor ld’s populatio n. Today, agricult ural research ers
and scienti sts are e xperim enting with varieties o f legumes easie r to h arvest, more
resista nt to disease , and yield better crops.
Parag raph B
Beans are often referred to as ‘the po or p erso n’s m eat’, but thi s label is un fair
- cons ideri ng the health benefit s of legumes, they should really be called ‘the
healthy al terna tive to m eat’ . Beans contain a rich and va ried supply of nutritional
substan ces, which are vital for keeping in good health. Diets rich in beans are
used t o help with a var iety of health issues including lowering ch olestero l levels,
improv ing blood sugar control in diabetics, reduci ng the risk of many cance rs,
lowerin g the risk o f heart d isease, and l owering blood pressure. Beans are a good
source of prote in but are often consider ed to be an ‘inco mple te’ protein as they
lack the essentia l amino acids that we need to complet e our diet. Foods from
animals , on the other hand, contain protein and amino acids. Howev er, many
cultur es comb ine beans with grains to form a complet e protein that is a high-
qualit y subst itute for meat - rice and soya in Ja pan, corn and beans in Mexic o,
rice and lentils in the Middle East. Beans are also a go od source of fibre, givin g
the cons ume r between 5 and 8.6 grams of fibre per 100 gram s eaten. Fibre is an
impor tant ingred ient in a healthy diet with great benefits to o ur digest ive system

372
 and in reduc ing choles terol levels, which in turn reduces our risk of heart
disease . Fibre also helps US to feel full and control our appetite.
Paragraph c
Why is it impor tant to substitu te meat as much as possib le? First of all,
becaus e o f the health implicat ions - red meat in par ticula r has a h igh-fat cont ent.
Secon dly, antib iotic s and other chemic als are used in th e raising of poultry and
cattle. Thir dly, the cost to the enviro nmen t is muc h great er in rai sing cattle than
it is in grow ing crops. To produce a kilogram of beef, farmers need to feed the
cow 15 kilog ram s o f grain and a furth er 30 kilogr amme s o f forage.
Paragraph D
Little won der then that legumes have been used from ancient times.
Acc ordi ng to Trev or Brice in Life and Society in the Hittite World, the Hittites,
an anci ent peop le living in Ana tolia from the eighteen th century BC, ate a wide
variet y o f leg umes including peas, beans, faba beans, chickpea s, and lentils. And
in anc ient Egypt, Ramses II is known to have offered 11,998 jars of beans to the god
of the Nile. Archaeologists have found the remains o f legumes on land beneath Lake
Assad in Syria dating back to 8000 BC and astonishingly, a 4,000-year-old lentil
seed f ound during an excavation in Turkey has been germinated, allowing scientists
to c ompare the ancient variety with the organic and genetically engineered varieties
of today. Professor Nejat Bilgen from Dumlupinar University, who led the
archaeologica l team, said thát the lentils were found in a cont ainer dating from the
Bronze Age. The plant grown from the ancient lentil was found to be ‘pretty weak’
in comparison with modern varieties.
Paragraph E
Mod ern agricu ltural research has tended to focus on grain production,
bree ding new varieti es of wheat and other crops rather than improving the
varie ties o f legum es, which can s uffer from low yield s and unstable harvests. For
this reaso n, farmer s started to aba ndon them in favo ur o f more depend able crops,
which had had the benefits of scienti fic improvem ent. Recently, scientists have
return ed to legumes to identify desirab le chara cterist ics such as height, good
crop prod uctio n, and resistanc e to pests in order to cross differe nt plants with
each oth er and produc e a new, improved variety. Using tradition al breeding
meth ods, agric ultura l scienti sts are transforming the faba bean into a variety that
is e asie r to grow. Traditio nal varietie s are undepe ndable as they rely on insects
to poll inat e them. But faba bean types that can self-fer tilize naturall y were
disco vere d, and this gene is being bred into new varieties. Other faba bean
varie ties have been found to produce higher yields or shorte r crops. Faba bean
plants te nd to grow tall and fall over in the field making them difficu lt to harvest
mec hani cally , so breedi ng plants that are 50% shorte r means they are more
stable. Unlik e the traditi onal plants, the new faba bean plants end in a flow er -
this mean s that more o f the pla nt’s energy is tra nsform ed into prod ucin g beans
instead o f unus able foliage.
373
 Paragr aph F
With the new varietie s, farmers in some regions are achie ving a marked rise
in product ion - betwee n 10% to 20% improvem ent. Scient ists have also
managed to deve lop a comme rcial faba bean able to resist the parasitic weed
Oroban che, which has been known to destroy whole fields of the crop. The
future of legumes and the farmers who grow them is becom ing brighter.
Legume s are an import ant source of no urishm ent for human s and also for the
soil: the beans take nitrogen directly from the atmos phere and fix it into the soil
to provide nutrien ts for other crops and save the farmers the cost of artif icial
fertilizer. Makin g legumes a pro fitable crop for the future may prove an essen tial
factor in feed ing growi ng p opulation s.
Questio ns 1-6 . Choos e the correct headings for par agraphs A- F from the list
of hea dings below.
LIST OF HE ADINGS
i Improv ement s to faba bean far ming
ii Increa sing product ivity to secur e the future of legume fa rming
iii The importa nce o f legumes
iv The nutrition al v alue of legumes.
V The effect of farming on the env ironmen t
vi Legum es in the die t o f ancient peoples
vii The importa nce o f reducing meat con sumpti on
viii Archa eologi cal discoverie s
ix Legum es as a provi der o f protein
1. Par agraph A 2. Par agraph B 3. Para graph c 4. Paragraph D
5. Par agrap h E 6. Parag raph F z
Ques tions 8-1 0. Write in the corre sponding numbered boxes:
T if the sta tement agrees with the information
F if the stateme nt contra dicts the information
NG if there is no info rmation on this
7. L egumes are sec ond to grains in providing p eople with calories and protein.
8. Beans can help to cure heart disease.
9. Antib iotics are used when farming an imals for food.
10. Agri cultural scientists are mak ing the faba bean easier to grow in dry areas.
IV. G UIDED C LOZE TEST ‘ .
Choo se th e bes t ans wer fo r each gap in the passa ge
PASSAGE 1 ' .. i . ...
The global recording industry has launched its largest wave of legal
(1) _______ again st pe ople suspected of sharing music files on th e internet. The
latest move by Ịthe Internation al Federation of the Phono graphi c Industry (IFP1)
(2) ______ 2,100 alleged uploaders using peer-t o-peer (P2P) network s in 16
nation s (3) _ _____the UK, France, Germany and Italy. Tho usan ds of people
have agreed to pay compe nsation since the campaign began. In the US, civil
374
 lawsuits have been brought against more than 15,597 people (4) ____ _
Septe mber 2003 and there have been 3,590 settlem ents. 'This is a signific ant
escala tion of our enfor ceme nt actions again st people who are upload ing and
distri butin g (5 )_______ music on P2P ne tworks ,' said 1FP1 chi ef John Kennedy.
'Thous ands of people - mostly internet-s avvy men in their 20s or 30s - have
learnt to thei r (6) _ _ _ _ _ the legal and financial risks involved in file-sha ring
music in large quant ities.' Individual cases are (7) ______ brought by the
national assoc iatio ns (8 )______ the rec ording industry, and in some cases by the
labels, as civil compl aints. The UK re cord industry has so far brought 97 cases,
with a (9) ______ 65 covered by the latest action, Mo re than 140,000 in
(1 0) _____ has been paid to the British Phonog raphic Industry by 71 individuals.
1. A. actio n B. activity c. acting D. acts
J if

2. A. aim ed B. targeted c. directed D. pointed

3. A. such B. which c. including D. throug hout
4. A. du ring B. throug hout c. since D. in
5. A. c opyri ghted B. registe red c . tradem ark D. illegal
6. A. b enefit B.c har ge c. cost D. fortu ne
7. A. g eneral ly B. totally c . mostly D. prima rily
8. A. for B. working c . represe nting D. i nside
9. A. n ewly B. addition c . further D. anot her
10. A. profi t B. covera ge . c . payme nt D. com pensat ion
PASSAGE 2 ' •- . •’
The issues for ( 1 ) ______ economi es are a little more straigh tforwa rd. The
desire to build on undevel oped land is not (2) ______ out of despera tion or
necess ity, but is a result of the relentles s march of progre ss. Cheap labor and a
relativ ely highl y-ski lled workfo rce make these countri es highly compe titive and
there is a flood of i nward investment, particul arly from ( 3 ) ______ looking to
take adva ntag e o f the low wages before the cost and standar d of living begin to
rise. It is facto rs such as th ese that are making many Asian econo mies extreme ly
attrac tive when viewed as investm ent opportu nities at t he moment. Similarly , in
Africa, the relat ive (4 )______ of precious metals and natural resour ces tends to
attra ct a lot o f ( 5 )______ compa nies and a w hole sub-in dustry devel ops around
and is com plete ly depen dent on , this foreig n-dire ct investm ent. It is
unde rstan dable that countri es that are the focus of this sort of attentio n can lose
sight of the enviro nmen tal implica tions of large-sc ale industrial devel opme nt,
and this can have devas tating c onsequ ences for the natural world. And it is a (6)
______ cycl e becau se the more industri ally active a n ation becom es, the great er
the d eman d for and harves ting of natural resource s. For some, the envir onme ntal
issues, thoug h they can hardly be ignored, are viewed as a ( 7 ) ______ concer n.
Indeed, havin g an enviro nment al consc ience or taking envir onm ental matte rs
into c onsid eratio n when it com es to d ecision s on whet her or not to build rubb er-

375
tree (8) _______ or grow biofuel crops would be quite (9) ______ indeed.
For th ose involved in suc h scheme s it is a p retty black -and-w hite issue. For vast
(10) ______ of land in Latin Americ a, i.e. it is clear that the welfar e of the
rainfore sts matter s little to local govern ment when vast sums of mon ey can be
made from culti vatin g the land.
1. A. c onver ging B. deme rging c . emerg ing D. resur ging
2. A. arisen B. born c . bred D. grow n
3. A. interc ontine ntals B. multin ationals c . outmi gration s D. transm igrati ons
4. A .ab und anc e B. accum ulation c . amplitu de D. prem onition
5. A. e xploit ation
- r
B. explora tion c. purveya nce D. surv eillanc e
6 . A. vacu ous B. vexatio us c. vicious D. visc ous
7. A. ex ponen tial B. extrinsi c c . parallel D. perip heral
8. A. h oldings B. hom esteads c . plantati ons D.r anc hes
9. A. imperat ive B. proh ibitive c. proscr iptive D. prosp ective
10. A. plots B. regions c. sectors D. tracts
j. ■;
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPE N CLOZE TE ST
Fill in each ga p in the passag es b elow with ONE suitab le word
PASSAGE 1
Men and women are often consider ed to be comple tely at odds with each
other, in term s (1 )______ their attitudes and behavio ur. N ot so wh en they are in
love, new rese arch has dis covered. As far as the ir h ormone levels are ( 2 )______ ,
when men and women are in love, they are more simila r to each othe r
(3 )______ at any other t ime. > .
It has ( 4 ) _____ 5 been k nown that love can (5 )______ havoc with hormon e
levels. For exam ple the hormon e cortisol, ( 6 ) ______ is known for its calmi ng
effect on th e body, dips dramat ically when one person is attra cted to (7 )______ ,
putting the love-s truck on a p ar with sufferers of obsessive compu lsive disorde r.
But a new study has found that the hormo ne testos teron e, comm only
associa ted with male aggress ion, also falls when he is in love. In women , it’s
quite the ( 8 ) ______ . Testos terone levels, which (9 )______ to be lower amon g
females , rise to ward s ( 10 )______ of the m ale.

PASSAGE 2
Misera ble, overwo rked, insecure - the British work the longest hours in
Europe and expres s the least job satisfact ion. Howe ver much riche r they are,
they are becom ing fed up to the back ( Ĩ ) _______ with work every year. What is
the whole (2) _______ of econom ic succes s if it is matche d by grow ing
unhap pines s? Like dumb oxen we work harde r than every one else - a third of
men work more than 50 hours a week - bu t we ’re not smarte r. For more than a

376
centur y factory acts and ever shorte r worki ng hours marked the onward
(3) _______ _of indu strial progress. Now social history has appar ently gone into
(4) _______ In an annual study Professo r Cary Coope r of the Manch ester
School o f Man agem ent revisits 5,000 managers , from CEOs down to juni ors.
He finds them increas ingly anxious about their lives. This is (5) _______
surpr ising since hal f of them work most evenin gs and a third work most
weeke nds. Despite falling unemplo yment, people feel their own jo b or status is
in grave ( 6 ) _________ because they suffer more ( 7 ) __________ at work than
they did five years ago. Restruct uring, downs izing and radical chang e at work
(8) __________ _ a life of con stant upheav al,-and the curren t merge r epidemic
(9) _____________ of f unpredi ctable job loss. Most feel that this uncerta inty
(10) _______ with their home life and health as well as their com pany ’s
produ ctivit y. These are the people who set the work pattern s for their
organ izatio n, yet even they are victims of forces beyond their co ntrol - such as
pressu re from invest ors and co mpetito rs. What can be done?

II. W ORD F ORMS

I. Supp ly t he c orre ct fo rm o f the word s in th e CAP ITAL LETT ER
1. ONUS Altho ugh the u.s. has recogniz ed same-sex marriag e nationwid e,
it doe sn’t mean the allies can rest on our laurels and a r e ______
from the respons ibility to advoca te our LGBT friends and
families .
2. P AUPE R The fauna is becomi ng com para tive ly______ due to the isolation,
youn g geologica l age of the island and forestry activit ies within
habitats.
3. B RAIN Train ing for advanced English exams is an opport unity to
chall enge you rselve s, for it is qu ite difficu lt to know your level if
the c onsol idation s a re ______ .
4. EYE While many people argue that taking a gap year and travell ing
before college is merely a waste o f time and money, others consider
> it a( n) ______ experie nce that pro vides insight into real life.
5. DU MB She looked ab so lu te ly ______ when I told her what happen ed.
She could hardly say a word.
6. TH UND ER She w as ______ when her par ents t old her she was orphan ed.
7. L IFE The game was m uc h______ wheYi both teams scored with five
minut es o f each oth er.
8. BA NK The car ro lled down a ra ilw ay ______ and hit a t ree.
9. FU RIOU S Are you doing this on pu rpose jus t t o __________ me?
10. C HIEF You should avoid those jour nalis ts. They are j u s t ______ , only
distr essin g and prying into you r pri vate life.

377
II. Fi ll i n eac h bl an k with th e s ui ta bl e fo rm o f a wo rd in th e bo x
' 1

onus child fatig ue mind able

white take i 1
access enter climate

There is no othe r ra ce q uite like it; no other race in a place so (1 )_______ ; no

other race which puts the body through a test of (2)_______ of such extremes .
The Antar ctic Ice Maratho n was the (3)_______ of Richard Donovan, whose
compan y, Polar Running Advent ures, gives runners the oppor tunity to
(4) in a race throug h the barren wastel and that is the snow-c overed
Union Glacier . Last year, there were some 34 partici pants in the race, and, this
time, the numb er of (5)_______ is exp ectedi to be higher still; such has been the
level of interest shown by members of the public, amat eur and professi onal
athletes and the media alike. But, while the prospec t of being part of as unique
an exper ience a s t he Antarct ic Ice Marathon is, seems, on the face of it, a rather
agreeab le notion, th ose consid ering putting their names in the mix would do well
to be (6)_______ of ju st how intense and (7)_______ ; , both physi cally and
psych ologi cally, the event can be. You will be cut of f compl etely from
civiliz ation, with not even a p enguin there to c heer you on, and you may have to
face temp eratu res dippin g consider ably lower than the levels your body would
(8)_______ itse lf to dealin g with, not to mention the (9) _ _ _ _ _ o f Tine we ather
- th ink instead near (10)_______ conditio ns and zero visibility . But, if yo u still
fancy giving it a go, get in touch with Richard and he can make your dream
(or n ightm are) come true. ,
III. E RRO R ID ENTIF ICATI ON
There are ten m ista kes in the fol low ing para grap h. Fin d them an d cor rec t them
Line Before 1960, the UK pop scene offered few of substa nce. A faint shade
of its Ameri can counterp ast, it could boast only the quest ionab le talents
of sanitized singers like C liff Richard and Tommy Steele. But then along
came the revolutio n; fizzling out o f the teen-o riented coffee bars and th e
5 build ing club circui t came the likes of Korner and Barber as R&B
emerg ing. It was not long before ‘bluep horia ’ had gotten hold and the
blues and R&B circuit quickly evolved with bands of calibre of the
Rolling Stones and the Graham Bon Organi zation shaki ng things up in
London. But the capital did not have a monopol y so far as new talent
10 was concer ned - far from it. The north was awake ning, too, and soon the
Beat groups wo uld arrive, taking the music world by s torm. Acts such as
the Anim als and the Beatles were formed , the latter needin g no
introdu ction, of course. It was n’t long before the tables had changed ;
Amer ican pop was soon playing second fiddle to Brit-s tyle bands. The
15 Beatles, champ ioning the cause, took British popu lar music to new
levels of success. Before long, the world cou ldn ’t get enough of this
plucky quarter. ‘Beatl eman ia’ had domin ated. John, Paul, Ringo and
Georg e co uld do no mistake.

378
IV. SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N
A. Finish each o f the sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same
as the sentence printed before it
1. The underp rivileg ed were no wo rse-o ff fifty years ago than they ar e now.
The underp rivilege d were e ve ry _____________ _ ______________________
2. That the press heaped scorn on the handling o f the crisis is immaterial to US.
Of________________ _ _____________ _______________________ ________
3. In a nutshell , J ose ph’s no t up to the job.
The long and
4. There a ren ’t many other books which explain thi s probl em so well.
In few othe r b oo ks _______ 1 _____ ; ____________ ___________ _

B. Rewrite each o f the follow ing sentences with th e given words in such a way
that the second sentence has the same meaning as the fir st one. Do not
change th e for m o f the words i l l brackets.
1. Altho ugh the signs are opti mistic, there are im minent dark cloud. (T EE TH )
On the •___________________ _____ ;___________ _ _ _____

optim istic signs.

2. We only ingratiated ourselves with our teacher because Kate insisted (C UR RI ED )
It w as ________________ ■ _ _________ ■ 11 - .______________ our teacher .
3. Nobo dy expect ed it of him but Sam was laid off. (RA NK S)
Ag ai ns t_____________________________________________ unemployed.
4. I f the ca ndida tes didn ’t work harder, they wo uld fail the exam. (SO CK S)
The can did ate s,_____________________________________________ grade.
5. The lawyer for the defence suspected the witness gave false testimony.
(P ER JU RE D) ,
The defen ce lawyer ca lle d___________________ ______________ , f, ■. -
6. He was really jealo us when he saw his opponent make it through to next
round. (A DV AN CE )
He wa s g re en __________________________________________________

TRƯỜNG THP T CHU YÊN THOẠI NGỌC HẦU - AN GIANG

Ị?. MULTIP LE CHOICE QUESTIONS
1.1 . PH O NO LO G Y
Identify the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently fro m
that o f the other words in the group
1. A. ch oirboy B. chocahol ic c . choccy D. choco late
2. A. a borig ine B. doctrine I c. interest D. dethro ne
3. A. end ocrin e B. shrine c. invigorate D. lithe
4. A. ge rman e B. humanely c. angel D. macar oni
5. A. wh olesom e B. whacked c. whose D. whoop
379
Iden tify the word whose main s tress is in a diff erent positio n fro m tha t o f the
othe r wo rds in the sa me group .
6. A. zuc chini B. sim ulcast c. hyphen ate D. pa geantry
7. A. h aciend a B. narc olepsy c. labyrint hine D. ma caroni
8. A. na rcissus B. sacerd otal c. vaing loriou s D. comp etitive
9. A. am algam ate B. alter nativel y c. evalua tive D. eutha nasia
10. A. rumina tive B. pains takingl y c. autom obile D. tange ntially
1Á
II. V OCA BUL ARY AN D STRU CTUR ES.
Choos e the bes t option to comp lete e ach o f the fol low ing sentence s.
1. When the ship d ocked at H amburg, they found a _______ in the hold.
A. g ate-c rashe r B. stowa way c. interlop er D. tresp asser
2. He was arrested f or tryi ng to pa ss _______ notes at the bank.
A. ca moufl aged B. fake c. count erfeit D. frau dulent
3. We all make mistak es; no-one is _____ _ .
A. fa llible B. in fallible c. mistak en D. unm istakab le
4. The ho oli ga n_______ the money out o f my hand and ran away.
A. sn atched B. gripped . c. clutche d D. withd rew
5. The smell of the burnt cabbag e w as s o _______ that it spread to eve ry room.
A. pe rvasiv e B. effus ive c. extens ive D. diffus e
6 . 1 cou ldn ’t open th e wi ne as I did n’t have a _______ .
A. c orkd river B. le ver c. screw drive r D. cork screw
7. Every time th e go vernm ent meets t heir d emand s, th e u nion leaders move the

A. lamp-po sts B. goalp osts c. bus s tops D. road blocks

8. He manage d t o _______ the flow o f blood by tightl y banda ging t he wo und.
A. r estrain B. chec k c. curb D. inhi bit
9. The art tea cher gave the c hildren a free_______ in their creati ve compo sitions .
A. o ffer B. gift c. kick D. hand
10. It was only w hen he had been unempl oyed for six month s th at N eil ’s
situat ion h it _______ .
A. base B. head c. home D. back**.

III. GRA MM AR
Choo se th e be st opt ion to c omple te each o f the fol low ing sente nces :
1. I ’d rath er y o u _______ a noise last night, I cou ldn ’t get to sleep.
A. h adn ’t made B. wo uld n’t ma ke
c . did n’t ma ke D. ha ven ’t made
2. “ Which is more import ant? Luck o r eff ort?” - “ Luck is_______ effor t.”
A. on the same impor tance B. o f the same impor tance as
c. the same import ance as D. as th e s ame impor tance as
380
 Some learners of English ha ve ___ ideas in writing.
A. tro uble expres sing B. difficu lt in ex pressin g
c . probl ems with D. difficul ty to express
_______ , I was plea sed it was over.
A. Th ough s trange it was B. Despite it may so und strange
c . Strang e th ough it may sound D. Even th ough being very strange
_______ , we stayed inside the house.
A. T he stormy day it was B. It were a stormy day
c . It is a stormy day D. It being a stormy day
My su perv isor is angry with me. I didn ’t do the work I ___ last week.
A. sh ould have done B. may ha ve done
c . need to ha ve do ne D. must have done
th
7. Not until the end of 19 c en tur y___ _ become a scientific disci pline.
A. p lant breedin g has B. did pl ant breeding
c. plant breedin g had ' D. has pla nt bre eding
8. Nebr aska has f loods in some y ea rs ,_______ .
A. in others dro ught B. drough ts are others
c . while othe r drou ghts D. others in drough t
9. The primar y source of energy fo r tropical cyclones is the latent he at releas ed
when
A. do es w ater vapor condens e B. condense d w ater v apor
c. wate r vap or con dense s D. the con densat ion of water vapo r
10. The N avajo Indians of the southwe stern United St ate s_______ for th eir sand
. painti ng, also called dry pai nting.
A. noted B. are noted
c. to be not ed ‘ D. have noted

IV. PRE POS ITIO NS AND PHRASA L VERBS:

Choo se th e be st opti on to com plete each o f the fol low ing sentence s.
1; We had a terrib le r ow a few years ago and we still h aven ’t made it _______ .
, A. out B. up c. for D. of
2. Th e c omp uter h as _______ a long way ov er the last thirty years.
A. ta ken B. come ' c. broken D. put
3. B efore they open a new factory, a lot o f young people round here w er e_____
the dole.
A. in B. on c. at D. up i
4. T om ’s abs orp tio n_______ his stud ies means he has no social life.
A. on B. in c. about D. with
5. The d octo r adv ised US_______ travelling to Egypt w ithout hav ing t he prope r
inocu lation s fir st...
A. f rom B. of c. agains t D. o ff

381
6. T he f actory owne r is not in the ha bit o f fraterniz ing ’■
_____his workers.
A. with B. to c. for D. into
7. The pa rty _______ rather well. Everyone seemed to have enjo yed t hemselves .
A. we nt o ff B. came forward c. folded up D. got over
8. My sister is a lw ay s_______ me abou t my c lothes.
A. pu tting in B. giving in c. holding on D. getting at
9. The law li miting the am ount of foreign exchange sh ould have be en _______
years ago.
A. dr awn up o ff B. done aw ay with c. cut bac k on D. given away with
10. H e_______ all his savings on that venture which fortunat ely succeeded.
A. w ent on B. put on c. laid out D. took on

V. RE ADIN G COMP REHEN SION

PASSAGE A
Rea d the fol low ing pas sag e and choos e the best answe r fo r each o f the
fol low ing ques tions
Shadow puppetr y is a traditional art form that often goes unappreciat ed in
modern times. A large part of the appeal of puppet shows is the craftsma nship
behind the creation of the actual puppets. In sha do w pu pp etr y, on the oth er
hand , the pu pp et s rem ain unse en, so the re al a rti str y is in the pr ese nta tio n.
Th e combi nation of th e puppet's shape, the backgrou nd screen, and. the light
itse lf create s the overall effect, o f the shadow puppet show. The task of the
direc tor is to ensure these elements are working togeth er harmoni ously in order
to produ ce th e opt imal experien ce for the aud ience.
The screen is the medium through which the audience experien ces the
perfo rmanc e, so selectin g the best screen is essential. First, it must transmit as
much light as possible to better capture the shape of the puppet. However, it
shoul dn't transm it so much light that the puppet eer is visible. The material
should obviou sly be dur able but thin. A thin material gives superior definit ion to
the edges of the shadows. Traditiona lly, cotton was used for the screen, but it
was very grainy. As new kinds of textiles have been develo ped, more suitable
mater ials have become the standard. Silk works well but is e xpensive. A more
affor dable option is vinyl, which is thin and transm its light evenly. The only
probl em is th at it st retches too easily. In orde r to allow the puppets .to p ress up
again st the screen, it must be strung very tightly. If the material stretches too
easily , it will sag.
One unique challen ge for t he puppet show direct or is tha t the presenta tion is
two-d imen siona l. The screen is flat, so puppets can only move forwards and
backw ards. In order to create a three-di mensio nal appear ance, directors often
design a set in which the backgrou nd is sm aller than the foregro und. Then, by
using differ ent-s ized puppets at differen t heights on the screen, a more

382
 interes ting scene can be created. If the script requires two puppets to pass by
each other, it can be accurat ely reproduced on the screen. The "fade-ou t" is a
commo n tool used by direct ors to avoid this problem. In this tech niqu e, the
puppe t is moved away from the screen, and the image becomes fuzzy before
fading out a ltoget her.
Havin g ch osen a scre en and d esigned the set, the next step is to det ermine the
light that will be used. There are several factors to be consider ed: intensity,
spread, spread , and angle. Natura lly, more light is required behind the screen
than in front. The power or intensity of th is light is best determined through
expe rimen tation . If the light is too bright, it will appear harsh to audience
memb ers positio ned close to the screen. Dim light, though harder to see, can
create an intimate mood. The intensity of ,t he light can be manipulate d
thro ugho ut th e p erform ance by using a di mmer switch.
Spread descr ibes how th e intensity of light is di spersed over the scr een. If it is
too focuse d on the center, it can leave dark areas at the edges. In contras t, if the
spread is too wide, light might spillove r the edges of the screen, thus producing
shadow s of object s that aren't supposed to be part of the performanc e.
Addit ional ly, the angle at which the light hits the screen will affect the spread.
The direc tor can manipu late the angle of the light in orde r to alter the shape and
size o f the p uppet s an d to create dramatic effects.
The shado w pupp et show is an art that goes beyond the construc tion of the
puppe ts and the perfor manc e of the script. Finding the optimal combina tion of
light and shado w involves careful planning and meticulou s d esign. Every detail
must be consi dered and controlled in relation to every other detail, making
shado w p uppet ry an art o f precision.
1. Wh ich o f the fo llowi ng is closest in meaning to the word "produ ce" as used in
parag raph 1?
A. f resh food B. create • c. pay for D. oversee
2. The w ord "harsh" in paragra ph 4 is closest in meanin g t ò ............... .
A. very cold B. crisp c. insulting D. severe
3. W hat word does "it" refer to in paragraph 2?
A. o ption B. vinyl c . light D. proble m
4. In par agrap h 2, the autho r expla ins the importance of the screen b y ..................
A. s how ing how diffic ult it is to find good material
B. ex plain ing the eleme nts to be consid ered
c. sayi ng wha t it is used for
D. gi ving exa mple s o f materials
5. According t o the passage, which of the following can cause unwanted shadows?
A. A light th at's too bright B. A light that' s n ot bri ght enough
c. A light th at's too focused D. A light tha t's n ot fo cused enough .

383
6. Wh at does "this technique" refer to in paragraph 3?
A. Us ing diff erent-si zed puppets B. The s cript
c. Using a smalle r backgro und D. The "f ade-out"
7. Which of the followin g sentences best expresses the essential information of
the highlighte d sentence? Incorrect ch oices change the meaning in important
ways or le ave ou t essential information.
A. Sh adow puppetry, in contrast, is a truly artis tic show.
B. Because the puppeteers remain out of sight in shadow puppetry, the
present ation becomes more expres sive.
c. In contrast, the true skill and appeal in shadow puppetry lies in the
present ation, as the actual puppets are kept hidden.
D. Similarly, in shadow puppetry, the true skill is in the presentation of the show.
8. What is the main purpo se o f the passage?
A. To inspire people to become shadow p uppeteers
B. To increase the pop ularity of shadow puppet shows
c. To sho w how shado w puppe try is better than regular puppetry
D. To demon strate t he ch allenges involved in shadow puppetry
9. All of the followin g are mentioned in the passage E XCEPT ....................
A. co lor B. intensity c. spread D. angle
10. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 1 about regular,
non-sh adow puppet shows?
A. The y're not as good as shadow p uppet shows.
B. They 're e asier to produce t han sh adow pu ppet shows.
A. Mo st o f the work happens before the show.
D. It's not really an art form.
. ' . .. > ' Ỉ •,
PASSAGE B
Rea d th e follow ing passa ge and mark t he letter Ay By Cy or D on you r answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each o f the questions.
Even before the turn of the century, movies began to develop in two major
direction s: the realistic and the formalistic. Realism and formalism are merely
general, rather than absolute terms. When used to suggest a tendency toward
either polari ty, such labels can be helpful, but in the end they are still ju st labels.
Few fi lms a re ex clusive ly formalis t in style, and fe wer ye t are comp letely realist.
There is also an importan t d ifference between realism and reality, althoug h this
distinct ion is often forgotten. Realism is a particu lar style, whereas physical
reality is the source of all the raw materials of film, both realistic and
formalist ic. Virtual ly, all movie directors go to the photog raphab le world for
their subjec t matter, but what they do with this material - how they shap e and
manipula te it - deter mines their stylistic emp hasi s.’
Generall y speaking , realistic films attempt to reprodu ce the surface of
concrete reality with a minimum of distortion. In photog raphin g objects and

384
 events, the filmm aker tries to sugges t the copio usness of life itself. Both realist
and form alist film direc tors must select (and hence empha size) certain details
from the chao tic sprawl of reality. But the eleme nt o f selectiv ity in realis tic films
is less obvio us. Realists , in short, try to pre serv e the illusion that t heir film wor ld
is unm anipu lated , an object ive mirror of the actual world. Formali sts, on the
othe r hand, make no such pretense . They delibe rately stylize and distort their
raw mate rials so th at only the very naive would mistake a manip ulated image of
an ob ject or e vent for the real thing.
We rarely notice the style in a realistic movie; the artist tends to be self-
effaci ng. Some filmm akers are more concerne d with what is being shown than
how it is manip ulated . The camer a is used conserv atively . It is essentia lly a
recor ding mech anism that reprodu ces the surface of tangi ble objects with as
little com men tary as possible. A high premium is placed on simplicity,
spon tanei ty, and directn ess. This is not to suggest that these movies lack artistry,
howev er, for at its best the realistic cine ma s pecializ es in art th at co nceals art.
1. What does the p assag e m ainly discuss?
A. A cting sty les B. Film plots
c. Styles o f filmm aking D. Film making 100 years ago 1
2. With which of the following statements would the author be most likely to agree?
A. Realis m and formal ism are out dated terms.
B. M ost f ilms are neith er exc lusivel y re alistic nor fo rmalistic ,
c. Realis tic films are m ore p opula r than formalis tic ones.
D. Forma listic films are less artist ic than rea listic ones.
3. The phrase "this distinction " refers to the d ifferenc e be tween .................
A. f orma lists and realists B. realism and re ality
c. gener al and a bsolut e D. physical reality and raw mate rials
4. Who does the a utho r say is primaril y re sponsible for the style o f a film?
A. The direc tor B. The ac tors
c. The prod ucer D. The c amera opera tor
5. The w ord "shape" is clos est in meaning to .................
A. specif y B. form c. understan d D. achie ve
6. The w ord "preserve" is close st in meaning to ........... ......
A. enco urag e B. maintain c. reflect D. attain
7. Ho w ca n one recogn ize th e f ormalist style?
A. It uses fami liar images. B. It is very impersonal ,
c. It obv iousl y manip ulates images. D. It m irrors the actu al world.
8. The wo rd "tangible" is close st in meaning t o .................
A. conc rete B. comp lex c. various D. com prehe nsible
9. W hich o f the follow ing te rms is NOT used to describe real ism in filmm aking ?
A. s impl e B. spo ntaneo us c. self-eff acing D. exa ggera ted r
10. W hich of the follo wing film s wou ld most likely use a rea list style?
A. A travel docum entar y j B. A scie nce f iction film
c. A m usical drama D. An an imated cartoon
385
VI. CL OZE T EST
PASSAGE A
* Cho ose the bes t option to com plete t he read ing text.
As time passes, the power of newsp apers seems to be on the ( 1 ) .................
This is odd because in th e relatively recent past people were predictin g that the
influence of the written word would diminish in ( 2 ) ..............proport ion to the
rate of in crease of the spoken word and moving image through TV and video.
The Internet, cable and satellite televisio n, Teletex t and multi-m edia compute rs
in (3) ............... other home should surely have done for newspape rs by now,
particul arly alongsi de a perceptib le resurgence in the audienc es for news­
carrying radio statio ns. How have th ese organs survived, let alon e ( 4 ) ...............,
particula rly on a Sunday? Why do people who have seen a football or tennis
( 5 ) .... .......... live or on the small screen rush the next day to read a ( 6 ) ........ ........
version of it in four or five column s which surely can not mean more to the
reader than that self-same viewer of the previous afternoon or evening? Why
would anyone who has seen a film and formed a ( 7 ) ...............impression of it
the follow ing day read a review of the self-same film in a newspaper? To see if
she or he is rig ht? Isn’t that what friends are for? Don't we have colleagues for
jus t t hat purpos e- to see if our ideas on any ( 8 ) .......... . song, film or pro gram
tally with others? What is this product that ( 9 ) ...............of not m uch more than
outrag eous headline s, wayward comments, subjective editorials and hyperbolic
sports pages still doing in our lives? It seems for the time (1 0 )...... ........to be
leading a c harmed life. When it finally goes, though, many may come to mourn
its passing .
1. A. build B. rise c. expansio n D. increase
2. A. exact » B. precise c. direct D. equal
3. A. all B. any c. one D. every
4. A. bloomed ■B. flowered c. flourished D. rooted
5. A. game B. set c . meeting D. match
6. A. pot ted B. curtailed c. reduced D. cut
7. A. d irect B. colored c . bright D. vivid
8. A. tak en B. given c. subjected D. written
9. A. c ontains B. consists c. comprises D. informs
10. A. out B. given c . being D. presen t
PASSAGE B
* Choose t he be st optio n to complete the re ading text.
THINKIN G A ND FEELING
Interestin g the feeling of o ther people is not always easy, as we all know,
and we (1 ).......................... as much on what they seem to be tellin g US, as on the
(2) .............. words they say. Facial expressio n and tone of vo ice are obvious
ways of sho wing our (3) ........... . to something , and it may well be that we
386
uncon scious ly expres s views that we are trying to hide. The art of being tactful
lies in ( 4 ) ..............th ese signals, realizing what the other person is tryin g to say,
and acting so that they are not embarra ssed in any way. For exampl e, we may
underst and that they are in fact relucta nt to answe r o ur question, and so we stop
pressin g them. Body movem ents in ge neral may also ( 5 ) ..............feelin gs, and
intervi ewers often pay parti cular atten tion to the wa y a cand idate for a jo b walks
into the room and sits d own. However, it is not d ifficult to presen t the right kind
of appea rance , while what many employe rs want to know relates to the
candi date's chara cter ( 6 ) ................., and psychol ogical stability. This raises the
(7) ................ questi on of whe ther job candida tes should be asked to complete
psycho logical tests, and the further problem of wheth er such tests actually
produc e reliab le results. For many people, being asked to ta ke part in such a tes t
would be an objec tiona ble ( 8 ) ..............into thei r priva te lives. Quite ( 9 ) ..............
from this proble ms, can such tests predict whethe r a person is likely to be'a (10)
..............em ploye e o r a v alued colleague?
1. A. e stima te B. rely c. reckon D. trust
2. A. othe r B. real c. identical D. actual
3. A. v iew B. feeling c . notion
- ■'' D. reaction
4. A. takin g d own B. putting across c. picking up D. going over
5. A. d isplay B. indicat e c . imply D. infer
6. A. quirks B. manne risms c . traits D. points
7. A. a wkwa rd B. risky c. unpleasa nt D. touchy
8. A. invasio n B. intrusion c . infringem ent D. interf erence
9. A. diffe rent B. apart c . away D. exce pt
10. A. pedan tic B. par ticular c . laborious D. con scienti ous

B. PHẨN Tự LUẬN:
I. OP EN CLOZ E TEST
PASSAG E A
Fi ll ea ch nu mb ere d bl ank with ON E suit able word.
NOTH ING'S NE W IN MEDIC INE
Thro ugh out the ages, disease has stalked our species. Prehistoric humans
must quic kly have learnt what could be ( 1 ) ................with out danger, and how
to avoid plant s t hat could bring (2) ............... . illness. They found leaves, berries
and the bark of differen t tr ees that could actually ( 3 ) ................w ounds and cure
the s ick, and it soon became a special skill to understand natural medici ne.
Ever since the dawn of ( 4 ) ................, medicin e men and wise wome n have
alway s been expe rt in tre ating diseases and have dispense d medicin e with ritual
and magic. Throu gh (5) ................ and error they discove red trea tme nt for
almost a ny afflic tion preva lent at t he t ime. The precio us recipes for prepa ration s
which could ( 6 ) ................ pain, stop fits, se date or stimula te were handed down

387
from genera tion to generat ion, although there was (7) .............. exact
under stand ing of the way in whic h the medicine s worked. Never theles s, despit e
the power o f these primitive medicines, generations were still ravaged by disease.
During the last 150 years, scientist s and doctors , (8) ......................... work
has focused on these early medicin es, have learnt that thei r powe r derived
( 9 ) ........... ..... certa in chemic als which were found in herbal remedi es o r could be
synthes ised in t he laboratory. In just such a way, advan ces in m odern medicin e
continu e ai ded by the discove ries (1 0 )...... ......... centuri es ago by our ancesto rs.
PASSAGE B
* Fil l each o f the num bere d blanks in th e passa ge with ONE suita ble word.
FROST AND FIRE
Iceland has been called the "land o f Frost and Fire". This is a very satisfactory
( 1 ) ............... . , for the mounta ins on th is island in the North Atlant ic are capped
with snow the (2) ................ around, and there are scores of fiery volcano es.
Contra ry to what most people think, (3) ................, Iceland's climate is not
extrem ely cold. Most days are qui te a greeabl e because of the warm ( 4 ) ...............
of the Gu lfs tre am .
When the Viking s began to ( 5 ) ................in Iceland in 874 AD, they found
books and crosses the showed the Irish had already been there. It is likely that
Irish and Scotch had come to Iceland about seventy years (6) ......... ...... the
Viking s arrived. These explore rs, however, had made (7) ................ lasting
settlem ents. The first real colonist s were Scandi navians who came directly from
Morway , Sweden, and Denmark. Since were Scandi navians who came directly
from Morway , Sweden, and Denmark. Since Iceland is adjac ent (8) ..:.............
one of the most importa nt shipping routes between the United States and
England, it ( 9 )................ very important d uring the Second World War.
The people of Iceland have very high educatio nal standar ds. It is said that
more books are sold in Iceland in (10) ................to its populati on than in any
other coun try in the wor ld.
II. W ORD FORM S H f

A. Put the corre ct fo rm o f the words in brackets.

1. The carele ss drive r w a s.................. .......................about his bad be havior,
which made all th e wi tnesses fly into a rage. (APO LOGI ZE)
2. Th e p regna nt w oman is looking at the coll ection o f ..................... ....................
clothes . : (MAT ERNA L)
3. Ther e wa s a /a n ..................................... change in the ton e o f her voi ce.
Almo st n obody could recogni ze it. . , (PER CEIV E)
4. The sl ig ht ............. ..... i ........ . in his left hand was c orrected by surg ery. (FOR M)
5. We are try ing to cr eate our o wn c ompute rized .......... ......................... (DAT A)
6. In my opinion , th is book is ju s t............ ........ ............... . rubbish. (INT ELLE CT)

388
7. The c ompan y has estab lished to ta l........................ over its rivals. (SUPRE ME)
8. Bard is a very good employe e, and is very ............................ (CONSC IENCE )
9. He a ch ie ve d........... ................. ...........for failing a drug t est af ter win ning an
Olymp ic final. (NOTOR IOUS)
10. Before enrol ling on a co urse, you sho uld fir st ensure that it has been
..................... ;.... :............ by an offic ially recognized body. (VALID)
B. F ill each blank with the co rrect fo rm o f the worl d chosen fro m the box.
coura ge spontan eous hinder dramati c grace
pre ced e depart profe ssion commerce type
FLAMENCO DA NCE
The essenc e of flamenco is song, often accompa nied by the guitar and
improvi sed dance. Music and dance can be placed into specific groups. These
catego ries are usually located across a con tinuum with subjects dealing with the
profound to those that are light hearted. ( 1 )...............the themes of death, anguish
and despai r, in contras t to love, gaiety and the countrys ide are ( 2 ) .............. In
flamenc o dance, the men's steps are intricate, with toe and heel clicking.
Footwo rk in wo men's dancing is o f less importance, with the ( 3 ) ................ use
of hands and body taking ( 4 ) ................... In the dance, the arm, hand and foot
movem ents closely resemble those of classical Hindu dance. Essential to
traditio nal flamenc o is the performer 's interpretation of the dan ce ( 5 ) .................
by the emotio n of the music. Performanc es are often a ccompa nied by rapid hand
clappin g, finge r snappin g and (6) ................. shouts. The dancers themselv es
freque ntly employ finger snapping in complex rhythms including the use of
castane ts. This dance form was (7 )................. in the 19th cen tury, when Romany
people first began to perform in cafes. In this environmen t, ( 8 ) ....... ......... from
the traditio nal form occurred. Unfortunately, the pressures of the (9) ................
stage mean t that rehearsed routines replaces the (10) ................of the original
flame nco perform ances.

III. E RRO R ID ENTIF ICATI ON

Iden tify 10 e rrors in the follow ing passage and correct them :
Anth ony Master s was a w riter of exceptional gifts and p rodigio us energy. He
began his eventful and versatile career like a teenager , when he was. expe lled
from school for o rganiz ing a revolt a gainst the school u niform. In orde r to earn a
living, he fulfilled his childhood ambition and took on writing. In 1964, at the
age of 23, he publishe d A Pocke tful o f Rye, a collection of short stories where
freshn ess of style earned him the distinction of being runner-u p in the John
Llewell yn Rhys Memorial Prize, an established and prestig ious British -based
literacy award. He m ade the a ward two y ears later with his novel The Seah orse,

389
after which he continu ed to display his conside rable talent by writing both
fiction or non-fic tion. The inspiration for many of his novel came from his
exper ience helping the social excluded: he ran soup kitchens for drug addicts
and c ampai gned for the civic rights of gypsies and anoth er eth nic minoritie s. His
non-fic tion outpu t was typica lly eclectic , ranging from biograph ies to social
histories, but it was as a write r of children fiction that Masters outshon e his
contem porari es. His work contain s a sensitivi ty which remain s unequalle d by
some othe r wr iter o f the genre.
IV. SENT ENC E T RANS FORM ATIO N (20 điểm )
A. Com plete the se nten ces in such a way th at each o f the senten ces m eans
almo st th e sam e as the sen tence printe d befo re it.
1. It is m ore th an likely that she will succ eed as an actress.
She has ...................., . . . . ....................... ................. .....................................
2. Such a ridic ulous proposal isn’t worth serious conside ration.
—> There is............................................................................, ..............................
3. Nob ody expecte d her to lose, but she did. ' . .
-9- Aga ins t....... '. .. .. .. .. .. .. ......... .'...... .. .. ......................................................
4. You m ust co ncent rate on yo ur wo rk more.
You must app ly................. . ........................... .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. ............ .
5. It w asn ’t clear to US at th e tim e h ow serio us the problem was.
Lit tle............................... . ..................................................................... .........
B. Use the word (s) giv en in br ackets and make any n ecessa ry a dditio ns to write
a n ew sent ence in such a way th at i t is as s imila r as poss ible in mean ing to
the o rigi nal sente nce. Do not c hange the form o f the given word(s).
1. The police cau ght the bu rglar in the pro cess of committin g the crime. (RED)
-> ............. . ................................. ...... ........................... . ...... ......... . ........ .........
2. I sudde nly realized the meanin g o f a “freeb ie” . ( DAW NED)
—» ................................................................................ ........................................
3. You look g rumpy this morning . ( BED )' , f

-» .......................... ............... . .......................... .‘..................................................

4. She felt unco mfor table in the huge ho tel. (FISH)

5. I f you d on ’t have time, do n’t visit Mr Jones today becaus e he will talk for a
long ti me. (HEA D)
-> ....................................................... ... .......................... ..................................

390
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TIỀN GIANG - TIẾN GIANG

^M UL TIP LE choice questions

I. PHONOLOGY
1. Ch oose the wor d whose un derli ned par t is pron oun ced differen tly fron t th at
o f the oth ers.
1. A. c osm opol itan B. aside c. gifts D . propen sity
2. A. sodden B. box c . oblique D oxide
3. A. c hur chya rd B. yar dsale c . vinev yard D . coun tvyard
4. A. scowl B. frown c . sprout D. dou gh
5. A. e xhibi tion B. exhalat ion c . exacerb ate D . excelle ncy
2. C hoos e th e w ord whose stress pattern is diff erent fro m that o f the others.
6. A. a quam arin e B. in terviewee c . interroga tive D . inter collegiat e
7. A. p rotocol B. primeva l c . pletho ra D. provid ent
8. A. et hanol B. comp arable c. celibac y D . repen tant
9. A. neglig ible B. perce ptible c. collaps ible D . discern ible
10. A. petrol eum B. hie rarchy c. psychia try J-, D . contribut ory
II. WORD CHOICE
Choo se th e be st a nsw er to comp lete each o f the fol low ing sentences.
1. He p referr ed t o ..............any profits he mad e ba ck into the business.
A. sow B. pl ant c. plough D. dig
2. Than ks to gener ous suppo rt from parents, the threa t of the college being
close d down has n o w ...............
A re treate d B revised c retired D rece ded
3. Smok ers pre fer not to know wha t’s happeni ng to their insides. For most of
them , ignor ance i s ........
A. ecsta sy B. raptu re c. bliss . D. paradi se
4. Tha t is ou r final o ffer. Like it o r ........... . it.
A. dum p B. lump c. thump D. jum p I
5. Social diffe rence s tend to be.......... when private and state school s exist side
by s ide.
A raised B augm ented c add ed , D elev ated
6. The com pan y manag ed to ....... the last econom ic depres sion by cuttin g its
work forc e. ,
A. surm ount B. ove rride c . weath er D. f loat ou t
7. We to ok t he scen ic route, a road w hi ch ......... the c oast for fift y m iles.
A. hugge d B. surro unded c . adjoin ed D. bo rdered
8. Thre e of th e origina l five candid ates have now throw n in the ......... . That
leaves on ly C alder wood and you in the run ning.
A. to wel B. rag c. chamo is ‘ D. du ster
391
9. Whene ver the re’s some fresh scandal about the royal family, the public are
always ea ger t o ..........it up.
A. flap B. lap c. swish D. gulp
10. After the tea m’s latest disatrou s defeat, the future of the mana ger hangs in
th e ............. ■
A. ba lance B. thread c. scales D. yam
III. S TRUC TURE AND G RAMM AR
Choose the option th at be st fi ts the blank o f the given s entence .
1. She lis te ne d..............Ro ger read to her in a low voice.
A. m eanwh ile B. at the same tim e c. while D. where as
2. He was undou btedly making pr og re ss ,....... ......r ather slowly.
A. a lbeit B. not withsta nding c. howev er D. whils t
3. The t ra il .............. of late for. easier access.
A. used to be widened B. has been wi dened
c. was w idened D. was wideni ng
4................ J the re are journ alist s wh o simply make things up. For them , fiction is
a dot easie r than fact.
A. As it seem s incredibl e B. May it seem incredible,
c. Much as it seems inctredible D. Inc redible as it seems
5. It se ems they aren ’t plan ning to recall their am ba ss ad or ,....... . their usual
proced ure in such cases.
A. as is B. as it is D. since it is D. that is,
6. I don ’t kno w w hy nobody ever listens to Ted. He’s ........ as intellige nt as his
brother. , ,
A. rathe r B. fairly much D. som ewhat D. ever y bit
7. O u t......... from its tiny cage.
A. do es th e bird fly B. fly the bird c. did the bird fly D. flew the bird.
8. Paul did so well in his speech t oday t hat h e ....... ;. many t imes this p ast wee k.
A. should have practise d c. had pra ctised
<B. mu st ha ve practis ed D. can have practise d
9........................ .. we tried out best to c omplet e it.
A. .Diffi cult as the home w ork was
B. Tha nks to the difficu lt ho mework.
c. As tho ugh the h ome work was dif ficult
D. Des pite the home work was d ifficult.
10. Follow ing the storm, the electric ity compa ny will be work ing all -o ut to
repa ir t h e ....................
A. d amag e caused B. cause d d amage '
c. dama ge provok ed D. provo ked damage
392
IV. PRE POS ITIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS
Choos e th e b est option to comp lete t he fol low ing sentences.
1. This ye ar 's ca ndida tes for the preside ncy of the Student Union are all
prep arin g t o. ... ........ on the campu s radi o this afte rnoon.
A. face of f B. fall over c. sort up D. hang ov er
2. He d en ie d ..............his w ife 's love r................
A. t urn ing / d own B. knee ling / over c. rubbing / ou t D. l os in g/ up
3. Even thou gh he wa s p roved wrong, he absolu tely refused t o .............. .
A. c hang e after B. back down c. hold back D. feel off
4. “I final ly finished co llectin g all the m aterials I need to write my re port” .
Grea t, but don ’t be too quic k to ... .. yo ur se lf............ . . You still have to write
the repo rt a nd t hen word- proces s it”
A. pu t.. . on th e b ack c. pat ... on the back
B. p ut ... on the head D. pa t... on the should er
5. The corr uptio n scandal caused the r esignatio n o f three m iniste r and
even tual ly, even the p rime m in ist er .......
A. kept dow n B. stood down c . made of f D. lay down
6. The A m er ic an s............... of the 1980 Mosco w O lympics afte r the invasion of
Afg han ista n. Í;
A. stood ab out B. drew out c . made of f D. pulled out
7. "It d o es n 't ..... ....... the d etective said. "In your alibi, you said you w ere ou t
o f town , but thr ee p eople said they saw you in a bar near here." >
A. add up B. stand out c. strip away D. burst into
8. My husb and lo ve s................. .. o ld cars and the n w orking on them for
mon ths until they look like new.
A. taki ng into B. strip ping down c. throwi ng down D. trading in
9. The po lice in the west of the tow n .................... four b locks to pre vent the
publ ic getti ng to o cl ose to the fire.
A. made o ff B. shut off c. blocked o ff D. blew of f
10. We were so close to finalizin g the contract , but it ......... at the last minute
due to t he cust ome r havi ng fi nancial concerns.
A. back ed away B. passed o ff c. fell thro ugh D. show ed to gether
IV. REA DIN G COM PREH ENSI ON ?
Re ad the t ext s be low and choose the b est an swer to each question.
PASSA GE 1 /
Acc ord ing to the theory of plat e tecton ics, the upper portio n of the Earth’s
litho sphe re, which co ntains the h eavie r ocea nic and the lighter contine ntal crusts,
consi sts o f a series of rigid plates that are in consta nt motion. This theory
provi des a cohe sive model to explain the integrated actions of contin ental drift,
seafl oor sprea ding , a nd mounta in formation.
The Earth 's plates are estima ted to have an av erage depth ofappro ximat ely 60
miles (or 100 kilom eters) , but they are believed to vary consid erabl y in size.

393
Some are estim ated to be contin ental or eve n hemis pheric in size , while other are
believed to be much smalle r. Though the actual bound aries and sizes and shapes
of the plates are not known for sure, it has been po stu lat ed that there are six
major plates and some wher e around the same numb er of sm aller ones. Most of
the plates cons ist of both sial (conti nental ) and sima (ocea nic) crust. They are in
const ant move ment , though they move at an extre mely slow pace, and these
movem ents caus e frequ ent interac tions between plates.
At thi s ti m e, scient ists have identified three diffe rent types of boundar ies
between plates. At a diverg ent bounda ry, plates are movin g away from each
other. This type of boun dary occurs at an ocean ic ridge, where new material is
being added to the seafl oor from deepe r within the Earth. Shallo w earthq uakes
and unde rwat er volca noes are associat ed with this type of plate activity. At a
conv ergen t boun dary, plates are moving toward each other and collide, causing
vast foldin g and crump ling along the edges of the plates. In addition to the
folding and crum pling , one of the plates slowly folds under the other. Though
this su bd uc tio n is slow, it can noneth eless be quite catas troph ic as the crustal
material of the subm ergin g plate gradual ly melts into th e fiery hot depths below.
The area vdiere subdu ction occurs is usually an area where th e crust is relat ively
unstab le and is charac terize d by numerou s deep earth quake s and a signifi cant
amou nt of volc anic activity. The bounda ries between conv ergen t plates are
gener ally found around th e edges of ocean basins and are somet imes ass oc iat ed
wi th deep ocean trenche s. A third type of bound ary is a trans curre nt boundary ,
which involv es two plates sliding past each othe r laterally, with out the folding
and crum plin g t hat occurs at a conver gent boundar y. This third type of boundary
is thou ght to be far less co mmon than th e ot her two typ es o f boundar ies.
The conc ept of plate tectoni cs provides an under stand ing of the massive
rear rang eme nt of the Earth's crust that has appar ently taken place. It is now
gener ally accept ed that the single superc ontine nt known as Pangae a indeed
existe d, that Pangae a subseq uently broke apart into two giant pieces,
Gond wana land in the south and Laurasia in the north, and that the contin ents
attach ed to the variou s crustal plates separated and drifted in v arious directio ns.
As the plates drifted , they may have diverge d, which was assoc iated with the
spread of the seaflo or, or they may have conve rged, which resulte d in co llision,
subdu ction , an d moun tain building. • ■■
The majo rity of the Earth's major mountain ranges are found in zon es where
plates conv erge. The Himala yas, which are the world's highe st mounta ins, along
with the centra l Asian mounta ins of varying heigh ts assoc iated with th em , were
formed by the crum pling and folding of two massiv e plates that collid ed at a
conv erge nt boun dary. The landmas s that is tod ay known as India was origin ally
part of Gondw anal and, the giant superc ontin ent in the South ern Hemis phere, but
it broke of f from Gond wanal and appro ximat ely 200 million years ago and
drifted north to collid e with part of Laurasi a, the giant supe rcont inent in the
North ern Hem isphe re, to c reate the w orld's talle st mounta ins.

394
 1. The word “co he si ve ” in parag raph 1 is closest in mean ing to
A. u nified B. conte mpora ry c. tenac ious D. l engthy
2. It can be inferred from parag raph 2 that
A. no ne of the plates has a depth of more than 100 k ilomete rs
B. each o f the plates has ap proxim ately the s ame dime nsion s
c. some plates are relativ ely stationa ry
D. there are most likely a round 6 min or plate s
3. The word “p os tu la te d” in parag raph 2 is cl osest in mea ning to
A. p ostpo ned B. hy pothesi zed c. proven D. forg otten
4. The auth or uses the expre ssion “At t his tim e” at the beginn ing of paragrap h 3
in orde r to indicate t h a t........... .................
A. m ore ty pes of boundari es might be found in the fu ture
B. int eracti ons are c urrent ly occurr ing between plates
c. all possib le t ypes o f bounda ries have a lready been located
D. the majo r pla tes are all currentl y m oving a way from e ach other
5. The word “sub duct ion” in paragrap h 3 is clo sest in mean ing to
A. st rong attac k ‘ B. lateral movem ent
c. sudde n m eltin g D. downw ard force
6. Acc ordin g to the passage , subduction
A. o ccurs r apidly
B. has little effect
c. cause s o ne of the plates to sink and me lt
■jfi;
D. ge neral ly takes place in stable areas
7. The p hras e “ associa ted with” in paragraph 3 is closest in m eanin g to
A. related to B. work ing w ith c. hidden from D. found inside
8. It is NOT state d in paragrap h 4 that it is gene rally accepte d th at
A. th ere used to be a giant continen t
B. the gian t co ntine nt br oke into parts
c . Gond wana land moved to the south and L aurasia moved to the north '
D. the cont inen ts moved in various direc tions
9. The word “d ri fte d” in paragrap h 4 is closest in meanin g to
A. broke down B. moved slowly c . were formed D. lifted up .r .
10. The wo rd “Th em” in parag raph 5 refers to
A. z ones B. the Himala yas >' '
c. centr al Asian m ountai ns D. two massive pla tes
READING PASSA GE 2 :
THE F IRST ENVIR ONME NTAL IST: Ra ch el Ca rso n
Rachel Louise Carson received her degrees r .in marine biolog y from the
Penn sylva nia Colle ge for Women and in zoolog y from the John s Hopki ns

395
University. Her true calling turned out to be much broade r in range than the
academic study of w ildlife, however. As Carson's career as a scientifi c write r
progress ed, she became interested in the effects of artificial chemica ls on the
natural environ ment. Throug h her published research, she was the first to direct
public attention to the environ mental damage caused by the indiscrim inate use o f
pesticid es in agric ulture. She is thus regarded as the public figure who lau nch ed
the en viron ment alist movement .
Upon enrolli ng in college, Carson had initially intended to major in English
and become a j ourn alis t or novelist. Her attentiv eness to presenta tion allowed
her to convey even rather dry facts in an evocativ e prose style that held the
attention of the general reader. We dd ed to he r ex ten siv e ac ad em ic tra ini ng in
bio log y, Ca rs on 's ta len t for exp re ssi ve wr iti ng po sit ion ed her ide all y to
br ing sc ien tif ic fin din gs ab ou t eco log y to a ma ss au di en ce . She published a
famous trilogy about the delicate and complex ecology of the sea, beginnin g
with Under the Sea-Wind. That first volume took large-scale approach ,
descri bing the living systems o f the oc eans in everyda y, easily understood term s.
Under t he Sea -W ind was only a moderate comm ercial success, but it, a long wit h
Carson' s writing s Tor the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, set the stage
for her second volume, published ten yeas after the first. The Sea Around Us
made Rachel Carson a ho use ho ld na m e. It became not onl y a bes tseller but also
a Natio nal Book Award winner. In it, Carson examined more explicitl y than
before the effects of human ac tion on the creatures o f the ocean. T he last book in
the trilogy was The Edge of the Sea, in which Carson tra ine d her whitely and
scienti fic gaze on the shoreline of th e East Coast to examin e the endang ered
organ isms that populate d it.
These books establish ed Carson as a public figure who advocated respect for
the environ ment, but the work that would be h er most lasting legacy was yet to
come. She began to examine data on the effects of agricultural pesticid es,
spurred in part by the letter from two friends who owned a farm in
Massa chuset ts and expresse d concern that spray pesticid es ere causing harm to
local wildlif e. Carson ' research convinced her that high exposu re to pesticid es
such as DDT threate n not only beneficial insects and birds but also people. She
put her conclu sions in a landmark fou rth scientific volume, Silent Spring. In the
famous image that gave the book its title, Carson- hypoth esized about an
ecosys tem in which the calling of birds had been silenced by poison in soil and
groun dwate r.
Carson all eg ed that regulati ons governin g use of these chem icals were
inadequ ate, though her position s were not extreme as they are somet imes now
chara cteriz ed. She did not su pport the o utright ban ning of pesticide s. Rather, she
objec ted to " in di sc ri m in at e" use, which is to say, use with out any thou ght for
cautio n and moder ation. Eventua lly, Carson's views were taken serious ly at the
highe st levels of govern ment. President John F. Kenne dy's Scienc e Advi sory

396
Comm ittee solicited her ad vice on how to improve rules a bout pesticide use. She
also testifie d before Congress. Through her influence, she assisted in bringing
about far stricte r controls on toxic chemicals such as DDT, which deteriora tes
slowly and thus remains in soil and groundwa ter for very long peri ods o f time.
Altho ugh Carson' s fame meant that she was in deman d as a publish speaker,
she much preferred the solitude of research hers elf to avoid wasting time
viewing material with which she was already familiar. The same concern with
clarity and elimina tion of waste characterized her writing itself. Though Carson
died in 1964, two years after the publication of the Silent Spring, that book is
still freque ntly cited in environme ntal policy recomme ndations by analysts and
regulato rs. Her best-sell ing work, it also remains a staple of high school and
college science classes. Indeed, more than one major publication has deemed
Carson one o f the most inf luential figures o f the twentieth centur y.
1. The word "launched" in the passa ge is closet in meaning to:
A. wr ote about B. reorganiz ed c. began D. researched
2. Which of the sentence s below best expresses the essential information in the
boldfac ed sentence in the pa ssage?
A. Carson felt it necessary to choose between becoming a Scientist and
becomi ng a popula r writer.
B. P eople w ere surprised at the large -scale damage Carson's writings brought
to th eir atten tion.
c. Carson initially found it difficult to write about ecology for a mass audience.
D. Carson was able to popularize her views by combini ng writing talent and
knowled ge of biology. , Ì
3. The auth or uses the phrase "a household name" to indicate th at Carson:
A. became famous c. did not socialize much
B. wro te ver y slo wly D. was already planning her third book.
4. Th e wor d "trained" in the passa ge is closet in meaning to:
A. qu estione d B. studied c. reviewed D. aimed
5. Acco rding to paragraph 3 of the passage, Carson was influenced to write
Silent Spring by:
A. o bservi ng the use of pesticides at her farm
B. a letter from f riends
c. the public reaction to her first t hree books.
D. he r illn ess cau sed by DDT
6. It can be inferred from the passage that D DT is esp ecially dangerous because
A. it is the most co mmonl y used pesticide,
c. it does not d isappe ar quickl y
B. its ta ste attracts birds
D. it tak es a long time to kill insects

397
7. The Silent Spring in the t itle of Carson's fourth major book refers to
A. the long ga p betwee n her two books
B. peo ple's unwil lingn ess to sp eak o ut aga inst pollution
c. the d eath of wildlife from agricult ural chemic als
D. the hidden dange rs o f pesticid es
8. The word "alleged" in the passage is closet in meani ng to
A. r uled B. argu ed c. dispro ved D. lim ited
9. The word "indiscriminate" in the pa ssage is close t in th e m eaning to
A. ineffe ctive B. unc ontroll ed c. illegal D. funded
10. Which of the follow ing is NOT mention ed in the passage as evidenc e of
Carso n's influe nce on the regulati on of pesticides?
A. she spok e be fore Congres s
c. her w ork is still cited by regu lators.
B. She served on a presi dential committ ee
D. She wrote the first set o f pesticide reg ulations.
GUIDED CLOZE TEXT 1.
Sele ct a wor d (A, B, c or D) to fi ll each gap.
ABER DEEN AMAZO NS CLAIM SCOTT ISH TITLE
In a mag nific ent (1 ).............. ....... of ba sketball at Stirlin gUniv ersity' s Sport
Centre , the Aberde en Amazo ns beat the Stirling Queens 67-69 last night to win
the Scottis h Acad emic Women's Basketball Cup for the second year (2 )...............
In a nail- bitin g finish, the Amazo ns found thems elves one point (3 )..................
(67-66 ) with 5.4 second s on the clock. The Aberde en girls did well to keep their
(4) ..... about th em in fro nt of a p artisan home (5 ). .. ;....... . of over 1,500, and
manage d to deli ver the ball to 19-year-old Betty Watson ju st outside the 6.25
meters arc, from where she sank a last-gasp 3-poin ter to shoot the Amazon s to
triump h. In the remai ning 1.4 seconds, there was precio us (6 ). .. .. ...........Stirli ng
could do to come (7 )....................
"I am deligh ted with this treme ndous achiev ement ," Amaz ons coach Ted
McClo ud rejoice d later. "I am very proud of the girls; they played their
(8 )..............o ut a gains t an excell ent,te am, and the y (9 ). ... .... deserve thi s title."
The Amazo ns will now go on to r epresent Scotland in the European Academic
Wo me n’s B asketba ll tourn amen t to be (1 0)....... . .........nex t July in Madri d.
1. A. d isplay B. exhi bition c. executio n D. pe rform ance
2. A. cont inui ng B. runn ing c. playing D. go ing
3. A. back B. bac kward c. behind D. fol lowin g
4. A. heads B. minds c. souls D. wits
5. A. audi ence B. crowd c. group D. mas s
6. A. little B. som e c. somet hing D. any thing
7. A. on B. forwa rd c. back D. out

398
8. A. legs B. hearts c. brains D. arms
9. A. c omp letely B. utterly c. fully D. absol utely i
10. A. placed B. run c. held D. do ne
GUIDED C LOZE TEXT 2.
Re ad th e te xt a nd c hoos e the best option to fi ll in each num bere d blank.
A dese rt is a special region where only certain kinds of pla nts and animals
can survi ve. All desert s have very little wat er. This means that only anima ls and
plants that can (1 )_______ water for long period s o f time can exist in the desert.
Plants in the desert s are particu larly (2 )____ to the dry and hot e nviron ment.
One well -kno wn deser t p lant is the ca ctus. (3) ________ many desert plants, this
plant has very tiny leaves. As plants lose most of their water throug h their
leaves. The small leaves of the cactus help to cut do wn wate r eva poratio n. There
are s ome dese rt p lants that do not have leaves ( 4 )________ .
Some desert plants survive by a voiding the dry season (5 )________ . During
the dry seaso n, this plant remains a seed and doe s n ot (6) from the soil at
all. When the rains come, this seed would grow very quickly into a plant. It
would bloom rapidly and then (7) _ _ _ _ _ its seed s befo re the dry season returns.
Deser t an imal s h ave al so learnt to a dapt well to life in this reg ion . Th e cam el,
for exam ple, (8)________ well in the desert because water can be (9 )______ in
its bo dy. Othe r de sert animal s include rodents such as mice. These anima ls need
very little wate r as t hey ca n get all the water t hey ( 10 )_______ from th eir food.
1. A. d o w ithou t B. keep off c . stay away D. give up
2. A. c onve nien t B. adjusted c . regulated D. adapted
3. A. A s B. Simi lar c . Like D. Just as
4. A. a t all B. as well c . in all D. either
5. A. to tally B. entirely c . altogeth er D. wholly
6. A. rise B. arise ■' c . awake D. emerg e
7. A. scat ter B. throw c . fling D. cast ’ ■
8. A. exists B. survive s c . subsists D. remains
9. A. stock ed B. kept c . stored D. contain ed
10. A. dema nd B. require c . request D. ask f or

B. WRITTEN TEST:
1. OPE N CLOZ E T EST 1:
Fill in each g ap with onesu itable word.
AGEISM
I used to (0) be an ordinary member of society running from meetin g to
meeting j us t like anybo dy else. But then some kind (1)..................... misguid ed
friends laid (2)......... ...........a su rprise birthday party when I was 70.
(3) ............. then they had called me Old. Indestru ctible, (4).. ..........>........I
was told, but over nigh t theirb ehavi our towards me changed . Do you need a

399
chair, dear? Would you like a cup of tea, love? (5)..................... cruel of all,
whate ver would 1 do with mys elf now that I was retired? My life as an ordinary
citizen (6)..................... to an abrupt end.
(7) ..................... befits my new status as a depend ent, I must keep my head
down, stop clamou ring for a betterpensio n and be grateful for my free bus pass
and for c onces sions when I go into a museum. The whole welfare system seems
hell-be nt on (8 )..................... me in what "they" think is m y pro per pl ace.
What is so exaspe rating is that (9)..................... of this is ine vitable. Ageism is
a European phenom enon, a comparativ ely recent by-prod uct of the industrial
society, in which as non-wor kers, older people are a drag on the market, of
(10) .................... value, a cost and a problem.
OPEN CLOZE T EST 2
THE GALAPAG OS
Visitors to the Galapagos Islands could be forgiven forasking what all the fuss
about. Disaster workers and eco logis ts(l) ........... outnu mber tourists, but there
are fewvisibl e signs of a disaster. A wrecked oil tan ker, stranded on r ocks a mile
(2)-........... is a blo t on the tro pical landscape. Simply keeping catastro phe at bay
was never going to satisfy an environmental groupthat wants the Galap agoslslands
to remain as they were when Darwin visited in 1839. (3) ........... since most of
the credit for the narrow escape is thanks to the winds and currents that carried
the spil l ( 4) ........ to sea.
About a third of the islands'-60 0 or so, native plant species are found only
there. ( 5 ) ....... . the 57 spe cies of reptiles, land birds and mammals, more t han
80 per cent are found nowhere else. Among these is the worl d’slargest marine
lizard, the only species of penguin found in the tropics, a cormor ant that has
lived so long witho ut pr edators that it has lost the ( 6)........ to fly, and many rare
species of tortoise. All are uniq uely vulnerable, hence t he uniq ue co ncern.
The Galapago s Islands were (7)............ a n ationalp arkin 1959. and develop ed
an apparentl y model ecotouri sm industry - gr oups are sent ( 8 ) ............ hopping
to designated sites and always with a guide. The local c onserv ationis ts appeared
confid ent at the helm, and the international environ mental groups were pleased
to have one (9) ........ place to worry about - until the rusting ship ran (10 )......... .
and leaked its cargo of oil.

II. W ORD FORMS

WORD FORM 1: Give the corre ct for m o f the words in brackets.
1. To contras t and relate the two styles of Picasso, you should have his early
dr aw in gs .....................with his later works in the exh ibition. (POSE)
2. It is common knowled ge that oil and water a r e ............... . For examp le,
pouri ng o live oil into wate r results in two dis tinct layers. (MIX)
3. There was yet anoth er ..........................y esterda y at the factory over the
questio n o f tea-bre aks (WAL K)
400
4. One o f the ca rs involved in the acc ident was a c om pl et e............. (WRITE )
5. Our principal is virtually ... . in English, Chinese and Vietnamese (LANGUAGE)
6. The last r ec es sio n......................... *...the econo my. (VITAL)
7. Like m an y..... of his generation,he was fascinated by the Internet (technology)
8. Since most problem are ......................... there are several alternativ es to
choo se from each w ith unique pros and cons. (FACET)
9. I d on’t think To m’s getting too much sleep lately. His eyes are terr ibl y.................
(BLEED)
10. Don ’t thin k you can .........................me! (SOAP)
WORD FORM 2: Supply each gap with the correc t fo rm o f the word giv en in
the box.

break work lift value mix

complete wind unite bear script
t ‘ . i í Í ft

Thos e people who fear that three decades of signific ant technolog ical (1)
................. have produce d a generati on of (2) ........... and unhelpful Internet
addicts will be (3) .................. by a survey showing that s ome teen agers are be tter
trained than they ever were, domestic ally speaking. Nearly 60% of parents said
that the ir te enage rs w er e( 4) .................at looking aft er the mselves, agreeing with
the state ment that 'My son/da ughter can organize a meal and cook it.' Those
parent s with childre n aged 14-18, were m ost likely to be in agree ment with this.
The aim of the survey was to (5) ............ the attitude of parent s towards their
teena gers. *
Abou t 1,000 parents were asked if they agreed with ( 6 ) ................. views on
typical teena ge behavi our and lifestyles in the early years of the 21s t century. In
the analy sis of respon ses it wa s found that, while teenag ers regarded weekends
as a time of (7 )..................... most parents considered them a time for study or
family (8 )................ However, the contention that it's useful to have a te enager
becaus e of t heir seemingl y (9) .................. . ability to know how the TV and
comp uters w ork was a point t hat al most eve ryone (10) .................... to.

III. ERR OR RECO GNIT ION

Iden tify 10 e rrors in th e fol low ing pass age and correct the m
The horse and carriage is a t hing of the past, but love and marriage are still
with us and still closely (0) interrelatin g. Most American marriages, partic ular
first marr iages uniting young people, are the result of mutual attracti on and
affect ion rathe r than practica l co nsideratio n.
In the United States, parents do not arrange marria ges for their children.
Teen agers begin date in high school and usually find mates throug h thei r own

401
academ ic and social contact s. Though young people feel free to choose their
friends from differ ent groups, almos t cho ose a mate of simila r backgrou nd. This
is due in parts to parental guidance. Parents cannot select spouses for their children,
but they can usually influen ce choice s by voicing disapp roval for someone they
consi der u nsuitab le.
Howe ver, marria ges of membe rs of differen t groups (intercl ass, interfaith,
and interrac ial marria ges) are increasing , probably because of the gre ater mobile
of toda y’s yo uth and the fact that they are restricted by f ewer prejudi ces as th eir
parents . Many young people leave their hometo wns to attend college, serve in
the armed forces or pursue a career in a bigger city. One away from home and
family, they are more likely to date and marry o utside their own social gr oup.

IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORMA TION

Rewrite th e sentences so that they mean al most the same as the ones before them.
1. You c ould be arr ested for not giving a bre ath s ample to the police.
R ef us al ............................................................................................... .
2. We mu st reduce the com pany ’s outgoings.
O u r.......... ................................................. ...reduc e the com pany ’s outgoings.
3. “The re is no p oint in writing it all out in longhand if you can use a typewrite r,
isn’t th ere? ”
She d iss ua de d....... ;........................................................ ....................
Rew rite the fol low ing senten ces using the words in brackets.
4. We we re told not to co mmuni cate by radio except in an em ergency , (silence)

5. The new e xamina tion regulatio ns will become operatio nal next m onth.( force)

6. The succes s o f oúr local the ater has made our city famous, (m ap)
>,' • .z > ■•»i’' -• ‘ ■ ỉi■'■' ■ .1 . • / •-. • . '

7. I rese nt the way that she clea rly feels h erse lf to be su perio r to me. (n ose)

8. The effect s o f the gale were fel t mainly along t he s outh coast, (br un t)
The south co as t................................................................ .......................... .
9. The touris ts were unharm ed after th e train crash, (wor se)
The t ou ri st s.......... ............................. .................................. their exper ience in
the train crash. . ,
10. Harry was close to s wimm ing the big race, (ace) Í .
Harry w a s ...................... . ...................... .......................... ...................... ............. ..

402
 TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN TRẦN ĐẠI NGHĨA - TP. HCM

L. MU LTI PLE CHOI CE QUE STIO NS. (40 PTS

I. PHON OLOGY :
Choos e the word whose und erli ned pa rt is p ron ou nce d diff eren tly fr om the
others.
1 .A. housed B. released c . advised D. cleansed
2. A. p rerequis ite B. preregi ster c. reprehensi ble D. depres sant
3 . A. page ant B. fragrance c. manger D. savory
4. A. etiquett e B. marquee c . q ueuing D. earthqua ke
5. A. cou rtesy B. colonel c. cu rv e D. course
Choose th e word which Is stressed differ ently fr om the others.
6. A. m artyr B. karate c . envisage D. integrity
7. A. trus tworth y B. mistletoe c . symposium D. interface
8. A. cred ulous B. acropolis c. dialect D. obsolete
9. A. the rapeut ic B. conscientiou s c. fanaticism D. orthogra phic
10. A. asylum B. adheren t c . bigotry D. flamb oyant

II. WO RD CHOICE.
Choo se th e op tion that best fi ts the bla nk o f the given senten ce.
1. Numb ers at the evening class have __________ rather badly. In fact, if
attend ance gets any worse, we may have to cancel the course altogether.
A. lessened B. dwindled c . deteriorate d D. crumbled
2. Many prospec tive buyers have reached the end of th ei r_______ as they can
now no longer afford to buy the kind of property the h ad _______their heads on.
A. w its/pu t B. line/set c. tether/se t D. road/taken
3. Jan e re al ly ______ it on t hick when she told the boss tha t she was not feeling
very well. Unfortunat ely for her, he realized immediately that she ju st wanted
the aftern oon off.
A. pu t B. spread c . laid D. painted
4. There can be no ______fixes or magic solutions to the problem of unemployment.
A. f ast B speedy c . quick D. sudden
5. He wasn' t goi ng to tell me, but I managed to _ _ _ _ _ _ it out o f him.
A. s nu ff B. worm c . work D. whistl e
6. You need to __________ out you r argume nt with a few m ore ex amples.
A. fl irt B. blurt c . flesh D. flatt er
7. When you come down the hill, do drive slowly because it is not _____
obviou s wh ere th e turn ing is.
A. immed iately B. directly c . instanta neously D. qui te ’

403
8. At her trial in ,1431 Joan of Arc was accused o f being in _____ with the de vil.
A. co opera tion B. asso ciation c. league D. conj unction
9. By makin g it easie r to trace who is phoning , comp anies have reduced the
numb er o f _____ _ calls.
calls.
A. evil B. mal ignan t c. malicio us D. w icked
10. Th e footb aller _____ in agony on the pitch, and it was clear that his knee had
been broken.
A. wr iggled B. writh ed c . squirme d D. twist ed

III. STR UCT URE S A ND GRAM MAR

Choos e the optio n that bes t fi ts the blank o f the given sentence .
1. D on’t w orry, Da vi d. _______ , you can depend on me. I’ll ne ver let you d own.
A. Come s w hat c omes B. Come what may
c. Wha tever it co mes D. Comes what might
2. Th ey h ad __________ that it wa s invisible from the road.
A. so des igned it B. designe d it to be
c. design ed it such as D. desig ned it like
3. __________ , I ha ven ’t seen Catheri ne all day.
A. C omin g to think of it B. Comi ng to think it
c. To c ome to th ink of it D. Come to thi nk o f it
4. The answ er is no. T hat ’s a ll __________ . t
A. th ere is at it / B. how it is . c . there is to it i D. there it is
5 .1 drove 200 miles to the concert, o nly _____that I had gone on the wrong day.
r: A. findi ng Bo tof ind c . found D. to be findi ng
6. _____ the patien ts have some disabilit ies, we still tr y to e nable the m to be as
indep ende nt as pos sible.
A. Con sider ed that B. As for c . Note that D. G iven that
7. “W ere' there many peopl e at the lecture?” - hardly anyone
atte nde d.”
A. Con sequ ently B. Othe rwise
*. ■ r'. i w'i- 1 11 1; ;
c. On
____
th _______
e co ntraryy D. On th e o ther hand
8. It is poss ible to stay over nigh t here alt hough there is no g uest ho us e______ .
A. at that B. as such c . such like D. in it self
9. Can you keep this to you rself ? I’d just ___________nobod y else in the office
knew abo ut it.
A. as soon B. as much c .s o mu ch D. soon er that
. ' ■ ■ ■ • T ồ i 1» J ‘ . ' ■ -' ’
10. It is es timat ed th at __________ 10% of the pop ulation g oes to u niversit y.
A. any B. a c . some .■ D .l h e ;

404
IV. P REP OSIT IONS AN D PHRAS AL VERBS
Choos e the optio n that best fits the blank o f the given s entence.
1. The two broth ers fight c ontinua lly, ma in ly __________ jealo usy.
A. o ut fr om B. in vie w o f c. with a view to D. out of
2 . 1 he ar d_____ _ that Jac k has been dro pped from the basketbal l tea m.
A. in the wood s B. on the grapevi ne
c. unde r you r fe et D. on the olive branch
3. Helen was very angry with me. She h a s ______ the wrong end of the stick.
She t hinks I w as respons ible for the accident.
A. g ot hold of B. used c. gripped D. clun g to
4. Many habitat s c ha ng e________ the typ es o f plants and an imals that live there.
A. wi th respe ct to ‘ B. in re spect fo r c. as for D. as a gainst
5. E veryb ody should co mp ly_____ this rule. The re’s no excepti on, I’m afraid.
A. to B. for c. with D. in
6. The past decad e has seen an increasing numbe r of famous people crashing
_______ on th eir ce lebrity status by gettin g thei r auto biograp hies published .
A. in B. with c. for D. that
7. Ge orge shou ldn’t h ave be en _______ for prom otion, in my opi nion.
A. ta ken out B. gone th rough c. left out D. passe d ove r
8. The el derly cou ple can f en d_______ themse lves despite their age.
A. in for B. for c. with D. on
9. U nfortu natel y some really ill animals have to be ________by our center.
A. put do wn B. turned over c. passed a way D. taken out
10. Jo hn first d ab ble d_____ buying old maps for his co llection.
A. in B. on c. at D. for

V. REA DIN G COMP REHE NSION

Re ad the te xts below an d choos e the best an swer to each question.
READING 1
At first sight, the classic detective story might seem to be a form that is
cont inui ng the Enlig htenm ent’s attempts to grapple with the dark secrets of the
human hear t and, someho w, reassure US that sweetriess and light can win the day.
But the histor y of the crime story is powered by somethi ng myster ious as the
tales them selve s.
The form really begins in the 1840s with the publicat ion of a short story
called The Mur ders in the Rue Morgue by Edgar Al lan Poe, the horrific tale of
the murd ers of tw o women in a “vile alley” somew here in Paris. The crime is
solved by a cha racte r called Chev alier Dupin, who, at first sig ht, might appe ar to
be the first o f those nineteen th century thinkin g machine s of whom Sherloc k
Holmes is the most famous example. Close inspection of the mech anics of the
tale, howe ver, reveal s that Dupin is close r to being a wiza rd of the o ld-fas hione d
type. Poe tells us at the beginn ing of the story that draugh ts is s uper ior to chess
405
(more intuitive ) and most of Du pin’s“de ducti ons” - includi ng a bizarre sequence
where he profes ses to be able to read his com pani on’s mind - are about as far
from logical thou ght as you can get.
The detect ive story come s out of the nineteen th cent ury’s loss of faith in
religi ous truth and its hea rt lies in impr obable explan ations . Arth ur C onan Doyle,
whose Holmes is one of the most famous fictional chara cters in the world,
ackn owled ges his debt to Poe in his first publishe d Holme s tale, A Stud y in
Scarlet. But thoug h Doyle begins by emph asizing the rational nature of his
principal chara cter, Holmes gradua lly gets taken over by the gothic, referring to
cases such as that of “th e giant rat of Sumatra for which the world is not yet
prep ared. ”
In or der to emp hasiz e his hero ’s sci entific creden tials, Conan Doyle said that
he was based on his old profe ssor of surge ry, Joseph Bell. One of B ell’s party
tricks was to astoni sh patients in front of his student s by deduc ing their
profes sions from the state of their clothes or telling them he knew they had
walked a cross a ce rtain go lf course in order to ge t to the hospital: “Only on thes e
links, my d ear m an, is found the r eddish gravel that still ad heres to y our shoes. ”
But one should alway s be cautious of a utho r’s attemp ts to ackno wledg e or
deny the“ real ” origin als of fictitio us character s. If w e look closely at Holm es’s
metho ds, we disco ver that the great detecti ve is closer to the mystica l and
intuitiv e than anyth ing else. One of his favorite ploys is to withho ld facts from
the read er as well as the other character s and, when provid ing explan ations , to
make them as pleasin gly barmy as a nything in Poe. The Spe ckle Ba nd - one of
Hol mes ’s most famous cases - is based on a series of ab surditie s, not least of
which is the idea tha t sna kes ca n slide down bell ropes.
This anti-ra tional strand of the genre might seem at odds with its next great
deve lopm ent - The English Golden Age Murder, whose greate st expone nt is
Agat ha Christie . Christi e is a writer whose charm, for most people, is that her
plots are fuelled by ingenuity, not violence. Her great detecti ve, Hercule Poirot,
recko ns to solve all his cases by use of the “the little grey cells. ”And one of the
thing s that Christi e fans will tell you is that she “plays fair” with the reader.
Even in a story where the narrato r turns out to be the murder er, she does
caref ully adjus t the times cale to demon strate that X would have had time to do
the blood y deed and, in orde r to seem absolute ly above board, leaves an o bliging
trail o f asteris ks to pu t US on our guard .
But when you come to look closely at Chri stie’s work, it b ecome s clear t hat
we are not really suppos ed to read these texts while attem pting to understan d
them. As Raymo nd Chan dler remarked of the solution to her famous story in
which all of the suspe cts did the murder in collab oratio n: “The plot is so
ingenio us on ly a half-w it would guess it.”
We read detec tive stories becaus e we wish to imagine a world in which a
strong, indep enden t figure - m ore and more, these days, a police man or woman

406
 - can reassure US that just ice has not altoget her been extingu ished from the
planet. And, as we move farther and farther from the notion of society, and
mutual suppor t and concern for others come a long way behind our personal
survival, our need for the world of the great detective - how ever fantastic it may
be - is gr eater and g reater.
1. Which is the b est title for this passage?
A. Why are detecti ve stories so addicti ve?
B. The origins of the detectiv e story
c. Famous de tective character s in English literature
D. Det ective stories - now and then
2. The writers o f the firs t detec tive stories
A. we re t rying to unde rstand the sec rets o f the human heart.
B. wanted to sh ow tha t goodn ess alw ays trium phs o ver evil.
c. were not motivated by the same forces as other thinkers in the Enlightenment.
D. want ed t o i ntroduce readers to scientific methods o f deduction.
3. Acco rding to the writer
A. Du pin and Sherlock Holme s solved crimes in almost identical ways.
B. Poe intended Dupin to be a nineteenth century thin king machine,
c. Dup ins’s de duction s are intuitive and logical.
D. Du pin uses s uperhum an p owers r ather than logical think ing.
4. The text claims that
A. C onan Doyle based Holmes on his old pro fessor.
B. to give him authenticity, Conan Doyle said Holmes was a student of Bell’s.
c. Conan Doyle wanted readers to believe that Holmes was well-versed in science.
D. Con an Doyle intended Holmes to be mystical and intuitive.
5. Conan Doy le’s claims abou t the orig ins o f his hero are
A. c onvin cing B. doubtful c. logical D. false
6. The writer suggests that i f you study Christie’s work carefully, you find that she
A. unfair ly pr events her readers from trying to guess who the murde rer is.
B. does no t expe ct he r readers to try to understand the detail s o f her stories,
c. makes it easy for readers to guess the ending.
D. pla ys cleve r games with the reader.
7. Cha ndler sugg ests t hat in one o f Christ ie’s books, the plot is
A. so compli cated that only a genius could guess it.
B. so c lever that only a genius could work it out.
c. so u nconv incing that not even a fool could bel ieve it.
D. so brillia nt tha t nobody but a fool wo uld fa thom it.
8. Accor ding to the writer, detective stories
A. re flect modern society. B. reaffirm the role of the police,
c. satisfy our de sire for securit y. D. prove that justic e can be done.
407
9. The word “bar my” is closes t in meanin g to
A. c razy B. unb elievab le c. reliable D. truthf ul
10. Th e w ord “hal f-wit ” is c losest in meanin g to
A. a smart person B. a sober person c. a stup id person D. a blunt person
READING 2
Anita Roddic k squats in the back of a Jee p in G han a’s blowt orch heat, hare­
armed and wild-h aired, dusty feet in worn snadals, sweat on her lined forehead .
Her clothe s are crump led and her face is creased. She is the fourtee nth richest
woman in Britain; she is the public face of the eco-fr iendly Bod y Sh op , but she
shrugs w hen a nyone m etions her money. She doe sn’t want to talk a bout h er wealth
but about other peop le’s poverty. She doesn ’t want to talk about cosmetics, but
about the stories and traditions behind each pot of cocoa butter mousturis ing
cream, or abo ut bea uty not being skin deep, or the wisdom that co mes wit h age, or
the dan ger o f microwave ovens and anim al-tested hair sprays.
“I am a child of the Sixtie s,” she says. And so she is, w ith her flowing hair
and peasa nt clothes , and her indefa tigable love of all good cause s” she ’s an
unreco nstruc ted old hippie, one o f a dying breed.
I used to think that Anita Roddick was the female equiv alent of Richard
Branson , hiding her busin essw oma n’s heart under the cheese cloth smock, and
cannily persua ding intense teenag e girls to buy lip g loss or little bottles of body
creams in naf f ra ffia baskets - cashin g in on a fashion for ethical shoppi ng by
vigila nte consu mers who no longer want pro ducts that are tainted by child labor,
oppre ssive regimes , en vironm ental damage.
A few years ago, Roddi ck came under a barrage of criticis m. She won a
bruisin g libel case again st Channel Four, who had sugge sted that Body Shop
cosm etics contain ed animal produc ts, but then faced hostile media attention for
the way that the compa ny was set up, for the razzm atazz of their hype, for
adve rtisin g Ameri can Express in a man ner that sugges ted a colonial
comp lacen cy. Roddic k insists that if you dig for dirt you will always find some.
Some o f the mud seeme d to stick: and w hile we oddly contin ue to love Branson
for his homey jer sey s and his inarticu late prono uncem ents, the public seems
irritated by Rod dick ’s garrulo us, tireles s, pushy and morally insisten t pres ence.
We are on our way to one of the vil lages near Tamale , which supply the Body
Shop w hich shea butter. Under the Fair Trade agreem ent, Bod y S hop pays a ten
perce nt p remiu m on top o f the pric e, which goes into co mmu nity projects.
We appro ach the village , and a thron g of peop le is waiti ng. Anita unscre ws
the t ops o f mo istur izing cre ams, and their scent fills the baked air like incense in
church. She visits the shea -butte r proces s. She praises the wome n - “the wives
and mothe rs and gran dmo ther s”- and listens to thei r worries : the re’s been a
droug ht for three years ; there is no school. She prom ises money (out of her ow n
trust fund) for the equip ment .The y cheer, they give her a goat, two guinea fowl

408
 and a great box of yam s. Then everyo ne dances , - and Anita dances the most
enthu siast ically of all, as the drum beats out its rhyt hms and th e ch ildren stare up
at her and giggle . 1 don ’t know wheth er to be mov ed or app alled by this vision of
white woma n comi ng to Africa, she would be queen, or by her inimitable
comb inatio n of generos ity and shamele ssness.
In ano ther villag e, further south and later in the trip, she promi ses that she
will fund a clinic (in Ghana, there is AIDS, malaria, yello w fever, fatal
epide mics of measl es and malnut rition. ) She is give n anot her goat. She has a go
at hack ing cocoa pods of f the trees, wieldin g the long pole tipped with a knife,
stubbo rn and off-ta rget. She questi ons the coope rative which runs the cocoa
butter p rodu ction about its b ureaucr acy (“I w ant to know what we ’re d oing here
tha t’s diff eren t,” she says. “1 want to see results .”) A quarrel breaks out among
the men, some of whom are drunk on palm gin. She stands up. “OK, OK, tell
me ,m m. ..” - she looks ar ound wildly - “who is the bes t he re at kissi ng?”
I feel emba rrass ed for her, by h er - but maybe that is jus t my pro blem, for the
quarrel peters out, and the women smile up at her adoring ly; their fairy
godm other, c omin g fro m a nothe r world, b earing gifts.
With Anita Roddic k, there seems to be no gap between the thoug ht and the
utteran ce, nor any sense of shame of dignity. This is he r great strength and also
her perpe tual weak ness - the way she plunges into things, with her shamboli c
passi ons, her spont aneo us opinions. She is not chic, trendy or cool (nor, indeed,
is The Bod y Shop ). She clings to naivety and optimism . Of c ourse, it can be
disar ming , an d she knows and pl ays on this.
As we walk, she admits to guilt; she is a rich hippie; a radical
mul timil liona ire. She is leaving most of her money to charitie s, not to her two
daug hters ; she drive s an old Go lf and w ears floppy flowery skirts (“1 like to look
like a p eas ant” ) t o business meeting s in the City. She works very hard when she
doe sn’t need to.
Our last appo intm ent in Ghana before flying home is at the British High
Com miss ion in Accra, where a reception is being held in Rodd ick’s honor.
Drifti ng across the hum of cultured voices, I can hear Roddick laughing lustily.
Who cares if she is a bit batty? Her hair is messy; her chin is up; behind her
glass es, her eyes are shrewd and bright and determ ined. There are many worse
things to be than a wacky hip pie with a large wallet and a large hea rt.
1. W hat is the best title for this passage ?
A. A r adical mult imill ionai re B. The history of The B ody S hop
c. How a h ippie built her b eauty kingdom D. A victory again st haters
2. The w rite r thi nks that Anita Roddick
A. pretend to be conc erned about moral issues but is at heart a b usin essw oma n..
B. is e ccen tric but we ll-inte ntion ed on the whole,
c. is ra ther hypo critic al
D. is cond esce ndin g to the people in the vi llage I

409
3. It can be i nferred from th e te xt tha t
A. Richard Branson is a ma le e quival ent o f Anita R oddick
B. Ethical shopping is a disillusioned dream created by c lever business people,
c. Cons umer s ar e p aying mor e at tention to how a pro duct is made.
D. Pe ople think about R ichard Branson and A nita Roddic k in the same way.
4. The text states tha t The Bo dy Sho p sells pro ducts that
A. co ntain some hi dden animal products .
B. som etime s c ontain mud.
c. are p roduc ed in a m orally accept able way.
D. appe al unfair ly to young women.
5. Ac cord ing to th e tex t, Anita Roddick
A. ag rees that in the past The Bod y Shop may have had s ome faults.
B. thinks that all the accu sations against The Body Shop are completely unfounded,
c. think s th at A meric an Express behave like colon ialists.
D. has been over- critic ized in the past.
6. In one of the vi llages she visits, Anita Roddick
A. prom ises to b uild a new school
B. goe s to see the place where they make on e QÍThe Bo dy Sh op prod ucts,
c. distributes777e Body Shop produc ts to th e vi llagers.
D. pro mise s th e v illager s m oney from The Bod y Shop to buy eq uipmen t.
7. An ita Rodd ick
A. is guilty of double-deal ing.
B. fee ls u neasy about her we alth.
c . isemb arrass ed about being a hippie.
D. is guilty a bout her tre atmen t o f her fami ly.
8. Ho w do the village rs feel ab out An ita Roddick ?
A. th ey feel e mbarr assed by her.
B. they d islike her interfer ing wit h the way they run th eir business es,
c. they expe ct h er to solve their disagre ements .
D. th ey see her as a be nefactor. . ' - •
9. When desc ribin g A nita, the w riter of this articl e te nds to be
A. uncri tical ■'! B. disa pprov ing
c. emb arra ssed D. critica l but a mused
10. T he word “i ndefa tigab le” is closes t in mean ing to
A. unre lenti ng B. uny ielding c. insatia ble D. i ncomp atible

VI. GUI DED CLOZ E

Re ad th e te xts belo w a nd de cide which answ er best fi ts each space.
CLOZE TEST 1
Inter preti ng the feeling s of oth er people is not alway s easy, as we all know,
and we rely as much on what th ey seem to be tellin g US, as on the ( 1 ) _______

410
 words they say. Facial expres sions and tone of voice are obviou s ways of
showi ng our (2) _________ to somethi ng, and it may well be that we
unco nscio usly (3 )__________ views that we are trying to hide. The art of being
tactful lies in ( 4 )_______ these signals, realizin g what the othe r p erson is trying
to say, and actin g so t hat they are not e mbarra ssed in any way. For exampl e, we
may under stand that they are (5 ) _______ relucta nt to answ er our questi on, and
so we stop press ing them. Body movem ents in general may also ( 6 ) _______
feeling s, and interv iewer s often pay partic ular attenti on to the way a candida te
for a job walks into the room and sits down. However , it is not diffic ult to
presen t the right kind of appeara nce, while what many empl oyers want to know
relates to t he can did ate’s c hara cter (7) , and psych ologic al stability . This
raises the ( 8 ) _______ questio n of w hether jo b candid ates should be asked to
comp lete psych ologi cal tests, and the further problem of wheth er such tests
actuall y produ ce reliab le results. For many people, being asked to take part in
such a t est would be an object ionab le (9 )_______ into th eir private lives. Quite
apart from this proble m, can such tests predict wheth er a person is li kely to be a
(1 0) _______ empl oyee or a va lued colleagu e?
1. A. O ther B. Real c . Identical D. Actual
2. A. View B. F eeling c . Notion D. R eaction
3. A. Expres s B. Dec lare c . Exhibit D. Utter
4. A. Taki ng down B. Pu tting ac ross c . Picking up D. Going over
5. A. A t least B. Above all c . Anyhow D.In fact
6. A. Displa y B. Indi cate c. Imply D. Infer
7. A. Q uirks B. M annerisms c . Traits D. Points
8. A. A wkw ard B. Risky c. Unpleasan t D. Touch y
9. A. Invasio n B. Intrusio n c . Infringe ment D. Int erference
10. A. Pedan tic B. Parti cular c . Laborious D. Cons cientio us
CLOZE TEST 2
MIDSU MMER NIG HT’S EVE
In Europ e, Mid summ er N igh t’s Eve, also known as St J ohn ’s Eve, occurs on
June 23 rd . It or igina tes from t he pagan celebra tions of the su mme r sols tice which
were held on June 21 st . On that night through out Europe bonfire s were lit alo ng
hillsid es to (1)_____ the shorte st night of the year. It must have looked as if
some kind o f viole nt insurrec tion was taking place down the coast of Scot land
and Engla nd, but these signal fires in fact had a. very import ant purpose . Bones
of farm anim als (2)_____ the previo us autumn were burned and, when the fires
had (3)_____ the remai ning ash was put to g ood use: it was spread on the fields
to enrich the land and ensure a good harvest. The word ‘bon fire ’ is (4)_____
from ‘bone fir e’.
In Brazil too St Joh n’s Eve means bonfires and firewo rks. Ano ther quain t
tradit ion involv es the (5) _____ of small pa per h ot-air b alloons, althou gh they are

411
prohibit ed by law in the cities because of the fire (6)___ Bonfires mark the
beginn ing of s pring rather than the summe r in Sweden and are lit on the last
night of April. In the Swedish Midsu mmer ’s Eve (7)_____ , held on June 24 th ,
are large pole, decorate d wi th fl owers and leaves, is placed in the gro und.
Thistle s also have a s ignific ant role in the celebrat ion of Mids umm er’s Nig ht
in Europe . In the past th ey w ere th ought to (8)_____ witches. The pretty, prickly
plant was nailed over barn doors or used in w reaths, the circula r shape being a
symbol of the turning of the seasons. Wheels laced with straw and soaked in
pitch were lit from the bonfires and then rolled down hills.
There is less risk of fire in a (9)_____ tradition to many Slavic countries .
Young women and girls float little baskets of flowers and lighted candles down
streams. Local boys swim out to (10)_____ a basket, find the girl it b elongs to
and cl aim a dance at the tow n’s Mi dsumm er’s Eve Party.
1. A. ce lebrate B. honour c. comme morate D. comm iserate
2. A. revis ed B. assassinate d c. slaughtere d D. sacrific ed
3. A. doused B. extinguish ed c . smothered D. gone out
4. A. d erived B. developed c . evolved D. decayed
5. A. landing B. launchi ng c . propelling D. ejectin g
6. A. cert ainty B. peril c . jeop ardy D. hazard
7. A. tradi tion B. custom c. ceremony D. practice
8. A. def lect B. ward off c. attract D. ave rt
9. A. un ique B. common c . mutual D. prevale nt
10. A. salvage B.r esc ue c . set free D. liberate

B. W RITTEN TEST
1. OPEN CLOZE (20 PTS).
Fil l in each bla nk with ON E suit able word only.
CLOZE 1
WHAT MIGHT HAVE BEEN
What if ... ? It is interesting to speculate on the twists and turns that have
shaped recent history. Would penicillin have been discover ed (1) _______ a
micros copic organism not landed on one of Alexan der Flem ing’s culture dishes,
for instanc e? Every day, people in marketing depart ments around the world
come to decisio ns about products that have a profound ( 2 ) _______ on all our
lives. The failures are soon forgotten, but that d oesn ’t mean the visionar ies were
wrong. More (3 )_______ than not, they simply didn ’t get th eir marketing right.
Take car engines . There has been (4 )_______ shortag e of alterna tives to the
petrol-d riven engine , but the worl d’s automo tive and petroch emical industries
have made sure t hat most of them quiet ly disapp eared by u sing t heir comme rcial
and political influence. A ( 5 ) _______ fate befell the car tyre that would never
(6 )______ replacing. Polymers and rubber compo unds develope d for as tron auts ’

412
moon boots would reputed ly never have (7 )_______ out if they had been used
to make tyres for road vehicles. But the everlas ting car tyre (8 )_______ limited
appeal for manu facture rs.
Occ asion ally a produc t can make it against the odds. Sony chairma n Akio
Morita was strong ly advised agains t producin g a tape record er that coul dn’t
record. He recalls ‘Our marketi ng people responded (9) _______ enthusiasm .
They said it w oul dn’t (1 0 )_______ on, and it em barrasse d me to be so excited
about a prod uct most others though t would be a dud .’ More than 100 million
Walk mans and persona l cassette play ers have been sold w orldwide .
CLOZE 2
Whitne y Houston was the young est of three children born to Jo hn and Cissy
Housto n in East Orange , New Jersey. She was born (1)__________ a musical
family as her moth er was a successfu l R&B backup singer, her father was
Cissy 's agent , and her cousin was Dionne Warwick. (John Houston later beca me
Whitn ey's agent.) Houston grew up in Ea st Or ange, New Jersey and (2)_______
began singi ng in the Baptis t church. As a t een she sang (3)__________ for Lou
Rawls and Chaka Khan and wo rked as a mod el.
She b roke into the m usic industry in 1985 when she si gned a recor d (4)_____
with Aris ta Record s and produce d her (5)__________ album, WHITNEY
HOUS TON. She receive d her first Grammy Award for one of the number one
songs on the album, "Saving All My Love for You." Her second album,
WHIT NEY, was the first album by a female artist to enter the charts at number
one. Hous ton has since received numerous Grammy s, and became the first
perf orm er to have seven (6)_________ numbe r one s ingles on the BILLBOAR D
maga zine pop-m usic charts. She has also enjoyed a s uccessful (7)_________ as
an actre ss in lead roles for such movies as T HE BODYG UARD and WAITING
TO EXHA LE. She has (8)__________ most o f the music for the soundtra cks in
these films.
Houst on is involved with (9)__________ humani tarian organi zation s as the
United Neg ro College Fund, the Children's Diabetes Fund, and St. Jude's
Chil dren 's Hospi tal. She (10) ______ The Whitney Houston Foundatio n for
Child ren, Incor porate d, a nonpro fit organiza tion assistin g homel ess children and
childr en with canc er and AIDS.

II. W ORD F ORM: (20 PTS )

Complete the sentences with the correct form s o f the capitalized words in
bra cket s.
1. He is a q uitt er wh o is _______ unsuited to re mainin g a c hampio n. (TEM PER)
2. Tho ugh she had spent hours fixing the comp uter he ___________her efforts.
á (LIT TLE ) ' ■- ' ’ ■ \ ! ;/ * / 1
3. He ra n a hot bath a nd 1 in it fo r ha lf an hour. (LUXU RY)
4. Books were a form o f __________ from th e real world. (ESC APE)

413
5. If the c ab in _______ , oxyg en masks will au tomat ically drop down. (P RE SS )
6. _ _ _ _ _ _ sta temen ts, feeling s, opinion s etc. are wrong becaus e they are not
based on facts. (F OU ND )
7. A n __________ person tries to make other pe ople do what he o r she wants in
an u nplea sant and forcefu l w ay.(B EAR )
8. He com es from a co mp let ely _____ , low er mi ddle-c lass family. (C UL TU RE )
9. I reme mbe r he r as a quiet , hard-w orking a n d __________ girl. (SP EA K)
10. His daug hter has made quite a numbe r o f _________ in her career as a
doctor . (S UC CE ED )

Put the words giv en in the corr ect blanks. You have t o use thei r corre ct for ms to
make a mea ning ful passage. There are two extra words you do not need to use.

decis ive fun cti on ali ty sequ entia l altern ative infanc y sense
taki ng appet ite transm it per cep tion gate wire

The chem ical senses are the (1)__________ of the body. They provide
inform ation abou t the substa nces we come into contac t with, and thus influence
our (2)__________ about what to eat and drink. Althou gh our response s to many
flavou rs may appe ar to be (3)__________ , they can actually be modified by
exper ience . Much of what we like and dislike about flavou rs is learned.
Scien tists are explo ring factors related to food choice and (4)__________
across the human lifespan. One research progra mme with human (5)__________
exam ines the role of early experie nce on devel opme nt of flavo ur prefere nces in
life. The late-ter m foetus has (6)__________ chem osens ory systems that can
detec t tastes and odours, and research has shown that flavou rs associat ed with
the mot her’s diet are passed into the amniot ic fluid. Such (7)__________ of
flavo ur may provid e the foetus with an early introduc tion to eleme nts of the
mo the r’s cuisi ne.
At th e o ther end of the lif espan, research has s hown that loss o f (8)_________
of taste in the elderl y affects the way food is (9)__________ by these
individ uals. For exam ple, olfact ory loss can diminis h food cravin gs and also
avers ions, leadin g to lack o f prefere nce and ( 10)__________ to lack o f appetite.

III . ER R O R R EC O G NI TI O N:
Fin d 10 m ista kes in the passa ge. (10 pts)
When at the age of fiftee n Albe rt Einstein found pedag ogic metho ds useles s
and irritate d nobo dy suspe cted that he would be one of the most chara cteris tic
figure s in t he field of scie nce and mathe matics and virtual ly the foun der of the
theo ry o f Uni verse . s( .
At t he age of nine h e s tutter ed and his fa mily saw no fu ture in him. At t he age
of fifteen he was comp el by his teach ers to leave school, so he started enga ging
him in m athe mati cs and geom etry. In 1900 he gradu ated in Zu rich ’s Po lytech nic

41 4
School, witho ut any distinct ion. He got a poorly paid job , but with a lot of
leisurely time to wo rk on his own project s and personal worries.
At the age of twent y-six he published three theses , which was about
photo electri c phenom enon, Brown activity and the theory of re lativity , and he
has receiv ed two Nobel prizes. The theory of relativi ty is one of the most
signif icant achie veme nt of humanity. Einstein once said about his t heory: ‘There
is no amo unt of experime nts that can prove I’m right, but one single exper iment
can pr ove I’m w ron g’.
IV. S ENTE NCE TR ANSF ORMA TION:
Comp lete the sec ond sent ence so that it has a simi lar mea ning to the fi rs t
senten ce, using the w ord given. Do not ch ange t he w ord given. (20 pts)
1. She seems to fin d the way Tom ’s behaves more a source of amuseme nt than
emba rrassm ent. (BEING)
-> Far f ro m ____________________________________________________
amused by it.
2 .1 only realized the full implications o f what had happened until sometime later.
—> It wa sn’t ______________________________________________________
3. It doesn’t matter how badly he behaved, you shouldn’t have been so rude to him.
—> You shou ldn’t ha ve be en rude to him, how eve r ___________
4 .1 was amazed because there were no problems throughout the holiday. (WENT)
-» T o _______________________________ wrong throu ghout the holiday.
5 . 1 felt relaxed at Gita ’s house because her parents greeted me so w armly.
. (EASE)
—» Git a’s pa re nt s______ _____________________________________ of their
greeti ngs.
6. We need to give that new supervis or a lesson because he thinks he’s so
superio r. (PEG)
-» That new sup erviso r ______________ ________ _________________ ___
7. You should o bserve the task carefully before you decide. (WEATH ER)
—> You sh ou ld ____________________________________________ _____
8. Since there w asn ’t a bett er altern ative, I accepted the job. (ABSEN CE)
-> In _______ ________________________________________'___________
9. It s eems to me tha t my parents cope cal mly with everyth ing I do. (STRID E)
-> I’m u nd er ________________ ____________________________________
10. I t’s cle ar to everyon e th at h e’s excel lent at his job. (DENY ING)
-> Th ere ’s ______________________________________________________

THE END

415
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TRẦN HUNG ĐẠO - BỈNH THUẬN
ỉ. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
I. PHO NOL OGY
A. Choose a wo rd whose underlined part is prono unced differentlyfro m th e others.
1. A. dereli ct B. derogate c . derby D. derrick
2. A. z igzag B. mozz arella c . mozzie D. enzyme
3. A. fome nt B. corusca te c . hospice D. prox y
4. A. chemi se B. chicory c . chicane D. chenille
5. A. accursed B. blessed c . crooked D.s hoc ked
B. Choos e a word with a differ ent stre ss pattern.
6. A. interne B. intact c . instep D. inward
7. A. s abotag e B. li gament c . fulminat e D. brus chetta
8. A. p rogeny B. patriot c . potency D. prome nade
9. A. bereft B. terrace c . solemn D. geisha
10. A. transli terate B. terrestri al c . testimon y D. tempestuou

II. V OCA BUL ARY

Choo se a word or a phra se t hat be st com pletes each sen tence.
1. It w as only when I saw Ma nha tta n__________ into th e distanc e beneath and
behin d me tha t I finally began to relax.
A. a batin g B. withdra wing c. recedin g D. reve rsing
2. Th ey spen t thei r time fishing o r___________ throug h the woods.
A. ambli ng B. stri ding c. roamin g D. tread ing
3. It is __________ possib le to spend all o f your life in th is city.
A. purely B. perfec tly c. starkly D. solid ly
4. The birds are notorio us for investiga ting and, in the _________ often
dest royin g ev eryth ing from rubbish bins to windsc reen wipers.
A. p roced ure B. proc ess G. measur e D. techn ique
5. In France, where ev er y_________ provinc ial town, ringed by superm arkets ,
retai ns its spec ialist food shops and weekly street market , the traditi onal co ­
exists w ith t he ne w.
A. self- rega rdin g B. sel f-appoi nted j, c. self-c onsci ous D. self -resp ectin g
6. By creat ing an improve d smile, a dental surgeon can drama ticall y alter a
per son ’s who le ___ _____ of themselves.
A. pe rcep tion B. obse rvatio n c. discer nmen t D. con sciou sness
7. The clie nt list at his c lin ic _________ pop stars, actre sses and even royalty
A. pr ocla ims B. bra gs c. trump ets D. boa sts
8. The results o f the __________ research can be interpr eted in many w ays .
A. q uality B. qu alifie d c. qual ifier D. qual itativ e
416
9. He was engro ssed in the pape rwor k to t h e __________ of his own interests
and the anno yanc e o f everyb ody concer ned.
A. d amag e B. harm c . detri ment D. disa dvant age
Ỉ0. Prod ucts in supe rmar kets should be laid before custo mers a s _________ as
possib le.
A. a dorin gly B. ent icingl y c. magic kingl y D. daz zlingl y
III. G RAM MA R AN D STRU CTUR ES
Choos e a wor d or a ph ras e th at be st co mple tes ea ch se ntence.
1. Du ring the time I started to g et ch est pains, I ' tennis a lot.
A. p layed B. was pl aying c. had p layed Đ. had been playing
2. D avid did n’t k now where the ball w as, but he thoug ht his s ister ________ have
been play ing with it.
A. c an B. mi ght c. could D. shoul d
3. S he ________ comi ng into class late. •' if

A. recall ed B. was recalled c. noticed D. was noticed

4. A fter the interval , Susan went on an aria.
A. to sing B. singin g c. to have su ng D. ha ving sung
5. A b ull charg ed toward s the car, _ _ I drove awa y qu ickly.
A. a t wh ich point B. by wh ich point
c. at w hich time D. by wh ich lim e
6. It’s n ot q ui te _____ _ straight forwa rd a proble m as it might as first se em.
A. much B. such c . so D. too
7. W e’re ha vi ng ____ __ dinner to w elcome the new manager .
A .0 B. some c. the D. a
8. She looked out and ___ was Pamela, walkin g al ong arm in arm with Goldie.
A. t his B. that c . there D. it
9. S ecuri ty at t he event has been tighten ed since last year. , abou t 1000
mana ged to get in with out tic kets.
A. N onet hele ss B. Notwi thsta nding
c. At a ny rate > D. Any way y ou slice it
10. _________ Jim ’s suppor t, 1w ould n’t have got the job.
A. A s for B. But for c . Except for D. Just for
VI. P REP OSI TIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS
Choo se a wor d or a ph ras e th at be st com pletes each sentenc e.
1. You must le arn to ac cept defeat- good grace.
A. a t B. with c. by D. for
2. Th ey acce pted w hat he had said- _ defau lt o f any ev idenc e to dispr ove it.
A. to B. for c. with D. in
3. The dam age to the buildin g is__ over $1 million.
A. pu t at B. put in c. put up D. put fo rward
417
4. Much of the discou nt is pocketed by retailer s instead of b ei ng _________ to
custo mers.
A. ca lled on B. passe d on c. carried on D. taken on
5. You sh ou ld _________ the routine of savin g the docum ent you are workin g
on eve ry t en minutes.
A. tak e in B. com e ab out c. get into D. hold up
6. She was________ her pro motion .
A. d one in for B. done away w ith c. done out o f D. done off in
7. Good instru ctors will_________ early signs of failure in their students.
A. ge t thr ough with B. come up with
c. think bac k on D. look out fo r
8. Many co llecto rs a re w illing to p ay __th e od ds f or early examp les o f his work.
A. o ver B. above c.up D. beyond
9. She got th e jo b _________ virtue of her great er ex perience .
A. by B. from c.in D. for
10. My m ot he r________ that little m atter o f my pris on record again.
A. fo und out B. brough t up c.gave back D. did over

V RE ADIN G
A. PASSAGE 1
Re ad th e pass age an d choos e the corre ct answ ers to the q uestio ns th at follo w.
PERIODS OF PIC ASSO
Pablo Picas so was one of the most prolific artists of his time. He produce d
more than 13,500 paintin gs and 700 sculpture s. In total , he created more than a
quart er of a millio n pieces of art. The sheer numbe r and variety of his works
have led many art histori ans to try to organize them into catego ries, common ly
called period s. However , there continue s to be some disag reem ent over the
names and num ber of periods, specific ally those related to th e w ork he p roduced
later in his life. In general, though, the work is categ orized by taking into
acco unt time period as well as com mon colors and su bjects.
■ (A) The first period in P icass o’s arti stic life, referred to as the Blue Period,
lasting from 1901 until 1904. ■ (B) During his early years in Pari s, Picasso used
mostly dark blues in his paintin gs. ■ (C) One p ossible explan ation is that he was
too poor at th e t ime to afford a varie ty of paints. ■ (D) Anoth er th eory is that the
dark colors refl ecte d his general mood. Just before the start of the Blue Period,
Pica sso’s close friend Carlos Casage mas commit ted suicide after being rejecte d
by a wom an, which sent Picasso into severe depressi on. Of the two poss ible
expl anati ons for this period, the latter is strongly suppor ted by the subje cts
Picasso chose . Most of his works were populated with the poo r and lonely of
socie ty, includ ing blind beggars and alcoholi cs. For one collec tion of pain tings ,
he us ed a gro up of female prisone rs as his m odels.

418
 One o f his most popu lar works from this period is a paint ing comp leted in
1901. The Abs inth e Drin ker is of a woman at a table with a large bottle of
alcoho l in front o f her. The wall behind her is clo se and imposi ng, addin g to the
sen se o f d iscom fort. The size of the bottle, which appea rs alm ost as big as her
torso, make s it c lear that she is fir mly in the grips of a life filled with excessi ve
drink ing. Alth ough the Blue Period paintin gs are now some of his most sought
after, Picas so had tr oubl e sellin g them at first.
By 1905, Picass o had begun what is now called his Rose Period. Althoug h
these w ork s wer e also painted while living in Paris, unlike Pic ass o’s earlie r
wor ks, they are seen today as closer to French painti ngs than Spanish.
Durin g the two years of thi s period, Picasso switche d to using more reds and
pinks. It is g enera lly agreed that the change came about becau se of his r omanti c
relat ionsh ip with Fernan de Oliver, whom he also used as th e subje ct for many of
his pa inting s.
The subj ects Picasso first used in the Rose Period paint ings would become
some o f his most often repeated . One exampl e is t he image of the harlequi n, a
type o f traditi onal Italian clown . C ommo nly, the harleq uin wears a one -piece suit
decor ated with a patc hwo rk of brigh t colors and repea ting designs . The head is
usually covere d with a cap and the face with a black mask. The chara cter is
known for his fanta stic agility and acrobat ics. The painti ngs from this period are
mostly light- hearte d and war m.
The start of Pic asso ’s Black Period can be found in his 1907 painti ng Les
Dem oise lles d ’Avig non, which contin ues to puzzle critics becaus e it actuall y
conta ins the start of two separate periods. Of the fi ve women repres ented on the
canva s, three have the sharp geome tric shapes associa ted with his later Cubism,
while the rema ining two are clearly based on traditio nal African works.
Intere stingl y, Picasso looked to African sculpture s, not paintin gs, for the shapes
and color s he u sed in his ow n p aintings.
The Black Period lasted for on ly two years, ending in 1909. P icas so’s su dden
intere st in Afric a is easily explain ed. French colonial rulers of th e time were
bring ing back with them not only art for French museum s but also fascina ting
storie s o f Af rican kingd oms and cultures . Picasso was as interested in Africa as
the rest o f t he general popula tion of Franc e. However, he was one of the only
artists w illin g to look o utside the wo rld of accepted Europea n ar t for inspiratio n.

1. Ac cord ing to parag raph 1, Pablo Pica sso’s wo rks .

A. te nd to h ave the same colors B. need to be studied more closely
c. fall into c ertain typ es D. fail to rec eive much attent ion
2. The phra se takin g into acco unt in paragrap h 1 could best be replac ed by

A. follo wing B. co nsider ing c. imaginin g D. ac ceptin g

419
3. Look at t he four squares [■] th at indicate where t he follo wing sentenc e could
be adde d to the passage.
Ther e ar e var ious theorie s as to why he chose this colo r.
Where would the sentenc e be st fit?
A. ■ (A) B. b (B) C . b (C) ; D. ■ (D)

4. The wor d refl ect ed in para graph 2 is c losest in mea ning t ó ______ .
A. c hange d B. redi rected c. showed D. found
5. The auth or mentio ns p risoner s in paragrap h 2 in orde r t o ______ .
A. p rove that Picasso was unhappy B. intro duce a new period of art
c. explain the rol es o f the mo dels D. ill ustrate the proble ms with societ y
6. Acco rding to paragr aph 3, what did Picasso use to show alcohol ism in The
Absi nthe D rin ker l ' .
A. the relatio nships be tween the ob jects B. the colors in the b ackgrou nd
c. the wom an’s f ace ... 1. D. the size o f the can vas
7. Wh ich of the follo wing in para graph 3 can be inferred about Pic asso ’s art?
A. He has alway s be en seen as a g enius. B. He was initially under-ra ted.
c. He p ainted popu lar s ubjects . D. He spent all his mo ney on pai nts
8. Which of the follow ing best express es the essentia l informa tion in the bold
senten ce in par agraph 4?
A. Becau se these works are seen as closer to Spanish than French art, they
were first comp leted while he lived in Paris.
B. T he painti ngs that he did in Paris , w hich are diffe rent than the ones he di d
before , are unders tood as be ing cl oser to Spanish art tha n French.
c. Pica sso’s French art w as mostly comple ted while he lived in Spa in, which
mak es th em diffe rent th an his earl ier wor ks.
D. All the painti ngs were done in Paris, but the later work s are conside red
more F rench than Spanish. • ) t
9. Which o f the following is NOT true according to pa ragraph 5 about harlequins?
A. T hey were shown wearin g color ful masks.
B. They we re p ainted in sim ilar clothes.
c. They ap peare d in many o f Pica sso’s per iods.
D. Th eir h ead are c overed with caps. ’
10. Acco rding to the passage , which statem ent is true of Th e Black Period in
Pic asso ’s artisti c life?
A. Picasso was amon g the small minority of artists who were kindled by
cultu res othe r than Western ones.
B. Pi casso based his works on tradi tional Africa n sculp tures and paintin gs.
c. It was the French colonia l rulers who brou ght inspiri ng Europe an artwo rks
to A frica.
D. The French peopl e did not welco me the weird civil izati ons of Africa n
coun tries

420
 B. PASSA GE 2
Re ad th e pass age an d choo se the corr ect ans wers t o the ques tions tha t follo w.
THE CREAT ORS OF GR AMMA R
No stude nt of a foreign language needs to be told that gram mar is complex.
By chan ging word sequen ces and by adding a range of auxili ary verbs and
suffixe s, we are able to comm unicate tiny variatio ns in m eaning. We ca n turn a
state ment into a questio n, state wheth er an action has taken place or is soon to
take place, and perform many other word tricks to convey subtle differen ces in
meanin g. No r is this compl exity inherent to the English language. All languages,
even those of so- called 'primitiv e' tribes have cleve r gramma tical componen ts.
The Cher okee pronoun system, for exa mple, can distingu ish between 'you and r,
'several othe r people and 1' and 'you, anoth er p erson and I', in English, all these
meani ngs are summe d up in the one, c rude pronoun 'we'. Gr am m ar is un ive rsa l
and pla ys a pa rt in ev er y lan gu ag e, no ma tte r how wi de sp re ad it is. So the
questio n which has baffled many linguists is - who created gramm ar?
At fi rst, it would appea r that this q uestion is im possible to ans wer. To find out
how g ramm ar is creat ed, someone n eeds to be pres ent at the tim e o f a language's
creatio n, docum entin g its emerge nce. Many historical linguists are able to trace
modern comp lex languag es back to earlie r languages, but in or der to answe r the
questio n of how comp lex languages are actually form ed, the resear cher needs to
observ e how language s are started from scr atc h. Amazin gly, however, this is
possibl e. .. .
Some of the mo st r ecent languages evo lved due to the A tlantic sl ave tr ade. At
that time, slaves from a number of d ifferen t ethnic ities were forced to work
toge ther unde r coloni zer's rule. Since they had no opport unity to learn each
other' s languag es, they develop ed a ma ke -sh ift language called a pidgin. Pidgins
are strings of words copied from t he language of the landowner. They have little
in the way o f gram mar, and in m any cases it is di fficult for a listener to deduce
when an even t happe ned, and who did what to whom. ■ [A] Speakers need to
use circu mloc ution in order to make their meanin g understo od. ■ [B]
Intere stingl y, howeve r, all it takes for a pidgin t o become a co mplex language is
for a group of c hildren to be exposed to it at the time when they learn their
moth er tongu e. ■ [C] Slave children did not simply copy the strings of words
uttered by their elders, they adapted their words to create a new, expressiv e
languag e. ■ [D] Compl ex gram mar systems which emerg e from pidgins are
terme d creol es, and t hey are invented by children .
Furt her evid ence of this can be seen in studying- sign languages for the deaf.
Sign langu ages are not simply a series of gestures ; they utilise the same
gram mati cal mach inery that is found in spoken languages . Moreov er, there are
many diffe rent languag es used worldwid e. The creatio n of one such language
was docu men ted quite recently in Nicarag ua. Previous ly, all de af people were
isolated from each other, but in 1979 a new gover nmen t introdu ced schools for
421
the d eaf. Althoug h children were taught speech and lip read ing in the classroom,
in the pl aygroun ds th ey began to invent the ir own sign s ystem, using th e ge stures
that they used at home. It was basically a pidgin. Each child used the signs
differe ntly, and th ere was no consist ent grammar. However, children who joine d
the school later, when this inventive sign system was already around, developed
a quite differ ent sign language. Although it was based on the signs of the older
children, the young er children 's language was more fluid and compact, and it
utilised a large range of grammatica l devices to clarify meaning. What is more,
all the childre n used the signs in the same way. A new cr eole was born.
Some linguists believe that many of the world's most establis hed languages
were creoles at first. The English past tense - ed ending may have evolved from
the verb 'do'. 'It ended' may once have been 'It end-did' . Therefor e it would
appea r th at e ven the most w idesprea d languages were partly created by c hildren.
Children appea r to have innate grammatical machiner y in their brains, which
springs to life when they are fir st tryin g to make sense of the world around them.
Their minds can serve to create logical, complex structures , even when there is
no gr amma r pres ent fo r them to copy.
1. In paragr aph 1, why does the writer include informatio n about the Cherokee
language ?
A. To show how simple, tradition al cultures can have complic ated gramma r
structur es. ' ' ■
B. To show how E nglish gramm ar differs from Cherokee gra mmar.
c. To prove that comp lex gra mmar structures were invented by the Cherokees.
D. To demon strate how di fficult it is to learn the C herokee language.
2. W hat can be inferred about th e slav es' p idgin language?
A. It contain ed comple x gramm ar.
B. It w as based on ma ny di fferent languages.
c. It was dif ficult to understand , ev en am ong slaves.
D. It w as cr eated by the land-owners.
3. All the following sentences about Nicaraguan sign language are true EXCEPT:
.A. T he language has been crea ted since 1979.
B. The language is based on spee ch and lip reading. , ỉ : .
c. The language in corporat es s igns wh ich c hildren used at home.
D. The language was perfected by young er childr en.
4. In para graph 3, wher e can the f ollowing sente nce be placed ?
It inclu ded s tand ardi zed word orders an d gram mat ical mark ers that exi sted
in ne ithe r the pidg in languag e, nor th e langu age o f the colonizer s.
A. ■ [A] B. ■ [B] c. ■ [C] D. ■ [D] 1
5. 'from scr atc h’ in paragra ph 2 is c losest in meanin g to __________ .
A. from the v ery b eginn ing B. in sim ple culture
c. by co pyin g s ometh ing e lse -f
ỉ Ỉ / D. by using w ritten informat ion

422
6. 'ma ke-s hift’ in par agrap h 3 is c loses t in mean ing t o __________ .
A. c omp licat ed and expen sive B. sim ple a nd t empo rary
c . exte nsiv e and d ivers e D. priv ate and p ersonal
7. Which sent ence is close st in meanin g to the bold sentenc e in paragra ph 1?
Gra mm ar is u niver sal and plays a p art in every langua ge, no m atter how
wid espr ead it is.
A. All langu ages , whe ther they are spoken by a few people o r a lot o f people,
cont ain gram mar. i .
B. Some langu ages include a lot of gramm ar, wherea s othe r language s
cont ain a little.
c. Lan guag es which contain a lot of gram mar are more commo n than
lang uage s th at co ntain a little. , .
D. T he gra mm ar o f all language s is the same, no matter wh ere the languages
evolv ed.
8 All of the foll owing are f eatures of the new Nicaraguan sign language EXCEPT:
A. All child ren used the same gestur es to sh ow m eaning.
B. The mean ing was clea rer tha n th e pr evious sign language,
c. The hand move ment s w ere smoo ther and s maller.
D. New ge sture s w ere created fo r ever yday object s and act ivities.
9. Look at the word ‘cons iste nt’ in paragr aph 4. This word could best be
repla ced by w hich o f the fo llowi ng?
A. natura l B. pre dictab le c. imagina ble D. unifo rm
10. W hich idea is pres ented in the fi li a l paragr aph?
A. Engli sh was proba bly once a creole.
B. Th e Engli sh past tense system is inacc urate.
c. Ling uists ha ve pr oven tha t Eng lish was created by chil dren.
D. C hild ren say English p ast ten ses differen tly from adults.

VI. M UL TIP LE C HOI CE CLOZE

MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE 1
PRO FESS IONA L SPORT If* , 1 . 1 • / ■ . • ' ■

When I talk abo ut (1) ■ I mean someth ing individu al. If you look at
prof essio nal golfe rs or tennis players , you will observe that practi ce (2) ______
the basis o f the ir p repa ratio n for t ourna ments , o f course it does, (3 )______ these
are indiv idual sport s. Train ing is sim ply doing the physica l work nec essary to be
suffi cien tly fit, but prac tice entails m aking an analysi s o f one ’s game, l ocatin g its
weak poin ts, and work ing to (4) ______ them. If you r oppo nent keeps (5)
poin ts by servi ng high to you r backhan d, the re’s no place to hide; you
eithe r have to (6) ______ the weak ness, or you ’ll keep losing to him. He ’ll
explo it y our we akne sses me rcilessl y.
( 7 ) _____ _ o f wha t is fascin ating, and slightly repell ent, abou t sport lies in
that curi ous inver sion of values (8 )______ much that we admi re in or dinar y life
423
- humility , compa ssion, unwillin gness to take advant age of the weakne ss of
others - is (9) ______ on the field of play. Professi onal sport is all about
winning . And, within (10)______ the more you practi ce (and the more you
train), the b etter y our chances o f doing so.
1. A. improve ment B. practice c. trainin g D. rehear sal
2. A. lays B. compos es c. enacts D. forms
3. A. alb eit B. for c. as with D. let al one
4. A. er adicate B. rid c. wipe D. exting uish
5. A. get ting B. mak ing c. winning D. scori ng
6. A. alt er B. square c. reform D. rectify
7. A. kind B. sort c. part ‘ ; D. most
8. A. insofar B. whereby c. ther eof D. hence
9. A. rev ersed B. changed c. contraste d D. contra dicted
10. A. due B.s ens e c. reason D. merit
MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE 2
THE TINTIN BOOKS
What is (1) _______ special about Georges ‘Herg e’ Rem i’s tales of the
advent ures of a boy called Tintin, created for a newsp aper in Belgium in the
1920s, that they should have ( 2 ) _______ being transla ted into more than 50
languag es and selling more than 120 million copies? How is it that they have
manage d to ( 3 ) ______ for so long? One reason may be Herg e’s extraor dinary
attentio n to ( 4 ) ______ . He constantly revised and improved Tin tin’s original
black -and-w hite adventu res to make them more ( 5 ) ______ to new audiences.
And he based all his illustration s on an exten sive p ersonal library of photographs
which he ( 6 )______ over the years.
In a caree r of more than 50 years, Herge produc ed (7) ______ 24 Tintin
books. Had he been less meticulous, he might well have been a lot more (8)
______ , b ut I doubt he would have been so w idely loved and admired. Picking
up a Tintin book the other day for the first time in. many years, I found my self
( 9 ) ______ between the urge to race through the story and an (1 0 )_______ to
linger on the vi sual detail.
1. A. so B. very c . extreme ly D. truly
2. A. turn ed out B. finished o ff c . come to D. end ed up
3. A. extend B. endure c . last D. surviv e
4. A. con tent. B. detail c . plot D. cha racters
5. A. r elevant B. apt c . applicab le D.,fitti ng
6. A. a massed - B. mustered c.c on ve ne d D. swel led
7. A. e xactly B. merely c . only D. due
8. A. a bundan t B. prolific c . fruitful D. profus e
9. A. pul led B. drawn . c . lured D. tor n
10. A. im petus • B. incen tive c . impulse 0 D. intu ition

42 4
B. WRITTE N QUESTIONS
I. OPEN CLOZE TESTS
Fill ea ch blan k with ONE suitab le word.
A. TES T 1
The num ber of p eople in Britain receivin g a new diagno sis of ( 1 ) ______
such as asth ma, eczem a and hay fever is increas ing by five perc ent every
ye ar .(2 )______ is some e videnc e to show that Brit ain’s ob session w ith rules and
regu latio ns to ensur e cleanl iness in the home, superm arket and work place is
reflec ted in the num ber of allergy sufferers.
One theo ry is (3)______ we have far less (4 )_______to dirt and germs during
child hood than we used to have, so our bodies do not have the oppor tunity to
deve lop resis tanc e to allerge ns. While we may (5) ______ down • on the
unhy gieni c to food and general living which people had in the (6 )______ , there
are some lesson s we could learn tod ay by may be being a bit ( 7 )______ cautious.
(8 )______ would d ispute the importa nce of medical advance s. These include
vacc inatio ns given routin ely to children which have revolu tionize d our lives by
provi ding immu nity to some life-thr eatenin g (9) ______ . There is, however ,
some cont rove rsy over whet her they actuall y weake n our immune ( 9 ) ______
and a re b eing given unnec essari ly f or dis eases which are not dan gerous.
B. TEST 2
Perfo rma nce Art began in the 1960s in the United States and was original ly a
term used to descr ibe a ( 1 ) ______ event that often included poets, musician s,
film -ma kers and so on, in (2) ______ to visual artist s.The re were earlier
prec eden ts for this art form, including the Dadaists in France, (3) _ ___
com bine d poetr y and visual arts, and the Bauhaus in G erman y, whose members
used live thea tre works hops to e xplore the (4 )______ between space, sound and
light. By 1970, Perfor mance A rt was a global term and its defi nition had become
(5 )____ specif ic. Perfor manc es had to be live and the y had to be art, not theat re.
Perfo rma nce Art could ( 6 ) ______ be bought, sold or traded. Perform ance
artis ts saw thei r move ment as a means of taking art directl y (7) ______ the
publi c, thus comp letely elimin ating the need for galleries , agents, accou ntants
and ( 8 ) ______ other aspec t of capitalis m. One recent form of Perfo rmanc e Art
is an ema il-dr iven expe rime nt in groups of peopl e who sudden ly mater ialise in
publi c plac es, intera ct w ith others (9) ______ to a very loosely plann ed scenari o,
and t hen (1 0 )______ jus t as sudden ly as they a ppear.
/ , •. .■
II. WORD FORMS
A. Give the cor rec t fo rm o f each w ord in brack ets to com plete the s entenc e.
1. A com bina tion o f boredom and, inc rea sin gly ,_____ ensure d t hat th e standar d
of the s on ’s wo rk d eclined a larmin gly. (ABS ENC E)
2. D istanc es betwe en the stars ar e______ vast. (IMA GINE )

425
3. The locals are advised to stay away fr om ______ rioters. (CONF RONT )
4. He so un de d______ enthu siasti c a bout the idea. (EXCESS )
5. Alt houg h he is not a nat ive speake r, his foreign accen t se ems almo st______ .
(PERC EIVE)
6. The p aint will cove r a n y ______ in the surface o f the wa lls. (REGU LAR)
7. T he movie h as been critici zed for a pp are ntl y^ ___ violen ce. (LEG ITIMA TE)
8. A cons picu ous indicati on of his promis ing caree r wreck ed by scandal is tha t
he ha s b ee n______ to a lower range. (PROM OTIO N)
9. He w as ______ about losing and said tha t h e’d be back next year to try again.
\ (PHIL OSOPHER )
10. The plan ______ the inner cities has been unani mousl y approv ed by the
com mitte e. ' (VITAL)
B. Cho ose a wor d fr om the box and give it a pr oper for m to fi ll in each ga p to
com plet e th e passag e.
1 ■ - 1 ’ '• • • ' ■ '> '■

des ign exe cut e enh anc e dra ma out

de ma nd ori ent ate com pan y acq uir e sle ep
Ỉ . . a ' f ■

Powe r napp ing is an effec tive and under-us ed tool, it is a quick, intense sleep
whic h (1) ________ improv e alertnes s. These naps are espec ially us efu l'fo r
thos e whos e sleep is constr ained by a (2) sched ule: for example,
moth ers of small childre n or travel ing busines s (3) . However, the
cond ition s must be right and practi ce is require d fo r m aximum e ffect.
Pow er naps should be short, between ten and twen ty-fiv e minut es, to prevent
(4 )_______ on awake ning. Some people believe it is impos sible to fall asleep in
such a shor t time, but (5 ) _______/ o f the habit is s imply a quest ion of practice.
At the (6 )____ , it is more impor tant to relax f or a while than actua lly fall asle ep.
Po we r nap pin g is not a good idea if y ou find it d iff icu lt to wake up at the
(7) •______ tim e to have pro blem s slee ping a t n igh t aft er a p ow er nap in the
day . The kind o f doz ing tha t can ( 8 ) _______ a sen sati on o f ove rwh elm ing
(9) ________ is no t a true pow er nap, but a despe rate attem pt to c ompe nsate f or a
poo r sl eep routin e. •">
How ever , with practi ce, you will find t hat powe r na ps can lead to a wel come
(10) _________ o f your, perfo rman ce when you need it most.

III. ERROR CORRECTION

The p as sa ge belo w con tain s ten errors. Fin d and corr ect them. An exam ple
has been g iven .
0. ope n —> ope ned
The first self- serv ice stores open in Ame rica in the 1920s but they did n’t
catch up in Euro pe until later, when the French forged ahead with thei r massive

426
 hyper marke ts. Britain lagged behind. For the first self-s ervic e shop and the first
supe rma rket were opened in the early 1940s, it was thou ght that British
house wive s did not partic ularly want profici ency and speed. Survey s showed
that while Ame rica n shopp ers compl ained most about delay s in check -out
queue s. British o nes rejecte d to b eing pushed and s hoved by ot her c ustom ers.
The esse nce of super mark et shopp ing is imper sonali ty, with no medit ating
salesm an betw een selle r and goods, only the ‘silent pers uad ers’ o f pack aging and
displa y. Besid es, there is a curre nt trend toward s ‘bout iqu es’, with personal
servic e, with in super mark ets - th e butcher, the baker, the fishs eller - an d small
spec ialis t shop s and farm ers’ m arkets are do ing a com eback in Br itain. In franc e,
wher e ever y self-r espe cting provinci al town, ringed by super mark ets, retains
their spec ialis t food shops and weekl y street market, the tradit ional co-ex ists
with the ancie nt.

IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION , . ,,

PART A. Finis h each sent ence belo w so that its me anin g re main s unc hanged.
1. The ju dg e said that it wa s only becaus e of the wom an’s age he had not sent
her t o jail .
The ju dg e said that had ....... ........ ................ ........ ................ .............................
2. Th e t wo childr en began to argu e f iercely about who had d amage d t he bicycle.
A fierc e a rgu me nt................................................................................................
3. Ce lia fina lly manage d to buy he r own house after years of saving.
Only a ft e r..................................... . ........................................................................
4. T he head teac her is well known for his reliabilit y an d de dicati on.
The head teac her is reputed t o ............................. ........................ ......................
5. The gu n goin g of f was the signal for eve ryone to panic.
As s o o n .................................................................................................................

PART B. Finis h each sent ence bel ow s o t hat its m eani ng rema ins unchanged .
Use the wo rd prov ide d in b racke ts a nd do not a lter i t in any way.
1. W ould she feel offen ded if I offer ed to help ?
Would she ta ke ................. ........................................ (AMIS S)
2. When Mary starts talking , no one else can say anyth ing becaus e she is
spe akin g to o much.
When Mar y starts talki ng, no one else can g e t ................'.................... ............
(ED GE WA YS)
3. You need to mak e sure that he has enough money to pay for the car before
you sell it to him. ;
You need to s e e ............................................. ............ (COLOUR.)
4 . 1 was dete rmi ned to go d espite any difficult ies.
I was dete rmi ned to go, ...,........................ ............ ........ ........ (WA TER )

427
5. He got promot ed so quick ly becaus e he knew impor tant peopl e who could
help him.
He got promo ted so quick ly because he had ................................. .....................
(FRIE NDS )

TRƯỜNG THPT MẠC ĐĨNH CHI - TP. HCM

5. MULTIPL E CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHONOLOGY (5 PTS)
Choos e th e w ord whose unde rline d pa rt is pron oun ced differentl y fr om th at o f
the others.
1. A.-lapel B. label c. angel D. torn ado
2. A. c horeo graph B. chiva lry c . ache D. cha mele on
3. JA. te leca st B. teles cope c. teleolo gy D. te lemet ry
4. A. psy cholo gy B. ptoma ine c. paed iatric s D. ra spber ry
5.Z• 1A.k*cvvti
w antalou pe B.• Uk/vunytynv
apos trophe >c.
»z• recipe D.
<■ap ostroJZ
J— phe
11*,
Choo se th e word whos e mai n s tres sed syl lable is pla ced differ ently fr om th at o f
the others.
6. A. h airdre ssing B. ser viceab le c. down trodde n D. downm arke t
7. A. under menti oned B. we ll-th oug ht-o f c. well- thou ght-o ut D. m ediaev al
8. A. to nsillit is B. spi ritualis m c. seawo rthine ss D. tranq uilli zer
9. A. g enea logist B. sen iority c. sensa tionali sm D. suffrag ette
10. A. nation alize B. rac keteer ing c. pace mak er D. w ater pro of i
II. WORD CHOICE (5 PTS)
Choo se th e be st an swe r to comp lete each o f the fol low ing sente nces.
11. We g iggled at the sight of Mrs, B ro wn _______ down the road in her six-in ch
stiletto hee ls.
A. s tagge ring B. re eling c. totte ring D. st umbl ing
12. We pu t s om e_________ of bread ev ery day out for th e b irds.
A. c hunk s B. crumbs c. cubes D. ch ops
13. Th e removal m en _______ the heavy piano up the stairs with great diff icult y.
A. p ushed B. shoved c. thrus t D. hea ved
14. The heavy rain lashed o n ________ throu ghou t the nigh t wit hout le tting up.
A. c ontin ually B. contin uousl y c. perp etual ly D. et ernal ly
15. _____________ scient ists from around the world met in L ondon to disc uss a
revo lutio nary new drug.
A. Emin ent B. R enowne d c. Not orio us D. Revered

428
16. Ever ythin g included, the c ost o f our new living ro om c ame t o a ________
total of $10, 000.
A. full B. great c. gross D. grand
17. She gets fifteen per c en t__________ on eve ry insurance policy she sells.
A. s alary B. comm ission c. bonus D. pension
18. Mr. New rich invited his gue sts to an exp ensive restaura nt. However, he felt
at eas e.
A. sick B. painful c. ill D. unwell
19. It was such a sho ck to receive a l etter like th at _________ .
A. in the red B. out o f the blue c. in the p ink D. over t he moon
20. On Saturd ay, Vivian studied for seven h ou rs __________ .
A. on end B. at on ce c. in full D. at length
III. STR UCT URE S AND GRAM MAR (5 PTS)
Choo se th e be st an swer to co mplet e each o f the fol low ing sentences .
21. Suppo se sh e_________ that outrag eous story circula ting a round the offic e;
she ’d be furious!
A. h as heard B. would heard c. were heard D. had heard
22. “Su san looks ready to cr y”. - “It looks as if Pe te r_____ her b irthday again !”
A. had been forget ting B. had forgotten
c. has been forget ting D. has forgotten
23. “Did the m iniste r app rove the building plans? ” - “No t re ally. He turned them
do w n_________ that t he co sts w ere too hi gh.”
A. on th e g round s B. provi ded c. in case D. sup posing
24. “W hy doe sn’t C onstan ce buy a dishw asher? ” - “ She ca n’t _________
beca use there isn’t e nough space in the k itchen .”
A. have installed one B. have one installed
c. have one install D. have install one
25. “I ’m asto unded by you r gra ndm othe r’s energy and e nthusi asm for life.” -
“Ye s. She ’s still very a ct iv e,_________ she is in her eigh ties.”
A. e ven so B. while c . whereas D. even though
26. Every C hristm as of my childh ood was the same. My fat her _______ late for
lunch, weigh ed down with present s fo r the family.
A. w ould arrive B. had a rrived
c . was arriv ing D. was used to arrivin g
27. ____________ , only people who agree with her ar e.real Jews.
A. We c an infer h ow sh e is conce rned
B. Inferre d from what she is concerne d
c. We c an infer what she is concern ed
D. We can infer t hat as fa r as she is concern ed
429
28. The plane s were delaye d and the hotel was awful, b u t_________ we still
had a good time.
A. on the contr ary B. by t he s ame t oken
c. on to p o f all tha t D. for all that
29. I’d rat her y o u ____________ a noise last night; 1 cou ldn ’t get to sleep.
A. w oul dn’t make B. ha dn’t ma de c. did n’t mak e D. h ave n’t made
30. ______ addre ss is :_______ Park Hotel, 4 2 _____ Castle R oa d, ______ Dover.
A. T he/ t he/ x/ X B. The / x/ x / X c. X/ x/ x/ X D. An / the/ the/ the

IV. P REP OSI TIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERB S (5 PTS)

Choos e th e be st o ption to co mplete the follo win g sent ences.
31. Her f at he r________ her whe n she came home two hours late from a party.
A. let in for B. let o ut c. laid into D. laid aside *
32. They offer ed to buy h er a BMW b ut sh e’s _________ a P orsche.
A. holdi ng on B. holdi ng ou t for
c. going on with D. going thro ugh
33. What are th e ch ildren ge tti ng _________ in the g arden? / .
A. ou t o f B. away with c. round to D. up to
34. I’ve been playing tennis for years, if this comple te begin ner beats me, I’ll
neve r ._______ .
A. look up to it B. take after it c. cut do wn on it D. live it down
35. The problem with losing w eight is that, if you succeed, all your clo thes need
to b e __________ .
A. take n in B. let down c. made down D. shak en o ff
36. The old licens ing system will have b ee n________ by the end o f the dec ade.
A. b roken down B. set out c. phase d ou t D. ma de o ff with
37. The smell of paint from ou tsi de _________ my br eakfast , I’m af raid.
A. he ld up B. gave off c. came up aga inst D. put me o ff
38. Two of the student s in o ur class are identical twins and most of the t each ers
can ’t _______ .
A. see b etwe en t hem B. tell t hem apart
c . see th em throug h D. find them between
39. She p la ye d_______ the fa ct that I’d enjoyed st udying S hakesp eare at scho ol
and sugg ested tha t I au dition for a part.
A. o ff B. ove r c. by D. up
40. She s hould have been here but s he’s g on e_________ flu.
A. th roug h with B. down with c. back on D. up with
V. REA DING COM PREH ENSI ON (10 PT S)
Re ad the text s be low a nd ch oose the b est an swer to each question .
PASAGE 1:
Most forms of proper ty are concret e and tangib le, such as houses, cars,
furnit ure or anyth ing else that is included in on e’s posses sions. Other forms of
430
 propert y can be intangible, and copyri ght deals with intangib le forms of
property. Copy right is a legal protection extended to author s of creativ e works,
for exam ple, books, magazin e articles, maps, films, plays, televi sion shows,
softwar e, paintin gs, photogr aphs, music, choreo graphy in dance and all other
forms of intellectu al o r artis tic property.
Altho ugh the purpose o f artistic property is usually public use and enjoym ent,
copy right estab lishes the owners hip of the creator. When a person buys a
copyr ighted magaz ine, it belongs to this individual as a tangi ble object.
Howeve r, the author s of the magazin e articles own the research and the writing
that went into creati ng the articles. The right to make and sell or give away
copies of books or artic les belongs to the authors, publish ers, or ot her individ uals
or organ izatio ns that hold the copyrigh t. To copy an entire book or a part of it,
permis sion must be received from the copyri ght owner, who will most likely
expect to be paid.
Copy right law distin guish es between differen t types of int ellectual property.
Music may be pla yed by any one after it is pub lished. However, if it is perfo rmed
for p rofit, the perfo rmers need to p ay a fee, called a ro yalty. A s imila r principl e
applies to perfo rman ces of songs and plays. On the other hand, names, ideas, and
book ti tles are excep ted. Ideas do not b ecome copyrigh ted property until they are
publish ed in a book, a paintin g or a musical work. Almo st all artistic work
created before the 20 th centur y is n ot copyrigh ted because it was created before
the c opy righ t law was passe d.
The two comm on ways of infringing upon the copyr ight are plagiarism and
piracy. Plagi arizin g the work of a nother person means passi ng it of f as one ’s
own. The work plag iaris m is derived from the Latin plagia rus, which means
“abduc tor” . Piracy may be an act of one person, but, in m any cases, it is a jo int
effort of several people who reproduce copyrighted material and sell it for pr ofit
without paying royalties to the creator. Technological innovations have made
piracy easy and anyone can duplicate a motion picture on videotape, a computer
program, or a book. Video cassette recorders can be used by prac tically anyone to
copy m ovies and television programs, and copying software has bec ome almost as
easy as copyi ng a book. Large companies zealously monitor t heir copyright s for
slogans, advert isemen ts, and brand names, protected by a trademark.
41. What does the passag e m ainly discuss?
A. Legal rights of property owners B. Legal owner ship of creative work
c. Exam ples of copyrigh t pirac y D. Cop ying creati ng w ork for p rofit
42. The word “exten ded ” in paragr aph 1 is closest in m eanin g t o _________ .
A. expl icate d B. expose d c. guaran teed D. gran ted
43. It can be inferred from t he p assage that c opyrig ht law is intended to protec t

A. th e use r’s abi lity to en joy an artistic work

431
 B. the crea tor’s ab ility to p rofit from the work
c. paintin gs and photogr aphs from th eft
D. co mput er sof tware and videos from be ing c opied
44. The word “princ iple” in paragra ph 3 is closest in m eaning t o ___________ .
A. cr ucial point B. cardin al role
c. fundam ental rule D. formi dable force
45. Which of the following properties is NOT mentioned as protected by copyright?
A. m usic and plays B. painting s and maps
c. printed medium D. scient ific discoverie s
46. It can be inf erred from th e pas sage that it is legal if ____________ .
A. tw o s ongs, written by two differ ent co mposer s, have th e sam e me lody
B. two books, written by two differe nt auth ors, have th e sam e title s
c. two drawin gs, created by two di fferent artists, have the same images
D. two plays, created by two differe nt playwri ghts, have the same plot and
charac ters
47. With w hich of the follow ing stateme nts is the au thor most likely to agree?
A. Teach ers are not a llowed to make copies of published materia ls for use by
thei r stu dents. ’
B Plays written in the 16 th century cannot be perform ed in th eaters witho ut
permiss ion.
c. Singers can publicl y sing only the songs for which they wrote the music
and the lyrics.
D. It is illegal to ma ke photogr aphs when sights eeing or trave ling.
48. The phrase “infrin ging upon” in paragrap h 4 is close st in mean ing t o _____ .
A. impingi ng upon B. ind ucting for c. violati ng D. ab horring
49. The purpose of copyrig ht law is most compa rable with the purpose o f which
of the follo wing ?
A. A law ag ainst thef t B. A law aga inst smokin g
c. A sc hool policy D. A ho usehold rule
50. Acco rding to the p assage , c opyri ght law i s ___________ .
A. m eticul ously observ ed i B. routin ely ignored
c. freque ntly debate d D. zealou sly enforc ed
PASSAGE 2:
Fleas are perfec tly design ed by nature to feast on anyth ing conta ining blood.
Like a sh ark in the water or a w olf in the woods, fleas are ideally equip ped to do
what they do, makin g them very diffic ult to defeat. The bodies of t hese tiny
paras ites are extrem ely hardy and w ell-su ited for the ir job. A fl ea has a ver y hard
exos kelet on, which means the body is cove red by a toug h, tile-l ike plate called a
sclerit e. Becaus e of these plates, fleas are almo st impos sible to squish. The
exos kele tons o f fleas are also wat erp roo f and shock resista nt, and there fore fleas

432
 are highly resist ant to the sprays and chemi cals used to kill them. Little spines
are attach ed to this plate. The spines lie flat again st the fle a’s thi n, narrow body
as the flea scurr ies throug h an ani mal ’s fur in search of food. Howeve r, if
anyth ing (like finge r or a self-g roomi ng pet) tries to pull a flea of f th rough the
hair coat, these s pines will extend and stick to the fur like Velcro. Fleas are some
of the best jum per s in the natural world. A flea can j um p seven inches, or 150
times its own length, eithe r vertic ally or horizo ntally. An equiv alent jum p for a
person woul d be 555v feet, the height of the Washin gton Monum ent. Fleas can
jum p 30,00 0 times in a row withou t stopping , and they are able to acceler ate
throu gh the air at an incredibl y high rate - a rate which is over 10 times what
huma ns can withs tand in an airplane . Fleas have very long rear legs with huge
thigh mus cles and multip le joi nts. When they get ready to ju mp , they fold their
long legs up and crouch like a runne r on a starting block. Several of their jo ints
contai n a protein called resilin, which helps catap ult fleas into the air as they
jum p, simi lar to the way a rubbe r band provide s momen tum to a slingshot.
Outw ard faci ng claws on the bottom of their legs grip a nythi ng they touch when
they land. The adult female flea mates after her first blood meal and begins
prod ucin g eggs in ju st 1 to 2 days. One flea can lay up to 50 egg s in one day and
over 2,00 0 in her lifetime. Flea eg gs can be seen with t he naked eye, but they are
about the size of a grain of salt. Shortly after being laid, the eggs begin to
transf orm into c ocoon s. In the cocoon state, fleas are fully develo ped adults, and
will hatch imme diately if condit ions are favoura ble. Fleas can detec t warmth,
move ment, and carbon dioxid e in exhaled breath, and these three factors
stimu late them to emerg e as new adults. If the flea does not detec t appropr iate
condi tions, it can remain dorma nt in the cocoon state for extend ed periods.
Under ideal condi tions, the entire life cyc le may only take 3 we ek, so in no time
at all, pets and homes can become infested. Because of these charact eristics ,
fleas are intim idatin g oppone nts. The best way to control fleas, therefo re, is to
take steps to preve nt an infestati on from e ver oc curring.
51. The prim ary purpo se of the passage is to _______________ .
A. c omp are fleas to o ther m embers of the an imal kingdom.
B. ex plain why a flea infestation is hard to get rid of.
c. educ ate the reade r abo ut the physical charac teristic s o f fleas.
D. r elate the p roble ms that can re sult from a flea infestation.
52. The aut ho r’s tone in the p assage is best d escribe d a s _______ .
A. Inform ative B. pa ssionat e c. concer ned D. opin ionate d
53. Acc ordi ng to th e passage, fleas are r esistan t to sprays and chemi cals because
th ey __________ ..
A. Repr oduce v ery r apidly B. have wat erpr oof scler ites
c. are exce llent jumpe rs D. can s tick to fur like V elcro
54. Fleas are diffi cult to sq uish because they ha ve __________ .
A. to ugh spines B. very long rea r legs
c. scler ites D. resilin in their joi nts

433
55. Ac co rd ing to t he p ass ag e, wh ich o f the fol low ing s tat em en ts is tru e?
A. Th e res ilin fou nd in flea s is u sed to ma ke ru bb er ban ds.
B. Hu ma ns can ju m p hig he r if the y con sum e foo ds co nta ini ng re sili n.
c. Fle as hav e the a bil ity to jum p hig he r th an hum ans .
D. Fle as ex ten d the ir littl e spi nes if threa ten ed.
56. Ac co rd in g to the p ass ag e, flea s are a ble to ju m p __________ .
A. Be ca us e the blo od the y eat co nta ins r esil in
B. U p an d do wn and from side t o sid e and beca use th e blo od th ey e at con tains resilin
c. Wi th a hig h rat e o f ac ce ler ati on a nd up and dow n and fro m side to side
D. Wi th a hig h rat e o f acc ele rat ion
57. Ba sed on inf orm ati on in th e pas sag e, the rea de r c an un der sta nd t h a t______ .
A. Fle as wil l die w ith ou t a cc ess to bloo d
B. N ew ly ha tch ed flea s are the size o f a g rain o f sa lt
c. Fle as wil l die a fte r t hey pro du ce 2,0 00 egg s
D. Fle as su rvi ve a t a hig he r r ate in o utd oo r h abi tats
58. Th e au th or m en tio ns th e Wa shi ng ton M on um en t in o rd er t o ____________ .
A. Es tim ate th e ex tre me d ist an ce tha t a flea is abl e to ju m p
B. Ill us tra te a c om pa ris on m ad e bet we en flea s and h um an s
c. De mo ns tra te the sup eri ori ty o f fle as ov er hu ma ns
D. Cl ari fy a p oin t m ade reg ard ing f leas a nd acc ele rat ion
59. It c an be inf err ed th at f lea s will em erg e fro m egg s as ad u lt s______________ .
A. wh en t he y ou tgr ow th e coc oon
B. if ther e is t oo mu ch c arb on d iox ide in th e coc oon
c. af ter a pe rio d o f thr ee we eks
D. wh en th ey s ens e t he re is a cce ss to bloo d
60. Usi ng t he infor mati on in the pas sage as a guid e, it can be c onc lude d t h a t____ .
A. Fle as are des ign ed in suc h a way as to giv e the m un iqu e phy sic al
ad va nta ge s in life
B. Fl ea s ha ve ma ny ph ysi cal ad va nta ge s alt hou gh the se are ou tw eig he d by
th ei r ma ny d isa dv an tag es
c. Hu ma ns do no t pay mu ch att ent ion to fle as bec aus e the y do not pos e a
se rio us th rea t
D. Hu ma ns do no t p oss ess th e phy sic al ch ara cte ris tic s o f the f lea b ec au se the y
ha ve no use fo r th em

VI. CLO ZE TESTS: (10 PTS)

Re ad the te xts below an d deci de which answe r best Jits each spac e.
PASSAG E 1:
Fro m the m om en t the y leav e the sec uri ty o f th ei r ac cu sto me d en vir on me nt,
tra ve lle rs are at risk . (6 1 )_______ ari se not ju st from str an ge dis ea ses the y me et

434
 on t heir tra vels but from other fa ctors too: seemi ngly unins pirin g home c omforts
such as safe wat er (62) _ _ _ _ _ _ sanita tion and publi c hygien e contro ls, legal
safety stan dard s for moto r vehicl es and road main tenan ce, are easily taken for
grant ed, but simp ly do not exist in many count ries. Envir onmen tal facto rs such
as ardu ous cond ition s, (6 3 )_________ clima te, and high altitud e may consti tute
a dang er; and so may trav elle rs’ own behavi our, free, from the restra ints of the
daily routi ne, and deter mine d to have a good time With scant (6 4 )_______ for
the c onse que nces .
When illness or injury occu r abroad , trave llers are again at a disad vanta ge -
from inabi lity to com mun icate with a docto r on acco unt of lan guage or cultural
diffi culti es, or bein g unabl e to find a d octo r ow ing to (6 5 )________ of the local
medic al syste m. Ther e may be a comp lete (66) ________ of skilled medica l
care, or of me dical facili ties of a (6 7 )_________ acce ptab le to trave llers from
tech nolo gica lly soph istic ated c ountrie s.
When sym ptom s of an illness (6 8 )________ abroad do not appe ar until after
retur ning home a final hazard become s appare nt: the symp toms may be (69)
, may pass (70) , and the corre ct diagn osis may not 1
consi dered until it is to o late.
61. A Q uest ions B. C hanges c . Hazard s D. Co mpli catio ns
62. A s tores B. coll ection c . levels D. sup plies
63. A w orse ning B. unu sual c. su dd en D. adv erse
64. A k now ledg e B. aw arene ss c. regard D. need
65. A m isuse B. dou bt c. ignoranc e D. d isb elie f
66. A b reak dow n B. fa ilure c . disrup tion D. abs ence
67. A ty pe B. desig n c. standard D. deg ree
68. A r ecei ved B. form ed c. gained D. acqu ired
69. A unf ami liar B. un likely c . unplea sant D. unco vered
70. A unre cog nise d B. un known c . unfores een D. une arthed
PASS AGE 2: J 1 •đ .. <; T - '
SPORTS PHOTO GRAH Y
Spor t as a spec tacle , and photo graph y as a way of recor ding action , have
deve lope d toge ther . At the turn of the 20 th century , Edwar d Muy bridg e was
exp erim enti ng with phot ogra phs of movem ent. His pictu res of a runne r (71)
in ever y histor y of p hotog raphy. Anot her mile stone was when the
scie ntis t/ pho tog rap her Harold Edge rton (72) _________ the limits of
pho togr aphi c tech nolo gy with his study of a (7 3 )________ of mil k hittin g the
surfac e o f a dish of m ilk. Anot her advan ce was the dev elop men t of m iniatu re
came ras in the late 1920s which made it possib le for sports pho togr aph ers to
leave the ir c um ber som e came ras behind.
The sign ific anc e of telev ision as a tran smit ter of spor t has impr oved the
prosp ects o f still phot ogra pher s. All those people who watc h a sport s even t on

435
TV, with all its movem ent and action, (74) _________ the still image as a
remind er of the game. The (7 5 )_________ majority of peo ple do not actually
attend sports events, but see them through the eyes of m edia. And when they
look at sports photog raphy, they look not so much for a (7 6 )________ of the
event as for emoti ons and r elationsh ips wit h whi ch th ey can ( 77 )________ .
Looking back, we can see how (78) ________ sports photog raphy had
changed. Early sports photogra phers were as interested in the stories behind the
sport as in the sport itself. Contempo rary sports photog raphy (7 9 )__________
the glamo ur o f sport, the colour and the action. But the best sports photo graphe r
today still do more than simply tell the story of the e vent. They (8 0)_________
in a singl e dra matic moment the real emotio ns of the participan ts.
71. A. exh ibit B. show c . demonst rate D. feature
72. A. exte nded B. enlarged c . prolonged D.s pre ad
73. A. splash B. drip c. dash D. drop
74. A. choo se B. value c . praise D. cheer
75. A. high B.’wide c . vast D. main
76. A. pr eservatio n B. store c. record D. mark
77. A. identify B. share c . unit D. join
78. A. high ly B. radically c . extremely D. sever ely
79. A. out lines B. signals c . emphasiz es D. forms
80. A. seize B. grasp c. capture D.s ecu re

B. WRITTEN TEST (70 PTS)

I. OP EN CLOZE TES TS (20 PTS)
Re ad the texts below an d think o f the word which b est fi ts each sp ace. Use only
ONE WORD fo r each space.
PASSA GE 1:
True relaxation is most certai nly not a matter of flopping down in fron t o f the
televis ion with a welcom e drink. Nor is it ab out drifting (1 )_______________
an exhaust ed sleep. Useful though these responses to tension and over-t iredne ss
(2 )_________ be, w e should distinguish between them and consci ous relaxatio n
in terms of quality and effect. (3) ________ of the level of tiredne ss, real
relaxat ion is a state of alert ye t at the same ti me passive aw areness , in which our
bodies are a t rest while our minds are awake.
Moreov er, it is as natural (4 )________ a healthy person to be relaxed when
moving as resting. (5 )________ relaxed in action means we bring the appropriate
energy to every thing we do, so as to have a feeling of healt hy tiredn ess by the
end o f the day, (6) ‘_____ than one o f exhaustion .
Unfortun ately, as a result of living in tod ay’s c ompet itive world, we are under
constant strain and have difficu lty in copin g, (7 )_________ alone nurtu ring our
body ’s abilities. (8 )_____ needs to be re discove red is consc ious relaxat ion.

436
With (9) _________in mind we must apply ourselv es to unde rstan ding stress and
the n ature o f its ca uses, (1 0) _________ deep-se ated.
PASSAG E 2:
CONT EMPO RARY AR T
Ther e is a wide held view that artistic standa rds have got (1 1 )______ over
the last 100 y ears or so and that contem porary art is in a bad way, the clichéd
respo nse bein g “my three- year- old child could have done bette r that that” . Yet
many piec es sell for million s of dollars within the art world. How can we get to
the (1 2 )_______ of this see ming contrad iction?
Tho se new (1 3 )_________ contem porary ar t should be fo rgiven for thi s kind
of res pons e, but it is largely a matte r of their ignorance rather than the reality.
What need s to be (1 4 )_________ clear is that contem porary art is at the cutting
edge; pain ting a lifelike picture o f a ra cehorse is no longer an option for an artist
atte mpt ing to break new ground. Were contem porary artists to produce pictures
like this, we would actuall y have the (1 5) __________ of all worl ds - a stagna nt
and back -war d looking artistic tradit ion.
Havi ng said that, some contem porary art is of poor ( 16 )_________ , but t hat ’s
true of every art (1 7 )_________ at any point in histor y. We can only decide that
novels are great, for example, by having mediocre or bad novels to compare them to.
How ever , those (1 8 )___ the top of the con tempo rary art w orld are producin g
inno vativ e and chall engin g pieces At ( 19 )____ _____ best, contem porary art is
as e xcit ing and produ ctive as i t’s possib le f or art to be.
Ther e is, of course, a (2 0 )_________ line between quality contem porary art
and pseu do-a rt. Abst ract picture s produced by cats, for exampl e, have no real
place in the conte mpor ary art world. They merely relieve the gullible and the
igno rant o f their money .
II. WORD FORMS: (20 PTS)
PART 1: Give the corr ect fo rm s o f the words in b rackets.
1. She had had a .......................... of what migh t lie ahead. (PRES ENT)
2. “H elp! ” sh e cr ied, wavi ng her ar ms .......................... in an at tempt to attract
som eon e’s at tentio n. (DIST RACT )
3. Her will ingn ess to wo rk hard is wh at...................... her fro m th e o ther students .
(SIG N)
4. The impa ct on the envir onm ent of th is massive oil sp illage is................ .
(PO ND ER)
5. The box did n’t look v ery ................... ... but the neckla ce inside was beautif ul.
(PO SSE SS)
6. Tu esd ay’s news repor t o f anoth er b aby m ix-up case sadly len t...........................
to last nig ht’s T V dram a on a sim ilar su bject. (TOPIC )

437
7. Many gover nmen ts a re .......................... after 50 years. (CLAS S)
8. The car v eered onto the wrong side of the road and c ollide d with a(n)
.......................... truck. (COME )
9. The open ing of the new thea tre a month ahead of schedule brough t
...........................all round. (SLAP)
10. It wa s ver y................. ... .o f you to do h er sho pping for her . ( NEIG HBOU R)
PA RT 2: Com plete the passa ge with a ppro priat e fo rm s fr om th e wo rds give n in
the box.
orga nic herb want touch ecol ogy
gene envir onme nt mar lose use

Human s have strugg led agains t weeds since the begin nings of agricul ture.
(1 1 )_________ our garden s is one of the milde r effects of we eds - any plants
that thrive where they : are (12) : They clog water ways, destroy
wildli fe habitat s, and impede farming. Thei r spread elimi nates grazin g areas
and accou nts for one-th ird of all crop (13) n They compet e for
sunlig ht, nutrien ts, and wate r with useful plants.
The global need for weed control had been answe red main ly by the
chemic al industry. Its herbici des are effective and some times necess ary, but
some pose serious proble ms, particu larly if ( 1 4 ) ________ . Toxic compo unds
threa ten animal and public health when they accum ulate in food plants,
grou ndwa ter, and drink ing w ater. They also harm workers who apply them.
In rece nt years, the chemica l industry has introduced several (1 5 )________
that are more (16) sound. Yet new chemic als alone cannot solve the
world 's weed problem s. Hence, scientists are explo ring the innate weed -killi ng
powe rs of living or ganism s, p rimaril y insects a nd (1 7) ___________ .
The biologic al agents now in use are (1 8 )____________ benign and are
harm less to humans . They can be chosen for thei r ability to attack selected
targe ts and leave crops and othe r plants (19) _ _________. In contra st, some of
the most effecti ve chemi cals kill virtually all the plants .they come in contac t
with, sparing only th ose tha t are natu rally re sistant o r have be en (20 ) ; _______
modif ied for resista nce. Furtherm ore, a numb er of biologic al agents can be
adm iniste red only once, after which no added appl icatio ns are needed.
Chem icals ty pical ly must be used several times per gr owin g sea son.
III. ERR OR ID ENT IFIC ATIO N (10 PTS )
Iden tify 10 e rrors in the fol low ing passa ge and correc t them.
Mobil e phon es emit m icrowa ve radio emissi ons. Rese arche rs are questi oning
whe ther expo sure to these radio waves might cause to brain cancer. So far, the
data are not concl usive . The scient ific eviden ce does not enabl e US to say with
certain ly that mobile phones are categ orica lly safe. On the othe r hand, curren t

438
research has not yet proved clea r adverse effect associ ated with the prolonged
use o f mobi le phones.
Num eral studie s are now going on in variou s countr ies. Some of the results
are cont radi ctor y and others have shown an associa tion betwe en mobil e phone
use and cance r. Moreo ver, these studies are prelim inary and the issue needs
further, long - term investig ation.
As t he scien tific data is more definite , it is pr udent for p eople to try not to use
mobile phon e for long periods of time. Don't think that hands free phone s are
any safe r to o. At t he moment , research is in fact showin g t he truth and they may
be j us t as dange rous. It is also though t that youn g people with bodies are still
grow ing may be at partic ularly risk.

IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20p ts)

Rewri te the sente nces so that they mean almost the same as the ones before them.
1. The dis covery o f how to light fires gave man a new control over his environment.
Man was ab le ....................... .........................Í........................................................
2. The surv ey shows that a lot of women thi nk they are engaged but few er men
are und er a simila r im pression.
The re is a w ide ............................................................................ ................ ..........
3. The likeliho od of their havin g any work to of fer me in the fo reseea ble future
is nil.
It is n o t ........................................ .................................................... .......................
4. Many au pairs leave th eir ho st fam ilies because they are no t cont ent w ith th eir
wor king con ditions .
It is be ca us e............................................................... J...................................
-4 ! ' .........
5. He has an o bsessio n a bout th e dis honesty o f lawyers. (BEE)
He ................................................ ................................ ........... ................................
6. The board met s ecretly to dis cuss changes in compan y po licy. (DOORS )
The ...................................... ................................. ................... ............. ................
7. Digg ing in the garden al lows me to vent my fru stration s. (OUTL ET)
Di gg in g...................... ............................... .............. ............... ...............................
8. In his new book the w riter presents an i nteresti ng theo ry of art. (FO RWAR D)
In his .......................................................... ........... ............................... .................
9. The pop star insis ted t hat th ere was no basis to the cl aims made again st h im.
(UN FOU NDE D)
The pop st ar ....................... ........... ..................... .......... ................................ :.......
10. We are not respon sible for val uables that are not left in th e h otel safe.
(DIS CLA IM)
W e .................... ........................ .......................••••....................................................

439
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BÌNH LONG - BÌNH PHƯỚC

^.MULTIPLE CHOICE
I. PHO NOLO GY: (5 ,0 đi ểm)
Choose one w ord whose un derli ned par t is pro nou nce d diff erent ly from the rest.
1. A. o nerou s B. one sie c . opacity Đ. op ponen t
2. A. percu taneo us B. pep pery c . peregr ination D. per egrine
3. A. wah-w ah B. wall op c . walrus D. Wagnerian
4. A. schem a B. sch adenfre ude c . schist D. sche dule
5. A. regula rity B. reg ularize c . regula tory D. regu larly
Choose one word whos e stre ss patte rn is dif feren t fro m tha t o f the others.
6. A. puden da B. recur sive c . roadie D. san gfroid
7. A. hypot hesis B. hypo crisy c . hypote nuse D. hypo crite
8. A. n arciss us B. narc olepsy c . narcosis D. narco tic
9. A. pinball B. pince r c . pinata D. pinb oard
10. A. overspi ll B. overs leep c . overstr etch D. overstaffe d
II. WOR D CHOIC E: ( 5,0 đ iểm)
Choose the bes t option to comp lete t he fol low ing sentence s.
11. The company seeks t o ______ staf f and has a genero us pa ckage o f benefits.
A. p ossess B. retain c . own D. grasp
12. All the membe rs o f the boa rd w er e__________ thems elves to please the
Chair person .
A. c omin g ab out B. jumpi ng over c . carryi ng off D. fall ing o ver
13. T h e ______ worke rs were expect ing thousa nds of refug ees to turn up at t he
camp s o ver the next f ew wee ks.
A. s ocial B. conce rn c . reli ef D. agency
14. 1 don't know how George could ever find anyth ing as his desk was always

A. m essed B. clutte red c . jum bled D. cramped

15. I'm afraid we got o u r _______ crossed. 1 thou ght my husban d would be
pickin g up the childre n and he though t 1 w as d oing it.
A. m inds B. purpose s c . fingers D. wires
16. Has the show finally jumpe d t h e ______ ?
A. salmon B. her ring c . shark D. dol phin
17. After our disa strous ho liday we put in a ______ for c ompe nsatio n
A. q uery B. plea c . demand D. claim
18. It took me a lon g time to get t h e ______ of my new compu ter.
A. hang B. knac k c . habit D. use
19. They manag ed t o ______ the pilot from t he ta ngled control panel.
A. e xtrica te B. ene rvate c. extirp ate D. exa cerbate

440
20. T his re po rt______ the c urrent pro blems faced by co mmut ers and suggests a
num ber of improve ments.
A. en caps ulate s B. enclo ses c. inspects D. inv olves
III. S TRU CTU RE AND GRAM MAR: (5,0 đ iểm)
Choose th e be st ans wer to comple te each o f thefol low ing sentenc es
21. “Why ar e th ey t aking down the d ecora tions? ”
“The conc ert (b e) ______ over, t hey ar e pu tting everyt hing back in its p lace.”
A. being B. is c. has been D. should be
2 2 .1 did very well in school , wit h a "genius IQ," i f yo u ______.
A. d id B. would c. could D. will
23. They s at and ta lk ed ______ into the night.
A. d eeply B. in a deep w ay c. deepen ingly D. deep
24. ______ , he tr ied to fix the m achine.
A. N ot being a com puter expe rt with standing
B. D espit e o f not be ing a com puter expert
c. Thou gh no co mpu ter e xpert
D. In spite of no comp uter expert
25. For the f irst f ew m onths, the b abies looked so alike I c ould n’t tell
A. who is whom B. which is which
c. which fro m which D. whom with w hom
26. It is a dvoca ted that the c am pa ign _ ____ fu nd s______ at once.
A. to raise - be launched B. raise - to be launched
c. raise - launc hed D. to rais e - is launched
27. As soon as John _2_, we can leave:
A. has th e ca r start ing B. has g ot the car sta rted
c. got started the c ar D. was got sta rting the c ar
28. The pills are no t harmf ul ___ , but are danger ous when taken with
alco hol: Ỉ- . 5 i ‘ ' « »• .

A. as it all B. as such c. per se D. at th at

29. “Do es y our uncle earn much ?”
“O f course not. Other wise, h e ____ ___ on his parents all the time .”
A. would not h ave had to rely B. doe sn’t have to rely
c. woul d not h ave to rely D. wo n’t have to rely
30. A: Yo u’re s itting on my bag, Linda
B :______ . Sorry.
A: So, a m I B. So I am c . So do I D. So I do
•, ■’ , - .;• ; \ r
•‘ <- -.<v.
IV. PRE POS ITIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS: ( 5,0 điểm)
Choose the bes t answ er to c omple te each o f the fol low ing sentences .
3 1 .It that he has to b ring up his children.
th
A. rests with B. daw ns on c. clues toge ther D. ran ks in
441
32. The end- of- seme ster marks in each year all c ou nt ______ your final degree.
A. f or B. tow ards c. in for D. as
33. Sorry to interrup t! But can I ______ a wo rd?
A. fe tch up B. go in c. bring in D. put in
34. We fo und a jou rn al is t______ in our backyard .
A. leakin g o ut B. nos ing abou t
c. clim bing do wn D. hop ping out
35. Th e prin cess' s nanny' s a utobi ograp hy really gives the low -do wn ______ life
amon g t he royals.
A. up B. into c. on D. o ff
36. What lies______ this strange out burst?
A. in B. at c. behind D. with
37. She ro un de d______ the t our with a con cert at Ca rneg ie Hall.
A. up B. into c. off D. alo ng
38. A fter a di ffic ult child hood , J eanni e bo un ce d______ when she wa s ad opted
by a carin g family .
A. up B. o ff c. back D. ove r
39. He m uttere d a few word s of apology an d ______ that he left.
A. wi th B. in c. at D. bef ore
40. His c onfe ssio ns were m ad e______ torture .
A. u nder B. o f c. up o f D. from
V. R EAD ING C OMP REH ENSI ON:
READING COMP REHE NSIO N 1: (5,0 điểm)
Re ad the a rticl e belo w. For ques tions 41-50 , choo se th e a nsw er (A, B, c or D)
which yo u thin k fi ts bes t acc ordin g to the text.
Harry Houd ini, who died in 1927, was the ente rtain men t pheno menon
of the ragtim e era. He could escape from chain s and padlo cks, from ropes
and canv as sacks . They put him in a st rait jack et and hung him upside down
from a skys crap er and he someh ow untied himse lf. They tied him up in a
locked pac king case and sank him in Liverp ool docks . Minu tes later he
surfa ced smili ng. They locked him in a zinc- lined Russia n prison van and
he eme rged leavi ng the doors locked and the locks undam aged. They
padlo cked him in a milk churn full of water and he burst free. They put him
in a coffin , screw ed down the lid, and buried him and ... well, no, he didn't
pop up like a mole , but when they dug him up more than ha lf an hour later,
he wa s still breat hing.
Houdi ni woul d usuall y allow his equi pme nt to be exam ined by the
audi ence . The chain s, locks and pack ing cases all seem ed perfe ctly genuin e,
so it was tem ptin g to conc lude that he posse ssed supe rhum an powers. Sir
Art hur Cona n Doyle 's Sherl ock Holme s was the very parag on of anal ytical
thinking but Conan Doyle believed that Houdini achieved his tri cks through

442
 spiritualism. Indeed, he wrote to the escapologist imploring him to use his
psychic powers more profitably for the common good instead o f just prostituting
his talent every night at the Alhambra. However, Houdini repeatedly
denounced spiritualism and disclaimed any psychic element to his act.
The altern ative explana tion for his feats of escapism was that Houdini
could do unnatu ral things with his body. It is w idely held that he could
disloca te his shoulde rs to escape from strait-jac kets, and that he could
someh ow contr act his wrists in order to e scape from handc uffs. His a bility
to spend long periods in conf ined spaces is cited as evidence that he could
put his body into susp ended animation, as Indian fakirs are supposed to do.
This is all nonsense. If you ever find you rself in a strait-jacket, it's difficult
to ima gine anything less helpful than a dislocated shoulder. Contracting your
wrists is not only unhelpful but, frankly, impossible because the bones of your
wrist are very tightly packed together and the whole structure is virtually
incompressible. As for suspended animation, the trick of surviving burial and
drowning relies on the fact t hat you can live for short periods on the air in a
confined space. The air shifted by an average person in a day would occupy
a cube ju st eight feet square. The build-up of carbo n monoxide tends to
pollute this supply, but, if you can relax, the air in a coffin should keep you
going for h alf an hour or so.
In o ther words, there was nothing physically remarkab le about Houdini
except for his bravery, skill and fitness. His ner ve was so cool that he could
remain in a coffin six feet underground until they came to dig him up. His
fingers were so strong thát he could undo a buckle or manipul ate keys through
the canvas of a str ait- jack et or a mail bag. He made a comprehe nsive study
of locks and was able to conceal lock-picks about his perso n in a way which
fooled even the doctors who examined him. When they locked him in the
prison van he still had a hacksaw blade with which to sa w thro ugh the joins
in the metal lining and get access to the planks of the floor. As an entertaine r
he com bined all this strength and ingenuity with a lot of trickery. His stage
escapes took pl ace behind a curta in with an or chestra p laying to d isguise the
banging and sawing. The milk'c hurn in which he was locked had a doub le
lining so tha t, while the lid was locked onto the rim, the rim was not actu ally
attached to the churn. Houdini merely had to stand up to get out. The mail
sack he cut open at the seam and sewed up with similar thr ead. The bank
safe from which he e merged had been secretly worked on by his mechanic s
for 24 hours before the per formance.
All Houd ini's feats are eminently explicable, although to explain them,
even now, is a kind of h eresy. . Houdini belongs to that band of m ythical
superme n who, we like to believe, were capable of miracles and would still
be aliv e today were it not for som e piece of low tric kery. It's said of Houdini
that a punch in h is belly when he wasn't prepared for it c aused his burst

443
appendix. Anatomically, it's virtually impossible that a punch could puncture
your gut, but the story endures. Somehow the myth of the superman has an
even greater appeal than the edifice of twenty-first century logic.
41. In the first parag raph, what does the w riter say Houdini mana ged to do ?
A. jum p upside down from a sky scrape r
B. esca pe from a sub merged box
c. break the locks of a Russian prison van
D. figh t his wa y ou t o f an emp ty milk c hurn
42. The write r menti ons Houdini 's burial a live to illustra te the fact th at______
A. his tricks somet imes went disastr ously wrong.
B. he was not always able to do wha t he claim ed he could ,
c. he was capable of extraordin ary feats of survival.
D. he had o vercom e his fe ar o f confined spaces.
43. The word im pl or in g in paragr aph 2 is c losest in mean ing to ______ .
A. as king B. re mindin g c . beggin g D. orde ring
44. T he w riter sugges ts that Conan Doyle________
A. wa s less ana lytical abou t Houdini than one might have expect ed.
B. asked Houdini if he cou ld include him in a S herlo ck Holmes story,
c. felt t hat Houdini could make more money in oth er ways.
D. tho ught there were scientif ic explan ations for Houdin i's feats.
45. T he w riter comes to the conclu sion that Houdini ________
A. had an unusual bone structure .
B. could make parts of his body smaller,
c. was able to put h ims elf in a trance.
D. was not ph ysicall y a bnorma l.
46. It appe ars that Houdini was able to escape from strait -jack ets by_______
A. u sing hidden lock-pic ks.
B. un doing buckl es from inside th e material,
c. cuttin g the c anvas with a hack saw.
D. turn ing keys he h ad c onceale d.
47. The word ha nd cu ffs in para graph 3 is c loses t in mea ning to______ .
A. manac les B. m andrak es c. mang roves D. m aniocs
48. The writ er states that when Houdini escape d from the milk churn ______
A. th e r ole of the orc hest ra w as important.
B. he m ade use o f the hacks aw to free himself,
c. the cont aine r had been modifi ed before hand.
D. he was in full sigh t of the audie nce.
49. How d oes the w riter say people regard Houdini now aday s?
A. T hey want to hear thè scien tific expl anat ions fo r his feats.
B. The y pref er to believ e that he had extra ordin ary power s.

44 4
 c. They refuse to beli eve the story of how he died.
D. They do ubt the fact that he ever really exi sted.
50. Th e word skill in para graph 5 is cl osest in meani ng t o______ .
A. dex terity B. paragon c. effigy D. credulity
READING COMPREHENSION 2: (5,0 điểm)
Re ad t he ar ticle below. For qu estio ns 51-60, choo se t he answ er (A, B , c or D)
whic h yo u th in k fi ts best accor ding t o th e text.
Amon g all the abilities with which an individual may be endowed , musical
talent appear s earlies t in life. Very youn g ch ildren can e xhibit musical prec ocit y
for differen t reasons. Some develop exceptional skill as a result o f a well-designed
instructional regime, such as the Suzuki method for the violin. Some have the
good f ortune to be born into a musical family in a household filled with music. In
a number of interesting cases, musical talent is part of an otherwise disabling
condition such as autism or mental retardation. A musically gifted child has an
inborn talent; however, the extent to which the talent is expressed publicly
will depend upon the en vironment in which the child lives.
Musica lly gifted children master at an early age the principal elements of
music, includin g pitc h and rh ythm. Pitch—o r melody — is more central in certain
cultures, for example, in Eastern societies that make use of tiny quarter-tone
intervals. Rhythm, sounds produced at certain auditory frequencie s and grouped
accordi ng to a prescribe d system, is emphasized in sub-Sahara n Africa, where
the rh ythmic ra tios can be very co mplex.
All children have some aptitude for making music. During infancy, normal
children sing as well as babble, and they can produce individual sounds and
sound patterns. Infants as young as two months can match their mothe r’s songs
in pitch, loudness, and melodic shape, and infants at four months can match
rhythmic structur e as well. Infants are especially pre disp ose d to acquire these
core aspects of music, and they can also engage in sound play that clearly
exhibits cr eativity.
Individua l d ifferenc es begin to eme rge in young ch ildren as they learn to sing.
Some children can match large segments of a song by the age of two or three.
Many others can only approximat e pitch at this age and may still have difficult y
in p roduc ing accurate melodies by the age of five or six. However, by the time
they reach school age, most children in any culture have a schema of w hat a
song should be like and can produce a reaso nably accurate imitation of the songs
comm only heard in their env ironment.
The early appear ance of su perior musical ability in some children provide s
evidenc e that musical talent may be a separate and unique form of intell igence.
There are numero us tales of young artists who have a remark able “ear ” or
extrao rdinar y memory for music and a natural unders tandin g of musical
structure . In many of thes e cases, the child is average in every other way but

445
displays an excepti onal ability in music. Even the most gifted child, however,
takes about ten years to achieve the levels of per formanc e or compos ition that
would constitu te mastery of the musical sphere.
Every generat ion in m usic history has had its fa mous prodigie s— individuals
with exceptio nal musical powers that emerge at a young age. In th e eighteenth
century, Wolfg ang Amade us Mozart b egan compos ing and p erformin g at the age
of six. As a child, Mozart could play the piano like an adult. He had perfect
pitch, and at ag e nine he was also a ma ster of the ar t o f mod ulation —tran sitions
from one key to anothe r—whi ch became one of the hallmark s of his style. By
the age of eleven, he had composed three symphon ies and 30 oth er m ajor wo rks.
Moza rt’s well -devel oped talent w as p reserved into adultho od.
Unusual musical ability is a regula r chara cteristic of certain ano malies such as
autism. In one case, an autistic girl was able to play “Happ y Birthda y” in the
style of vario us compose rs, including Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, and Schubert.
When t he girl was three, her mother called her by pla ying incomplete melodies,
which the child would complet e with the appropri ate tone in the proper octave.
For the autistic child, music may be the primary mode of comm unicati on, and
the child may cling to music because it represents a haven in a world that is
largely co nfusing and frightening.
51. The word precoci ty in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to_______ .
A. st rong interest B. good luck c. advanced skill D. personal style
52. Which sentence belo w best expresses the esse ntial information in the
highligh ted sentence in paragraph 1? Incorrect c hoices change the meaning in
important ways or leave out esse ntial information.
A. Ch ildren may be born with superior musical ability, but their envir onment
will d etermine how this a bility is developed.
B. Every child is naturally gifted, and it is the resp onsibility o f the public
schools to reco gnize and develo p these talents.
c. Children with exceptional m usical t alent will look for th e bes t way to
express themse lves t hrough music-makin g.
D. Some musically talent ed children live in an enviro nment surro unded by
music, while others have little exposure to music.
53. The author makes the point that musical elements such as pitch and rhyth m
A. di stingui sh music from ot her art forms.
B. vary in emph asis in different cultures,
c. make music difficu lt to learn.
D. expre ss d ifferen t human emotions.
54. The word predispo sed in paragraph 3 is close st in mean ing to______ .
A. inclined B. gifted c. pushed D. amused
55. Ac cordin g to the p assage, when does m usical ta lent usually begin to appe ar?
A. 'Whe n infants start to babble and prod uce sound patterns
B. Betwe en th e age s o f two and four mon ths

446
 c. When childr en leant to sing at two or three ye ars old ;
D. B etwee n ten years old and a dolesce nce
56. Ac cord ing to the passage , w hich of the follow ing sugge sts t hat musical talent
is a se parat e form of intelligen ce?
A. Exce ption al musical ability in an oth erwise a verage child.
B. R ecog nitio n of the emotion al power of music.
c. The abili ty of all babies to acquire core eleme nts of music.
D. D iffer ence s betwee n learning music a nd learning language.
57. W hy does the autho r disc uss Mozart in paragr aph 6?
A. To com pare pa st and prese nt vi ews of musical talent
B. To give an examp le o f a well- known musical prodigy
c. To list m usical accom plishm ents of the eighte enth century
D. To desc ribe the devel opm ent of individual musical skill
58. In musi c, the chang e from one k ey to anoth er is known as______ .
A. r hythm B. prod igy c. perfec t pitch D. modu lation
59. All of the follo wing are given as example s of exceptio nal musical talent
EXCE PT_____. . J
A. a re mark able “e ar” o r perf ect m emory for mus ic
B. ab ility' to c omp ose major works at a you ng age
c. appr ecia tion for a wide variety of musical sty les
D. pl ayin g a single so ng in the styl e o f various compos ers
60. Which of the follow ing can be inferred from the passage about exceptiona l
music al abili ty?
A. It occ urs more freque ntly in some cultures than in others.
B. It is ev iden ce of a superio r level of intelligence in other areas,
c. It has been docum ented and stu died but is little understoo d.
D. It is th e resu lt o f natural talent and a supporti ve e nvironm ent.
VI. GUI DED CLOZ E T EST
GUID ED CLO ZE TEST 1: (5,0 điểm)
Re ad th e te xt b elow an d decid e which answ er (A, B, c or D) best fi ts each gap .
(From que stio ns 61 - 70)
She had (61)_____ . Her foot must have slipped. Either way, the five seconds
it took her to resta rt the car had seemed an (62)_____ . The drivers behind her
had impa tient ly sounde d their horns and she had been (63)_____ . How it
happ ened she didn 't know, but she had p ut the car (64)_____ revers e and driven
into the car behin d her. Noth ing had happene d to the car behind , but she had
(65) the back o f her own. Her husband would be li vid. Five minute s later,
she was still think ing about her husband. Perhaps that was why she was not
paying atten tion. Perhap s that's why she didn't see the boy kick his footba ll into
the road. Perha ps that's why when she s aw the ball she coul dn't ratio naliz e that It

447
was only a ball. She (6 6 )_____ to avoid it and then (6 7 )_____ the brakes as she
realized she was (68)_____ a ditch. Smash. It happened in slow motion. She
watche d the windsc reen shatter, she heard the metal crumple . But she was okay.
She had ( 6 9 )____ of f her husband's car. Destroyed it. She watche d the recovery
van (7 0 )_____ away the wreckag e of what was once her husban d's pride and
joy . The van, with the car rolling unsteadily behind it, dis appear ed. She w atched
it go, turn ed, picked up the football and sta rted w alking home.
61. A. arrested B. halted c. stalled D. jolte d
62. A. eternity B. extenuati on c. precast D. ratch et
63. A. salubrio us B. parochial c. flustered D. self-wi lled
64. A. on B. to c. at D. into
65. A. bruised B. dented c. creased D.s nap ped
66. A. swerved B. swung c. twisted D.s pu n
67. A. hit B. slapped c. struck D. hamme red
68. A. tag al ong B. tuck into c. pin down D. head ing fo r
6 9 .A. dashed B. written c. cast D. signed
70. A. tow B. draw c. tug D. drive
GUIDED CLOZE TEST 2: (5,0 điểm)
Rea d the t ext b elow and decide which an swer (A, B, c or D) best fi ts each gap.
(From quest ions 71 - 80)
Now, nearly 40 years later, the Cold War is over, but Church ill's ideals -
(71) _____ , d emocr acy, freedom - are jus t as relevant. So Westmi nster decided
to give its galleri es "on the lion o f the twentieth century " a twenty -first-c entury
(72) _____ . In the museum 's new permane nt collecti on, multim edia (7 3)______
trace Churc hill's life, philosop hy, and writing, conce ntratin g heavily on World
War II and the "Sinews of Peace" speech; a "leaders hip corridor " compare s him
with other B ritish and America n (7 4) _____ . The rededic ation (75)_____ tonigh t
with a talk by Church ill's daught er and grand daugh ter and continues over the
weeke nd with a commu nity luncheon, black-tie gala, and a keynote address by
the TV news ( 7 6 )_____ Chris Matthews. Anoth er exhibit , (77) _____ to the
Cold War itself, shows how true Churchil l's predicti ons proved to be. Of course
his ( 7 8 )_____ was a long tim e coming. When he arriv ed in Rich mond three days
after his Westm inster speech to address the Virgin ia General Assemb ly, he
(79) _____ the contro versy he had cre ate d., "You have not asked to see
before hand what I am going to say," he remarked to the legislators . "I might
easily (8 0 )_____ a lot o f things people know in their hea rts are t rue but ar e a bit
shy o f saying in publi c."
71. A. persis tence B. vigilan ce c . power D. fuss iness
72. A. refresh B. in stigation c . update D. re new
73. A. exhibits B. demonstrations c . evidence
t .. • .
D. gadgets
74. A. gover nmen ts B. politic s c . tyrants D. leade rs
75. A. kicks about B. kicks off c. en d s D. con tinues
448
 76. A. c elebri ty B. mogul c . ancho r D. hot shot
77. A. geared B. denouncing c. commiserating D. dedicated
78. A. vindic ation B. convict ion c. predict ion D.vin ific ati on
79. A. a ccept ed „ B. decline d c. acknow ledged D. greeted
80. A. c onceal B. blurt out c. lie about D. fire away
♦ I’ A

I. OPEN CLOZE TEST

OPEN CLOZE TEST 1: (10,0 điểm)
Rea d the follo wi ng pas sag e an d think o f a word tha t bes t fi ts each ga p.
I NEV ER THO UGH T it migh t include me. On th e last S unday of each Apr il,
some 500 men and women run 10 k ilometers aroun d Lon don’s A lexan dra Palace
in the Crouc h End Fun Run. This year 485 entrants complet ed the race, and the
race sheet reports that one w . Hutton took an hour and 12 minute s to run in
481st. Rema rkably four (81)_______ finished the race more slowly. But I was
alive, (8 2 )_____ my fam ily’s forebodi ng - indeed predict ion - o f death (83)
_____ heart attack. As the runners jost led amiably toge ther afterwa rds, now
compe ting for a free dough nut and orange juic e and waitin g for the various
chil dren ’s even ts to begin, I got struck by the enthusia sm and th e s heer numbers
of people who had turned up. If they themse lves wer en’t running, then they
were makin g sure their ch ildren (8 4) _____ . We w ere all, of course, part of the
boomi ng (85) _____ in personal fitness. The market research organiza tion
Mintel report s t hat over two million people are full (8 6 )_____ of private health
and persona l fitness clubs - up by a third in just six ye ars. The Sports Cou ncil’s
most recen t survey shows 12 per cent of the popu lation are now particip ating in
some form of (87)______ fit or yoga. Regular walking, ,the most prosaic and
cheap est of sports, is enjoyed by nearly hal f of US —up by a quar ter o ver the past
10 y ears. But this boom in indiv idual sporting is not matched by pa rticipa tion in
team games . The numbers playing rugby, hockey, and cricket are gently (88)
_____ ,with football (89)______ the only exception. There are over 100,000
football clubs in Britain: it remai ns by (90)_______ Brita in’s mo st popul ar team
game, and there are signs that women are beginning to jo in men in thei r interest
- even so, its gro wth does not match that of sports for individuals.
OPEN CLOZE TE ST 2: (10,0 điểm)
Re ad the fol low ing passag e an d think o f a word tha t best fi ts each g ap.
Yumei watch ed in shock as soldiers charged at one (91)________ across a
narrow strip of land. Smoke hung (92)________ the battlefield . The teache r's
voice came q uietly o ver the intercom in her observa tion unit. "In the First World
War, many lives were lost due to the (93) the battle was fought. A
deadly danc e was perform ed daily by men from both sides. They would take
(94) ________ to charge towards the enemy trenc hes, acros s terrain
(95) _______ _ with mines, and crawl under barbed wires. Those who survived

449
wo uld the n fac e hea vy en em y art ille ry. Un der suc h cir cu ms tan ce s, it wa s not
su rpr isi ng th at suc h ch arg es we re cal led 'su ici de mi ssi on s'. Yu me i wi nce d as
rus ty ba yo ne ts we re (96 )______ to imp ale me n wh o wo uld the n be (9 7 ) _______
to die pa inf ull y from the loss o f blo od, ga ng ren e or sho ck . She kn ew th at the
me dic al fac ili tie s we re pri mi tiv e. Th e sur geo ns did not kn ow ab ou t the nee d to
dis inf ec t the sur gic al roo m, no r the nee d to kee p the wo un d as cle an as (98 )
______ . Mo st o f the yo un g me n (99 )______ o f wo un ds th at co uld eas ily hav e
bee n he ale d in ju st a few mo re de cad es. Yu me i rea che d ov er and tur ne d o ff the
ob se rva tio n uni t. N ow s he un de rst oo d (10 0)______ he r c ou ntr y ce ns ore d war .
II. WORD FORMS V
WORD FORMS 1: (10,0 điểm)
Use the word g iven in capita ls at the end o f the sente nces to fo rm a word
which best fi ts each gap .
1. We can ge t so me thi ng to e at fro m the C hi ne se ______ . ( T A K E )
2. Th e go ve rn me nt im po sed a ______ tax on s om e ind ust rie s. (F A L L )
3. T he rol e o f cl ou ds is o ne o f the big c on un dru ms o f ______ . ( C L IM A T E )
4. My un cle is a ______ , w ho se jo b is to adv ise p eop le on wh at kin d o f fo od th ey
sho uld ea t to ke ep hea lth y. (D IE T ) j ''
5. Die ts ri ch in bea ns a re use d to help w ith a variety o f health issues inclu ding loweri ng
cho lest ero l level s, imp rov ing blood s uga r contr ol in ______ . ( D IA B E T E S )
6. To ur ist s and ma ny V ie tn am es e______ in Fra nce too k par t in a pr ot es t tak ing
pla ce at Tr oc ac ler s Sq uar e nea r the Eiff el ag ain st Ch in a’s illeg al de pl oy me nt
o f a gia nt oil rig to Vi etn am ese Eas tern w ate rs. (P A T R IO T )
7. Ac tu al ly , sc ien tis ts say tha t clo ned ani ma ls wil l not be ex ac t rep lic as o f
th ei r (G E N E )
8. He w as on e o f the all -ti me g rea t box ers w ith his qu ick jab a nd d az zl in g _____ .
(F O O T )
9. My fri en ds sta rte d go ing out late to nig htc lub s so I de cid ed to__________
m ys el f fro m the g rou p. (S O C IA L )
10. In bu yin g th ei r bu sin ess , the com pan y gai ns a m a jo r______ in a ma rke t it
co ns ide rs cri tic al to the fut ure o f the ind ust ry. (H O L D )
WORD FORMS 2: (10,0 điểm)
Rea d the fol low ing text. Use o ne word fro m the box to for m a word th at best
fi ts each num bere d gap.

health shar p wise cork affo rd

go consum e itinera ry dispose break

“F RE EB IE " M AR KE TI NG
In the late 189 0s, wh ile tra ve lli ng as a(n ) (1)______ sa les pe rso n fo r the
Cr ow n, Co rk and Sea l Co mp an y, Kin g c . Gi lle tte ob se rv ed ho w his (2)______
bo ttl e ca ps we re dis ca rd ed im me dia tel y af ter op en ing . N ev er the les s, his

45 0
 comp any turne d a(n) (3)______ profit and there was immense busines s value,
Gillet te soon came to realise. In a produc t that was used only a few times,
Gillett e had his own persona l (4)______ while strugg ling with a straig ht-bla ded
razor - a slow, fiddly and potenti ally danger ous instru ment that required
(5)______ on a regu lar basis. A simple, (6)______ _ blade that could be thrown
away when it dulled would meet a real need and genera te strong profits, he
corre ctly reason ed. Afte r foundi ng the Americ an Safety Razor Comp any in
1901, his sales leapt f rom 168 blades in 1903 to 123,648 blades only a yea r later.
What Ki ng c. Gillet te p ioneere d is far mo re than a conv enien t and (7)______
way for men to shave, however , it is the business practic e now known as
“free bie mar keti ng” that has inspired many more comp anies over the years.
Gillet te's appro ach was contra ry t o th e receive d (8)______ of his era, which held
that a single , durab le, high-q uality and relativel y expen sive consu mer item with
a high profi t margin was the best founda tion for a business. Freebie marketi ng
involves two sets o f items: a mast er produ ct that is purcha sed once, and a
consu mabl e prod uct that is freque ntly disposed of and repurch ased on a(n)
(9)______ basis. In this instance, the master prod uct is often sold w ith little to no
profit margi n and is s ometi mes even dispens ed at a loss. As the (10)______ are
purch ased ove r m onths and y ears, howeve r, t his can y ield a mu ch grea ter o verall
profit.
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N: (10,0 điểm)
Re ad the follo wi ng passage . Iden tify 10 e rrors and unde rline them. Then write
the line num ber and g ive the correc tion in the spac e pro vid ed in the right
column.
PEACE & QU IET?
1 The relat ively sound less space - beyond signif icant road, rail, air and
minin g noi se - w here the Brit ish picnic and play and do all things green and
pleasa ntly has shrunk from 91,000 sq km in the 1960s to 73,000 sq km
today. What's more, Nati onal N oise Action Day organ ized by a c oalision of
5 pressu re group s,-rec ently lighted such varied stealers of sil ence as in car
stereos, mobile telephon es and talking household applian ces as things
which are driving up the desibels. In town, we're even stealing it from us.
One recen t r eport recorded sound levels in London restaura nts which came
close to the legal limits set f or noisy levels in the w orkplace.
10 As life gets louder, so silence becomes a comm odity. Clev er desig ners
and mark eters have already begun to backage what was once natur ally
freely avail able. To the traditi onal double glazin g and thick curta ining
tha t keep externa l noise out of bay, are now adde d sile nt wash ing
mac hine s and othe r appli ances design ed to keep the peace withi n. Othe r
15 prod ucts, osten sibly design ed to preve nt US pollu ting the oral com fort
zone o f our neigh bors, to me s mack more of

451
 affected indulgence. One company , for e xample , has jus t added the eerily
silent cello to its range of silent musical instrumen ts; silent, that is, to
everyo ne e xcept the headphon e-clad player.

IV . SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N: (20 ,0 điể m)
PA RT 1: Fin ish each o f t he f oll ow ing sen tenc es in suc h a way tha t it is as
sim ilar as poss ible in me an ing to th e sen tenc e prin ted befo re it.
1. Nowa days many doctors are too busy with their wo rk, so t hey have less time
for th eir ch ildren. (B OU ND )
—> N ow ad ay s______________________________________ to have time for
their children. -‘
2. Managing the company will probably be much more complicated than they say.
—» Manag ing the compan y should not • ____________________ easy as
they say. -■ ' ' >•
3. I did not attend the farewell party last night because I had a lot of work to
deal w ith. (N EC K)
-> If 1 ___________________________ , I would have attended the farewell
party last night. ,
4. Despite having been very nervous at first, he complet ed the test successfully .
(ST AT E)
-> De sp ite __________________________________________________gas.
P A R T 2: For questions 6-10, complete th e secon d sentence so that it has a simil ar
mea ning to the sentence, using the word given. You mus t use between three to
eight words. Write only the m issing words on the separate ans wer sheet.
5. Sam ’s impressiv e speech helped her achieve very good results for her
promo tion. (M IR AC LE S)
—> Sam ’s impr essive speech helped her_____________________________
6. The secretar y a dmires her manage r so much that she d oesn ’t see his f aults, so
’■ she do es e veryth ing he orders. (TU NE )
The secretary da nc es ___________________________________ pedestal.
7. When the y ear is coming, all me mbers are exci ted. (FE VE R)
—> When the yea r is c om ing ,__________________________ ___________
8. The singe r was willing to sacrifice her happine ss to become famous.
° (A LT AR )
—> _____________________________________ _______________________ .
9. I thin k we should not make the discussion last longer because we need to
reach a decis ion. (D RA G)
—>____ _____________________________ __________________ _ _____ •
10. In the court, a lawyer made every effort to find mistak es in the witn ess’s
statem ent. (H OL ES )
—} __ __ __ _______________„___________________________ _ ____ _

45 2
 TRƯỜNG THPT PHAN CHÂU TRINH - TP ĐÀ NẴNG

A. MUL TIPLE CHOICE (40PTS

I. PHONOLOGY (1OPTS)
s
Choose the words whose underlined par t is pronou nced differently fro m the others.
1. A. libation B. Hana c. liability D. licentiate
2. A. outrider B. oubliette c. ouzel D. outre’
3. A. simultaneous B. simulacrum c. mucilaginous D. mutinous
4. A. hydrous B. rhythm c. hypnosis D. hysteria
5. A. agrarian B. agoraphobia c. photogravure D. gratuitous
Cho ose the w ord which is str ess ed dif feren tly fr om the oth er three.
6. A. signorine B. silicosis c. silhouette D. similitude
7. A. notifiable B. nugatory c. opprobrious D. disciplinary
8. A. polymorphous B. hemipterous c. hemispherical D. interlocutory
9. A. disarray B. d isc us, c. discipline D. dissonance
10. A. interpolate B. acclimatize c. cannibalize D. demystify
II. WORD CHOICE (10PTS)
Cho ose the best opti on to c ompl ete the follow ing senten ces.
11. In response to growing criticism, the government modified its plans for
education cuts, though only ve ry__________ .
A. barely B. fundamentally C. slightly D. faintly
12. The decision to site the nuclear power station next to the nature reserve
_______widespread criticism from opposition politicians and environmental
groups.
A. expressed B. responded to c. came in D. drew
13. Immigrants live in _______ conditions, with up to 15 sharing a small room.
A. spacious B. cramped C. restrained D. constrained
14. The Min iste r__________ tribute to rescue workers for their “courage in the
face o f adversity”.
A. sold B. paid c. lent D. spent
15. Members of the rock group were asked t o ___________their behaviour or
else leave the hotel. , r
A. modify B. amend c. transfer D. convert
16. If she doesn’t get what she wants, she throws a _______, stamping her feet
and screaming her head off.
A. outburst B. tantrum c. steam D. rage
17. I do wish these documents were written in _ ______ English - t hey’re far
too complicated to understand. - .
A. good B. avid C. plain D. rough

453
18. She sat b ack in a _____ relaxed pose, her han ds trem bling slig htly in her lap.
A. t rickily B. fraudu lently c. decept ively D. dec eitfully
19. T here wa sn’t a ___________ of truth in wh at he said.
A. ray B. lump c. grain D. pinch
20. T he giant will be paid in three eq ua l_________ over the c ourse of the year.
A. oc curre nces B. episod es c. installm ents D. inv ersions
III. G RAM MAR AND STRUC TURE (10TS)
Choos e the bes t option to co mple te the follow ing sentences.
21. T ickets will not be redeem able for cash or credi t at any ti m e, ___________
will they be rep laced if lost or stolen.
A. b ut B. though c. only D. nor
22. ___________ is no be tter s eason th an wi nter to begin tr ainin g at Silv er’s
Fitness Center.
A. W hen B. It c . There D. As it
23. No t fa r from here
A. ca n you see B. you can see c. could y ou s ee D. you could see
2 4 .1 stopped the car, and up .
A. did a pol iceman wa lk B. a poli ceman walked
c. walke d a policem an D. walk a policem an
25. She ran ; o therwis e, she_______ her bus.
A. w ould miss B. woul d hav e missed c. missed D. had m issed
26. _______ , go to the bank be fore five o ’clock.
A. Should you need m ore money B. You should need more money
c. You need more m oney D. Do you need m ore m oney
27. It tu rned out that w e ______ rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed
by sev eral hours.
A. h adn ’t B. should have c. must n’t D. n eedn’t have
2 8 .1 don ’t suppose there is anyone th er e, _______ ?
A. do I B. do n’t I c. is there D. isn ’t there
29. ____before, his first performance for the amateur dramatic group was a success.
A. T hough having never act ed B. Despite he had never acted
c. As he had never acted D. In sp ite o f his ne ver ha ving acted
30. ________ , dolph ins have no sense of smell.
A. A s k nown as far B. As fa r as is known
c. It is k nown as fa r D. Known as fa r as it is '

IV. PHR ASA L V ERBS AN D PREPO SITION S (10PTS)

Choos e the bes t option to comp lete th e fol low ing sentence s.
31. When her fathe r returned after nine year s’ absence , Sue did not have the
heart t o ___________ her bac k on him.
A. pu t B. keep ' c. turn D. get

454
 32. He re ally g et s______ my n erves. He ne ver s tops compla ining.
A. d own B. up c. in D. on
33. How could I have allowe d my self to b e _______ by his lies?
A. fallen for B. taken in c. tricked into D. seen through
34. The fore cast has reveal ed that the wor ld’s reserve s of fossil fuel will have
_______ by 2 020.
A. run out B. take n o ver c. caugh t up D. used of f
35. A retire d wom an has been tr ic ke d_______ of he r life savings by a bogus
finan cial advis er.
A. into B. out c. on D. for
36. It is h is vers atili ty th at _____ _ him a part from other actor s o f his gen eration.
A. p uts B. mak es c. sends D. sets
37. Deni se has ju st phoned from her sick bed - s he’s _______ down with a flu
bug, appa rent ly. .
A. p ut B. com e c. passed D. got
38. I know I oug ht to go to the den tist ’s, but I never seem t o _______ round to
mak ing an a ppoi ntme nt.
A. ge t B. com e c. bring D. put
39. I po lis he d_______ the remain s of that choco late cake when I got home last
night - I wa s so h ungry.
A. at B. o ff c. up D. down
40. When using a t read mill, it is alw ays advisa ble to _______ on a slow setting.
A. main tain B. wa it c. spend D. begi n

V. READING PASSAGE (20PTS)

Re ad the t ext s b elow an d cho ose t he b est an swer to each question.
PASSA GE 1:
LE ON AR DO DA VIN CI ' ’ '
Leo nard o da Vinci was born on April 15, 1452, in the small Tuscan town of
Vinci, nea r Flore nce. He was the son of a weal thy Florenti ne public o fficial and
a pea san t wom an. In the mid-1 460s the family settled in Florenc e, where
Leo nard o was give n the best educa tion that Floren ce could offer. He rapidly
adva nced soci ally and intellec tually. He was hands ome, persua sive in
con vers atio n, and a fine music ian and improvise r. Abou t 1466 he appre nticed as
a s tudio boy to And rea del Verroc chio. In V errocc hio's work shop L eonar do was
intro duce d to many a ctivit ies, from the painti ng of altarpie ces and panel pictur es
to the crea tion o f large sculptu ral projec ts. In 1472, he was enter ed in the
pai nte r’s guild o f F loren ce, and in 1476 he was still mentio ned as Verro cchio 's
assis tant. In Ve rro cch io’s Bap tism o f Chri st the kneel ing angel at the left of the
pain ting is by Leon ardo.
In 1478 Leon ardo becam e an indep enden t master,. His first com miss ion, to
paint an alta rpie ce for the chapel of the Palazzo Vecch io, the Flore ntine town

455
hall, was never executed. His first large painting, The Adoration o f the Magi,
left unfinished, was ordered in 1481 for the Monastery of San Donato a
Scopeto, Florence. Other works ascribed to his youth are the so-called Benois
Madonna, the portrait Gìnerva de' Bettci, and the unfinished Saint Jerome.
In 1482, Leonardo’s career moved into high gear when he entered the service
of the duke o f Milan, Ludovico Sforza, having written the duke an astonishing
letter in which he stated that he could build portable bridges; that he knew the
techniques of constructing bombardments and o f making cannons; that he could
build ships as well as armored vehicles, catapults, and other war machines; and
that he could execute sculpture in marble, bronze, and clay. He served as
principal engineer in the duke's numerous military enterprises and was active
also as an architect. In addition, he assisted the Italian mathematician Luca
Pacioli in the celebrated work Divina Proportione.
Evi den ce indica tes that Leon ardo had appr entic es and pupils in Mila n,
for whom he probably wrote the various texts later compiled as Treatise on
Painting. The most important of his own paintings during the early Milan
period was The Virgin o f the Rocks, two versions o f which exist; he worked on
the compositions for a long time, as was his custom, seemingly unwilling to
finish wh at he h ad begun.
From 1495 io 1497 Leonardo labored on his masterpiece, The Last Supper, a
mural in the refectory of the Monastery of Santa Maria delle Grazie, Milan.
Unfortunately, his experimental use of oil on dry plaster was technically
unsound, and by 1500 its deterioration had begun. Since 1726 attempts have
been made, unsuccessfully, to restore it; a concerted restoration and
conservation program, making use o f the latest technology, was begun in 1977
and is reversing some of the damage. Although much o f the original surface is
gone, the majesty of the composition and the penetrating characterization of the
figures give a fleeting vision of its vanished splendor.
During his long stay in Milan, Leonardo also produced other paintings and
drawings, most of which have been lost, theater designs, architectural drawings,
and models for the dome of Milan Cathedral. His largest commission was for a
colossal bronze monument to Francesco Sforza, father of Ludovico, in the
courtyard o f Gastello Sforzesco. In December 1499, however, the Sforza family
was driven from Milan by French forces; Leonardo left the statue unfinished and
he returned to Florence in 1500.
41. What is NOT mentioned about the young Leonardo da Vinci?
A. He was physically attractive B. He was a talented speaker
c. He was well - connected D. He was gifted in many fields o f art
42. The word "apprenticed” is closest in meaning to:
A. Cleaned B. Painted c. Studied D. Mastered

456
43. What can be inferred abou t And rea del Verroc chio?
A. He wa s a write r B. He was well - know n
c. He wa s poor D. He had ma ny studen ts
44. How old was Leona rdo da Vi nci when he bec ame an indep enden t ma ster?
A. 23 -- B.25 C .2 6 D. 28
45. T he prono un '‘he ’” refers to
A. Leon ardo da Vinci B. The duke c. Sforza D. Mila n
46. What is N OT me ntione d as a work by a young L eonardo da Vinci?
A. T he Ado ratio n of the Magi B. Gin erva d e’ Benci
c. Donat o a S copeto D. Saint Jerom e
47. The word "catap ults" is proba bly
A. An animal B. A method of transport ation
c. A fo od D. An arm
48. Which of the follow ing senten ces best paraph rases the inform ation in the
highl ighte d passa ge? Inc orre ct choice s change the mean ing in import ant
ways or lea ve o ut es sential informa tion.
.. .he worked on the c ompositions for a long time, as was his cu stom, seemingly
unw illin g to fini sh w hat he ha d b egun .”
A. Leona rdo felt the need to work on his works for as long a time as was
neede d to achie ve perfec tion.
B. Fo r so me reason, da V inci took an ex traor dinar ily long tim e to fin ish many
creat ions
c. Leon ardo ke pt w orkin g un til e veryt hing seeme d p erfec t
D. Leon ardo would start many projec ts at the same time, but they would
neve r fin ish toge ther
49. The word “con cert ed” is clos est in mea ning to
A. Music al B. Ar tistic c. Organ ized D. Painful
50. Wha t is N OT menti oned as a creati on of Leon ardo da Vin ci’s while he was
in M ilan? Ì
A. The atre de signs B. Arc hitect ural draw ings
c . Mod els of bronze horses D. M odels for c hurc h d ome s
PASSAGE 2:
SOLV ING DEFO RES TAT ION PROB LEM S
As mor e and more count ries around th e globe move tow ards indu strial izatio n
in a atte mpt to comp ete the global market, an env iron men tal crisis over
def ores tati on - the cutti ng down , burnin g, and genera l dam agin g of fore sts - is
gloo min g for man kind . Ove r t he last several decad es, envi ronm enta l specia lists
have prop osed vario us strat egies aimed at slow ing dow n this proc ess of
def ores tati on in dev elop ing count ries. Many of these pro pos als are indeed
valu able ideas in th at they ar e realis tic attem pts to addre ss some o f the causes o f

457
defore statio n, such as farming, cattle ranching, and comme rcial logging. All of
them rely on gove rnme nt involv ement of some kind.
There are three broad catego ries of solutions: state econ omic polici es, internal
agree ments , and internat ional program s. Econom ic polici es gener ally attem pt to
limit the activi ty of small farms throug h gove rnme nt actions . Gover nment
action s can include the clear and proper definit ion and enfo rcem ent of property
rights, mean ing that squattin g, or illegal settli ng on land, would be more
difficul t. Subsid ies can be used to encour age conse rvation . That is, money may
be pai d t o supp leme nt the income of those f armers w ho make an e ffort to r educe
the usual amou nt of damage to the forest that thei r farms cause. In addition ,
taxes can act as a det erren t to undesi rable land use. For e xamp le, certain kinds of
agricu lture, like the slash-a nd-burn method, as well as cattle ranchi ng, may be
taxed to di scou rage these activities.
An internal agree ment may be m ade between gover nmen ts and indigeno us or
native people living in the moist rainfores ts and open wood lands of the tropics,
where the vast majority of th is deforest ation is occurr ing. Such an agreem ent
would allow peopl e to carry on traditiona l activit ies adapted for some economi c
benefit. One exam ple is th e rubber tappers in Brazil. Thes e native people draw
sap from rubb er trees in the forests, without dama ging or killing the trees. The
sap, in turn, is sold to rubber compan ies, thereb y provi ding the native people
with econo mic benefits.
Finally, interna tional agreem ents usually involve the exch ange of m onetary
aid in r eturn for gove rnme nt action to protect its fo rests. One such plan seeks to
help pay a n atio n’s deb t in exchan ge for re striction s on certain kinds of activities
in rainfor ests. This is ap pealin g for a poor country such as Brazil, which has an
interna tional debt of $160 billion. Instead of sel ling logging conce ssion to pay
down that oblig ation, the gover nmen t receives money for bann ing or restrictin g
logging in its forests . There is also the proposal of a globa l fund create d in orde r
to grant mone y to countri es that choose to protec t their e nviro nmen ts. While all
of these ideas could possibl y work, it r emains to be seen whe ther there will be
any real progr ess in rain fores t conse rvation .
It is clea r that some thing must be done to prote ct the fores ts of the world. If
the curre nt rate o f def orest ation continu es, the wo rld ’s ra infor ests will vanish in
within 100 years, causin g numer ous adverse effect s on global climate and
elim inati ng the majo rity of plant and animal specie s on the planet. Defore station
signi fican tly incre ases the amou nt of carbon dioxi de (CO2) releas ed into the
atmo sphe re each year, which in turn causes an increas e in global temper ature.
Also, scien tists specu late that the tropical rainfo rests , thou gh cove ring only
seven perce nt o f the Ear th’s dry surface, contai n more than ha lf o f the 5 million
to 80 million spec ies of plan ts and animal s that comp rise the “bi odiv ersity ” of
the planet. The loss of spe cies :res ult from radical clima te chan ge will have a
drastic effect. The Earth is losing specie s every day that could potent ially

458
 prev ent can cer or lead to a cure for A IDS. In additi on, othe r or ganis ms are losing
speci es they depe nd upon, and thus face extinc tion them selve s. Unless some
forms of con cret e solut ion for d efore statio n is enacte d quick ly, the surviva l of all
crea ture s living on Earth could be in jeop ardy .
51. In pa rag raph 1, w hat does the word “them ” ref er to?
A. T he caus es o f defor estat ion B. De cades
c. Pro pos als D. D evelo ping count ries.
52. T he word “ det erre nt” in para graph 2 is close st in mea ning to
A. fine B. pen alty c. incentiv e D. dis cour agem ent
53. Why d oes the auth or mention ru bber- tappe rs in parag raph 3?
A. T o prov ide an e xamp le o f an in ternal agree ment
B. To p rovi de an exam ple o f an i nternational agree ment
c. To prov ide an exam ple o f a state econo mic policy
D. T o prov ide an e xam ple of why Brazil is a poo r nation
54. A cco rdin g to p aragr aph 3 and 4, what is the m ain d ifferen ce between an
intern al agr eem ent and an internat ional agreem ent?
A. Inter natio nal agre emen ts are more effect ive t han internal agreem ents.
B. An inter natio nal agre eme nt is betw een countri es; an internal agre emen t is
betw een a go vern men t and its peopl e.
c. Intern al agre emen ts bene fit go vernm ents; internatio nal agree ments b enefit
indi geno us groups .
D. Intern al agre eme nts are more effect ive than internat ional ones.
55. From th e p assag e, it can be inferred that
A. state ec ono mic po licies are more effect ive than interna tional agreem ents
B. indi geno us peopl es in the t ropics depend on forestr y to make money
c. the thre e t ypes of solutions mention ed will save t he rainfo rests
D. Def ores tatio n is not a ver y se rious problem
56. T he word “ obli gati on” in para graph 4 cou ld best be re placed by
A. pro mis e B. rel ations hip c. guara ntee D. debt
57. T he word “thi s” in para graph 4 refers to
A. a p oor cou ntry B. a n atio n’s debt
c. an inter natio nal agre emen t D. an obliga tion
58. T he wor ld “ra te” in para graph 5 is close st in mean ing to
A. pric e B. grad e c . level D. eva luatio n
59. Acco rding to the p assage, what are the majo r adverse effects o f deforestation? •;
A. A n incre ase in carb on dioxid e and de crease in bio divers ity
B. Wa rme r w eath er a nd a n increas e in bio diversi ty
c. Los s o f plan t and an imal specie s an d an increase in glob al debt
D. An incr ease in globa l debt and human disea ses

459
60. Which of the follow ing sentenc es best expres ses the essentia l informat ion in
the highlig hted sentenc e? Incorre ct choice s c hange the mean ing in import ant
ways or leave o ut ess ential information .
“Over the last several decades, environmental specialists hav e proposed various
strategies aimed at slowing down this process of deforestation in developing
countries.”
A. In com ing decade s, environ mental scient ists will sugge st several strateg ies
for s toppin g de forest ation in third-w ord countri es.
B. E nvironm ental scientis ts, in rece nt yea rs, have sugges ted that defore statio n
slows down the proces s o f develo pment in v arious cou ntries.
c. In recen t decad es, several methods for count ering defore station in poor
count ries have been suggested by exper ts on the enviro nment.
D. Experts on the enviro nmen t have been concer ned about the impact of
defor estat ion on the Earth ’s biodive rsity in rec ent de cades.

VI. GUID ED CLOZ E TE ST (20PTS)

Re ad the tex ts be low and decide which answ er bes t fi ts each space.
PASSAGE 1:
THE BODY CLOC K
Scient ists used to believe that our 24-ho ur c ycle of sleeping and walkin g was
govern ed entire ly by external factors. The most notable of these , they thoug ht,
were the rising and setting of the sun. But they have now (6 1) _______ that t here
is a daily rhythm to a (6 2 )_______ range of biologic al functi ons - includi ng
temp eratu re, digesti on and mental (6 3)_______ - w hich are regulat ed internal ly
by a special time-k eepin g m echanis m wi thin t he brain.
The main functio n of this “body clock ” is to anticip ate and (6 4 )_______ for
externa l chang es so that, for exampl e, our body tempe rature start to rise around
dawn, geari ng US up for the day, and begins to (65) _______ in the early
eveni ng, wind ing US dow n fo r sleep.
Some peo ple ’s bod y clocks (6 6)_______ poore r tim e than others, which can
greatly distur b their lives and even threaten their health. Insomn ia, depre ssion ,
fatigue , poo r work perfor manc e and even accid ents can all be (6 7 )_______ or
aggra vated by inaccu rate body clocks.
Equall y severe proble ms can result from the diffic ulties of ( 6 8 )_______ to
diffe rent time zones and workin g by night instead of by day. Shift work ers are
known to run a highe r-than - average risk o f havi ng a n umbe r o f health prob lems
and the disrup tion of ( 6 9 )_______ body rhythm is one possib le (7 0 )________
for this .
61. A. es tablis hed B. fixed c . settled D. as sured
62. A. w ide B. var ious c . far D. gran d
63. A. o perati on B. activit y c. process D. oc cupat ion
64. A. d ispos e B. sche me c . steady D. pre pare
460
65. A. fall B. reduce c . lessen D. sub tract
66. A. ke ep B. hold c. su pp or t D. pres erve
67. A. p ut B. formed c. caused D. made
68. A. al terin g B. adjus ting c . fitting . suiting
69. A. co mmo n B. conditio nal c . normal D. used
70. A. exp lanat ion B. solution c. accou nt D. source
PASSAG E 2:
OPERA FOR EVERY ONE
You could be forgive n for associat ing the Royal Opera House (ROH) more
with the over -50s than with the under-15 s. But if you did, then you might be
surpris ed to learn t hat the ROH ’s educati on depar tment reach es out every year to
(71)_______ the youn g generat ion with opera. It is, howev er safe to assume th at
opera can be an unfam iliar (72)_______ to most school childre n, and the first
reactio n enco unter ed by the ROH in the classro om is often bemusem ent.
“Chil dren (73)_______ possibly as long as you introduce them to opera in the
right way ,” expla ins Paul Reeve, the ROH’s direct or of edu cation. “The older
students can initially have an e xtreme negativ e reaction, but t hat (74) ' is
a gre at c hallen ge. We gi ve those (75)______V kids the opportu nity to e xperie nce
what it’s like to be, say, a com poser or a choreo graphe r, and th at shows them the
skill that is (76)_______ in the art forms .” One popula r program me the ROH
(77)_______ annuall y is Write an Opera and this year children from 28 UK
school s will perform t heir work on stage in July. Teache rs have found that while
such a p rogra mme gives their pu pils a g reate r (7 8)_______ of the art, they have
a broa der effect, too. “I don ’t thin k arts partici pation has an actual (79)_______
on deve lopin g peo ple’s creativit y and self-e steem ,” says Reeve, “but the
feedb ack we get is that particip ation in an opera projec t can have a hugely
positi ve effe ct on children who have previo us (80) elsewh ere in their
school life.”
71. A. reveal B. keep c. en ga ge D. ma intain
72. A. way B. mediu m ■c. ch
' an ne•l 1. ’1■ D. me ans

73. A. respon d B. mana ge c . answ er D. learn

74. A. refusal B. resista nce c. indiffere nce D. dis illusi onm ent
75. A. ironic B. doubtful c. skeptical D. im probab le
76. A. reque sted B. conta ined c . involved D. include d
77. A. sets up B. runs out c. comes up D. takes up
78. A. fasci natio n B. im pression c . informa tion D. aw aren ess
79. A. restr iction B. mon opoly c. control D. de sign
80. A. perfo rmed B. focu sed c . struggle d D. ach ieved

461
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. CLO ZE TEST (20 pts)
Rea d the texts below an d think o f the word which best fits each space. Use only
one word fo r each spa ce.
PASSAGE 1
WOM EN’S F OOTBA LL
A senio r football admin istrat or has (1)_________ female players angry by
sugge sting that they should wear differen t clothes in order to attract more
interest in the sport. “Let the women play (2)_________ more femine clothes
like they do (3)_________ playing volleyb all,” said Sepp Blatter, preside nt of
the f ootball gover ning body, FIFA.
“F emale players are pretty, (4) _________ you excuse me for say ing so,
and they already have .some (5)_________ rules from men - like (6)
__ ______ with a lighter ball fe male game, for examp le. That decision was taken
to crea te a more female game so (7)_________ not to it with fashion too?”
Pauline Cope, the England goal keeper, said the comm ents were “typical of
(8 )__________ man.” She went (9) __________ to say, “he doe sn’t know what
he is talk ing about. He’s wrong a bout the lighter ball for a start. And to suggest
that we should wear more feminin e football kit is ridi culou s.” Mariann e Spacey,
the mana ger of Fulham, agree with Cope. “ Surely the g ame should be abo ut skill
and not abo ut ( 10 )_____ _____ the players look.”
PASSAGE 2
There was a time when university professors, (1 1 )_________ with an air of
author ity and a bunch of letters after their names, expected deferen ce from their
studen ts. That time has passed. Faculty at u niversities large and small is find ing
that many students no w regard them as little more t han highly educate d s ervants.
One stude nt emailed his profess or explaining that he’d missed class because
he was recove ring from a big party, and now he wanted the teac her’s notes.
Ano ther emai led an ‘urgen t’ message at 11p.m. on a Saturday night and again on
Sunday morning deman ding to know why her first email had been ignored.
Wha t’s more, dozens of professo rs (1 2 )_________ angry emails from students
who are n’t happy with their end-of-y ear grades. The student s expect an ‘A’
grade and believe that it’s the t each er’s job to give them one.
Wh at’s going on? It seems that a mixture of the informa lity of email and a
growi ng lack of respect for university teache rs has eroded the prof esso r’s
standing . Many students see education as jus t anothe r comm odity to be bought
and sold. They (13) _________ do not recogniz e the years of learning and
exper ience po ssessed by profe ssors, or they do not care.
The problem has been exacerb ated by th e advent of email . While email has
made profe ssors more (1 4) _________ , it has also meant they are expected to be
avail able around t he clock to a nswer quest ions, howev er tr ivial or inapprop riate.
One lecture r at a UK universit y says, “Some students send up to three emails a
462
day a sking fo r inform ation tha t’s in the brochure or th at’s n othing to do with me.
One a sked me wha t ty pe of notebook he (1 5)_________ buy, and a noth er asked
how much rent she should be paying. 1 was n’t sure how to reply without
sound ing cond esce ndin g o r scary, so I d idn’t reply at all. ”
An assi stan t profe ssor at a US universi ty think s the problem is not the (16)
_________ but t he tone of the emai ls. “Stude nts must realize that we a ren ’t their
friends. We are author ity figure s.” At the beginni ng of the semeste r, she
estab lishe s email etique tte: “We talk about the types of questio ns I’m w illing to
answ er and how (17) ________ H ’ll respond, and also the level of p olitene ss
expec ted. I also explain that the person who needs help alway s writes the final
email and it alw ays includes thanks .”
And it’s not jus t the email (18)________ has created new tension between
studen ts and teach ers. Techno logy plus student power can be a dangero us
cockt ail for unive rsity faculty, as the story of o ne lecture r at a US university
demo nstra tes. During class, one of his students appeare d to be browsin g the
intern et on her laptop instead of taking notes - so he walk ed over and closed her
laptop. This (1 9 )_______ on a Friday. The follow ing Monday , as the class was
abou t to start, he was arrested by the campus police. The 22-yea r-old student
(2 0) _________ that he’d assaulted her.

II. W O R D F O R M A TI O N ( 20P TS ) -
PART 1: Co mp lete each sente nce, u sing the cor rect fo rm o f the wo rd in paren thes es.
1. He w as fined £500 an d_______ from driving for three years. (Q UA LI FY )
2. Arno ld died in 1953: his wife, who______ 1 ' him by almos t hal f a century,
passe d away on the last day of the millenn ium. (L IV E)
3. I can not comm ent; I have sworn t o ________ on the matter. (SE CR ET )
4. Ther e is e ve ry _______ that prices will c ontinue to rise n ext yea r. (L IK EL Y)
5. My gran dfat her was ex tre m ely ________ about astron omy; the planets were
his grea t pa ssion. (K NO W LE DG E)
6. The assi stan ts in Gami dges are un helpful an d ________ . (C OU RT ES Y)
7. The boo kca se was pl ac ed _______ near the door to hide a huge crack in the
wall. (S TR A TE G Y )
8. First prize wa s the n ot : _______ _ sum o f £500,00 0. (C ON SI DE R)
9. Mill ions of innoc ent civilia ns suffered g re a t_______ as a result of the war.
(H A RD )
10. A h ea v y ______ before the start of the match left the pitch looking rathe r
like a s wim min g po ol. (P OU R)
PART 2: C om pl et e th e pa ss ag e with ap pr op ria te fo rm s fr o m t he wo rd s g iv en in
th e box .

appoint sell receipt apply suit

bore pack fri en d depress immediate

463
 After my marria ge t wo years ago I moved down to Kent w here my new had a
good job as a (11)_____ manag er for a local com pany that produc es (12)_______ _
materia ls. I had to leave my job in London and though t 1 would find anoth er one
(13)________ but it tu rned out to be a (14)_________ slow process. I must have
written at least forty letters of (15)______ before I even got invited to go for an
interview. I was beginn ing to feel quite (16)________ when 1 still hadn ’t foun d
anyth ing (17)________ after three months. In the end I took a tem porary p ost as
(1 8 )_______ in a local hotel. I’m still there and I love it. Everyone who works
there is very (1 9) ______ and th e w ork’s so varied that no one could complai n o f
(20)

III. ERRO R C ORRE CTION ( 10PTS)

The fol low ing pas sag e con tains 10 errors. Identif y a nd co rrect them.
Line From gamm a-radia tion to radioact ive spiders, superhe roes are born in a
variety of weird and wonderfu l ways. But how realistic are they ?
Being born on other planets, or finding cosmic lanterns require a huge
leap of the imaginati on. But what about the humans whose develo p
5 special powers by slightly more prosaic mean - how p lausib le are they?
Take the Incredib le Hulk: Scientist Dr. Robert Banner receive s a huge
dose of gam ma rays while working on a nuclear bomb. Gamm a rays are
real enoug h, be produced by nuclea r e xplosion s, but the bad news is that
the gamm a-radi ation that gave Robert Banner his powers wou ld’ve only
10 caused fatal radiation sickness. Forget that minor point, Lois Gresh,
autho r of Scienc e and Superheroe s, argues it’s jus t abo ut,p oss ible to
create a believa ble version of hulk. Banner could take largeam ounts of
(highly d angerou s) an abolic steroids to pro duce th at p umped -up look,
which of real life could cause his notorious rages as they increase
15 aggres sive mood swings. As for the green skin, French genetic researc hers
have at least created a glowin g green rabbit by gene engin eering using
fluore scen t protein. Spider-M an, on the other hand, has bigge r problem s.
While a radioac tive spider could exist ( spiders are toler ant to radiatio n),
an an imal does not tran sfer DNA via a bite.
20 And even if it di d, it c ould n’t fuse with our DNA. When being ingested
was enoug h to make this happen, we ’d g et chara cterist ics of, say, apples
or ch icken s w henev er we ate it.
Batm an - the ‘Dark Knig ht’ - might be the most realisti c of the heroes,
says Gesh. It is o f course for a p erson to train obses sive in martia l arts and
25 subje cts such as crimin ology. But in this case, it’s gadge ts that make
Batman who he is. Most of Batm an’s toys, from his tiny came ras to
smoke grena des to super strong ropes, exist in the 21 st centu ry. Even
creat ing t he batmo bile sho uldn ’t prese nt m odern carma kers with too much
difficulty.

464
IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION (20PTS)
Rew rite t he fol low ing sent ence s u sing th e w ords given.
1. It’s l ikely they were delaye d in a traffic jam .
They w il l__ __________________________ up in a traf fic jam.
2. Jane really wants to have everyone looking at her every time we go out in a group.
Jane ca n’t help wanti ng t o b e ______________________e very time we go out
in a gro up.
3. I regre t not having the feeling of achiev ing anyth ing after reachin g the
sum mit but 1 was to o e xhauste d. (SENSE)
I wish I _________________ ____________ after reachi ng the summ it but I
was too exhau sted.
4. It do esn ’t ma tter how I comb it, my h air alw ays looks a mess.
Ho we ve r__________________ ._________________ !
5. With that bad cold you won’t be able to help US, so take the day off work. (USE)
With that bad cold you ’l l ________________________a nyone so tak e the day
of f work.
6. Most empl oyee s used to be p roud of working for the same compa ny all their
lives but not an ymore .(PRID E)
Most empl oyees no _______________________ worki ng for the same
comp any all the ir lives.
7. They still hav en’t ca rried out a full a ssessm ent o f the e ffects of these changes .
(FUL LY)
The effec ts of these changes have ye t_____________ ______ _________ .
8. He thin ks his f riends do no t appre ciate him. (G RANT ED)
He dis liked _ _________________________________________ by his f riends.
9. You do n’t rea lize quite how m uch fat there is in that pizza. (DEAL)
Th ere ’s ______________________________ fat in that p izza than you realize.
10. I imagin e it was tough for you to refuse every begga r that asked you for
money . (TUR N)
II must _________________________________ ______________

TRƯỞNG THPT PHAN CHÂU TRINH - TP ĐÀ NẴNG

5. MULTIP LE CHOICE QUESTIONS (40pts

I. PHONOLOGY ( 5pts )
A. Cho ose the wor d whose sou nd is differ ent fro m that o f the othe rs in each
gro up
1. A. desig nedly B. determinedly c. unconcernedly D. unconstrainedly
2. A. exhortatoiy B. philharmonic c. self-annihilation D. silhouette
3. A. bedraggled , B. disaggregate c. exaggerative D. self-aggrandisement
4. A. archaeoastronomy B. coalescence c. coalition D. oasis .
5. A. contradistinguish B. derequisition c. impuissance D. undisguised
465
B. Choo se th e word which has t he str ess patt ern d iffer ent from th e oth ers
6. A. ch inch erinc hee B. cohabite e c.evacu ee D. sub comm ittee
7. A. do wnhe arted B. downtr odden c. upheav al D. uph olster
8. A. di sequi libriu m B. ind iscrim inately
c. misre prese ntativ e D. unas certai nable
9. A. h yper venti lation B. hypoalle rgenic c. mon onucl eosis D. unim olecu lar
10. A. micro pipet te B. technop reneu r c. telep heriq ue D. un pictu resqu e
II. VOC ABU LAR Y ( 5pts)
Sel ect t he o ption tha t be st fi ts each blank. Write you r an swer s (A, B, c , or D)
in the box fo r answers .
1. The gift, toge ther with the flowers, was a ____o f his gratitude and appreciation.
A. coupon B. me mento c. remem brance D. token
2. Hedge hogs, be ars and other anim als t hat h ibernat e re m ain ___ during win ter.
A. deac tivate d B. dor mant c. impassiv e D. in ert
3. Despi te th e fo g, w e we re able to discern a ____ of cottages in the distanc e.
A. cl uste r B. clu tter c. congr egatio n D. con stella tion
4. Medica l priva cy la w s____ of health care pr ovider s tha t they be careful with
prote cted inform ation.
A. c once ive B. devis e c. envis age D. req uire
5. I w ou ld ____ my c olle ague ’s wrath and d ispleas ure by us ing his researc h
with out conse nt.
A. c oncu r - B. co- occur c. incur D. rec ur
6. Any business suspected of tax____will deprive the nation of wealth and prosperity.
A. deser tion B. evasi on c. invasion D. re tention
7. The police h ave b ee n___ the district for the murderer, leaving no stone unturned.
A. brain wash ing B. pen etratin g c. ransa cking D. sco uring
8. It was predic ted that busine ss wo uld be destr oyed and th e t own ’s econom y
would be i n ____ .
A. f ragm ents B. scra ps c. segme nts D. tatte rs
9. The world w a s ____on the edge of nuc lear catas troph e and cold wars were
inevita ble. ‘
A. fluct uatin g B. osci llatin g c. stumb ling D. teete ring
10. A stude nt on the ____ of a new life at universi ty killed him sel f with a
mass ive tran quil iser overd ose.
A. incepti on B. ki ck- off c. portal D. thre shold
III. STR UCT URE S AND GRAM MAR: (5pts)
Sel ect t he o ption th at b est fits each blank. Write you r an swer s (A, B, c, or D)
in th e bo x fo r a nswer s.
1. His desire was to make herbal medici ne avail able those who could ____
afford to visi t a physi cian.
A. badly B. ill c. ineptly D. po orly
466
 2. Tom does n’t know much about computing,_____________ his brother is an
expert at it.
A. whereas B. however c. therefore D. in contrast
3. B-Phone’s rising inventori es,____correspondingly by increases in sales, can
lead to production cutbacks that would hamper economic growth.
A. if not unaccompanied B. though accompanied
c. unless accompanied D. when unaccompanied
4. ___ the circling the globe faster than Jules Verne’s fictional Phileas Fogg.
A. A pioneer journalist, Nellie Bly’s exploits included
B. Also included in the exploits of Nellie Bly, a pioneer journalist, was
c. The exploits of Nellie Bly, a pioneer journalist, were included
D. The pioneer journali st’s exploits of Nellie Bly included
5. Along with the drop in producer prices announced yesterday__ the strong retail
sales figures released today___ growing slowly, is not nearing a recession.
A. were - as if to indicate the economy, although
B. enclosed - as is indicative of the economy, if
c. included - as though the economy, indicatively,
D. lay - like an indication of the economy, though
6. ____ , schistosomiasis i s____ become an economic drain on many developing
countries.
A. A fatal disease notwithstanding ~ debilitating to
B. Not a fatal disease - of such debility that it has
c. Not being fatal - too debilitating to
D. Though no fatal disease - so debilitating as to
7. Laos has a land ar ea ____are members of hill tribes ensconced in the virtually
inaccessible mountain valleys of the north.
A. about the same as Great Britain but a population of only four million
people, many o f them
B. comparable to that of Great Britain but a population of only four million
people, many o f whom Í
c. comparable to the size o f Great Britain, but only four million in
population, and many o f them
D. o f about the same size as Great Britain is, but only four million in
population, and many o f whom
8. ____a leading figure in the Scottish Enlightenment, Adam Smith wrote two
major books that are to democratic cap itali sm____M arx’s Das Kapital is to
socialism.
A. B eing -w hi le B. Having been - which
c. Ộ—what D. To be -t h a t
9. Owning and living in a freestanding house is still a goal of young adu lts, __ _
earlier generations.
A. as did B. as it was of c. like that of D. so have
467
10. Often visible as sm og, ____in the atmosphere when hydrocarb ons and nitrogen
oxides, two major pollutants emitted by automobiles, react with sunlight.
A. me teorolo gists recogni se the substanc es co ntribu tory to o zone formation
B. ozone is formed, as is recogni sed by met eorolo gists, from t he substan ces
c. ozone, meteo rologi sts r ecognise , for med from the substan ces
D. the substances from which ozone is formed are recognised by meteorologists
IV. P HRASA L VE RBS AND PREPO SITIO NS (5pts )
Selec t th e o ption that b est fits each blank. Write you r answe rs (A, B, c, or D )
in the box fo r answers.
1. The Premie rship clubs have never disguised their an tip at hy ____ those who
oppose thei r princi ples.
A. ove r B. up ’ c. to D. with
2. Could you po ss ib ly _______ in for me at the next commi ttee meeting ? I’ll be
busy th en.
A. be B. go c. put D. sit
3. We are fightin g to make peace in the Vietnam Waters, but negoti ations are
_________ with d ifficulties.
A. be deviled B. beleague red c. beset D. besieg ed
4. Serious things have happened and it’s no good people let ting____ that they didn ’t.
A. dow n B. in for c. in on D. on
5. Mauritiu s was a British colony for almost 200 years,____ the domain s of
admin istratio n and te aching, the English language was never really sp oken on
the island.
A. barring B. besides
c. but sa ving for D. with the ex ceptio n o f
6. The pilot wa sn’t letting them get on if a passen ger was late; but h a d ____
pressure fro m oth ers.
A. for ked out fo r B. caved in to
c. branch ed o ut into ' D. plough ed back into
7. Paren ts’ fallings-ou t must be confronted in their private spa ce 2___ the ch ildren.
A. det rimenta l m uch to whom without B. much as the detrim ent to
c. much to the detrim ent o f D. with out much detrim ent to
8. Teach ers could get a feel of the polytechni c ed ucation and th e k ind o f traini ng
the students .
- —— _ , ..... ., ,
A. indicted of B. conf erred with c. imparted to D. bes towe d upon
9. Some self-help books can enable you to draw a li ne ____the past and conce ntrate
on the futu re.
, : . . . i, I „ ■ ,. . 'Í ,,

A. a t B. between c. in D. un der
10. In fri endsh ip w e ____ the em barras sment of a disside nt di sclosu re.
A. are at pains to avoid B. are on pai n o f avoid ance
c. are und er pain o f avoidanc e D. avo id f or one a not her ’s pains
468
V. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON
Part J. Re ad the follo win g pas sag e a nd c hoose the corre ct a nswe r (A, B, c, or
D) to each o f the q uestions. Write yo ur answer s in th e nu mbe red box. (5pts)
CLOUD SEEDING
Precip itation is essen tial for any type of farming, and since the develo pment
of agr icultu re man has attempt ed to gain influence over or to control this life-
giving pheno menon . For much of human history, such efforts have been the
pr ov in ce of sham ans, witch doctors, and priests, who have sought to enlist the
aid of the superna tural in br inging steady and reliable rains during the growing
season. In fac t, in ma ny ea rli er so cie tie s, the g re at au tho rit y aff ord ed to suc h
in di vid ua ls wa s ex pli cit ly bas ed on the ir cla im s to su pp os ed ly com ma nd the
rai ns to co me . In modern times, most societies have turned away from such
supers tition s. Rain-ma king efforts continue today, albeit under the guise of
science . Modern rain-ma king efforts center around the practic e o f cloud seeding,
in which certain chemic als (usually silver iodide) are released into the
atmo spher e to induce precipitati on. In order to understan d this process, it is first
neces sary to un derstan d w hat ca uses precipitati on under natural circums tances.
Precipitation requires two processes to take place inside a cloud: condensation
and coalescence. Condensation occurs when the air in a cloud cools beyond a certain
point. Clouds are essentially masses of air saturated with water vapour, and the
amount of water vapou r that the air can hold is a function o f temperature. Warmer
air can hold more water vapour, while cooler air can hold less. Thus, when a mass of
warm air cools, either as a result of a collision with a cooler mass o f air or through
some other process, its ability to hold water vapou r decrease s. When this ability
drops below the amou nt of wate r vapour t he cloud actuall y holds, the cloud is
said to be supers aturate d. At this point, the water vapour will begin to condense
into tiny m icrosc opic droplets.
While the supers aturati on of the cloud marks the point at which water
dropl ets begin to form, it does not always result in precipit ation. These initial
wate r dropl ets are so small that the force of air resistan ce and up wa rd br eat hs
of wind are suffic ient to keep them suspended within the cloud. It is when these
wat er dropl ets begin to combine into larger water drops or freeze in to ice
cryst als, a process known as coalesc ence that they gain enough mass to fall as
eithe r rain or sn ow. In orde r to coalesce , however , the se water drop lets must first
have some thing to coales ce around. Typica lly, this is a micros copic particl e of
dirt or dust that has been blown up into a cloud. Withou t the presen ce of such
partic les, precip itation is nearly impossib le. In fact, in clouds witho ut these
parti cles , conde nsed water drople ts may even drop below the freezi ng point
with out coale scing into raindro ps or snow flakes.
It is precisely these conditions which cloud seeding seeks to exploit. In cloud
seeding, super-fi ne particles o f silver iodide are released into a cloud in an attempt to
initiate coalescence and thus produce precipitation. The silver iodide is typically

469
delivered via a ground-lau nched rocket or a plane that has been specially outfitted
with cloud-se eding equipment. In either case, the process is the same. If successful,
the wa ter dropl ets will coalesce around the particles o f silver iodide and fall as eithe r
rain or snow , depen ding on temperatures closer to the grou nd.
While cloud seed ing work s in th eory, its r eal-w orld ef fic ac y is more open to
debat e. Ther e are unde niab ly cases in which cloud seed ing does produc e
prec ipita tion . Howe ver, it is o ften impos sible to tell whe ther grea ter amoun ts of
prec ipita tion occ ur with the aid of cloud seedin g than would have occurre d
natur ally. Mo reov er, cloud seedi ng can only work when cloud condi tions are
alrea dy ripe for prec ipita tion ; that is, w hen a c loud is a lread y super satur ated. In
insta nces whe n this is not the case, cloud seedin g is pow erle ss to produ ce rain.
Cloud seed ing, for exam ple, may initiate rainfall in tem pera te clima tes, but it
woul d be a futile pract ice in desert regions. Ano ther draw back is that cloud
seed ing natu rally resul ts in r ainfal ls laden with silve r iodide, which can be to xic
to veg etat ion and wild life in high enough conc entra tions . Despite these
limit ation s, cloud seed ing is a grow ing pract ice worl dwid e. Curre ntly, 24
natio ns, inclu ding the United States, China, Russia, and Austr alia, have active
cloud see ding prog rams . Some of these nations have begun to expe rime nt with
mat eria ls oth er than silve r iodide in th eir progra ms, hopin g to find a method of
cloud see ding th at is mor e e nviro nmen tally friendly .
1. T he wor d “pro vin ce” in the passa ge is close st in me aning to “___ ”.
A. auth orit y B. jurisd icti on c. realm * D. sp ecialt y
2. In pa rag raph 1, w hy does the autho r allu de to kahuna s, heale rs a nd clerics ?
A. To bela bou r th e p oint that rain in religi ous rituals is o f great import
B. To e luci date the fu tility of all rain-mak ing ende avour s
c. To illus trate the de arth of empirical eruditi on ami dst prim itive civili sation s
D. To yi eld a ce lebr ated backgr ound for ra inma king ven tures
3. Based on the infor mati on in pa ragrap h 2, cond ensat ion can best be d esigna ted
' . ‘. t ' ' !

as .-------- 7 • .. . , . , . . • • •
A. the ama lgam of minusc ule wate r drop lets
B. the dimi nuti on of air tem perat ures inside a clou d
c. the gen esis o f wat er d rople ts from wat er v apou r
D. the resi stan ce of water vap our to s upers atura tion
4. What is requ ired for coa lesc ence to transp ire?
A. Air te mp erat ure s m ust depr eciat e to a critic al level.
B. The aggr egate o f wate r va pou r in a clo ud must excee d a cer tain point.
c. Wate r dro plets m ust beco me suffic iently de nse to o verc ome ai r res istanc e.
D. Wate r dro plets m ust have some thin g on whic h to af fix them selve s.
5. Acco rding to parag raph 4, t he man tle o f silver iodide in cloud see ding is t o __
A. augm ent the amo unt of water vapo ur in the cloud
B. dim inish th e inclus ive air t emp eratu re in the cloud

470
 c. expe dite coale scenc e
D. fa cilita te conde nsatio n
6. The word “ef fic ac y” in the passage is close st in mean ing to “____ ”.
A. p reval ence B. reli ability c. sanct uary D. us efulne ss
7. Bas ed on parag raph 5, wha t can be in ferred abou t clou d seedi ng?
A. C loud seed ing actual ly precip itates very little e nviro nmen tal desec ration .
B. Clo ud seed ing does not alw ays work.
c. Cloud seedin g metho ds have never been ap prais ed. >
D. Th e ov erhe ads of cloud se eding are e xorb itant to be viab le.
8. Why are nation s looking for auxili ary consti tuent s to mano euvre in cloud
seed ing? '
A. Silve r io dide introd uces poison s into the enviro nmen t.
B. Silve r iodide wields extort ionat e deliver y mode operand! like project iles
and airpla nes.
c. The avail abili ty of silver iodide is extrem ely limited.
D. Th ey hank er a fter a more effecti ve comp onent than silve r io dide.
9. Which of the senten ces below best convey s the intrinsic inform ation in the
hi gh lig ht ed se nt en ce in the passage ?
A. In prime val societ ies, only puissan t individ uals (eccl esias tics) had the
prero gativ e to comm and the rains.
B. In prim itive civili sation s, authori ty epitom es dodge d expl icit asserti ons
abou t co nstra ining the rains. - .
c. The form idabl e stature of religiou s epitome s in p rimi tive civil isatio ns was
prim arily due t o th eir allega tions to rest rain the raini
D. The great ness of primeva l societie s was groun ded in the adro itnes s of
ethere al leaders to create rain. / ■ !
10. T he ph rase “u pw ar d br ea th s” in the passage can be re place d by “ ____” .
A. upbra ids B. upd raught s c. uphea vals D. up risin gs •:<'
PART 2. Re ad the fo llo wi ng passa ge and choose the corr ect ans wer (A, B, c,
or D) to ea ch o f the ques tions. Write your answe rs in the nu mb ere d box. (5pts)
PIA GE T’S STAG ES OF C OGNI TIVE DEV ELO PME NT
By char ting out the typica l cognit ive deve lopm ent o f child ren, Swiss
psyc holo gist Jean Piage t has heavily influenced how psyc hiatr ists de lin ea te the
prog ress o f juve nile psych ologic al growth . Beginn ing in t he 1920s and up until
his death in 1980, he studied the errors schoo lchild ren made on vari ous te sts and
realis ed that child ren of the same age made the same kinds o f reas onin g errors.
Based on thes e recu rring patter ns, he identified stages in a chi ld’s cognit ive
deve lopm ent, begi nnin g from infancy and exten ding thro ugh adulth ood.
Essen tially , he propo sed that there was a commo n time table by whic h children
initially deve lop simp le cogn itive skills and grad ually refin e them into more
abst ract w ays of thinkin g. While more recen t t heori es on the mat ter sugg est that
there is more over lap amo ng these stages and that diff eren t envi ronm ents affect
471
chi ldr en’s progre ss, Piag et’s theory was nonet heles s extre mely impo rtant to
initial studi es of cognitiv e d evelop ment.
Acco rdin g to Piaget, the first stage that childre n go throu gh is the
sens orim oto r stage, an eventfu l and compl ex period that Piaget furth er divided
into six sub-s tages . The sens orim otor stage begins at bi rth and lasts r oughly until
the child is two years old. During this time, the child exper ience s the world
throu gh his sense s and moto r skills, and he will initially develo p and mast er the
basic refle xes of infants, such as grasping , sucking , looking, and listening.
More over, the infant begins to develo p the funda menta ls of basic cogni tive
func tions . He devel ops aware ness of him self and of obje cts as separat e entitie s
and begins to mani pulat e his externa l enviro nment , usually by kicking, moving
obje cts, and chew ing on toys. The child also learns that certain actions will have
certa in effect s, and he may perform an action to recreat e these effects. For
instan ce, he may accid entall y suck his thumb and find it pleasu rable, so he
repea tedly sucks his thumb to expe rienc e t he pleasu re again. The child may also
exp erim ent with differ ent action s to test t heir effec ts, like m aking vario us sounds
to get an adu lt’s attent ion. Finally, the child also shows the basic capaci ty for
unde rstan ding symb ols, and he develo ps a rudim entary use of langua ge toward
the end of this stage, mos t notably by identify ing paren ts with words like
“m ama ’*and “dad a.” t.
In the next stage, the preop eration al stage (ages 2-7 ), the child expand s his
capa city for sym bolic thinki ng, and he can envisio n the envi ronm ent and
man ipul ate it withi n his imagina tion. Imagina tion thus deve lops more fully, as
seen in the chi ld’s tende ncy to role-pla y othe r people (like his parents,
fire figh ters, etc.), and to p retend th at ob jects are other things, like p reten ding that
a broom is a horse. This stage is mark ed by two other distin ctive chara cteris tics.
The first is e gocen trism . While the chil d’s language develo ps more fully for the
purp ose of s ocial interac tion, his thoug ht proces s is still limited by individu al
expe rien ces, and these cogni tive limitati ons exclud e any altern ative viewp oints.
Piag et deter mine d this when he instructe d several childr en in this age group to
look at a three -dim ensio nal model of.a mounta in from a pa rticu lar angle and t hen
pick out a part icul ar scene they saw. All of the subjec ts correc tly fulfill ed the
task, but, when asked to pick out what someo ne else would have seen when
look ing at a d iffer ent angle, they only picked out t he respec tive scenes t hey saw.
Basi cally, they were obliv ious to the fact t hat a vie wer at a diffe rent angle w ould
see a diff eren t scene, so they were only able to pick out only wha t they saw
perso nally . The oth er char acter istic is that thou ght occur s in an illogical and
irrev ersib le mann er. A child can easily believe that thing s can magic ally
increa se, decr ease , or vanis h, as perce ption s often dictat e thei r reality . Piaget
dete rmin ed this from an expe rime nt in w hich he poured equal amou nts of liquid
into a short thic k glass and a tall thin glass and asked the childr en which
con tain er had more liquid. The subje cts often select ed the tall thin glass becaus e

472
 the liquid reached a h igher level and made the glass appear fu ller. They believed
that liquid magic ally appeare d to fill the taller glass, even though they were told
both g lasse s c ontain ed the sa me am ount.
In the final two stages, the child refines his sk ills or reasonin g and analysis . In
the conc rete operat ional stage (ages 7-1 1), the child shows eviden ce for logical
thoug ht and becom es less ego centric in his think ing. He be gins to grasp concept s
such as mass, length, volume, time, and. other abstract measurements , and he
becomes capable of solving basic logical problems and understanding reversible
logic. He can perform simple arithmetic like addition, subtraction, and
multiplic ation, and his understanding of how these concepts relate to each other
increased. For in stance, he underst ands th at ten minus five equals five, so five plus
five equa ls ten. He is also able to ca tegorise conc epts, such as, identifying a ti ger as
a cat, a cat as an animal, and thus a tiger as an animal. In the fourth and final stage,
the forma l op erational stage (from puberty to adulthood), the child is finally able to
think in complete ly abstract terms. He is able to perform algebra, calculus, and
other mathem atics that utilise symbols, formulas, and logic, and he is capabl e of
other comple x critical and analytical thought. This also allows him to hypotheses
from experim ents and using these to predict the effects of certain actions. The
extent to wh ich people achieve this degree of abstract thinking is always di fferent,
and som e may never fully or adequately grasp these skills, even as adults.
1. The word “deline ate” in the pa ssage is closest in meaning to “____ ”.
A. c ounte rbala nce B. descr y c. embolden D. map
2. In p aragra ph 1, the autho r moots Piag et’s disserta tions with children in ord er
t o ____ .
A. c ollate his disquis itions with contemp orary thera pists ’
B. den ote the glitche s in his proc edures
c. desig nate how he augm ented his post ulations
D. ex hibit s how Piag et’s hyp otheses are perta ined
3. Ac cord ing to pa ragrap h 1, wh at can be inferred about Piag et’s analys es?
A. T hey are c hiefly issued from other th erap ists’ i nquires.
B. The y have been called into question recently,
c. They invalid ated other schools of psychology.
D. Th ey were never orthodo x am ong psychiatrist s.
4. Acc ordi ng to paragra ph 2, a chil d’s dev elopme nt in the senso rimot or junc ture
is typif ied b y ____ .
A. an a ptitud e for dis cerni ng r eversible notions
B. a cogn izan ce of the e ntity of external ob jects
c. an sagac ity of numerical hypothes es
D. a signi fican t dim inution in egocentri sm
5. The word “rud imen tary” in the pas sage is closest in meanin g to
A. a borti ve B. basic c. makesh ift D. uns ophis ticate d

473
6. The phrase “oblivious to” in the passage is closest in meaning to “____”,
A. heedless of B. impervious to c. insensible to D. unconscious o f
7. According to paragraph 3, most children who executed Piaget’s mountain test
__• J ' ■;-
A. could use their motor prowess to manipulate their surroundings
B. evinced the ability to classify objects into different categories
c. had tribulations assigning symbols to external objects
D. were impotent to ruminate on the perspectives of other personages
8. According to paragraph 4, all of the following are true about the formal
operational juncture E XCEPT ____.
A. It conventionally institutes at the onset of juvenescence.
B. It is the most abiding episode of development.
c. It is when people refine skills mandatory for convoluted mathematics.
D. It makes the same strides with the same ramifications all and sundry.
9. According to the passage, at which episode would a child distinctly possible
commence to impersonate an astronaut?
A. concrete B. formal c. preoperational D. sensorimotor
10. Based on the information in the passage, what can be inferred about a child
in the concrete operational juncture?
A. He would be adroit to conduct and unravel the elaborate mathematical
equations often wielded in calculus.
B. He would discern that the containers in the liquids-in-two containers test
have the same amount.
c. He would most likely flunk Piaget’s test that incorporated a three-
dimensional model of mountain.
D. He would only be able to kick, shriek, and masticate on miscellaneous
objects to create changes in his vicinities.
VI. CLOZE TEST
PART 1. Sel ect t he option which best fi ts each spac e in the fo llo wi ng passag e.
Write yo ur ans wers (A, B, c or D) in th e bo x provide d. (5pts)
Slavery was not the only (1 )____o f life in New Orleans t hat would have
been ( 2 ) ____with men like Captain Amos Stoddard, a New Englander who
became one of the governors of the new lands. Stoddard might have been (3)
____by the odd cultural mix that New Orleans represented, and which it still (4)
____, in some forms, to this day. After the Spanish ceded Louisiana to the
French, much o f the Spanish population in New Orleans departed for Cuba. As
they left and French immigrants came in from Francophone colonies like San
Dominque, New Orleans took on a Gallic tinge. At the same time, traces of
Spanish occupation remained strong, with luxurious homes in the city built in
Spanish style, around courtyards and with stucco walls. As a further reminder o f
the territor y’s past governments, the Louisiana State Legislature met in the
former palace of the Spanish governors, until it burned down in 1827. In what
474
might ( 5 ) ____ readers today as a particular ly ( 6 ) _____rem inder of the city ’s
previou s master s, two pillorie s stood on Chartres Street. The Spanish authoritie s
had locked prisone rs in those stocks and sometime s publicly humiliated and
abused them.
Thom as Jeffer son, the American President, in purcha sing Louisiana and
bringin g about the (7 )____ of control that occurred on Decem ber 20, opened a
new ( 8 )____ in Amer ican history and clo sed the old one , o f which he had been a
principa l author . Only a few y ears before, he had rejected Alex ande r H amil ton’s
proposa l for a national bank by ar guing that the Constitu tion did n’t ( 9 )____ the
u.s. gove rnm ent to create such an institution. By 1803 he seems to have
changed his feeling s about the problem of “implied power s” - or at least been
excited enoug h about the p ossible uses o f 828,000 square miles of property to set
aside any legal (1 0) ____ .
1. A. d eme anor B. exposure c. fac et D. outlook
2. A. an omal ous B. unc onversa nt c . unenlight ened D. unort hodox
3. A. di sconce rted B. disco mbobu lated c. n onplussed D. perplex ed
4. A. r efrains B. relin quishes c . renounce s D. retains
5. A. i nspire B. instil c. pr esent D. strike
6. A. al armin g B. chilling c. fr eezing D. petrify ing
7. A. co nveya nce B. hand -over c . transfe r D. transplanta tion
8. A. ch apte r B. convoc ation c . section D. subdivisio n
9. A. e manc ipate B. empo wer c . liberate D. unshackl e
10. A. compu nctio ns B. qualms c . reservati ons D. scruples
PART 2. Sel ect t he op tion which b est fi ts each s pace in the fol low ing passage.
Write yo ur ans wers (A, B, c or D) in the box provided. (5pts)
The issues for (1) ____ economie s are a little more straightfor ward. The
desire to build on undevelo ped land is not (2) ____ out of desperatio n or
necess ity, but is a result of the relentless march of progress. Cheap labor and a
relativ ely highly -skille d workforce make these countrie s highly competi tive and
there is a flood of inward investment, particular ly from (3 )____ looking to ta ke
adva ntage of the low w ages before the cost and standard of living begin to rise.
It is factor s such as these that are making many Asian econom ies extremel y
attrac tive when viewed as investme nt opportu nities at t he moment. Similarly, in
Africa, the relati ve ( 4 ) ____ of prec ious metals and natural resources tends to
attrac t a lot o f ( 5 ) ____ compan ies and a whole sub-ind ustry develop s around
and is comp letely depend ent on this foreign -direct investme nt. It is
unde rstan dable that countri es that are the focus of this sort of attention can lose
sight o f the enviro nment al implicatio ns of large-scale industrial devel opme nt,
and this can have devas tating conseq uences for the natural world. And it is a
(6) cycle because the more industrially active a nation becom es, the great er
the d eman d for and harvest ing of natural resources. For some , the enviro nment al

475
issues, though they can hardly be ignored, are viewed as a ( 7 ) ____ conce rn.
Indeed, having an enviro nment al consci ence or taking envir onme ntal matte rs
into consid eratio n when it com es to d ecision s on whet her or not to build rubbe r-
tree ( 8 ) ____ or grow biofuel crops would be quite ( 9 ) _____indee d. For those
involved in such scheme s it is a pretty black -and-w hite issue. For vast (10)____
of land in Lati n Americ a, i.e. it is c lear that t he welfare o f the rainfo rests matter s
little to local gover nmen t when vast sums of money can be made from
cultiv ating the land.
1. A. con vergi ng B. deme rging c . emer ging D. resu rging
2. A. ari sen B. born c . bred D. grown
3. A. i nterco ntinen tals B. mul tinationa ls c . outmi gratio ns D. transmigr ation s
4. A.a bun dan ce B. accum ulation c . ampli tude D. prem onitio n
5. A. exp loitati on B. explora tion c. purvey ance D. surv eillanc e
6. A. va cuous B. vexati ous c. vicious D. viscou s
7. A. ex ponenti al B. extrins ic c . parallel D. peripheral
8. A. hol dings B. home steads c . planta tions D.r anc hes
9. A. imperative B. prohi bitive c. proscr iptive D. pro spectiv e
10. A. plots B. regions c. sectors D. tracts

B. W RITTEN TASKS (70pts)

I. OPE N CLOZ E T EST (20pts)
PART 1. Fin each ga p with ONE su itable word. Write you r an swers in th e bo x
provi ded.
Many separat e fires smoldere d in the humus of the forest floor. Smoke
somet imes (1)____ a shadow over the sun, which was often visible only at
midday . On Septe mber 30, flames came within three miles of the tow n of Green
Bay, (2 )____ 1,200 cords of wood stored at a charco al kiln. The settlem ents
in the a rea were becom ing increasing ly (3 )____ from both t he o utside world and
one (4 )____ as railroad and telegrap h lines burned. The fires seemed to wax
and (5) ____ , depen ding on the wind and chance . On Septe mber 30 the
Marin ette and Peshtig o Eagle reported hopeful ly that “the fires have nearly (6)
____ out now in this vicin ity.” But the paper was wi de of the (7) ■ , and the
fires were growin g. By Octobe r 4, the smoke was so thick on Green Bay that '
ships had to use thei r foghor ns and navigate by comp ass. On Octob er 7, the
paper, ( 8 ) ____ to looking for any scrap of good news, noted that at least the
smoke had greatly reduced the mosquito popul ation and that “a certain
estab lishm ent down on the bay shore that has been obno xiou s to the respect able
citiz ens” had burned. The pap er’s e d it o r, ( 9 ) ____ -of f by the burnin g of the
teleg raph line, could not know it, but a large, deep low-p ressur e area was
movin g in from the west. The winds circling it wou ld turn the smol derin g forest
of north-eas tern Wisconsi n into ( 10 )____ on eart h.

476
PART 2. Fill e ach ga p with O NE suit able word. Write yo ur answe rs in the box
provi ded.
Despite th e c ontinue d resilienc e o f those early town perks, it wa sn’t until the
Depress ion that modern Hershey started to take (1 )__ Perhaps the only town
in the count ry actually to pr os pe r during the 1930s, it thriv ed because Hershey
vowed his Utopia would never be on the (2 )____ . Instead he funded a massive
buildin g boom that gave (3) ____ to the most visited building s in tod ay’s
Hershey and delivere d wages to more than 600 workers. He admitted that
his ( 4 ) ____ were partly selfish: “If I do n’t provide work for them, I’ll have to
feed them. And since buildin g materials are now at their lowest cost levels, I’m
going to build and give them jo bs .” He se ems to have spared no (5 )____ ; mo st
of th e new buildi ngs were strikingly opulent. The first to be finished was the
three -mil lion -dol lar limestone Commu nity Centre, home to the 1,904-seat
Venet ian-st yle Hershey Commu nity Theatre, which has played ( 6 ) ____ since
1933 to touri ng Broadw ay shows and to music, dance, and opera performan ces.
It o ffers jus t as much to look at when the lights are on and the curtains closed.
The floors in the aptly ( 7 ) ____ Grand Lobby are polished Italian lava rock,
surrou nded by marble walls and capped with a bas- relie f cei ling showing (8)
____ of wheat, beehives , swans, and scenes from Roman mythology. With
dazzl ing inner foyer, Hershey (9)____his no se eve n h arder at the ravages of the
Depres sion: The a rched ceiling is tile d in gol d, the fire cur tain bears a painting of
Venice , and the ceiling is stud ded with 88 tiny lightbulbs to re-create a Star-(IO)
____ night. t
II. W ORD F ORM (20 pts)
PART 1. Use the right fo rm o f th e words given in capita ls to comple te the
sen tenc es bel ow. Write yo ur answer s hi the b ox provided.
1. Alth ough the u.s. has recognised same-se x marriage nationw ide, it does n’t
mean we allies can rest on our laurels and a re _____ from the responsibil ity
to ad voca te our LGBT friends and fa milies. (ONUS)
2. As the global warmi ng looms large, more and more icebergs make th e ____
jou rne y from one contin ent to another, resulting in the sea level rise. (POLE)
3. My mother, was unable to g et o ver h e r____ since she was never a p art of the
high -tech gener ation, for whom compu ters must have been a living
night mare . (PHOB IC)
4. Peopl e comi ng from the Southern Vietnam always enjoy home cookin g,
espe ciall y the snakeh ead fish done slowly in ____ pots over fires then served
with rice and vegeta bles. (EARTH )
5. The faun a -is becomi ng compa rativel y ____ due to the isolation , youn g
geolo gical age of the island and f orestry activiti es wi thin habitats . (PAU PER)
6. The jai lbre aki ng of iOS is led by a (n )____ talented and pre-e mine nt group o f
hacke rs, whose jo bs are much more compl ex than its simple elem ents might
imply. (PASS )
477
7. The mind -bog gling TV series Sens e8 has posed a seriou s question : What
happens when our convic tions and callings cl as h____ with those of ordinary
peopl e? (CON CILI ATE )
8. Train ing for advan ced English exams is an oppor tunity to challenge
yours elves , for it is quite diffic ult to know you r level if the consol idation s are
____ . (BRA IN)
9. When childr en are bitten by poison ous snakes, initial treatm ent o f ____
involves keep ing them collect ed and preve nting furth er toxin release until
access to medica l assistan ce. (VENO M)
10. While many peop le argue that taking a gap year and t ravel ling before college
is me rely a waste of time and money, others consi der it a (n )____ experie nce
that prov ides insight into real life. (EYE)
PART 2: Fill in each blan k with the corre ct for m o f one appro priate word In
the box. Use each w ord only ONCE and write yo ur answer in the numbe red box
define labou r slave tacit water
hol d pai n suffic e take worl d
The Nava jo are a peaceful and pastoral people, living by, with and off their
flocks of sheep and goats. Though the arid char acte r of their country - good for
grazi ng only - fo rces them to lead a no madic life, most of the famili es have one
main home, gener ally in a(n) (1) ____ valley, where they raise corn, beans,
melon s, oats, alfalfa , etc. The Navaj o women weave the renowne d Navajo
blank ets, famo us for their durabi lity, beauty and variety of desi gn, and careful
exec ution , whi lst a numb er of men are cleve r silver smith s, -making silver
neckl aces, belts, bracelet s, wristlet s, rings and buttons of rare beauty, out of
Mexic an silve r dollars . They have always been (2 )____ . They have little of the
sullen, (3) ____ dispos ition attribute d to Indians gener ally, and are cheerful ,
friend ly, hosp itable and industrious . Their gove rnme nt is dem ocratic ; there is no
ch ief ove r the whole tribe, and their local chiefs are men of tempo rary and (4)
____ autho rity, whose po wer d epends largely upon thei r pe rsonal influence, their
eloqu ence and thei r reputati on for wisdom and j usti ce. The tribe is d ivided into
about 58 clans or genres, grouped under several original or nucle ar clans.
Marr iages with Mexica ns, Utes, Apaches , but espec ially with the neighb oring
Pueblo Indian s who were captured or ( 5 ) ____ and even tually adopte d into the
tribe, are resp onsib le for a numb er of clans. As a cons eque nce there is nothin g
like a(n) (6 ) ____ or a prevai ling Nava jo type. Every varie ty of form and figure
can be foun d amon g them. Marriage occurs early in life and polyga my and
divo rce are preva lent.
The ( 7 ) ____ system of pagan worshi p, expre ssed in chant s, sacrifi ces, sand
paint ing, danc es, ceremonie s^ some of w hich last nine days, make the Nava jo
appea rs very relig ious. Thoug h they have no conce ption of one supre me being,
their anth ropo mor pho us deities are nume rous and striki ngly demo cratic . The
ideas of para dise and (8) ___ being unkno wn to them, they believe in a
478
 herea fter cons istin g of a life of ha ppines s with the people of the lower worlds.
They are cons isten t ( 9 ) ____ in their faith system. Diseas es are thou ght to be
caused by evil being s, by malign influenc es of ene mies, and by variou s occult
agenc ies. The ir reme dies are largely magical and const itute an integral part of
their religio n. The ir super stitio ns, cerem onies and custo ms are (1 0 )____ kept
alive by an extra ordin arily large numb er o f med icine men who wield a p owerful
influen ce amo ng them. Thoug h missio naries have lived amon g the Nava jo since
the ea rly 1600s, few N avaj o have been c onverte d to C hristia nity.
III. E RRO R COR REC TIO N (lOpts)
There a re 10 m istak es in spe lling or use o f English in th e text. Unde rline the
mist akes an d co rrec t them in the b ox below.
Gam bling was legalize d in N evad a in 1931 to increase venue for the state.
Today the casin os are very all-im porta nt for th e financia l growt h of Las Vegas.
Bugsy Siege l, the gang ster and casino owner, is the deve loper we reme mber
most. A Capo ne syndic ate boss, Siegel came to Las Vegas in the late 1930s and
saw a potent ial gold mine in the book operat ions that casino s used to get bets on
horse races in Florida , New York, and Californ ia, Offerin g his syn dica te’s race-
repor ting Cont inenta l Wire Service to the bookbi nders at a lower price than any
of the exis ting services, Siegel cornered the market. Then, in 1942, the competi tion
was elim inate d, Siegel abrup tly raised the prices and deman ded a profit share
from each book. Witho ut anoth er source for race results, and frighten ed by
Sie gel’s conn ectio ns to C apone, in which the ca sinos capitul ated.
With the profits , Siegel started his own casino. The ambit ious Flamingo
Hotel was finish ed in 1946. Situated on a strip of land along the Los Angeles
Highw ay and desig ned to be an elegant resort rather than a faux Western
gam blin g h all, the Flamin go forev er m oved th e c oncen tratio n o f Las Vegas away
from dow ntow n. This helped the town assure of the succes s of gam bling as its
majo r indust ry. Freein g from the confin ement of their Western heritage,
Euro pean -styl e casin os and resorts flourishe d in the years after 1946. Siegel was
shot in a gangl and execu tion in 1947, but his legacy lives on in the gaudy
form alism o f casin os like C aesa r’s Palace and The Sands.
IV. TRA NSF OR MA TIO N (20pts)
Pa rt 1. Fi nish each o f the fol low ing senten ces in such a way th at it is as
sim ilar as po ssi ble in mea ning to th e sent ence prin ted before it.
1. Rain has been scarce over the past few months, and even if it rained, it di dn’t
last long.
- W h a t ______________________________________________________
2. Th at th e press heape d scorn on the handling o f the cris is is imm ateria l t o us.
- O f ___________________________________________________________ _
3. The last ti me t here w as such an en vironm ental catas troph e w as a tho usan d
years ago .
- N o t__________________________________________ prop ortio ns.

479
 4. All t hat stood betwee n J ohn and th e gold medal was Jim ’s grea ter speed.
- B ut for ________________
PA RT 2. Com plete th e s eco nd s enten ce so that it h as a s imi lar mea ning to the
fi rs t s enten ce, using the word given. Do n ot ch ange the wor d given.
1. I was not w ell enough to play football that day.
-1 did n’t f ee l__________________ _____
2 . 1 thin k Joh n is plann ing to take ov er the business wh en his boss retires.
(DES IGNS )
- I a m _____________________________
3. Joh n advise d startin g th e pro ject over a gain from the begin ning to g et it
perfec t. (SCR ATCH )
- It was o n _______________________ _______________________per fectio n.
4. Maki ng a fus s ov er suc h triv ial t hings at this stage will get US no where.
(MO UNT AIN )
- M ak in g________________ ' _____________________________ avail.
5. P eople alwa ys hold fate respon sible for wh atev er’s go ing wrong in their life.
(UN TOW ARD ) J .
- P eople alway s p in _______________________________________ happens.
6. P eople say th at N guyen Chi Thanh was o nce an ex ampl e o f an exc eption ally
green street. (SING LED)
- Ngu yen Chi T ha nh ____________________ _________________________

TRƯỜNG THP T CHUYÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - BÌN H DƯƠNG

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTION S (80ps

I. PHONOLOGY (10ps)
Cho ose the wor d which has the unde rline d pa rt p ron ou nc ed diffe rentl y fr om
the rest.
1. A. asym metr ic B. ahist orical c. ocean ic D. aide
2. A. Abo rigin e B. recip e c. catas troph e D. secre te
3. A. fuzzy B. bliz zard c. pizza D. bu zz
4. A. gradu al B. sol dier c. educ ation D. in depe nden t
5. A. c hronicl e B. choleric c. chimer a D. cha uvinist
Cho ose the w ord that is str ess ed dif feren tly fro m the oth ers in th e lis t
6. A. rend ezvo us B. sce nario c. arith meti c D. q uinte ssenc e
7. A. influ enza B. con trove rsial c. dem ons trati ve D. pr efere ntial
8. A. trig ono met ry B. exp lanat ory c. imme diate ly D. de mocr acy
9. A. legis latur e B. rep ositor y c. magnificent D. mi stake
10. A. argu men tativ e B. ps ychol ogica l c. cont ribu tory D. h yper sensi tive

48 0
 II. V OCA BUL ARY ( 10p s)
1. I'm sorry t o ___________ , but did you happen to mention the same "Fiona"?
A. b utt in B. cut y ou c. interce de D. jum p
2. Peter ag reed re luctan tly to sign the form but looked e xtreme ly ill a t _______ .
A. a gree men t B. ease c. heart D. soul
3. Kate spen t the mo rni ng _________ along the sea-front.
A. hi king B. ram bling c. strolli ng D. craw ling
4. A c omm on cause o f ___________ is the use of untreated wate r in prepara tion
for fo ods, which is quite commo n in certain underd evelop ed countrie s.
A. di splea sure B. maln utrition c. eupep sia D. dysen tery
5. The bus stoppe d a t the traffic lights with a ___________ of the brakes.
A. sc reech B. howl c. crash D. grind
6. The sauc epan s fell ont o th e flo or with a g re at _____________ .
A. c latt er B. rattle c. crunch D. sque ak
7. With the end of childhood , and t he onset of ______, y oung people experienc e
profou nd changes.
A. t eena ge B. childho od c. middle -age D. ado lescen ce
8. The polic e promis ed h im ________ from prosec ution if he co-ope rated with
them fully.
A. s afety B. prote ction c. immunity D. abso lution
9. The barma n began t o ________ his fists in a threa tenin g m anne r so I left.
A. g athe r B. fold c. bundle D. clench
10. It must be true. I heard it straight from t h e ___________ mouth.
A. dog's B. horse's
*'***Ã.-'* '^. •
c. camel
,
's D. cat's
-Ậ
III. STR UCT URE AND G RAMM AR ( lOps )
1. Di lig en tly __________ Mary s tudied, she ne ver g ot best ma rks.
A. w hile B. when c. as D. since
2. “ Which is more important: luck or e ffort? ” - “Lu ck is effort.
A. o f the same importa nce B. the same importa nce as
B. as the same importa nce as D. o f the sam e importa nt as
3. _______ , includi ng climat e, mineral content , and the perma nency of surfac e
water, wetla nds may be mossy, grassy, scrubby , o r woode d.
A. Depe ndin g on many factors B. Many factors depen ding on
c. Facto rs depe nding on many D. On many factors de pendi ng
4. I’d so one r y o u _______ badly in the last exam.
A. d idn ’t done B. ha dn’t done
c. cou ldn ’t do D. w ould n’t have don e
5. Y ou ______ _ then; otherw ise, the police man wou ldn ’t have stoppe d y ou.
A. c ould have been s peedin g B. mus t hav e been speed ing
c. migh t ha ve been speedi ng D. ou ght to have been speed ing

481
6. On being told a bout her s ac k, _______ .
A. he r boss felt sor ry for Mary B. Mary was sh ocked
c. Mary ’s face tu rned pale D. her boss’ face felt s orry for Mary
7. Would you b e _______ my letter while I am away ?
A. too good as to forward B. as good as forw ard
c. so good as to forward ,! D. so good as forw arding
8. _______ the Coast Guard, not a single life was lost in the ferry a ccident.
A. W ere it not f or B. Regar dless of c. Thanks to D. As a result of
9. Social scienti sts believe that _______ from sounds such as grunts
and b arks made by early ancestors o f human b eings.
A. language, whi ch w as very slow to develop
B. lang uage, very slowly developin g
c . the ve ry s low d evelop ment of language
D. l anguage develop ed ve ry slo wly
10. If I ............ you a pet crocodile , w hat would you do with it?
A. w ere going to give B. could give
c. were for gi ving D. were to give

IV. P REPO SITIO N AN D P HRASA L VE RBS (lOps )

Choos e the best option to com plete t he foll owi ng sen tences.
1. At first, Tim insisted he was right, b ut then began t o....................
A. b ack down B. follow up c. drop o ff D. brea k up
2. I t’s no good pretend ing, you ’ve got t o ........ reality.
A. b argain for B. come up against c. face up to D. get down to
3. Wha t were you t w o ............... .ju st now in the gard en?
A. br inging about B. gettin g up to c. coming up with D. gettin g ro und to
4. You should alway s have alternati ve plan t o .................
A. b ring a bout B. ask a fter c. feel up to D. fall back on
5. A g eneral amne sty for poli tical prisoner s may be______ the offing.
A. on B. at c. in D. throu gh
6. Tho mas is alway s f ly in g________ the handle at the slighte st thi ng.
A. o ff B. over c. around D. throug h
7. Ga reth Bale is a b rillian t youn g fo otballe r who is _____ the up and up.
A. in B. to , c. through D. on
8. No agree ment was reached. The s trikers decided to _____ out for a better deal.
A. keep B. watch c. hold D. draw
9. Tha t d ieticia n is going to br in g____ a book on hea lthy eating next month.
A. on B. up c. for wa rd, D. out
10. H e____ up a lot o f debts in the tow n an d then disapp eared w ithout a tr ace.
A. pu t B. ran c. brought D. made

482
V. R EA DI NG CO M PR EH EN SI ON (20 ps)
PA SS AG E 1: Rea d the text b elow and ch oose the best answ er (A,B ,C or D) to
each q uestion.
The deve lopm ent of ja zz can be seen as part of the larger contin uum of
Americ an popu lar music, especi ally dance music. In the twenti es, jaz z became
the hotte st new thing in dance music, much as ragtime had at the turn of the
century , and as would rhythm and blues in the fifties, rock in the fifties, and
disco in the seventi es.
But two chara cteris tics distingu ish jaz z from other dance music. The first is
impr ovisa tion, the chang ing of a musical phrase accord ing to the player's
inspira tion. Like all artists, jaz z musicia ns strive for an individual style, and the
impro vise or paraph rase is a jaz z musicia n's main opportu nity to display his or
her indivi duali ty. In early jazz , musicians often improvis ed melodies
colle ctive ly, thus creati ng a kind of polyp hony . There was little soloing as such,
althou gh some New Orleans players, particularly corne t pl aye r Buddy Bolden,
achie ved local fame for their ability to improvise a solo. Later the idea of the
chor us-lo ng or multi choru s solo took hold. Louis Armst rong's instrumenta l
brillia nce, demo nstrate d through extende d solos, was a major influence in this
deve lopm ent. Even in the early twentie s, however, some jaz z bands had fe atured
soloist s. Simila rly, show orchestr as and car nival bands often included o ne o r two
such “ge t-o ff” musicia ns. Unimpro ved, comple tely structu red jaz z does exist,
but the abilit y of the best ja zz musicia ns to create music of grea t cohes ion and
beaut y durin g perfor mance has been a hallma rk of the music and its major
source o f inspir ation and ch ange.
The secon d disting uishin g characte ristic of jaz z is a rhythmi c drive that was
initial ly called "hot" and later "swing". In p laying hot, a musici an co ns cio us ly
depar ts from strict meter to create a relaxed sense of phras ing that also
emp hasiz es the underly ing rhythms. ("Rough" tone and use of moder ate vibrato
also cont ribut ed to a hot sound.) Not all jaz z is hot, howeve r, many early bands
played un ad or ne d publish ed arrange ments of popular so ngs. Still, the proclivit y
to pl ay hot distin guish ed th e jazz mus ician from other in strumen talists.
1. The pass age answer s wh ich of the followi ng q uestion s?
A. Which early jaz z musici ans most Influenced rhythm and b lues music?
B. What are t he di fferen ces between jaz z an d o ther forms of music?
c . Why is danc ing c losely rela ted to popul ar m usic in the United States?
D. What instrum ents compri sed a typical jazz band of the 1920's?
2. Which o f the fo llowi ng appeare d before jaz z as a pop ular music for da ncing ?
A. Disco B. Ro ck , , c . Rhythm and b lues D. Rag time
3. Acc ordi ng to the passag e, jaz z music ians are able to demo nstra te their
individ ual artistr y mainly by?
A. c reati ng musical variat ions while perfor ming
B. pre pari ng musical arrang emen ts

483
 c. reading music w ith g reat skill
D. being able to play all types o f popular music
4. Which o f the foll owing was the function of “ge t- of f” mu sicia ns'!
A. Assis t the o ther band m embers in packing up afte r a perfo rmance
B. Teach dance routines created for new music
c. Lead the band
D. Provid e solo perform ances in a band or orchestra
5. Which two types of music devel oped around the same time ?
A. jazz / roc k B. dance / rhythm & blue
c. rock / rhythm & blue D. jazz / dance
6. Loui s Ar mstron g was mentioned as an influential musician o f _____.
A. "hot" or "swing" ja zz B. chorus-lo ng jazz
c. structure d jazz D. soloing jaz z
7. The word "consciously" is closest in meanin g t o _____ .
A. ca relessly B. easily c. periodically . purposely
8. The word "unadorned" is closest in meaning t o _____ .
A. lovely B. plain c. disorganized □.in exp ens ive
9. Which of the followi ng term s is defined in the passage ?
A. "imp rovis ation " B. "polyphon y" c. "c orn etp lay er" D. "mu ltich orus'
10. The to pic of the passage is developed primarily by mean s o f
A. div iding the di scussion into two major areas
B. presen ting c ontrasti ng p oints o f views
c. providi ng biograph ies o f famous musician
D. desc ribing historical events in sequence
PASSAGE 2: R ea d th e foll ow in g te xt an d th en ch oo se the b es t ph ra se o r c lau se
gi ve n be low it to f il l eac h ga p. Write y ou r an sw ers in th e nu mb er ed sp ac es
un de r th is pa rt.
Every teach er knows that not all students are good examinees . Some are too
tense, become overan xious or t oo stressed and then perform below expecta tions
(1) ______________ . Teacher s try to help by compen sating, believing (2)
_____________ they will c ure his fear o f exams. 1 •

So, last ye ar, (3 )____________ , I completely rewrote the Business Studies

Revisio n Course at this secondary school. The central idea of the course is to
treat the exam as an event, a challenge, a performa nce, (4) ' _______, a
drama produc tion, or perhaps a major music concert, ( 5 ) _____________ and
very defini tely on the public stage. The idea is to show that the exam is not a
test, (6 )_____________ to sho w how good the can didate is.
The objec tive is to improve stude nts’ final perform ance (7 )_____________ ,
control and ability to cope. The theme of “ total prepara tion for perfo rman ce”
teach es them that (8 )_____________ are obv iously importa nt, th ey are o nly two

484
• of the five skills required , the others being coping strateg ies, mental skills and
manag ement skills. These add itions give a new d imensio n (9 )______________ ,
• increasin g en joym ent an d motivation .
They widen a stud ent’s focus and help to convinc e some of the less confid ent
students that there are many ways in which they can actively contri bute toward s
their ( 1 0 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ . ;•
A. m uch like a sports match
B. se lf-co nfide nce and s elf-esteem ,
c . by increa sing self-con fidence
D. relyin g on my exp ertise alone
E. to a stu den t’s revision
F. that if they boost a stu dent ’s academic knowled ge
G. by improv ing a stude nt’s revision
H. but an opportu nity
I. those no t ma ttering so m uch , ■1'
J. draw ing on my teaching expe rience and sp orts psychol ogy skills <
K. but b igger and m ore important ." 'J
L. ju st when it matters most
M. but a real desir e
N. w hile knowled ge and exa mination tech niques
o . despite the need f or susta ined effort
VI. CLOZ E T EST (20ps)
PASSAGE 1: Rea d the text below and decid e which answ er (A, B, c or D) best
fi ts each space.
Since the time of Nostrada mus, meteoro logists have been trying to deciph er
the mystery of climate changes. Their (2 )_____ has been to be a ble to precisel y
I ( 1 ) _____ the weath er for the days to come. In t he past, meteo rologi sts looked

skywa rds to find hints in the clouds. At present, their eyes are directed at the
' spots where the most intriguing climatic transf ormat ions (3) ' ''' about,
namely , the (4 )_____ depths of the oceans where swirls, whirl pools and waves
gener ate t he p atterns for t he futu re weath er.
The most efficie nt way of ( 5 ) _____ hold of the ever chang ing map of the
swirli ng curren ts circula ting their heat around the planet is from space. Weath er
satell ites (6) _ with complic ated instrument s examin e the surface and the
bottom o f the oceans and determin e the exact height of wate r. The impressi ve
adva ntage offere d by satellite scannin g is that measur ements can be ( 7 ) ____ _
even in the most inaccessi ble parts of the oceans and can provide daily picture s
of the wate r surfa ce t ogeth er with the c alculated wa ve h eight and w ind speed.
Besides being a priceless device for predic ting climat ic condi tions for
tourist s, farmers or aviators, weath er satellite s also (8 ) _____ adva nce warnin gs
again st storms or typhoo ns which (9) _________ the coastal popul ation s to
(1 0) _____ them selve s a gainst these destruc tive forces of nature.

485
1. A. s ubject B. ob jectivi ty c. subjec tion D. obje ctive
2. A. un ravel B. perc eive c. foreca st D. exp lore
3. A. com e B. turn c. bring D. get
4. A. u tmost B. indefini te c. termi nal D. ul timate
5. A. g etting B. com ing c. findin g D. mak ing
6. A. eq uippe d B. del ivered c. supp leme nt D. dona ted
7. A. do ne B. form ed c. fulfill ed D. tak en
8. A. d enote B. proc eed c. emerg e D. iss ue
9. A. en title B. entail c. enable D. enfo rce
10. A. prote ct B. ward c. sustain D. pre serve
PASSAG E 2: Re ad t he text bel ow and deci de which ans wer (A, B, c or D ) best
fi ts each sp ace.
DOLPH IN TO THE R ESCU E
People often claim that humans and anim als are not as diffe rent as they
appear . For exam ple, dolph in are often (1)_________ with human - or even
super -hum an - intelli gence and also a sort of (2)_________ with huma n beings.
This attitu de to dolp hins is not surpri sing in view of (3)_________ like the
follow ing one, which h appen ed in 1983. A law yer’s w ife was bathi ng alone from
a private beach in Florida . She had only jus t (4)________ into the wate r when
she was (5)________ of f by a strong current . She swallo wed wat er and was
begin ning to lose (6)________ , wish ing despe rately that some one wou ld come
and rescu e her. And she tells how at this mom ent she was given ‘a t reme ndou s
sho ve’ and found her sel f (7)______ out of the water. She slowly reco vere d and
turne d to than k her rescuer . But there was no one about, only a pair of dolph ins
play ing and leaping ou t o f the wa ter a few metres off shore.
At this poin t a man came runni ng up to say that he had seen, wh at he had
take n for a dead body being pushed ashore by one of the dolph ins. No w this is
not an obsc ure (8)_______ of an incident which happe ned in the dim and
(9) ______ past. It hap pened in our own times an d was witn esse d by a n umb er of
(10) __________ . ‘ ,
1. A. credi ted B. awa rded., c . attrib uted D. rec ko ne d
2. A. likenes s B. att raction c . sympa thy D. fe llow ship
3. A. occa sion s B. inciden ts c. sc en es Ì D. ci rcum stan ces
4. A. swum B. eme rged c . entered D .g on e
5. A. taken B. carri ed c . fetched D. tra nsp orte d
6. A. sight B. life c . awar eness D. c onsc ious ness
7. A. stagg erin g B. hau ling c . rescu ing D. a ppea ring
8. A. narra tive B. acc ount c . tale D. v ersio n
9. A. unre liabl e B. his torical c . ancie nt D. di stan t
10. A. onlo oker s B. w atche rs c . viewe rs D. s pecta tors

486
 B. W RITTEN TEST
I. OPE N CLOZ E T EST (20ps)
Fill each blan k with ONE suitab le word.
CLOZE TES T 1
The know ledge and eloque nce that people gain throug h trave lling is usually
perceive d (1) ....................the best fulfillm ent in life. It is t he inquisitiv e human
nature ( 2 ) ................impels people to seek thrilli ng exper ience s and to set o ut on
an expl orati on trip. Thos e who travel frequent ly and to diverse places benefit
from esta blish ing new relatio nships and (3) .................a better knowl edge about
other cu lture s and lifestyles. However, there is a grain of truth in the assumpt ion
that peop le are prone to cherish ing cliches and unfound ed prejud ices about othe r
nations and thei r charac terist ics. Someti mes, it is only the first-han d encou nter
that can help change the approa ch toward s the (4) ................ “infe rior
com mun ities ”. This direct (5) .....................wi th a differ ent civiliz ation enables
travele rs to drop their baseles s assump tions and get acquai nted with the real
conce pt o f life in all fou r ( 6 ) ...............o f the globe. Beyond questio n, travelling
facilit ates frien dship and makes ( 7 ) ....... ...... ....... easier for many individuals
to ackn owle dge the true value of dif ferent traditi ons and customs. Yet, it does
not a lway s ( 8 ) .....................e njoyme nt. It ( 9 ) ........... ..a lso involve coming close
with the atroc ities of real existen ce as well as becomin g aware of the ch allenge s
and hard ships tha t ot her p eople have to struggl e wit h. Hence, a true voyage is the
one with a good deal of ex perien ce to remini sce about, (10) ................. often
comb ined with expo sure to abhorr ent sights and incredib le ordeals. The learning
to be co mpl ete, thus, requir es an ab ility to obs erve and analyz e the s urroundin gs,
both thei r gl amo ur and b rutality.

CLOZE TES T 2
ENJOY TH E BENEFIT S OF ST RESS
Are you looki ng forwar d to anoth er busy week? You should be ac cordi ng (0)
to some expe rts. They argue that t he stress ( 1 ) .................in ou r daily lives is not
only goo d for US, but essentia l to survival. They say that the ( 2 ) ....... ......... to
stress, whic h creat es a che mical (3) .. .. : .......adrena lin, helps the mind and body
to act quic kly (4) .. .. .. .. . emerg encies . Anima ls and h uman beings use it to m eet
the h ostil e cond ition s w hich exist on the planet,
Whil st nobo dy ( 5 ) ........... the pressure s o f everyd ay life, w hat is sur prising is
that we are yet to deve lop success ful ways of ( 6 ) ........... with them. Even the
expe rts con side r the curre nt strateg ies to be inadequ ate and often danger ous.
They beli eve that ( 7 ) ............. of try ing to manag e our respo nse to stress with
drugs or rela xatio n techn iques , we must expl oit it. Appa rently , resear ch shows
that peop le who ( 8 ) ............. condi tions of stress for th ems elve s by doing
exci ting and risky sports or looking for challe nges, cope much bett er with life’s
probl ems. Acti vitie s of this type ( 9 ) .. .. ....... been shown to crea te a lot of
emot ion; peop le may actua lly cry or feel extre mely uncom forta ble. But t here is a
poin t at whic h they have succe eded and know that it w as a positi ve (1 0 )..............
487
II. WO RD FORM . (20ps)
PART 1: Complete the sentence with the correct for m o f the given word. (10 pts)
1. The agend a fo r mee ting is still n o t_______________ . (FINAL )
2. Mana geme nt decided the office w a s ___________ and sacked three jun ior
typist s. (MAN)
3. New full-ti me student s from lower income house holds will be able to apply
for a ( n )__________ mainte nance grant offered by the gover nmen t, but have
to w ork in public sectors after th ey gr aduate. (PAY)
4. Univer sity faculti es expect to receive co m pl ete d________ by the beginn ing
of June. (T HESIS)
5. He made a ______ attem pt to climb the tree to r ecover his kite. (FOOL )
6. Sto re ca rds are off ered at the till and people can o bt ai n______ of credit ca rds
with relative ease. (FIST)
7. Plea se p lace y our ci garette ends in t h e______ provide d. (REC EIVE )
8. Why don ’t you tak e t h e ______ and arr ange the me eting. (INITI ATE)
9. His work mates were ve ry ______ and selfi sh. (COO PERA TE)
10. H eavy rain and exc essive use have the soil_____ . (POV ERTY )
PAR T 2: Use the word given in capitals at the end o f some o f the lines tofor m a w ord
that fit s in the space in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).
NATI ONA L INDIA T HROUGH T HE RAILW AY
Not only can the railway be seen as a (0. MOBILE) mobil iser of (1. NA TION)
________ , but as a mobil iser of (2. CA PIT AL )_______________ . As Ian
Kerr suggest s in Build ing the R ailway of Raj, the buildin g o f the ra ilway in Ind ia
introduc ed the framew ork of (3.CO NTRAC T)____________ emp loy men t-of the
labour mar ket- and, the knowledg e of the sale ability of that labour, (4. ARG UE)
____________ , lays the (5. FOUND) _________________ for unions , The
Congr ess Party and ultimate ly independen ce. Indepe ndence and the conc eivin g
of the nation internat ionally can be (6. FAR) ! ________ perce ived in the
partic ipatio n of Indian construc tion workers in the buildi ng of railwa y
throu ghou t Africa. The knowled ge of th e saleabil ity of labour inter natio nally
antici pated the falling of bord er through (7. GL OB AL )_____________ befor e
thei r constr uction . As Barrack Obama arrives at the old Nairo bi train statio n in
the post aspec t of (8. CO LO NY )____________ he write s upon a
railw ay line t hat had taken ‘the lives of several hundre d (9. IM PO RT )_______
Indian wor ker s’ for the Tine track that helped usher in Key a’s colon ial his tory ’
(10. IN FE R )_________________ an intercon nectivi ty withi n the Empi re, and
an interc onnec tivity within the constru cting of-r ailw ays and furth erm ore, how
that ‘ colon ial hist ory ’ relied upon the introducti on o f the railw ay.
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFI CAT ION (10 ps)
Iden tify 10 m istak es in the follo win g passa ge and corre ct them.
If there is one ch aract eristi c o f British work in the arts that seem s to s tand out
is its short age of identif ication with wide r intellec tual .trends. Playw right s and

48 8
directo rs can be left-win g in t heir political look-out, but the plays they produce
rarely convey a straightforwar d message. The same is largely true of British
novelists and poets. Their writing is naturalistic and is not connected to particula r
intellect ual move ments . The theatre had always been very strong in Britain,
espec ially in London. The country' s most successful playwr ights are those who
explore the dark er side of the personal ity and of personal relation ships. In
contra st, the cine ma in Britain is often regarded as not quite part o f the arts in all,
it is simply entertainm ent. Britain is unique between the large European countries in
giving mostly no financial help to their film industry. Classical music is a lso a
minori ty interest. British seem disinter ested in high educatio n, t hey watch lots o f
televi sion, but are enthus iastic readers. The vast majority of b ooks reading in
Britain are not c lassifie d as serio us literature.
IV. SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N. (20 ps)
A. Finish each o f the senten ces in such a way th at it m eans e xactly the sam e as
the se nten ce prin ted before it.
1 .1 rarely sleep in the af ternoon.
—> I'm no t i n ____________________________________________________
2. It was wron g o f you to borrow my book without asking.
—> You _______________________________________________ before you
borrow ed my book.
3. It was not until five years had elapsed that the whole truth about the murder
came out.
—> Not f o r______________________________________________________
4. People becam e aware of the damage to the ozone layer when an enormous
hole was discove red over the South Pole.
—> It was t h e ____________________________________________________
B. Write a new sentence using the word given. Do no t alter the word in any way.
5. C hrist would only e at a pi zza if he could have a mushroom topp ing. (ON )
—> C hr is t________________________________________________________
when he ate a pizza.
6. My siste r finds com muting every day anno ying. (PU T)
—» It’s difficu lt for my si st er ______________________________________
every day.
7. The Mediterran ean is warm, whereas the North Sea is much colder. (NO TH ING )
—» The No rth Sea is ________________________________________________
the Medi terran ean.
8. My fath er pe rsuaded me to learn ano ther fore ign language. (T AL KE D)
My fa th er ____________________________________________________ _
anot her foreign language.
9. W hate ver di fficul ties Anna had, she still attended university. (SH IN E)
— ____ __________ ___ _ ______________________-___________ _ ______ _
10. The view from t he hotel is absolutel y breathtakin g. (B RE AT H)

489
 TRƯỜNG CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÀ RỊA - VŨNG TÀU

l.MULTIPLE c h o ic e
I. PHONOLOGY
Choose the w ord whose u nder lined pa rt is pron oun ced diffe rentl y fr om tha t o f
the ot hers
1. A. d iletan te B. ma chete c . matoke D. cat astro phe
2. A. putsch B. sch ema c . schlock D. schm o
3. A. cache t B. bou quet c. ballet D. rac quet
4. A. coup B. group c . soup D. croup
5. A.l ongev ity B. encor e c . develo pe D. end ive
Choose th e w ord which Is stre sse d differ ently fro m the oth er th ree
1. A. lieute nant B. me dulla c . karate ,D. ju ven ile
2. A. finite B. escr ow c . highlig ht D. m ass if
3. A. parad igmat ic B. spi ritualis m c . misu nders tandi ng D. justific atio n
4. A. gladi ator B. her edity r' c . herbiv orous D. de lingq uency
5. A. deluge B. parol e c . senile D. typh oid
II. WORD CHOICE:
Choo se th e b est o ption s to comp lete t he fol low ing sente nces
1. The com pute r has change d the w or ld ............................
A. irrepla ceably B. irre vocably c. irredee mably D. irrepara bly
2. The o ffer of a place at uni versity is not to be ... .1 ........... .. a t.
A. co ughed B. sne ezed c. winked ' D. shr ugged
3. Salted butter was develo ped to prevent spoilage ; and to mas k the taste of
.................. butter.
A. m ouldy B. rotten c. bad D. ra ncid
4. T he th eft of my fat her ’s camer a cas t rathe r a ..................o n the holiday .
A. blight B. curse c. misfor tune D. m isery
5. The re was a l o u d ...................... sound as the bathw ater ran d own the plugho le.
A. tr ickli ng B. gurgling c. gushin g D..po uring
6. In orde r to explo re the c ity ........... , I left my luggage at the st ation.
A. u nlade n B. unencumb ered c.undet erred D. u nrest raine d
7. The re w ere so m any pe op le ............ me in th e cro wd that I cou ldn ’t hold the
cam era steady.
A. jost ling B. jerkin g c. obstr uctin g D. ag itati ng
8. He drove into so me railing s a n d ............... ... a hole in the back of his car.
A. gouge d B. wre nched c. plucke d D. d ragge d
9 . 1 thou ght you were looking a litt le .. .. ? ........... . this morni ng.
A. tu mbl e-do wn B. dow ncas t c. run-d own D. d own -and -out

490
 I O.The cre w on the stage had to move th e ................. scenery during the play. It
is a goo d t hing that the y are strong.
A. c umbe rsom e B. spurious c. spasmo dic D. perenn ial
III. S TRU CTU RES AND GRAMMA R:
Choose the be st opt ions to com plete the fol low ing sentences.
1. As k him to make a c hoi ce................................ not receive anythin g else on his
birthday .
A. on the under stand ing that he will B. on the conditio n th at he should
c. only if he m ay D. as long as he shall
2. On the to p of the mo unta in................................ where my fa ther was born.
A. the ca bin is loc ated B. is the located cabin
c. is loc ated the c abin D.located is the c abin
3 . 1 went to have a look at the room w here 1 ..................... that afternoo n.
A. w as to hav e talke d B. was to talk
c. shoul d have ta lked D. mus t have talked
4. W hen a l l .......................... fails, read the instruction.
A. th e o ther B. else c. others D. ano ther
5. She i s .......................... too ready to accept the offer.
A. f ar B. much c. all D. almos t
6. I f he s o...................................... at ano ther woman, I’ll kill him.
A. as to look B. much as to look
c. much as looks D. much as looking
7................ .... him wa lk d own th e street, you would never know he wa s blinD.
A.To s ee B. Hav ing see n c . When you see D. So as to see
8. The leave s of the white mulberr y provide food for silk wor ms, ............ silk
fabri cs are woven.
A. w hos e c ocoon s B. from cocoons
c.w ho se co coon s are from D. from whose co coons
9. The y found all the lost d ocu men ts........................ for one.
A. but B. aside c. save D. oth er
10..............and te rrifyin g, coral snakes can gr ow to. 4 fee t (1.2 meters) in length.
A. They ar e ex treme ly p oisono us B. The poison ous is extrem e
c. Ext rem ely poiso nous D. An ex treme ly amou nt o f poison

IV. PHR ASA L VERB S AND PREPO SITION S:

Choo se th e be st op tion to c omple te th e fol low ing sentenc es.
1. Listen, I ca n’t make it for dinn er tonight. Somet hing has croppe d .............. at
work ad it look s like I ma go ing to be stuc k at the o ffice all ni ght.
A. out B. up c. in D. thr ough

491
2. The door burst open and his m ot he r................. in. “ 1 though t so,” she saiD. “
You are not do ing your hom ewor k,”
A. barked B. banke d c. barged D. bottled
3. In his s peech, he ........... . ........the plight of the sick and th e hungry.
A. d welt on B. glos sed o ver c. drumm ed up D. sounded o ff
4. I have tried askin g Stephan ie, butshe ’s proving difficu lt to .................... a
parti cula r date.
A. let in on B. pin down to c. tie in with D. creep up on
5. T here is no thing like a spa treatm ent to en d........... a relaxi ng day spent on the
beach on an Olu Deniz holiday.
A. up B.in c. of f D. with
6. W h y ..................... for a taxi w hen the re’s a perfectl y g ood bus s ervic e?
A. fork o ut B. hank after c. hype up D. soft up
7. All the emp loyee s were asked to ........................t em dol lars so that flower s
could be b ought for the rece ptio nist’s birthday.
A. even out B. drag ged on C.chip in D. be aver away
8. Ps ychol ogy i s ...................... definit ion an inexact science.
A.wit h B. in c. by D. throu gh
9. We will have to eco nom ise..................... heating or we ’ll w on’t be able to pay
the bill.
A. a bout B. with c. on D. ov er
10. T he gove rnme nt has been forced t o ......................... the issue of increase d t ax.
A. climb down over B.walk out on c. crack down on D. read up on
REREADING COMPREHENSION:
Read the texts below and choose the best answer to each question
TEX T 1:
When Chris toph er Colum bus landed on Am eric a’s shores, he enco unte red
copp er-sk inne d people whom he promp tly called “In dians ”. Mist aken in his
geog raph y, he believe d he had reache d IndiA. Curre nt estim ates indicat e tha t
ther e were over a millio n Indians inhabi tating North Ame rica then. Ther e are
appr oxim atel y 800,000 Indian s today , of whom about 250,0 00 live on
reser vatio ns.
The e arly settle rs had an am icabl e relati onship with Indians , who shared t hei r
kno wled ge o f huntin g, fishin g and farmi ng with thei r uninv ited guest s. The
ster eoty ped stealt hy, diabo lical Indian of modern Wester n mov ies was crea ted by
callo us, trea cher ous wh ite men; the Indian was born f riendl y.
Ant ipat hy devel oped betwe en the Indian s and the settl ers, who se
enc roac hm ent on Indian lands provo ked an era of turbu lence . As early as 1745,
Indian t ribes co al es ce d to d rive the French of f their lanD . The Frenc h and Indian
wa r did not end until 1763. The Indians had succe eded in de stroy ing many of the

492
Western settlem ents. The British, superficially submi ssive to the Indians,
promise d that furthe r migrat ions west would not extend beyond a specified
bounda ry. Howeve r, there was no holding back ardent adven tures like Daniel
Boone, who ignored the British coven ant with the Indians and blazed a trail
westwa rd.
Evicted from their lands or, worse still, ingenuous ly ceding their property to
the whit es for a few baubles, Indians were ruthless ly pushed west. Tempe stuous
wars broke out, but lacking t heir former stamina and large number s, the Indians
were doom ed to capitula tion. The battle in 1876 at Little Big Horn River in
Monta na, in whic h Sitting Bull and t he Sioux tribes massacr ed General Cus ter’s
cavalr y, caused the whites to intensify their campai gn agains t the redmen. The
battle at Wounde d Knee, South .Dakota, in 1890 rescinded the last vestige of
hope for am ity between Indians and whites. Thence forth Indians were relegated
to th eir o wn reservat ions, lands allo tted to them by the federal governm ent.
Altho ugh the Bureau of Indian Affairs has operated since 1824, presuma bly
for the purpos e of guardin g Indian s’ interests, Indians on reserva tion lead
notor iously deprived lives. Poverty, unemplo yment, high infant mortality , and
defic ient medical care have maimed a once proud race. In recent times irate
Indians have taken a militan t stand and have appealed to the courts and the
Amer ican peopl e to amelio rate t heir substanda rd living con ditions.
1. You can infer tha t the autho r o f this passag e
A. work s f or the Bureau of Indian Affairs
B. thin ks t he Indians we re f erocious savage s
c. admi res the settlers for the ir endu rance
D. sym pathi zes with the Indian
2. Th e ea rly settler s in America
A. had t o fight Indians B. found the Indians very helpful
c. wen t hu nting and fishing D. thought the Indians were sly and mean
3. Th e French and Indian War
A. was quick ly te rminat ed
B. cau sed great destr uction among the French forces
c. lasted eighte en y ears
D. led to westwa rd migratio n
4. The British make an ag reem ent w ith th e Indians to
A. fool the Indians B. get the India n’s land
c. stop westwa rd migra tion D. send Daniel Boone acros s the conti nent
5. The word “c oal esc ed” in the passage is closest in m eanin g to
A. to merge B. mad e gre at ef forts c . withd rew D. pla nned
,6.The word “am ity ” in the passage is closest in mean ing to
A. co rporat ion B.frien dship c. rivalry D. con tentio n

493
 7. The battle at Wounde d Knee
A. m arks the en d of the Indian wars B. occur red on the Indian reservati on
c . caused great hope among the Indians D. was won by the Indians
8. Appa rently the auth or fee ls tha t the Bureau of Indian Affairs
A. ha s be en of great h elp to the Indians
B. was establ ished in the ninetee nth century
c . depriv ed the Indians
D. has neve r done mu ch for the Indians
9. The Indians ha ve recently be gun to
A. rebel a gain st the Bureau of Indian Af fairs
B. stand up f or th eir rights as a people
c . suffe r from extrem e de privatio n
D. l ive on reserva tions.
10. Yo u can infer that Indian reserva tions
A. a re on fertile land B. woul d a ppeal to Am erican tou rists
c . offer little opportunity for agriculture D. are happy hunti ng g rounds
TEXT 2:
Fortu nately there are still a fe w tasty things for US gourm ands to enjoy in the
relativ e securit y. Thei r num bers, however, are de pleted a lmos t d aily, it seems, by
ruthle ss procl amat ions from t he ever-v igilan t Food and Drug Admi nistra tion and
its allies, our doctor s. The latest felon to face prose cutio n is the salt of life,
sodium chlorid e.
Osten sibly , overus e of salt causes high blood pressu re and hyper tensio n, the
cause of half the deat hs in the United States every year. A fe w ye ars ago the a nti­
salt cam paig ners raised such a rumpus that salt was banned from baby fooD.
Curre ntly press ure is bein g a pplied to food manu factu rers to oblig e them to label
thei r produ cts to show sodium content. Becaus e doing so woul d cost merce nary
many factu rers money, they argue that they have no idea how much salt remain s
on such thing s as potato chips and how much sticks to the bag. Furthe rmore , salt
isn ’t the only harmful ingredi ent in fooD. If the man ufac ture r has to provide
sodiu m conte nt, why not require him to list every ingre dien t and specify which
are detri men tal to out health ? Cigare ttes have a war ning printe d on them.
Sh oul dn’t the same ty pe of warnin g appe ar on canne d food s that ar e notorio usly
over salt ed?
The re are endl ess ifs and blits in the contr over sy, but the most tel ling o f these
is t he ques tion able pro of o f s alt’s diabo lic effec t upon the blood press ure. True,
peopl e who cut the ir salt intake lowered the ir blood pres sure , but where is the
scien tific pr oo f that some thing othe r than salt did n’t do the trick ? The most
com mon mea ns of p rovid ing dubio us pro of that salt caus es hype rten sion is to
comp are soci eties t hat use little salt with those t hat use mou ntain s of salt in.th eir
daily diets. Which grou p has the highe r rate of hyp erte nsio n? Whose blood

49 4
pressur e is lower? What happen s when salt is in troduced into a gr oup where salt
is a nove lty? Does the blood pressure rise signifi cantly ? Studies of the Japane se
indicate that as the wor ld’s greates t salters, they suffer the most from
hyper tensio n. On the other ha nd, the simple, salt-fre e c uisine of several tribes in
the Solom on Islands has kept older tribesm en and women from devel oping
hyper tensio n and high blood pressur e, a ilments t raditio nally killing thei r pee rs in
Amer icA. No acco unt is taken of the effects of inflation, recessio n, pollutio n,
crime and sundry other ills to which Americ ans, unlike people on primiti ve
islands, are expose D.
To salt or not to salt? That is the q uestion. Now that the question has ar isen, it
must not be treated with levity, but rather with searchi ng scientifi c investiga tion
so that those of US who are preoccu pied with both savory food and longevity
may deci de which of the two is worth its salt.
1.The attitu de of the autho r o f this pa ssage toward the s alt con trover sy is that
A. we must stop e ating salt immediatel y
B. sh e is not convin ced that sa lt is harmful
c. the Food and Drug Ad minist ration works well with d octors
D. s oon t here won ’t be any thing tasty left to eat.
2. Th e a uth or’s a pproach to the topi c is
A. a ngry B. humo rous c. scienti fic D. symp athetic
3. P resum ably a gourma nd is a
A. perso n B. theory c. food D. protest
4. Food manufacturers don’t want to label packages with sodium content because
A. they disag ree with the FDA
B. sa lt d oes n’t stic k to potato chips
c . they woul d have to spend more money
D. it is n’t im portan t to single out salt
5. Tru e o r F alse? At pr esent baby food c ontains s alt...................
6. C anned g oods s hould have the sam e t ype o f warning as cigare ttes because
A. both conta in salt
B. the auth or likes to smoke and e at
c. the cigar ettes wa rning red uces smoking
. D. b oth are harmful to your health
7. True or False ? Comp aring societie s is a scienti fic means of dete rmin ing the
dan gers o f salt con sum ptio n...........................
8. Ac cord ing to the passag e, the J apanes e use a lot o f salt
A. but they suffe r from hyperte nsion
B. and t hey suffe r from hyperte nsion
c. beca use they su ffer from hyperte nsion
D. wh en they s uffer from hyperten sion

495
9. True, False or Informa tion not given? People in societi es that use little salt
never have high blood press ure..........................
10. The autho r sug gests that Americ ans suffer from hyper tensio n as a result of
A. too much salt B. emot ional stress
c . salt-fre e cu isine D. ailme nts
IV. C LOZE TEST:
Rea d the te xts b elow and decide which answe r bes t fi ts each spac e
TEX T1:
TRAV EL BOOKS OF TH E YEAR
The best travel books of this year (1) ............ .into three main categ ories : (2)
................. inform ational , narrati ve and what , for (3) .............o f a better form,
I’ll call “ane cdota l”. Between these broad catego ries, howe ver , th e bound aries
are (4) .............One problem with putting travel writers into genres is th at they
are (5 ).................... to be pigeon-h oleD. Many of them see their role as a
(6) ..................o f the documen tary and the creative. Some (7 )............. ............. to
be more like novelis ts, (8) .............. ‘...........some of the eleme nts of fiction
writing. Others regard thems elves as sociolo gists, explor ing the custo ms and
mores of ot her societies . At the end of the day, what (9) ........................ is how
readab le or useful the book is, and in many cases, how well it is presen teD.
Howeve r, it is quit e cle ar tha t travel and b ooks wer e ( 10) ..............for each other.
1. A. land B. line c . fall D. sort
2. A. purely B. merely c . solely D. alo ne
3. A. w ant B. absenc e c . shortage D. need
4. A. misted B. blurred c . blended D. sket chy
5. A. w ary B. loath c . cautious D. resi stant
6. A. merger B. mixture c . cross D. co mpou nd
7. A. a llege B. hold c . claim D. con tend
8. A. e ngagin g B. exertin g c . employ ing D. ex ercisi ng
9. A. counts B. reckons c . bears D. sig nifies
10. A. given B. cut c . lent D. mad e
TEXT 2:
THE J OU RN EY ;
The car had a gain failed to start, and E lizabeth was again (I )............. . to ta ke
the t rain. She b ough t a cu p o f coffee down t he rocking carriag e, (2) ......................
as the boiling flui d (3 )..................... . out from under t he lid and on to her hand.
The heatin g was turned up (4) ......................... and most of the peop le in the
carria ge seemed on the verge of uncons ciousn ess as they looked out of the
win dow at the flatland s sliding (5) .................. the windo w. Elizab eth had
telep hone d the matron of the h ome, who told her that Brenna n was barel y worth
visitin g, but that he would see her if she came. She felt excit ed by the
(6 ).. .. .............o f act ually meetin g someon e from that era. She would be like a

496
histor ian who, after work ing from other historie s, finally (7) .................... hands
on origi nal source materia l. She had an uncle ar ( 8) .................. of Brenna n in her
mind, altho ugh she knew he would be old and (9) ................. from what the
matron had said, (10 )..........................
1. A. c omp elled B. en forced c. necess itated Đ. rest ricted
2. A. leerin g B. squ inting c. winci ng D. sm irking
3. A .se ep ed B. trickl ed c . dripped D.pelted
4. A. top B. full c . maxim um D. peak
5. A. besi de B. alon g c . past D. acros s
6. A. pros pec t B. outl ook c. foresi ght D. vie wpoi nt
7. A. sets B. rest s c. casts D. lays
8. A. s ight B. pictur e c . vision D. figu re
9. A. refle cting B. acc ountin g c . jud gin g D. rati ng
10. A. decr epit B.ranci d c . mouldy D. der elict

B. WRITTE N TEST
I. OP EN CLO ZE TEST
Re ad th e te xts below an d thin k o f the w ord which best fi ts each space . Use only
ONE wo rd fo r each s pace.
TEXT 1
Pop ular cultur e in industrial societie s is (1) .............. . . ...........to its core. On
the one hand it is industr ialised - its com modi ties produ ced and distr ibute d by a
prof it-m otiv ated industry that follow s only its own (2 )............. . ....... interests.
But on the othe r hand, it is of the people, and the peo ple’s intere st are not
(3 )........................ of the industry - (4 ).......................is evide nced by the numb er
of film s , record s and other produc ts that the people make into expen sive
failu res. To be incorp orated into po pular cultur e, a co mmod ity must also bear the
intere sts o f the people . Popul ar culture is not consu mptio n, it is cultur e - the
activ e proc ess of gene rating and circul ating meanin gs and pleasu res within a
social system : cultur e, (5 ).............. industr ialized , can neve r be adequ ately
desc ribe d in ( 6) ........... . ...........o f the bu ying and s elling of commodi ties.
Cul ture is a living active process: it can be devel oped only from (7 ).............. .
it can not be impos ed from witho ut or above. The fears of the mass cultu re
the oris ts have not been (8) .. ....................out in pr actice becau se mass cultu re is
such a cont radi ction in terms that it canno t exist . A homogeneou s^ exter nally
prod uced cultu re cann ot be sold ready -made to the masses: cultu re simp ly does
not wor k like that . ( 9 ). ................ do the people behave or live like the mass es,
an aggr egat ion of alienat ed, one-d imens ional person s whos e only rela tion ship to
the syste m tha t e nslav es them is one of unwitti ng dupes. Popu lar cultu re is m ade
by the peop le , not produ ced by the cultur e industry . All the cultu re indu stries
can do is prod uce a repe rtoir e of cultur al resour ces for the (l 0) . . i . ............. ................

497
forma tions of th e people to use or reject in the ongoin g proces s of p roduc ing
their pop ular c ulture.
TEXT 2
Many people in the western world (1) ................................ hal f their lives,
three -quar ters of their energy and 99 % of their emotio ns in tr avellin g, witho ut
once using their legs and, arguably , witho ut ever really (2 )....................
anywh ere; and no one seems to stop for long enough to ask why. “The pedestria n
remains the largest single (3 ). .. .. ......................... to free traffic move ment ,” a
Los A ngeles plann ing office r rep ortedly once said. It’s an attitude w hich typifies
20 th -century urban plannin g in the western world and goes a long way towards
expla ining why so many cities are (4) ..................... ........ by cars.
The (5 ).................. . ......re sult is a world where the motor car rules supreme;
( 6 ) ..................with cities hemmed in by ring roads and flyover s, with sprawl ing
suburbs where nobody walks and residents must drive endles s kilome ters for
work or nourish ment. In such an environm ent, children no longer play outside
their houses or walk to school; people no longer (7 ).......................... along the
street or stand outside talking to the neighbour s. Pedestr ians have all (8 ).......... .
disappe ared from th e st reet - and wa lking from the cultur e.
Moreover , people seem to live in c omplete awe of the device to which they
have surrende red their lives, despite knowing that it (9) ....... ............ them the
clean air, peace and quiet and a p leasan t living enviro nmen t t hey claim to value
so highly. It must have someth ing to do with the fact that, (10 )........................
inside, they enjoy the unreal sense of powe r that comes from a complet e
surren der to mechan ism. Although 1 am not alone in regard ing the car as a
fearsom e en gine of destruction, nobo dy seems p repare d to give it up.

II. W ORD FORM ATION :

PART 1: Com plet e the senten ces, using the co rrec t fo rm s o f the wor ds in pare nth ese s.
1. Now aged 42, he is no longer consider ed a serious (CON TENT ION) ...........
for the title.
2. If knew o f plans to ca rry out k illings of exiled politi cal (R ES ID EN T) .............
and a t the very least di d no thing to top them.
3. Ho w can a lo ving, (PO TEN T)......... God p ermit disease , w ar and suffer ing?
4. The y pu t on a(n) (IM PR OV ISE )................................ conc ert f or the visitors.
5. Find the a rea and (M ET RE )................ of the follo wing shape.
6. As the clock ti cked (T O N E )..................... on the wall Mr Simon s slowly and
metho dicall y c ut up and a te his food.
7. He k new hundr eds, perhap s thousan ds, of song of f the top of his head, but he
was not a (VIRT UE) ................ .... mu sic ian .
8. He r actio n e arned her the (E NE M Y) ................. of two or three co lleagu es.
9. I fough t som e guy on the w eekend and (H EA D )..........his ass into th e grou nd.,
10. S top (F O O T )................. around and tell me w hat y ou really thin k.

498
 PA RT 2: Com plete passa ge with a ppro priat e fo rm s o f the words giv en in th e box
BENT P ERSON TALIS MAN SMOK E TY PE IN WHERE R EBEL
APPR OAC H SECR ET
I was ju st a (1 ).................... child of my time, I suppos e - open to everyt hing. I
was being a teena ger: curiou s, (2 )......in quest of the forbid den. You
heard abou t these hip clubs in London from a friend who had heard it from
anot her friend who had actual ly been to one. The names alone took a magical
(3 )............ quality : the Marquee , Ronnie Sco tt’s. I used to come up from
school and go to clubs when I was about 16. I was dazzled by this scene,
rudim entar y as it was. I was j us t a girl from the provinc es, going up to the big
city to see what gi ves. I did n’t kn ow anybody , I was alone and (4 ). .. ........... .. .; I
neve r spo ke to anyone . I was puttin g to gethe r a (5) .............out o f a lot of diverse
eleme nts. The 1960s had n’t happene d yet, there were onl y'ha zy intimat ions of
what was comin g. I thoug ht maybe there was a bit more to it than shufflin g
around (6 )...................... clubs and I was (7 )..................... on being there when it
happen ed, wha teve r it was! ! .
(8 )........................... in the back of my mind I had made a decisio n to leave
home, to break away . My moth er ne ver suspected this. I’ve alwa ys laid my plans
very (9 ).......... ......... and never let anyone in on them, which more often than not
has turned out to be a mistake. I did n’t know that it was possible to talk things
over with peopl e and not lose every thing in th e proces s - I thoug ht the minute
you confi ded anyth ing it woul d be go ne or th ey would try to stop you. This was
defin itely true of my mother. I learned very young to conceal my (1 0 ). .. ...........
thoug hts from her.

III. M ISTA KE COR REC TION (10 mistakes )

Acc ordi ng to a recen t survey, worki ng from home is an idea when time has
come. App aren tly, we are all queui ng up not to get the bus, but to carry our
favou rite coffe e mug upstair s and cosy up with the laptop. The overw helmi ng
reason given by those questio ns was that they could be much , much more
effic ient if they worked from home. I can see the obviou s adva ntage s but,
believ e me, work ing from home is not jus t ef ficient, it is im possibl e.
You may as well have a dedica ted study in which you can prev ent you rsel f
agai nst the genera l mayhe m that is family life, but many peopl e do not. The
othe r aw kwa rd truth about ho me-w orking is that if , like me, y ou suffe r fro m the
least defe ct o f mo tivati on, you are placing y our sel f in the grip" of mental agony.
At first there are the househ old chores you really should do, and then the re’s
so f asci natin g ra dio pro gra mm e...
When I gave up and found a cheap office- shared with othe r self -em ploy ees
my life improved a hun dredfolD. I discovere d th at a distinct break from work and
home was crucial for psycholo gical health. When I was at w ork, I could focus on
my task; once I w as at home, I co uld devote mys elf to the do mestic routine.

499
 I also realize d t hat there is som ethin g profou ndly depr essin g a bout work ing at
home. It’s as if yo u hav en’t got a prope r joB . Most of US gain self-e steem from
our identity as a work ing person, but there can be no a such bene fit if the work
takes place in social isolation .

IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION <

1. Some times he goes close to over stepp ing the mark and what he did at Grace
Road last sum mer was an ex ample.
Som etime s he goes clo se........... ........ ................................'. happe ned at Grace
Road last s umme r.
2. How could th e f ilm star d ie a t such an early age?
It’s so un fa ir .. .. ................................................... ....................... .......... so you ng.
3. Jan e w as extre mely ex uber ant w hen he saw Cape To wn.
Jane could feel n o th in g .. .. .. .. ........... ...................................................................
of Cape T own. '' "
4. Fortu natel y, his r oute t ook him very near where they lived.
As luc k.............. .............................. . ................................ where the y lived.
5. Ther e was absol ute quiet ness after the mana ger said the facto ry would be
closing T(DROP)

You could .. . . .. . : ....... . .......................... . . . . . . . ...................... closing.

6. S usie believ es t his jo b i ntervi ew is really importa nt. (STORE)
Su sie ....... ............ ............... .. ......... ......... ................... . .. . ......... . ............ ........... ..
this jo b intervi ew.
7. Last yea r Raph had a luxuri ous lifestyle, but since he lost his jo b, he has had
• to make a few cha nges.
.................... ............ ..................... .......................... .... .re du nd an t, he has had to
make a few change s. i.: . I !
8 . 1v ery much want to k now - you m ust tell me wh o h as won ! (CURIOSITY)
I am .................... . ............ ............... ........ . ......................... .......... - you must tell
me w ho has won!
9. G iven their rece nt m atches, it’s unlike ly t hat the Spanish team will win the cup.
, (EVIDENCE) , ?i} a ‘;• 1 •
............ ..................... . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. it’s unlik ely tha t the Span ish
will win the cup . .. . ... . .
10. While most writers earn only modest royalties, a lucky few create a bestseller.
(STRIKE) ... . ..
A few w ri te rs ... ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . .................. .................. . norm.

500
P h ầ n H- $ . -p

Đ Á P Á N ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC TRUYỀN th ốn g 3 0 / 4

LẦN THỨ XXIII - NĂM 2 0 1 7

LỚ P 10

ĐỀ CHÍ NH THỨC
s i.

MULTIPLE CHOICE (4 0 PTS

, l,,. K‘, 1 8. c
1. B 2. B 3 .C 4. D 5. D 6. A Ỉ , j i. i •
9 .D . 10. A
11. B 12. A 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. c . 17. D 18. D 19. c 20 . B
21 . B 22 . A 23 . A ■■■ . c ’ ■.2 6. A
24 . B Ỉ,■25 27 . A 28 . c 29 . B 30 . A
31 . A 32 . D 33 . c 34 . B 35 . c 36 . c 37 . D 38
I
. A 39 . B 40 . B
41 . A 42 . c 43 . B 44 . D 45 . B 46 . A 47 . c 48 . c 49 . A 50 . A
51 . B 52 . D 53 . A 54 . A ’55 . c 56 . B 57 . A 58 . B 59 . D 60 . D
6 1 .c 62 . A 63 . B 64 . c 65 . A 66 . D 6 7 .C - 68 . D 69 . A 70 . c
7 79 . D
71 . D 72 . c 73 . B 74 . A 75 . D ‘76. c 7 7 : c 78 . A 80 . D
b • /b *b H l, < , . ! ! H i b • ' Jr .f •

I I *’1 .5 >
.. , .1
V• /}’■ s ■, . Í
*• * i >
■
B. WRITT EN TE ST Ỉ , i .•

Ỉ, c b i 1*. .. 1 ; ' •/ ,' . ■ .J - .< ) ■.

. •' - r . ' • / •.

I. C LOZ E T EST
OPEN CLOZE 1
1. e ls e 2. ob se ss io n 3. st at e 4. pa rt 5. m or e
6. b re ak 7. fil l 8. si m pl y 9. w el l 10. se rv e
. *1 ■
OPEN CLOZE 2
1. t o 2. m e ss a g e( s) 3 . w it hi n 4. O th er s 5. ho w
6. do 7. bl oo d 8. d if fe re nc e 9. p as se n g er s
10. fu tu re / p ro sp e c tiiv
v ee// ppootteennttiiaall
11. WO RD FOR MAT ION
PART 1:
1. b e tt er -k n o w n 2. de to xi fi ed 3. ps eu do -i nt el le ct ual 4. an ti d ep re ss an t

5. so n o ro u s 6. g o -b et w ee n s "7. ex pr es sl’y r > 8. tr ic k st e r

9. u n h e a rd -o f 10. co nt ra ba nd
PART 2: Ur H i -;*f
1. s ig n a le d / si g n a le d / si gni fi ed .2. in sa ti ab le 3. su c ce ed in g /s u c ce ss iv ẹ
4. p h o n o g ra p h 5. ha n d w ri tt en 6. gr ea te r i / ■*' f '* J *’ ỷ * ** ■, G ’

7. u n p re c e d e n te d 8. in te n si fy in g 9. ap pe ar ed 10. re in fo rc ed i

501
III. E RRO R C ORRE CTIO N
Line Erro r Correct ion Line Error Correctio n
4 w h ic h w ho se 10 N or th A tl an ti c th e N o rt h A tl an ti c
4 la te r/ (o m it te d) 11 on es on e
su b se q u e n tl y
6 ce rt if ie d id en ti fi ed 12 p o p u lo u s po pu la ti on
6 m ar in er m ar in e 17 co m p le te ly fu lly
9 m os tl y al m os t 18 is do es

IV. SENT ENC E T RANS FORM ATIO N

1. So fr ig h te n ed w as he t h at h e c o u ld n ’t ow n up t o b re a k in g /h a v in g br ok en th e
..... , __ . ■' ■■'? .. •
w in d o w .
So fr ig h te n ed di d he fe el t h a t ...
2. I’ d so o n er h e d id n ’t fi nd fa u lt w it h m y w or k.
I’ d so o n er h e st opp ed fi n d in g f au lt w it h m y w or k.
3. Z o e al w ay s ac ts on im pu ls e w he n sh e m ak es he r tr av el pl an s.
Z o e al w ay s ac ts on im pu ls e w he n m ak in g he r tr av el pl an s.
4. H e re al ly ki ck ed m e in th e te et h w he n b re ak in g th e p ro m is e to he lp m e ou t.
5. B ut f o r h er f a th e r’ s re ti re m en t, sh e w o u ld n ’t ha ve st ep pe d in to hi s sh oe s.
6. H e sh o u ld n ’t h a v e be en sa va ge ly c ri ti ci ze d fo r hi s e ff o rt s to fi nd a so lu ti on .
7. It w as t h e d is co v er y o f an en o rm o u s ho le o v er t he S ou th Po le th at m ad e
p eo p le aw ar e o f the da m ag e to t he oz on e la ye r. ■ '
It w as t h e d is co v er y o f an en o rm o u s ho le o v er t he So ut h P ol e th a t ra is ed
p e o p le ’s a w ar en es s o f the. d am ag e to t he oz on e la ye r.
8. W he n I g ro w u p, I’ m go in g to be a f at c at .
9. I ra ck ed m y br ai n t o re m em b er th e an sw er .
10. A le x p u ll ed a fa ce as he sw al lo w ed th e fo u l- ta st in g m ed ic in e.

w . TN I ĐỀ NCHỊ

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẾN TRE - BẾN TRE

■ MU LT IPL E CHO ICE (40 PTS;

I. P HON OLO GY (5PTS)
l.C 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D 6. A 7 :D 8 .C 9 .C - 10. D
•• ••
II. W ORD CHO ICE (5PTS)
l.c 2. A 3 .C 4. D 5. B 6. C 7 .C 8. B 9. A 10. D
i' «• í *L A■iz. . t
III GRA MM AR AND STRU CTUR ES
l.A 2. D 3. B 4. c 5. B 6. D f 7. c 10. C
8. c 9 .C

502
 IV . P H R A S A L V E R B S A N D P R E P O S IT IO N S (5 P T S )
1 .B 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. A 8. D 9. A 1<
10. c
V. G U ID E D C L O Z E • : Ỉ->■.•
PASSAGE A f :j •. j
l.C 2. D 3 .B 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. D 8. B 9. A 10. A
PASSAGE B • J
l.C 2. B 3. D, 4. A 5. A , 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. B
V I. R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N , ■- ‘
PASSAGE 1
l.C 2 .A 3 .B 4. D 5. D 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. D 10. A
PASSAGE 2 I i - ‘ .•
l.C 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. B

B. W RITTEN TEST
I. C L O Z E T E S T
CLOZE TEST 1
I. a n im al s 2. d am ag e 3. o u ts id e 4. aw ay 5. at
6. g as es 7. c h im n ey s 8. C ar s 9. U n fo rt u n at e ly 10. ex tr a
OPEN CLOZE 2 (1 0PTS)
I I . on 12. cr ea tu re s 1 3 .sh ap ed 14. fl o at s 15. o u te r
16. o v e r 17. to p 18. ol d 19. si n g le 20 . fo od
II . W O R D F O R M A T IO N : (2 0 P T S )
PART I:
1. e n th u si a st ic a ll y 2. re co n ci li at io n 3. re b e ll io u s 4. u n sp e ak a b le
5. fin ancia lly 6. cr it ic al 7. c o n v in c in g ly 8. c o m m u n ic a ti v e
9. in cu ra b le 10. m is co n d u ct ed
PART 2:
1. e x tr a o rd in a ry 2. d is ta nc e 3. d is a p p e a ra n c e 4. e x c it e m e n t
5. g ra c io u s 6. sk il lf u ll y 7. p le a su re 8. su d d e n ly
9. im p ri so n e d 10. aw ak e
II I. E R R O R C O R R E C T IO N
1. L in e 2: h e a d in g s - > h ea d li n es 6. L in e 10: ra ti o n al —» r at io n a ll y
2. L in e 3 : u n c o n tr o ll in g —» u n co n tr o ll ed 7. L in e 13: to le ra n c e - » In to le ra n c e
3. L in e 5: ri d ic u lo u sn e ss re d ic u lo u sl y 8. L in e 15: w o rs t —> w o rs e
4. L in e 6: is ar e 9. L in e 16: re d u c e —> re d u c in g
5. L in e 8: A lt h o u g h -> Y e t 10. L in e 19: b a d ly —> ba d
IV . S E N T E N C E T R A N S F O R M A T IO N : (2 0 P T S )
1. I w a s ta k e n a b a c k b y h e r w ar m w el co m e.
2. S a ll y sh o w ed c o m p le te /t o ta l d is re g a rd fo r h er o w n sa fe ty w h e n c li m b in g
th e w al l. . '
3. O n no a c c o u n t am I to be d is tu rb e d t h is m or ni ng!
4. H e is d e te rm in e d to m a k e h is m a rk in th e c o m p a n y .

503
5. I racked my b rain to re m e m b e r t he an sw er . • 5 ' '
6. T he w o rk e rs us u al ly go on st ri k e on a cc o u n t o f/ b ec au se o f/ d u e to ba d sa la ry .
7. N o m at te r h o w h ig lr th e sa la ry w as , th e w o rk er s st o p p e d / ga ve up w o rk in g .
8. E nt ry to th is a re a is st ri ct ly fo rb id d en to an y o n e w ho is w e ar in g p ro te c ti v e
cl o th in g .
9. M s B et ty pr id es h e rs e lf on he r si n g in g /a b il it y t o si ng .
10. S h ou ld th er e be an y d if fi cu lt y , yo u ca n ri ng t h is nu m be r.
H oặ c: S h o u ld an y d if fi cu lt y ar is e, yo u ca n ri ng t h is nu m be r.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẢO LỘC - TP. BẢO LỘC - LÂM ĐỒNG
V .• • r. ,
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUES TION s H I fM *
S' '
■' -j . . ■-

I. PH ONO LOG Y "■ .3 " ■ '«5' .

l.D 2. A 3. c 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. c
II. WO RD CHOIC E. <
l.B 2. B 3. A . 4. D 5 .C 6. D 7. C - 8. c 9. B 10. B

III. STRUC TURES AND GRA MMAR. ,*■ ; . • »' f '

l.A 2. D 3. C 4. B 5 .B 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. C

IV. R EADI NG COM PREH ENSIO N. t ■■' T ' • • =i VJ- '

PASSAGE 1
I.B .; 2 .B 3. A 4. D 5 .C 6i A - 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. B
PASSAGE 2 ! ..

l.c 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. D
V. C LOZ E R EADI NG. -.. -"*•/ •, .1
•, • ♦t : Í
TEXT 1 r •- , ' . . i " ■■ ..

l.C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. ;C 6. D 7 .C 8. A 9. B 10. B
f
TEXT 2
1. B 2. B 3. D 4 .C 5. B 6. D 7. A Ị": 8. A 9. B 10. c

B. WRITTEN T E S T fW N ', ; ' W B

I. W ORD F ORM ATIO N ’•: 1J'. •1 . ' ‘V. r. ; . ■■■ p.

WORD FORMA TION 1. '* ' -1
1. in ad m is si b le 2. se lf -e ff ac in g 3. m ed io cr it y , 4. n o n -c o m m it ta l
5. U n d er ag e 6. m er it o ri o u s 7. im p er ce p ti b le 8. m is m a n a g e m e n t
Ị. ' : » ■ '
9. p se u d o -i n te ll e ct u al 10. ir re fu ta bl y ■. ' ■ •
WORD FORMA TION 2. .
1. d e d ic at io n 2. c o m b in at io n 3. ac ad em ic a ll y 4. m em o ri z a ti o n
5. c o ll a b o ra ti o n 6. (i n )v al u ab le 7. p h y si ca ll y .8 . en ab le
9. u n e x p e c te d 10. a n ti ci p at es '■ , ’i Ị Id .■

504
 II . P H R A S A L V E R B S .
1. p e g g in g aw ay at 2. g lo ss ed o v e r 3. si n k in 4. w in d d o w n
5. b an k on 6. le ve l w it h 7. d u c k o u t o f ’
8. ro ll ed b y /b ee n ro ll in g by .< 9. c as ti n g ro un d fo r 10. st ru n g up
III. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T .
TEST I
1. a d d it io n 2. as 3. re g ar d ed / co n si d er e d / tr e a te d 4. B ei n g 5. a lm o st
6. re fe r 7 . to 8. m o re 9. w h e th e r 10. he re
TEST 2
l.o n e 2. d es ir e 3, fe w 4. n at u re 5. as
6. to 7. g ro w in g /i n c re a si n g 8 en g ag e 9. w hi ch 10: q u e st io n
IV . E R R O R ID E N T IF IC A T IO N .
1. L in e 4 a lt h o u g h - -> be ca use 6. L in e 13 a m o u n t —» n u m b e r
2. L in e 5 th a t —> w h ic h 7. L in e 13 in —> on
3. L in e 8 a d d it io n —> ad d it io n al 8. L in e 16 T h er e fo re —> H o w ev e r
4. L in e 9 su cc es sf ul —>s uc ce ss fu lly 9. L in e 18 e v o lv e d —' e v o lv in g
5. L in e 11 v o ca le d —> v o ca li ze d 10. L in e 19 b u il d in g - -» is b u il t up

V. S E N T E N C E T R A N S F O R M A T IO N .
1. I f it h a d n ’t be en fo r th e su rg e o n s’ q u ic k a c ts /I f th e su rg e o n s h a d n ’t ac te d
q u ic k ly , hi s e y e si g h t w o u ld h av e g o n e f o r g o o d .
2. T h e y o u n g m an a p p ea re d to b e h a v in g a c h ip o n h is s h o u l d e r a b o u t hi s
fa m il y b a ck g ro u n d .
3. T h e w ay t h e p u b li c r e a c t e d to th e d e s ig n o f th e n e w th e a te r tu rn ed o u t to be
li k e a k ic k in t h e t e e th .
• I • 1 •. • I ’%"A* * *' '■' •'♦ ’ ' V' "• 1 V
4. Y o u s h o u ld h a v e p u ll e d y o u r w e i g h t in th e j o b .
5. O n h e a r in g t h e n e w s o f hi s a cc id en t, hi s m o th e r w e n t to p ie c e s .
6 . 1 h a d t h e f e e li n g t h a t sh e w as tr y in g to t a k e US in .
7. A p ro fe ss io n a l es ta te ag en t, m y b ro th er is r e a ll y in h is e le m e n t h o u se -h u n ti n g
fo r o u r p a re n ts . 8. It d o e s n ’t m a k e s e n s e to m e w h y o u r te a m h a v e g iv e n /p u t
o n s u c h p o o r p e r f o r m a n c e s re ce n tl y .
9. It is a d v is o ry t h a t a re ti re d c ra ft sm an (s h o u ld ) so m e ti m e s k e e p h is h a n d in .
10. M u c h to o u r s u r p r is e /a m a z e m e n t , h e s a w r e d a t o u r d e c is io n /h e a ri n g o u r
d e c is io n .

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẠC LIÊU - BẠC LIÊU

I. MULTIP LE CHOICE QUESTIONS: (40 POINTS
I. P H O N O L O G Y : (5 P O I N T S )
l.D 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. A
l.A 2 .C 3. B 4. A 5. B

50 5
II. WORD C HOICE: (5 PO INTS)
l. B 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. c 8. c 9. c 10. D
III. STRU CTUR E A ND GRAMMA R: (5 POINT S)
l. D 2. c 3. D 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. c 10. A
IV. PREP OSITI ONS AND PHRA SAL VERBS: (5 POIN TS)
l.c 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. D 10. A
V. R EADIN G COMP REHEN SION: (10 POIN TS)
l. B 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. A 10. B
1. K 2. E 3. C 4. J 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. F 9.1 10. H
VI. CLOZ E T EXT (10 PO INTS) Ỉ
l. D 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. c 9 ,c 10. A
1. A 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. c 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. A ,

B. WRITTEN TEST: (70 POINTS

I. OPE N CLOZE TE XT (20 PO INTS)
1. out side 2; even 3. given 4. be tween 5. speak
6. what
. r; . . ■ I which
7.. •that f' 8. on: : 9. scarcel y 10. how
. . . . ' 1
l. th is 2. wh ose 3. despite 4. an ythi ng/e very thin g/ w hatev er
5. additio n 6. all 7. One 8. off/from/ on 9. with 10. them selves
:-J
II. WORD F ORM S (2Ó PO INTS)
1. outs poken , 2. unfa ilingly 3. ind estructible 4. infancy
5. preo ccupie d 6. irre vocable 7. incorr igible 8. contin uity
9. non-go vernm ental 10. ment ality
Write the corre ct FO RM o f each brack eted word in the num bere d space
pro vid ed in the column on the right.
1. undoub tedly 2. orig inated 3. inha bitants 4. livelihoo d 5. unp redicta ble
6. tra dition ally 7. tempor arily 8. guidance 9. repu tedly 10. con quest
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 POIN TS)
1. line 1. 1920 -9- 1920s 6. line 9. altho ugh -9 howev er
2. line 3. moved -9 moving 7. line 11. re cordin g -9 recorded
line 5. clos ely close J, 8. line 13. n arrative - 9 narrativ es
line 6. in -9 between 9. line 13. ori ginal ly -9 original
line 8. his toric -9 historical 10. line 20. startle -9 startli ng
IV. SEN TEN CE TRAN SFOR MAT ION (20 PO INTS)
1. He c an ’t have ca ugh t the seven o’clo ck train. w.
2. Some peop le are mystif ied by alte rnative med icine.
3. Exhau sted as he was, he agree d to jo in in the ac tivity.
4. Rathe r than b eing a sol itary person, I ’m socia ble.
5. There is no d oubt tha t D avid will wi n the gold m edal.
6. You have to tur n over a ne w leaf if you wan t to succeed

506
7. Th e su cc es s o f ou r loca l the atr e has p ut ou r c ity o n the ma p.
8. Fa ilu re to ob se rv e the c om pa ny ’s d res s cod e co uld res ult in y ou r d ism iss al.
9. I h av e hig h ho pe s o f m y son bei ng a hug ely su cc ess ful bu sin ess ma n.
10. Hi s ch oi ce for f ur th er ed uc ati on is d ep en de nt on his exa m res ult s.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HOÀNG L Ê KHA TÂY NINH

, MULTIPL E CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. P H O N O L O G Y
A. 1. A 2. A 3. c >.•C'i- 4. D ’ 5. A
B. l . c 2. A 3 .C 4. B 5. B
II . V O C A B U L A R Y ♦4 Í • ' <5 i’s'
1. A . 2 .C 3. A 4. B 5 .D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. A 10.7
II I. G R A M M A R A ND S T R U C T U R E S
l.c 2 .A 3 .C 4. B 5 .C 6. D 7. b 8. D 9. A 10.7
IV P R E P O S IT IO
• N.S. .A■ND . P •H _R
.s.A SA L .V. .ER
. BS
1. aw ay 2 .in 3. do wn 4 .b ỷ ’ 5. out
6. do wn 7. on 8. in 9. by 10. to ?• ijpji » Á

V. R E A D IN G ’i. ' ■V .• : ■
PASSAG E 1 . >5
l.c 2 .C 3. B 4 .B 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. c 9 .B 10. A '
PASSAG E 2 »' • I
l.D 2 .C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. c 8. B 9. A 10. B
V I. M U L T IP L E C H O IC E C L O Z E Ij-f..
CHO ICE CLOZE 1
l.c 2 .A 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. c 7. D 8. A 9. c 10. D
CHO ICE CLOZ E 2 ; i • • ? »'711» i ■, Hi
l.C 2. C 3. D 4. c 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. c 10. A
B. W R IT T E N Q U E S T I O N S ® ® ^ ® * ■ ■ ÌẪỂ
' •«. ) 1A, Ĩ ", •-•*•
I. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T S
A. TE ST 1:
1. so m ew he re 2. un de r 3. ex ce pt / b ut 4. do • 5. a V
i
6. ag ai ns t 7. set s 8. ho w ' 9. yo ur se lf 10. if
TEST 2 *’ ’ ’■■• M
1. po te nt ia l 2. ex cu se 3. with 4. all 5. be ing
6. han d / cal l 7. co m e 8. tas te 9. de sp ite 10. th e ị
II . W O R D F O R M S
A.
1. no -b ra in er 2. ne ws wo rth y 3. fa sh ion -c on sc iou s
4. di sa bl in g 5. dis he art en 6. inc alc ula ble
7. co nt ra in di ca tio ns 8. ou tnu mb er ed 9. t he or et ica lly 10. s ha tte r- pr oo f

507
B
1. end anger ed 2. ex istenc e 3. be comin g 4. o verp opul ation 5. dive rsity
6. si mply 7. grow th 8. dev elopm ent 9. arr ang eme nt 10. e nrich
III . ER R O R C OR RE CT IO N
1. Line 1: ( impo rtanc e) on —» o f 2. L ine 2: (wor k) on —> out
3. Line 4: (see) how -> wh at 4. L ine 7: Ag ain (and again ) - > N ow
5. Line 8: Whe n ( early ) —> If 6. Li ne 9: inacc urate - > accurat e
7. Line 11: c an (quite fin ish) -> cannot 8. Line 12: (bre ak) down —» up
9. Line 17: concentra te —> concentrate on 10. L ine 18: ( than) anot her —> others
IV. SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N
1. I'd ra ther y ou ha d n’ t t ak en me fo r a rid e y es ter da y.
•t '
2. Don't m ak e a mo un tai n ou t o f a m ole hill.
3. To ou r a m az em en t, he told t ha t/a n un tr ut h.
4. Hardly a d ay go es by w ith ou t te levis ion vie we rs wi tne ssi ng so me so rt o f
vio len ce or c rim e on th ei r s cre ens . „ ,
5. Some paren ts hav e hi gh /g rea t hop es fo r/o f th ei r c hi ld re n / t h at th ei r
ch ild re n will su cce ed. t t •• 11 •• . •Ỉ z -♦•
6. It is in yo ur (b est) int ere st( s) to give up r es ist an ce a nd t o co -op era te.
7. I've had eno ug h of you r s tu pi d re m ar ks . .
8. He i nsi ste d on no thi ng b ut hi s rig ht to give or de rs.
9. She r em in ds m e v ery m uc h/ forc efu lly, f orc ibl y, sh ar pl y, s tro ng ly, viv idly
of som ebo dy els e t h at I used to know .
10. The mom ent t his d ru g tak es ef fect, you wi ll s ta rt to fe el be tte r.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - GIA LAI . ■

. MULTIPLE CHOICE (40PTS)

... : '■ ■ -
I. PH ON OL OG Y (5p ts)
l. A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. c 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. A
II. VO CA BU LA RY ( 5pt s)
LB 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. A 8. c 9. B 10. D
II I. S TR UC TU RE S & GR AM M AR (5 pts )
l. B 2. c 3 .C 4 .D 5. B 6. c 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. c
IV. PR EP O SI TI O N S AND PH RA SA L VE RB S (5p ts)
l. B 2. c 3 .D 4. A 5. D 6. c 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. c
V. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON S, (l pt s)
PASSAGE 1
l. B 2. D 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. B
Í' • ‘ t ■ “ It,

508
 PASSAGE 2
l.B 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. c

V. GU IDED CLOZ E T EST (lOpts)

PASSAGE 1 -
l.A 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. c 6. A 7. c 8. A 9. B 10. A
PASSAGE 2
l.D 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. A 6. D ,7. B 8. A .9 . c 10. D

B. WRITTE N TEST
I. OP EN CLO ZE TEST: ị .1
CLOSE TEST 1:
1. p a ss in g -2. B ef or e 3. p o p u la r 4. w it h 5. pe ri od
6. ar ri v e 7. re w ar d 8. re ac he s 9. at tr ac ts 10. in cl u d in g
CLOSE TEST 2: • < VỊ „ f j
I. h o w 2. ca n 3. all 4. to 5. w ho se '
6. w o rt h 7. g ro u n d 8. as 9. ou t 10 . up

II. WO RD FOR MS (20 pts)

PART 1:
1. p ri o ri ty 2. re duc ti on 3. he al th y
4. sp o k e sm a n /s p o k es p er so n 5. m is h ea r 6. ir on ic al ly
7. al iv e 8. u n b ea ra b ly 9. en su ri ng .10 . q u ie te n
PART 2:
1. p ro d u ct io n 2. co n se q u en ce s 3. ev id en ce 4. F ro ze n 5. fl u ct u at io n s
6. th eo ry 7. un st ab le 8. b ri gh tn es s 9. li k el in es s 10. st ea d il y
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 pts)
1. L in e 1. co m e —» c am e 2. Li ne 2. si m il ar ly —» s im il a r I ■:>. i:

3. L in e 3. ri n g s o f f -> c al ls up 4. Li ne 5. F or t u rn in g - » T o tu rn
5. L in e 7. n e w es t h an d h o ld s -> la te st h an dh el ds
6. L in e 8. w it h re fe re n ce to - » in pre fe re nce to
7. L in e 10. w h ic h i s - » is 8. Li ne 11. e n li g h te n - > li gh te n
9. L in e 14. a t - » fr om 10. L in e 15. ha d be en d o i n g -> ha s be en do ne

IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20p ts) 1

1. H e h as h ad a gr u d g e a g ai n st m e ev er s in ce I w as pr o m o te d o v e r h im :
2. T h a t he h as w on a sc h o la rs h ip to st ud y ov er se as gi ve s (h a s' g iv e n ) hi m a ne w
le as e o f li fe . . ■ ' ỉ o
3. Jo hn so n w as d et ai ne d on s us pi ci on o f inv ol ve m en t/ b ei ng in vo lv ed in t he r ob be ry .
4. H is c a re e r (a s a d o c to r) ha s be en pu t in je op ar dy b ec au se o f hi s ir re sp o n si b le
a tt it u d e . '3t ■.
‘ "i . » i 5 ,i • •■’ c ’XJ
5. Y o u n g ch il d re n ar e ap t to as k a lo t o f qu es ti ons . ,I >; I *?

509
6. Ma ke s ure she s ticks to he r guns howev er hard they try to pe rsuade her.
7. Pla ying backg ammo n w ith Paul did n't / failed to tak e my mind of f the exam.
8. Her lack o f experie nce counted against her when she app lied for pr omotio n
9. I'm not a verse to s tayi ng in on a S aturd ay nigh t i f I have good compa ny. ,
10. G ramm ar ex ercis es bore me st iff . ( :
t"
TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN HUỲNH MẪN ĐẠT - KIÊN GIANG

MULTIPLE CHOICE TEST

1. B 2. D 3. D 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. D •’ 10. B
1 1 .D 12. A 13 .C 14. c 15 .C 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. D
2 1 .B 22. c 23. c 24. D 25. D 26. B 27. c 28. C 29. D 30. D
3 1 .C 32. D 33. c 34. A 35. B 36. D 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. A
4 1 .B 42. D 43. B 44. C 45.C 46. c 47. D 48. B 49. A 50. A
5 1 .C 52. B 53. D 54. A 55. A 56. A 57. B 58. C 59. D 60. B
6 1 .c 62. B 63. B 64. B 65. D 66. D 67. D 68. D 69. D 70. c
7 1 .B 72. c 73. D 74. B 75. D 76. A 77. B 78. c 79. A 80. D
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OP EN-C LOZ E
PASSAGE S 1 + 2
l. h a d ♦• 2. aga inst 3. on . 4. both 5. more
6.who 7. whose 8. been 9. in terest 10. are
11. te rms 12. apply 13. resp onsible 14. ste adily 15. sigh t ’
16. awf ul 17. stab le 18. quite 19. fru stratio n 20. thin g
II. W ORD FORM S
1. im person ating 2. inseparable 3. perf ection ist 4. insensi tive
5. negl itible 6. frui tless 7. im patiently 8. equi distan t
9. b revity 10. causal 11. env ironm entali st 12. inventio ns
13. inexpen sive 14. research ers 15. cont ributio n 16. scientific
17. n umer ous/ innumer able 18.supposedly 19. inadeq uately 20. nonco nform ing
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N
1. Line 1: cr ea tin g- > to crea te 2. Line 3: c rit er io n—> criter ia
3. Line 4: tak ing —> taken «■ 4. Line 5: by - > within ■
5. Line : ha s - » have 6. Line 7: m anagi ng —> mana geme nt >
7. Line 8: on -> within 8. Line 9: l ast —> least
9. Line 9: with to 10. Line 10: p reviou s —> previo usly
IV. S ENTE NCE T RANS FORM ATIO N
1. Unfortunately, the (summer) party has had to be cancelled/ has been cancelled.
2. But fo r the dri ver ’s q uick reaction (some of) the passe nger s would have
been injured .

510
 3. W ha t m a d e m e fe e l g u il t y w a s s e e in g P a t r ic ia c r y li k e th a t. 4
4. O nl y w h en I h a d c le a r e d th e s p a r e r o o m c o u ld I st ar t de co ra ti n g .
5. K ev in ha s tu r n e d o v e r a n e w le a f s in c e he go t ou t o f pr is on .
6. I b o u g h t it o n a w h im an d no w I r ea ll y re gre t it!
7. I le ft m y la st jo b be ca us e I d id n ’t r e a ll y s e e e y e to e y e w it h m y m an ag er .
8. 1 p ro m is e y o u fr o m th e b o tt o m o f m y h e a r t th at I’ m te ll in g y ou th e tr ut h
9. I h a v e it o n g o o d a u t h o r it y / g o t it o n g o o d a u t h o r it y th at t he lo ca l
n e w sp a p e r is g o in g t o sh ut do w n.
10. D o n ’t yo u th in k y ou sh ou ld tr e a t t h e m w it h a b it m o r e r e s p e c t, E dw ar d?

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ HỔNG PHONG - TP. HCM

I. P H O N O L O G Y :
l.c 2 .A 3 .C 4. B 5. D 6 .C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. A
(• ' ■• Ư ■i ft/ <
I I. M U L T I P L E C H O I C E :
l.B 1 2. c 3. c 4. A 5. D 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. D i! 10. c
1 1 .A 1 2 .C 1 3 .c 14. D 15. B 16. C 17. C ■ 18. C 19. A 20 . D
21 . D 22 . A 23 . D 24 . A 25 27 . D 28 . D 29 . C 30 . B
f . c 26 . A
•i. i
I II . R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N
PASSAGE 1.
l.A 2. c 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B j -1•?
PASSAGE 2. *
l.B 2. C 3. A 4 .C 5 .C 6. B 7. B 8 .C 9. D 10. B
V . G U ID E D C L O Z E
. .. ' '3 ;

GUIDED CLO ZE 1
l.D 2. B 3 .C 4. A 5. B 6 .C 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. A
GUIDED CL OZE 2
l.C 2 .C 3. c 4. A 5. D 6. D 7 .D 8. B 9.\ >D t * •<10. A>
V I. O P E N C L O Z E :
OPEN CLOZE 1
1. ef fe ct s 2. pr ac ti ce 3. on 4. E n v ir o n m en ta li sm
5. e q u iv a le n t 6. ex ce ed ed 7. th re sh ol d 8. on
9. re la te d 10. to ll 11. c o m p ar ed ' 12. ri se n r
13. as 14. fu tu re 15. da m ag es
OPEN CLOZE 2 *- 1’ Jr ĩ ê «i •>“ “ {
1. ha rd ly 2. e x cl u si v e 3. ai m ed 4. co n ce rn ed 5. m u tu al /s h ar ed
6. w o rl d s 7. c o v er ed 8. ga m e 9. ot he rw is e 10. at h le te s
V II. W O R D F O R M A T IO N
WORD FORMAT ION 1
1. d e to x if ic a ti o n 2. fo o tl o o se 3. of f- p u tt in g 4. lo w -m ai n te n a n ce
5. m is er a b il is t 6. h al lu ci nog en 7. re fi n em en t 8. e q u id is ta n t
9. co n su m ab le s 10. es ca pi sm

511
WORD FORMAT ION 2
1. u n d e rs ta te m e n t 2. p re dat es 3. m al ad m in is tr a ti o n 4. p ro -a c ti v e
5. a n ti -e st a b li sh m e n t 6. im m or ta li ze d 7. n o n -c o n fo rm it y 8. ar tw o rk s
9. co n d u ci v e 10. al le g ed ly
VIII. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N
1. L in e 3: o f —> (o m it te d ) 2. L in e 9: ta k e n fo r —» ta k en o f
3. L in e 11: th er e fo re —> h o w e v er 4. L in e 12 : on - » in
5. L in e 14: c o rr e sp o n d in g —» c o rr es p o n d en ce 6. L in e 16: h is to ry —» h is to ri an s
7. L in e 17: g a th e r -> g a th e ri n g 8. L in e 20 : m an y - » m u c h A ‘
XI. SENT ENC E T RANS FORM ATIO N:
1. 1 b e t y o u r fr ie nd co ul d te ll a go o d fe w st o ri es a b o u t yo u.
2. B ei n g u n d e r th e w ea th er , sh e se t h er m in d on ta k in g t he ex am .
3. T h is kn if e sh a rp en e r is a de ad lo ss .
4. B ei n g h er o nly n ie ce , A nn is th e ap pl e o f he r ey es .
5. H is d ec is io n to re tir e ea rl y br ou gh t t he c ur ta in d ow n on hi s di st in gu is he d ca re er .
6. It w a s n o t so m u ch a m ar ri ag e as a bu si ne ss a rr an g em en t.
7. O n h er o w n a d m is si o n , sh e w as ra th er s el fi sh .
8. F ai lu re to o b ey th e ga m e re g u la ti o n s m ay le ad t o d is q u a li fi ca ti o n .
9. N o th in g sh o rt o f a fu ll ap o lo g y fr om t he m an a g er w il l sa ti sf y m e.
10. T h ro u g h o u t hi s lif e, th e m an w as ve ry p o o r/ su ff er ed fr om g re a t p o v er ty .

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ KHIẾT - QUẢNG NGÃI

L MULT IPLE CHOICE

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5pts)
l.A 2. c 3. B 4. c 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. D 9. B 10. B
*»
II. W ORD C HOIC E (5pts)
1 1 .c 1 2 .A 1 3 .D 14. A 15. A 16. c 17. A 1 8 .C 19. B 20 . A
III. STRU CTU RES AN D GRAM MAR
21 . D 22 . B 23 . A 24 . A 25 . C 26 . C 27 . A . 28 . C 29 . B 30 . B
IV. PHR ASA L V ERBS AN D PREP OSIT IONS ( 5pts)
,3 1 . D 3 2 .A 33 . C 34 . C 35 .A 36 . B 37 . D 38 . A 39. B 40 . A
V. R EAD ING COM PRE HEN SION ị, Á.
READING 1.
41 . C 42 . A 43 . C 44 . D 45 . B 46 . C, 47 . A 48 . B 49 . A 50 . C
READING 2.
51 . V 52 . ii 53 . vi ii 54 . vi i 55 . i 56 . iv 57 . C 58 .B , 5 9. A 60 . C
■‘ ; ỶJ ; •-, v
VI. CLO SE TEST :
CLOSE TEST1:
61 . D 62 . B 63 . C 64 . A 65 . D 66 . B 67 . C 681 A 69 . A 70 iC

512
CLOZE TEST 2:
LA 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. A 6. B 7. c 8. c 9 .B 10. c

B. W RITTEN TE ST
I. OP EN C LO ZE T ES T:
PASSAGE 1
1. for 2. ear ly 3. gathere d 4. plan ted 5. build
<i
6. dem and 7. expe rimente d 8. control 9. help 10. cl imate
PASSAG E 2
1. a round 2. ahe ad 3. put 4. path 5. lead
6. sce ne 9. vote 8. passion ate 9. atten tion 10. influence
II. W OR D FO R M ( 20 pts)
SECTION 1:
1. alter nate 2. u ncerem onious ly 3. pseu do-inte llectua l 4. un convinc ing
5. neg ligentl y 6. de tentio n 7. foolha rdy 8. choosy
9. dead ened 10. mal- formation
SECTION 2:
1. m islead ing 2. pr actiti oners 3. herb alism 4. s upplem entary 5. illness
6. l imitati ons 7. adm inister ed 8. inorga nic 9. int olerant 10. i ntegration
III . ER R O R ID EN TI FI CA TI ON
1. Line 2. cons ider objec tively —> con sider it objectiv ely
2. Line 3. what —» w hether 3. Line 6. judg ing -> judg ed
4. Line 9. two-t hird —> two -thirds 5. Line 9. prefera ble - > preferab ly
6. Line 11. pr ovin g -> proved 7. Line 13. look - > looking
8. Line 14. a ttract ively —> attr active 9. Line 15. and -» or
i .... ' ’
10. Line 17. import ant factor -> an important factor.
IV . SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N
1. Living envi ronm ent has an enormou s eff ec t on our pe rson alit y developmen t,
/dev elo pin g our perso nality , /t he d evelo pmen t o f our perso nalit y.
1. T he p roblem co uld n’t be solved by him alone /alone by him. 1 . : > ■
3. I’m g oing to be a fa t cat when I grow up. .
4. He us ually ma ke s up ridi culous stories like that
5. The on se t of the disease is blurred vision
6. My friend tal ked me into go ing to the par ty in fa nc y dress .
7.
L. I ccan't
an t m ake head or ta il ooff th
this docum
is ao ent.t.
cu m en -ii
8. You shoul d not have allo wed a four-y ear-o ld chi ld to w alk ho me alone. alone
9, Sally came up wi th the bes t solution.
9.
10. Only when Ali ce and Charles ha d their s eco nd child, did they d ecide to move
to a b is se r house,-

513
 TRƯỜNG CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÀ RỊA VŨNG TÀU
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE Q U E ST IO N sB ■. -?' »•

I. PH ONO LOG Y
l.D 2. B 3. B. 4. B. 5. A. 6. D. 7. B. 8. D. 9. B. 10. D.
II. WO RD CHOI CE J

l.C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. D 7 .B 8. D 9. A 10. A
III. S TRU CTU RES AN D GRAM MAR
l.c 2. A 3. D 4. A 5 .C 6. A 7. c 8 .C 9. c 1 0 .C
IV. P REP OSIT ION S AND PHRA SAL VERB S
l.D 2. A 3 .B 4. D 5. c 6. B 7. A 8. B 9 .C 10. A
V. RE ADIN G COM PREH ENSI ON
READING 1
l.A 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. c 9. B 10. C
READING 2
l.B 2. D 3 .C 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. D
VI. GUID ED CLOZ E T EST f ‘
CLOZE TEST 1
l.A 2. D 3 .B 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. c 8. D 9. D 10. A
CLOZE TEST 2
l.D 2. B 3. B 4. A 5 .C 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. D

B. WRITT EN TE ST
I. OP EN CLOZ E T EST
CLOZE TEST 1
1. u n d e rw e n t 2 .d ay 3. ev er yt hi ng 4. w in te r b ei ng 5. ri se
6 . le n t 7. as 8. o f 9. su g g es t 10. e n o u g h
CLOZE TE ST 2
1. p o in t 2. o f f 3. a 4. bu t 5. in cl ud ed
6. a ft e r 7. ki ll in g 8. lea d 9. ex p er ie n ce 10. w ei g h tl es sn e ss
II. WOR D FORM
1. u n ad u lt er at ed 2. m al fo rm at io n s 3. v is io n ar ie s 4. b o ok is h
5. h ig h -h an d e d 6. pi ct u ri ze d 7. bi o d eg ra d ab le 8. d ie ti ci an
9. g o n er . 10. se ar ch li g h t
WO RD FOR M
1. a c c la im e d 2. to ti n g 3. u n d is ti n g u is h ed 4. in v ar ia b ly 5. d ec en cy
6. se t 7. in tr ic at el y 8. d el ig hte d 9. cr ea ti o n 10. fa il in g
III. MIS TAK E CORR ECTI ON
1. lin e 2: th e ho sp it al s -> ho sp it al s
2. lin e 3: co ul d ha ve be en ab le - » ha ve be en ab le

514
 3. line 7: to produce - > to pro ducing 4. line 8: and —* which
5. line 9: susta inable —* sustainabl y
6. line 12: te chnol ogy actuall y do -* to actually do
7. line 13: ph rase —* ph ase 8. line 16: re sour ces- * sources
9. line 16: the rapy —* the rapeut ic 10. line 17: pr one—* likely
IV. S ENT ENC E TRAN SFOR MATI ON
1. All thing s being equal, I’ll vote for Jeremy .
2. They were at their wi ts’ end, wondering how they would manage the task in time.
3. I was loath to admit defeat while there was still / while there remained some
hope o f success. 'I
4. It is unwise to ju mp to conclus ions about peo ple’s motives.
5. Surpr isingly , there is a widespr ead bel ief that left-hand ed people are more
intellig ent.
6. It is bett er not to bottle up you r feeling s.
7. It will be an uphill struggle to get yo ur wor k fin ished by the deadline .
8. The appeal of Shake spea re’s plays has certainl y stood th e tes t o f time.
9. It w ould be se nsible o f you to follow his advice.
10. F or wh at it is w orth, he is useless.

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BỈNH ĐỊNH

MULTIPLE CHOICE (40PTS]
I. P HO NOL OG Y (5pts)
A. 1. A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. c i

B. l. B 2. D 3 .C 4. D 5. A
II. VOC ABU LAR Y (5pts)
1. D 2. A 3 .C 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. A 8.C 9. B 10. D
III. STR UCT URE S & GR AMM AR (5pts)
l.c 2. D 3 .D 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. B
IV. P REP OSI TIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS (5pts)
l.c 2.13 3. D 4. D 5. A 6. c 7. A 8. c 9. A 10. c
V. RE ADI NG COM PRE HEN SION S. (lOpts)
PASSAG E 1
I. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. B 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. B
PASSAG E 2
l.c 2. D 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. C 10. D
V. G UID ED CLO ZE TEST (lOpts)
PASSAG E 1
l. D 2. A 3. D 4. c 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. c
PASSAG E 2
l.c 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. D 9. B 10. D
515 .
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPEN CLOZ E T EST:
CLOSE TEST 1:
1. wors ened 2. en dorsi ng 3. li mit 4. a utho ritari anism 5. rais ed
6. attend ed 7. l imits 8. tensio ns 9. cam e 10. te rritoria l
CLOSE TEST 2: ;

1. inves tigatin g 2. qu estion 3. prev iously 4. o ccurre d 5. stead

6. in 7. stat e-owne d 8. campa ign 9. wide 10. transp arent
II. W ORD F ORM S (2 0 pts)
PART 1: •, . ' >*' ' ,<
1. sickly 2. key stroke s 3. i ntensifies 4. s criptful
5. thea trego er 6. ass ociate 7. whi zz-ban g 8. upc oming
9. clos e-ups 10. co llabora tive ••t * . . ? ’
PART 2: i
1 ' I • . ■ ■ .
'• • • • t • (7 ' , «•

1. takeo vers 2. en dang er 3. susta inable 4. h ookup

5. not ificatio n 6. su pplier 7. spok esperso n 8. allia nce
9. cen traliz ed 10. d ivestm ent/div estitur e
III. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 pts)
1. Lin e 1. lost —> losing2 2. Line 2. l arva -> larvae
3. Line 6. being —> let 4. L ine 8. disap peare d —> disp ersed
5. Line 9. closur es —> enc losures 6. Line 12. base —» foo t
7. Lin e 15. s etting —> ere cting 8. Line 19. b rie f —> br iefing
9. Li ne 20. chimed - > clanged 10. Line 23. gobble —> who op
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORM ATIO N (20pts)
1. He was fed up to the back tee th w ith being criticize d in public all the t ime.
2. The fa ctory is firing on all cylinde rs to finish the o rders on tim e.
3. F orecast ers were hedgin g th eir bets abou t the storm, say th at it could bring
lots o f snow, or it c ould head away from US.
4. Th e s oftware co mpany h as you over a barrel - if you don 't ac cept t he license ,
you can't use the s oftware.
5. The come dian had the audienc e r olling in the ai sles with his jokes .
6. It turn ed out that the door- to-do or sales repre sentati ve was sailin g unde r false
colors and was a ctually a swindler.
7. The y were amon g the first to break with traditio n and u se cl ay to build
cont empo rary sculpture s.
8. We decide d to brave the e lemen ts and go for a wa lk.
9. Rumor s o f his ill health cast gloom over the ce lebrati ons.
10. He devoted the rest o f his life to helping the poor as a penance for his past crim es.

516
 TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - TP DÀ NẴNG

I. PHONOLOGY (10 pts

LA 2. B 3. c 4. B 5. A 6. B 7.1B 8. A 9. A 10. D
II. VOC ABU LAR Y & STR UCTUR E (30 pts)
l.c 2 .A 3 .C 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. C
1 1 .D 1 2 .A 1 3 .A 14. D 15. A 16. c 17. c 18. B 19. A 20 . B
21 . B 22. c 23 . C 24 . A 25 . A 26 . c 27 . D 28 . D 29 . C 30 . c
III. REA DIN G COMP REHE NSION (40 pts)
PASSAGE 1 (10 pts )
l.D 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B • •‘. ■ 7 .D
6. 4D 8 .C 9. A 10. A
PASSAGE 2 (10 pts)
l.D 2. D 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. B 8 .D 9 .C 10. D
PASSAGE 3 (10 pts)
l.c 2. B 3. D 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. D
PASSAGE 4 (10 p ts)
l.B 2. c 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B 7 .Ấ ' 8 .C 9 D 10. A
IV. O PEN CLOZE TE ST (20 pts)
PASSAGE 1 (10 pts)
1. d e p en d e n t 2. o ri g in al ly /o n ce 3. af fe ct ed 4. th ri v e/ d ep en d 5. su ch
6. se as o n 7. fr om 8. ri sk 9. up 10. w ay s
PASSAGE 2 (10 pts)
1. c o m e /l e a m t 2. pr ec au ti o n s 3 . re ga rd 4. bo un ds
5. fr om 6. bl ew 7. bo ar d 8. re sp o n si b le
9. ca ll s 10. so rr y
V. W ORD F ORM (20 pts) ‘ '•*' ■ ?■*?'< ■ s t ‘ i /■.* '
PASSAG E 1 (10 pts)
1. e ss en ti al 2. sa in th ood 3. m is pr es en ta ti on1 4. im pu ls e
5. tr an sf o rm 6. ex ce pt io na l 7. h um an it y 8. ad m ir ab le
9. u n su cc es sf u l 10. su bm is si ve
PASSAG E 2.
1. m y st if ie d 2. ab an d o n m en t 3. un ea rt h ed 4. d is ap p ea ra n ce
5. d is c o v er e d 6. sp ac io u sn es s 7. po w er fu l 8. in sc ri p ti o n s
9. a c h ie v e m e n ts 10. u n d er st an d in g
VI. ERR OR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 pts)
1. L in e 1: t el l w ar n 2. L in e 2: at a d v an ce —» i n a d v an ce
3. L in e 5: S in ce - » A s 4. L in e 8: re c o rd in g - » re co rd ed
5. L in e 10: le d —> led to 6. L in e 12: F o rt u n a te ly - > U n fo rt u n at e ly
7. L in e 14: fa ta li ty -> fa ta li ti es 8. L in e 15: n o t -> no
9. L in e 15: fo u n d ed - > fo un d 10. L in e 17: it - > t h em

517
V I I . S E N T E N C E T R A N S F O R M A T I O N (2 0 p ts )
1. T he c o m p a n y ’s p r o f i t s s h o w e v i d e n c e o f s i g n i f i c a n t i m p r o v e m e n t th is ye ar .
2. N o m a t t e r h o w o f t e n s h e w a r n s he r hu sb an d ab o u t d ri v in g t oo fa st , he pa ys
no at te n ti o n .
3. N o s o o n e r h a d s h e g r a d u a t e d t h a n s h e w e n t ab ro ad .
4. T he lo s s o f h is j o b b r o u g h t P h i l d o w n to ea rt h.
5. Bu t f o r h e r f a t h e r ’s a s s i s t a n c e , s h e w o u l d n ’t h a v e p as se d he r d ri v in g te st .
6. S u sa n ’s n o t t o b l a m e f o r t h e d o g c h e w i n g y o u r sl ip pe r.
7. E nt ry to th is ar ea is s t r i c t l y f o r b i d d e n t o a n y o n e w ho is no t w ea ri n g
p ro te ct iv e cl oth in g.
8. It w as m y f a t h e r w h o t a l k e d m e i n t o l e a r n i n g a n o th er f o re ig n la ng ua ge .
9. N o so on er h a d s h e f in is h e d d r e s s i n g ( h e r s e l i) t h a n th e fir st o f th e gu es ts a rri ve d.
10. N o th in g w e w er e gi ve n to ea t w a s a ll o w e d t o g o to w a s t e .
' ■, *< .

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - KHÁNH HÒA

L MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS.

I. P H O N O L O G Y ( 5 P T S .)
l.A 2. A 3 .D 4. A 5. B 6. B 7 .C 8. A 9. A 10. c
I I . W O R D C H O I C E (5 P T S ) : ’1 ■
1 1 .A 1 2 .B 1 3 .D 1 4 .A 1 5 .B 16. A 17. A 1 8 .B > 1 9 .c 20 . c
I I I . G R A M M A R A N D S T R U C T U R E S (5 P T S ):
22 . A 22 . A 23 . B 24 . A 25 . B 26 . B 27 . c 28 . A 29 . D 30 . D
I V . P H R A S A L V E R B S A N D P R E P O S I T I O N S (5 P T S .)
31 . B 32 . B 33 . D 34 . c 35 . c 46 . A 47 . D 48 . A 49 . D 40 . c
V . G U I D E D C L O Z E 1 ( 5 P T S .) :
41. A 42 . C 43 . c 44 . A 45 . D 46 . A 47 . B 48 . A 49 . B 50 . c
GUID ED CLOZE 2 (5PTS.):
51 . A 52 . B 53 . B 54 . D 55 . c 56 . D 57 . c 58 . A 59 . D 60 . A
V I . R E A D I N G P A S S A G E 1 ( 5 P T S .) :
6 1 .D 62 .B 63 . A 64 . B 65 . A 66 . c 67 . B 68 . c 69 . A 70 . D
READING PASSAGE 2 (5PTS. 1 5V'
71 . B 72 . D 73 . A 74 . c 75 . A 76 . D 77 . B 78 . A 79 . D 80 . D

B. WR ITTEN TEStK S ' ■I •i

I . C L O Z E T E S T (2 0 P T S .) :
OPEN CLOZ E 1 (10PTS.)
1. si g ht ed 2. ca m e 3. up 4. id en ti fi ed 5. d o u b t
6. d is ti n ct iv e 7. im ag in e 8. in di ca ti on 9. is 10. ho w
u.

518
OPEN CLOZ E 2 (1 OPTS.)
11. attrib uted 12. a uthen ticity 13. abo ve 14. e xhibi tion 15. tig ht/ sa fe
16. n othin g 17. w herea bout s 18. a lleged 19. procla imed 20. coun ter f iet
II. WORD FORMATION: (20PTS.)
PART 1:
1. dishe arte ned 2. p artial ity 3. tur n-ove r 4. m alpra ctices 5. def aced
6. pr econ ceive d 7. pre cario usly 8. misd iagnos is 9. by -pass
10. mile ome ter/ mi lome ter
PART 2:
II . unbia sed 12. untan gles 13. cl arity 14. in-dept h 15. u nsurp assed
16. c onte ntio us 17. refuge es 18. s ubscrip tion 19. del ivery 20. unqu estion ably
III. ERROR CORRECTION: (10PTS.)
1. Line 1: to work - > w orkin g 2. Line 5: wor ks - > w ork
3. Li ne 6: impro per -> improp erly 4. Li ne 7: farth er —» furt her
5. L ine 8: ethic —> ethical 6. Lin e 10 : a ppalle d —> app alling
7. L ine 11: outso urce —> outso urcing 8. Line 14: are -» is
9. L ine 18: w hat —» whe ther 10. L ine 19: b y —» to ’ "
IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION: (20 PTS.)
1. Such was the respon se to our ap peal that we had to tak e on more staff.
2 . 1 had absol utely no money left whats oever.
3. Sally was to h ave sung the solo but she fell ill.
4. It's odd (t hat) you and I should have the sa me surname!
5. Th e m echa nic was at gr eat p ains to rep air the engin e o f my car.
6. Several year s of heavy work ing in the harmful cond itions of t he coalm ine
have un doub tedly ta ken t heir toll on my fath er’s hea lth.
7. O nly when she w as a t a loose end did she come to see me.
8. Th e perso nnel offic er ga ve him her word th at sh e w oul dn’t t ell any one that he
had been in the prison.
9. S he is not up set; she is only putting on an act.
10. He final ly got into th e sw ing o f the new wor king con dition .

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - NINH THUẬN

. MULTIP LE CHOICE QUESTIONS: (40 pts)

I. PHONOLOGY: (5 pts)
I. D 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. c 6. c 7. D 8. c 9. A 10. B
II. WORD CHOICE: (5 pts)
l. A 2. D 3. B 4. c 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. c 10. D

519
III. ST RUCT URES & GRAMM AR: (5 pts)
L A 2. D 3. D 4. c 5. D 6. B 7. B 8. B 9. B 10. c
IV. PR EPO SITIO NS AND PHRAS AL VERBS (5p ts)
l.c 2 .D 3 . A 4. D 5 .A 6. D 7. A 8. A 9. c 10. D
V. RE AD IN G CO MP RE HE NS IO N (20p ts)
PASSAGE 1
l. D 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. C 9. D 10. A
PASSAGE 2
l. D 2. c 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. A
VI. MUL TIPL E CHOIC E CLOZE
A. MUL TIPLE CHOICE CLOZE 1
l.c 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. D 7. D 8. C 9. D 10. A
B. MULT IPLE CHOICE CLOZE 2
Ĩ. C 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. B 8 9. A 10. D

B. WRITTEN QUESTIONS (60 pts

I. OPEN CLOZ E T ESTS
A. TE ST 1
l. s e lf 2. mankin d 3. part 4. in crease 5. bacte ria
6. shed 7. rem ove 8. crying 9. indi vidual 10. w rong
B. TE ST 2
l. o n 2. the 3. to 4. s upply 5. traine es
6. less 7. picki ng 8. perks 9. one 10. Uncom mon
II. W ORD FORM S
A.
1. pleasu rable 2. uni versal 3. consc iousnes s 4. es pecial ly
5. la mentably 6. stim ulating 7. mo tivation
10. acq uisitio n 8. empo wered 9. feedb ack
B.
1. infancy 2. in stitutio ns 3 exclusi vely 4. I nsight 5. Di sappe aring
6. co mmi tmen t 7. in accessi ble 8 lonelines s 9. i mmers ion 10. u ndeni able
III. E RRO R C ORR ECT ION
1. Line 1: e xpos ing -> exp osed 2. Line 3: ther efore -> ho weve r
3. Line 5: and or ' 4. Line 10: follow ing t- » o fol low
5. Lin e 11: m athem atics —» m athema tical 6. L ine 14: up -> aside
. . . ................... Í
7. L ine 17: partic ipate -» part icipat ion / part icipa ting
8. Line 18: finish ing —> fin ished
9. L ine 24: rehe arsin g -» rehearsal 10. Line 22: th reat -» thr ead

520
IV . S E N T E N C E T R A N S F O R M A T IO N
PART A.
1. E n o rm o u s ef fo rt s ha ve be en m ad e by sc ie nt is ts t o fin d a cu re fo r th is d is ea se .
2. T h er e w as an ag re em en t am o n g t he t ea ch er s to in tr od uc e th e ne w m et ho ds .
3 . 1 di d n o t re al iz e th e ex te nt t o w hi ch he w as in fl ue nc ed by hi s br ot he r.
4. M as s to ur is m is pa rtl y re sp on sib le / to be b lam e fo r th e en vi ro nm en ta l pr ob le m s.
5. U rg en t a ct io n s m ust be t ak en to so lv e th e pr ob le m of ho m el es sn es s.
PART B.
1. .. . ha s g re a te r de p th s to h im ...........
2. .. . ac ts on im pu ls e w he n sh e m ak es / m a k in g ...
3. .. .i m p li c a ti o n s w il l th e ch an ge s ha ve on / f o r ......
4. .. .w e ha ve be en sw am pe d w it h .. .
5. .. .l e n d s an e ar to m y co m pl ai nt s ab ou t w o rk .. .

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LONG AN - LONG AN

L M U L T IP L E C H O IC E / V■’J
I. P H O N O L O G Y
l.A 2. A 3 .B 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. c
II . W O R D C H O I C E •<
l.C 2 .A 3 .D 4. D 5. B 6. A 7 .C 8. D 9. B 10. D
#A; •
III. G R A M M A R AND ST R U C T U R E S
l.B 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. c 8. c 9 .C 10. c
A«
IV . P R E P O S I T I O N S A N D P H R A S A L V E R B S
l.C 2 .A 3 .C 4. A 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. B 9 .B 10. B
V. R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N
l.c 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. c 7. D 8. A
9 .C 10. B
1 1 .A 1 2 .A 1 3 .A 1 4 .A ,1 5 . D 16. B , 17. c 1 8 .B ’ Ì9 . C 20 . c
•' r . *J .1 y
V I. C L O Z E T E S T
CLOZE TE ST 1
l.A 2. B 3. B 4. D 5 .B 6. D 7 .C 8. c 9. D 10. c
CLOZE TEST 2 ■; ' .. .• 47
l.B 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. B
•
B . W R IT T E N TEStE B 5 . f'1 .7 , •
I. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T
OPEN CLOZE 1 i . ' -■
». ' »‘ ‘
1. s te ad 2. o f f 3. Str ide J z 4. se ns e .? 5. t h ro u g h
6. w h er e 7. m ust 8. pr id e 9. m ak e 1 0 .n o
OPEN C LOZE 2
Lo ve r 2. go ing 3. who 4. w ithou t 5. good
6. q ueuing 7. apo logiz ing 8. under staffed 9. un der 10. unl ess /alt hou gh
II. WO RD FOR MAT ION
1. inability 2. des picab le 3. dispir ited 4. u nsust ainab le 5. uns avoury
6. i mpulsive 7. un hygien ic 8. redu ndancy 9. R eunifi cation 10. g ainfu lly
Comp lete th e pass ag e with appr opria te fo rm s fr om the words given in the box.
1. obesity 2. vo luntari ly 3. exte nsion 4. ha rden 5. over weig ht
6. redu ction 7. res istanc e 8. updat ing 9. con trover sial 10. sea sonal
IILER ROR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N
1. L ine 2: draw s into a c lose -> draws to a c lose
2. Line 3: four-w heel four-wh eeled
3. Line 7: peda l -> peda ls 4. Li ne 9: unpo pular -> po pular
5. Line 11: r esem blanc e —> rese mbling 6. Line 12: into - » onto
7. Line 12: st arted -» marked 8. Line 15: did -> had
9. Line 16: raise -» rise 10. Line 20: park -» park ing
IV. S ENTE NCE TR ANSF ORM ATIO N
1. Little did they realiz e tha t the fil m ha d been nom inat ed fo r a n Oscar.
2. It was the discov ery o f an enorm ous hole over the South Pole that mad e
peo ple aw are o f the dama ge to t he oz one lay er.
3. I f she be stru ck o ff th e con sultan t wi ll neve r wo rk again .
4. Furth er informat ion can be o btain ed by send ing a s elf- add ress ed e nvelo pe to
the abov e add ress.
5. My uncle was no ne th e wor se fo r hi s expe rience .
6. Tim invariably looked on the bright side even when things were going wrong.
7 . 1 take my h at o ff to you fo r you r imp rovemen t.
8. Davi d s eems really ill at ease in fro nt o f all those peop le.
9. Don ’t take what sh e sa id to hea rt.
10 .1gave him my word that there would be no reception o f the situation in thefutur e.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯƠNG THÊ VINH - ĐÓNG NAI

L MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS (40 PTS

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5 PTS)
l. D 2. A 3. C 4. c 5. B 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. D 10,
II. W ORD CHO ICE (5 PTS)
ll.B 12. B 13 .c 14. B 15 .c16. c 17. A 18. B 19A. 20
Ị•
III. GRA MM AR AND STRU CTUR ES (5PTS):
21. B 22. A 23. D 24. B 25. c 26. B 27. D 28. c 29. D 30

522
IV. PH RA SA L VE RB S AN D PR EP OS IT IO NS
31. A 32. D 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. C 39. D 40..C
V. GU ID ED CL OZ E (10 PT S)
PASSAGE 1
41. C 42. A 43. D 44. D 45. C 46. B 47. B 48. A 49. A 50. D
PASSAGE 2
51. B 52. A 53. C 54. C 55. D 56. B 57. D 58. D 59. C 60. B
VI. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON (10 PT S)
PASSAGE 1
61. c 62. A 63. D 64. A 65. B 66. B 67. D 68. B* 69. C 70. C
PASSAGE 2
71. B 72. D 73. B 74. C 75. D 76. A 77. D 78. A 79. C 80. A
B. W RITTEN QUESTIONS (60 PTS
I. OP EN CL OZ E (20 PT S)
1. settle 2. w ithout 3. filed 4. wa tching 5. i nform ation
6. addr ess 7. priv acy 8. reveal 9. mar ital 10. s hare
11. q uestio n 12. c onduct ed 13a. memory 14. abi lity 15. remai ned
13b. m emory 16. v ariety 17. facial 18. sim ilar 19. news
20. es tablis h t
II. W O RD FO RM AT IO N (20 PT S)
21. o verse e 22. indefati guable 23. for egone 24. d isfigu red 25. untim ely
26. enforc e 27. d isabuse d 28. insuperable 29. in-house 30. u ndergo
31. e arth quak es 32. re actions 33. ill-fated 34. un fortun ately
35. s urviv ors 36. d eadli est/de athlie st 37. r espon sibili ty
38. flam mabl e 39. d estructi on 40. e viden t
III . ER R O R C OR RE CT IO N (5 PT S):
41. Line 1: in—* at 42. Line 3: signals-*- signs
43. Line 8: de gree s—» l evels' 44. Line 9: los s-* gai n
45. Line 9: vi sibil ity—* visi on 46. Line 13: tho se —> th at
47. Line 14: in- * on 48. Line 16: bo nes —* bone
49. Line 17: lead -> leads 50. Line 18: lights -* light
IV . SE N TE N C E TR AN SF O RM AT IO N (15 PT S)
51.1 do n’t thi nk y ou w er e jus tifi ed in ma kin g suc h a fuss abou t the s ervice .
52. Regu lar e xerci se do w on de rs for t he wa y yo u loo k at life.
53. I was loath to ad m it de fea t w hi le t he re wa s st ill /w hi le t he re re m ai ne d
some hope of success.
54. T he man age r said that he had tak en no te o f m y co m pl ai nt s an d w ou ld act
acco rdin gly.
55. T he way he c on du cte d hi m se lf a t th e co nf er en ce ( ha s) re su lte d in the bad
repu tatio n he n ow has.
56. Little did he k no w/ re al ise w ha t lay /w as in st or e fo r him when h e wa lked
into that room .
57. His r ise in fa m e w as /c am e at th e ex pe ns e o f of his priv acy.

523
58 . Y ou sh o u ld n ’t le t tr iv ia l m at te rs p r e y o n y o u /y o u r m in d to s u c h a n /t o s u c h
a g r e a t /t o s o g r e a t a n / t o t h a t ex te nt .
59 . 1 t o o k is s u e w it h h im a b o u t h o w be st w e sh o u ld p ro ce ed .
60 . W e d ec id ed to p r o lo n g o u r s t a y s o th r il le d w e r e w e by th e pl ac e.
61 . I’ ll ha ve to a q u a in t m y s e lf w it h th e b a c k g r o u n d to t h e p r o b le m b ef o re I
ca n co m m en t.
6 2 .1 to ld th e m an a g er in n o u n c e r ta in te r m s th at I w o u ld no t to le ra te su ch
ap p al li n g se rv ic e.
63 . In th e a b s e n c e o f a b e t t e r a l t e r n a t iv e , 1 ac ce p te d th e j o b .
64 . Sh e h a s s e t h e r h e a r t o n b e c o m in g a do ct or .
65 . In th e fo rt h co m in g bi o g ra p h y o f hi m , h e is /w il l b e p o r t r a y e d a s b e in g
a r r o g a n t an d se lf is h. 1 ■

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯ0NG VÃN CHÁNH - PHÚ YÊN

I. P H O N O L O G Y (1 0 m s )
A . l.D 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. D
B. l . c 2 A 3 .B 4. D 5 .C
I I . W O R D C H O I C E (1 0 m s )
l.A 2. A 3. A 4 .C 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B
I I I . G R A M M A R A N D S T R U C T U R E S (1 0 m s )
l.B 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. c 8. c 9. C 10. C
I V . P R E P O S I T I O N S A N D P H R A S A L V E R B S (1 0 m s )
Ì .A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. D 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. A
V . R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N S . (2 0 m s ) . •X'‘■
’
PASSAGE 1 ,
I D 2. C 3 .B 4. D 5. c 6. A 7. D 8. B 9 .C 10. B
PASSAGE 2
l. D 2. A 3. c 4. BA 5. A 6. D 8. B 7. c 9. D 10. D
V I . C L O Z E T E S T . ( 2 0 m s ) .• ... . f: ; i , t> • •1. .. ..
s?
A. ■ ” ■ Y •"
l.A 2 .B 3 .A 4. B 5. B 6. D Ỉ 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. c
B. ,s
l.c 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. A . 9. C ! 10 .B
V I I . O P E N C L O Z E T E S T . (2 0 m s )
J
PASSAG E I L 1

1. re p u ta ti o n / c h a ra c te r 2. a ff o rd ed 3. g u il ty / a cc u se d
4 . ra is e s/ p o se s 5. c o n ce rn e d • 6. im m a te ri a l/ ir re le v a n t u n im p o rt a n t
7. p o si ti o n / si tu at io n 8. su g g e st / o b ta in / ad vi se
9. o ff e n d e r 10. la c k in g /w it h o u t

524
 PASSAGE 2
1. to 2. with 3. like 4. m ore,
5. them selve s 6. So ' 7. witho ut
8. Tha nks/ Ow ing/ Due 9. far ther/ further, 10 .enoug h
VIII. WOR D FORM . (20ms)
A
1. catc alls 2. cea sefire 3. E mascula ted 4. s omno lent
5. cla ustro phob ia 6. env enoma tion 7. poly chrom atism 8. carc inoge nesis
9. par amete rizati on 10. p rimog enito r
B
1. in fancy 2. institutio ns 3. exc lusivel y 4. insight
5. dis appe aring 6. com mitm ent 7. in accessible 8. lo neliness
9. i mmersi on 10. un deniab le t.
IX. E RRO R R ECO GNIT ION. (10 ms)
1. Line 2 : p laces —>plac e 2. Line 3 : when —* wher e
3. Line 5 : sp ends —>takes 4. Line 7 : th eir —> whos e
5. Li ne 8 : to —+ from 6. Line 9 : this —>whic h
7. Line 10 : a nd —>or 8. Line 12 : s ometh ing —>an ything
9. Li ne 14 : near —>near ly 10. L ine 17 : fo ot —>feet
X. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 ms)
A. • "
1. I fe lt at the back o f my mind that someth ing w as wr ong, but wh at was it?
2. What exact ly d o I stand accused o f having done wrong?
3. The inciden t pu t paid to my cha nces of promotion.
4. Sam left n othing to chance when he plann ed th e e xpeditio n.
5. I c an ’t put my fi nger on w hy/ the reason but I d on’t tr ust him.
6. H er lack o f experie nce counted agains t her when she ap plied for pro motion .
B.
1. P recio us little u seful informat ion is given in the brochure.
2. It w as some thing of a reli ef to trudy when she found out the truth / it was s.th
of a re lie f to trudy to find ou t the truth.
3. Not a grea t deal/amo unt of damage was done/caused to my car (in/by the collison).
4. T he very thoug ht of his face at that mo ment makes me laugh.

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN LÝ Tự TRỌNG - CẦN THƯ

L MULTIPLE CHOICE (40pts)
I. PHO NOL OGY (5 PTS)
I. C 2. B 3. D 4. A 5.C 6. D 7. c 8. A 9. D 10. c
II. WOR D CHO ICE (5 PTS )
1.B 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. c 7.A 8. A 9.B 10. c

525
III. GR AM MA R AND STRU CTU RES (5 PTS )
l. D 2. C 3. B 4. c 5. A 6.D 7.B 8. c 9. c 10. c
IV. PHR ASA L VER BS AND PRE POS ITIO NS (5 PT S)
IV. 1 .D 2 . C 3. A 4. c 5. B 6.C 7.D 8. A 9. D 10. B
1?
V. GUID ED CLO ZE 1 (5 PT S)
LA 2. B 3. B 4. D 5. A 6. C 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. A
VI. GUI DED C LOZ E 2 (5 PTS )
l .A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. c 7. A 8. B 9. c 10. B
I
VII. REA DIN G PASS AGE 1 (5 PTS )
l .D 2. A , ‘ 3. c 4. :D 5. A < 6. c 8. A 9. B 10. D
I J7.••Dt ■.
VIII. REA DIN G PASS AGE 2 (5 PTS )
l. B 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. D 7. c 8. D 9. A 10. c

B. WRITTE N TEST (70 pts)

I. CLO ZE TEST:
T .■s X'.
1. acco unt 2. fo rward 3. sin gle 4. o ff 5. st ress/ pres sure
6. massi ve 7. S igns 8. Lay er 9. fla ttened 10. shortl y
OPEN CLOZE 2 (10 PTS)
1. put 2. a ware 3. sta ged/ perform ed 4. en viro nme ntal ly- friend ly
5. pow er 6. ac tion 7. ren ewabl e 8. und er
9. diffe renc e 10. r evolut ion
II. WOR D F ORM S (20 PTS)
PART 1:
1.anti depr essa nt 2. interracia l 3. disabused 4. coun ter-i ntuit ive
5. multin ation al 6. single-hand ed 7. substan tiated 8. va riega ted
9. paraleg al 10.shopwo rn
PART 2:
1. e xtra ordin ary 2. location 3. neighb ourin g 4. pictu resqu e
5. idios yncra tic 6. essen tially 7. perfectio nism 8. un reali stic ’
9. ch arita ble 10. o ngoin g
III. E RRO R C OR REC TIO N (10 P TS)
1. Line 2: is —> is 2. Line 3: on -> by
3. Li ne 5: fun —» fu nny 4. Line 6: b asic —> b asis
5. Li ne 7: so -> be caus e 6. Line 9: w hich -> th at
7. Li ne 10: A nd -> But 8. Lin e 11: w het her -> i f
9. Line 13: to —> fo r 10. Line 14: stop ping —» to stop
IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSF OR MA TIO N (20 PTS) *
1. It w on’t do you any good to a rgue with her.
2. We might as wel l s ee w hat spe cial offer s are on at t he mom ent.

526
 3. H is p o v e r t y p r e v e n t s h im f r o m c o n t i n u i n g h is s t u d i e s .
4. T o m is n o t h i n g o t h e r t h a n g e n e r o u s .
5. W h at o n e a r t h p o s s e s s e d y o u to d o s o m e t h i n g a s d a n g e r o u s a s t h a t ?
6. B ri an is o n t h e s h o r t l i s t f o r t h e p o s i t i o n .
7. K at y h a s b e e n f e e li n g r u n d o w n l a te ly .
8. T h e p ri ze s w e r e a w a r d e d w i t h o u t f u r t h e r a d o .
9. T h e m o n e y w a s r e l e a s e d in d r i b s a n d d r a b s .
10. Y o u h a v e h i t t h e n a i l o n t h e h e a d .

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN BỈNH KHIÊM - VĨNH LONG

I. P H O N O L O G Y
I. c 2 .D 3 .A 4. B 5. A ) 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. c
II. V O C A B U L A R Y ‘ Í '- f f ' ■

l.D 2. C 3 .C 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. c 8. A 9. A 10. c
III. S T R U C T U R E S A N D G R A M M A R •Ỉ
l.A 2 .A 3 .D 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. c
IV . P R E P O S I T I O N S A N D P H R A S A L V E R B S
l.A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. 8. B 9. A 10. A
ĩ I . 7j •t j J'-
V. R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N
Jt
READING 1 '
l.A 2. D • 3 .C 4. c 5 .B 6. A 7. A 8. c 9. D 10. c
READING 2 ’ \
l.c 2. D 3. A 4. c 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. c 9. A 10. A
V I. G U ID E D C L O Z E T E S T 1
l.D 2. D 3. B 4. c 57 C 6. B 7. D r 8. B 9. C ‘ 10. A
GUIDE D C LOZE TEST 2 ±f' •Ì
l.D 2. A 3. c 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. B 8 .C f 9. A 10. B
V II. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T 1
A.
1. a n y th in g / e v e ry th in g 2. am o n g 3. to ok 4. fa r 5. ra n
6. se t/ b ro k e 7. ca m e 8. fu rt h er 9. bi t 10. w it h in /a ft e r
B.
1. t h ro u g h / ag ai n 2. ar ri v e 3. so 4. co ul d 5. sp ar e
6. fi rs t 7. st an d 8. e v e ry / ea ch 9. un til 10. d o es
V III. W O R D F O R M S
A.
1. u n m an a g ea b le 2. im pu ri ty 3. re fr es h m en ts 4. p o ss e ss io n s
5. d ea d ly 6. p re v en ti o n 7. u n p ro d u ct iv e 8. sp e e c h le ss
9. c ir c u m st a n ti a l 10. fo rt h co m in g

527
B.
1. tec hnolo gical 2. anxie ties 3. unque stionab ly 4. ass umptio n
5. D estruc tive 6. overw helmin gly 7. be ings 8. pessim ism
9. imper fection s 10. hei ght
IX. E RRO R I DENT IFICA TION
1. Line 4: while - when 2. Line 4: it - there
3. Line 6: anyo ne - someone 4. Line 7: becaus e - although
5. Line 8: like - as 6. Line 10: if -t h o u g h / a lthough
7. Line 11: a soup - the soup 8. Line 11: at - in
9. Line 12: w ithin —in 10. Line 13: t o ld —said
X. SENT ENCE S T RANSF ORMA TION
1. Scarcely had they come o ut o f the buildin g whe n the alarm went off.
2. The more e ffective m anagem ent is, the be tter wo rking relations are /w ill be.
3. O nlv wh en Alice and Ch arles had thei r second child, did the y d ecide to m ove
to a bigger house.
4. C harmin g as / though Tony is/ may be, Ĩ w ould n’t trust him.
5. D on’t breathe a word of this to the b oss./ Don ’t breathe a word to the boss
about this.
6. At the m oment a new car is out o f the question.
7 . 1 was in/o f two minds about whethe r to go with him.
8. She e xpresse d her disa pproval of people who tell lies.
9. Ou r boss is always finding f ault with our wor k (pr esent progr essiv e to make
compl aint)
10. Louise was given insufficient time to comp lete her thesis

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGU YỄN ĐÌNH CHIỂU - ĐỔNG THÁ P

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHO NOL OGY
I. B 2. D 3. A 4. c 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. c 9. c 10. A
IL W ORD CHOIC E
II . A 12 .D 13 .B 14. B 1 5 .D 16. B 17. B 18 .D 19 .A 20. C
III. GRA MM AR AND STRUCTU RE:
21. A 22. c 23. D 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. B 30. C
IV. PHR ASA L VERBS AND P REPO SITIO NS
31. D 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. D 36. D 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. D

V. REA DIN G
PASSAG E 1
l. D 2. A 3. B 4 .C 5. B 6. D 7. c 8. A 9. D 10. C
528
 PASSAGE 2
1.B 2. c 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. c 7. D 8. D 9. c 10. B
VI. G UIDE D CLOZ E T EST
l. A 2.D 3.B 4.C 5.B 6.C 7.A 8.B 9.A 10.C
OPEN CLOZ E TE ST t ’ ; .f
1. evid ence 2. inhospita ble 3. itself 4. layer 5. radia tion
6. atm osph ere 7. equ ator 8. carved 9.,o f 10. pe rmafro st

VII. WOR D FORM S

1. width 2. H eight 3. D isagree ment 4. Pr essure 5. Pop ularity
6. un fortu natel y 7. Wo nderful 8. Req uirement s 9. In habitant s 10. R arely

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. CL OZE TE ST
CLOZE TEST 1
1. Th ere 2. wh ile/wh ereas/ but 3. in 4. be 5. from
6. how 7. to 8. take 9. cause 10. o ff
OPEN CLOZE 2 (10PTS )
l. b u t 2. ap art 3. the/ their 4. wi thout 5. into
6. bet ter
-Ĩ •' 7. when 8. every 9. as 10. so
II. W ORD FO RMS
A.
1. localiti es 2.deaden 3. Abn ormalit ies 4. l iquefy 5. Dep endant
6. su ccess ive 7. found ation 8. unacce ptable 9. Ina ccessib le 10. bett er-known
B.
1. e nsure 2. constitu ency 3. misr epresen ted 4. heard
5. diss atisfa ction 6. furtherm ore 7. unfulfi lled 8. disple asure
9. re sentm ent 10. fruitful
III. E RRO R C ORRE CTION
1. Line 2: me an —> mea ns 2. Line 3: o f —» in
3. L ine 4: to - > or 4. Line 5: most -> all
5. Line 6: the ir it 6. Line 7: com plexity —> compl ex
7. Lin e 9: in —> omi t 8. Line 9: cont raste d—> con trastin g
9. Line 10: ba sing -> based 10. Line 11: to be —» bei ng
IV. SENT ENC E TRAN SFOR MAT ION
PART A.
1. Had it not been for the heavy traffic, I would not hav e b een late. :
2 . 1 have no in tention o f doing it befor e tomorro w.
3. So e xpen sive was the book t hat I could n’t/ didn't buy it.

529
4. It w a s at Mar y’s prop osal that he agreed to give US a hand.
5. C o u ld yo u ke ep an eye on my bag whil e I'm away?
PART B.
1. .. . do n o t fe el lik e g o in g o u t, ...........
2. .. .h a s no re g re t a b o u t tu rn in g d o w n /t h at he t u rn ed d o w n .. .
3. .. .c a m e n o th in g al th o u g h h e ......
4. .. .i s u n d e r th e t re a ts o f cl o s u re .. .
5. .. .p u t th e bl am e on R ic ha rd fo r.
4 . f •y , i.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN THĂNG LONG - ĐÀ LẠT

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

l.D 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. c 6. A 7. B 8. c 9. A 10. B
II. WOR D CHO ICE
l.C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. B 6 .C 7. A 8. C 9 .D 10. D
III. GRA MM AR & ST RUCT URES
l.C 2. B 3 .B 4. c 5. D 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. D
IV. PRE POS ITIO NS & PH RASA L V ERBS
l.A 2. D 3. A 4. c 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. D 10. B
4 . ’/ "
■ i ■

V. R EAD ING C OMP REHE NSIO N

READING 1:
l.C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. D 6 .C 7 .C 8. A 9. B 10. D
t' ‘ •
READING 2
l.B 2. D 3 .C 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. B 9 .C 10. B
. 1•, ; '
VI. GUID ED CLOZ E T ESTS
GUIDE D CLOZE TE ST 1
l.B 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. D 6 .C 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. A
GUIDE D CLOZE T EST 2
l.c 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. D 9. D 10. C

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OP EN CLO ZE TEST
OPEN CLOZE TEST 1
1. c o m es 2. sa m e 3. w it h 4. w al le d 5. ta k e
6. L ik e 7. B e ca u se 8. w or th 9. st ill 10. H o w e v e r
OPEN CLOZE TE ST 2
1. su ff e ri n g 2. at tr ib u te d 3. c o n c e n tr a te d /f o c u se d 4. su b je c te d 5. d is c u ss e d
6. b e n e fi t 7. re si g n 8. st e m m ed /r é su lt e d 9. sp e c ia li z e d 10 . e la b o ra te d

530
II. WOR D FORM S
A.
1. m outh -wat ering 2. irretriev ably 3.cut ting-e dge 4. pa noram ic
5. thea trica ls 6. we sterniz ed 7. ma mmal ian 8. lad ylike
9. obst inacy 10. defame
B.
1. comp ariso n 2. yo uth 3. abu ndant 4. Unem ploym ent 5. size able
6. purs uits 7. co llectio ns 8. prospe rity 9. ten dency 10. critica l
III. ERR OR ID ENT IFIC ATIO)NN
1. Line : e arly began - > began early J omit early
2. Lin e 2: thro ugh —» ac ross 3. Line 4: fo rmally - > formal
4. Line 5: wh ich —> o f which 5. Line 6: barriers —» obs tacles
6. Line 8: limbs —» limb 7. Line 10: to -> in
8. Line 11: seems - > seem 9. Line 12: wh ere —» whe n
10. Line 12: much —> man y

IV. SEN TENC E TRA NSFO RMA TION

1. No t fo r an othe r five years did the whole truth abou t the murd er co me out.
2. The inhabi tants are nowhe re near as b adly -off as th ey were twen ty y ears ago.
3. It w on’t do you any g ood t o ar gue with her.
4. It was at Kate ’s insis tence that we cu rried favou r with our te acher.
5. D on’t ta ke it out on me ju st because y ou’ve got pr oblems !
6. She j us t went throug h the motions of w elcom ing him, then quick ly left the
waiti ng room. ,
7. We have broken ev en thi s year.
8. Da nielle Stee l’s l atest nov el lends itse lf to bein g made into a film.
9. G eorg e’s we bsite see ms to have been under const ructio n for a long tim e.
10. Theories a bout the causes of bird flu have changed in the light of recent research.

*>

531
 ( LOP 11)

BỀ CHÍNH THỨC

Phẩn trắc nghiệm (0.5 pt each

l.c 2. D 3 .D 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. c 8. D 9. A 10
1 1 .B 12. A 13. D 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. B 20
2 1 .C 22 . D 23 . A 24 . B 25 . D 26 . B 27 . D 28 . c 29 . c 30
3 1 .C 32 . B 33 . B 34 . A 35 . D 36 . B 37 . A 38 . c 39 . D 40
41. B 4 2. C 43 . A 44 . B 45 . A 46 . A 47 . A 48 . c 49 . A 50
51 . B 52 . A 53 . B > 54 . D 55 . c 56 . A 57 . D 58 . B 59 . A 60
6 1 .C 62 . B 63 . A 64 . D 65 . C ' 66 . B 67 . A 68 . B 69 . B 70
71 . B 72 . A 73 . A 74 . D 75 ; A 76 . c 77 . B 78 . A 79 . D 80
Phẩn tự luận:
O P E N C L O Z E (1 pt ea ch )
1. o th e rs 2. m-Àad
. ■e1 ■. t ». 3. re m ai n s/ st ay s 4. se ns e 5. o c ca si o n s
6. a t 7. si n k in g 8. Si nc e 9. on ce 10. vi ct im
11. o n 12. lik e 13. bu .t1../*•> ... 14. m as s 15. sli ■ow
f
16. g ai n e d 17. st ea d 18. se t ■* 19. al one 20 . si nc e
W O R D F O R M A T I O N (1 p t ea ch )
1. m is a p p re h e n si o n 2. de fo rm it y 3. e x em p la ry 4. im pe rc ep ti bl e
5. n e ig h b o u rl y 6. o n co m in g 7. w in df al l 8. cl im at o lo g y
9. st re e t- c re d 10. ty p ec as t 11. su p er st it io n 12. d e fe n si v e
13. li fe -s a v in g 14. u n co n sc io u s 15. w at er lo g g ed 16. p ea ce fu ll y
17. in d ig n it ie s <1 8. a q u ap la n e 19. st ic ki ng 20 . o c ea n ar iu m
E R R O R I D E N T I F I C A T I O N (1 p te a c h )
1. li n e 2: a lo n g w it h - > up w it h 2. lin e 4: to se e —» to be se en
3. li ne 5: p re m ie rs p re m ie re s 4. lin e 6: on - » w it h
5. li n e 10: ty p e d - > t y p in g 6. lin e 11: y et - » h o w e v e r
7. li n e 13: ha d b e en -> w er e 8. lin e 17: e q u ip m en ts - » e q u ip m e n t
9. li n e 19: e n o u g h st y li sh - > st y li sh en o u g h
10. li n e 22 : in si m p ly p la in - » in pl ai n
S E N T E N C E T R A N S F O R M A T I O N (2 pt s ea ch )
1. C o m e w h a t m ay , I w o n ’t ch a n g e m y m in d ab o u t th a t p ro b le m .
2. I m u s t h a v e o ff e n d e d h e r b e ca u se sh e is g iv in g m e a c o ld sh o u ld e r.
3. In it ia ll y , I th in k t h e p lo t u n fo ld s co nv in ci n g ly .
4. B ad p u b li c it y ha d a d e tr im e n ta l e ff e c t o n s a le s fig u r e s .

532
 5. I th in k it ’s on ly a m a tt er o f ti m e be fo re R a ch e l b ec o m es a fa m o u s m od el .
6. H av in g sa ti sf ie d o u rs el v es t h a t th er e w a s n o th in g to fe a r , w e w e n t ah ea d.
7. Sh e w as so w ra p p ed up in h e r w o rk th a t sh e to o k n o no ti ce w h e n Ỉ ca m e in.
8. I w as lo at h to a d m it d e fe a t w hil e th er e w a s s ti ll s o m e ho p e o f su cc es s, (w hi le
so m e h o p e o f su c c e ss s ti ll r em a in ed ) ■•,' ' •
9. It d ri v e s m e ro u n d th e b e n d w h en /t h a t L a u ra i n te rr u p ts e v e ry c on ve rs at io n.
10. H av in g fa lle n into (a sta te of ) d isr ep air , th is pr op er ty ne ed s r en ov at in g co mp let ely .

ĐẾ Til_l____
BENCH!
_______ •

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẢO LỘC - TP. BẢO LỘC

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PH ONO LOG Y ( 5 mark s)
l.B 2. D 3. A 4. A 5. c 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. c 10. B
II. W ORD CHO ICE (5 mar ks)
l.B 2. c 3 .C 4. c 5. D 6 .C 7. c 8. c 9. B 10. A '
IV. PRE POSI TION S & PHR ASAL VE RBS (5 mar ks)
l.B 2. c 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. c 8. A 9. c 10. B
V. READ ING COM PREH ENSI ON (10 m arks)
R E A D IN G 1
l.c 2. D 3. B 4. B 5 .C 6. A 7. c 8. D 9. C 10. A
R E A D IN G 2
l.c 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. D 9. A 10. A
VI. CLOZ E T ESTS (10 marks)
• '• /* .. It ' '■
C LO SE T EST 1
l. B 2. A 3 .C 4. B 5. D 6. c 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. C
C LO SE T EST 2
l.C 2. A 3. D 4 .C 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. c 9. B 10. A
.<>• . ' »' *- f ■ỵ ■
' •. ' X
•--. '5 •
B. WRITTEN TEST
k4/55SỈ ' v 34 i
I. OPE N CLOZ E T EST (20 m arks)
*»
T E S T 1:
1. a n 2. on e 3. an y 4. in 5. bu t
Ị■
6. w hi ch 7. di ag ra m 8. as 9. lik e 10. si g n /i n d ic at io n
' I
TEST 2:
1. p ro te c t 2. ou t 3. m is ta ke 4. li ke ly 5. n at u ra l
6. o cc as io n 7. w h e th er 8. so rt s 9. A lm o st 10. re q u ir e

533
II. WO RD FORM S (20 marks)
A.
1. ridi culous 2. port rayal 3. mim etic 4. nu merou s
5. facial 6. acc ompa nied 7. in dispen sable 8. sym bolism
9. i nco mp reh ens ible 10. en nobled
B. '.■ „
1. in habited 2. p opulati on 3. set tlemen ts 4. a rtwork
5. notab le 6. acc essible 7. extr aordin ary 8. grad ually
9. sce nery 10. insuffi cient
III. E RRO R I DEN TIFI CAT ION (10 marks)
1. Line 1: w hen —> si nce 2. Lin e 3: exact —» exactly
3. Line 4: in —» at 4. Line 8: welcome d —» welco me
5. Line 8: they -» there 6. Line 10: individual -> indivi dualis m
7. Line 14: tho ugh —» while 8. Line 15: w hich -> in whic h/wh ere
9. Lin e 18: by —» with 10. Line 19: bind -» blinds
IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 marks)
1. It came as no surpri se to US that he w as/ had been success ful.
2. H owev er c leve r he may be, I d on’t thi nk h e’ll solve this proble m.
3 .1 think i t’s only a matte r o f time before Jemm a bec omes a fam ous model.
4. Few of the chil dren took (any/m uch) notice of what the teac her had t old th em.
5. But for the attendance of a famous film star, the party wouldn’t have been a success.
6. Brian was at a loss to explain how the sto len comp uter got into th e bo ot o f his car.
7. The co mpan y’s employees shoul dn’t count on being allocated a car -parking space.
8. My gran dfat her did n’t have any recolle ction (at all) of phoning me last night .
9. U nder no cir cums tance s (at all) should you have/ keep/ learn your mobile
phone switched on during the perform ance.
10. T he min iste r’s rem arks drew an ang ry respons e fr om th e public.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HOÀNG LÊ KHA - TÂY NINH

L MULTIPLE CHOICE TEST

I. PHO NOL OGY (5p ts) ( ị
I. c 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. c 6. A 7. c 8. A 9. B 10. c
II. V OCA BUL ARY & STRU CTU RE (10 pts)
11. c 12. D 13. D 14. c 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. B 20. c
21. D 22. c 23. A 24. A 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. D 29. c 30. A
III PRE POS ITIO NS & P HRA SAL VERB S (5 pts)
31. c 32. A 33. D 34. Dr 35. B 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. D 40. B

53 4
IV. READ ING COM PRE HEN SION (lOpts)
LA 2. B 3 .C 4. B 5. D 6. D 7. c 8. C 9. B 10. c
1 L E 12 .A 13 .A 14. B 15 .D 16 .E 17. A 18. B 19. C 20. A
V. GUID ED CLOZ E TEST (lOpts)
Passa ge 1
l. B 2 .C 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. c 9. A 10. A
Passa ge 2
L A 2. B 3 .C 4. A 5. D 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. D

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. C LOZE T EST (20pts)
CLOZE TEST 1
Ev er y 2. d espite 3. not / ne ver 4. way 5. keep
6. few 7. like 8. able 9. with 10. n eeds / 'has
J " 1
CLOZE TEST 2
I. up 2. in 3. when 4. help 5. out
6. ho w 7. the 8. nothing 9. a 10. for
II. W ORD F ORM S (20pts)
PA RT I:
1. apoc ryphal 2 in coming 3.maelst rom 4.se mapho re
5. S ymp athiz er 6. par apsych ologis ts 7. extrase nsory 8. two-fa ced
9. tax- defer red 10. u nintellig ible
PART 2:
1. famou s 2. en sure 3. qualifie d 4. train ing 5. youth
6. de mand ing 7. mo veme nt 8. educat ion 9. qua lificati on 10. f reedom
III ERR OR REC OGN ITIO N (10 pts)
1. Line 2: gradual -+ Gradually 2. Line 3: in —> Of
3. Line 5: disc ipline —> discipli nes 4. Line 7: mixin g —> mixed
5. Line 9: art ist —> artistic 6. Line 14: as —» like '7 - .
7. Li ne 15: co nfusi ng -> confus ed 8. Line 17: said -> saying
9. L ine 19: ge nius -> g en iu se s, 10. Line 22: lose —> To lose
IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 pts)
1. We w ere not tak en in by his smooth manner.
2. It ha sn’t s unk in yet.
3. Th e d isag reem ent is a stor m in a teacup .
4. Orga nic vege table s are said to do w onders for o ne’s h ealth.
5. His o utra geou s c ondu ct did great harm to the regi men t’s rep utation .
'I
6. I asso ciate C hristm as with roast tu rkey.
7. Ea ting few er s weets will save y ou having to visit the denti st so oft en.
8. He cann ot c ome to ter ms with t he fact th at he will never race again.
9. Th ere wa sn’t a gre at deal of room, but we parked the c ar ev entua lly.
10. He is due to a rrive at any min ute.

535
 TRUÔNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ THÁNH TÔNG - QUẢNG NA M

0. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PHON OLOG Y (5 pts)
l. D 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. A 7. c 8. A 9. C 10. D 1
' ''
II. WORD CHOI CE (5pts)
l.c 2. c 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. B
III. ST RUCT URE AND GRA MMA R ( 5 pts)
l. D 2. c 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. c 9. D 10. e
4 ;-
*
IV. PRE POS ITIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS ( 5 pts)
l. D 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. B 6. c 7. B 8. C. 9. B 10. D
V. READ ING COM PREH ENSI ON (lOpts) Ĩ , ’ ■:

PASSAGE 1
l.C 2. C 3. A 4. D 5 .0 6. D 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. B.
PASSAGE 2 V
l. B 2. C 3 .C 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. C
VI. GUID ED CLOZE TES T (lOpts)
PASSAGE 1
l. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. A
PASSAG E 2
l. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. C

B. WRITTEN TEST
I. O PEN CLOZ E TE ST
CLOZE TEST 1
1. nak ed 2. m eans 3. deriv ed/s 4. until 5. how
6. prov e 7. brok e 8. far/mu ch 9. sup port 10. Past
CLOZE TEST 2
I. for; 2. every; 3. of/ for; 4. abo ut/ re gardi ng/ conce rning ; 5. witho ut;
6. than ; 7. is; 8. into; 9. w he n/a s; 10. co mes
II. WOR D F ORM S (20 pts)
PART 1:
1. d issoc iate 2. m urdero us 3. irri tability 4. d iscipl inaria n
5. ou tlook 6. pre determ ined 7. ma ladjus ted 8. expr essio nless
9. h eads trong 10. ou trage ous
PART 2:
1. co nfere nce 2. lonelin ess 3. per sisten t 4. f ailure 5. outs ide
6. inade quate 7. co nditi oning 8. pred isposi tion 9. s elf-c onsc ious 10. par tly

53 6
III. E RRO R ID ENTIF ICATI ON (10 pts)
1. L in e 2: in v o lv es —> in vo lv e 6. L in e 11: th at —> th an
2. L in e 3: fu n ct io n s - > m al fu n ct io n s 7. L in e 11: to pu t - » to be pu t
3. Li ne 4: a b o u t —> fo r 8. Li ne 14: f o r —» in to
4. Li ne 5: ju d g in g —> m is ju d g in g 9. L in e 15: a r e - » is
5. Li ne 8: im p ai ri n g —» im pa ir ed 10. Li ne 16: ac qu ai nt -> ac q u ai n ti n g
IV. SE NTEN CE TRAN SFORM ATION
1. Hi s sk ill s on th e tr um pe t a re un m atc he d by an yb od y el se / a ny on e els e in t he co un try .
2. It ’s fi n al ly d aw n in g on m y so n th at t h e re ’s no su ch th in g as a fr ee lu nc h.
3 . 1 th in k h e ’s at la st c om in g ro un d to m y w ay o f thi nk in g.
4. In it ia ll y , I t h in k t h e pl ot un fo ld s co nv in ci ngl y
5. I ’d ra th e r yo u ha d as ked m e be fo re yo u us ed m y co m pu te r.
6. W ha t he to ld m e w he tt ed m y ap pet it e fo r t h e re st o f the st or y.
7 ........... marvel led at the shrewd ness w ith.......... .
8. ...ro se/ (we re) lifted when I caught sig ht.......
9. ...t oo k issue w ith him ab out h ow .......
10 .......... to ad mit d efeat w hile there w as sti ll/whil e ther e r em ain ed ......

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN QUANG TRUNG - BÌNH PHƯỞC

L MULTIPLE CHOICE (40PTS - Ĩ' ■• -f«

, f A

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5PTS)

l.B 2 .B 3 .D 4. B 5. c 6. B 7. A 8 .C 9. c 10 . D
II. WO RD CH OIC E (5PT S)
l.A 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. C 8.B 9. D 10. A
III. GRA MM AR AND STRUC TURES (5PTS)
LA 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. D 8. c 9. B 10. B
• ' if
IV.P REP OSIT IONS AN D P HRASA L VE RBS (5PTS) - T’ •.
LA 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. B
V. GU IDED CLOZ E T EST (10PTS)
TEST 1 (5PTS)
LA 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. c 7. D 8. B 9. B '1 0 . c
TEST 2 (5PTS )
l.B 2. A 3 .C 4 .C 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. c
VI. READ ING COM PREH ENSI ON (10PTS)
READING COMPR EHENS ION 1 (5PTS)
LB 2 .C 3. B 4 .C 5. c 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. A .10. D
REA DIN G COM PRE HEN SION 2 (5PTS)
LA 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. c 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. c

537
B. WRITTEN TEST (70PTS
I. OP EN CL OZ E TE ST (20 PT S)
OPEN C LOZE TEST 1 (I OPTS)
I. v irus 2. sprea ding 3. lead 4. infections 5. stay
6. susp ected 7. thos e 8. symp toms 9. on 10. mosqu itos
OPEN CLO ZE TE ST 2 (10PTS)
l.w or d 2. usual/ norma l 3. pub lic 4. tak e/buy 5. bring
6. pas s/spre ad 7. go 8. carry 9. con tent/s atisfi ed 10. app ealing
II. W OR D FO RM AT IO N (20 PT S)
1. Ps eudo- scien ce 2. no n-esse ntial/ ines sential 3. n on-ob servan ce
4. error- free 5. edito rship 6. E ducati on-wi se 7. multi- purpo se
8. und erach ievem ent 9. un truthfu lness 10. fai r-mind ed 11. indes tructib ility
12. comp arativ ely 13. un equalle d r 14. atte ntion 15. fav oured
16. de corat ive 17. ex ploitati on 18. u nprec edente d 19. eco nomic
20. c aptiva ted
III . ER R O R C OR RE CT IO N (10 PT S)
1. Line 1. m edicin al —> medical 2. Line 4. s elf-re gulat ed —> se lf-reg ulatin g
3. L ine 5. me asure -> measur ing 4. Li ne 5. desire -> desire d
5. Line 7. desire -» desir able 6. Line 10. in —> with
7. Line 12. malady —» maladies 8. Line 12. r eg ul ar —» Irregu lar
9. Line 13. my riads —» myr iad 10. L ine 14. b y —» with u
IV. SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N (20 PT S)
1. It was not so mu ch a d isc us sio n as an ar gu me nt .
2. The statement boils dow n t o m aki ng the pu blic aw are o f the p res ent sit uat ion .
3. The Mountain Rescue Team doesn’t hold out muc h hop e for the mis sin g
clim ber s.
4. He mad e th re at s o f vi ol en ce a ga in st the o ffi ce rs.
5. Agai nst all odds> I promis e to protec t her.
6. You have to st rik e a ba lan ce be tw een log ic and lat er al th in ki ng in thi s j ob .
7. The south coas t bo re /to ok th e br un t o f th e gal e.
8. Our comp any has (g ot )/h old s (th e/a ) m on op oly of /o n/ ov er th e im po rt /
im po rt in g/ im po rt at io n o f t he se ch em ica ls.
9. The press ha s po ur ed sc or n on th e ha nd lin g o f the matter.
10. J oan had m isg ivi ng s ab ou t e m pl oy in g suc h youn g s taff.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN PHAN NGỌC HIỂ N - CÀ MA U

L MULTIPLE-C HOICE QUESTIONS

I. PH O N O LO G Y ( 5.0 po int s)
I. D 2. B 3. A 4. c 5. D 6. c 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. B
II. VO C A BU AR Y (5. 0 po int s)
l. C 2. B 3. c 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. B 10. D
53 8
/
III. G RAM MA R - STR UCT URE (5. 0 p oints)
l. A 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. c 8. D 9. c 10. B
IV. PHR ASA L VER BS - PRE POS ITIO NS (5.0 points)
l. D 2. D 3. c 4. c 5. A 6. A • 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. A
V. REA DIN G COM PRE HEN SION (10 .0 points)
FIRST PASSAG E: Questions 1 -1 0
I. D 2. B 3. c 4. A 5. D 6. c 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. A
SECO ND PASSAGE : Questions 11 - 20
II . B 12 .B 1 3 .D 14 .A 15 .C 16. D 17 .C 18. D 19. A 20. C
VI. GUI DED C LOZ E TEST (10 .0 points)
FIRST PASSAGE: Questio ns 1-10
l.c 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. D 6. B 9. D 10. D
SECOND PASSAGE: Questio ns 11-20 y 1
11 .C 12. A 13 .B 14 .D 15 .C 16. B 17. D 18. A 19. D 20. A

B. WRITTE N TEST
I. OP EN CLOZ E TEST (20 points)
FIRST PASSAGE: Questio ns 1-10
1. pro vides 2. se rvices 3. a 4. but 5 . such
6. an othe r 7. for 8. also 9. con nected 10. pr oblem s
SECON D PASSAGE: Question s 11-20
11. e xam ple/i nstan ce 12. th ese/su ch 13. thes e/both 14. it 15. been
16. b ecaus e 17. an 18. f ollow ing/ succee ding 19. aw ay 20. no
II. W ORD F ORM ATIO N (20 p oints)
1. d issat isfac tion 2. U nfortuna tely 3. expr opriat ing 4. medic ally
5. l ongit udes 6. slap -up 7. justi fica tion 8. unp redic table
9. cr iticis ed/cr iticiz ed 10. bie nnial
11. scien tists 12. te chnolo gical 13. aro matic 14. co nsum ption 15. u ncertai n
16. d ivers ify 17. c ontine ntal 18. de caffein ated 19. st riking 20. relatio nship
III. ER RO R I DEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 points)
1. L ine 2: locatin g - > located 2. Line 4: conc lusive —»conc lusiv ely
3. Line 6: Oth er - > Ano ther 4. Line 11: o v er -> out
5. L ine 12: be in g—> to be 6. Line 14: th a t- > who
7. L ine 19: Despit e _» Thoug h/Alt hough/Eve n t hough
8. Li ne 23: was —> we re 9. Line 24: n ot - > no
10. Line 28: i n -> with
IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 po ints)
1. E ven if we cau ght an e arlie r train we still w oul dn’t ar rive before 11.00.
2. I’ve c ome up ag ains t a rather nasty pro blem. J

539
3. So he av y w as t he sn ow fa ll th at a ll th e fl ig ht s ha d to be c an ce ll ed .
4. L eo n ar do D ic a p r io ’s p re vi ous fi lm be fo re Th e B ea ch w as Ti ta ni c.
5. T h er e is no q u es ti o n o f m e/ m y pa yi ng f or th e ti ck et s.
6. H e’ s so ga rr ul ou s th at w e ar e no t a bl e to /c an ’t g et a w or d in ed ge w ay s/ ed ge w is e.
7. T o n y ’s ha bi t o f ta k in g r is ks is no t co m pa ti bl e w it h hi s im ag e as a fa m il y m an .
8. T he a u th o ri ti es ha d de ci de d th er e w ou ld be (/ ha d de ci de d on ) a cr ac k d o w n on
d is si d en ts .
9. H av e yo u de ci d ed t o go in fo r th e p o st er c om p et it io n ?
10. D o n ’t ex p ec t hi m to sp ar e y o u r fe el in gs : he a lw ay s sp ea ks hi s m in d.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THIỆN THÀNH - TRÀ VINH

k. MU LTI PLE CHO ICE QUE STIO NS

I. PH ONO LOG Y
l.B 2. B 3. A 4. c 5. c 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. B 10. c
II. W ORD CHOIC E
l.B 2. D 3. c 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. B 9. B 10. c
III. STRU CTUR E A ND G RAMM AR
l.c 2. A 3. D 4. B 5.B 6. C 7.A 8.D 9. D 10. C
IV. PRE POSI TION S AN D P HRASAL VER BS •*:‘ r

l.A 2. B 3 .C 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. c 9. A , .10. D
V. RE ADIN G COMP REHEN SION * <-
READING 1
l.B 2. B 3. c 4. D 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. .B 9 .C . 10. B
READING 2 ..J
l.B 2. c 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. c 7. B 8. A 9. c 10. A
VI CLOZ E T EST
CLOZE TE ST 1 ■Ì, . 1
l.A 2. D 3 .D 4. A 5 .B 6. D 7 .C 8. B 9. D 10. c
CLOZE T EST 2 Ỉ'' ' 1J 1 •:
LA 2. D 3 .B 4. A 5 .C 6 .C 7. A 8. B 9. D .10. D

B. WR ITT EN TE ST
I. OP EN CLO ZE TEST
OPEN CLOZ E T EST 1
1. t ra n sp o rt 2. p a rt ic u la r 3. an o th er 4. d ev el o p ed 5. d e sc ri b e
6. o f 7. us e 8. ba si s 9. re ac h 1 0 .e x c h a n g ed
*•.c * .• '
OPEN C OLZE TEST 2
1. o ri g in s 2. fi el d 3. ho w ev er 4. sh ee r 5. a b re a st
6. re se ar ch 7. co m b in ed 8. m as s 9. pr es su re 10. in fo rm ed

540
II. WOR D FORMS
WORD FORMS 1
1. non-proli ferati on 2. fo rthright 3. upper most 4. exem plary 5. disorde rly
6. se nsitize 7. takin gs 8. apportion 9. overdue 10. eve n-handed
WORD FORMS 2
1. int estinal 2. sick ly 3. hospital ized 4. surger y 5. feeding
6. devo tion 7. nation al 8. prosecutors 9. attentio n 10. in fected
III. E RRO R ID ENTIF ICATI ON
1. coin ed —> was coi ned 2. For (m ost cases) - > In
3. (cla ims) how - » that 4. conti nuously (takes) -> continua lly
5. (alw ays) denies —> deny ing 6. (may) undertake —» undergo
7. sur gery (proced ures) —>surgical 8. (Bush) had —> had had
9. i ntestine - > intestines 10. in (the doct or’s office ) —> at
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSFO RMATI ON
1. The recept ionist was to blame f or the fa ct that we did n’t get the message.
2. She w as co nvince d t hat she had paid the bill, but she hadn ’t.
3. Before that moment, many of them hadn ’t thought about it.
4. 1967 saw the advent o f the transmis sion of programs in color.
5. After l eaving h ome she made her way to a spot nea r the m otorway.
6. I always had the feeling she was keeping me at ar m's length.
7. One d ay, o ut o f the blue, she announ ced th at she was leaving.
8. There 's no one ava ilable at such short notic e to tak e her class.
9. Roman ia made a clean sweep o f the medals.
10. The bottom line is that we need a nother t en th ousand dollars to c omplete the
project.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THỊ MINH KHAI - s ó c TRĂNG

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (40 points

1 .1-1 0 PH ONOL OGY
l. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. D 9. C •10. D
II. 11-20 W ORD C HOICE t t '
. . ’ •' . . i ■ **
i

l.c 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A . ..c ! 8. D
6. A 17. 9. B , 10. D
III. 21 -30 GRAM MAR AND STRUCTUR ES
21.A ■ f 22.D
, * 23.C
-Í 24.A• 1 25.B 26.D 27.B 28.B • 29.C , 1 30.B
IV. 31 -40 PREP OSITI ONS -PA RTI CLE S ■
,
• ■>1
< ' ' ' J ‘ .

31. fo r 32. in 33. on J 34. at 35. from

36. up 37. o ff 38. round 39. of f 40. after

541
V. 41-5 5 R EADIN G COMP REHE NSION
PASSAGE 1
41. F 42. B 43. E 44. c 45. A
PASSAGE 2
46. A 47. c 48. B 49. D 50. c 51. D 52. c 53. A 54. B 55. c
VI. 56 -80 M ULTI PLE CHOIC E CLOZE TESTS
PASSAGE 1
56. c 57. D 58. B 59. D 60.C 61. A 62. B 63. A 64. B ' 65. c
66. D 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. A
PASSAGE 2
71. B 72. A 73. A 74. C 75. B 76. c 77. D 78. A 79. B 80. B

B. WRITTEN QUESTIONS (70 points)

1 .1-20 OPEN CL OZE TESTS
PASSAGE 1
1. see ms/ap pears 2. for 3. where 4 . rather 5. on
6. mak ing 7. their 8. Set 9. view 10. be tter
PASSAGE 2
11. ca use/do 12. far 13. whe n 14. o f , 15. as
16. a bove 17. What 18. thos e 19. by 20. from
II. 21-4 0 W ORD FORM ATIO N
21. reliabl e 22. co nfessio n 23. helpfu l 24. ge nerosi ty 25. c ertainty
26. unlikel y 27. ri diculou s 28. st rength 29. si ncerely 30. fr iendsh ip
31. open- mind ed 32. last-minu te 33. nurs ery rhymes 34. s hortc ut/ s hort cut
35. tu rnou t 36. abs ent-mi nded 37. spare part 38. s hake-u p
39. break down 40. barbed wire
III. 41-50 ERR OR CORR ECTIO N
41. Line 3: hig h —» hig hest 42. Line 4: has - > (cross out)
43. Line 5: in -> throu gh 44. Line 7: bring - > brough t
45. Line 8: bein g - > was 46. Line 10: c ompris es —» whi ch compr ises
47. Lin e 11: relativ e - > relativel y 48. Line 13: wa lk - » walk s
49. Line 13: g ruel -» gru eling 50. Line 14: o f -» (cr oss out)

IV. 51-60 S ENT ENC E TRAN SFOR MAT ION

51. Da ve’s s alary wa s lowered to kee p from losing his job.
52. The stude nts dese rved severe punish ment for the ir re bellio us behavio rs.
53. I canc elled m y/the subscr iption to that magazin e n ine month s ago.
54. Not hing bu t an unfore seen problem can stop th e s chem e n ow.
55. It make s no di ffere nce which chemic al y ou put into th e m ixtur e first.

542
56 . It n e v e r o c c u rr ed to m e to b o rr o w m on ey fr om hi m .
57 . T h e b o y s p el te d th e ir n e x t- d o o r n e ig h b o r w it h sn ow ba ll s.
58 . W e w a n t to re ju v e n at e t h is pr oj ec t.
59 . T h is e ss a y is m a rg in al ly b e tt er th an th e la st
60 . Ji m w a s p o is ed to go on t h e bu si ne ss t ri p at t h e m o m e n t’s no ti ce ? =

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN TẤT THÀNH - KON TUM

. MULT IPLE CHOIC E (4 0 POIN TS

I. P HO NO LOG Y (5 PO INTS)
l.c 2. B 3. D 4. c 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B
1 . ' ' '
II. W ORD C HOIC E (5 POIN TS)
ll.c 1 2 .B 13 .D 14. B 15. D 16. B 1.7.C 18. B 19. B 20.A
III. GRA MM AR AND STRU CTUR ES (5 p OINTS )
21 . A 22. A 23. D 24 . D 25 . A 26 . A 27 . D 28 . A 29 . c 30 . B
IV. PHR ASA L V ERB S A ND PREP<OSITIONS (5 POINT S)
31 . B 32. c 33 . D 34 . D 35 . B 36 . A 37 . D 38 . c 39 . B 40 . A

V. G UID ED CLOZ E T EST (10 POI NTS) .1

GUIDE D C LOZE 1: ( 5 PO INTS) Ì ■ '

41 . D 42. A 4 3. D 44 . A 45 . c 46 . c 47 . B ■I 48 . B 49 . D 50 . c
GUID ED CLOZ E 2: (5 POINT S) /‘ I ’■ «
51 . B 52^ A 53 . c 54 . D 55 . c 60 . B
56 . B 57 . A 58 . c 59 . D
.L ’ •
VI. REA DIN G COM PREH ENSI ON
>? ’' -I
READI NG 1: (5 PO INTS)
61 . c 62 . c 63 . B 64 . B 65 . c 66 . c 67 . B 68 . B 69 . c 70 . A
t Ị* '-??•'■•' '
READI NG 2: (5 POINTS )
A. 71 . C 72 . B 73 . A 74 . G 75 . F
B. 16 . B 77 . F 78 . E 79 . D 80 . A . . -• \" A

Ib. WRI TTEN TE ST (7 0 POIN TS) /

I. O PEN C LOZ E T EST (20 POINTÍ5) •# . . ;t>'•Ỉ.■■■’ . 4

CLOZ E T EST 1: (10 POINTS)

l.th e 2. o f 3. a 4. o v er 5. th em 6. in to, <■ 7. fo r
■ 1

A lt h o u g h /T h o u g h /W h il e /W h il st /W h e re a s 9. by
LOZE TES T 2: (10 POINTS) * i ' • ’. .• 'i f

l.w ith 12. la id 13. ch an c e/ h o p e 14. ca p ab le 15. fr o n t 16. m o st

7. p o s it io n /s ta te 18. d e v e lo p /s h o w 19. in
0. ra is e /s ti m u la te / c re a te /e n c o u ra g e

543
II. WORD FORM ATIO N (20 P OINTS)
PART 1: (10 POINTS)
1. ign orant 2. co untle ss 3. ina ccessible 4. numero us 5. surp risingly
6. lit erary 7. un succes sful 8. compa rative 9. dram aticall y 10. i ntroductory
PART 2: (10 POIN TS)
II . likened 12. botanists 13. m olecu lar 14. reve lation
15. ext raord inary 16. ev olution ary 17. com parabl e 18. un pleasan t
19. po llinato rs 20. dis tances
III. E RRO R I DEN TIFIC ATIO N (10 PO INTS)
1. Line 1: hist orical -» historic 2. Line 4: en thusias tic - > enthusia sm
Line 4: produ ction - > product 4. Line 5: true —> truly
Line 7: i nc lud ing —> inclusion 6. Line 7: bottle -» bottles
Line 9: e xhib it exhibiti on 8. Line 10: at tributiv e - > attributa ble
Line 10: p ers ua sio n—» persuasi ve 10. Line 11: inc rea sin g—» increasingl y
IV. SENT ENCE T RANS FORM ATIO N. (20 POIN TS)
1..................no time were they (ever) aw ar e. ...............
2 ................... is a dif ficul t quest ion to
3. turned o ver a new leaf sin ce.....................
4 ....................... caug ht a glimps e o f. ........... . ................
5 ......................a stroke of luck that we foun d..............
6 ...................... looks out o f plac e..................................
7 ...................... aversi on to insects i s ...................................
8 ........ ..............to admit defea t while there was sti ll/ while there remaine d
9 ...................... has been cordoned o ff by ........................
1 0 ................... wa sn’t/w eren ’t out o f my depth in/w ith.....................

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN QUANG DIÊU - ĐỒNG THÁP

L MULT IPLE CHOICE (40 PTS

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5PTS)
l. A 2. A 3. A 4. c 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. c
II. WO RD CHO ICE (5 PTS): - • ■ ■ A ! < '•
ll.B 12. c 13. A 14. D 15. A 16. c 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. B
III. GRA MM AR AND STRU CTUR ES (5PTS)
21. D 22. c 23. A 24. D 25. D 26. B 27. B 28. D 29. D 30. C
IV. P HRA SAL V ERBS AN D PREP OSITI ONS (5PTS)
31. C 32. D 33. c 34. A 35. B 36. c 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. C
V. RE ADIN G PAS SAG E 1 (5PTS)
41. A 42. c 43. B 44. D 45. A 46. B 47. A 48. D 49. A 50. D

544
 VI. RE ADIN G P ASSA GE 2 (5PT S)
51. A 52. D 53. c 54. c 55. B 56. B 57. D -58 . A 59. c 60. B
VII. G UIDE D CLOZ E 1 (5PTS)
61. A 62. B 63. c 64. c 65. D 66. B 67. c 68. D 69. A 70. B
VIII. GUID ED CLOZ E 2 (5PTS)
71. B 72. A 73. B 74. B 75/ C 75. A 77. D 78. D 79. B 80. c

B. W RI TT EN TE ST (7 0P T S
I. CLO ZE TEST:
OPEN CLOZE 1 (10PTS)
1. spe ech 2. non-v erbal 3. obse rving 4. ope nly “5. em otions
6. dow n 7. with out 8. accurat e 9. bor ing 10. Own
OPEN CL OZE 2 (10PTS)
11. differe nt 12. at 13. s uccessf ully
14. using 15. while /whe reas/ etc. 16. that
17. span/e xpecta ncy 18. how ever 19. exhaust/ engine
20. air
II. WO RD FOR MAT ION (20PTS)
PART 1:
2 1. s ubstan tial/sub stantiv e 22. u nderest imated 23. enabled
24. e mphas is/emp hases 25. A dhere nce 26. an atomical 27. suspici on
28. n oticea bly 29. sedu ctive 30. s ignif icanc e
PAR T 2:
31. comp anions 32. exp ertise 33. un skilled
34. e xplan ation s 35. surp risingly 36. cele brity
37. c ontri buto r 38. disa strous 39. p ain ful ly' 40. c onsider ably
III. ERR OR CORR ECTI ON (10PTS)
41. Line 2. es tim atio n-* estima tes
42. Line 2. one hun dred million o f people -* one hundred mill ion people
43. Line 5. the man -> man
44. Line 5. has dem ons trate d-* has been demons trated
45. Line 8. dated - * date
46. Line 10. Norway -* Norw egian
47. Line 13. fro m a sport - * from being a spor t
48. Line 15. is -* are
49. Line 16. a ccess ible -> inacces sible
50. Line 17. s pectr a - * spectrum
IV. SENT ENC E TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 PTS)
51. A t no time did the tw o sides look l ikely to reach an ag reeme nt.
52. I f I had take n/ ac cepte d th e job I was of fered in Janua ry, I would be on twice
the salar y (I am now) (or: be ear ning tw ice a s muc h as I am now) .
545
53 . H e bl am ed th e fo od sh o rt a g es on th e ra pi d g ro w th in po p u la ti o n .
54 . T h e e x h ib it io n ha s no t be en so w el l at te n d ed th is y e a r .
55 . Re fu sa l to g iv e a br ea th sa m pl e to t he p ol ic e ca n lea d to / re su lt in yo ur ar re st.
56 . T o n y op en ed hi s h e a rt to m e.
57 . T h e o ff er t o go an d w o rk in B ra zi l c am e (c o m p le te ly ) o u t o f the bl ue .
58 . H e is th e ki nd o f ma n w ho w il l/ w ou ld g o to a ny le ng th s to c ru sh t he c om pe tit io n.
59 . W h at c o n c lu si o n s h av e yo u d ra w n fr om th is e x p er ie n c e ?
60 . N o w ad a y s g o o d s ar e of te n b o u g h t on cr ed it .

TRUÔNG THR T C HUY ÊN NGUY ỄN DU - DẮ K LẮ K

A. M U L T IP L E C H O IC E TESt K
\ •Ì '■ 'ỉ'.‘. ỵ ' i.
I. P H O N O L O G Y
l.B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. D
; . 1; (..ji «.
•J
. t-

II . V O C A B U L A R Y A N D S T R U C T U R E
l.B 2. D 3. c 4. A 5. A 6 .B 7. A 8. B 9. A. ?s 10. c
1 1 .A 12. c 1 3 .A 1 4 .D 1 5 .B 16. A 17. c 18. B 19. D 20 . C
21 . A 22 . c 23 . c 24 . A 25 . B 26 . D 27 . A 28 . c 29 . A 30 . D
: :
II I. R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N
7■* Ĩ J#
PASSAG E 1
l.B 2. A 3 .C 4. A 5 .D 6. A 7. c 8. A 9 .B 10. c
PASSAGE 2
1. iii 2. iv 3. vi i 4. vi ii 5. i 6. iiẹ4>'; 7 . T 8. F 9 .T 10. N<
i

IV . G U ID E D C L O Z E T E S T - '■ *' ' - ■ ' ' -

PASSAG E 1
l.A 2 .B 3 .C 4 .C 5. A 6 .C 7. A 8. C 9 .C 10. D
PASSA GE 2
1C 2. B 3 .B 4. A 5. B 6. C 7 .D 8 .C 9 .B 10. D

• .• • • ■' > ‘\
B . W R IT T E N T E S T f n »
, - . 'r t • • ’» »7.■>.
I. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T . .. ' . » - '■-* ' ’• *

PA SS A G E 1
1. o f 2. c o n c e rn e d 3 . th an 4. lo n g 5. pl ay
6. w h ic h 7. a n o th e r 8. re v er se 9. te n d 1(). t h o se
PA SS A G E 2
1. t ee th 2. p o in t 3. m ar ch 4. re v er se 5, h a rd ly «
6. pe ri l 7. tu rm o il 8. m e a n /e n g e n d e r 9. sp ar k s 10. ta m p e rs

546
II. W ORD FORM S
I.
1. exon erate d 2. dep aupera te 3. no -brain ers 4. ey e-open ing
6. thun derst ruck 5. dum bfoun ded/d umbs truck 7. enlive ned
8. emba nkm ent 9. inf uriate 10. m ischie f-mak ers
IL
1. inacc essib le 2. indefati gability 3. brai nchild 4. p artake
I I I
5. entr ants 6. mind ful 7. onero us 8. accli matize
9. i mpro babil ity 10. w hiteou t
III. E RRO R I DENT IFICA TION
1. few -> little (line 1) 6. eme rging -» emerg ed (line 6)
2. sha de —> shado w (l ine 1) 7. gotten -» taken (line 6)
3. co unte rpas t —» count erpar t (line 2) 8. took -> turned (line 15)
4. fi zzlin g —> fizzing (line 4) 9. quar ter - > quarte t (line 17)
5. bu ilding - > buddin g (line 5) 10. mi stake -» wrong (line 18)
IV. SENT ENC E T RANS FORM ATIO N
- - /
A.
1. The underpri vileged were every bit as badly-off fifty years ago as they are now.
2. Of no cons eque nce (to us) is the fact that the press heaped scorn on the
hand ling of the crisis.
3. Th e long and the sh ort o f it is tha t Jose ph’s not up to the job.
4. In few other book is/would one see this problem so well explained or is
there/would one find etc. such a good/so good an explanation of this problem
B.
1. hor izon/ cards are dark cloud in the te eth of.
2. at K ate ’s insist ence that we c ur rie d favor with '
3. all expec tation s, Sam joined the ra nk s of the
4. we re t hey not to / if they d id no t pull t heir s ocks up, 1 would not make t he
5. i nto qu estion w heth er/i f the witness p er ju re d himself.
6. with en vy upon seeing his opp onent ad va nc e to the next r ound.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN THOẠI NGỌC HẦU - AN GIANG

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1.1. PHO NOL OGY
I. A 2. A 3 .C 4. D 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. D

II. V OC ABU LAR Y A ND STRU CTUR ES

LB 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. C

547
III. G RAM MAR
l .A 2. B 3. A 4. c 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. B
IV. PRE POS ITIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS:
l .B 2. B 3. B 4. B 5 .C 6. A 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. c

V. R EAD ING C OMP REH ENSI ON

PASSAGE A
Ĩ .B 2. D 3 .B 4. B 5. D 6. D 7 .C 8. D 9. A 10. c
PASSAGE B
l.C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5 .B 6 .B 7 .C 8. A 9 .D 10. A
VI. CLOZ E T EST
PASSAG E A » «»
l .D 2. c 1 3. D 4 .C 5 .D 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. c
PASSAGE B
l.B 2. D 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. c 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D

B. PHẨN Tự LUẬN
I. O PEN CLOZ E TEST
PASSAGE. • A• • •. ' •X 5.;V•■
t i . .
■■ 1 ■. - ’. t
1. eat en 2. ab ou t 3. hea l 4. his tor y 5. t ria l
6. rel eas e 7. no 8. wh ose 9. fro m 10. m ade
PASSAGE B
1. nam e 2. ye ar 3. ho we ve r 4. cu rre nt 5. set tle
6. bef ore 7. no 8. t o 9. be ca me 10. r ela tio n

II. W ORD FORM S

A.
1. un ap ol og eti c 2. ma ter nit y 3. im pe rce pti ble 4. de fo rm ity
5. da ta ba se ' 6. pse ud o-i nte lle ctu al 7. su pr em ac y 8. co ns cie nt io us
9. no tor iet y 10. v ali dat ed
B.
1. ty pi ca lly 2. dr am ati ze d 3. gra cef ul 4. pr ec ed en ce 5. un hi nd er ed
6. en co ur ag in g 7. pr of es sio na liz ed 8. de pa rtu re 9 . co mm erc ial 10. sp on tan eit y
III. E RRO R I DEN TIFI CAT ION
1. Lin e 2: lik e —» as 6. Lin e 10: n ov el —» n ov els
2. Lin e 4: on -> up 7. Lin e 11: soc ial —> so cia lly
3. Lin e 5: wh er e -> wh os e 8. Li ne 12: an ot he r - » o the r
4. Lin e 8: m ad e —» wo n 9. Lin e 14: c hi ld re n -> c hi ld re n’s
5. Lin e 10: or —> and 10. Lin e 16: so me -> a ny

548
IV. SE NTEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 điểm)
A.
1. She has a g oo d ch an ce o f su cc ee din g as an act res s.
2. T he re ’s n o po int in c on sid eri ng s uch a ri dic ulo us p rop osa l ser iou sly . . '«
3. A ga ins t e ve ry bo dy ’s e xp ec tat ion , she lost.
4. You mu st ap ply y ou rs el f to yo ur w ork m ore .
5. Litt le did we k no w / r eal ize a t t he tim e how s eri ou s t he p rob lem was .
B.
1. T he bu rg lar w as ca ug ht red -ha nd ed.
2. Th e me an ing o f a "fr eeb ie" sud de nly d aw ne d on me.
3. You ge t o ut o f be d on the w ron g sid e t his m orn ing .
4. She fel t like a fi sh ou t o f wa ter in th e hug e hot el.
5. If you do n’t h ave ti me , do n’t vis it Mr. Jon es tod ay bec aus e he will ta lk yó ur
hea d off . *

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TIỂN GIANG - TIÊN GIANG

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
I. PHO NOLO GY ••iS' .< . ■?
l .A 2 .D 3 .B
4. D 5 .C 6 .C 7. B ’ 8. D 9. A 10. B
II. WO RD CHOIC E 'S'? •s ■■
l.c 2. D 3 .C 4. B 5. B 6 .C 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. A
III. STRU CTUR E AN D G RAMMAR:
l.c 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. B 9. A 10. A
IV. P REPO SITIO NS AND PHRASA L VE RBS
l .A 2 .C 3 .B 4 .C 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. B 9 .C 10. c
IV. READI NG COMPR EHENS ION
PASSAGE 1
l .A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5 .D 6. c 7. A 8 .C 9. B 10. B
PASSAGE 2
l. c 2. D 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. c 7. c 8. B 9. B 10. D
■
*
GUIDED CLO ZE TEXT 1.
l.A 2. B 3. c 4. D 5. B 6. A 7 .C 8. B 9. c 10. c
GUIDED CLOZE TEXT 2.
l. A Ị2. D 3. c 4. A 5 .C 6. D 7. A 8. B 9 .C 10. B

B. W RITTEN T E S T f W ;
1. OPEN CLOZE TEST 1
1. bu t/t ho ug h 2. on 3. Until '■ 4. so 5. Mo st
6. ca me 7. As 8. pu ttin g 9. no ne 10. litt le

549
OPEN CLOZE TEST 2
I. c urrent ly I far 2. aw ay/ o ff 3. espec ially I parti cularly
4. o ut 5. o f 6. ability 7. declar ed / desig nated / made
8. island 9. less 10. agr ound
II. W ORD F ORM S
WORD FORM 1:
1. juxta pos ed 2. immisci ble 3. walkou t 4. w rite -off 5. trilingua l
6. de vital ized 7. tech noph iles 8. multif aceted 9. blood -shot 10. soft- soap
WORD FORM 2:
1. b reakt hrou ghs 2. wo rk-shy 3. uplifted 4. thor ough 5. evaluate
6. mi xed-u p 7. unw inding 8. reunion 9. unbe arable 10. sub scribes
III. E RRO R R ECOG NITIO N
1. Line 2: p articu lar -> par ticularly 2. Line 4: co nsidera tion -^con side ratio ns
3. Line 6: date dating 4. Line 8: almos t -> most
5. Lin e 9: parts -> part 6. Line 10: f or -> of
7. Lin e 12: o f -> b etween ' Í<, 8. Line 13: mobile -> mobility
9. Lin e 14: as -> tha n 10. Line 16: One -> Once
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORM ATIO N
1. Refusal to giv e a breath sample to the police could lead to yo ur arrest.
2. Our o nly/ best c hoice is to reduc e the com pany ’s outgoings .
3. She di ssuade d me from wri ting it all out in longhand and told me to use a
typew riter. , .
4. We we re not told to bre ak radio silence except in an emergen cy.
5. The new e xamin ation regulatio ns will come into force next m onth.
6. The succes s o f our local thea ter has put our city on the map.
7. 1 resee nt the way t hat she looks down her nose me
8. The south coast took I bore t he brunt o f the gale.
9. The touris ts we re none the worse fo r their experi ence in the train cras h.
10. H arry was w ithin an ace winnin g the big race.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TRẦN ĐẠI NGHĨA - TP. HCM

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS. (40 PTS

I. P HON OLO GY
I. B 2 .C 3. A 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. C 10.
II. WO RD CHO ICE. J ị

I. B 2. c 3 .C 4. c 5. B 6. c 7. A 8. c 9. c 10

III. STR UCT URE S AND GRAM MAR

l. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5.B 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. A 10

550
 IV . P R E P O S I T I O N S A N D P H R A S A L V E R B S
l.D 2 .B 3 .A 4. A 5 .C 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. A 10. A
V. R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N
RE AD ING 1 ■J■»4;' 3 4”

l.B 2. c 3. D 4. c 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. A 10. c
RE AD ING 2 j"

l.A 2. B 3 .C 4 .C 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. D 9 .D 10. A
JtI 4.:»
,• y } r. .
V I. G U ID E D C L O Z E
CL OZ E TE ST 1
l.D 2. D 3. A 4 .C
•' 'J5. D "
6 .B 7. c , 8. A 9. B, ị 10. D
CL OZ E TE ST 2
l.A 2. c 3. D 4. A 5. B 6: D 7 .C 8. B 9 .B r 10. B

B. W RITTEN TEST
I. O P E N C L O Z E (2 0 P T S )
CL OZ E 1
l.h a d 2. ef fe ct /i nf lu en ce 3. of te n 4. no 5. si m il ar
6. n ee d /r eq u ir e 7. w or n 8. ha s/ ha d/ ho ld s/ he ld 9. w it h o u t 10. ca tc h
CL OZ E 2
1. in to 2. fi rs t 3. b a c k u p , 4 : co nt ra ct 5. se lf -t it le d
6. co n se cu ti v e 7. ca re er 8. pe rf or m ed 9. su ch 10. es ta bl is he d

I I . W O R D F O R M : (2 0 P T S )
* 1. te m pe ra m en ta lly 2. be lit tle d 3. lu xu ria te d 4. e sc ap is m 5. de pr es su riz es
6. un fo un de d 7. o ve rb ea rin g 8. un cu ltu re d 9. w el l-s po ke n 10. s uc ce ss es
* 1. g at ek ee p er s 2. de ci si on s 3. ha rd -w ir ed 4. in ta ke 5. in fa nt s
6. fu n ct io n al 7. tr an sm is si on 8. se ns it iv it y 9. p er ce iv ed 10. su bs eq ue nt ly
I I I . E R R O R R E C O G N IT IO N ; 2

1. lin e 2: ir ri ta te d - » ir ri ta ti ng 2. lin e 4: U ni ve rs e—» th e U ni ve rs e

3. lin e 6: co m pe l -> co m pe ll ed 4. lin e 7: hi m —» h im se lf
5. lin e 8: in - > fr om 6. lin e 9: le is ur el y -> le is ur e
7. lin e 10: w as - » w er e 8. lin e 12: ha s re ce iv ed -> r ec ei ve d
9. lin e 13: a c h ie v e m e n t- * ac hi ev em en ts 10. lin e 14:' a m o u n t—» nu m be r
IV . S E N T E N C E T R A N S F O R M A T IO N :
1. F ar fr om be in g em b ar ra ss ed by T o m ’s b eh av io (u )r , sh e se em s to be
am u se d by it.
2 . It w a sn ’t u n ti l so m et im e la te r th at I re al iz ed th e fu ll im p li ca ti o n s o f w h a t
ha d h a p p en ed .
3. Y ou sh o u ld n ’t ha ve be en ru de to hi m , h o w ev er ba d h is b eh a v io u r
w a s/ h o w e v e r b ad ly -b eh av ed he w as .

551
4. To m y a m a ze m en t, n o th in g w e n t wr on g th ro ug ho ut th e ho lid ay .
5. G ita ’s pa ren ts p u t m e at ( m y) ea se w it h th e w a rm th o f th ei r g ree tin gs.
6. Th at ne w su pe rv iso r n ee d s to be ta k e n /b ro u g h t d o w n a p eg (o r t w o), fo r h e
th in k s h e ’s so su p er io r.
7. Yo u sho uld k ee p th e w e a th e r e ye o n /o p en fo r t h e ta sk b ef o re y o u d ec id e.
8. In th e a b se n ce o f a b et te r al te rn a ti v e, I a cc ep te d th e jo b .
9. I’m und er th e im pr es si on t ha t m y pa re nt s ta ke e ve ry th in g I d o in th ei r s tr id e.
10 . Th er e’s no d en y in g (t h e fa ct ) th at h e ’s ex ce ll en t a t hi s jo b .

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN TRẦN HƯNG ĐẠO - BÌNH THUẬN

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. P H O N O L O G Y
l.c 2. B 3. A 4. B 5 .D 6. B 7 .D 8. D 9. A 10
II . V O C A B U L A R Y
l.c 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. D 9 .C 10
II I. G R A M M A R A ND S T R U C T U R E S »'«/’ ' j- Í
l .B 2. B 3 .D 4. A 5. A 6. c 7. D 8 .C 9. A 10
VI . P R E P O S IT IO N S A ND P H R A SA L V ER BS -
l .B 2. D 3. A 4. B ,! 5. c -6. C 7. D 8. A 9. A 10
V. R E A D IN G
A. PA SS AG E 1 'i ,n
l.c 2. B 3. c 4. c 5. A 6. A 7. B 8 .D 9. A 10. A
B. PA SS AG E 2 > p. „ t ♦
l.A >s'
2 .C3. B 1r 4. D 5. A 6. B 7..A ... 8. p 9. D 10. A
VI . M U L T IP L E C H O IC E C L O Z E » 1 . ;-t ,
M UL TI PL E CH OI CE CL OZ E 1
l .B 2. D 3. B 4 A 5. c
*1 ' ; —F J■ 6. D 7 .C 8. B 9. A 10. c
M UL TI PL E CH OI CE C LO ZE 2
l .A 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. A 7 .C 8. B 9 .D 10. C

B. W R IT T E N questions! ! ! " y : 'fcc ■■■■.J.• *<' • •*•-

I. O P E N C L O Z E T E ST S ( ■.• ■ *■'' r+
’i • J Av;
A. TE ST 1 •» Ạ' J i'ú' 5 u,.
1. all erg ies 2. Th ere 3. tha t 4. ex po su re 5. loo k
6. pa st ' 7. less 8. N ob od y/ N o on e 9. dis ea se s io . sy ste ms
B. TE ST 2
l. li v e 2. add itio n 3. wh o 4. re la tio ns hi p 5. mo re
6. no t 7. to 8. any 9. ac co rd in g 10. d isa pp ea r

552
II. WORD FORMS
A.
1. absen teeism 2. un imagina bly 3. confront ational 4. ex ceeding ly
5. imperce ptible 6. irre gularity 7. legitimizin g 8. demoted
9. philos ophica l 10. to revitalize
B.
1. drama ticall y 2. dema nding 3. execu tives 4. dis orienta tion
5. acqu isition 6. outset 7. design ated 8. accom pany
9. sle epines s 10. en hancem ent
III. ERR OR CORR ECTI ON
1. Line 2: up -> on 2. Line 3: Fo r-> Althou gh
3. Line 5: prof icien cy —» effic iency 4. Line 7: reje cted—> obje cted
5. Line 9: se ller - > shopp er 6. Line 10: Besides - > Howev er
7. Line 11: fi shse ller —» fis hmong er 8. Line 12: doi ng - > making
9. Line 13: th eir - > its 10. Line 14: an cient -» ne w

IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSF ORM ATIO N

PART A.
1. The jud ge said that had it not been f o r her age he wou ld have sent the
woman to jai l. I
2. A fierce argum ent broke out between the two childre n abou t who had
dam age d the bicycle.
3. Only after yea rs o f savin g did Celia ma nage to buy her own house.
4. The head teac her is reputed to be a r eliable an d ded icate d perso n.
5. As soon as th e gun went off, everyo ne sta rted to panic.
PART B.
1. Wo uld she ta ke it ami ss i f I offered to h elp?
2. When Mary starts talking, no one else can get a w ord in edgeways .
3. You need to see the c olour o f his money before you se ll him the car.
4 . 1 was determ ined to go, come hell o r high water.
5. He got promo ted so quic kly because he had fri en ds in high pl aces.

TRƯỜNG THPT MẠC DĨNH CHI - TP. HCM

L MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. PH ONO LOG Y (5 PTS)
I. A 2. B 3. D 4. c 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. B
II. W ORD CHO ICE (5 PTS)
11 .c 12. B 1 3 .D 14. B 15 .A 16. D 17. B 18 .C 19 .B 20. A

553
III. S TRUC TURE S A ND GRAM MAR (5 PT S)
21. D 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. D 26. A 27. D 28. B 29. B 30. A
IV. PR EPO SITIO NS AND PHRA SAL VERBS (5 PTS)
31. c 32. B 33. D 34. D 35. A 36. c 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. B
V. REA DING CO MPR EHE NSIO N (10 PTS)
4 1 .B 42. D 43. B 44. c 45. D 46. B 47. A 48. c 49. A 50. B
5 1 .B 52. A 53. B 54. c 55. D 56. c 57. A 58. B 59. D 60. A
VI. C LOZE TE STS: (10 PTS)
6 1 .c 62. D 63. D 64. c 65. c 66. D 67 .C 68. D 69. A 70. A
7 1 .D 72. A 73. D 74. B 75. c 76. c 77. A 78. B 79. c 80. c

B. WRITTEN TEST (70 PTS

I. OP EN CLOZ E T ESTS (20 PTS)
1. into 2. may /might/ can Regar dless/ Irrespec tive
4. fo r 5. B eing 6. rathe r 7. let 8. What 9. this /that
10. h owev er 11. worse 12. bo ttom/ h eart 13. to 14. m ade
15. w orst 16. qu ality 17. form 18. at 19. its 20. fi ne
II. WO RD FORMS : (20 PTS)
1. pr esen time nt 2. dist ractedly 3. sign alizes 4. impon derable
5. pre poses sing 6. topical ity 7. decla ssified 8. onco ming
9. ba cksla pping 10. ne ighbourly 11. Ma rring 12. u nwante d
13 .loss 14. m isused 15. her bicides 16. ecologica l
17. m icroor ganism s 18. en vironm entally 19. un touched 20. genetica lly
III. ER ROR IDEN TIFI CAT ION (10 PTS)
1. Line 2: cause to —> lead 2. Line 4: certain ly certaint y
3. Line 7: num eral -> numero us 4. Lin e 8: and - » but
5. Line 9: Mo reove r —> H oweve r 6. Line 11: As - » Until
7. Line 13: too -» either 8. Line 13: tru th -> opposi te
9. Line 14: w ith -> whose 10. Lin e 15: p articu lar —> partic ularly
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANS FOR MAT ION (20pts)
1. Man wa s ab le to control his en viron ment in a new wa y/fur ther after / thro ugh
the/hi s d iscov ery of how to light /ki ndle fires.
2. Th ere is a wi de d iscrepa ncy between the n umb er o f men a nd wome n who
think they are engage d, ac cordi ng to the survey.
3. It is not at all likely th at they will have any w ork to offer me in the fore seea ble
future.
4. It is be cause th ey ar e no t con tent with their work ing cond ition s th at m any au
pair g irls leave their host famil ies.
5. He has a bee in his bonne t abo ut the disho nesty of lawyers.
55 4
6. T he b oa rd m et b eh in d cl os ed /lo ck ed d oo rs to di sc us s c ha ng es i n co m pa ny p ol icy .
7. D ig gi ng in th e ga rd en gi ve s m e an ou tl et f or m y fr us tr at io ns .
8. In hi s ne w bo ok th e w ri te r pu ts fo rw ar d an in te re st in g th eo ry o f art .
9. T he po p st ar in si st ed th at t he cl ai m s m ad e ag ai ns t hi m w er e un fo un de d.
10. W e d is cl ai m re sp on si bi li ty fo r va lu ab le s th at a re no t le ft in th e ho te l sa fe .

TRƯỜNG THPT CHU YÊN BINH LONG - BÌNH PHƯỚC

.MUL TIPL E CHOICE

I. P H O N O L O G Y : (5 ,0 đ iể m )

I. B 2. A 3 .D 4. A 5. A 6 .C 7 .D 8. B 9. c 10. A
II . W O R D C H O I C E : (5 ,0 đ iể m )
1 1 .B 1 2 .D 1 3 .c 1 4 .B 1 5 .D 16. c 17. D 18. A 19. A 20 . A
I I I . S T R U C T U R E A N D G R A M M A R : (5 ,0 đ iể m )

21 . A 22 . D 23 . D 24 . c 25 . B 26 . A 27 . A 28 . c 29 . c 30 . B
IV . P R E P O S I T I O N S A N D P H R A S A L V E R B S : ( 5, 0 đ iể m )

31 . A 32 . B 33 . D 3 4 . B 35 . c 36 . c 37 . c 38 . c 39 . A 40 . A

V . R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N : <- j' ■ J
READING COMPREHENSIO N 1: (5,0 điểm)
41 . B 42 . c 43 . c 44 . A 45 . D 46 . B 47 . A 48 . c 49 . B 50 . A
READING COMPREHENSION 2: (5,0 điểm)
51 . c 52 . A 53 . B 54 . A 55 . c 56 . A 57 . B 58 . D 59 . c 60 . D
V I. G U ID E D C L O Z E T E S T
i *■
- 17 ’
GUIDED CLOZE TE ST 1: (5,0 điểm)
61 . c 62 . A 63 . c 64 . D 65 . B 66 . A 67 . A 68 . D 69 . B 70 . A
GUIDED CLOZE T EST 2:
71 . B 72 . c 73 . A 74 . D 75 . B 76 . c 77 . D 78 . A 79 . c 80 . B
•k <• ' ■\
B . W R IT T E N T E S T l H f e W B ^ W

I. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T •1' * ’’ ” •*r•' . •
.\ .ỵ
OPEN CLOZE TEST 1: (10,0 điểm)
81 . o th er s 82 . de sp it e, 83. fr o m /o f 84 .w er e A • 85 . in te re st*
86 . m em b er s 87 . ke ep in g 88 . fa ll in g/ d ec re as in g /d ec li n in g
89 . b ei n g 90 . fa r
OPEN C LOZE TEST 2: (10,0 điểm)
91 . an o th e r 92 . o v er 93 . w ay 94 . tu rn s 95 . co v er ed
96 . us ed 97 . le ft 98 . po ss ib le 99 . di ed 100 . w hy

555
II. WORD FORMS V
WOR D FORMS 1: (10,0 điểm)
1 . 2 . w indfall 3. clim atolo gy 4. di etici an/ dietit ian
5. diab etics 6. e xpatr iates 7. pro genit ors 8. foo twork
9. diss ocia te 10. footh old
WOR D FORMS 2: (10 ,0 điềm )
1. itinerant 2. cork ed 3. hea lthy 4. b reakt hroug h 5. sh arpen ing
6. di spos able 7. af forda ble 8. wisdom 9. on goin g 10. cons umab les
III. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: (10,0 điểm)
1. Li ne 3. p leasa ntly -» pl easan t 2. L ine 4. coali sion -> co alitio n
3. Line 5. lighted -> highli ghted 4. L ine 7. des ibels -> de cibels
5. L ine 7. US - » ourse lves 6. Lin e 9. noisy —> noise
7. Lin e 11. b acka ge —> pac kage 8. Line 13. ou t o f —> at
9. Line 15. o ral -> aural
10. Line 17. indul genc e —> s elf-in dulge nce
IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION: (20,0 điểm)
1. Now ada ys many d octo rs are too bound up in th eir work to have time for t heir
child ren.
2. Man agin g th e c omp any should not be anyth ing like as easy as th ey say.
3. If I had not been up to my neck in w ork, I would have atten ded the farewe ll
party last night.
4. De spite ha ving been in/having got into a state at first, he was cooking with gas.
5. Sa m’s impre ssive spe ech helped her work/ perform miracles fo r her promotion .
6. The secre tary danc es to her man age r’s tu ne becau se she puts /plac es him on a
pedes tal.
7. W hen the yea r is comi ng, all memm bers are g ripped w ith a fev er.
8. Th e sing er w as will ing to sacrifi ce her h appin ess at/on the alta r o f fame.
9 . 1th ink we should not drag out the discussion b ecause we need to re ach a decision.
10. In the court, a lawy er made every effort to pick holes in the witne ss’s statement.

TRƯỜNG T HPT NGUYỄN THƯỢNG HIẾN - TP. HCM

.f* ' Ì

A. MULT IPLE CHOICE (40PTS)

I. PHONOLOGY (10PTS)
LB 2. A 3. A. 4. A 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. A 10. C
II. WORD CHOICE (10PTS)
11. C 12. D 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. C Ì 9 . C 20. C
4..»’
III. GRAMMA R AND STRUCTURE (10T S)
21. D 22. C 23. B 24. C 25. B 26. A 27. D 28. C 29. D 30. B

556
 IV. PHR ASAL VERBS AND PREPOSI TIONS (10PTS)
31. c 32. D 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. D 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. D
V. REA DING PASSAG E ( 20PTS) 1

PASSAGE 1
41. C 42. C 43. B 44. c 45. A 46. c 47. D 48. B 49. c 50. c
PAS SAG E 2 ■if t
51. A 52 T) 53. C 54. B 55. B 56. D 57. c 58. c 59. A 60. c
VI. GU IDED CLOZE TEST (20PT S) t
PASSAGE 1
61. A. 62. A 63. B 64. D 65. A 66. A -6 7. c 68. B 69. c 70. A
PASSAGE 2
71. c 72. B 73. A 74. B 75. C 76. c 77. A 78. D 79. B 80. c
B. WRITTEN TESt W M * 1 ' -1 ‘ • O; •
•- ' « *
i .
I. CLOZ E TE ST (20pts) •'4 ■•
PASSAGE 1
( 4. if
1. ma de 2. in 3. whe n 5. dif fer en t
»A
6. p lay ing 7. w hy 8. a 9. o n 101. how
PASSAGE 2 . t. V : r?

11. eq uip pe d 12. re cei vin g 13. ei the r 14. a pp roa ch abl e 15. sh ould
16. vo lum e 17. q uic kly 18. w hic h/ t ha t 19. h app ene d 20. cla im ed
II. W ORD FORM ATION (20PT S)
PART 1 ; I
I. dis qu ali fie d 2. out live d 3. sec rec y 4. like liho od
5. kn ow led ge ab le 6. d isc our teo us 7. Str ate gic ally 8. inc ons ide rab le
9. ha rd sh ip 10. do wn po ur
PART 2
I I. sal es 12. pa ck ing / p ack agi ng 13. imm edi ate ly
14. d isa pp oin tin gly 15. Ap pli cat ion 16. Dep ress ed 17. su ita ble
18. r ec ep tio nis t 19. F rien dly 20. Bor edo m

III. E RRO R C ORREC TION (10PTS)

1. Lin e 3: req uir e —> req uir es 2. Line 4: wh ose -> w ho
3. Lin e 8: be -» be in g 4. Lin e 10: f org et -» f org ett ing
5. Lin e 14: o f -> in 6. Lin e 15: ge ne -> g ene tic
7 Lin e 21: Wh en -> If 8. L ine 23: it - > the m
9. Lin e 24: ob se ssi ve —> o bse ssi vel y 10. L ine 27: the -> a
IV. SENT ENCE TR ANSFO RMAT ION (20PTS)
1. Th ey w ill pr ob ab ly hav e bee n/ go t h eld / c au gh t u p in a tr aff ic ja m .
2. Jan e c an ’t help w anti ng to be the centre o f attention eve iy t ime w e go ou t in a gr oup.
3. I wi sh 1 had fel t/ had a sen se o f a ch iev em en t aft er rea ch ing the su mm it bu t I
wa s too e xh au ste d.
4. Ho we ve r I co mb it, my hai r look s a m ess!

557
5. W ith th at ba d co ld y o u ’ll be (o f) no us e to an yo ne so t ak e th e da y o ff wo rk .
6. M os t e m p lo y ee s no lo nge r pr id e th em se lv es on / ta ke pr id e in w o rk in g fo r th e
sa m e c o m p an y al l th e ir l iv es .
7. T h e ef fe ct s o f th es e ch an g es ha ve y et to be fu lly as se ss ed .
8. He d is li k ed b ei n g t ak en fo r gr an te d by hi s fr ie nd s.
9. T h e re ’s a gr ea t de al m or e fa t in th at p iz za t ha n yo u re al iz e.
10. It m u st h av e be en to u g h / d if fi cu lt / ha rd to tu rn do w n ev er y b eg g ar t h at as ke d
yo u fo r m on ey

TRƯỜNG THPT PHAN CHÂU TRINH - TP ĐÀ NẦNG

. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (40pts)

I. P H O N O L O G Y (5 pt s)
l.B 2. B 3 .C 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. B 8. B 9 .D 10. A
X** 1'
II . V O C A B U L A R Y (5 p ts )
l.D 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. c 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. D 10. D
II I. S T R U C T U R E S A N D G R A M M A R : (5 pt s)
l.B 2. A 3. c 4 .B 5 A 6. D 7 .B 8. c 9. B 10. B
IV . P H R A S A L V E R B S A N D P R E P O S IT IO N S (5 pt s )
l.C 2. D 3 .C 4 .D 5 .C 6. B 7. D 8. c 9. D 10. A
V . R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N S IO N
PART 1.
l.D 2. D 3 .C 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. A 9 .C 10. B
PART 2.
l.D 2. c 3. B 4. B 5.B 6. D 7. D 8. D 9 .C 10. B
V I. C L O Z E T E S T
PART 1.
l.c 2. B 3 .D 4. D 5. D 6. B 7. c 8. A 9. B 10. B
Í' ». t ; ■■•-4
PART 2.
l.C 2. B 3 .B 4. A 5. B 6 .C 7 .D 8 .C 9 .B 10. D

B. WRITTEN TASKS (70pts)

I. O P E N C L O Z E T E S T (20p1s)
PART 1.
1.c re a te d /m a d e/ p ro d u ce d 2. co n su m in g / de st ro y in g /
3. is o la te d / u n a p p ro a ch a b le / in ac ce ss ib le / re m ot e
4. a n o th e r 5. w an e 6. d ie d /p et er ed 7. m ar k
8. re d u ce d 9. c u t 10. he ll , , ■■ . 1 ,
PART 2.
1. sh ap e 2. b re a d li n e 3. ri se
4. in te n ti o n s / ai m s / p u rp o se s / o b je ct iv es I g oa ls I p la ns
5. ex p en se 6. h o st 7. n am ed 8. sh ea ve s 9. th u m b ed 10. st u d d e d /l it

558
II. WO RD FORM (20pts)
PART 1.
1. exone rated 2. tran spolar 3. cybe rphobia 4. ear thenwa re
5. depa uperat e 6. unsu rpassab ly 7. ir reconcil ably 8. no-b rainers
9. enve noma tion 10. ey e-open ing f ‘.
PART 2:
1. well- watere d 2. sel f-suffi cient 3. tacitu rn/ret icent 4. il l-defined
5. enslav ed 6. unm istak(e) able t7. ,elabor
Í ate
8. neth erwor ld/und erwor ld 9. uph olders 10. p ainstak ingly
III. E RRO R CO RREC TION (lOpts)
Line Error Correction
1. 1 venue revenue
2. 2 very all-im portan t very important / all-im porta nt
3. 5 get make/ place/ put/ take
4. 7 bookbi nders bookma kers/ bookies
5. 9 was eliminat ed eliminated
6. 11 in which to which
7. 15 concen tration focus
8. 16 assure assure itself
9. 17 Freeing Freed
10. 17 confin ement confines
IV. T RANS FORM ATIO N (20pts)
PART 1.
1. W hat little rain we have had over the past few months di dn’t last long.
2. O f no conse quence (to us) is the fact t hat the press heaped scorn on the
handl ing of the crisis.
3. Not since a th ousand years ago has there been an environ mental c atastr ophe of
such proport ions.
4. But fo r Jim ’s great er speed, John w ould h ave won the gold medal.
PART 2.
1 .1 did n’t feel up to p laying football that day.
2. I am of the opinio n/view that John has design s on (taking over) the busine ss
when his bo ss retir es.
3. It was on Jo hn’s r ecomm endatio n tha t the p roject be started fro m scratch to
ensur e pe rfection.
4. Makin g a mounta in out o f a molehill at this stage will be / is of no avail.
5. Pe ople alway s pin the blame on fate when ever someth ing untow ard in thei r
life hap pens.
6. Ngu yen Chi T hanh is said to have b een si ngled out as (being ) an exce ption ally
green street.

559
 TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - B ÌNH DƯƠNG
■MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (80ps)
I. PH ON OL OG Y (1 0p s)
l.c 2. D 3.C 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. c 8. A 9. A 10. c
II. VO CA BU LA RY ( lO ps )
LA 2. B 3. c 4 .D 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. c 9. D 10. B
III. ST RU CT UR E AN D GR AM M AR ( lO ps ) * ' • ' i

l.c 2 .D 3 .A 4 .B 5. B 6. B 7. c 8. c 9. D 10. D
IV. PR EP OS IT IO N AN D PH RA SA L VE RB S (lO ps )
l.A 2. c 3. B 4. D. 5 .C 6. A 7. D 8. c 9. D 10. B
V. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON ( 20p s)
1
PASSAGE 1
l .B 2 .D 3. A 4. D 5. c 6 .B 7 .D 8 .B 9. A 10. A
PASSAGE 2
l.L 2. F 3. J 4. A 5 .K 6. H 7. c 8 .N Ỵ■9.*■. E 10.B
VI. CL OZ E TE ST ( 20p s)
PASSAGE 1
l.D 2. c 3. A 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. D 9. C 10.A
PASSAGE 2
l.A 2. C 3. B 4 .D 5 B 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. D 10.A

B. WR ITTEN TEST
I. OP EN CL OZ E TE ST ( 20p s)
CLOZE TEST 1
1. as 2 . tha t 3. ac qu irin g 4. so- ca lle d 5. co nt ac t
6. co rn er s 7. it 8. m ean 9. may 10. v ery
CLOZE TEST 2
1. en co un ter ed 2. res po nse 3. c alle d 4. in 5. de nie s
6. de al in g 7. inst ead 8. c rea te 9. hav e 10. e xp eri en ce
II. W OR D FO RM . (20 ps)
PART 1:
1. fin ali ze d 2. ov er- m ann ed 3. no n-r ep ay ab le 4. the ses 5. foo lha rdy
6. fis tfu ls 7. rec ep tac les 8. init iati ve
9. un co op er ati ve 10. i mp ov eri she d
PART 2:
1. na tio nh oo d 2. ca pit ali sm 3. c on tra ctu al 4. ar gu ab ly 5. f ou nd ati on
6. fu rth er 7. glo ba liz ati on 8. c olo nia lis m 9. Im po rte d 10. inf err ing
III. ER RO R ID EN TI FI CA TI ON (10 ps)
1. L ine 2 : sh or tag e -> lack 2. Li ne 3 : loo k-o ut -> ou tlo ok
3. Lin e 5: t o -> wi th 4. Lin e 6: had —> has

56 0
5. Line 9: in all - » at all 6. Line 10: bet ween -> among
7. Line 11: mo stly -» almost 8. Line 11: th eir - » its
9. Line 12: dis interes ted —» unintere sted 10. Line 13: re ading -> read
IV. SE NTEN CE TRAN SFOR MATI ON. (20 ps)
A.
1. I’m not in the habit of sleeping in the afte rnoon.
2. You should have asked m e/f or perm issi on.. ..
3. Not for a noth er five yea rs did the wh ole trut h abo ut the murde r com e out.
4. It was the discov ery of an enormous hole over the South Pole that made
people aw are of the damage to the ozone player.
B.
5. Chr ist insisted on h aving a mushroo m t opping when he ate a pizza.
6. It ’s diffic ult for my sister to put up with com muting ever y day.
7. The N orth Sea is nothin g like as warm as the M editerrane an.
8. My f athe r talked me into le arning a nother language.
9. Anna still a ttende d u niversity (co me) rain or shine.
10. The view from t he hotel will take your breath awa y

TRƯỜNG CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ DÔN - BÀ RỊA - VŨNG TÀU

•MULTIPLE CHOICE
I. PHO NOLO GY
l.c 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. B
l. D 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. B '
II. W ORD CHOICE :
l. B 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. A
III. STRU CTUR ES AND GRAMMAR :
l. A 2. c 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. C 10.C
1
'.z
IV. P HRA SAL VE RBS AND PREPOS ITIONS:
l. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. c 8. C 9. C 10. A
III. REA DING CO MPRE HENSI ON: Ĩ‘
TEXT 1:
l. D 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. c 8. B 9. D 10. C
TEXT 2: »z ,
l. B 2. B 3. A 4. c 5. false
6. D 7. F alse 8. B 9. Info rmation not given 10. B ■Ĩ

IV. CLO ZE TEST: .’,7 \-

TEXT 1:
l. C 2 .A ' 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. A 10. D
TEXT 2:
l. A 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. C 10. A

561
B. WRITTEN TEST
I. OPEN CL OZE TEST
TEXT 1
1. cont rary 2. econo mic 3. those 4. as 5. however
6. terms 7. within 8. born 9. Nor
I• 10. vari ous
TEXT 2:
1. consum e 2. getti ng 3. obstacles 4. dominat ed 5. inevitable
6. one 7. stroll 8. but 9. denies 10. once
II. WOR D FORMATIO N:
PART 1:
1. co ntende r 2. dissi dent 3. omni-pote nt 4. impromtu 5. perimet er
6. mon otonously 7. virtuoso 8. enmity 9. head but 10. pu ssyfooting
PART 2:
1. typical 2. rebel lious 3. talismantic 4. unap proacha ble 5. persona
6. smoky 7. hellbe nt 8. Somewhere 9. secretiv ely 10. i nnermost
III. M ISTAKE CO RRECTI ON (10 mistakes)
1. Line 1. wh en/w hos e 2. Line 4. ques tion s/q ues tion ed
3. Line 6. ef ficie nt/in effic ient 4. Line 7. as w ell/x
5. Line 11. A t f irs t / F irs t 6. Line 12. so/ th at
7. Line 13. s ha re/ sh are d 8. Line 14. fr om /be twe en
9. Line 17. als o rea lize d / rea lise d also 10. Line 19. a /x
IV. S ENTENC E TRA NSFORM ATION
1. Sometimes he goes close to oversteppin g the mark as happened at Grace Road
last summer.
2. It is so unfa ir that th e film star should have die d so yo ung.
3. Jane could feel nothing but exuberan ce at the sigh t o f Cape Town .
4. As luck would have it, his route took him very near whe re the y liveD.
5. You could hear a pin drop after the manager said the factory would be closing .
6. Susie is setting great store on this job interview.
7. L ast ye ar R aph was living in clover, but on being made redundant , he has had
to m ake a f ew cha nges.
8 .1 am bu rning with c uriosity - you mus t tell m e who has won!
9. On th e ev idence of their recent matches, it’s unlik ely that t he Spanish will win
the cup.
10. A few writers strike it lucky by/with creating a bestselle r, but earning only
mode st roya lties is the norm .

562
 Mụ c Lục
, LỚP 10
ĐỂ THI CHÍNH THỨC .......................................... 5
TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN BẠC L IÊ U - BẠC LIEU
TRƯỜNG THP T chuyê n hoàng lê K H A -T A Y NINH ” ” ” ^ " ” " ” * " '" " ^ '” " " " '” ” '” 53
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - GIA LAI ..................................................64
TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN HUỲNH MAN Đ Ạ T - KIÊN GIANG ...... ...... ...... ...... "".... ....7 5
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ HÓNG PHONG - TP. HCM ..........................................86
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ K HI ẾT -Q UẢ NG NGÃI ................................................ 98
TRUỒNG CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÀ R|A - VŨNG TÀU ........................................ 111
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÌNH ĐỊNH ............................................. 123
TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - TP. ĐÀ NẴNG ...........................................134
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - KHÁNH HÒA .................. 146
TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - NINH THUẬN ...........................................158
TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN LONG AN - LONG AN ..... ’................................................ 170
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯƠNG THẾ VINH - ĐỔNG NAI .............. 181
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯƠNG VĂN CHÁNH - PHÚ YÊN .......... ....................... 195
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÝ Tự TRỌNG - CẨN THƠ ........ ..’.................................. 207
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN BỈNH KHIÊM - VĨNH LONG .................... 219
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN ĐÌNH C H lể u- Đ Ổ N G T HÁP ........................... 226
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN THĂNG LONG - ĐÀ L Ạ T .......... ................................: 238

LỚP 11
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC ...................................................................................................250
TRƯỜNG T HPT CHUYÊN BẢO LỘC - T P . BẢO LỘC ......... 262
TRƯƠNG T HPT CHUYỀN HOÀNG LÊ KHA - TÂY NINH .......................................... 274
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ THÁNH TỒNG - QUANG NAM ....................................285
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN QUANG TRUNG - BÌNH PHƯỚC .............. 298
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN PHAN NGỌC HIỂN - CÀ MAU ................................. 310
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THIỆN THÀNH - TRÀ V IN H .............................322
TRƯỜNG THP T CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THỊ MINH KHAI - SÓC TRĂNG .......................333
TRƯỜNG THP T CHUYÊN NGUYỄN TẤT THÀNH - KON TUM ..........., ................ .....342
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN QUANG DIÊU - ĐÓNG THÁP .......................... 354
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN DU - ĐẮK LẮK .............. 367
TRƯỜNG THP T CHUY ÊN THOẠI NGỌC HẦU - AN GIANG ......... 379
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TIỀN G IA N G - TIỀN GI AN G..... ................. 391
TRƯỜNG THP T CHUYÊN TRẨN ĐẠI NGHĨA - TP. HCM ............................. 403
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TRẦN HƯNG ĐẠO - BÌNH THUẬN .................................. 416
TRƯỜNG TH PT MẠC ĐĨNH CHI - TP. HCM ........... ......... ............ .................. ..........428
TRƯỜNG THP T CHUYÊN BÌNH LONG - BÌNH PHƯỚC ............... ............ .......... .......44 0
TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN THƯỢNG HIỀN - TP. HÔ CHÍ M IN H......................... 453
TRƯỜNG TH PT PHAN CHÂU TRINH - TP ĐÀ NẴNG ................................................465
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - BÌNH DƯỢNG ............ 480
TRƯỜNG CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÀ RỊA - VŨNG TÀU ......... 490
Đáp á n..............................................................................................................................5 0 1

563
 SÁCH PHÁ T HÀ NH TẠI
* H Ệ T H Ố N G N H À SÁ C H & S IÊ U T H Ị C Ủ A
CÔNG TI CỔ PHẨN CĨC GIA LAI TRẼN TOÀN QUÔc
* H Ệ T H Ố N G N H À SÁ C H & S IÊ U T H Ị C Ủ A
CÔNG TI CÔ’ PHẨN VĂHHÓA PHƯ0NG NAM ĨR ÊN THÂN QUỒC
' <■ ■I.
#W eb sit e: hong antr uctu yen. vn
NHÀ SÁCH HỒNG ÂN
• 140 T hốn g N hấ t - P ha n Rí Cửa - B ình Th uận
•6 5 Đặ ng Huy Trứ - TP. Hu ế
HÀ NỘI: NS T IẾ N T HỌ - 828 Đường L án g
THA NH HOÁ: N S V IỆ T LÝ - 03/1 18 Ph an Chu Tr in h - TP T ha nh Hoá
NG HỆ AN: N S Y Ê N C Ô N G - 259 Lê Du ẩn - T P. Vin h
QUẢN G T RỊ: N S G IÁ O D Ụ C - 283 T rầ n Hưn g Đạo - T P Qu ảng T rị
HUẾ : C Ô N G T Y C P SÁ C H & T B T H H U E - 76 H an T hu yê n - T P. Hu ế
ĐÀ N ẴNG: N S P H Ư Ơ N G - 04 Lý Th ái T ổ
QUẢN G NAM: N S G IÁ O K H O A - 341 Ph an Chu T ri nh - T am Kỳ
QUẢ NG NGÃ I: N S T R Ầ N Q UỐ C T U Ấ N - 526 Qua ng Tr un g
BÌN H ĐỊN H: N S M IN H T R Í - 278 Lê Hồ ng Ph on g - T P Quy N hơn
PH Ú YÊN : C Ô N G TY SÁ C H & T B T H - 14 T rầ n Ph ú - T P Tuy Hoà
KH ÁN H HOÀ: C Ô N G T Y C P P H S - 34-36 T hố ng N hất - T P Nh a Tr an g
N S N H Ã T R A N G - 2202 Hù ng Vươn g - B a Ngò i - Cam R an h
NI NH T HUẬ N: N S H Ù N G V Ư Ơ N G - 58D Đườ ng 21/8 - Ph an Ra ng
BÌN H THU ẬN : côn g ty sách & T B T H - 70 Ng uyễ n Vă n Tr ỗi - T P. Ph an T hi ết
BIÊ N HOÀ: N S K IM N G Â N - 15/1 Hu ỳn h Vã n Ng hệ - T P. Bi ên Hò a
VỮNG TÀU: N S Đ Ô N G H Ả I - 36-3 8 Lý Th ườ ng Ki ệt - T P Vũn g T àu
BÌN H DƯƠNG: N S 2 7 7 - 518 Cá ch M ạn g T há ng 8 - T X T hủ Dầu M ột
BÌN H PHƯ ỚC: N S H U Y N A M - QL1 4 Xã Ti ến T hà nh - Đồ ng Xoài
TÂY NIN H: N S V Ă N N G H Ệ - 295 Đườn g 30/4
GIA LAI: C Ô N G TY SÁ C H & T B T H - 40B Hù ng Vươn g - T P Ple iku
DAKLAK: C Ô N G T Y SÁ C H & T B T H - 19 T rườ ng C hin h
C Ô N G T Y V Ă N H O Á D A K LA K - 01 Ha i Bà Tr ưn g
KONTU M: C Ô N G T Y C P SÁ C H & T B T H - 129 Ph an Đì nh Ph ùn g
LÂM ĐÓNG: C Ô N G T Y C P S Á C H & T B T H - 18 Ng uyễ n Vă n Cừ - Đ à L ạt
DĂK NÔ NG: N S G IÁ O D Ụ C G IA N G H ĨA - 60 Hu ỳn h Th úc K há ng - Gi a Ng hĩa
LON G AN: C Ô N G T Y P H S - 04 Võ V ăn T ần - T P. T ân A n
TI ỀN GIAN G C Ô N G T Y C P SÁ C H & T B T H - 04 Lê Vă n Du yệ t - T P. Mỹ Tho
VĨN H LONG: N H À S Á C H H Ồ N G Â N - 15 Lê Th ái Tổ
TRÀ VIN H: C Ô N G TY SÁ C H & T B T H - 3A T rư ng N ữ V ương
ĐỔ NG T HÁP : N S V IỆ T H Ư N G - 196 Ng uyễ n Huệ - T P. Cao L ãn h
N S T H À N H - 113 P hạ m H ữu Lầ u
BẾ N TRE : C Ô N G T Y C P S Á C H & T B T H - 03 Đồ ng K hởi
SÓC T RĂN G: N S T H A N H TÂ M - 146 Quốc lộ 1A - Ph ú Lộc

S Á C H CÓ B Á N L Ẻ T Ạ I C Á C C Ử A H À N G S Á C H T R Ê N T O À N Q u ố c
 Trân trọng giới thiệu bộ sách tham khảo Tiếng An h
biên soạn theo chương trình P EA RS ON đã ph át hành :

'Ó TH ỊT IIU Ý AM
, ram***,

TIÊNG ANH
(•VnÓHCBÀẼIir ?)

0322X2X3

Lth» W B:

VÕ THỊ TI IVY ANH LƯU HOẦ NG TR Í V ỡ THỊ THUÝ ANH

lữVchuytn Anh Truông TWTHiurin TnưựngHjn Tf H í Chi I ' í’(tn íhuir/nAnh • TrnCỉihcQíÁ' học lln

OTGCHn
TIÊNG ANH (Biên KO(iD theo Sách thi đlốm 20151
^ khõ hcp àp Ah^)
Khôn g đá p àn

Môi c á c bạ n tha m k háo tqi: j

www.h ongan tructu yen.vn

Eỉ nhasachho ngan
Email: nhasachhongan@hotmail.com

2ỈO N G a n
20C N guyễn Thị Mi nh K hai - Q .l - T P.HC M
ĐT: 3 824 67 06 - ‘3910737 1 ♦ Fax: 3910 7053

ISBN: 978-6 04-62 -9675 -1

Để xác định sách chính phẩm,
chúng tôi in chìm ở bìa 1 và 4 chữ:
“ NS. HỒNG ÂN”
8 Giá: 150.000(1